Natural History Museum Library

000111769

VOYAGE OF

H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

A SUMMARY OF THE SCIENTIFIC RESULTS,

FIRST PART.

REPORT

ON THK

SCIENTIFIC RESULTS

OF THE

VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER

DURING THE YEARS i 8 7 2-7 6

UNDER THE COMMAND OF

Captain Sir GEORGE S. NARES, R.N., F.R.S.,

AND THE LATE

Captain FRANK TOURLE THOMSON, R.N.

PREPARED UNDER THE SUPERINTENDENCE OF

THE LATE

Sir C. WYVILLE THOMSON, Knt., F.R.S., &c.

REGIUS PROFESSOR OF NATURAL HISTORY IN THE UNIVERSITY OF EDINBURGH
DIRECTOR OF THE CIVILIAN SCIENTIFIC STAFF ON BOARD

AND NOW OF

JOHN M U R RAY

ONE OF THE NATURALISTS OF THE EXPEDITION

A Summary of the Scientific Results

FIRST PART

(WITH APPENDICES)

IpubltsfteO bp #rtjer of Iper Jftajestp's ©obetnmnu

PRINTED FOR HER MAJESTY’S STATIONERY OFFICE

AND SOLD BY

LONDON EYRE & SPOTTISWOODE, EAST HARDING STREET, FLEET ST., E.C
EDINBURGH and GLASGOW JOHN MENZIES & CO.

DUBLIN r— HODGES, FIGGIS, & CO., Ld.

1895

Price {First and Second Parts ) Eighty Shillings

PRINTED BY NEILL AND COMPANY, EDINBURGH,
FOR 1IER MAJESTY’S STATIONERY OFFICE.

*

CONTENTS.

PAGE

I. — Editorial Notes, with List of the Memoirs making up the Challenger

Report, ........ vii

II. — A Summary of the Scientific Results obtained at the Sounding,

Dredging, and Trawling Stations of II.M.S. Challenger. By
John Murray, LL.D., Ph.D., F.R.S.E., one of the Naturalists of
the Expedition, Director of the work connected with the publication
of the Scientific Results of the Expedition, and Editor of the
Challenger Report, ...... xxxiii

III. — Report on the specimen of the Genus Spirula collected by H.M.S.

Challenger. By the Rt. Hon. T. H. Huxley, F.R.S., and
Professor Paul Pelseneer, .... Appendix
[The Manuscript ivas received in January 1894.)

IV. — Report on Oceanic Circulation based on the Observations made

on board H.M.S. Challenger and other Observations. By
Alexander Buchan, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S.E., . . Appendix

( The Manuscript teas received in December 1894.)

(summary op results chall. exp. — 1895.)

b

EDITORIAL NOTES.

The Challenger Expedition was organised by the British Government during
the years 1871 and 1872 at the suggestion of the Royal Society. The ship
was fitted out under the direction of Admiral G. H, Richards, at that time
Hydrographer of the Admiralty, and she sailed from Sheerness in December

1872.

The special object of the Expedition was the scientific exploration of
the physical, chemical, geological, and biological conditions of the great
ocean basins. In addition to a full complement of specially selected Naval
Officers, the Expedition comprised a scientific staff of six civilians, under
the direction of Professor C. Wyville Thomson.

After circumnavigating the globe, and carrying on deep-sea and other
investigations in many regions of the ocean, the Challenger returned to
England in May 1876, and the crew was paid off after the ship had been
in commission for over three years and seven months.

Numerous scientific observations were successfully recorded in all branches
of oceanic research. Large zoological and other collections were sent home
from various ports during the voyage, and were brought home in the ship.
$oon after the return of the Expedition considerable correspondence took
place . between the authorities at the Admiralty, the Treasury, the British
Museum, and the Royal Society, with reference to the disposal of the collec-
tions, the best way of discussing the observations and the method of publishing
the scientific results of the Expedition. It was ultimately decided that the
land and other incidental collections made by members of the Expedition
during the voyage should be at once handed over to the British Museum
for incorporation in the national collections. It was further determined that
the records of the various observations and the marine collections should
remain in the meantime in the hands of those who had taken part in the

w

yXU THE voyage of h.m.s. challenger.

Expedition, anil that a temporary Government department, with a small
annual -rant, should he created, the duty of which should be to direct the
discussion of the physical and biological observations, the examination of the
collections, and the publication of the scientific results, so far as these had
.1 U-aring on the science ot Oceanography. It was arranged that the whole
of the Official lie port on the Scientific Results of the Expedition should be
published by Her Majesty’s Stationery Office, and that the typical collections
should be ultimately deposited in ft le British Museum. Sir 0. Wyville
rhou.son was appointed director of this temporary Government department,
and I l>ocaine the first assistant.

These arrangements took effect in the spring of 1877. Shortly after-
wards Sir C. Wyville Thomson’s health unfortunately broke down; he
continued in ill health until his death in March 1882, and delay was
t|;, u by caused in the progress of the work. But the style ot the publications
j,ad Uvi settled by him, a considerable part of the collections had been
nt to Naturalists for examination and description, and a few Zoological
Memoirs were published before 1882. Sir Wyville Thomson had not

1 able, however, to decide on any definite and complete scheme with

r. Terence to the scope of the Report as a whole, nor was he able to under-
take the preparation of any manuscript in connection with the Narrative
*f the Voyage and the special Zoological Memoirs he had himself proposed
to write.

After 1 succeeded to tlie direction in January 1882, the work connected
with these publications was carried on in consultation with a Committee
,,f the Royal Society. During the six succeeding years, rapid progress was
; j . with the investigations and memoirs dealing with the observations
..ad i ..Hi otions of the Expedition, forty-six volumes, containing the Narrative
*.f t ( t r.' • and a large number of special memoirs having in this interval
issued from the press.

In tie war 1**1) Her Majesty’s Treasury declined to ask Parliament
; : ; . the annual grant for the continuation of the work relating to the
in t t! le-nltv of the Expedition, the time estimated for the completion
f tin p blieation having expired. However, after some correspondence,
in wid'h I dir red to finish the Report at my own expense, the Govern-
meiit rord t ' set apart the sum of sixteen hundred pounds for the

EDITORIAL NOTES.

IX

completion of the official publications in the same style as that in which
they had hitherto appeared. This sum has been the only payment from
Government funds in connection with the Challenger Expedition during
the past six years : — the price of each volume of the Report has been
fixed so as to repay the expenditure of Her Majesty’s Stationery Offie for
printing, provided that the whole edition of seven hundred and fifty copies
be sold.

The present volumes complete the “official publications on the Scientific
Results of the Expedition. They contain a historical review of the progress
of Oceanography, a summary account of the observations and result
obtained at each of the Challenger observing stations at sea, lists
illustrating the geographical and bathymetrical distribution of marine
organisms, and an index of the genera and species described or recorded
in the Report.

Two important special memoirs which, owing to unavoidable delay in
preparation, could not be published in the Zoological and Physical series are
appended to these summary volumes. The first is a Memoir by the Right
Hon. T. H. Huxley and Dr. Paul Pelseneer on the rare Cephalopod Spirilla.
one specimen of which was procured by the Expedition. The second is a
Memoir by Dr. Alexander Buchan on Oceanic Circulation, which is accom-
panied by an extremely interesting series of maps showing the specific gravity
and temperature of the ocean at different depths.

The several special Memoirs on Zoological, Physical, and Chemical subjects
which make up the larger part of the Challenger Report were published
separately, and in volumes, as soon as completed, wfith very little attempt
at any systematic arrangement. It will be seen on reference to the follow -
ing list that the whole Report is now bound up in a series of Fifty large
Royal Quarto Volumes containing about twenty-nine thousand five hundred
pages, illustrated by oyer three thousand lithographic plates, copper plates,
charts, maps, and diagrams, together with a very large number of wood-
cuts. It was originally the intention, on the completion of the Report,
to print new7 title-pages, with instructions for rebinding the several series of
Memoirs in systematic order. This intention has been abandoned after con-
sultation with many scientific authorities. Fourteen years have elapsed since
the first volumes were published, and in scientific literature there are so many

X

THB voyage of h.m.s. challenger.

references to the Memoirs in their present bindings, that any advantages to
be ned from rebinding would not make up for the inconveniences and
o allusion therein introduced. In order to facilitate reference to the sevend
Memoirs, a systematic list of the contents ot the whole Report is
a p] tended to these notes, as well as a list of the separate volumes and their

contents.

i'li,' completed Report contains Memoirs from seventy-six authors who,
for the most part, are natives of Great Britain and her colonies, but
scientific men of nearly all civilized countries are represented among the
contributors. In addition to the authors whose names appear on the title-
,.s , : - li. Special Memoirs, many other investigators have. taken part in the
various physical and chemical researches, in the examination of the collections,
the preparation of tin* illustrations, in the editorial work, and in various
»i.i-*r wavs have contributed to the elaboration of the Scientific Results of
the Expedition.

! phi be ‘Tinning to end the history of the Challenger Expedition is simply
a recc’d of continuous and diligent work. There were few opportunities
t',»r any brilliant exploits during the voyage. The daily and hourly magnetic
and raeteorologic observations, the handling of the ship during the tedious-
,1, ., _v, ;l investigations, the work connected with boat excursions and expedi-
tions 1 nd. in addition to the usual operations ot the marine surveyor and
] 1 • Mi,,r, all demanded from the naval officers and seamen an amount of
constant care and attention, far surpassing what is required dining an 01 dinary
commission >t one of Her Majesty s ships. The labom connected with pre-
sen ing, cataloguing, and packing the biological and other collections on board
•Tip is enormous, so also was that involved in their subsequent examination
the return of the Expedition, and their distribution to specialists in many
arts of the world. All this was, however, accomplished with success, and the
t\|,i, i! collections have now been deposited without any mishap in the British
Museum. Tin majority of the authors of the Special Memoirs have spent
\c rs in the examination of tin* collections and in the preparation of
their manuscript and illustrations for the press, without other remunera-,
tlou than cither a copy of the Challenger Publications or a small
tionorarimu to cover the outlay necessitated by their researches. The
payments to the Civilian Staff have been very moderate, and in my own

EDITORIAL NOTES.

xi

case at least have not covered actual expenditure in connection with
the work of the Expedition.

The great difficulty in carrying through an undertaking of this nature
arises from considerations of time. The researches of the specialist tend
ever to become more elaborate : in no case were the authors of the larger
Special Reports able to terminate their work within the original estimates as
to time and bulk. The limitations in reference to expenditure imposed bn
me by the Government often rendered it imperative to curtai] the in-
vestigations, and to cut out matter from the Memoirs when in other
circumstances I would gladly have fallen in with the views of contributors
and collaborators.

The care exercised in all the arrangements connected with these publica-
tions is indicated by the fact that every Special Memoir which was commenced
has been completed and published. The plan and proportion of the several
parts of the Report have been largely determined by the complicated and
changing conditions under which the work has been carried on, and this in
turn accounts for an apparent want of unity in the contents of the volumes as
issued from the press during the past fourteen years. Great care has been
taken to insure accuracy in statement and to make the Report, in the first
instance, a faithful record of the observations, investigations and scientific
results immediately bearing on the work of the Expedition. The researches
and publications connected with the Expedition might have been extended
in several directions with advantage to science had the allotted time and funds
permitted ; as it is, a few collections have not been thoroughly examined,
and some observations have not been fully discussed.

In June, 1872, I was appointed one of the naturalists of the Challenger
when the Expedition was being fitted out. During the past twenty-three years
my time has been wholly taken up with the work of the Expedition and in
the study of those subjects which the Expedition was organized to investigate.
The direction of the whole of the work connected with the publication of the
Scientific Results passed unexpected^ into my hands, and I have done my
best in the circumstances to place on permanent record a trustworthy account
of the labours of this famous Expedition. It has been my earnest endeavour
to complete the publications in a manner worthy of the naval position and
scientific reputation of this great Empire. Notwithstanding the trouble-

XII

the VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

personal sacrifices and regrets necessarily connected with the work, it has
-on a pleasure and an honour to liave taken part in explorations and
researches which mark the greatest advance in the knowledge of our planet
the celebrated geographical discoveries of the fifteenth and sixteenth
centuries.

Foi the assistance and advice 1 have received during the progress of
;his LMv.it undertaking I now desire to convey my thanks to my colleagues on
, K\ i .edition ; to the contributors of the Special Memoirs; to my colleagues

the « ditorial staff; to Sir W. H. Flower, Director, and the officers of the
British Mus. um (Natural History), especially Dr. A. Gunther and the
Zoologists and Botanists of the Biological Departments; to W. T.
riiiselton Dyer, Esq., C.M.G., Director of Kew Gardens and Herbarium;

Admiral W. .1, L. Wharton, Hydrographer, and the officers of the
1 ! ,dr«. graphic Department of the Admiralty; to T. Digby Pigott, Esq.,
( ’ uir lKr. and the heads of the different departments of Her Majesty's

Stationery Office ; as well as to many scientific men interested in the science
of Oc eanography.

John Murray.

Chai.lk.nobh Office,

45 Frederick Street, Edinburgh,

January 28, 1895.

( xiii )

THE CHALLENGER REPORT.

SYSTEMATIC LIST OF THE CONTENTS OF THE OFFICIAL
REPORT ON THE SCIENTIFIC RESULTS OF THE VOYAGE
OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

The Report is hound in Fifty Large Royal Quarto Volumes.

I. NARRATIVE,

Narrative of the Cruise of H.M.S. Challenger, with a
general account of the Scientific Results of the Expedition.
By Staff-Commander T. H. Tizard, R.N. ; Professor
H. N. Moseley, F.R.S, ; Mr. J. Y. Buchanan, M.A. ; and
Mr. John Murray, Ph.I)., Members of the Expedition.
Partly illustrated by Hr. J. J. Wild, Artist to the Expedi-
tion. (Vol. 1, in two parts), . . (1885)

II. PHYSICS, CHEMISTRY, and METEOROLOGY.

Magnetical Results. By Commander Maclear, R.N. ; Lieu-
tenant Bromley, R.N. ; Staff-Commander Tizard, R.N. ;
and Staff- Commander E. W. Creak, R.N. ; with Instruc-
tions and Memorandum prepared under the Super-
intendence of the Hydrographer of the Admiralty.
{Farr., Vol. 2), . . . (1882)

Magnetical Results. By Staff -Commander E. W. Creak,
R.N., F.R.S. (Phys. Chem., Part VI.), (Yol. 2, 1 889)

Pressure Errors of the Challenger Thermometers. By
Professor P. G. Tait, M.A., Sec. R.S.E. ( Narr ., Vol. 2,
Appendix A.), . . . . (1882)

On some of the Physical Properties of Fresh- Water and
of Sea-Water. By Professor P. G. Tait. {Phys. Chem.,
Part IV.), . . . (Voi. 2, 1889)

Deep-Sea Temperature Observations. By the Officers of
the Expedition. {Phys. Chem., Part III.), (Vol. 1, 1884)

Pages.

Plates,

Maps,&c.

1172

118

305

22

6

46

1

80

2

19

258

c

W.J ■ -

xiv

Tin: VOYAGE OF n.M.S CHALLENGER.

H. PHYSICS, CHEMISTRY, and METEOROLOGY—

continued.

Composition of Ocean Water. By Professor William
Dittmar, F. RSS. L. & E. {Phys. Chem., Part I.),

(Vol. 1, 1884)

Specific Gravity of Samples of Ocean Water. By J. Y.
Buchanan. Esq., M.A., B’.R.S.E., Chemist and Physicist of
the Expedition. (Phys. Chem., Part II.), (Vol. 1, 1884)

Meteor* »looical Observations. By Staff-Commander Tizard,
R.N., assisted by other Officers of the Expedition.
(AW., Vol. 2), ' . . . . (1882)

\tm< (Spheric Circulation, based on the Observations made
on l ard II.M.S. Challenger and other Meteoro-
logical Observations. By Alexander Buchan, M.A.,
LL.D. (Phys. Chem., Part V.), . (Vol. 2, 1889)

Oceanic Circulation, based on the Observations made
on board H.M.S. Challenger and other Observations.
By Alexander Buchan, M.A., LL.D. {Phys. Chem.,
Part MIL), . (Appendix to Summary, 1895)

III. GEOLOGY and PETROLOGY.

Dkki Ska Deposits. By Dr. John Murray and Professor
A. Renard, . . {Deep-Sect Deposits, 1891)

\nalytical Examination of Manganese Nodules, with
p. i-ial reference to the Presence or Absence of the
Rarer Elements. By John Gibson, Ph.I)., F.It.S.E.
(Deep-Sea Deposits , Appendix II.), . . (1891)

Ci'1 mi< \l Analyses of Marine Deposits, Manganese Nodules,
l'ii<»pliatic Concretions, Zeolitic Crystals, Volcanic
I ipillae, Glauconite, Bones of Cetaceans, Teeth of Sharks,
A* By Professors Brazier, Dittmar, Renard, Sipocz,
Mr. Vnderon, and others. {Deep-Sea Deposits, Appen-
d.xlll.) .... (1891)

Petrology of St. Paul’s Rocks (Atlantic). By the Rev.
Proft or A. Renard, F.G.S., F.R.M.S., &c. ( Narr .,

Vol. 2. A pp> ndiz B.), . (1882)

■ Islands. By Professor A. Renard,
LLD.. Ph.D., F.G.S., Hon. F.R.S.E.

(Phys. ('hem., Part V1L), (Vol. 2, 1889)

Pages.

Plates,

Maps,&c.

258

3

50

12

445

...

347

54

38

16

583

94

33

1

18G

7

SYSTEMATIC LIST OF THE OFFICIAL REPORT.

XV

IV. BOTANY.

Present State of Knowledge of Various Insular Floras,
being an introduction to the Botany of the Challenger
Expedition. By William Botting Hemsley, A.L.S.
(Introduction), . . . (Vol. 1, 1885.)

Botany of the Bermudas and various other Islands of the
Atlantic and Southern Oceans. — The Bermudas. By W.
Botting Hemsley, A.L.S. (Parti.), . (Vol. 1, 1885)

Botany of the Bermudas and various other Islands of the
Atlanticand Southern Oceans. — St. Paul’s Rocks, Fernando -
Noronha and contiguous Islets, Ascension, St. Helena,
South Trinidad, the Tristan da Cunha Group, Prince
Edward Group (Marion Island), the Crozets, Kerguelen
Island, Macdonald Group (Heard Island), Amsterdam
and St. Paul Islands. By W. B. Hemsley, A.L.S.
(Part II.), .... (Vol. 1, 1885)

Botany of Juan Fernandez, South-eastern Moluccas, and the
Admiralty Islands. By W. B. Hemsley, A.L.S. (Part
IIP), . . . . . (Vol. 1, 1885)

Diatom ace a:. By Conte Abate Francesco Castracane degli

Antelminelli. (Part IV.), . . (Vol. 2, 1886)

V. ZOOLOGY.

General Introduction to the Zoological Series of
Reports. By Sir C. Wyville Thomson, F.R.S.,

(Vol. 1, 1880)

Foraminifera. By Henry Bowman Brady, F.R.S., F.L.S.,
F.G.S., &c. (Part XXII.) One Vol. text and one
Vol. plates, .... (Vol. 9, 1884)

OrbitoLites, specimens of the Genus. By W. B. Carpenter,
C.B., M.D., LL.D., F.R.S., F.G.S. (Part XXL),

(Vol. 7, 1883)

Radiolaria. By Professor Ernst Haeckel, M.D., Ph.D. (Part
XL.) Two Vols. text and one Vol. plates, (Vol. 1 8, 1887)

Keratosa. By N. Polejaeff, M.A. (Part XXXI.), (Vol. 11, 1884)

Deep-Sea Keratosa. By Professor Ernst Haeckel, M.D.,
Ph.D., Hon. F.R.S.E. (Part LXXXII.), (Vol. 32, 1889)

Monaxonida. By Stuart 0. Ridley, M.A., F.L.S., and
Arthur Dendy, B.Sc., F.L.S. (Part LIX.), (Vol. 20, 1887)

Pages.

Plates,

Maps,&c.

82

155

13

346

p

40

352

12

214

30

76

956

117

59

8

2155

141

102

10

104 I

8

398

52

XVI

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

V. ZOOLOGY — continued.

Tktk utinf.llida. By Professor W. J. Sollas, M.A., D.Sc.,
LL.D. (Part LXIII.), . • (Vol. 25, 1888)

Ukxaitinkllida. By Professor F E. Schulze. (Part LIN.)
One Vol. text and one Vol. plates, . (Vol. 21, 1887)

C al»' area. By N. Polejaeff, M.A., of the University of
Odessa. (Part XXIV.), . . (Vol. 8, 1883)

Alcyonaria. By Professor E. Perceval Wright, M.A., VI. D.,
S,,. M.R.I.A., and Professor Tli. Studer, M.l). (Part
LXIV.), .... (Vol. 31, 1889)

A i tyon \ria (Supplement). By Professor Th. Studer, M.l).

LXXXI), • • • (Vol. 32, 1889)

Pj , 1 1 1 i ida. By Professor Albert v. Kolliker, F.M.R.b.,
Hoi ! (Part II.), . • (Vol. 1, 1880)

Vntipatiiaria. By George Brook, F.L.S., F.RS.E. (Part
LX XX.), • (Vol. 32, 1889)

Acti maria. Bv Professor Richard Hertwig. (Part XV.),

(Vol. 6, 1882)

AcTCNIABIA (Supplement). By Professor Richard Hertwig.
(Part LXXIU.), • • • (Vol. 26, 1888)

(v- i yin Hy droid, Alcyonarian and Madreporarian Corals.
Bv Professor H. N. Moseley, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S., F.L.S.
(Part VIL), • • • (Vol. 2, 1881)

Rkke Corals By John J. Quclch, B.Sc. (Lond.) (Part XL V I.),

(Vol. 16, 1886)

Hydroida. First Part. — Plumularidse. By Professor G. J.
Allman. M.D., LL.D., F.R.C.S.I., h.R.SS. L. and L.,
MRLA-, C.M.Z.S. (Part XX.), . (Vol. 7, 18

Uydroitja. Second Part. — Tubularinae, Corymorphinm, C

Dekp-Sf.a M kdcsaj.
(Part XII ), .

lion. F.R S.E (Part LXXVII.),

i»ea. First Part — Stalked Crinoids.
Carpenter, D.Sc. (Part XXXIL),

By P.

(Vol. 11, 1884)

Pages.

Plates,

Waps,&c.

673

45

624

104

89

9

439

49

41

6

45

11

246

15

154

14

64

4

252

32

219

12

79

20

202

40

i 295

32

l 441

50

520 62

SYSTEMATIC LIST OF THE OFFICIAL REPORT. xvii

Pages.

Plates,
Maps, <kc.

ZOOLOGY — continued.

Crtnoidea. Second Part. — Comatulse. By P. Herbert
Carpenter, D.Sc., F.R.S., F.L.S. (Part LX.),

(Vol. 26, 1888)

483

70

Asteroidea. By W. Percy Sladen, F.L.S., F.G.S., (Part LI.)
One Vol. text and one Vol. plates, . (Vol. 30, 1889)

1059

119

Ophiuroidea. By Theodore Lyman. (Part XIV.),

(Vol. 5, 1882)

391

48

Eceinoidea. By Alexander Agassiz. (Part IX.),

(Vol. 3, 1881)

325

65

Holothurioidea. First Part. — The Elasipoda. By Hjalmar
Theel. (Part XIIL), . . . (Vol. 4, 1882)

180

46

Holothurioidea. Second Part, By Hjalmar Theel. (Part
XXXIX.), .... (Vol. 14, 1886)

310

16

Entozoa. By Dr. 0. von Linstow, Gottingen. (Part LXXL),

(Vol. 23, 1888)

25

2

Nemertea. By Professor A. A. W. Hubrecht, LL.D., C.M.Z.S.
(Part LIV.), . . . . (Vol. 19, 1887)

•171

16

Gephyrea. By Professor Emil Selenka, Erlangen. (Part
XXXVI.), .... (Vol. 13, 1885)

33

4

Annelida Polych^ta. By Professor W. C. MTntosh, F.R.S.
(Part XXXIV.), . . (Vol. 12, 1885)

689

95

Myzostomida. By Professor Ludwig von Graff. (Part XXVII.),

(Vol. 10, 1884)

102

16

Myzostomida (Supplement). By Professor L. von Graff.
(Part LX I.), . . . . (Vol. 20, 1887)

24

4 !

Ostracoda. By G. Stewardson Brady, M.D., F.R.S., F.L.S.
(Part III.), .... (Vol. 1, 1880)

189

44 1

Copepoda. By G. Stewardson Bradv, M.D., F.R.S., F.L.S.
(Part XXIII.), . . . (Vol. 8, 1883)

201 j

1

55 ;

Cirripedia. — Systematic Part. By P. P C. Hoek, Memb.
Roy. Acad. Sci., Netherlands. (Part XXV.),

(Vol. 8, 1883)

186 |

13 i

Cirripedia. — Anatomical Part. By Dr. P. P. C. Hoek,
Memb. Roy. Acad. Sci., Netherlands. (Part XXVIII ),

(Vol. 10. 1884)

57

6

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER

Will

Pages.

Plates,
Maps, &c.

V. .ZOOLOGY — continued

Dim-RUTION oi Sy I .ON CHALLENGER!, n.sp., A PARASITIC

. run. By Dr. P. P. 0. Hock. Memb. Roy. Acad.

>. , Netherlands, . . (Appendix to Part LII.)

Amphipoda. By Rev. Thomas R. R. Stebbing, MA.

( Part [.XV If.) Two Vols. text and one^Vok^ plates,

I so pod \ First Part. — Genus Scrolls. By Frank Evers
Beddard, M .\ (( >xon.), F.RS.E., F.R.M.S., F.Z.S., MB.O.U.
(Part XXXIII.), . • • (\ol. 11, 1884)

Isopoda Second Part. By Frank Evers Beddard, M.A. (Oxon.)
F.R 8.E F.Z.S., &c. (Part XL VIII.), (Vol. 17, 1886)

Phyllocarida. By Professor G. 0. Bars. (Part LVI.),

(Vol. 19, 1887)

<Ym.\ck.\. By Professor G. 0. Bars. (Part LV.),

(Vol. 19, lob/ )

Stomatopoda. By Professor A\ . Iv. Brooks. ^( I ^a 1 1 ^ ^ ^ j

Schizopoda. By Professor G. 0. Sars. (Part ^XXXVH.^),

Crustacea Macrura. By7 C. Spence Bate, F.R.S., F.L.S.
(Part LII.) One Vol. text and one Vol. plates

(Vol. 24, 1888)

\nom ; i: By Professor J. R. Henderson. (Part LX IX. ),

(Vol. 27, 1888)

Bi iOHTURA. By Edyrard J. Miers, F.L.S. , F.Z.S. (Part
XLIX ), ‘ . ■ • • (Vol. 17, 1886)

P- \'m; p .ida. By P. P. C. Hock, Assist. Zool. Lab., Leyden.

(Vol. 3, 1881)

Pkla i<- Hkmiptkra. Bv F. Buchanan White, M.D., F.L.S.
(Part XIX.), . . • • (Vol. 7, 1883)

Lamellibranchiata. By Edgar A. Smith, F.Z.S. (Bart
XXXV.), \ . . (Vol. 13, 1885)

^ \ I'FiOBODA and Gasteropoda. By Rev. Robert Boog Watson,
F.L.S (Part XLIL), • (Vol. 15, 1886)

C^cid A By Leopold, Marquis dc F’olin.

(Appendix to Part XLIL)

1786

213

99

10

207

26

46

3

93

11

136

16

270

38

1198

157

257

21

445

29

171

21

89

3

370

25

765

53

SYSTEMATIC LIST OF THE OFFICIAL REPORT.

XIX

V. ZOOLOGY. — continued.

Polyplacophora. By Professor Alfred C.
M.R.I.A. (Part XLIII.),

Heteeopoda. By Edgar A. Smith, F.Z.S.
Nudibranchiata. By Dr. Rudolph Bergh.
Marsexiad.e. By Dr. Rudolph Bergh.

Haddon, M.A.,
(Vol. 15, 1886)

(Part LXXII ),
(Vol. 23, 1888)

(Part XXVI.),
(Vol. 10, 1884)

(Part XLI.),
(Vol. 15, 1886)

Pteeopoda. First Part. — Gymnosomata. By Paul Pelseneer,
D.Sc. (Brussels). (Part LVIII.), . (Vol. 19, 1887)

Pteropoda. Second Part. — Thecosomata. By Paul Pelseneer,
D.Sc. (Brussels). (Part LXV.), . (Vol. 23, 1888)

Pteropoda. Third Part.— -Anatomy By Paul Pelseneer,

D.Sc. (Brussels). (Part LXVL), . (Vol. 23, 1888)

Anatomy of the Deep-Sea Mollusca. By Professor Paul
Pelseneer, D.Sc. (Part LXXIV.), . (Vol. 27, 1888)

Cephalopoda. By William Evans Hoyle, M.A. (Oxon),
M.R.C.S., F.R.S.E. (Part XLIV.), (Vol. 16, 1886)

Spirula. By Rt. Hon. T. H. Huxley, F.R.S., and Dr. Paul
Pelseneer. (Part LXXXIII.),

(Appendix to Summary, 1895)

Polyzoa. Part I. — Cheilostomata. By George Busk, F.R.S.,
V.P.L.S., &c. (Part XXX.), . . (Vol. 10, 1884)

Polyzoa. Part II. — Cyclostomata, Ctenostomata, and Pedi-
cellinea. By George Busk, F.R.S., V.P.L.S., &c. (Part
L.), ..... (Vol. 17, 1886)

Polyzoa (Supplement). By A. W. Waters, F.L.S., F.G.S.
(Part LXXIX.), . . . (Vol. 31, 1889)

Cephalodiscus dodecalophus. By Professor William C.
MTntosh, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S. ' (Part LXII.)

Vol. 20, 1887)

Cephalodiscus dodecalophus. By Sidney F. Harmer, B.A.,
B.Sc. . . . (Appendix to Part LXII.)

Phoronis buskii. By Professor W. C. MTntosh, F.R.S.
(Part LXXV.), . . . (Vol. 27, 18SS)

Brachiopoda. By Thomas Davidson. F.R.S., F.L.S., F.S.G.,
V.P.P.S., &c. (Part I.), . . (Vol. 1, 1880)

Pages.

Plates,
Maps, &c. (

59

3

55

...

172

14

30

1

81

3 !

138

2 ^

106

5 |

50

4 !

289

34

32

6

257

37

69

10

48

3 !

59

7

34

o

6

71

4

\x

The VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

^ Platea,

I aoes' Maps,&c.

V. ZOOLOGY. — continued.

•1V.WATA. Part I. — Ascidiae Simplices. By Professor William
Jman, DSc.. F.B.S.E. (Part U(^0, Ci 1882)

T. .... u.v Pari II. - Aaadie ^“^'TTP^/^Part
William A Herdman, D.fec., F.L.b., t-E-S-E- (P.
XXXVIIL), . • •_ (Vol 14, 188b)

Tiinicat* Part 1 1 1- Pelagic Tunicates. By

a \ Herdman. D.bc., KR.S.E F.L.B (Part

IAXVI ) • • • ■

Dkkp-Si v Fishes. By Dr. Albert Gunther, M. A M.D., Pb.D.,
F.R.S. (Part LVII.), • • • (Vol. 22, 1887)

On thk Struck' re of the Peculiar Organs on the Head
ii . By Professor H. N. Moseley, F.R.S.

(Appendix A. to Part LA II.)

On the Structure of the Phosphorescent Organs of Fishes.

By R. von Lendenfeld, Pb.P., F.L.B. UTT .

y (Appendix B. to Part LVII.)

Shore Fishes. By Dr. Albert Gunther M.A., M.D , Ph.D.,
F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., F.L.S. (Part VI.), (Vol. 1, 1880)

Pelagic Fishes. By Dr. Albert Guntlier, M, .A., M. D. , Ph-D- >
F.B.S. (Part LXXVIII.), • (Vol. 31, 1889)

Grkks Turti.i (Chelonc, viridis, Schneid.). Development of
tin Bv William Kitchen Parker, F.R.S. (Part V.),

(Vol. 1, 1880)

Birds. By P. L. Selater, F.R.S., F.L.S. ^y^^gg^

Containing Reports on the Birds collected in .
i The Philippine Islands. By Arthur, Marquis of Tweed-
dale, F.R.S., P.Z.S.

n Th*‘ Admiralty Islands. By P. L. Selater, M.A., Ph.D.,
F.R.S.

in Tongatabu, tbe Fiji Islands, Api (New Hebrides), and.

Tahiti. By Dr. O. Finseh, C.M.Z.S.
iv. Tern ate, Amboyna, Banda, the Ki Islands and the
Arrou Islands. By T. Salvadori, C.M.Z.S.
v. Cap'- York, Australia, and on the neighbouring islands
(Kaine, Wednesday, and Booby Islands). By W. A.
Forbes, F.Z.S.

337

485

181

481

86

57

62

170

37

50

11

73

32

6

13

30

SYSTEMATIC LIST OF THE OFFICIAL REPORT

XXI

V. ZOOLOGY (birds) — continued.

vi. The Sandwich Islands. By P. L. Sclater, M.A., Ph.D.,

F.R.S.

vii. Antarctic America. By P. L. Sclater, M.A., Ph.D.,

F.R.S., and Osbert Salvin, M.A., F.R.S.

VIII. The Atlantic Islands and Kerguelen Island, and on
the miscellaneous collections. By P. L. Sclater, M.A.,
F.R.S.

ix. On the Steganopodes and Impennes collected during
the Expedition. By P. L. Sclater, Ph.D., F.R.S., and
Osbert Salvin, M.A., F.R.S.

x. On the Laridse collected during the Expedition. By
Howard Saunders, F.R.S., F.L.S.

xl. On the Procellariidae collected during the Expedition.
By Osbert Salvin, M.A., F.R.S., &c.

List of the eggs collected during the Expedition. By P. L.
Sclater, M.A., F.R.S. (Appendix I. to Part VIII.)

Note on the Gizzard and other organs of Carpophaga
latrans. By A. H. Garrod, M.A., F.R.S. (Appendix
II. to Part VIII.)

Petrels (Tubinares). Anatomy of the. By W. A. Forbes,
B.A., F.L.S., F.G.S., M.B.O.U. (Part XL), (Vol. 4, 1882)

Spheniscida:. Anatomy of the. By Professor Morrison
Watson, M.D., F.R.S.E. (Part XVIII.), (Vol. 7, 1883)

On some points in the Anatomy of the Thylacine
( Thylacinus cynocephalus ), Cuscus ( Phalangista macu-
lata), and Phascogale ( Phascogale calura), with an
account of the Comparative Anatomy of the Intrinsic
Muscles and Nerves of the Mammalian Pes. By
Professor D. J. Cunningham, M.D., F.R.S.E. (Part
XVI.), .... (Vol. 5, 1882)

Cetacea. Bones of. By Professor William Turner, M.B.
(Lond.), F.R.SS. L. & E. (Part IV.), (Vol. 1, 1830)

Seals. By Professor Sir William Turner, Knt., M.B., LL.D.,
F.R.SS. L. & E. (Part LXVIII.), (Vol. 26, 1888)

Human Skeletons. First Part. — The Crania. By Professor
William Turner, M.B., F.R.SS. L & E. (Part XXIX.),

(Vol. 10, 1884)

Human Skeletons. Second Part. By Professor Sir W illiam
Turner, Knt., M.B., LL.D., F.R.SS. L. & E. (Part
XL VI I.), .... (Vol. 16, 1886)

Pages.

Plates,

Maps,&c.

75

7

267

19

196

13

49

3

254

10

141

7

1 143

3

d

XXII

HIE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

VI. SUMMARY.

Pages.

Plates,

Maps,&c.

A Si m mary of the Scientific Results obtained at the
8 inding, Dredging, and Trawling Stations of H.M.S.
Challenger. By John Murray, LL.D., Ph.D., F.R.S.E.,
or.t of the Naturalists of the Expedition, Director of
the 'work connected with the publication of the Scientific
K. suits of the Expedition, and Editor of the Challenger
Report, (1895)

1665

76

i 1ST OP THE FIFTY VOLUMES OF THE CHALLENGER REPORT
WITH THEIR CONTENTS AS BOUND AT TIME OF
PUBLICATION.

I. NARRATIVE (bound in three volumes).

Pages.

Plates,

Maps,&c.

Yoi. 1. Narrative of the Cruise of H.M.S. Challenger, with a
Lr' neral account of the Scientific Results of the Expedi-
tion. 4$yStaff-Commander T. II. Tizard, R.N.; Professor
EL N. M' F.R.S.; Mr. J. Y. Buchanan, M. A.; and
Mr. dohn Murray, Ph.D., Members of the Expedition ;
partly illustrated by Dr. J. J. Wild, Artist to the Expedi-
tion. (In two parts), .... (1885)

1172

118

Vol. 2, containing : — (1882)

M n rn Ri lt By Commander Maelear, R.N.; Lieu-
t< nant Bromley, R.N.; Stall-Commander Tizard, R.N. ;
and Staff-Commander E. W. Creak, R.N.; with Instruc-
tions and Memorandum prepared under the Superintend-
ence of the Hydrographer of the Admiralty.

M vn oro logical Observations. By Staff-Commander Tizard,
K.N., as- is ted by other Officers of the Expedition.

Bbe-hki: Errors of the Challenger Thermometers. By
Profe.- or P. (». Tail, M.A., Sec. R.S.E. (Appendix A.)

Petrology of St. Paul's Rocks (Atlantic). By the Rev.
I ’ro*'- >or A. itenard, I .G.S., F.R.M.S., &c. (Appendix B.)

823

2

LIST OF THE FIFTY VOLUMES OF THE CHALLENGER REPORT.

XX 111

u

4

II. PHYSICS and CHEMISTRY (bound in two volumes).

Vol. 1, containing : — (1885)

Part I. — Composition of Ocean Water. By Professor
William Dittmar, F.R.SS. L. and E.

Part II. — Specific Gravity of Samples of Ocean Water.
By J. Y. Buchanan, Esq., M.A., F.R.S.E., Chemist and
Physicist of the Expedition.

Part III. — Deep-Sea Temperature Observations. By the
Officers of the Expedition.

Yol. 2, containing: — (1889)

Part IV. — On some of the Physical Properties of Fresh-
Water and of Sea-Water. By Professor P. G. Tait,
M.A., Sec. R.S.E.

Part Y. — Atmospheric Circulation, based on the Observa-
tions made on board H.M.S. Challenger and other
Meteorological Observations. By Alexander Buchan,

M.A., LL.D.

Part VI. — Magnetical Results. By Staff-Commander E.
W. Creak, R.N., F.R.S.

Part VI I. — Petrology of Oceanic Islands. By Professor A.
Renard, LL.D.. Ph.D., F.G.S., Hon. F.R.S.E.

III. DEEP-SEA DEPOSITS (bound in one volume).

Deep-Sea Deposits. By Dr. John Murray and Professor A.
Renard, . . . . (1891)

Analytical Examination of Manganese Nodules, with
special reference to the presence or absence of the
Rarer Elements. By John Gibson, Ph.D., F.R.S.E.
(Appendix II.)

Chemical Analyses of Marine Deposits, Manganese Nodules,
Phosphatic Concretions, Zeolitic Crystals, Volcanic Lapil-
la3, Glauconite, Bones of Cetaceans, Teeth of Sharks, &c.
By Professors Brazier, Dittmar, Renard, Sipocz, Mr.
Anderson, and others. (Appendix III.)

IV. BOTANY (bound in two volumes).

Vol. 1, containing : — (1885)

Introduction. — Present State of Knowledge of A arious
Insular Floras, being an introduction to the Botany
of the Challenger Expedition. By William Botting
Hemsley, A.L.S.

Pages.

Plates,

Maps,&c.

325

272

633

69

583

94

-

910

65 !

XXIV

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

IV. BOTANY (Vol. 1)— continued.

[’art l— Botany 01 the Bermudas and various other Islands
of the Atlantic and Southern Oceans. — The Bermudas.
By W. B. Hemsley, A.L.S.

Bart II. — Botany of the Bermudas and various other Islands
,,[ th<‘ Atlantic and Southern Oceans. — St. Pauls Rocks,
Fernando-Noronha and contiguous Islets, Ascension, St.
Helena, South Trinidad, the Tristan da Cunha Group,
Prince Edward Group (Marion Island), the Crozets,
Kerguelen Island, Macdonald Group (Heard Island),
Amsterdam and St. Paul Islands. By W. B. Hemsley,
A.L.S.

Part III. — Botany of Juan Fernandez, South-eastern
Molluceas, and the Admiralty Islands. By W. B.
Hemsley, A.L.S.

Vol 2, containing : — (1886)

Part IN'. — Diatom ace.e. By Conte Abate Francesco Castra-
cane degli Antelminelli.

O

V. ZOOLOGY (bound in forty volumes).

V ol. 1, containing : — (1880)

General Introduction to the Zoological Series of Reports.
By Sir C. Wyville Thomson, F.R.S.

Part 1. — Brack iopotia. Bv Thomas Davidson, F.R.S., F.L.S.,
F.G.S., V.P.P.S.

Part II. Pf.nnatulida. By Professor Albert v. Kblliker,
F.M.R.S., Hon. F.R.S.E.

Part III. — Ostracoda. By G. Stewardson Brady, M.D.,
F.R.S., F.L.S.

Part IV. — Cetacea. Bones of. By Professor William Turner,
M.B. (Lond.), F.Il.SS. L. & E.

Part V — Green Turtle ( Chrlone viridis, Sehneid.). Develop-
ment of the. By NVilliam Kitchen Parker, F.R.S.

Part V! — Shore Fishes. — By Dr. Albert Gunther, M.A.,
M.D., Ph.I)., F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., F.L.S.

Vol. 2, containing : — (1881)

Part VII. — Certain Hydroip, Alcyonarian, and Madre-
iorarian Corals. P»y Professor H. N. Moseley, M.A.,
F.R.S., F.Z.S., F.L.S.

Pages.

Plates,

Maps,&c.

214

30

553

107

422

62

LIST OF THE FIFTY" VOLUMES OF THE CHALLENGER REPORT.

XXV

f &

/ /

V. ZOOLOGY (Vol. 2) — continued.

Part VIII. — Birds. By P. L. Sclater, F.R.S., F.L.S.

Containing Reports on the Birds collected in : —

i. The Philippine Islands. Bv Arthur, Marquis of Tweeddale,
F.R.S., P.Z.S.

ii. The Admiralty Islands. By P. L. Sclater, M.A., Ph.D.,
F.R.S.

ill. Tongatabu, the Fiji Islands, Api (New Hebrides), and
Tahiti. By Dr. 0. Finsch, C.M.Z.S.

iv. Ternate, Amboyna, Banda, the Ki Islands and the
Arrou Islands. By T. Salvadori, C.M.Z.S.

v. Cape York, Australia, and on the neighbouring islands
(Raine, Wednesday, and Booby Islands). By W. A.
Forbes, F.Z.S.

vi. The Sandwich Islands. By P. L. Sclater, M.A., Ph.D.,
F.R.S.

vii. Antarctic America. By P. L, Sclater, M.A., Ph.D.,
F.R.S., and Osbert Salvin, M.A., F.R.S.
viii. The Atlantic Islands and Kerguelen Island, and on
the miscellaneous collections. By P. L. Sclater, M.A.,
F.R.S.

ix. On the Steganopodes and Impennes collected during the
Expedition. By P. L. Sclater, Ph.D., F.R.S., and
Osbert Salvin, M.A., F.R.S.

x. On the Laridse collected during the Expedition. By
Howard Saunders, F.R.S., F.L.S.

xi. On the Procellariidee collected during the Expedition.
By Osbert Salvin, M.A., F.R.S., &c.

List of the eggs collected during the Expedition. By
P. L. Sclater, M.A., F.R.S. (Appendix I.)

Note on the Gizzard and other organs of Carpophciga
latrans. By A. H. Garrod, M.A., F.R.S. (Appendix II.)

Vol. 3, containing : — (1881)

Part IX. — Echinoidea. By Alexander Agassiz.

Part X. — Pycnogonida. By P. P. C. Hoek, Assist. Zool. Lab.,
Leyden.

Vol. 4, containing : — (1882)

Part XI. — Petrels. Anatomy of the. By W. A. Forbes,
B.A., F.L.S., F.G.S., M.B.O.U.

Pages.

Plates,

Maps,&c.

496

558

86

85

XXVI

the voyage of h.m.s. challenger.

ZOOLOGY (Vol. 4) — continued.

part \n Deep-Sea Medusa:. By Professor Ernst Haeckel,

M.D., Ph.D.

Part XIII. — Holothurioidea. First Part. — The Elasipoda.
Bv Hjalmar Th^el.

Pages. ^

Plates,

4aps,&c.

Vol. 5, containing : — (1882)

Part XIV.— Ophiuroidea. By Theodore Lyman.

Part XVI. — On some points in the Anatomy of the T h\ la-
cine ( Thijlacinus <' >/ iioccphctlu s) , Cuscus ( Phulcincfistci
and Phascogale (T hciscogcile calv/ra ) , with
m account of the Comparative Anatomy of the Intrinsic
Muscles and Nerves of the Mammalian Pes. By Professor
D. «T. Cunningham, M.I)., F.R.S.E.

587

61

Vol. 6, containing : — (1882)

Part XV. — Actiniaria. By Professor Richard Hertwig.

Part XVII— Tunicata. First Part.— Ascidise Simplices. By
Professor William A. Herdman, D.Sc., F.R.S.E.

486

51

Vol. 7, containing : — (1883)

Part XVI 11. — SphenisciD/E. Anatomy of the. By Professor
Morrison Watson, M.D., F.R.S.E.

Part XIX.— Pelagic Hkmiptera. By F. Buchanan White,
M.D., F.L.S.

Part XX.— IIydroida. First Part.— Plumularidse. By Pro-

fessor G. J. Allman M.D., LL.D., F.R.C.S.I., F.R.SS.
I, k E.. M.R.I.A, C.M.Z.S.

Pari XXI. — Orbitolites. Specimens of the Genus. By W. B.
Carpenl r, C.B., M.D., LL.D., F.R.S., h.G.S.

493

50

Vfol. 8, containing : — (1884)

part XXIII. — Copepoda. By G. Stewardson Brady, M.D.,

F.R.S., F.L.S.

Part XXIV. — Calcarra. By N. Pol^jaetr, M.A., of the

University of Odessa.

XXV. CiRRiPKDLA. Systematic Part. By P. P. C.
Hock, Memb. Roy. Acad. Sci., Netherlands.

468

77

Vol. 9, containing: — (1884)

Part XXII. — Foraminifera. By Henry Bowman Brady,
F.R.S., F. L.S., F.G.S., &c. (One Vol. text and one Vol.
plates. )

956

117

LIST OF THE FIFTY VOLUMES OF THE CHALLENGER REPORT.

V ZOOLOGY — continued.

Vol. 10, containing : — (1884)

Part XXYI. — Nudibranchiata. By Dr. Rudolph Bergh.

Part XXVII. — Myzostomida. By Professor Ludwig von Graff.

Part XXVIII. — Cirripedia. Anatomical Part. By P. P. C.
Hoek, Memb. Roy. Acad. Sci., Netherlands.

Part XXIX. — Human Skeletons. First Part. — The Crania.
By Professor William Turner, M.B., F.R.SS. L. & E.

Part XXX. — Polyzoa. First Part. — Cheilostonmta. By
George Busk, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., &c.

Vol. 11, containing : — (1884)

Part XXXI. — Keratosa. By N. Polejaeff, M.A.

Part XXXII. — Crinoidea. First Part. — Stalked Crinoids.
By P. H. Carpenter, D.Sc.

Part XXXIII. — Isopoda. First Part, — Genus 'Seroiis. By
Frank Evers Beddard, M.A. (Oxon.), F.R.S.E., F.R.M.S.,
F.Z.S., M.B.O.U.

Vol. 12, containing (1885)

Part XXXIV. — Annelida Polyceleta. By Professor W. C.
MTntosh, F.R..S.

Vol. 13, containing : — (1885)

Part XXXV. — Lamellibranchiata. By Edgar A. Smith, F.Z.S.

Part XXXVI. — Gephyrea. By Professor Emil Selenka,
Erlangen.

Part XXXVII. — Schizopoda. By Professor G. 0. Sars,

Vol. 14, containing : — (1886)

Part XXXVIII. — Tunicata. Second Part. — Ascidiae Com-
positse. By William A. Herdman, D.Sc., F.L.S., F.R.S.E.

j Part XXXIX. — Holothurioidea. Second Part. By Hjalmar

Tlieel.

Vol. 15, containing : — (1886)

Part XLI. — Marseniadje. By Dr. Rudolph Bergh.

PartXLII. — Scaphopoda and Gasteropoda. By Rev. Robert
Boog Watson, F.L.S.

Cjecidze. By Leopold, Marquis de Folin. Appendix to
Part XLI1.

X o

%)

jrx

Pages.

740

717

689

658

792

898

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

xxviii

V ZOOLOGY (Vol. 15) — continued.

Part XL1II. — Poi.yplacophora. By Professc
Had don, M.A., M.R.l.A.

Vol. 16, containing : —

Part XLIV. — Cephalopoda. By William Evans Hoyle,
M.A. (Oxon.), M.R.C.S., F.R.S.E.

Part XLV. — Stomatopoda. By Professor W. K. Brooks.

*

Part X LVI. — Reef Corals. By John .T. Quelck, B.Sc. (Bond.).

Part XLVII.— Hum an Skeletons. Second Part. By Professor
Sir William Turner, lvnt., M.B., LL.D., F.R.SS. L. & E.

Vol 17, containing : — (1886)

Part XI ATI I. — Isopoda. Second Part. By Frank Evers
Beddard, M.A. (Oxon. ), F.R.S.E., F.Z.S., &e.

Part XLIX. — Brachyura. By Edward J. Miers, F.Z.S., F.L.S.

Pan L. — Polyzoa. Second Part. — C}rclostomata, Ctcnosto-
mata, ami Pedicellinea. By George Busk, F.R.S.,
V.P.L.S., &c.

Vol. 18, containing : — (1887)

Part XL — Radiolaria. By Professor Erust Haeckel, M.D.,
Ph.I). (Two Vols. text and one Vol. plates.)

Vol. 19, containing : — (1887)

Part LI V. — Nemertea. Bv Professor A. A. W. Hubrecht,
LL.D., C.M.Z.S.

Part LV. — Cumacea. By Professor G. O. Sars.

Part LVI. — P hyllocarida. By Professor G. 0. Sars.

Part LVIII. — P teropoda. First Part. — Gymnosomata. By
Paul Pelsenecr, D.Sc. (Brussels).

Vol. 20, containing: — (1887)

Part LI X. — MONAXONIDA. By Stuart 0. Ridley, M.A., F.L.S.,
and Arthur Dendy, B.Sc., F.L.S.

Part LX I. — M YZ08TOMIDA (Supplement). By Professor L.
von Graff.

Part LXIL — CephaLODIBOUS DODBOALOPHUS. By Professor
William 0. M'Intosh, M B., LL.D., F.R.S.

Ckpjialodiscts dodecaloi’Huk. By Sidney F. Harmer,
B.A , B.Sc. Appendix to Part LXIL

Pages.

Plates,

Maps,&c.

Alfred C.

(1886)

779

65

779

2155

379

477

65

141

33

63

Co

LIST OF THE FIFTY VOLUMES OF THE CHALLENGER REPORT.

XXIX

V

<33

S k

7

r

. ^

; y

ZOOLOGY — continued.

Yol. 21, containing : — (1887)

Part LIII. — Hexactinellida. By Professor F. E. Schulze.
(One Vol. text and one Vol. plates.)

Yol. 22, containing: — (1887)

Part L VII— Deep-Sea Fishes. By Dr. Albert Gunther, M.A.,
M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S.

Yol. 23, containing : — (1888)

Part LXY.— Pteropoda. Second Part. — Thecosomat'a. By

Paul Pelseneer, D.Sc. (Brussels).

Part LX VI.- — Pteropoda. Third Part. — Anatomy. By Paul
Pelseneer, D.Sc. (Brussels).

Part LXX. — Hydroida, Second Part. — Tubularinse, Cory-

morphinge, Campanularinse, Sertularinae, and Thala-
mophora. By Professor G. J. Allman.

Part LXXI. — Entozoa. By Dr. 0. von Linstow, Gottingen.

Part LXXII. — Heteropoda. By Edgar A. Smith, F.Z.S.

Vol. 24, containing : — (1888)

Part LII. — Crustacea Macrura. By C. Spence Bate, F.R.S.,
F.L.S. (One Vol. text and one Yol. plates.)

Description of Sylon challengeri, n.sp., a parasitic
Cirriped. By Dr. P. P. C. Hoek, Memb. Roy. Acad.
Sei., Netherlan#. (Appendix to Part LII.)

Vol. 25, containing: — (1888)

Part LXIII. — Tetractinellida. By Professor W. J. Sollas,
M.A., D.Sc., LL.D.

Yol. 26, containing : — (1888)

Part LX. — Crinoidea. Second Part. — Comatulse. By P.
Herbert Carpenter, D.Sc., F.R.S., F.L.S.

Part LX VIII. — Seals. By Professor Sir William Turner,

Knt., M.B., LL.D., F.R.SS. L. & E.

Part LXXIII. — Actiniaria (Supplement). By Professor
Richard Hertwig.

Yol. 27, containing :— (1888)

Part LXIX. — Anomura. By Professor J. R. Henderson.

Pages.

Plates,

Maps,&c.

624

105

481

73 |

514

49

1198

157

1

673

45

797

84

•

514

39

(SUMMART OF RESULTS CHALL. EXP. — 1895.)

XXX

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Pages.

Plates,

Vlaps,&c.

ZOOLOGY (Vol. 27) — continued.

I':irt LXXIV. — Anatomy of the Deep-Sea Mollusca. By
Professor Paul Pelseneer, D.Sc.

Part LX XV. — Phoronis Buskii. By Professor W. C.
M 'In tosh, F.R.S.

Part LX XVI. — Tunicata. Third Part. — Pelagic Tunicates.
By Professor William A. Plerdman, D.Sc., F.R.S.E., F.L.S.

Vol. 28, containing : — (1888)

Part LX XVI I. — Siphonophor.f;. By Professor Ernst Haeckel,
M.D., Ph.D., Hon. F.R.S.E.

441

50

Vol 29, containing : — (1888 )

Part LXVII. — Amphipoda. By Rev. Thomas R. R. Stebbing,
M.A. (Two Vols. text and one Vol. plates.)

1786

213

Vol. 30, containing : — (1889)

Part LI. — Asteroidea. By W. Percy Sladen, F.L.S., F.G.S.,
(One Vol. text and one Vol. plates.)

1059

119

Vol. 31, containing : — (1889)

Part LX1\ . - Al/JYON ARIA. By Professor E. Perceval Wright,
M V M.D., Sec. M.R.I.A., and Professor Th. Studer, M.D.

Part LXXVIII. — Pelagic Fishes. By Dr. Albert Gunther,
M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S.

Part I XXIX. — Polyzoa (Supplement). By A. W. Waters,
F.L.S , F.G.S.

537

58

Vol. 32, containing : — (1889)

Part LX XX. — Antipatharia. By George Brook, F.L.S.,
F.R.S.E.

Part LX XXI. — Al< yonaria (Sunplement). By Professor Th.
Studer, M.D.

Par: I XXXII. — Deep-Sea Keratosa. By Professor Ernst
Haeckel, M.D., Ph.D., Hon. F.R.S.E.

391

29

LIST OF THE FIFTY VOLUMES OF THE CHALLENGER REPORT.

XXXI

VI. SUMMARY (bound in two volumes).

Summary of tb.e Scientific Results obtained at the Sounding,
Dredging, and Trawling Stations of H.M.S. Challenger.
By John Murray, LL.D., Ph.D., one of the Naturalists of
the Expedition, Director of tlie work connected with
the publication of the Scientific Results of the Expedi-
tion, and Editor of the Challenger Report.

With Appendices, viz.: — (1895)

Spirula. By Rt. Hon. T. H. Huxley, F.R.S., and Dr. Paul
Pelseneer, ( Zool ., Part LXXXIII.)

Oceanic Circulation, based on the Observations made on
board H.M..S. Challenger and other Observations. By
Alexander Buchan, M.A., LL.D.,

(Phys. Chem., Part VIII.)

Pages.

Plates,

Maps,&c.

1665

76

32

6

38

16 !

Anemometer, Thermometer, Current Drag, Sextant, and Carbonic Acid Apparatus.

'

A SUMMARY

OF THE

SCIENTIFIC RESULTS

OBTAINED AT THE

SOUNDING, DREDGING, AND TRAWLING STATIONS

OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER

FIRST PART.

BY

JOHN MURRAY,

ONE OF THE NATURALISTS OF THE EXPEDITION, DIRECTOR OF THE WORK CONNECTED WITH
THE PUBLICATION OF THE SCIENTIFIC RESULTS OF THE EXPEDITION,

AND EDITOR OF THE CHALLENGER REPORT.

PREFACE.

The literature of the natural sciences during the past few years exhibits',
in a remarkable way, the profound influence our fuller knowledge of the
deep sea has had on all general conceptions concerning the modifica-
tions the surface of the earth is now undergoing and has undergone
in past geological times This could not well be otherwise. When-
ever science is enriched by a large addition of new facts, a change
in theoretical views invariably follows. No complete theory of the earth
was possible so long as we were ignorant of the conditions prevailing over
the three-fifths of the globe covered by the waters of the ocean. It may
fairly be said that since the discoveries of Columbus, Gama, and Magellan
in the thirty years from 1492 to 1522, there has been no addition to the
knowledge of the surface of our planet that can in any way compare with
that acquired by the Challenger and other deep-sea expeditions during the
past quarter of a century.

The difficulties connected with the exploration of the deeper waters of
the great Ocean Basins arise from the fact that the vast majority of the
observations are from the nature of the case indirect. At the surface of
the ocean direct observation is possible, but our knowledge of the conditions
in deep water, and of all that takes place beneath the surface, is wholly
dependent on the correct working of instruments, the actions of which are. tor
the time, hid from sight. A few years ago the apparatus necessary tor the

XX XVI

THK VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

8uia(-«>>sftil exploration of the deep sea had not been invented. Thanks to
tiii rapid development of many branches of science, and the introduction of
numerous instrumental improvements, thoroughly trustworthy results can
now U* obtained in the most profound depths.

In the Narrative of the Cruise of the Challenger the proceedings of
the ship at sea,, the methods employed in deep-sea investigations, the
general character of the observations, the excursions of the naturalists

land the surveying operations of the naval officers, and the other events
of the voyage have been duly chronicled. , In the Physical and Chemical
Reports the continuous magnetic and meteorologic observations and the
researches into the temperature, the specific gravity, and the chemical
composition of sea-water, arc published with abundant illustration. In
the extensive series of biological memoirs the new and rare organisms
discovered b\ the Expedition are described and figured in great detail.
A social volume lias been devoted to a discussion of the composition
ami distribution of Deep-Sea Deposits. A very large part of the Challenger
b«‘j" »rt thus consists of Special Memoirs, containing a great accumulation
<»f r ; t4 ■ t . and many important generalisations in nearly all the branches
of Oceanography.

The area covered by the ocean is so vast, and the positions at which
corn pb te sets of observations have been made are relatively so few, that it
is hv'iueuth hazardous, from the information in our possession, to frame
g<-ueiai statements with reference to the conditions prevailing over wide
ar«-;ts of the deep sea. Even when such statements are prepared by
those who have a competent knowledge of all the known observations
oi the subject, they do not necessarily supply the information desired by
student* engaged in the study of Oceanological problems. Particular
observations are usually of more value to the scientific man engaged in
a new research than any general statements.

The Naturalist frequently wishes to know what observations exist with
r. t.-rence t » tin* physical surroundings and biological associations of some
animal in which he is interested. The general student or the chemist
and geologist, desirous, it may he, of investigating the composition of sea-
water or ol deep-sea deposits, often asks for similar information from a
particular locality and depth, and he finds it difficult to gather any very

PREFACE.

XXXV11

satisfactory knowledge of these various details from an examination of the
Special Memoirs without great labour.

It has appeared to me that, in the present state of science, the most useful
and valuable form of summary of the work of the Expedition which I can
attempt is a concise statement of the observations carried out, and of the
scientific results obtained, at each of the several Challenger Observing Stations
at sea. In the following pages, accordingly, summaries of this nature
are presented in the belief that these detailed accounts of what has been
accomplished at definite localities will not only prove of great assistance
to all engaged in the study of oceanic phenomena, but will also serve as a
guide to the future explorer who desires to fill up gaps in our knowledge,
and to contribute to the rapidly advancing science of Oceanography.

Many of the organisms captured m the dredge and trawl did not for
various reasons reach the authors of the Special Memoirs. These were
chiefly delicate animals, mutilated beyond specific identification by being
hauled through the water from great depths, or by expansion of air
and other gases relieved from great pressure. A complete list of the
animals captured at each station was at the time, however, entered in the
Station Book and in the journals of the naturalists together with notes as
to the condition of the specimens when taken from the trawl. In the
following summaries, the organisms now referred to are always reported in
the station lists, in addition to those described in the Special Memoirs.

In like manner the names and general character of the organisms taken
daily and sometimes hourly in the surface and sub-surface toiv-nets were,
after microscopic examination by the naturalists on board ship, entered in
the note-books, along with numerous observations concerning the relative
abundance of species and other matters of general or special interest. These
remarks are now published, except where they have been rendered obsolete
by subsequent discoveries.

In the preparation of these accounts of the work done, and the results
obtained, at the Challenger Stations, I have made use of the official log and
note-books, the published reports, and my own journals. 1 have also had in
my possession the manuscript journals of my colleagues the late Professor
H. N. Moseley and the late Dr. R. von Willemoes-Suhm ; whenever I have
made extracts from these, the authority has been given.

(summary of results chall. exp. — 1895.)

/

the voyage of h.m.s. challenger.

xxxviii

\t , ^nv stations representative of different regions and depths
,j' j|lt» , A-e;t :i, verv complete listv of Diatoms, lvadiolaiia, Foiaminifeia,
aIl,l Pteropods, are furnished botli from the collections taken in the
surface— u t>, and from the deposits at the bottom. Had it not been for
the space they occupy, similar lists might have been inserted from many more
s; it’r ■ 1 1 s . The lists of Diatoms have, in the great majority of cases, been
„ - j.li, 1 to me by Mr. Thomas Comber from an examination of the surface
- ith. rin— and the samples of deep-sea deposits. The lists of Foraminifera
; , l ; . prepared irom an examination ot my own preparations, and from

, . ,1 tions ^elected from the desposits by Mr. Frederick Pearcey, assistant to
i . 1 1 : 1 1 1 : rali st s on board the Challenger, and for several years an assistant in the
( iiallenger Office, but I have also made use of a manuscript note-book which
belonged to the late Mr. H. B. Brady. The lists of Radiolaria from the
surfaer waters and from the deposits have been supplied to me by Professor
Haeckel and Dr. Drover from a study of the Challenger collections.

Th.- station summaries are preceded by a historical introduction in which
1 avc endeavoured to trace, and with the aid of a series of maps to illustrate,
th,. ideal development of our knowledge concerning the ocean from

t dnv 1 of history down to the time of the Challenger Expedition. For
. - u mcc and advice in this portion of the work I desire to acknowledge my
i h dness t" the lati Professor W. Robertson Smith, to Dr. J. Sutherland
B1 ac k. Mr. George Murray, and especially to my colleague Professor A.
Kmard. in collaboration with whom notes concerning the progress of
h; . i . .< I, faring on Oceanography were collected seven or eight years ago
i . >ui joint work on Deep-Sea Deposits; many of these notes have been
Me u c of iii writing the Historical Introduction to these volumes.

I - • at "ii summaries are followed by lists setting forth the geographical
d ithvmetrieal distribution of the animals captured in the various

trawling- and dredgings. Many theoretical considerations are suggested by
tl 1 i > t : and the observations set forth in the body of the work, but for

vari"n- reasons I have in this place merely indicated in the concluding
paragraphs the nature of some of these interesting speculations.

T - : : unary account of the observations and scientific results of the

( b din ■ Expedition is brought to a close by a complete index of the
ra. sub-genera, species, and varieties of marine organisms captured at

PREFACE.

XXXIX

the various dredging and trawling stations, which, in a manner, will serve as
an index to the whole Report : for on turning to the station list, in which
the name of a species occurs, a reference will be found to the memoir
in which it is described in detail. I desire to acknowledge the services,
in the preparation of this index, of Mr. James Chmnley, Mr. A. R. Scott,
Miss Sclater, Mrs. Weir, and Mrs. Murray.

The temperature diagrams and detailed charts showing the positions of
the Challenger sounding, temperature and dredging stations were originally
prepared by Staff-Commander Tizard, F.R.S., of the Hydrographic Office, for
the Narrative of the Cruise, and are now reproduced with additional infor-
mation. I am also indebted to Captain Tizard for supplying me with data
for the bathymetrical charts Ia, Ib, and Ic from the latest information
in possession of the Hydrographic Department of the Admiralty. In
constructing these bathymetrical charts, as well as the maps illustrating
the historical introduction, I have had much assistance from Mr. J. G.
Bartholomew and Mr. Frederick Bosse.

For many years I have been assisted in the Editorial and other work
connected with the Challenger Publications by Mr. James Chumley, and in
the preparation of these Summary Volumes for the press, as well as in the
correction of the proofs, I cannot speak too highly of the services Mr.
Chumley has rendered. J. M.

H.M.S. Challenger preparing to Sound. 1872.

“. . . bearded like the pard.

Seeking the bubble reputation.''

—As You Like It.

CONTENTS.

FIRST PART.

PAGE

Preface, • . . . . . . . ... . . xxxv

Historical Introduction : —

A. — The Science of Oceanography, ........ 1

f

B. — Oceanographical Views of the Ancients, . . . . . . .2.

C. — Oceanographical Views during the Dark Ages, the Middle Ages, and the Renaissance, . 29

D. — Progress of Oceanographical Knowledge, from the Voyage of Magellan to the Voyages of

Cook, 46

E. — The Progress of Oceanography from the Time of Cook to the Challenger Expedition, . 68

F. — The Explorations of the Challenger, and subsequent Expeditions, . . . .103

General Summary of the Scientific Observations and Results at each of the

Challenger Observing Stations, ........ 107

A. — Atlantic Ocean (outward voyage) :• —

Cape Finisterre to Lisbon.

PAGE

PAGE

Station I.,

109

Station Id.,

. Ill

„ Ia. to Ic.,

, 110

Lisbon to Gibraltar.

Stations II. and IIa., .

.Ill

Station TIL, .

. 116

„ IIb. to Iln., .

115

„ TV-, •

117

„ IIj. and IIk.,

. 116

Gibraltar to Madeira.

Station V.,

119

Station VIIa.,

. 123

Va

,, V A. j

. 121

„ VIIb. to VIIf.,

123

„ VI., .

121

„ Vila, to VIIj.

. 125

„ VII., .

122

Animals from Madeira,

125

xlii .

THE

VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

%

Madeira to Tenerife.

PAGE 1

Station VI Ik.,

125

Station VIII.,

„ VI Iu to VI Is.,

. 125

Animals from the Canary

„ VII t. to VI I v.,

. 131 I

Tenerife to Sombrero.

Station 1,

. 136 |

Station 13,

A

• 137

„ 14, .

„ 3, .

. 140 1

„ 15, •

„ 4.

. 143

„ '16, .

„ 5,

144

,, 1 G

„ 6, .

145

„ 18, .

„ i , •

. 146

„ 19, •

„ 8, .

. 146

„ 20, .

„ 9. .

147

21

„ 10, .

148

•22

,, -i

„ 11, .

149

23 to 23b,

„ 12, -

150

Animals from St Thomas

St. Thomas to Bermuda.

Station 24,

. 170

Station 30,

25,

. 183

,, 31 to 32a,

" 26, .

184

„ 32b, .

., 27, .

. 185

,, 32c to 32g,

„ 28, .

. 185

„ 33, .

„ 29, .

186

Bermuda to Halifax.

Station* 33a to 34,

. 199

Station 42,

„ 35a to 35c, .

. 199

„ 43, .

,, 36. .

. 201

„ 44, .

„ 37, .

. 203

„ 45, .

., 38. .

. 204

„ 46, .

„ 39; .

205

„ 47, .

.. 40, ,

205

„ 48, .

„ 41, .

206

Halifux to Bermuda.

Station 49,

223

i Station 54,

„ 30. .

. 228

„ 55 and 55a, .

„ 51, .

. 230

„ 55n and 56, .

„ 52, .

. 231

„ 57 to 57b,

,, 52a. .

232

Animals from Bermuda,

„ 53, .

232

PAGE

131

135

151

153

154

155

156

157

158

158

159
159
161
168

187

190

190

192

192

207

208
209
212
216
218
220

233

235

236

238

239

CONTENTS.

xliii

Bermuda to Azores.

PAGE

PAGE

Station 58,

. 246

Station 68,

256

„ 59, .

. 246

„ 69, .

. 257

„ 60, .

. 247

„ 70, .

258

„ 61, .

. 248

„ 71, .

. 262

„ 62, .

. 249

„ 72, .

263

„ 63, .

. 250

„ 73, .

. 264

„ 64, .

252

„ 74, .

. 268

» 65, .

. 254

,, 75, .

. 269

„ 66,

. 255

„ 76, .

. 278

» 67, .

. 255

77

J? * * >

. 280

Azores to

Madeira.

Station 78,

. 281

Station 81,

. 289

„ 79, .

. 288

„ 82, .

. 290

„ 80, . ' .

. 289

„ 83, .

. 291

Madeira to Cap

3 Verde Islands.

Station 84,

. 291

Station 90,

299

„ 85, .

. • 292

,, 91, .

. 300

„ 86, .

. 295

92

. 301

» 87, .

. 296

„ 93 to 93c,

. 302

„ 88,

. 297

„ 93d to 94,

. 303

„ 89, .

. 298

Animals from Cape Verdes,

. 304

St. Vincent to St. Paul’s Bocks.

Station 95,

. 315

Station 1 03, .

. 326

„ 96, .

. 316

„ 104, .

328

„ 97, .

. 317

„ 105, .

. 330

„ 98,

. 318

„ 106, .

. 331

,, 99,

. 320

,, 10/, .

. 335

„ 100, .

. 321

„ 108, .

. 337

„ 101, .

. 323

„ 109, .

. 338

„ 102, .

. 325

„ 109a to 109d, .

. . 340

St. Paul’s Bocks to Fernando Noronka.

Station 110, .

. 340

Stations 112 to 113a, .

. 342

„ HI, •

. 341

Animals from Fernando Noronha,

. 343

Fernando Noronha to Pernambuco.

Stations 113b to 115, .

. 346

Station ll 8, .

. 348

„ 116, .

. 346

„ 119, .

. 349

„ 117 and 1 17a,

. 347

xliv

THE VOYAGE of H.M.S. CHALLENGER

*>

Between Pernambuco and Bahia.

SUtions 120 and 121,

PAGE

. 349

Stations 125 to 126a, .

122 to 122c,

. 355

„ 127, .

„ 123, .

124, .

. 366

„ 1-38, .

. 366

Animals from Bahia, .

Bahia to Tristan da Cunha.

Station 129, .

. 379

Station 133, .

„ 130. .

. 381

„ 134, .

131, .

. 382

„ 135 to 135g, .

” 132. .

. 384

Animals from Tristan da Cunha,

Tristan da Cunha to Cape of Good Hope.

Sutton 136, .

. 400

Station 139, .

137. .

. 401

„ 140, .

««

„ 138, .

. 402

Animals from Cape of Good Hope

R — Southern Ocean1: —

Cape of Good Hope to Marion Island.

Station 141, .

. 416

*

Station 144, .

„ 142, .

. 418

„ 144a to 145a,

„ 143, .

425

Marion Island to Crozet Islands.

Station 146, . . *

. 443

Station 147a, .

147. .

. 450

„ 148 and 148a,

Off Kerguelen Island.

Station* 149 to 149k, .

•

.

Between Kerguelen and Heard Islands.

Sutton 150, .

. 482

| Station 151, .

Near Antarctic Ice.

SUUoo 152, .

. 493

Station 155, .

„ 153, .

. 195

„ 156, .

* 164, .

. 499

Termination Land to Melbourne.

Station 157, .

. 505

j Station 159, .

158, .

. 017

„ 160, .

i

Th ab-hcading ha* been inadvertently omitted on page 11<>.

PAGE

368

370

370

371

385

388

389
391

403

404

405

428

430

456

457

460

487

501

501

523

525

CONTENTS.

xlv

C. — Pacific Ocean : —

Melbourne to Sydney.

PAGE

Station 161, .

. 530

Station 163a, .

„ 162, .

. 535

Animals from Port Jackson,

„ 163, .

. 546

Sydney to New Zealand.

Stations 163c to 164c,

. 576

Station 165c, .

„ 164d,

. 583

„ 166, .

„ 164b,

. 583

„ 166c, .

„ 165, .

. 584

„ 167, .

„ 165a,

. 586

Animals from New Zealand,

„ 165b,

. 588

New Zealand to Tongatabu.

Station 168, .

. 600

Station 171a, .

„ 169, .

. 605

„ 172 and 172a, .

„ 170 and 170a,

. 611

Animals from Tongatabu,

„ 171, .

618

Fiji Islands.

Stations 173 and 173a,

. 632

Animals from Fiji,

„ 174 to 174d, .

. 635

Fiji to Raine Island.

Station 175, .

. 662

Station 181, .

„ 176, .

. 664

„ 182, .

„ 177, .

. 665

» 183, .

„ 178, .

. 669

„ 184, .

„ 179, .

. 670

„ 185 to 185b, .

„ 180, .

672

Off Cape York,

Stations 186 and 187,

. 688 [

Animals from Cape York,

Arafura Sea.

Stations 188, 189, and 190,

. 717 |

Animals from Arrou Islands,

Arrou Islands to Banda.

Station 191, .

. 737

Station 193, .

„ 191a, .

. 741

„ 194 and 194a,

„ 192, .

. 742

Animals from Banda, .

Banda to Amboina.

Station 195, .

. 757 |

Animals from Amboina,

(summary of results chall. exp. — 1895.)

PAGE

546

552

589

590
593
593
595

622
622 •
623

642

673

677

677

678
682

689

735

750

751
755

760

TTTE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Amboina to Samboangan.

Station 196, .

„ 197, .

Animals from Tern ate.

PAGE

766

Station 198, .

PAGE

. 770

. 768

„ 199, ....

. 773

. 769

„ 200

. 775

Station 201, .

„ 202. . . '

Samboangan to Manila.

779 i Station 203, .

. 783

. 782

„ 204 to 204b, . .

. 787

Manila to Hong Kong.

Station 205, .

. 791

Animals from Hong Kong,

794

SECOND PART.

Hong Kong to Manila.

Station 206,

Manila to Samboangan.

Station 207, .

. 800

Station 2 10a,

„ 208, .

. 802

„ 211, .

„ 209, .

. 808

„ 212, . .

„ 210, .

. 813

Animals from Philippines,

Samboangan to New Guinea.

Station 213, .

. 836

Station 216, .

21 1, .

. 838

„ 216a, .

215

•t •

. 844

„ 217, .

New Guinea to Admiralty Islands.

Station 218, .

. 853

| Animals from Admiralty Islands

Admiralty Islands to Yokohama.

Station

219, .

. 863

Station 230, .

99

220, .

. 866

„ 231, .

221, .

. 868

„ 232, .

222

. 870

„ 233 and 233a,

ft

223, .

s •

. 872

„ 233b, .

ft

224,

• #

. 874

„ 233o, .

ft

225, .

. 877

„ 234, .

ft

226, ,

. 882

„ 235, .

tv

227, .

. 884

„ 236 and 236a,

ft

228, .

. 886

Animals from Japan, .

tt

229, .

. 887

797

816

816

817

822

846

846

849

858

890

898

896

905

912

914

915

916
920
923

CONTENTS.

xlvii

Yokohama to Sandwich Islands.

Station 237,
„ 23S,

„ 239,

„ 240,

„ 241,

„ 242,

„ 243,

„ 244,

„• 245,

„ 246,

„ 247,

„ 248,

„ 249,

Station 262,
„ 263,

„ 264,

„ 265,

„ 266,
„ 267,

„ 268,
„ 269,

„ 270,

„ 271,

Station 280,
„ 281,
„ 282,
„ 283,

„ 284,

„ 285,

„ 286,
„ 287,

„ 288,
„ 289,

Station 299,
» 300,

„ 301,

PAGE

.932

Station 250, .

. 940

„ 251,

. 942

„ 252, . . . . •.

. 943

„ 253, . . .-.

945

„ 254,

. 951

„ 255,

952

„ 256,

. 954

„ 257,

. 959

„ 258,

.961

„ 259,

.966

„ 260,

. 968

„ 261,

. 970

Animals from Sandwich Islands,

Sandwich Islands to Tahiti.

. 1003

Station 272, .

. 1005

„ 273,

. . . . 1007

„ 274,

. 1009

„ 275,

. 1013

„ 276,

. 1018

„ 277, ....

. 1020

„ 278, ....

. 1025

„ -279 to 279c, ....

. 1029

Animals from Tahiti, ....

. 1034

Tahiti to Valparaiso.

. 1077

Station 290, .....

. 1079

„ 291,

. 1081

» 292,

. 1082

„ 293,

. 1083

„ 294,

. 1086

„ 295,

. 1090

„ 296,

. 1092

„ 297,

. 1094

„ 29S,

. 1096

Animals from Valparaiso,

Valparaiso to Gulf of Penas.

. 1121

Station 302, .....

. 1127

,, 303, ....

. 1132

PAGE

971

973

975

977

981

983

984

987

988

990

991

993

994

1048

1054

1057

1063

1C64

1068

1069

1070
1072

1098

1099
1101
1102
1105
1107
1109
1113
1115
1120

1133

1137

xlviii

THF VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

y v ; Vn s uajt, anil other Channels between the Pacific and Atlantic Oceans :

Gulf of Pcfias to Sandy Point through Magellan Strait.

Station 304, .

„ 303 to 305b, .

M 306 and 306a,

307,

„ 308, .

PAGE

1139

1142

1144

1146

1149

Stations 309 and 309a,

„ 310, .

„ 311, .

„ 312, . •

Animals from Magellan Strait,

E —Atlantic Ocean (homeward voyage) : —

Sandy Point to Falkland Islands.

Station 313, .

. 1167

Animals from Falkland

„ 314, .

*

. 1172

and 316), .

h 314a,

•

•

. 1174

Falkland Islands to Rio de la Plata.

Station 317, .

. 1181

Station 319, .

ti 318, .

•

•

. 1183

„ 320, .

Rio dc la Plata to Tristan da Cunha.

Station 321, .

. 1193

Station 328, .

„ 322. .

. 1196

„ 329, .

„ 323, .

. 1197

„ 330, .

„ 324, .

. 1202

„ 331, .

325, .

. 1203

„ 332, .

„ 326, .

. 1208

,, 333, .

*i 327, .

. 1209

„ 334, .

•>

Tristan da Cunha to Ascension Island.

Station 335, .

•

. 1223

Station 340, .

336. .

. 1227

„ 341, .

„ 337, .

. 1228

„ 342, .

„ 338, .

. 1229

„ 343, .

„ 339, .

. 1232

Animals from Ascension

Ascension Island to St. Vincent

Station 344, .

. . 1241

Station 349, .

„ 345, .

. 1244

tt 350, .

„ 346,

. 1245

„ 351, .

„ 347, .

. ' . 1248

„ 352, .

„ 348. .

. 1252

PAGE

1154

1156

1159

1163

1165

1175

1185

1186

1210

1211

1212

1213

1215

1219

1221

1233

1234

1236

1237
1240

1256

1257

1259

1260

CONTENTS. xlix

St Vincent towards Azores.

PAGE . PAGE

Station 353, ..... 1264 | Station 354, . . . .1267

Eemarks on the foregoing Station Lists, ... ..... 1271

Bathymetrical and Geographical Distribution, . . . . .1275

1. Animals obtained in the Dredgings and Trawlings in the Zone deeper than 2500 fathom.', . 1 277

2. Animals obtained in the Dredgings and Trawlings in Depths between 2000 and 2500

fathoms, . . . . . . ... 1283

3. Animals obtained in the Dj edgings and Trawlings in Depths between 1500 and 2000

fathoms, .......... 1291

4. Animals obtained in the Dredgings and Trawlings in Depths between 1000 and 1500

fathoms, . . . . . ■ . . . 1302

5. Animals obtained in the Dredgings and Trawlings in Depths between 500 and 1000

fathoms, .......... 1314

6. Animals obtained in the Dredgings and Trawlings in Depths between 100 and 500

fathoms, .......... 1328

7. Animals obtained in the Dredgings and Trawlings in Depths under 100 fathoms, . . 1362

General Observations on the Distribution of Marine Organisms, . . 1431

Explanation of Charts and Diagrams (Appendix I.), . . . . . 1463

Index of Genera, Sub-genera, Species, and Varieties, . . . 1465

General Index, . . . . ... . . . • 1575

Sifting Deposit.

%

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS.

1 MAPS ILLUSTRATING THE HISTORY OF OCEANOGRAPHY.

Plate I., .

i) Map showing the Phoenician Colonies and supposed extent of Phoenician Voyages at sea.
i i Map shoe ing the Voyage of the Argonauts according to the Traditions of the Ancients.

(<•) Map showing the World according to Homer, B.c. 1000.

( t) Map showing the World according to Hecataeus, b.c. 500.

Plate 11.,

i,i) Map howing the World according to Herodotus, b.c. 450.

(b) Map showing the World according to Dicaearchus, b.c. 300.

Plate III

i) Map showing the World according to Eratosthenes, b.c. 220.

(b) 'lap showing the World according to Hipparchus, b.c. 150.

Plate IV.,

(a) Map showing the World according to Strabo, a.d. 18.

(b) Map showing the World according to Mela, a.d. 43.

(r) Map showing the World according to Ptolemy, a.d. 150.

Plate V., ....•••••

(a) World Map of Cosmas lndicopleustes — VI. Century.

, , Th Mountain of Cosmas lndicopleustes causing Day and Night and the Seasons.

(e) Wheel Map— Imago Mundi, XL Century.

y.i) Reduc' d Facsimile Map from the Gotha MS. of the Book of Climates, written a.d. 1173,
from Mueller's Isstakhry.

,) M i- Mi in ■ Quadrans Habitabilis according to Abu llihan Birunensis, a.d. 1030.

Plate VI., . . . •

■ i Map lu ■ wing tie Atlantic Ocean according to Toscanelli, a.d. 1474. The western part is
wcnriAtructi-d from M. Behaiin’s globe, the eastern part from charts of the XV.
Century. After H. Wagner.

(b) Map shewing the World according to Ortelius, a.d. 1570.

Plate VII.,

Map the WuiM showing the Great Discoveiies 1492-1522; with inset showing the Dis-
coveries of the Norsemen from 867-1347 a.d.

Plate VII!

M ' f the World ’ bowing principal Maritime Explorations from the time of Cook, 1768, to
the Challenger Ex ] edition, 1876 ; voyages from 1768-1833.

Plate IX.,

'•I .; of th* World .showing principal Maritime Explorations from the time of Cook, 1768, to
the Challenger Expedition, 1876 ; voyages from 1830 to 1876.

PAGE

10

16

20

28

32

42

46

70

72

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS,

II. CHARTS SHOWING THE DREDGING AND SOUNDING STATIONS.

First Part.

Chart

1 1. Hemisphere showing depths in the Atlantic Ocean,

lb. „ „ Pacific Ocean, >in pocket of cover to First Part.

lc. „ „ Indian Ocean, J

2. England to the Canary Islands, touching at Lisbon, Gibraltar, and Madeira ; also towards England

from the Cape Verde Islands, touching at Vigo, ......

3. In the vicinity of Lisbon, ..........

4. In the vicinity of Madeira Island, .........

5. In the vicinity of the Canary Islands, ........

6. Canary Islands to St. Thomas, St. Thomas to Bermuda, Bermuda to the Azores, Azores to Madeira,

and Madeira to Cape Verde Islands : also towards England from the Cape Verde Islands,

7. In the vicinity of the Virgin Islands, ........

8. In the vicinity of Bermuda, .........

9. Bermuda to Halifax, crossing the Gulf Stream in the meridian of 70° W., and Halifax to Bermuda

crossing the Gulf Stream in the meridian of 63° W., ......

10. In the vicinity of the Azores, .........

11. In the vicinity of the Cape Verde Islands, ........

12. Cape Verde Islands to Bahia, touching at St. Paul’s Rocks and Fernando Noronha ; also Ascension

to Cape Verde Islands, .........

13. In the vicinity of St. Paul’s Rocks, ........

14. In the vicinity of Fernando Noronha, ........

15. In the vicinity of the Coast of Brazil, ........

16. Bahia to the Cape of Good Hope, touching at the Tristan da Cunha Islands ; also Monte Video to

Ascension, . . . . . . . . .

17. In the vicinity of the Tristan da Cunha Islands, .......

18. Cape of Good Hope to the parallel of 60° S., touching at the islands of Marion, Crozet, Kerguelen,

and Heard, ...........

19. In the vicinity of Prince Edward and Marion Islands, ......

20. In the vicinity of the Crozet Islands, ........

21. In the vicinity of Kerguelen Island, ........

22. In the vicinity of Heard Island, .........

23. In the neighbourhood of the Antarctic Circle, between the 78th and 98th meridians of east longitude,

showing the position of Pack Ice and floating Icebergs encountered, ....

24. From a position in lat. 59° 56' S., long. 99° 14' E. to Melbourne, .....

25. Melbourne to Sydney, ....••••••

26. In the vicinity of Sydney, N.S.W., .......

27. Sydney to Wellington, touching at Port Hardy and Queen Charlotte Sound; V ellington to Fiji

Islands, touching at Tongatabu ; and Fiji Islands to Cape York, touching at Api Island and
Raine Islet,

28. In the vicinity of Tongatabu,

29. In the vicinity of Matuku Island, ..••••■

30. In the vicinity of Ngaloa Harbour, Fiji Islands, ......

31. Cape York to Hong Kong, touching at the Arrou Islands, Ki Islands, Banda Islands, Aarboinj.

Island, Ternate Island, Samboangan, Ilo Ilo, and Manila ; also Hong Kong to \ okohama,
touching at Manila, Zebu, Samboangan, Humboldt Bay, and the Admiralty Islands,

RAGE

110

112

126

136

138

170

192

220

280

304

316

340

344

350

380

390

416

430

456

460

488

502

526

550

552

576

622

632

642

71S

lii

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Chart page

32. In the vicinity of the Arrou and Ki Islands, . . . . . .742

33. In the vicinity of the Eanda Islands, ........ 756

Second Part.

34. Nares Harbour, Admiralty Islands, ........ 858

35. In the vicinity of Japan, ........ . 924

36. Yokohama to the Sandwich Islands, ........ 990

37. In the vicinity of the Sandwich Islands, ........ 994

38. Sandwich Islands to Tahiti ; also Tahiti to Valparaiso, touching at Juan Fernandez Island, . 1070

39. In the vicinity of Tahiti, .......... 1072

40. Valparaiso to Port Otway, . . . . ... . . .1136

41. Port Otway through Magellan Strait, touching at Hale Cove, Gray Harbour, Port Grappler, Tom

Ray, I’uerto Bueno, Isthmus Bay, Port Churruca, Port Famine, Sandy Point, and Elizabeth

bland, ........... 1166

42. Magellan Strait to the Falkland Islands and Monte Video, . . . . . .1186

43. In the vicinity of Ascension, ......... 1240

III. DIAGRAMS SHOWING THE VERTICAL DISTRIBUTION OF TEMPERATURE

IN THE OCEAN.

First Part.

Diagram

1. Longitudinal section, Tenerife to Sombrero, . . . . . . .168

2. Diagonal section, Bermuda towards New York ; also Meridional section, Halifax to St. Thomas, . 240

3. Longitudinal section, Bermuda to the Azores and Madeira, ..... 246

l. Longitudinal section, from a position in lat. 3° 8' N., long. 14° 39' W. to Pernambuco, . . 348

5. Diagonal section, Abrolhos Island to Tristan da Cunha Islands, ..... 382

6. Longitudinal section, Rio de la Plata to Tristan da Cunha Islands and the Cape of Good Hope, 392

7. Meridional section, the Azores to the Tristan da Cunha Islands, ..... 400

8. Meridional section, Cape of Good Hope to the parallel of 46“ S., . . . . . 418

9. Meridional section between the parallels of 50° and 65° S. lat., ..... 524

iU. Diagonal section, from a position in lat. 53 55' S., long. 108° 35' E. to Cape Otway, . . 528

11. Longitudinal section, Sydney, N.S.W., to Porirua, Cook Strait, New Zealand, . . 578

12. Meridional section, Kandavu Island to Cape Palliser, New Zealand, .... 596

13. Longitudinal section, Fiji Islands to the Barrier Reef, Australia, ..... 682

14. 1 1 i gram showing the Distribution of Temperature in the Seas enclosed by the Islands of the Eastern

Archipelago, ........... 794

Second Part.

I V longitudinal section, Meangis Isla.ids to the Admiralty Islands, ..... 854

16. Meridional section, Admiralty Islands to Japan, ....... 894

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS.

liii

Diagram page

17. Longitudinal section, Japan to a position in lat. 35° 49' N., long. 180’' W., . . . 966

18. Longitudinal section, from a position in lat. 35° 49' N., long. 180° W. to a position in lat. 38" 9' N.,

long. 156° 25' W., .......... 992

19. Meridional section, from the parallel of 38° N. to the parallel of 40° S., . . . 1068

20. Longitudinal section, from a position in lat. 40° 3' S., long. 132° 58' W. towards Mocha Island, . 1114

21. Meridional section, off the rvest Coast of South America, between the 33rd and 46th parallels, 1138

22. Meridional section, Falkland Islands to the parallel of 35° 40' S., ..... 1196

Trawl, Dredge, Tow-net, Water-bottle, Sounding Machine, and Sieves.

(summary of results chall. exp. 1895.)

ERRATA.

Page 1310, line 4, insert “T ” after Serupocellaria maeandrei.

1330, „ 14 from foot, insert “ S” after Acantliogorgia ramosmima.
1334. „ 6, for “ N ” read “ T ” after Par archaster spinosissimus.

„ 1337, „ 10, insert “ S ” after Aphrodita echidna.

1 345, „ 15, insert “ T ” after Bittium, three species undetermined.

■ HISTORICAL INTRODUCTION.

A— THE SCIENCE OF OCEANOGRAPHY.

Down till tlie early part of the present century the observation of marine phenomena
was almost exclusively limited to the surface and sub-surface waters of the ocean. In
the interests of navigation the hydrographer had undertaken a survey of coasts, an
examination of oceanic routes useful for commerce, and a discussion of the winds, tides,
and currents by which these were affected, but the observations of the biologist, the
chemist, and geologist did not extend beyond the shallow water surrounding the dry
land, nor deeper than a few fathoms. Our knowledge of the ocean was. literally speaking
superficial. No systematic attempts had been made to ascertain the physical and biological
conditions of that vast region of the earth’s surface occupied by the deeper waters of
the ocean : the apparatus necessary for such investigations had not yet been invented.

The desire to establish telegraphic communication between Europe and America
gave the first direct impulse towards a systematic exploration of the deep sea The
mprovement in methods and apparatus within recent years has been so rapid that it is
now possible to examine the most profound depths of the ocean with great precision.
The recognition of oceanography as a distinct branch of science may be said to date from
the commencement of deep-sea researches.

The oceanographer takes account of everything relating to the ocean , his investiga-
tions deal with the form and divisions of all marine areas on. the surface of the globe,
the winds that blow over the surface waters, the contours of the ocean bed from tin
sea-level down to the greatest depths, the temperature, the circulation, the physical am. 1
chemical properties of sea-water, the currents, tides, waves, the composition and
distribution of marine deposits, the nature and distribution of marine organisms t f
surface, in the intermediate waters, and on the floor of the ocean, as well as the
modifications brought about in living things by the conditions of their existence, il
relations of man to the ocean in the development of fisheries, commerce, civilisation,
navigation, hydrography, and maritime meteorology. All this vast assemblage *i
knowledge, which embraces some aspects of astronomy, geography, geolog}’, phy- • >.
chemistry, and the biological sciences, makes up the modern science of oceanograpl.

(SUMMARY OF RESULTS CHALL. EXP. — 1894.)

Progress of
Knowledge con-
cerning the
Ocean.

The Modern
Science of
Oceanography.

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

WuHK ur THK

Oiui.us>-«.an

Kxrrmnox.

Ti rl w r Expedition has played a very large part in all the recent advances
an.. graphical knowledge. The Official Reports on the Scientific Results of the
; ; x : , ■ ■ i i. di al more or less directly with all those branches of knowledge which, we
• v, cii, constitute the science of oceanography. In order to fully .appreciate the
, -nli - it which science has arrived in our own time, it is essential to cast a retrospective
, at the i«leas and opinions held by past generations of explorers and philosophers.

I i iv proposed to preface this volume, containing a summary account of the work

; board the Challenger, with a somewhat detailed account of the gradual develop-

,,t (if knowledge concerning the ocean. Even a rapid chronological exposition of the
n.ar h of ideas on the science of the ocean cannot completely ignore the progress of
v Tices. Discove ries in astronomy and physics have often had more influence
. 1 the progress of oceanography than the most perilous and distant voyages. Facts
’ r\i d 1-y the ancients have sometimes directed the thoughts of modern investigators;
’ r i 1 1 lt periods of apparent lethargy great ideas have germinated in some superior minds.

/?.— OCEANOGRAPHICAL VIEWS OF THE ANCIENTS.

Kxovucdge or

PklMITIVB

Peorue*.

Vrr»< or the
Hnurr.

in. . veil, a xpeditions of the heroic ages created great enthusiasm among the
poet- of antiquity. Their narratives of the first nautical expeditions are of great
K-.-rcst to the historian and literary man, for the ancients knew well how to clothe
primitive records of civilisation and commerce with all the charm of their language
il l ! imagination, hut they teach us nothing from the point of view of thescience
f tiv ' . The Pacific islanders, at the present time, are probably in the same phase
i p: . - v re the civilised nations at the birth of navigation. The Polynesian

i - 1 bl i ■ to steer his boat to a safe port in a known group of islands, but he knows only
ro ite. and lie departs not from it. Should a current carry him away, he is forced
■ " a i In Ipl'K-Iy over the surface of the boundless ocean. His knowledge is quite
•1 tin r. i- no scientific union among its different parts. The sea, for him, is
uply i me a ; . - of transport, and a vast reservoir for the supply of his alimentary
In ill- infancy of humanity, as to-day among savages, there was no geography,

• 1 p. ntly, no H'ientific notions on oceanography. It is only as man rises from

a' ry mi I through barbarism to a state of civilisation, and as commercial relations
i • . l.-lvd, that ideas, at first vague and uncertain, can be traced concerning the
phenomena of the ocean.

Tin . I -1 wi i tings - ontain very few topographical details. The conceptions of the
•' h p< oj ! about nature were extremely vague. The Hebrews were not a maritime
p! ", and < >n -< •queiitly we do not find in biblical literature any ver)" definite
m r-L' 'rdiiiLT the sea. The following passages: “He hath compassed the waters

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

3

with bounds ;’n “I take the wings of the morning and dwell in the uttermost parts of
the sea ;”2 “ He set a compass (circle) upon the face of the depth ;”3 all seem to indicate
that the Jews held the same general opinions as to the distribution of land and water
as prevailed among the Greeks of the Homeric period. The expression in Genesis, “ Let
the waiters under- the heaven be gathered together unto one place,” 4 and a passage in
Esdras : “ Upon he third day thou didst command that the waters should be gathered
in the seventh part of the earth, six parts hast thou dried up and kept them,” 5 have
been cited to show that they believed that only a seventh part of the surface of the
world was covered by the waters of the ocean. Some of these passages were cited by
Columbus in the fifteenth century to prove that the Atlantic could not be of any great
extent. The book of Esdras, however, was written after the time of Christ, probably
quite late in the first century of our era, and is no evidence for old Jewish belief. The
author of Esdras merely shares a view widely held in his time, according to which the
earth was divided into seven zones or climates. The view that the Hebrews believed the
land to be much less extended than the ocean cannot be said to be well founded.6

Maritime commerce was almost unknown to the Egyptians, who appear to have had at The Egyptian -
all times an antipathy to everything connected with the sea. We do not find anything in
the history of this ancient people wdiich indicates that they took any part in discoveries
relating to oceanography; their ships, as for instance in the voyage of Necho, appear
always to have been manned by Phoenician sailors.7 It is among maritime and
commercial nations, who must familiarise themselves with the phenomena of the sea, that
we find the first true ideas concerning the morphology of the ocean.

Long before the Greeks had emerged from a state of barbarism, and long before the The Phoenicians
oldest Greek and Hebrew records, the Phoenicians had settled all over the Mediterranean.

The earliest notices represent them as a nation of clever navigators, capable of making
distant voyages. In pursuit of commerce, they traversed the Mediterranean, that great
enclosed sea presenting fewer difficulties to navigation than the Erythraean Sea or Indian
Ocean, from whence they are supposed to have originally emigrated.8 At first they

1 Job, xxvi. 10. 2 Psalms, cxxxix. 9. 3 Proverbs, viii. 27. 4 Genesis, i 9.

5 II. (IV.) Esdras, cliap. vi. v 41, “ Et tertia die imperasti aquis congregari in septima parte terra?.”

c Humboldt, Examen critique de l’bistoire de la geographie du nouveau continent et des progres de l’astrononiie
nautique au 15n,-: et 16rae sitcles, Paris, 1836, tom. i. p. 188. Humboldt states that the Hindus, like th • Hebrews,
had seven zones and seven climates, but with the Hindus the seven terrestrial zones are separated by seven seas
In this arrangement, however, the total mass of the liquid zones is not limited— among the zones are the bizarre,
rather than poetic, seas of curdled mill fc, of sugar, and of clarified hitter.

7 E. H. Bunbury, History of Ancient Geography, vol. i. p. 3, London, 1883.

8 As stated above, the Phoenicians knew the Erythraean Sea. Herodotus (I., 1 ; VII., 89) reports that they came
from the coasts of that sea to settle down on the shores of the Mediterranean during historical times. This opinion is
admitted by several modern historians, among others by Movers (Die Phcenizier, Bd. i., pp. 9-12). The weight t
modern judgment appears to lie against this view. Kenrick (Phoenicia, p. 52) rejects it. (See also Bunburv, op. at., v< 1. i
p. 5, note 3 ; Konrad Kretschmer, Die Entdeckung Amerika’s in ihrer Bedeutung fiir die Geschichte des W. Y i!V,
p. 12, Berlin, 1892; Ency. Brit., art. “Phoenicia,” by Prof. A. von Gutschmid; The Ruined Cities of Mashonaland,
by J. T. Bent, London, 1892; Rawlinson’s Hist, of Phoenicia, London. 1889, p. 53; Pietschmann. C.-.hichte r
Phcenizier, Berlin, 1889, p. 113.)

4

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

PmESIClAN

VoTAGE*.

taded ag fa Egypt,1 then to Syrtis, and, establishing colonies everywhere on their
they arrived at the Pillars of Hercules. At this point there opened before them the
at ocean. The Phoenicians are believed to have recognised in the Atlantic an ocean
similar to the Erythraean Sea, and to have conceived the idea of a
iter surrounding all lai From Grades and other settlements
: rsof Hercuh a they braved the great ocean itself; they sailed along the

v, , ,(, rii coast of Africa, discovered the Canaries, and Humboldt considers it very probable

! tli' y were acquainted with the Sargasso Sea, into which the} had been perhaps

. v. i, by easterly winds. ' They extended their excursions towards the northern parts
Vth ntic, and discovered the Cassiterides,4 where they went in search of tin, of
which i he x ■ rved the monopoly by*toncealing-its source from rival nations. In the

u .. Geachichte der Erdkunde und de jen, Berlin, 1861, pp. 16 d seq. The fii-.it indications

. f • > i niciniit in Hebrew literature, however, represent them at the time of Solomon as already making

Tarshisb, which appears to answer to Tartessus in the south of Spain (see Dr Smith’s Dictionary of
Biblical Antiquities, yol iiL, article “Tarshish,” by Twisleton, cited by Bunbury, op. cit., vol. i p. 5, note). That
Tar-1 i-h-Tnrtes.-m, Turdetania (basin of Guadalquivir) is certain.

. I- . t oni. Um believed that tbe word ocean was derived from a Tunic or Hebrew word signifying a circle or
ir am fere i • ml that th< word ocean lias thus been preserved, a monument, as it were, to the discoveries of the
,-ce Humboldt, op. cit., tom. i. p. 33; Ritter, op. cit., p. 21). This derivation has been wholly

r. i a liatcd by modem philologists. ...

, Humboldt, op. cit., tom. iii. p. 91 ; see also M. P. Merrifield on “Gulf-Weed,” Nature, vol. xvm. p. 708, 1878.

qaseo is said to have been first applied to the gulf-weed by the sailors of Vasco da Gama on their return
India . i 14to. It is said to be a Tortuguese name for water-cress (Nasturtium) (sec Linschoten, Hist. Orient.,

:t ji Kretschmer (op. • it., p. 165) and Kriimmel (Reisebeschreibung der Plankton-Expedition, p. 118) do not admit

inted with tie Sargasso Sea. Columbus, they hold, was the first to visit that part of
^ Y v g wet d l- frequently driven to the eastward of the westermost of the Azores (Corvo and Flores),

and it i- altogethei that tl ■ PI ni ians were acquainted with the floating gulf-weed, although they may

..... i „ the Sargasso Sea, properly so-called. The discovery of Carthaginian and Cyrenian coins
\ .. — ia often cited as evidence that the Phoenicians had extended their voyages

; ins wen in the hands of Johan Podolyn, evidently a member of the Gothenburg
x. . Lit ransactions the description of the coins is published with figures. Podolyn

, Florez, on visiting him in Madrid. The nine coins figured in the paper two

, v>.: ... : i five Cai thaginian < ipper coins, two Cyrenian copper coins were selected by Florez, as the

„ . .. ... |, .in 1. i quantity first vent to Lisbon and thence to Madrid to the Padre Florez.

71„ ... , ..i. m November 1749, after some days of westerly storms, been found on the coast of Corvo, in a black

c v. -1, broken by the -torm. They were first sent to a convent on the island, and then some to Lisbon,

; A l the i afire Florez in Madrid received them (Nagra Anmarkuingar om de Gamles Sjbfart, i

. ■ rtha isisl chCyi ka Mynt, fondue ftr 1740, pften aide Acoriska Oarhe, ai fohan 1 odolj n ;

|. IV, ten r. aj ocli Witteihets Samhallets Handlinger Wetenskaps Afdelningen, F first Stycket,

. it; -. - . bit bad no doubt about the truth of these statements, and regrets that no full account

•he \ i m which tbe coin.- were found. The positive statements about the discovery of Phoenician
rtl .. ... i. ’ v Ci. ■ • m' rianfi (An'nlicijraphy, p. 19o),by Daniel Wilson (New AUant-is), and in the Encyclopaedia

ed . all -' Tin t<> rest on thi* paper of Johan Podolyn. H. F. Walker (The Azores,

, ,. ther, j i,,,; the slightest corroborative tradiliou among the inhabitants of Corvo, and discredits

the whole *tory. GafTorel « . I us to think that the Phoenicians had even reached America, but this will not

r f .. it. vtu i ,ny m <> than those more recent attempts to show that the Phoenicians had reached Central

t rth of Au-f.lia and Fluster Maud in the Pacific (GalFarel, Compte Rendu da 1” Conyrds lies

N in i, 1-7-N p. 93; Gaflhrel, Etude sur les rapports de FAmfirique et de l’Aucien Continent avaut C.
• ; - . i s< i, p. im ; T. C. Johnston, Did the Phoenicians discover America? Oeogr. Soc. California, 1892).

* i ), « . . 1 1 . . v n ither th Scilly Islands or the islands in Vigo Bay, on the north-west coast of Spurn (see

C I. Ellon, Origin* of English History, ed. 2, London, 1890).

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

5

East the Phoenicians were accustomed to round the southern part of Arabia into the
Persian Gulf, and to sail southwards along the eastern coasts of Africa, attracted
doubtless by the commerce in pearls.1 Phoenician names and remains indicate their
presence in these regions. It cannot be shown with certainty that they circumnavigated
Africa,' but it is known that, in the remotest periods of history, they executed voyages
over the ocean which might rival some of those of the fifteenth century. (See Plate J.)

The same spirit of intrepid commercial enterprise animated the Carthaginians, who ^he r*«Ti.A-
continued the traditions of their ancestors, the Tyrians; but, as in the case of the '
Phoenicians, all their historical monuments have been destroyed. However, a Greek
translation of the Periplus of the Carthaginian admiral, Hanno, has been preserved.

The date of this voyage, which added much to the knowledge of the Atlantic, cannot be
definitely fixed. Pliny says that at the most flourishing period of Punic affairs, “Hanno Han.-.o, ,60 B.1 .
received the order to make the circuit of Africa.” 4 This period corresponds to the
sixth century before our era. The whole of that century was marked by a great intel-
lectual expansion among all the peoples of the Mediterranean, and in that movement
geography played a considerable part. Hanno is said to have conducted a fleet, composed
of sixty vessels, 'each carrying five hundred men and women, along the western coast of
Africa towards the Equator. This colonising enterprise showed, for the first time, the
extension of the Atlantic towards the south. Like almost all early voyages, this one
was undertaken in the interests of commerce, and to extend the dominion of the nation
which sent it forth. In these ancient expeditions we do not find a trace of the true
voyager, imbued with the spirit of observation and a desire to discover new facts in nature.

While Hanno explored the western coasts of Africa, another Carthaginian sailor,

Himilco, undertook a voyage of discovery in that part of the ocean situated to the north- Hi.un.c-
west of Europe. An account of this voyage was extant in the fourth century of our
era. and its main features have been preserved by the poet Festus Avienus. Beyond
the Pillars of Hercules, to the west of Europe, the ocean is represented as stretching
towards the horizon without limit ; a favourable wind never blows, a breath from heaven
never fills the sails, the air is enveloped in a mantle of mist, a thick fog covers the sea

1 The Ophir of Solomon has been supposed to be situated in the south of Arabia, in India, and in the Ray of
Sofala on the east coast of Africa. Each of these identifications has been supported by learned critics. In
addition to these three principal views, others with more imagination have endeavoured to show that Ophir vu
situated in Malacca, in Brazil, or in Peru (see Dr K. von Baer, Wo ist das Salomonische Ophir zu suchen ? Hi,- msch-
Fragen St Petersburg , 1873 ; T. C. Johnston, Did the Phoenicians discover America ? Geog. Soc. California , 1892).

2 Herodotus, IV. 42. The Periplus of Necho has been the subject of much controversy. Hecho or Xeco, son
Psammeticus, who reigned from 610 to 594 b.c., on abandoning the canal he had begun to cut between the Xile i
the Arabian Gulf, sent an expedition down the Bed Sea, which, in the third year, returned by the Pillars of Hercules.

The expedition is said to have been manned by Phoenicians. Herodotus states a circumstance which, he says, “ I .
my part do not believe, but perhaps others may,” viz., that, while sailing round Africa, the navigators had be sun
the right hand. If this means that their shadows were thrown to the south in rounding Africa, as seems to be t in-
case, it supports the view that the circumnavigation really took place (see Id. Berger, Geschichte der xvisser - h.-.rrli
Erdkunde der Griechen, p. 39).

3 Geogr. Gr. Min., ed. C. Muller, vol. i. p. 14.

4 Pliny, Hist. Hat.., v. 1.

Chaka'-tkk ok

TU* PlKISIOUXi*.

6 THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

r ill tunc.-, and -ombre vapours there obscure the light of day.1 Himilco was not
: tiiiue his route through this gloom, across this muddy ocean covered with

- a-wvrd and inhabited by marine monsters. It was through such sombre colours that
tin an< ients viewed the external sea to the west and beyond the coasts of Germany and
Britain, to which they gave the names of Mare cronhm, pigrum, concretum , mortuum.

1 ■ Theophrastus - and in a compilation written about the middle of the third century before
( i.ri-t . i heii aiv other references to Carthaginian discoveries, which seem to indicate
’ll • t h< \ wen acquainted with the weed of the Sargasso Sea. The mention of sea-
i:k 'ii-tiTs plunging among the sea-weeds in which the vessels were becalmed shows that

• . ' we eds could not have been attached to the shore or to shallows, and is in favour

of the view that the Carthaginians had reached the 'Sargasso Sea,

T . rnlge from the few details that have been transmitted to us by classical writers,
tli.- know h-d m ol the ocean possessed bj^ Phoenicians and Carthaginians was of an essen-
tially i .radical kind. In this phase of maritime exploration, the cruises and mercantile

- v ; - 1 :ti .11- K-complished little more than an extension of knowledge with regard to the
extent and limits of the different seas, the most elementary part of the science.
What we know of the Carthaginians has been transmitted through the Romans,
v 1 'ii information regarding the Phoenicians of the eastern basin of the Mediterranean
i <1 riv< d from tie Greeks. The Greeks profited by the. discoveries of the Phoenicians
.,ii ■ vrntuallv drove them from the sea, of which they had so long been the masters.
T I.--,' bellicos' Phoenicians, when they encountered their rivals, sought new routes for
tii- ii maritime commerce, which for centuries they had carefully concealed, thus preserv-

:.g to them .-Ives the monopoly of the rare products for which they went in search to
gr> 1 di g me- s across the sea, such as amber, tin, silver, gold dust, pearls, and aromatics.
T precautions taken by these peoples to hide their oceanic routes tended not a
to "Pscure the notions concerning the sea among the ancients. The Phcemcians

0 ! ' i’ ’ h /ini "is excited the imaginations of their rivals, when they attempted to
; !!"■■•. hem, by . xnggerating the dangerous adventures of their distant voyages. Thus
< ■ g i 1 ■ - a . •. riflins of the Pontus Euxinus, Scylla and Charybdis, the gelatinous

- ■ f 1 1; - i -i t ' and other fables. Had the historical records of the Phoenicians been

1 r v 1, uv should certainly have found in them more than the merest outlines of the
h h dgi <>f the s. a- a result of their voyages. These sagacious and experienced sailors
c ' hi'-- a cumulated many important facts relating to the morphology of the ocean.
\ | ’hat initiated such great enterprises and accomplished such extensive explora-
t a:. .. have i -cen composed solely of clever navigators, eager merchants, and bold

• ' j-l'-r r-. T !ior*- mu t have been in their midst men of learning who speculated

fling tie origin of the phenomena of the ocean. We know little or nothing of

1 R. 1 AvienuB, Oru nmritimn, vv. 115 130, 406-415.

’ It' 1 I’lnnt., iv. 6, 7. * Mirab. Auscull., p. 136.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

7

their progress in astronomy. Perhaps they also kept this knowledge secret, for there are
many indications that they were possessed of many of its practical applications to the art
of navigation. At the dawn of history, and before all the other peoples of antiquity,
we find them sailing over the open sea without a compass or coast to guide them. They
even navigated the open ocean at night. The Phoenicians did this before the time of
Homer, while the Greeks and Romans, for a long time after that period, never lost sight
of the coasts, and sailed only during the day.1

The notions with reference to the sea inherited by the Greeks from the Phoenicians The Oj. > k>.
appear to have been extremely vague, even regarding the Mediterranean, which must have
been the best known to them. Greek philosophers and navigators first directed attention
to the scientific problems of the ocean, and aided in solving them by their progress in
branches of knowledge connected with physical geography. Their influence was profound,
and traces of the oceanographical ideas of the Greeks survived for centuries in literature.

The Greeks, so admirably endowed in most respects, had not a sufficient number of
accurate observations to form a solid basis for induction ; they did not possess the rigorous
methods of modern science, which do not admit of deductions beyond tne range of the
observations. Their theoretical conceptions cannot, however, be passed over, any more
than the ancient Greek myths relative to the earliest voyages of their race. “ Popular
myths,” says Humboldt, “ mixed with history and geography, do not altogether belong
to the ideal world. If vagueness be one of their distinctive traits, if the symbols which
cover the reality be wrapped in a veil more or less thick, the myths closely associated
with them show, nevertheless, the first dawn of cosmography. The statements of
primitive history and geography are not entirely ingenious fictions ; the opinions which
have been formed about the actual world are reflected in them.”2

The first step in the geographical history of the Greeks is the legendary voyage of Mythical
the Argonauts, although this myth gives no certain facts regarding the physical geography Ap'‘.^ET,^
of the sea. The poetical elaboration of the story took place, according to Grote, between
600 and 500 years before the Christian era. If the voyage has any foundation in fact,
it was probably as much a Phoenician as a Greek adventure in search of gold.3 All that
can be said with reference to the poetical accounts of the wars of Troy is that, at the Wars of Tro'
period immortalised by the genius of Homer, the Greeks were so familiar with navigation
as to be able to transport an army across the iEgean Sea as far as the Hellespont.4

1 The Phoenicians steered by the Pole star, which, from this circumstance, was named by the Greeks the Ph nician
star (Enc. Brit., art. “Phoenicia’'). The Greeks, it is said, steered by the Great Bear (Bunbury, op cit., vol i. p. 34).

2 Humboldt, op. cit., tom. i. p. 112.

3 The name argo is possibly of Phoenician origin (the Semetic word circle, long), having reference to the “ long s', ;ps ”
or fighting ships as distinguished from the round or cargo shifs. The argo may have been the first long ship bui't by
the Greeks. The voyage of Argo is readily enough understood as the attempt of a people, ignorant of geography
and physics, to combine in one narrative the Phoenician voyages in every quarter of the then known world, (pee John
Kenrick, History and Antiquities of Phoenicia, p. 92, London, 1855). Alexandrian critics confused the story by ; mnslVr.
the wanderings of Ulysses to the Outer Ocean, while retaining the idea of this ocean such as it was known to :

4 Bunbury, op. cit., vol. i. p. 17.

THE VOYAGE OP H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

8

V>t withstanding the m\ thical and poetical elements in Homer, there are some details
\ ; iv, Hi. g We find in his works the conception held by the Greeks of his time

, m nu land : nd sea. The earth is represented as a large disc with slightly elevated

; :h n m, an immense external river with rapid currents and unknown boundaries.

1 1 n r does not admit that the ocean was a sea ; the expression in his verses con-

w\.' tl idea < 1 1 a river. In the middle of the disc surrounded by the ocean is placed

t .1 . Sea and its archipelagoes. All springs, streams, rivers, seas, and indeed all
\ > on tin earth were the offspring of the ocean, but the poet gives no indication

i ; n ; irded t he internal sea as being in communication with the great ocean river.

I; i- d mbtful whether, at this period, the Greeks had even heard, through the
1' < i 1 1 :ans, of the Erythraean Sea or of the external sea to the westward of the Pillars
of Hercules, and they themselves had certainly never navigated these waters. It
I- - r "lv necessary to add that they were absolutely ignorant of the northern and
southern oceanic regions.

In tin i o inogr.iphical conception of Homer the external borders of the ocean river

. ! a - a -up] mt to the transparent celestial vault. Everything seems to indicate that

di. inceptions of tin world were derived by the Greeks from oriental sources, and

tl i* It us, clothed by their poets in harmonious and mythical form, were perpetuated

m -v tlm people down to the time of Hecatoeus. The poems of Homer abound in
1: h. descriptions of the sea ; from the sea the poet copiously borrows his com-

j • i : : i.- and metaphors. This shows that the Greeks were familiar with the varied

m • . f ! lie s- a, and how much its grand phenomena struck their imaginations. It is

i! ■ ..iv- :!. poetic element which fixes their attention. Homer gives not a single
■_ plm .il detail relative to the ;ea. He had not even a special name for the ocean,
in\ ni'ji" than the Greeks and the Piomans during succeeding centuries had for the
Mediterranean. (See Plate I.)

n tin time of Homer there are indications that sailors guided their ships,

. lid.- _■ th night, b) observing the constellations,1 and, also, that the poet possessed very
d> tm'‘ notions regarding winds favourable to navigation; thus when he speaks of
1 — 1 Hiding at Thrinakia, where he was detained for a month by contrary winds,

iloin.T designates all the winds in a clear and characteristic manner. The whirlpools of
th . :■ real .-.-a- piny a great idle in the heroic expeditions — viz., those about Scylla and
< v I : < ert.iin that the perils of those formidable points have been exaggerated

f i r 1 1 • ■ - of the poets. Yet the foundation of these, legends reposes upon

?’.• ] ' ■ 'menu pr -ented by the sen in the neighbourhood of the Strait of Messina,
h and currents from two sens meet in a narrow channel.2 The ancient
* Od/Mcjr, v. 277.

Tli ii 1 !' ' i, of these d angers (iv. 24). Admiral Smyth (Mediterranean, pp. 178-182)

• ‘hr ' - n n ivu-.itir,.* tin- trail an -ueh iw to give rise to tlie dangerous reputation ascribed to

thra bj the anrivnt* (tec Lunhury. op. cii., voL i p. 61).

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

9

geographers knew all the difficulties of this passage, and correctly brought them into
connection with the whirlpools of Homer.1 The poet himself had no definite idea of
their situation ; he placed them in the far west, like the islands of iEolus and Circe.

Hesiod touches od questions relating to the ocean only in an incidental manner ; Hesiod.
his general notions on land and sea resemble those of Homer. With Hesiod, the
ocean stream is a perfect river.2 Hesiod gives a catalogue of rivers flowing from the
ocean and Tethys ; it appears from several passages that land exists on the other side of
the ocean, and that the extreme limit of the world is not the oceanic stream. Thus,
with him, the Hesperides are in a land beyond the ocean.3 The giant Geryones lived in
the island of Erythea, across the ocean.1 “ The islands of the blest ” are surrounded by
the eddies of the sea. The Greeks were not long in abandoning the Homeric idea as to
the ocean limit of the world. We may even see in these passages of Hesiod the first
traces of some ancient myths, the most celebrated being that of Atlantis, which supposed
the existence of inhabited regions beyond the confines of the land bordered by the ocean
stream.

Towards the end of the eighth century before our era, the Greeks commenced to Eighth Century
employ larger ships in navigation, which permitted them to undertake more distant1'
voyages with less danger ; this had a beneficial effect on the progress of oceanography.5
It was at this period that the range of geographical knowledge was extended by the
establishment of Doric and Ionic colonies on the coasts of Southern Italy and Sicily.

Soon afterwards colonists from the city of Miletus penetrated northward to the Pontus
Euxinus. At the same time, some wandering pirates reached the delta of the Nile,
and, in reward for services rendered by them to the king, commercial relations were
established between the Greeks and the kingdom of Psammetieus, Egypt having, up to
that date, been closed to all foreigners, as rigidly as were China and Japan down to a
recent period.

A few years after the opening up of Egypt, the oracle of Delphi ordered the inhabi- Seventh Centub
tants of the island of Thera to go forth and found a colony on the Libyan coasts. It is
said that such was the ignorance of these islanders, at that period, of all that lay beyond
the horizon of their habitual voyages, that no person could be found among them who
knew where Libya was to which they were required to send colonists ; the expedition was,
however, organised a little later, and resulted in the foundation of Cyrene about 631 b.c.

It happened about the same time that Colseus, the commander of a ship of Samos, was
carried by east winds far to the west. After passing the coasts of Sicily, he traversed the

1 Strabo, i. 2, 36.

2 TeA^Ei/r os TroTa.fj.ciio, referring very probably to its circular course, flowing round, and encompassing all things
(Hesiod, Theog., vv. 242, 959.).

3 Hesiod, ibid.., vv. 215, 216.

4 Hesiod, ibid., vv. 287-294. For the whole passage, see Bunbury, op. cit., vol. i. p. 86.

5 Thucydides, i. 13. According to this author the Corinthians were the first to build triremes ; the Samians learnt
the use of them from the Corinthians as early as 700 B.c. (see Bunbury, op. cit., vol. i. p. 108).

(summary op results chall. exp. — 1894.) 2

10

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Sixth Century
RC.

Ionian School.

ITecatxus.

Straits of Gades, and, landing at Tartessus, brought home from tlicnce an invaluable cargo.
This great Tyrian establishment, as well as the whole western portion of the Mediter-
..nean. had. according to Herodotus, up to that time remained wholly unknown to the
Greeks.' Che Phocseans made frequent voyages to the Western Mediterranean towards
die close of the seventh century, and in GOO b.c. the city of Massilia was founded by a
colony from Phocasa.2

Earl)r in the sixth century b.c. the Greeks commenced to form new views with regard
to the stream of ocean, and the Cimmerian darkness of the ancient poets. The old
legends of the Homeric age were still reproduced at times among the poets of the sixth
nd fifth centuries b.c., for example, by iEsehylus and Pindar, but they are archaic
vmlnisccnces, assuredly not confounded with the reality. The navigation of the Straits
>f Gibraltar was well known to be both dangerous and difficult; this is expressed by an
adage found in Pindar3: — “Neither wise man nor fool gets beyond the Pillars of
Hercules.”

Let us now cast a glance at the conceptions held by the philosophers of the sixth and
seventh centuries b.c., and their speculations concerning the physical structure of the world
and the phenomena of the sea. Thales of Miletus,4 chief of the Ionian school, and recog-
nised as the founder of physical science among the Greeks, is distinctly stated by Plutarch5
to have been acquainted with the spherical form of the earth. This is evidently an error,
for Aristotle represents him as teaching that the earth was supported on water, upon which
it floated like a log or ship ; earthquakes were said to have been caused by the agitation
of the water. The speculations of his followers were even more singular than those of
the master. Thus, Anaximander,6 who is credited with the invention of the gnomon,
md who was the first to represent the surface of the globe on a map, is said to have
held that the earth wa3 of cylindrical form, the inhabited part being the upper end of
the cylinder.7 Anaximenes,8 a successor of Anaximander; held that the earth was of
rr. gular, quadrangular form — a flat trapezium which was supported by the air beneath
it as a consequence of its pressing down on it like the lid of a vase.9 IIecata3us of
Mih-tus,10 the most celebrated geographer of the Ionian school, constructed a new map of
the world, and surveyed the geographical notions of the Greeks towards the end of the
-ixth century b.c. He gives some indications of the morphology of the sea, but, like
all his predecessors, he admits the existence of the stream of ocean, and considers the

1 Herodotus, iv. 152.

T! l’)i " > a - employed penteconters in these voyages instead of the “ round ships,” a name applied to ordinary
n - r- h.-in • ves • Is, p< sibly in view of hostile encounters with the Phoenicians (see H. Berger, Gesckichte der Wissen-
•. h.Jtl • ’ Knlkundc der Griechen, p. 17 ; Vivien de St. Martin, Ilistoire de la Geographic, Paris, 1873, p. 73.

* Olytnp., iii. 80. 4 Flourished in the first half of the sixth century B.c.

* Plutarch, Plac. Phil., iii. 10. 8 610 to 547 B.C.

" Plutarch, Plac. PhiL, iii. 10. 8 Flourished in the latter half of the sixth century B.c.

* Aristotle, De Coelo, ii. 13, see. 10 ; Plutarch, Plac. Phil., iii. 10.

** Flourished in the sixth century B.C.

Summary of Results Plate 1

Th.e 'Voyage of H.M.S “ClialLeiiger”

Die Xdiriburgii Geogfruyliical Ini

VOYAGE OF THE ARGONAUTS

according to

THE TRADITIONS OF THE ANCIENTS

THE WORLD

according' to

H EC AT/£ U S

B.C. 500

. Trade of the Argo 1t> Cnidus

Return Voyage of the Argonauts a/uu>r ding tjo Orpheus
. nun- - Pi rub IT

,.»«■»« Apollo nine

THE WORLD

according to

HOMER

J3.C.100O

tales

A.~bi i

Sippomolgi

J»‘*o luck!*.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

11

Caspian to be in communication with the external sea. The Nile takes its source in the
same external ocean. It is not necessary to dwell on other cosmographical conceptions
of the Ionian school ; the spherical form of the earth, which must be regarded as the
fundamental principle of all scientific geography, was unknown to them. (See Plate I.)

Pythagoras1 and his followers, however, regarded the earth as a sphere,2 not from a Pythagorea.v
study of facts but rather from speculative considerations ; they gave the earth a spherical ScH00ri-
shape, because they held that form to be the most perfect. It is asserted by some writers
that Pythagoras taught to his chosen disciples the true doctrine that the sun occupies
the centre of the solar system, and that the earth is only one of the planets revolving
around it ; and it is further affirmed that this knowledge was acquired from the Egyptians
and Chaldeans.3

In the fifth century b.c. there appeared one of the most remarkable writers of Fifth Century
antiquity, Herodotus,4 who abandoned speculative theories and gave his attention to the h’ei-odotus
observation of facts. He may be considered the founder of the science of physical
geography, Hecatseus of Miletus being, to some extent, his precursor ; for, in addition to
the cosmographical ideas wTe have mentioned above, Hecatseus gives much information
concerning the coast tows of the Western Mediterranean. Herodotus had relative!)
little knowledge of the western regions and seas, while, on the other hand, he gives
copious information about the east and north. He had learnt from the Greek merchants
of the Pontus Euxinus that, contrary to the view of Hecatseus, the Caspian was entirely
isolated from the ocean, and he knewr its form and extent. Herodotus gives to the Palus
Mseotis 5 an extent nearly equal to the Euxinus, although the latter is at least six times
greater. Commentators and geographers, founding upon this estimate of the Greek
historian, have concluded that great physical changes have taken place in the region of
the Sea of Azov in recent times. Scylax, a century after Herodotus, estimated Lake
Maeotis at one-half of that of the Euxinus.6 Down even to the time of Ptolemy the
ancients gave too great dimensions to this little sea. (See Plate II.)

It is not without interest to note that the estimates of the Pontus Euxinus are made
in Herodotus by means of tire dpyvid ,7 corresponding to the fathom ( brcisse , fciden), Fathoms l?ed
which is always employed by sailors as a measure of depth. “ In a long day,” he says, -j
“a ship usually accomplishes about 70,000 fathoms, and about 60,000 in the night.

This employment of the word opymd indicates distinctly that this was not only a bathy-
metrical measure, but also a nautical measure of length, the place of which has been
taken by the modern knot of navigation. Herodotus himself translates fathoms into
stadia.8

The practical spirit of Herodotus concerned itself only with facts, and he dealt

1 Flourished in the sixth century b.c. - Whewell, Hist, of Ind. Sci., ed. 3, vol. i. p. 115, London, 1S57.

3 Harkness, On the Magnitude of the Solar System, Nature, voi. I. p. 532. 4 484 to 408 B.c.

5 Sea of Azov. 6 Scylax, Periplus, 69. 7 The length of the outstretched arms.

8 100 op yviai, or fathoms, 600 feet = a cable’s length = 1 stadium (see Bunbury, op. cit., vol. i. pp. 176 and 209).

12

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

SoClUTKa A5D

Plato

Mrni or
iTum

, i, a.lly U- \\ > at the idea of the philosophers and poets, that the earth was surrounded
, : , \ Hi. ocean; h himself went too far in the opposite direction, by affirm-

tl.at 'hr ocean did not extend to the north of Europe and Asia. He says: —
i : frain from laughing a little at all those who undertake to describe the

land without any facts to guide them, for example, who represent the
ii ’ it the entire world in its course, who make it round as if drawn with
,i | i rf . nmp isses.”1 He rejects the notion that the earth has the form of a disc, and
r . •!. (M.e n is a river; he combats this theory everywhere. No person, he argues,
.1 to say whether Europe was bounded by the sea to the north and east, but
11 known that it was bathed by the Atlantic to the west as Asia was by the
m s to the south. Departing from this prudent reserve, he states that there
. manner of doubt that Africa is a peninsula attached to the continent by the
,-thmus of Suez, and surrounded at the south by the ocean. He evidently accepts
v w 'tin true one, because he believed what had been affirmed with reference
t< -is ol Necho around the continent of Africa.2 With Herodotus, then, the

; nd tin Erythraean Sea were one ocean, which must be regarded as one of
■ imp' rtant advances in a knowledge of the ocean basins. This is not the only
uh! it ion Thl- Greek writer has made to our notions of physical geography. He points
it i he i -j ilar tide in the Persian Gulf, a phenomenon which did not fail to strike the
d- unaccustomed as they were to any flux or reflux of the sea on their own coasts.
II ..!-■• discusses the formation of alluvium at the entrance of the Nile, and the size and
configuration of the three continents.

In nr -ingle passage3 Herodotus employs the word Atlantic to designate the sea to
t1 v -• !n • ir appears evident from the incidental manner in which the word is used,

' t! i. iv. . ■ re met with for the first time, must have been well known at the period.
< Pi "tin r hand, we do not find in his writings a special name for the Mediterranean.4
I • -i of Socrates and Plato0 concerning the habitable world do not touch directly
• oui a’ljeei, ' \rept with reference to the myth of Atlantis, concerning which it is
c r) t" '.ay few words, as this conception has not been without influence on
intimately connected with oceanography. In this mythical story, Plato7 supposes
: it extent of land situated in the external sea to have disappeared in one day and
■ :. beneath tl : waters of the ocean. Since that time, he adds, the Atlantic Sea

■d to be navigable, its waters having become muddy and charged with clay
'!• r.\' d fr in the engulfed land. Everything appears to show that, according to the
i "J Plato, this narration was a pure fiction; yet in succeeding centuries many
a ' ; ' ■ m ni, id'- to interpret this story by reference to geological phenomena,

1 Herodotus, ir. 36.

1 Hcrwlotu*, i. 30S.

* Born About 469 u.c

* Born 429 u.c.

2 Herodotus, iv. 42 (see page 4 ante).

4 See Bunbury, op. cit., vol. i. p. 221, note.

7 Plato, Timaius, c. B. 6 ; Critias, c. 3. 8.

SUMMARY" OF RESULTS.

13

the theatre of which has been placed in the Atlantic.1 The myth of Plato was in all
probability suggested by the reports concerning the external sea which reached the
early Greeks through the Phoenicians, who represented the Atlantic as shallow, muddy,
and encumbered with seawveed.2 During the fifteenth century of our era, it was even
supposed that in the celebrated myth of Atlantis, Plato described America ; but there is
nothing in Plato’s myth to suggest a reference to the New World. Those who believe
in the transformation of true oceanic areas into continental areas, and vice versa, in
recent geological times, have supported their views by a reference to the Atlantis myth.3
While this transformation has undoubtedly taken place in coast regions and shallow seas,
there is little, if any, evidence of such changes in continental and oceanic areas properly
so called.

The voyage of Scylax of Caryanda,4 down the Indus and to the Persian Gulf, must Fourth Century
be referred to the early part of the fifth century, but the Periplus of the Mediterranean | ^
which bears his name belongs probably to the first half of the fourth century b.c.5 Caryanda.

This Periplus of Scylax shows that the Greeks, at that time, had little knowledge of the
sea which bathes the wTest of Europe. The remarks are limited to saying : — “ Beyond the1
Pillars of Hercules there are many Carthaginian commercial stations, much muddy
water, high tides, and open seas.” 6 The writer was the first to give us a detailed account
of the coasts of the Adriatic ; we are also indebted to him for descriptions of the
Pontus Euxinus. At the end of the Periplus there is an enumeration of the principal
islands known in the Mediterranean, where twenty of them are arranged in the order of
their size. In this list the Balearic Islands are not mentioned ; a fact which shows how
incomplete was the knowledge possessed by the Greeks of this period, regarding even
the Mediterranean — the sea best known to them.'

Although the Greeks must be regarded as the founders of scientific geography, they
are not known before the fourth century to have undertaken oceanic voyages of
discovery, which are, in a way, the prelude of oceanographical researches. According
to Herodotus,8 the Phocseans were the first Greeks to trade in the Adriatic, to become The Piiocjl. w,
acquainted with the Tyrrhenian Sea, and to venture on the waters of the Atlantic.

The Phocasan colonists of Massilia (Marseilles) were the first to undertake naval enterprises
on an extensive scale. In the fourth century before our era they sent an expedition to the
North Sea, under the direction of the illustrious astronomer and mathematician, Pytheas,9 Pythka?.

1 Quatre lettres sur le Mexique, par l’Abbe Brasseur ; Donnelly, Atlantis, London, 1886 ; Daniel Wilson, The Lost
Atlantis, Edinburgh, 1892. 2 See ante, p. 6.

3 The idea of Atlantis was developed in ancient times by Theopompus, contemporary and pupil of Ephorus ; his
geographical knowledge was very imperfect (see Bunbury, op. cit., vol. i. p. 384.)

* Flourished at the end of the sixth century B.c. 6 Niebuhr fixes the date at 360-348 B.c.

6 Scylax, Periplus, 1. 7 See Bunbury, op. cit., vol. i. p. 394, and note B, p. 406.

8 Herodotus, i. 163 (see p. 10, ante).

8 His date is uncertain ; he probably lived in the time of Alexander the Great, in the second half of the fourth

century .

14

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Yoruii or
n»

Rmtaix.

• tin: di?t. nt |> riod, had determined the latitude of Massilia with such exactitude,
tli t tw, ntv c< uturics afterwards Gassendi found it correct to within a few seconds. It
is j.mbiihlf that the knowledge which Pytheas possessed in astronomy recommended
him t.» hi> fellow-citizens as the chief of this expedition, the object of which was to
n di~ >\ the sources of the riches brought from distant parts by the Phoenicians and
( ni ii- Not only did Pytheas succeed in his mission, but his cruises yielded

much new information concerning the ocean. A second expedition was sent to explore
the o,.;ists of Africa under another scientific man, Euthymenes. The records of this
v.v _ are almost wholly lost, but it was reported that Euthymenes reached a river
when crocodiles and hippopotami were seen in great numbers.1

Pm he;.- sailed round Spain and France to Britain. He appears to have traced out
.. cm -iderable part of the east coast of Britain and to have visited the German coast on
the other side of the North Sea. He brought home accounts of the land, six days’ sail
d Ib ii di . named Thule, a name which he first introduced into ancient geography.
il( -e d t .;t the sea beyond Thule became thick and sluggish, like neither land nor
'(•a. but resembling the substance of the jelly-fish, called Pulmo marinus, which he had
hini' !f eii ; in this description we have the first hint as to the conditions prevailing
in \ retie Si .vs.J He is said to have recorded as a fact that the length of the day at
Thule v e twenty-four hours at the summer solstice, from which he conceived it as lying
mi 1 r t h» \r< tic circle, or parallel of 6G^° N. The Phocsean explorer like wise brought
In I. i e i *i >i n 1 1 ' of the amber coasts, but it does not appear that these accounts, or those

* Thule, ri fed on personal observation, or justify us in following those authors
v ho .-xt nd the journey of Pytheas to the coasts of Lapland and the Baltic.3

Of tin two works which Pytheas wrote, his first, a description of the ocean, has not
b"nn jiii served ; it contained his observations on the north-western countries and on the
n v a Tim 'ccond, which bears the title of Periodus or Periplus, contains his voyage
in t ? i * ■ amber e. .asts of the Baltic, and has been partially preserved in Pliny, Strabo, and
P 'lybiu-. Ancient writers do not appear to have been altogether just in their
'mi ti -.t the L i mod Massilian. Many of his facts were regarded as being deficient in

* i * • 1 1 - : i !u arne was said of the observations of Herodotus and Marco Polo, but at

’ • 1 -at da\ he critic has vindicated these observers. There is no doubt that before
t!w ? m.w of Pythea- the chart of the seas to the west of Europe was almost a blank, and

>* -i 'ii to tin* time of Strabo it retained the form given it by Pytheas. He was the

* * .MVi-stigator of the Atlantic, and by the extent of his observations, as well as by the
- ‘ of kb researches, the voyages of Pytheas may be considered as true scientific

* Athene mi, ii. 87.

' * <ti- »t th ■■ a i*, in addition to jelly-fish, eometinies so encumbered l»y gelatinous masses of Diatoms

Uu»t find it impnanihlc to work their ncU.

(' • : j ■ ; I' Jii-li II: tun-, cli j>. ii.; lthyn, Celtic Britain, London, 1882 ; Markham, Getigr. Jour., vol. i.

p. ’13, 1 03.

SUMMARY" OF RESULTS.

15

cruises in a part of tlie ocean which, after him, was penetrated by no navigator for four
centuries.1

The high tides in the estuaries of Britain are said to have made a profound
impression upon Pytheas, and to have first suggested to him a theory of the tides.

However this may be, Pytheas undoubtedly gave the Greeks a true notion of the tides
in attributing them, two thousand years before Newton, to the influence of the moon.2 3

To Aristotle, who was a. contemporary of Pytheas, we are indebted for many Aristotlk
important additions to oceanography ; an elevated intelligence, like that of the Stagyrite,
must necessarily have been attracted to the study of the ocean, in the capacity both
of naturalist and of thinker. That the sea was the object of his meditations and
researches, is indicated by a legend as to the manner of his death ; it is reported
that, despairing of ever being able to find the interpretation of the movements of the
waters of the Strait of Euripus, he threw himself into the whirlpool. The specu-
lative philosopher often appears beneath his observations, and his works abound in
judicious views concerning the phenomena of the sea, bearing at once the stamp of
remarkable sagacity and of an earnest and investigating mind. His doctrines relating to
the ocean had so much influence that his ideas upon the subject were reproduced among
the Romans and down to the close of the Middle Ages.

Aristotle’s observations are scattered through his works on Natural History and His General
Physics, and the second book of his Meteorology commences with what may be called a CosIioorapiiy
treatise on oceanography. He there deals, in particular, with the relations of land and
sea. He regards the earth as a sphere, placed in the centre of the universe, round which
other celestial bodies revolve. He establishes its spherical form by the fact that all
things gravitate towards the centre, and by reference to the shadow of the earth during
eclipses.4 He regards the habitable world as being confined to the temperate zone ; all
beyond the tropic to the south is uninhabitable from heat, while the land below the
Great Bear is uninhabitable from cold. He adds that there must be in the southern
hemisphere a temperate zone corresponding to the northern one, but does not say that it
is inhabited. He ridicules the idea that the inhabited world is circular — a notion which
appears to have been prevalent in his day as well as in the time of Herodotus.

Humboldt believes that the following passage must have had much influence in
leading up to the discoveries of Columbus : — “ It appears,” says Aristotle, “those are not

1 St. Martin, op. cit., pp. 101-109 ; Bunbury, Ency. Brit., art. “ Pytheas.”

2 Plutarch, Plac. Phil., iii. 17. Tiinaeus, who died about 265 B.c., and who contributed much to the extension f
geographical knowledge of the western parts of Europe, was far from giving such an interpretation. He stated th.V
the flux and reflux of the ocean were due to the rising of the great rivers which discharged themselves irom the
mountains of Gaul. Their risings caused the water of the sea to retire, and when the rivers were no more swollen
the reflux occurred (Tinueus, Frag., 36 ; Plutarch, Plac. Phil.).

3 384 to 322 B.c.

4 In these cosmic views Aristotle followed those of the astronomer, Eudoxus oi Cnidus, who lived a generation,
before him.

His Views os
the Distribution
of Land and

Water.

BaTUVMKTIUCAL

Data.

Makjnk Clkkjsntb
in Brack Ska

AND iftitlX.

10 THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

><> very far wrong who suppose the region about the Pillars of Hercules and that about
India to be contiguous, and that there is but one sea (in the part opposite to the
ini ib ted world), and they point by way of proof to the elephants, these animals being
found in both regions, though at the extremes of the earth, this fact showing that the
extremes are really near each other.”1

Many quotations might be given to shew what correct ideas Aristotle held con-
■ ernr g the general configuration of the world, and the horizontal extension of continents
and seas. The habitable world is divided into islands and continents ; our world itself
is but an island surrounded by a sea called the Atlantic. In a more restricted sense the
Atlantic is only a part of the external sea which bathes the western confines of habitable
land, the other parts of the environing sea having then special appellations ; to the
north the Boreal or Cronian, to the east and south the Southern or Erythraean. The
surrounding ocean sends arms into the land, forming special and peculiar seas. At
the south, the Indian Gulf, the Persian Gulf, the Arabian Gulf, are formed by the
Trvthhean. At the west the Internal Sea (Mediterranean) penetrates from the Atlantic
into the bosom of the land by the narrow passage of the Columns of Hercules. The
Mediterranean itself ramifies into several seas, shut in by the diverse peninsulas which
project from Europe and Asia. Of these seas the most advanced into the land is the
or the sea par excellence; it has parts called whirlpools (fiaOea) so deep that
the h id has never reached the bottom. With the exception of these points the depth
o' the Internal Sea goes on increasing towards the west. The Pontus is deeper than
i ■ Lake Mseotis, the iEgean deeper than the Pontus, the Tyrrhenian and Sardinian Seas
deeper than all the others.2 These bathymetrical data, being the first found in the
writings of antiquity, have much interest notwithstanding their want of exactness.
Before Aristotle, navigators must necessarily have possessed a knowledge of depths, at
least at certain determinate points, but Aristotle was the first, apparently, to generalise
th se bati metrical notions of the internal seas of Europe.

A illustrating the slow movements and changes which continents and seas undergo,
An-totle remark' in his Meteorology that the Sea of Azov (Palus Mseotis) was being filled
up. and that it would ultimately become land.8 He mentions the currents which flow from
th >.-a of Azov into the Black Sea, and from the Black Sea into the iEgean, and attributes
the cause of these movements to the inequalities of depth in these seas. It was especially
t<> t ! io seas in the neighbourhood of Greece that he directed his attention; he had no
new vi- w- in regard to the great external ocean, which he stated, in accordance with the
idi > generally admitted in his time, to be muddy and little agitated by winds ( airvoa ).4

* Aristotle, Dc Oi l, ii. 15 ; Berger, op. tit., p. 142.

1 Aj e lie, Meteorologioi, ii. 12-14 ; Berger, op. tit., p. iii. 3 Aristotle, Meteorologies, i. 14, sec. 29.

Bunbury (op. tit., voL i. p. 398) says it is remarkable that no other notice of the ocean or its tides is to be found
I orologica : indeed, the very name of the ocean only occurs in ODe passage in this treatise in reference to the
opinions of “the ancient- " concerning it (Meteor., i. 9, sec. 6).

The "Voyag'e of H.KS “Challenger"

Summary of Results Plate 2

THE WORLD

according to

HERODOTUS

B.C. 450

THE WORLD

according to

D I C/EARCHUS

B.C. 300

He Edinburgh Geographical Institute

SUMMARY 01 RESULTS.

17

He states that the Caspian is entirely isolated.1 Herodotus, as has been stated, held the
same opinion, yet, in spite of all the authority of Aristotle and his predecessor, this
correct notion was abandoned from the time of Alexander to that of Ptolemy.

Aristotle’s researches on marine animals were of distinct scientific value. He liis n k.m/ re-
named and described, more or less minutely, one hundred and sixteen species of fishes, ; I -K 1
about twenty -four species of Crustaceans and Annelids, and some forty Molluscs -arid
Radiates, making a total of one hundred and eighty species inhabiting the dEgean Sea ;
and the student is still reminded of his study of the anatomy of Echinus, by the signifi-
cant name of “ Aristotle’s Lantern’ applied to its masticatory apparatus.

One of A ristotle’s pupils, Dicsearchus,2 adopted a useful modification in the construe- Dic/larcim"
tion of charts ; he divided the known world by a longitudinal line, in the sense of our
equator, along which stadia were marked. The maps of Hecatseus and Anaximander were
merely representations or pictures, without any scale. Thanks to this graduation of
Dicaearehus, it was possible to record in a more precise manner than formerly the various
journeyings by land and sea. (See Plate II.)

Theophrastus,3 another disciple of Aristotle, has preserved notices of the little known
regions beyond the Pillars of Hercules. He states that the Phoenicians of'Gades,
driven by east winds, had discovered after four days’ navigation, shallow banks covered
by certain kinds of sea- weeds, where tunny-fish abounded, a prodigious number of which
were captured. He also reports that, at a distance of several days’ voyage from the Columns,
they discovered a large island, uninhabited, fertile, covered with woods, and with navigable
rivers. It was partially colonised by the Carthaginians, but subsequently abandoned.

This is the earliest notice of the Fortunate Islands of the west, so often referred to by
ancient geographers. The island is spoken of in such a manner as to identify it with
Madeira, but some authors have suggested that America is here indicated.

To the time of Aristotle belongs the voyage of Nearchus,4 who conducted the fleet of Nearchus.
Alexander from the mouths of the Indus to those of the Euphrates. This is often
regarded as the first navigation of the Indian Ocean, the voyage of Scylax in the same
seas being forgotten or disbelieved. Arrian and Pliny5 have preserved a full and
authentic record of this remarkable cruise, which, however, had no great influence on
commerce or civilisation, and made no special additions to our knowledge of the ocean.

The Ptolemies — the successors of Alexander in Egypt — showed a remarkable solicitude Third C,
for the sciences. Among the writings of the many learned men of the Alexandrian school Ej. .Ti .. ... ,
those of Eratosthenes,6 on geodesy, astronomy, and geography, are specially worthy of
notice, from their great influence on the progress of geographical investigation. They,
in particular, prepared the way for those of Hipparchus. It appears from the statements

1 A different opinion is attributed to him in the treatise De Mundo, but that work is general1}' regard; 1 as

spurious.

2 326 to 296 b.c. 3 Flourished about the commencement of the third century B.c.

4 Took place in 325 to 324 B.c. 5 Pliny, Hist. Nat., vi. 23 et seq. 6 276 to 196 b.c.

(summary of results chall. exp. — 1894.)

19

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Paralleu* or
La mm* and
Mkhidiav* nr
I/Mtornro*
MiBOOoen

of Strabo that Eratosthenes made it one of his special objects to reform the map of the
v. .rl.L ami to construct it on more scientific principles; his methods were strictly
- ■ : • tic, oid lie i ay lv regarded as the father of systematic geography. Eratosthenes

adopt' d tin views held by Aristotle and Euclid2 regarding the figure and position of the
.•a: th, looking upon it tis a sphere placed in the centre of the universe, around
tl o;l. r celestial bodies revolved every twenty-four hours, the sun and moon
having independent motions of their own. For all practical purposes, then, his views
■ ditl'c great 1} from those of the modern geographer, except in the difference

I t 1 1 the geocentric and heliocentric standpoints. He estimated the distance between
Sycnc oid Alexandria at 5000 stadia, and regarding this as one-fiftieth of a great circle

• »f the sphere, calculated the circumference of the earth to be 250,000 stadia (equivalent
i " 2 .‘>00 geographical miles), a surprising approximation to the truth. From this he

1 tint on the parallel of Rhodes and the Pillars of Hercules, the circumference
v.i- a built 200,000 stadia. The habitable wrorlcl he regarded as a little more than a
third --I the circumference in that latitude; the interval of two- thirds he conceived to be
filled up by the sea, and observes : — “ If it were not that the vast extent of the Atlantic
rendered it impossible, one might even sail from the coast of Spain to that of India

• dong the Mime parallel. 3 This is the first record of theoretical views on the possibility
<-f circumnavigating the giobe. He divided the space occupied by the habitable world
iy i in. - at intervals parallel to the equator, and he drew a meridian line at right angles
t" tin— passing through Alexandria, thus introducing what we now call parallels of

■ 1 1 : i 1 . iid meridians of longitude. His map was most defective, arising chiefly from
the rroiie"U- calculation of distances, for the measurement of ordinary distances was
ru- t description, more especially with regard to journeys by sea. Ancient
v _ .torn had no means of reckoning analogous to the modern log; distances by sea
v. ■ i' r all} nothing more than the conversion of the number of days or nights occupied
by the voyages into stadia. (See Plate III.).

lh.it -th. ne~ belo ved that Africa was surrounded to the south by the sea, as is

• v. d !.; from tl - f' . qui nt employment of the word Atlantic in reference to the Indian

II md St mb. i tells us that he considered the Erythraean Sea and the Western Ocean
as one and the same body of water.4

Lr.itiet I,, m- had the courage to assert that Homer wras ignorant of regions not
ii ’ hatcly adj i- .-at to Greece and he gave much offence by saying that people would
v. i dm over th<' real localities described in the Odyssey — the islands of iEolus, Circe,

( dyp ' »- — until they had found out the cobbler who had sewn up the bag of iEolus.

hr ; linn, i aid to have made most extensive use of a treatise “Concerning

• ' >wn up by Timo-thcn- a native of Rhodes, who was admiral of the Egyptian

’ ' ‘ 1, - L wi*. Hikt.iricAl Survey of the Astronomy of the Ancients, pp. 187, 188, London, 1862.

1, c p, .-. >ur . ■)> r i., v..l (i. p, 627 (compare passage from Aristotle, page 15 ante). 4 Strabo, i. 3, 13.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

19

fleet under Ptolemy Philadelphia. As that work is totally lost, it is impossible to judge
of the real extent of the obligations of Eratosthenes to his predecessor ; but it is evident
that such a practical guide to the mariner must have contributed materially to the more
definite geographical knowledge of seas and coasts. This work of Timosthenes may be Precuj:-;oe oi the
regarded as the precursor of the modern Sailing Directions issued by the British and
other Hydrographic Offices. Timosthenes also introduced for the first time the arrange-
ment of countries according to the winds that blew from different quarters with reference
to Alexandria, that is to say, according to different points of the compass.1

Some of the conceptions of Strato of Lampsacus,2 which Eratosthenes adopted, Steato of Lamp-
may here be summarised in a few words. He held that the Euxinus and Mediterranean bAr
were formerly completely closed seas that stood at a much higher level and that they
burst their barriers and gave rise to the Straits of the Bosphorus, the Hellespont, and
Gibraltar. As proof of this theory, he cited the presence of marine shells far in the
interior of Libya, as well as the deposits of salt in the same region. It is very improb-
able, to say the least, that the sudden disruption adduced by Strato and Eratosthenes
suffices to account for these straits, although the speculation has been revived in modern
times.3 The observations with reference to marine shells have a great significance from a
geological standpoint ; they constitute one important fact in the science of the earth,
but the presence of these shells in the far interior of lands cannot be explained in this
manner. It is not without interest to recall that Strato, to support his hypotheses,
records the existence in the Strait of Gibraltar of a submarine bank uniting Europe
and Africa ; it was this tongue of land which formerly joined the two continents. The
presence of such a bank has been proved, but at too great a depth to make it at all
probable that it was known by soundings to the ancients. The philosopher of Lampsacus
and Eratosthenes knew, however, that certain parts of the Mediterranean — for instance,
the sea about Sicily and Sardinia — were deeper than the rest of the basin.

Hipparchus,4 the greatest astronomer of antiquity, was posterior to Eratosthenes by Second Centcrt
about half a century, and, although he wrote more as an astronomer than as a geographer, [j. >r , ,.H. g
his name is associated with the important reform of introducing projections in the
tracing of charts and maps. He clearly conceived the idea, afterwards adopted by ^Ixp Projection -
Ptolemy, of a map of the habitable world, on which every important point should be laid IXTlODl
down according to latitude and longitude, determined by astronomical observations,
although the construction of such a chart was, at the time, wholly impossible in practice.

He drew circles of the sphere on the maps, representing the meridians by convergent
curves. This new method had a great influence upon the study of the distribution of land

1 Strabo, ix. 3 ; Bunbury, op. cit., vol. i. p. 589. 2 Flourished in the third century B.c

3 See Admiral Smyth, op. cit., pp. 114—122 ; M. Dureau de la Malle, Geographic Physique de la Mer Noire,
de l’lnterieur de 1’Afrique, et de la Mediterranee, Paris, 1807 ; N. Andrussow, Sur 1’Etat du Bassin de la Mer Noiia
pendant l’Epoque pliocene, St. Petersburg, 1892.

4 Flourished from about 162 to 125 b.c. ; said to have been born 190 b.c.

TILE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

PoLTBJUa

Crate* • >v
Maijat*.

*J0

ind water; each new point on the globe, when correctly determined, could be placed on
t' tp with great exactness. At this time the science of oceanography may be said
h v Veil founded. The navigator could henceforth direct his vessel into unknown
seas, could return by the same or another route, and could point out to others the course
he had followed. (Sec Plate III.).

Hipparchus regarded the whole habitable world as divided into eleven climates or
zones of latitude, for each of which he indicated the length of the longest day. He had
als<> a dim idea of connecting distant points by a kind of triangulation similar to that
made use of by modern geographers. He did not admit that the Atlantic and Indian

0 :eai were connected towards the south of Africa, or that the former was united with
th» sea that bathes the northern shores of Scythia.1 These views were apparently
based on some observations of a Babylonian author, named Seleucus, with reference to
t t h , which appeared to Hipparchus incompatible with the idea of a circumfluent
and continuous ocean.

The historian Polybius,2 a contemporary of Hipparchus, in like manner, did not
admit it as proved that the habitable world was surrounded by the ocean.3 This
.■utl: >r had more advanced ideas regarding marine sedimentation than his predecessors;
h points out that in the Palus Maeotis the rivers bring down considerable quantities
of sediment, and estimates the time it would take for the fluviatile alluvium, not
only t - fill up the Palus Maeotis, but also the Pontus Euxinus or Black Sea,4 The
ideas of Polybius, from a geological point of view, are most reasonable, but the rate of
encroachment has been much slower than he supposed during the two thousand years
wl i separate us from the time when he wrote. The modification in these seas has
no1 been very appreciable, for Polybius reports that in his time the greater part of the
S > ■ f Azov was only from 5 to 7 fathoms deep, and the same depths are marked on
modern hydrographic charts.

Polybius also gives a detailed evaluation of the dimensions of the Mediterranean. Its
1* : _Tih from the Strait of Gibraltar to Selcucia in Syria he gives at about 2440 miles, or
10,52" stadia, — a calculation nearer the truth than that of Eratosthenes, and short of the
r d length by only 5 00 stadia — and to it he assigned a width of 3000 stadia. This was
■ o:,-'derably less than the reality, and caused him to bring the coasts of Gaul and

1 _ : much too fa” towards the south.5 Polybius had probably received some dim,

t: • . 1 1 i 1 1 g tradition of the populous and fertile regions south of the Soudan, for lie states
tlii* the immediate neighbourhood of the equator is much less hot than the torrid zones
on either -idc, and that it was habitable — indeed, inhabited.

A: "Ut this tine Crates of Mallus® is said to have constructed the first globe on which
b. Atlantic Ocean i- extended t*> the south pole. A corresponding ocean is placed on

1 Strnljo, i. 1, 9.

* Polrbiu*, iv. 39-4?.

* 204 to 122 B.C.

* See Bunbury, op. rii., vol. ii. p. 35.

3 Polybius, iii. 38.

9 Flourished about 150 n.c.

The Voyage of H.M.S “ChaHeiLger”

Summary of Results Plate ?

THE WORLD

according to

ERATOSTHENES

B.C. 220

THE WORLD

according to

H I PPARCHUS

Ji* Edinburgh Geographical Tan titnle -

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

21

the other hemisphere. In the belief that only water could occur in the torrid zone, an
oceanic belt ran along the equator. In the four segments thus produced four land areas
were placed, only one of which was known to the ancients.

Artemidorus, 1 who flourished about the end of the second century before our era, gives Artemidorus a m
accounts of voyages around the Red Sea, the Black Sea, and the Mediterranean. This ;V inARCHIBES'
author is said co have made much use of the writings of a predecessor, Agatharchides,2
who correctly referred the inundations of the Nile to heavy rains in Ethiopia. One
passage throws some light on the navigation of this time. Agatharchides says that
persons .sailing in vessels carrying cargoes could, with a favourable wind, reach Rhodes
in ten days from the Palus Mseotis. Rhodes was only four days from Alexandria, and
ten days’ sail up the Nile was sufficient to reach Ethiopia. A voyage of twenty-four
days was thus sufficient to pass from the coldest regions of the earth to the hottest.

The cruises of Eudoxus of Cyzicus3 merit a few remarks because of their character as Eudoxus of

Cyzicus

voyages of exploration, being in this distinguished from all others of ancient times, which
were undertaken generally with the sole object of carrying on barter or extending
dominion. Eudoxus, like many others, thought that the Atlantic communicated with
the Erythraean Sea,4 and, after some successful voyages from Egypt to India, made
several voyages from Gades with the object of finding that communication. Cruising
along the dangerous coast of Africa without the aid of a compass, he was compelled
to return, after repeated attempts, without accomplishing his mission. What is known
of his expeditions gives few geographical indications, but Eudoxus was one of the race
of discoverers wffio have, from epoch to epoch, contributed so much to the extension of
geographical knowledge.5

Posidonius, who flourished in the first century before our era, was specially attracted First Century
by questions of physical geography. He visited Spain in order to see the External Sea j,’. 'lDOM .
with his owrn eyes, to observe the constellations, to measure the tides, and to judge for
himself concerning the popular legend which related that the sun, when sinking into the
Western Atlantic, made a hissing noise, as when a red-hot body is plunged into water.

Strabo has preserved many scattered notices of the writings of Posidonius, and,
especially, gives an analysis of his work on the ocean. Posidonius, having estimated
the circumference of the globe at 180,000 stadia, and the length of the habitable world

1 See Bunbury, op. cit., vol. ii. p. 61. 2 Flourished about 116 b.c.

8 Took place between 117 and 111 b.c. ; see Lindsay, History of Merchant Shipping and Ancient Commerce, vol. i.

p. 81, London, 1874.

4 Eudoxus, in his first voyage to India, took with him, as pilot, an Indian who had been picked up half-dead on a
ship in the Arabian Gulf, having been driven by gales from the coasts of India. In his second voyage, Eudoxus himseb
Was driven on the eastern coast of Africa, beyond Ethiopia, where he found the prow of a ship which was saio to have
come from Gades ; this he brought to Egypt and exhibited in the market-place, and on this circumstance based his
belief in the possibility of circumnavigating Africa. Strabo reproaches Posidonius lor believing this old wife s story
(Strabo, ii. 3, 5 ; see Bunbury, op. cit., vol. ii. p. 77).

5 See St. Martin, op. cit., p. 152. In the fifth century b.c., a Persian nobleman, Sataspes, failed, like Eu . xus. ir.
the attempt to round Africa from the Atlantic.

P08ML<OSIl’4 ON
tub Sin or thr
Kartu.

Tub Romans.

*2*2 THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

• 70.000 - uli \ hi h he considered half the circumference on the parallel of Rhodes,

• included that a vessel undertaking a voyage from the west of Spain with an east
wind on lr to arriv* at India after a navigation of 70,000 stadia.1 We thus find him,
iik Er.it. -tin lies, -peculating on the circumnavigation of the world many centuries

' , CAumbus. He did not doubt that Africa could be circumnavigated, and in
- u 1 1 j " rt of that view he cites the voyages of Eudoxus.2 During his sojourn at Gades,
rv. .1 i t only the daily llux and reflux of the tide, but its monthly variations,
i.-h ]:? attributed to the influence of the diverse phases of the moon; he showed,
l. that the high tides always coincided with the full moon, and the lowest with the
last or intermediate quarters of the moon.3

1 -idonius was the first to record the appearance of a new volcanic island in the
I : _!• up ; his description of the appearances which accompanied the formation of the

si. ' Id - not differ from that given by modern observers of similar phenomena. The
i >\ u ut . ’ the land caused by earthquakes and volcanic outbursts taught him the
modi!' at ions which the surface of the globe might undergo under the influence of these
: H. even went so far as to admit that the Atlantis of Plato might not be a pure

;!. ti >n, and that an island, equal to a continent, might really sink into the depths of the
...•• in by the dislocations to which the earth’s crust is subjected.4

A < ording to Posidonius, the sea about Sardinia was the deepest of known seas; it
!.. n “ measured” down to “ somewhere about ” 1000 fathoms. It would have been
i iig to kuow the methods employed by the ancients in these deep soundings, but
th. author gives no information on the subject.6 This may be considered the first
of a d* ■up-sea sounding, and, for that reason, deserves to be noticed. Before
w : met with another observation of this nature many centuries pass away; indeed,

• till th' in of the celebrated Portuguese navigator, Magellan, do we find a renewal
of attempts to sound the deep sea.

When the Romans had extended their dominions to Egypt, they were able to acquire
th.- g. ..graphical knowledge possessed by the school of Alexandria, but the genius of this

• Ur: ucring people was not directed towards scientific researches. The science of

. i] / was not advanced among them, as among the Greeks, by the speculations
■ : [■hi:- •- >pli<-r-, l.y the observation of natural phenomena, or by commercial relations.
I* i; natural to expert that the Romans, who had carried their arms throughout
n- ir \ ill th-- world known to the ancients, should have left some important documents
r.l ting to the physical aspects of nature in the regions over which they had
•i. i-d t h< ir sway; few Latin writers have, however, made contributions to

1 - r . : i. 3, ' Tin « en ornate of the circumference of the globe was accepted by the later Greek geographers,

tad even by the astronomer Ptolemy, in toe to the more correct one of Eratosthenes.

* Sue ii. 3, 4. 1 Strabo, iii. 6, 8. ^Strabo, ii. 3, 6.

1 Strabo, 13,9; «ee Banbury, op. c ii., voL ii. pp. 93-100.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

23

geography. Although the Romans extended their rule over a great extent of coast
bordering on the Atlantic, they never organised any voyages of discovery into
this outer sea, after the manner of the Carthaginians and Greeks. They have given
no definite information concerning the coasts of Africa, and relatively little about the
shores of Europe. They were essentially a warlike and practical people, with politicians,
jurists, encyclopaedists, and historians, but few philosophers who occupied themselves
with the operations of nature ; the commercial stimulus was a wanting to induce them to
undertake voyages of exploration. Horace’s system of winds, several passages of Virgil
on astro-meteorology, the statements concerning geological phenomena in the works of
Ovid, and notices of the action of water in modifying the surface of the globe in
the work on architecture by Vitruvius, all show a spirit of observation ; but, generally
speaking, if we deduct what the Romans had received from the Greeks, there is little
relating to oceanograph}^ that can be regarded as original among the writings of Latin
authors. As Vivien de St. Martin remarks, however, never was a period more favourable
than the reign of Augustus for the composition of a great work on descriptive geography.

The Roman rule, spread as it was over more than half of the then known world, and
attached to the remainder by political and commercial relations, created a propitious
state of matters for an undertaking of this kind by furnishing to the geographer a ready
means of investigation. A man appeared to carry out this work, for which the time
was ripe, but this man was a Greek, Strabo,1 who produced the most important extant
geographical work of antiquity.

This celebrated geographer deals in a special way with problems relating to Strabo.
oceanography.2 All things on the crust of the earth, according to Strabo, are in a con-
tinual state of change, and the present relief of the surface of the globe is due to these
modifications. Under the influence of earthquakes and volcanic eruptions the land is
subjected to movements, oceanic waters invade the land when the bed of the ocean rises,
and they retire when the bed sinks ; besides, these movements can be more easily produced
beneath the sea, where the earth is, as it were, kneaded and made plastic by the water.

He states that pelagic islands are of volcanic origin ; the greater islands, situated near

the land, have been detached from the continents by dislocations ; the continents

themselves are subject to oscillations, and might have been raised from the bosoms of the

various seas. Running water works profound modifications on the surface of the land,

but these changes are conditioned by the nature of the country through which streams

and rivers pass. Torrents descending from mountains have a great erosive power, and the H: Y ■ >n :

same is the case with livers which flow over soft or sandy grounds; both spread out on^U1^'*^..'

the Mains and transport to the sea immense quantities of alluvial matter. The sediment

1 Born about 60 b.c. The year of his birth cannot be determined with certainty.

3 In this resume of Strabo’s doctrines we have followed H. Fischer, Ueber einige Gegenstande der physischen
Geographic, bei Strabon, als Beitrag zur Geschichte der alten Geographic, Wernigerode, 1579.

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

'24

lh* Vi kits on THE

Level or mi
Ocean.

Mirr*i.CR. Tub

Moirarjogi Wind.

tmiu rivi-i> is not transported to great distances, for matter in suspension is arrested by
: ' .v in- nts of the sea ; the bed of the ocean is not, in consequence, filled up so rapidly
-on would think, but the places near the coasts are loaded with sandy materials, and it is

■ * , 1( that the greatest modifications take place. Finally, he attributed to winds an active
; : ; iii the ch anges taking place at the surface of the globe. To the combination of

- forces he attributes what has since been called the sculpturing of the continents.
As to the form of the oceanic basins and the relief of the bed of the sea, he believed
t ,i ; here were valleys and mountains as on emerged land. All the seas which
re united together, and all the parts of the great ocean which surround the knowm
... ..rid, h v. the same level, the surface of their waters is spherical, and the centre of
- oh re coincides with the centre of the earth'; this notion cannot but be regarded
us .great advance on that of Eratosthenes, who asserted that not only different seas but
rt ii re A" ns of the same sea had different levels, wilich latter view is now believed to
mj true to a certain extent, although Eratosthenes did not prove it. Strabo believed
Ait > ii quilibrium was only established after the Black Sea and Mediterranean had

burst their barriers, in the manner described by Eratosthenes and Strato. The

Continuous current flowing from the Black Sea through the Bosphorus chiefly induced
him to adopt this theory, but he rejected the view of those writers who argued that the
lime nt brought to the Pontus Euxinus by rivers could have any considerable

• ;f.-< • in filling up that sea and causing it to overflow. In speaking of waves, Strabo
point out that whatever their force may be, it increases’ as the weaves approach

- i>; . — this recrudescence of the wave on the coast does not depend on the force

■ <f the wind, for the phenomenon takes place in a calm or with the wind off
-!- likewise points out the relation between the length of the coast-line of a

and its arc ., and the influence of this purely geometrical fact on civilisation,

■ tii st ii ti iment of transmission is the sea. It is somewhat odd that Strabo makes

.. in- nt: -n of currents in the Mediterranean, although these are sufficiently pronounced
in - >m< instances. Strabo suggests that besides the world known to the Greeks and
1: -Mian*, other continents or other worlds might yet be discovered inhabited by different
r - of men.1 Enough Lies been said to skowT the remarkable correctness of the

O

bservations and views of this celebrated Greek; many of them approach the concep-

- - f mo-1- rn <_r -logy, and have been confirmed by modern research. (See Plate IV.)
Str.iUj d.e not appear to have been acquainted with Hippalus, an Egyptian

navigator, who lived <d>out the same time, and proved the regular alternations in the

• < t »n of the monsoons of the Indian Ocean, and profited by the discovery to open up
i r-'Ut-- whs the high sea.s between the shores of the Red Sea and India.2 The monsoon

* Strabo, L 4, ii. 5.

' .'if i F.r'fthru i, 67, ed. M iller ; Pliny, Hint. Nat., vi. 23, sec. 100; Vivien de St. Martin, Lc Nord de

CAfrvpu dan * fantiquU/, p. 269, Paria, 1863.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

25

wind was called HippaJus in honour of this navigator. Coast routes, followed up to his
time, were abandoned, and a fresh impetus was given to voyages in oriental waters.

Pomponius Mela,1 who belongs to the same epoch, gives a few details referring to the Pomponius Mela.
morphology of the ocean. He points out that four seas are, so to speak, deducted from
the great ocean that surrounds the world, and penetrate into the bosom of the land , the
Scythian Ocean thus forms the Caspian, arms of the Indian Ocean form the Persian and
Arabian Gulfs, and, lastly, a fourth sea runs into the land from the west, but is
designated by no special name. Up to this period the Romans had no other appellation
for the Mediterranean than that of Mare Nostrum .2 Mela does not even employ the
name Mare Internum , which is sometimes met with in Pliny’s writings. Solinus 3 was
the first to make use of the word Mediterranean.4 Mela refers to the existence of the
continent of the Antichthones, in the southern temperate zone, separated from the south
of Africa and Asia by the Ethiopian Sea, the Red Sea, and the Indian Ocean, but
inaccessible on account of the intervening torrid tract. This hypothetical continent
includes the island of Ceylon, and is, indeed, in a sense, an immense extension of that
island towards the west.5 (See Plate IV.).

The philosopher Seneca6 applied himself with ardour to the study of nature, and his Fibst Century
seven books of Physical Investigations (Quaestiones Naturales) may be considered as g rxi/. A
presenting a general view of the knowledge of the ancients concerning the natural
sciences. He supposes that the world, at its origin, was a chaos, in which the elements
dissolved in the water separated out in the course of time. Igneous action, vigorous
at first, became extinguished finally, and there remained only water at the birth
of the actual world. He divides the waters of the globe into (l) oceanic waters,
which are from all eternity, and form the principal mass, the source from which all others
are derived ; (2) subterranean waters, which circulate in the faults of the subsoil, and
appear at the surface in the form of springs ; (3) waters which circulate or remain stagnant
on the top of the soil ; (4) waters in the form of vapours disseminated in the atmos-
phere. He has very exact notions on evaporation, but he supposes that all the elements
can be derived the one from the other, and that water, in particular, may be derived
from earth.7 The course of the water in the air permits it to level the surface of the earth, Seneca’s view
and to work incessantly in pulling down that which the volcanic forces have built up ; °-v K-' , iX

although the action of this element is less striking than that of fire, its effect is not less Action of w Atl-r.
considerable. In virtue, especially, of its continuous action, water affects the solid bodie-
which constitute the land by dissolving and disintegrating them and transporting them,

1 Flourished about 43 B.c.

2 “ Id omne, qua venit, quaque dispergitur uno vocabulo Nostrum Mare dicitur” (i. sec. 6).

3 Flourished in the third century a.d. 4 Solinus, c. 24.

5 See Bunhury, op. cit., vol. ii. p. 353. 6 Born a few years b.c.

7 “ Quod hunt omnia ex omnibus, ex aqua aer, ex aere aqua, ignis ex aere, ex igne aer ; quare ergo non e term fiat
aqua 1 ”

(summary op results chall, exp. — 1894.) 4

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

26

SlX*CA OX Till
Menu MCA i.
Aenux or Water.

Sexeca ox the
Lc< el or the
Oceax.

' 'iiK timfs fur from their place of origin. All rocks, even the hardest, are penetrated
I y w ter. which dissolves them, at least partially. Seneca attributes this solvent
;k rion to the presence of a gas (spiritual). Thermal springs possess the power of
m>-s< 'vit.g minerals in the highest degree, and among those which offer least resistance he
< m n. rates salt, sulphur, nitre, alum, bitumen, and lime. The matters dissolved by
\.;m i are <lep. -sited again, and this precipitation is especially abundant when the waters
!■•■ tl rn md gaseous. He likewise explains the formation of calcareous tuffs, and
[■'■lets out that the saline substances held in solution by the aqueous element maybe
a! or; d by earthy layers, which, in a way, serve as a natural filter. What has been said
ihove r K>n the chemical action of water shows that Seneca had clearly recognised those
hydrothermic phenomena which play so important a role in geology.1

H ideas concerning the mechanical action of water are not less just. The hardest
ro ks cannot resist the destructive effect of a repeated dropping of water, and the
erosive effects of water are most pronounced when the forces in play are those of
ir :ims, urrents, and the waves of the sea, as may be observed in the beds of rivers
d on bold coasts. Everywhere water is seen victoriously attacking and destroying
■ k . tin chemical effects often precede the mechanical. Streams and rivers at all times,

• especially during floods, transport clay, sand, and rocks, picked up from the layers
v l . I 'key t -avers.’. The erosive power of waves is, however, even greater than that of
r lining water; elitfs broken and smashed into ruins testify to the work of destruction
effe t-d by the sea on coasts. Rivers deposit at their mouths the matter which they
■ nr in suspension, thus forming deltas. In their turn the mineral particles in
.)-!>• U'ion in marine waters are deposited at the bottom of the sea, often at considerable
m ■ from the coasts. Among the agents which take part in marine sedimentation,
t: k - and currents are enumerated. Seneca points out that all waters, and especially
th< *.*■■<• '»f the ocean, possess the power of clearing themselves from all impurities ; they may,
in* E d, 1" said to wash the shores and lay down near them all matters in suspen-
-> tliit in the course of centuries the lines of coasts undergo sensible modifications.
Tt urface of the ocean is spherical ; its level remains constant in spite of the continuous
"ii of river water, nor does the latter modify the saline taste of the sea, and he
at t r l»ut<- this constancy in level and saltness to evaporation. At certain intervals,
i; .V'-v- the normal height of the ocean undergoes a general but temporary elevation,
i oxhif mg i i. luges with a sort of periodicity, and causing profound modifications on
'! • -ur r. of the globe. These diluvial inundations do not, however, spread over the whole
’•'•uid only >me regions arc thus invaded. Such great phenomena cannot be referred
t<> a . • glo c : i . ; several must unite to produce them, as torrents of rain, earthquakes,
-lid p* rhaj.s other causes. The waters of the sea might easily cover the highest moun-

r 1 r,:., , I »;• :•« i , i hen AnKhatmngen ties PbiloBophen Seneca, Wolfenbuttel, 1873 and 1876, Thcil ii.

n> lo-ia.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

27

tains, for these have but a slight elevation when compared with the volume of the earth.1
In one of Seneca’s tragedies there is the most remarkable prophecy on record, pointing
to the discovery of America, more remarkable than the suggestion of Strabo noted above.

An immense land, new worlds, shall in later years, he says, be disclosed in the Ocean.2

Pliny the Elder3 held, as was generally admitted in his time, that the sea sur- Plin? the Elder,
rounded the world like a girdle, which, he says, is a fact demonstrated by experience,
and concerning which it is no longer necessary to indulge in speculations.4 The whole
part of the work in which he deals with the ocean is full of errors and conjectures.

He catalogues marine animals into one hundred and seventy-six species,5 being four less
than the number recorded by Aristotle in the PEgean Sea alone. Pleased with his
enumeration, he exclaims : — “ Surely, then, every one must allow that it is quite impos- His Views cox-
sible to comprise every species of [land] animal in one general view for the information o^/nism^^1 ^
of mankind. And yet, by Hercules ! in the sea and in the ocean, vast as it is, there
exists nothing that is unknown to us, and, a truly marvellous fact, it is with those things
which Nature has concealed in the deep that we are best acquainted ! ” 6

Pliny confessed himself unable to give a detailed account of the depth of the
ocean. Some parts he stated to be 15 stadia (1500 fathoms) deep, others “immensely
deep, no bottom having been found.” In explaining very clearly “why the sea is salt,”
he says : — “ Hence it is that the widely-diffused sea is impregnated with the flavour of
salt, in consequence of what is sweet and mild being evaporated from it, which the force
of fire easily accomplishes : while all the more acrid and thick matter is left behind, on
which account the water of the sea is less salt at some depth than at the surface.” In
this explanation Pliny followed Aristotle.

To about the time of Pliny must be referred the Periplus of the Erythrgean Sea — an Periplus of thf
important work, evidently compiled for the use of those engaged in the commerce -- iTIIUj:a-x "' a
and navigation of the Indian Ocean at that period. The author gives a very characteristic
description of the phenomena produced at the embouchures of rivers on the coasts of
India, now known under the name of “ bores.” 7

During the reign of Hadrian, Flavius Arrianus wrote the Periplus of the Pontus Second Century
Euxinus ; this work, which is simply an official report, adds little information of a pK^IPLCS 0F THK
general kind to what was already known of the Black Sea, but gives copious and Pontus Euxnu
accurate details regarding its coasts useful to navigators.

Before considering the work of Ptolemy, a return to the ideas of Hipparchus

1 The ideas of Seneca upon the geological action of marine and fresh water, summarised above, are found in the
first two chapters of the third book of Quiestiones Naturales. Dr. Nehring, op. cit., whom we have followed, has arranged
these ideas methodically, in accordance with the rules followed in modern geological text-books.

2 “ Venient annis ssecula serfs,

Quibus Ocean us vincula rerum
Laxet, et ingens pateat tellus,

Tethysque novos detegat orbes,

Nec sit terris ultima Thule.” — Seneca, Medea , 376. J 23 to 79 A.D.

4 Pliny, Hist. Nat., ii. 66 “Nec arguments hoc investigandum, sed jam experiinentis coguitum.”

5 Some MSS. have 144 and some 164 species. 6 Fliny, Hist. Nat., xxxii. 53. 7 Periplu3 Maris Erythrmi, sec. 45, 46.

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER,

*28

v ,Nlso, Tv us. concerning the ocean must be pointed out. Marinus of Tyre1 rejected the opinion
, f immcd ate predecessors, and maintained that the habitable world was not
-i.iT.'iinded by the waters of the ocean. He held that the continental masses were united
to other similar masses still unknown, and that the Atlantic and Indian Oceans were
separated from each other. Nor does he appear to have admitted the existence of a sea
(l) the east of Asia ; he attributed to that continent an indefinite extension towards the
east. It is difficult to conjecture the reasons which induced Marinus to abandon the wiser
and more correct views of Eratosthenes on these fundamental points of geography.

Ptolemy.

Ptolemt’s Views
OX TIIE MOBPHO-
LOOT OF THE

Oceans.

Ptolemv2 adopted the views of Marinus, and his great authority gave them a
scientific stamp. Ptolemy was an astronomer, and treated physical geography as of
secondary importance. In commencing his first baoks he described geography as being
essentially the art of tracing the map of the world in the literal sense assigned by
etymology to the word geography.4 (See Plate IV.).

The greater part of Ptolemy’s works is taken up by the tables containing the
materials which served him in the construction of his maps. In projection he was far
in advance of Iris predecessors, and first used the words latitude and longitude as purely
technical terms. Following Marinus, he rejected the hypothesis of an ocean extending to
the ' ast of the Asiatic continent; he regarded that great land-mass as stretching inde-
finitely towards the nurth and east. Africa was likewise extended without any settled
limitation towards the south. Eratosthenes, Hipparchus, and even Strabo, did not know
that the east coast of Africa turned suddenly to the south-west beyond Cape Aromata ;6
they believed that the shores of the regions which produced myrrh and incense extended
as far as India. Ptolemy adopted this notion, although the merchants of Aden had
informed him of the true position of the coasts as far south as Zanzibar. He united
1 point where the land appeared to him to trend towards the east, by unknown lands,
to the Chinese coasts. The Indian Ocean thus formed a great enclosed sea. This
Southern Ethiopia remained on maps down to the time of the second voyage of James
Cook/ As we have just seen, Ptolemy’s conception of the morphology of the ocean
differed from that held by many of his predecessors. With Ptolemy disappeared the
great geographers of antiquity.

( A Two principal views prevailed among the ancients regarding the distribution of land

° T,i> and water. The school that may be called Homeric — to which Eratosthenes and Strabo
- I r La'n \m, b* longed -considered the three continents of the Old World as forming a single island
-unrounded by the ocean. On the other hand, the adherents of what may be called the
Ptolemaic hool — to which Hipparchus and Marinus of Tyre belonged — did not admit

* Flourished prolj*bly about 120 A.D.

* Flourished about the middle of the second century a.d. 1 Ptolemy, L sec. 1.

‘ • i-.ob hi. i g< tfrupli;.* • 4 .iif dclincandi tabulae geograph icas." See Wildberg, cited by Bunbury, op. cit., vol.
ii r«. 54*. 6 Gape Guardafui.

< 1772 to 1775 a.d. (wc Peechel, Geschichte der Erdkunde, p. 61, Leipzig, 1877).

THE WOULD

according to

PTOLEMY

-AD. 150

ut. Pari

5 ll/brut&Lu

TKe Voyage of H.M.S

Ckalleag’

Summaiy of Result Plate 4

THE WORLD

according to

STRABO

THE WORLD

according to

MELA

AD. 4*3

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

29

the extension of the sea around the known world. They considered the Atlantic and
Indian Oceans to be great enclosed seas like the Mediterranean ; they held that the
extreme points of the known land towards the east and the west approached so nearly
to each other that a ship, parting from the west, might easily reach the eastern extremity,
which they regarded as greatly extended. This error was perpetuated, thanks to the
influence of Ptolemy, and led indirectly, fourteen centuries afterwards, to the discovery
of the Newr World by Columbus.

C.— OCEANOGRAPHICAL VIEWS DURING THE DARK AGES, THE MIDDLE AGES,

AND THE RENAISSANCE.

When the barbarians invaded and overran Europe during the fourth and fifth Fourth and
centuries, ancient society as well as the science and geographical knowledge of antiquity Genttoies
were swept away. The maps of Eratosthenes, of Marinus of Tyre, of Ptolemy were
destroyed or buried for centuries beneath the ruins of ancient civilisation. The advanced
views of the Greek philosophers concerning the figure of the earth, the motions of the
heavenly bodies, and the distribution of land and water, were forgotten and were replaced
by the crudest conceptions concerning natural things. It is not necessary to dwell on
the errors which were current concerning the ocean during the centuries of decadence ; a
few examples will suffice to show how great was the retrogression from the advanced
ideas of the Greek geographers.

In the sixth century Cosmas,1 like most of his contemporaries, spurned the doctrine Sixth Cex: oy

of antipodes ; it is absurd, he said, for the earth is not a sphere but a quadrilateral

. . J Cosmas Indico-

plam, 4G0 journeys, or stations of 30 miles each, in length and 200 in breadth.2 The pledbtes.

degeneracy of geographical ideas is shown by the figures given in the wTork of Cosmas,

who passed in his time for a great geographer.3

1 Surnamed Indicopleustes — navigator of India. In early life he was an Egyptian merchant, and made several
voyages to Indian ports ; later he adopted a monastic life, and wrote his “ Christian Topography.”

2 “Topographia Christiana” in Montfaucon, Coll, Nova Patrum, vol. ii. pp. 113 and 1706.

3 Plate V. presents a rough plan of the earth as conceived by Cosmas. He thought, as we have said above, that
the earth was oblong, twice as long as broad, and that the ocean surrounded the earth. Beyond the ocean was
a second earth, reaching everywhere to the walls of heaven. On the eastern side of this transmarine earth he thinks
that man was created, and there also the paradise of pleasure is situated. As this is described as being on the
eastern shore, our first parents when driven out of Paradise betook themselves to the finite land situated on the shore
of the sea. From thence Noah and his sons were carried in the ark, when the deluge occurred, to the land which
we now inhabit. Four rivers of Paradise, arising in Paradise, he says, are conveyed by subterranean channels to
this our land, and burst forth in certain places. He believes the Caspian to be a sea joined to the ocean, which, as we have
shown elsewhere, was a view held by certain of the ancients. Plate V. also represents a conical mountain rising from the
hinderpart of the earth ; when this is reached by the sun, night is brought about for the inhabitants of the earth. There
also the revolutions (periods) of the sun are indicated by lines whence arise the various seasons of the year. Thus,
when the sun reaches the lowest line the nights are longer and the winter rpoirl] or period of the year takes place,
the sun passes the greater part of his course behind the mountain ; when the sun ascends to the middle line the
equinox is caused, and the sun in travelling his course reaches the equinoctial line. Finally, when the sun reaches the
uppermost line the summer period takes place and the sun arrives at the tropic. Cosmas denotes the revolutions
(periods) of the sun by the words “ winter night,” “medium night,” “summer night,” as shown in the figure.

Wkxxi. Mats or
thi M idols Aon

30 THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Hi explains the form of the world by comparing it with the tabernacle of Moses.
'1 u> stars are transported by angels, who are likewise charged with regulating
lij - - The < iu-e of the succession of day and night is referred to the interposition of
a rrivrtt mountain, behind which the sun disappeared each evening.1 The firmament
\tendcd around the earth, the ocean, and the stars, enclosing them hermetically in its
crystal walls.

Iii the seventh century Isidore of Seville, starting from an idea suggested by the

- i iptur.il phrase, “the circle of the earth,” and deriving, by a false etymology,
rotutuiufus from rota , a wheel,2 declared consequently that the earth had the appear-
ing? of a wheel, hence going back to the Homeric idea of a disc surrounded by the
. ...l. Thuf originated the “wheel maps” which" ornament the manuscripts of the
Middh Ages. These maps divide the circle of the earth into an eastern part, Asia,
and into a western part, which is again subdivided into Europe and Africa. Jerusalem
occupies the centre of the world. The north and south diameter is indicated by rivers —
tli. Nil. and the Tanais;3 finally, the Mediterranean occupies the ray perpendicular to
thi- diameter between Europe and Africa. The ocean surrounds the circle. This

bipartite division was supported by a text of St. Augustine,4 which was much used by
the co- mologist - of the period as a base for their cosmographical conceptions. (See
Wheel map, Plate V.).

What has been said above suffices to show the state of ignorance and the infantile
"!i.:eption> as regards geography, to which the writers of the Dark Ages had descended.
Th.- tudy of Nature was abandoned for the most adventurous speculation; there was a
proclivit) to twist facts so as to make them agree with what was believed to be religious
truth. In this shipwreok of geographical knowledge a few fragments floated ; some dim
notion- of ancient science were preserved among the more learned; it may be said that
dl the sense that was wTitten regarding Nature during the barbarous period was borrowed
from the philosophical works of antiquity — Pliny, Solinus, or Mela being chiefly con-

- 'I’h.' early part of the Middle Ages produced nothing that can be regarded as
progress; geography was reduced to a simple enumeration of names of towns. The
-<•: :. title id. is which animated the times of Strabo and Ptolemy had wholly disappeared.

* A e.ilar opinion «u held by Anaximenes, who flourished in the sixth century b.c.

“Orbw a rot indiuu eirculi dictus, quia nir.nt rota est,” Isidore, Origines, lib. xiv. cap. 2, 1.

• The river Don.

4 Is- ( .Wat. Dei, xvi. 17 --“Unde videntur orbem dimidium dua; tenere, Europa et Africa, alium vero dimidium

Asio . . Quapropter si in duo., partes orbem dividas, Orientis et Occidentis, Asia erit in una, in altera vero
K - «-t Afr a. Tli it system of divirion bore the technical name of Divisio or Pistinctio trifaria. The ancients had

td'T.'d a <puuir\p ir-tie This theory, propounded by the astronomer Geminus (about 140 b.o.), was taken

by MrV who represented the terrestrial globe as divided into four segments by the equator and by a meridian
two f the*.; are to the north and two to the south of the equator. One of the segments to the north comprised
t'ir ;«\rt of t>,«. earth known to the Orccks and Romans. All the rest of the globe, that is to say three out of the
•u - m- nt*. were unknown (see ante, pages 20, 21, and Vivien de St. Martin, op. cit., p. 169).

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

31

It is to be noted, however, that the form and extent of the seas to the north-west of Discoveries of
Europe were sketched out from the voyages of the Norsemen, who peopled the islands iS/o*

situated to the north of Great Britain. These hardy mariners enriched the geographical Ninth Centuries.
knowledge of the Middle Ages by the discovery of Iceland, Greenland, and North
America. Their voyages to the New World at this period were wholly unknown to the
nations who did not speak the ancient language of the North.1 In the second half of the
ninth century the Norsemen reached higher latitudes than had been previously attained.

In 870 a voyage of discovery, undertaken by Ohthere, made known the north coast of
Europe. This Norwegian sailor doubled the North Cape, penetrated into the White Sea,
and arrived off the mouth of the Dwina. Almost at the same time the Dane, Wulfstan,
explored the Baltic ; 2 but it was only in the eleventh century that geographers became
really acquainted with this sea. Thus, Eghinard, the historiographer of Charlemagne,
did not know that it was enclosed to the north ; it was in the time of Adam of Bremen,
who wrote in 1075, that Scandinavia was discovered to be a peninsula.

When the Arabs had extended their sway by a series of most extraordinary Voyages of the
conquests, scientific investigation found a home among them, and geographical -know-
ledge was cultivated. The voyages of the Arabs tended very greatly to develop ter-
restrial science among a people marvellously endowed and rejoicing in all the vigour of
youth. The accounts of the Arabian voyages, which were pushed as far as China, were
collected by Abu Zaid about the year 851, and are a storehouse for the history of the
geography of the period.3 Among the navigators of the first half of the ninth century
was Soleiman, apparently one of the first Arabs to cross the Bay of Bengal, and pass Soleiman.
beyond the Strait of Malacca into the China Sea. The narratives of the merchant
Soleiman, and one of his contemporaries Ibn-Wahab, who visited Pekin, made a profound
impression, from being the first account of these strange and little-known countries — an
impression which the Arab imagination reflects in Sindbad the Sailor. Soleiman, like his
narrator, Abu Zaid, came from Siraf, on the Persian Gulf. It was from this great port
that the Arabs commenced to > count their subdivisions of the seas situated between their
own country and China. This part of the ocean comprised seven subdivisions, which are

1 In the year 1000 Leif Erikson and his companions discovered the coasts of Labrador and Newfoundland
(Helluland), Nova Scotia (Markland), and New England '(V inland). It has been alleged that a Norse colony flourished
in Vinland for three centuries, during which time a transatlantic trade was carried on with Norway, and Profe=sor
Horsford believes he has found some traces of an ancient Norse city on the Charles River, near Boston ; but the
absence of nearly all the usual traces of a European colony renders this conclusion extremely doubtful (Horsford,

Discovery of America by Norsemen, 1888 ; The Landfall of Leif Erikson, a.d. 1000, Boston, 1S92). The settlements
formed by Thorfinn and others early in the eleventh century were soon abandoned, and in 1347 we have the last
record of a voyage to America (Rafin, Antiquitates Americans, p. 84, Copenh. 1837). It has likewise been maintained
that these voyages of the Northmen led directly to the voyage of Columbus in 1492, but this has in no way been
substantiated ; it is doubtful whether Columbus had even heard of these voyages (see Du Chaillu, The T iking Age,
vol. ii. p. 519, London, 1889 ; Reeves, The Finding of Wineland the Good, 1890).

2 The accounts of these voyages were preserved by Alfred the Great, king of England, one of the most remark-
able men of the Middle Ages ; born 849.

3 See Reinaud, Relation des voyages faits par les Arabes et les Persans dans l’Inde et & la Chine, Paris, 1845.

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Marin mu’
Com pam.

enumerated by Mas'iidi,1 an Arabian naturalist and geographer of the tenth century, to
whose works we shall presently refer.2 *

The numerous and distant peregrinations of the Arabs need not be followed. It will
su!’r-i " state that they were acquainted with the whole of Southern Europe, the southern
half >>f Asia, North- West Africa as far south as 10° north, and the eastern coasts of the
same continent as far as Cape Corrientes.:! In the time of Soleiman they had described in
detail the islands in the Strait of Suuda, and everything indicates that they had landed
on the Moluccas, Madagascar, and the Canaries. The Arabs must therefore be credited
with the discovery of the Great Pacific beyond China, although it is generally maintained
th..t this ocean was first made known by the travels of Marco Polo in the fourteenth
century.4 (For .Arab maps of the 11th and 12th centuries, see Plate V.).

Ouo of the most important results arising from the relations of the Arabs with China
A believed to have been the introduction of the mariners’ compass. The property of the
magnet was known to the Chinese from time immemorial, and they are reported to have
applied it to navigation about the fourth century of our era, but this statement is not
supported by sufficient evidence. The Arabs are supposed to have learnt the use of this
marvellous apparatus in the East, and through them it is said to have passed to the
sailors of the Mediterranean. Marco Polo does not, however, mention the mariners’
compass, and we have no certain knowledge that it was in use among Chinese sailors at
a time long posterior to the Arab voyages of the tenth or eleventh centuries. The
Eg\ ptians were accustomed to suspend the loadstone at the end of a string and to
observe its motions. In its primitive form among sailors of the west the compass was
-imply a needle that had been touched with the loadstone and was floated on a piece of
cork or on a straw during the night or misty weather. In this form it was in use among
nortl rn sailors as early as 1100 a.d., and it may quite well have developed in their
Finds into a complete nautical instrument. For a long time there appears to have been
a prejudice against its use among sailors. Roger Bacon is reported to have said that no
master mariner dared use it, so great was the appearance of its being constructed under
the influence of some infernal spirit.5

1 Flourished about 015 A.D.

- ’•! l nil, Meadow - of Gold and Mines of Gems, translated by Aloys Sprenger, M.D., London, 1841 ; Les Prairies
cl' Or, to xte et traduction, par MM. Barbier du Meyriard et Courteille, Paris, 1861.

s See J. T. Bent, op. cit., p. 190.

4 Jap ii. w-a known to the Arabs as the Wak-wak Islands. For an account of an expedition of a fleet, from Japan
!' Ka-t Africa in a.d. 945, -<:e De Goege, Vers lag. krm. Akad. Wet. Amsterdam , 1881, ser. 2, part x., Afd. Lctterkunde,
p. 180.

The following is an extract from a letter from Latini to Cavalcanti describing a visit to Roger Bucou at Oxford,
; uvntjy m the )cur 1258 : — “This discovery, which appears useful in so great a degree to all who travel by sea,
ri ist ' main ■ < ab I until other times ; ln.-cause no mast r-mariner dare* to use it, lest he should fall under a supposition
' f hi > b in.’ k magician ; nor would even the sailors venture them elves out to sea under his command, if he took with
him in >n rurnent which carries so great an appearance of being constructed under the influence of some infernal
pint. A time may come when there prejud < s which are of such great hindrance to researches into the secrets of

TRe Voyage of H.J1S “Clt.alleri.ger’’

Summary of Results P late o

Terr cl ultra Oceanian,, uli ante. diluvuaw lialltanl. Iwrnuuz s

THE MOUNTAIN OF COSMAS DTDICOPLETJSTES
Censing Day & Night and. Seasons

006 Occiderui

Sob Or uvui

■WORLD MAP OP COSMAS INDICOPLEUS TE S _VI Cent.

Reduced Facsimile from the GOTHA M.S. OF THE BOOK OF CLIMATES
■written A.D. 1173 fromMceller’s ISSTAKHRY

TU 2 (1 il bur fiynjgr ajibn a ft! Tngt-i+rrtjt

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

33

Notwithstanding their frequent voyages in Indian seas, many of the Arabs continued Ueogkaphk
to hold the erroneous idea enunciated by Ptolemy regarding the morphology of that a,^^N8 °*
ocean. That celebrated geographer, as we have seen, regarded the eastern coast of Africa
as advancing towards the east beyond the peninsula of Malacca to the south of China,
instead of taking a southern trend from the promontory of Rhaptum, near Zanzibar.

Many Arabs, then, looked on the Indian Ocean as a Mediterranean — an enclosed sea ;
some of them even regarded the Indus and the Nile as branches of the same river.

Cape Guardafui did not exist with them ; from that point the African land turned to the
east, the coast of Zanzibar was placed opposite the Indus, that of Sofala faced Ceylon,
and Madagascar approached so closely to the islands of the Straits of Sunda as to
coalesce with J ava or Sumatra. Such are the features presented by the Indian Ocean
on the planisphere of Edrisi, the best known of oriental geographers, constructed for
Roger of Sicily in 1154. This false idea was perpetuated for a very long time among
the Christian nations of the Middle Ages.

While Greek theory continued to hamper the Arabs, some writers in the early part
of the ninth century, for instance Ibn-al-Faklh, held just views.1 The Indian Ocean
was sometimes regarded as communicating with the all-encircling ocean by a strait in
the extreme east, and sometimes widely continuous with the encircling ocean. Nearly
all writers agree that there is a great sea to the east of Asia, Arab merchants having
traded as far as Japan and the Corea. Yacut states that the *Sea of Zanzibar and the
Indian Ocean are identical, and communicate with the encircling ocean. Travellers had
told him that they had gone so far to the south that the pole star and great bear were
lost to sight, and the south pole and canopus were high in the heavens. All the seas,
according to Yacut, except the Caspian, communicate with the encircling ocean which

nature, will probably be no more ; and it will be then that mankind shall rea]> the benefit of the labours of such
learned men as Friar Bacon, and do justice to that industry and intelligence for which he and they now meet with no
other return than obloquy and reproach” (see Major, Prince Henry the Navigator , pp. 58, 59). Vivien de St. Martin
(op. cit., pj. 247) says it is quite indisputable that the Arabs received from the Chinese the knowledge of the compass.

He adds : — “ It was through the Arabs that it arrived among the sailors of the Mediterranean at the time of the
second crusade, although there is a want of precise information on the subject.” Peschel (op. cit., p. 205) is r ot so
affirmative with respect to this matter ; he says : — “ That the magnet arrived in Europe from China directly or by the
hands of the Arabs has never been thoroughly established.” To demonstrate that the Arabs had been the intermedi-
aries, it has been usual to found upon the fact that Albertus Magnus (De Mineralibus, lib. ii. tract iii. cap. 6 : Lugd.

1651, tom. ii. fol. 243), employs the words Aphron and Zoron to designate the south and the north, and that these
words are of Arabic origin. Peschel, relying on the authority of Reinaud (Aboulfeda, p. ccii.) and of Santarein (Hist, de
la Co3mographie, tom. i. p. 295), holds that these expressions are borrowed from the Hebrew (see S. Ruge, Gescliichte
des Zeitalters der Entdeckungen, Berlin, 1881, p. 39). The magnet may possibly have been a Norman discovery. The
Italian bussola and French boussole come, it has been said, from the Flemish boxal, hence the expression to box the
compass. Flavio Giogo, of Amalfi, in 1307, probably first swung the compass on a pivot. The compass is mentioned
as early as 1100 a.d. (see Hallam, Middle Ages, vol. iii. p. 394). Alexander Neckham, an English writer of the
twelfth century, describes the compass carried by ships (see Nature, vol. xiv. pp. 147-148, 1876; Lindsay, Ii: r-.

of Merchant Shipping and Ancient Commerce, vol. i. pp, xlii., xliii.).

1 According to Ibn-al-Faklh (ca. a.d. 900), there are four seas, — (1) the Great Sea, which extends from Maghri : to Kol-
zom (Suez) and to the Wak-wak Islands of China (Japan) ; (2) the Mediterranean, — the Western or Roman Sea ; (3)
the Caspian ; (4) the unnavigated sea of Thule, between Riunia and Khawarezm (Ibn-al-Faklh, Leyden, 1885, p. 7

(summary of results chall. exp. — 1894.)

;al
T UK

OlKKRAl'IIV AND

Bathymetry nr
mr Ara ip*

Cora i. Isiaxiw.

A BAR VlRVo
kHAKMXO THE

Amo* or Water.

34 THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

v ■ 1> two principal branches into the land masses. The eastern branch forms the China
N'.i, tie Indian Sea. t lie Arabian and Persian Gulfs, and the Sea of Zanzibar: the
u. t rn 1 ranch forms the Mediterranean. The water of these branches is derived from
tl ii ■ iiu o -i an. Navigation is confined to the branches, no ship having traversed
tlx cm-ircling sea. Yacut states that the inhabited climes are all north of the equator.1

The Vrabs have left very few documents relating to orography or bathymetry. It
i.- i ir- ly that we find in their writings even an evaluation of the heights of mountains.
Ibn Khaldun, who, in the fourteenth century, wrote his celebrated History of the Berbers,
n m rks that if the highest mountains are situated near the sea, it must be regarded as
a providential arrangement to arrest the invasion of the ocean.2 The Arabs do not seem
t.. iv liven aware of the significance of volcanic phenomena from a geological point
■f view. They admitted, however, that the surface of the globe was subject to changes ;
ha: tlx ' might occupy the place of the land or be confined within narrower limits.

We find them recording observations on the formation and destruction of coral
1>. Vl-Biriini3 points out that in the Laccadives and Maldives several islands
ink bt neath the waters, while others were raised above them, so that they became
1: ibitabh one after the other. He says : — “The name of Dyvah is given to islands that
t * r i *_r i n.it e in the sen, and appear above the water in the form of sand-banks; these banks
ii growing extend and unite till they present a solid aspect. At the same time others
• >f these islands by breaking up decompose, melt, and disappear in the sea; when the
inhabitants perceive this, they retire to some new island that is on the increase, transport
int i these th.-ir cocoa-nuts, palms, grains, and utensils, and finally establish a new home.”4

N lions concerning the geological action of water, and the sediments carried into the
i and then solidified, are met with in the writings of Kazwini.6 Al-Bimm, whom we
!n\. ju t cit' d, embraced the idea previously expressed by Megasthenes,6 according to
wh i Bengal has been formed by the accumulation of sediment deposited by the Ganges.
A Min imi al s* . shows that he had observed the distribution of materials transported by
v iter. II point- out that the larger fragments are laid down at the upper parts of
riv that grav i ! is formed in the lower portions of their course, and that, finally, sand
and the finer particles are carried into the ocean.7

W find in M Mud! examples of the carriage of fluviatile sediments, the accumulation
f Mibb causes the ■ a to retire. He had been profoundly impressed by the sanding-up

1 Yacut, Diet., Leipzig, 1866, pp. 601, 604.

* I u K’ i in, Hiitoiri .Ii Berbers, trad, de 1’Arabe par M. Slane, Paris, 1852, tom. i. p. 194.

* Flourished about 1000 a.d.

* . - • 1 1 ■ ii i, by s.v:hii i, London, 1888, p. 106, and Al-Blrunl, Reinaud, No. III., “Extrait de l’Ouvrage

'Altar 'ini *ar l'Inde, Journal Anatique, ser. 8, tom. iv. p. 265, 1884.

‘ K : ni' r ij : . , n/icb der Wustenfiddiohen Textuuegabe, aus dem Arabisclien von H. Ethe, Leipzig, 1809.

M* „ i- h v i- • nt t India by Set acus about 3'»2 B.C., and was probably the first Greek to reach the banks

( ; • > i rig> «, . r; nlv 1 1.*- tut * riter to gi\e an account of the country from personal observation.

1 AlWroni'a India, Sacbau, p. 198.

SUMMARY OR RESULTS.

35

produced by the Tigris and Euphrates ; he cites the case of the city of Hira, formerly a
seaport, which, after the lapse of three hundred years, was situated far in the interior.1
The same author devotes a chapter to setting forth the ideas current at that time with
reference to the origin of the sea and the cause of its saltness. Side by side with purely
hypothetical conceptions, one meets with interpretations and comparisons which show that
the Arabs were possessed of tolerably correct notions on many cjuestions relating to the sea.
MasTidi admitted the spherical form, of the earth and of the surface of the ocean ; when Ma-^uia
one sails on the open sea the low-lying land first disappears, then the mountains sink
gradually, and, at last, the summit is lost to sight.2 He thus supports his views by
reference to the classical example; indeed, in all this the Arabs simply followed the
Greeks, and especially Ptolemy.

In speaking of marine animals Mas'udl merely relates marvellous accounts of certain
creatures ; he says that some seas contain animated beings, while others, the Great
Ocean for instance, have none.5 The naturalist appears to better advantage in the
passages relating to the origin of the ocean and its saltness, to which reference has been
made. “ Some maintain,” he writes, “ that the sea is a remnant of the primitive

1 MasTidi, op. cit. See, in particular, the anecdote of Khaled and Ahd-el-Mesih, vol. i. ch. ix. pp. 248-253.

3 Mas‘udl, op. cit., vol. i. ch viii. p. 213. This demonstration was formerly used by the ancients (see Almagest,
lib. i. ch. iii. p. 12, ed. Halma).

3 Mas'udl, op. cit., tom. i. ch. viii. p. 185. See, for example, his account of the unicorn, whale, dragons, and crabs.
Notwithstanding all the improbability of the narration in which the Arab writer gives his imagination free play
it may not be without interest to quote a passage relative to marine monsters. It shows, at least, the preoccupation
they had with reference to animals living in the sea, and the speculations in which they indulged regarding the
exploration of the ocean. The following is the legend reported by MasTidi relative to the foundation of Alex-
andria: — “The building of Alexandria was commenced, and the foundations laid, when, protected by the night.

animals rose out of the depths of the sea, and destroyed all that had been done Just at the same rate as the

work advanced, and in spite of the presence of the guards charged to drive them away as they came out of the water,
the work in the city was every morning destroyed. Alexander was seized with anxiety at this spectacle ; he meditated
on what he should do to free. the city from this great calamity. One night, while he reflected in solitude on these events,
a stratagem occurred to him. The next day he called his workmen, and ordered them to construct a box of wood ten
arms’ lengths long and five wide. All around in the interior of this box plates of glass were fixed, and layers of pitch,
resin, and other substances were applied to the wood to prevent the water from penetrating into the interior. They
also reserved a place for attaching ropes. Alexander then entered it along with two of his secretaries, clever artists —
and commanded that the cover of the box should be closed, and stopped up with similar coatings of pitch, &c. Two
large vessels now put to sea. Weights of iron and lead and heavy stones had been fixed to the lower part of the box in
order to carry it to the bottom, for, being filled with air, it would otherwise have floated. Then the box was attached
by cables between the two ships, which were presented from separating from each other by planks placed between
them ; the cables were now allowed to run out, and the box descended to the bottom of the sea. Thanks to the trans-
parence of the glass and the limpidity of the water, Alexander and his companions saw marine animals and species of
demons having a human form and a head like that of ferocious beasts. Some held hatchets, some saws or hammers,
resembling workmen with tools. Alexander and his fellow-adventurers traced and figured on paper all these monsters,
reproducing their exact aspect, their stature, and varied forms. He then shook the cords, and at this signal the box
was drawn up by the sailors of the two vessels. Alexander then came out of the box and returned to Alexandria.

There he ordered the workmen who wrought in iron, copper, and stone to reproduce these animals according to the
drawings he had brought. The figures being finished, he caused them to be placed on blocks along the shore, and pro
ceeded with the construction of the city. Night arrived. When the marine monsters came up out of the water, and
found themselves face to face with their own images placed along the edge of the sea, they immediate y look to
open ocean, and never showed themselves again.”

»

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

SlI.TNEv* or TUB
Set — EvjimiiA-
nos.

IlMCAIluXt or A
TUI So KX Tine
Mrmoo

‘M

I'M. v ;’i •• at-r part of which has been dried up by fire, and the surplus has been

t, :r .me ! under the influence of lieat. Others allege that the whole of the primitive
• v iru ing be n submitted to the devouring action of the sun in its revolutions, all
:!i. ii. an have been removed, and the present ocean is merely a saline and bitter
r There arc others who assert that the sea is simply the secretions which flow

in m the earth scorched by the heat of the sun during its constant revolutions.
S 1 i . \ that the sea is nothing else than the primitive humidity separated from all

! terrestrial principles, just as fresh water mixed with ashes loses its sweetness
and r tains a saline taste even after it has been filtered. It is also supposed that in
v .. tl fr sh nd salt parts were mixed, and that the sun volatilised the fresh portions
I . u - «- their subtility, be it that it absorbs these parts itself, be it that once arrived

in hi _r i r- : where cold condenses them and gives them, so to speak, a new form, they

« • 1 1 : t n "_r • . second time into water. It is held that water being an element, the molecules

v 'h i, found in the air and under the action of cold have a soft taste, while the

n 1 u hid: remain on the land take up a bitter flavour under the influence of the
v. : h p-not rat- s them. Several learned men have held that the mass of water which

fl into t he ocean either from the surface of the soil or from subterranean passages,

1 iv” - •in arriv d at that vast reservoir, has absorbed everywhere the saline principles
v • i ih discharges into it. It is not to be wondered at, then, that the water of the
rves dways the same weight and bulk, since the subtile parts, which heat removes,

- n into dew and water whence arise mountain streams, which fall into rivulets

v • i u - and flow into the wet places of the land, until they arrive, at last, in the
• whirlpool of the ocean. It is thus that absolutely none of the water is lost, and
a; like machines which, drawing water from a river, return it to a rivulet that

p -- • it again to the river It is evident, from experience, that all humid

: :t< endowed with a certain relish, having passed through the retort and still, preserve

in tin a sublimate the same smell and taste, like vinegar, date wine, rose saffron, gilly-
l! ■ it< , except, however, saline substances, which change the taste and smell,
p«- dh when they are submitted twice to the operation of fire and the still.”1
It will b • seen from this quotation, which may be regarded as a correct resume of
t - hi, -iv. h-dge of the Arabs on this matter, that Mas‘udl possessed exact notions about
t p:i. n<.n, na of evaporation, the formation of rain, and, in general, on the aerial
’. i ! : i t i • . j i of v. at r, and on the saltness and conservation of the same in marine basins,
i •• - *ion h, no doubt, disfigured by errors; it lacks precision and definiteness,

• ••• ‘i.. i-iui-'iph - expn - <-d are true, and prove the relative state of advancement of
\i philosophy. In the closing sentences of the above passage the author explains
i *ii i of ii ,-tur- by comparison with those which take place in the laboratory.

I i Pc hel has noted, one of the first occasions on which we meet with this truly

1 M vi‘u<ll, op. cit., tom. i. ch. xiv. pp 277-280.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

37

scientific method of discussion, which has above all things contributed to erect the edifice
of modern science.

If, however, on certain points, like those just referred to, the Arabs were on a level Arab Specula-
with what was taught by the ancient Greeks, in regard to other matters concerning the?,'0 0N
ocean their imagination carried them away from the truth For example, the interpreta- Tides.
tions they gave of the cause of the rise and fall of the tide were widely removed from
the more correct ideas held by the ancients. In the chapter where Mas‘udl recapitulates
the various explanations of tidal phenomena we find one hypothesis only more improbable
than another.1

Schems’ ed-Din-Mohammed of Damascus (El Dimishki) 2 advanced a theory in vogue
in geological speculations ; according to him, when the sun is in the signs of the zodiac
in the south, as it is nearer to the earth, it exercises upon that hemisphere a much
greater attraction, and, for that reason, the liquid particles are collected in that region.

He thus vaguely foreshadowed the existence of the great ocean which is situated in that
part of the globe.3

The influence of the Arabs on the scientific knowledge of the later Middle Ages was Arab

considerable. This was due to the additions which their learned men made to the Tran'slat ~

from the Greek

knowdedge of nature, and, less directly, by the introduction, through their translations, translated into
of the works of Greek authors. In fact, it was from the translations from Arabic into L'VTrx'

Latin that the schoolmen became acquainted with ancient writings, chiefly those of
Aristotle and Ptolemy, which played so important a part in the Middle Ages.

The schoolmen gave an impetus to the study of ancient literature, and, although they Views of the
contributed but little to positive science, it is none the less true that they initiated a Sai0OLMEX
knowledge of Arabic and Greek authors, and thus powerfully helped forward the progress
of science at the time immediately preceding the great geographical discoveries of the
fifteenth century. The ideas of Hipparchus prevailed in the scholastic Middle Ages.

The earth was a sphere ; the schoolmen did not attempt to measure it as the ancients and
Arabs had done, but accepted the calculations of Eratosthenes, and especially those of
Ptolemy. In the Iberian peninsula the views of Mela, which were opposed to those of
Hipparchus and Ptolemy, were very popular, and had much influence in leading up to
the voyages of the Portuguese during the fifteenth century.

Roger Bacon 4 adopted Aristotle’s view that there was no great distance between Roger Bacon.
Spain and India opposite to the habitable world. He makes no definite statement

1 Mas'udi, op. cit., vol. i. ch. xi. One story is the following : — “ The angel to whose care the seas are confided
immerges the heel of Iris foot into the sea at the extremity of China, and, as the sea is swelled, the flow takes plat ■

Then he raises his foot from the sea, and the water returns into its former place, and this i3 the ebb. They demonstrate
this by an example ; if a vessel is only half full of water, and you put your hand into it, the water will fill the whole
vessel, and when you take out the hand the water will be as before. Some think that the angel puts only the great
toe of his right foot into the water, and that this is the cause of the tide ” (p. 295). : Died in 1327

s Schems’ ed-Din de Damas, Cosmographie, trad, par M. A. F. Mehren, p. 4, Copenhagen, 1874.

4 1214 to 1294 a.d.

Dante, 1265-
1321 A.D.

SnriLAtioxH os
DtmuBCTtn* or
La*t> ajw Wat**.

38 THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

n Li riling the distance,1 but in support of the view that the space is not great he quotes
s . i, ;!,<• passage in Esdras pointing to the ocean occup3ung only a seventh part of the
, arth’s surface, J and the famous voyages to Ophir mentioned in the Bible.3 Bacon’s
: _ui, tents and quotations were copied into the popular book by Petrus Alliacus called
/m Afundi published early in the fifteenth century. Columbus’s own copy of this
work is still to be seen at Seville with his annotations on the margin. Here he first
l.o -a me acquainted with the arguments of the Greek philosophers with reference to the
] .b ibb extent of the habitable world, and their speculations as to the possibility of
crossing the Atlantic to the coasts of India. It is probable that the reading of this book
and these extracts from Bacon first suggested to Columbus the idea of a voyage across
t he Atlantic ; it is not likely he had any direct acquaintance with the works of Boger
Bacon.

S .me interesting information regarding the opinions held during the Middle Ages with
r _r.>! 1 to the listribution of land and water is to be found in a treatise which is now
aim. >>t universally admitted to be a genuine work of the poet Dante, who may be regarded
is tit. 1 raid of the Benaissance. Dante refers the elevation of the land above the water
til. inlluence of the stars “by way of attraction as the magnet draws the iron, or by
iv of impulsion, generating impelling vapours, as in certain mountains.” The tides are
1 1 i Trod to the action of the moon. The sphericity of the earth and the equality of the
h v. 1 of the sea in different oceans are also discussed.4 In the Inferno he makes Ulysses
,ir his companions to venture on a voyage into the great ocean beyond the Pillars of
Hercules.®

I . 'torn d Arezzo regarded the dry land as occupying only one-tenth of the surface of
the gb’l ■>*, and held the opinion that the waters of the ocean were accumulated in the
N.nih.TD L mi.'phere. We have already noted that this view was current among the
An!-. 11> Mates this definitely in his interpretation of the Arabian celestial charts. These

• le-tial pheres only show the stars visible at the horizon of Cairo or Alexandria ; no
-tar- art- represented at the South Pole. Bistoro supposed, from a consideration of these

h rt- th M the earth was formerly completely covered by the sea, that afterwards, by a
; . vid.-ntial decree, the stars were all grouped in the northern celestial hemisphere, that
..r. ,n. waters had been driven towards the south, and, as a consequence of this retreat

< ■ land appeared in our hemisphere. He also pointed out that should the con-

] n, Opus Magnum, edi«l it S. Jebb, fol. 184, London, 1733. Roger Bacon gives two figures to illustrate the

• ; • ; • . that a narrow sea separates the eastern and western portions of the habitable world.

* See ante, p. 2.

" M n Tn i fol. 183 ; reach. 1, op. cit., p. 202. Albcrtus Magnus had, before Bacon, expressed the idea that

■ n-e an it was believed to be to the west of Spain. He says: — “ Inter horizontem habitantium
j ' : x • i f br <: Orieiitem habitantium in India non est in medio, ut dicunt, nisi quoddarn mare parvum”

(Ds t M ’ i >, lib. it. tract, iv. cap. 11 ; tom. ii. fol. 146, Lugd. 1651). Albertus supports his view upon the text

< f An«totle relative to elephants, which we have cited (p. 14).

‘ q ■ n ell’ Aqua »■ della Terra di Dante Alighieri, Opp. Lat. di Dante, ed. Siuliani, vol. ii. ; see also

Gardner, Salure, vol. xlvii. p. 205. 6 Canto xxvi.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

39

stellations be transported towards the south the state of matters would be reversed, and
the sea would invade the emerged land.1

An anonymous writer explains the saltness of the sea as resulting from the action of
its waters on the land of the coasts, from which they dissolve the saline and bitter parts.2
Vincent de Beauvais caught a glimpse of the cause of atmospheric precipitation. He
knew that the sea constantly lost water by evaporation, and that this was brought
back to it again by springs and rivers.3 Side by side with these correct ideas,
many false ones are encountered bearing on meteorological questions, and fanciful inter-
pretations are given regarding the cause of the tides. In general, the schoolmen do not
offer any truths in addition to what was known to the ancients.

The ancients, who made so many excellent circumnavigations of the Mediterranean,
never constructed general or coast charts of that well-known sea. The marine charts
of the Middle Ages therefore demonstrate an immense progress in knowledge with regard
to the morphology of the seas. The compass charts, or portulani, a name applied Compass Charts
both to the charts and the accompanying sailing directions, made their appearance in fJt: 1 ORTULVNV
Italy in the thirteenth century, and, for the most part, were intended for the naviga-
tion of the Mediterranean. Probably the most ancient is that of Petro Vesconti of
Genoa, and bears the date 1311. 4 The development of commerce in the Mediter-
ranean after the Crusades, and the knowledge of the compass which permitted
voyages on the high seas, rendered the aid of these charts much more necessary
than when ships followed courses from island to island, and from cape to cape.

It was soon after this that marine maps came into use. These starred charts
of the Italians and Catalonians, as well as previous productions of the kind, have no
true parallels or meridians. They were traced by the aid of the compass, and were
constructed without graduation. They present, however, especially in those parts much
frequented by pilots, a remarkable fidelity in the contours and distances, and a sur-
prising exactness in the general forms. The Black Sea, for example, differs but little
from its representation on charts of the present day.5 The charts of this sea used by
sailors before the hydrographic exploration of Gauttier at the commencement of this
century fell far below the Italian charts of the thirteenth century in exactness. The
Mediterranean was represented more accurately on the portulani of the Italians than by
Mercator. Several of these charts were designed in the Italian ports, some in the island
of Majorca. They not only embraced the Mediterranean and the adjacent internal seas, but

1 Peschel, op. cit., p. 222. 2 Vincentius Bellovacensis, Speculum Naturale, lib. v. cap. 9.

3 Spec. Nat., lib. v. cap 8.

4 It is believed, says Vivien de St. Martin {op. cit., p. 294), that a Venetian chart of the Black Sea, preserved at
Venice in the library of St. Mark, dates from the commencement of the thirteenth century. It is known that the
Black Sea was, in a way, a Venetian sea from 1204 to 1259 ; but he adds that the first dated chart, and consequently
unequivocally authentic, is the portulano of the Genoese cartographer Petro Vesconti.

6 See in Peschel {op. cit, p. 217) for a representation of the Black Sea after a manuscript chart belonging to the
library of Munich, dated the beginning of the fifteenth century.

40

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Catalan

Chart, 1375.

The Renaissance
— Middle or
FirrtENrn
Cexttrt.

, x 1 into the Atlantic; the coasts of Europe as far as Flanders, the British Islands,
uni th< on ts of Africa as far as Cape Bojador take definite form and are well drawn.

T tno.'t remarkable of these compass-charts is known as the Catalan chart, now
pr s.-rved in the National Library of Paris. It is a map of the world in six sheets,
dat< 1 1375, and is at once a planisphere and a marine chart. The author was a pilot
.it!* Llind ot Majorca. It indicates, in particular, the new islands discovered in the
V ntic and the coasts of the Caspian, and shows the greatest progress in the representa-
tion of the Indian Seas. It is on this Catalan chart that India appears for the first
•im- as . peninsula, and the Indian Ocean is no longer a Mediterranean as had been

vi usly represented. The coast of Africa is not limited towards the south, as
delineated by Ptolemy and the Arabs.1

These charts are works of positive geography from their exactness, and they surpass
in this respect the other like productions of the same time, whether maps of the world,
planispheres, <>r written descriptions. In spite of their correctness, however, these
H.rtulani cannot be considered true scientific charts. It may be said that an exact
knowledge of the coasts of the sea preceded that of the inland portions of the continents
. . 1 : d large islands. .Almost all peoples in the infancy of their civilisation possess graphic
< l'i. 'cntations of their coasts, which may be regarded as not differing greatly from those
; - , .1 by the sailors of the period now under consideration. From the ancient

Mi xicans, Cortes received charts which enabled the Spanish navigators to find their way
dong the Mexican coasts; Pany discovered the Strait of Fury and Heela by directing
his < oin -e according to a chart drawn by an Esquimaux woman; Ross and M‘Clintock,
like Firry, made use of charts furnished them by the Esquimaux. However, the
•ompass-charts added greatly to the knowledge of the forms of seas and oceans; the
element awanting in them is compensated for by the scrupulous correctness
by which they are distinguished.

A volution took place through the Renaissance. Learned Greeks arrived in Italy
.!•• the. capture of Constantinople in 1453, and the introduction of paper permitted
t h«- -jr eat gr. >gr;i.phical works of antiquity to be popularised. From the end of the fifteenth
• i : : y phmiapheric representations without graduation were abandoned, and, after a
ip of it t hoo-aud years, maps were once more constructed on mathematical principles.
Ti re appearance of Ptolemy’s Geography with its clearly drawn maps produced a
pr -!" , ml elfect in Western Europe. Nordenskibld 2 says that when this great work was
! from the expiring Byzantine Empire in the fifteenth century it had the effect
of .n important discovery, which seized on men’s minds at first with even more force

1 (<r a • r.f these imp-, made by Andrea I’-iancho in 1448, H. Yule Oldham thinks America (the Brazil coast)

n j ttV.M,lik' all the evidence for pre-Columbian voyages, except the Norse, is extremely unsatisfactory

( w /W. Jtrnf. Grog. Soc., Nov. 1894).

Norh-mki 1!, A. K , Facsimile Atlas to the early history of Cartography, with reproductions of the most

, -c-d i;i the 15th and 16th centuries; translated from the Swedish original by J. A. Ekelbf and

C. R Mark him, p. 9, Stockholm, 1889.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

41

than the re-discovery of the New World by Columbus. The influence of Ptolemy’s
Geography commenced from the time of its translation into Latin, for at that time the
knowledge of Greek was slight even among the learned men of the West. The invention
of the printing-press enabled seven large folio editions to be published before the end of
the fifteenth century. Nearly all the geographical maps published from 1492 down
even to 15701 * * * were Ptolemy’s, with additions from the compass charts of Mediterranean
sailors, and sketches showing the more recent discoveries in the Great Ocean. Ptolemy’s
geographical conceptions prevailed throughout the whole period of great geographical
discoveries, and were even imported into the early charts of America. It is interesting to
note that Cattigarci , which was an emporium in the extreme east of Asia in the time of
Ptolemy, appears on the western coast of South America in the maps of the sixteenth
century, for instance, in the map of Sebastian Munster, published in the Ptolemy of 1540
During the thirteenth century the great Mongol conquests in Asia and eastern
Europe opened up a way from Europe to China, and for nearly a century European
missionaries and traders visited these little-known and fabulous countries in the far East.
Among others, the three Polos — father, uncle, and son — returned to Venice, after an
absence of twenty years, with their coats lined with diamonds, rubies, and other jewels,
and spread them before their astonished and envious countrymen. Marco Polo’s account
of his travels was written down in 1299, but does not appear to have been generally
known till about the middle of the fifteenth century. Roger Bacon and Dante, as
well as the author of Mandeville’s travels who copied from all sources, do not seem
to have known about Marco Polo’s adventures. The Chinese seas had, as we have
pointed out, been visited by Soleiman and other Arab sailors during the ninth
century, but these voyages appear to have been wholly unknown in western
Europe, Marco Polo gave the first definite information as to the limits of the
Asiatic continent towards the east. Ptolemy, it will be remembered, had united the
east coast of Africa by unknown lands to the remote portions of Asia, which he
regarded as indefinitely extended towards the east in “ reedy and impenetrable
swamps.” The results of Marco Polo’s travels are for the first time shown on the
Catalan Chart of 1375, as noted above.

The necessities of commerce had, however, a most powerful influence in turning
attention towards the Great Western Ocean ; in transferring the centre of civilisation
and commercial activity7 from the Mediterranean to the coasts of the Atlantic. The
capture of Constantinople by the Turks in 1453 closed the overland trade routes to the
east, which, for over a hundred years, had brought trade and wealth to Venice, Genoa,
and Western Europe. Turkish pirates so overran the Eastern Mediterranean that

1 When the first edition of the Theatrmn Orlis Terrarum by Ortelius was published at Antwerp containing 5.3

maps in double folio. A second edition appeared the same year, and edition followed edition till 1612, the last con-

taining 228 modern and 38 ancient or historical maps (Nordenskiold, op. cit.., p. 124). (See Plate I.).

(summary of results chall. exf. — 1894.)

42

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

PoRTUGCEbB
Expeditions in
toe Fiftbentii
Century.

Henry the
Navigator.

Christian vessels were no longer safe. It became essential to look towards the external
ocean for another route to India, Cathay, the islands of spices, and all the charms and
riches of the East.

The revelations of Marco Polo concerning the great Eastern Ocean rendered it
necessary to make important changes in Ptolemy’s map of Asia. There is evidence that
this subject was much discussed in European cities, where some few men took an interest
in geographical questions. The great Florentine astronomer, Toscanelli, was apparently
the first to give definite shape to the new views, and to discuss in a scientific wa} \the
subject of transatlantic lands. In the year 1474 he addressed a letter and a map to the
King of Portugal, setting forth clearly that it was possible to reach the land of spices by
ailing westward. Years afterwards, probably irn 1480, Columbus asked Toscanelli for
information concerning the way to the land of spices, which it was thought possible to
reach by sea direct from Europe. Toscanelli replied by sending a copy of the letter and
map he had previously sent to the King of Portugal, and at the same time encouraging
Columbus to undertake the voyage across the Atlantic. Columbus is believed to have
taken Toscauelli’s map with him on his first voyage. The map has been lost, but has
been reconstructed, chiefly from materials furnished by the globe of Martin Behaim,
which bears the date of 1492.1 (For reproduction of Toscanelli’s map, see Plate YI.)

Towards the end of the thirteenth century two Genoese galleys are said to have been
fitted out with the view of rounding Africa from the west and opening up a route to
India; this expedition was unfortunate.2 In 1346 a sailor of the island of Majorca,
Jacques Ferrer, also attempted to follow the west coast of Africa beyond the Canaries,
but he was not more successful than the Genoese had been. The Portuguese expedi-
tions of the fifteenth century along the African coasts were, however, the prelude to the
grand maritime explorations which resulted in the discovery of America and the circum-
navigation of the world. Not content wfith having expelled the Moors from their
territories, the Portuguese followed them across the sea into the continent of Africa.
These armed voyages originated a long series of discoveries in the Atlantic.

When, in 1420, Prince Henry the Navigator established his maritime observatory at
Sagres, employed the best Italian map-makers and pilots, and commenced to give an
impulse to the navigators of Portugal, these were so incompetent that they dared not
venture more than six miles from the coast.3 All the expeditions sent to round Cape
Boj idor, even up till the year 1433, returned unsuccessful, because a reef extended six
miles seawards and barred the passage.4

1 - II. Wagner, Die Rekonstruktion der Toseanelli-Karte v. J. 1474 und die Pseudo-Facsiinilia des Behaim-
Globus v. J. 1492, Nachr. d. K. Guelltch, d . Witt. z. Gottingen , Philol.-hist. Kl., 1894, No. 3, p. 208.

; Tli evidence for thin expedition of the brothers Vivaldi (in 1291) is considered insufficient by R. H. Major.

» See Poach ei (op. cit., p. 237) concerning the instruments and methods employed by the Portuguese to determine
latitudes at sea.

4 Sec K. II. Major, The Discoveries of Prince Henry the Navigator, and their Results, ed. 2, p. 68, London, 1877.

Tile Voyage of HALS Challenger

Suiuraaiy of Results Pla.te 6

ATLANTIC OCEAN

according to

TOSCANELLI AD. 14-74;

The -western part is reconstructed from if. Behaim's Globe
the eastern part from charts of the XV Centniy. After H. 'Wagner.

Toe Einibcrgli Geograplncal Institute

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

43

After many attempts this cape was cleared in 1433 or 1434 by Gil Eannes. Up to the
time of Prince Henry’s death, in 1460, the Portuguese had reconnoitred the African
coast for about 1700 geographical miles, or about one-third of the distance to the Cape
of Good Hope, which was finally doubled by Bartholomew Diaz in an expedition which Diaz.
set sail at the end of August 1486 ; thus for the first time was the true form of the
African continent, as well as the communication between the Atlantic and Indian Oceans
discovered.

Columbus, while traversing the African and British seas, drawing charts and reading Columbus.
philosophical works, conceived the idea of those voyages of discovery which are always
associated with his illustrious name. The successful expedition of Diaz made Columbus
all the more impatient to start on his daring voyage across the Atlantic.1 He calculated
that there was an interval of not more than 90° between the Canary Islands and the
eastern shores of Asia, and he estimated these 90°, on the parallel of the Canaries, at
1100 Spanish leagues, equivalent to five weeks of direct navigation; he thus erred
in his calculations by 110° or about 2000 leagues. The doctrine of the Antipodes
was far from being currently accepted ; an instinctive terror was awakened at the idea
of an immense unknown sea, at a time when the most daring navigators barely lost
sight of the coasts. Yet Columbus successfully surmounted all the prejudices which pre-
vailed in his day. It is not necessary to describe his embarkation at Palos, his rest
at the Canaries, his passage across the Sargasso Sea, his struggles with his crew, his
arrival in October 1492 at Guanahani. The examination of a part of the Greater
Antilles was the fruit of this first voyage ; the later ones do not relate directly to
our subject. The Atlantic had been crossed, but the celebrated Genoese had no suspicion
as yet of a still greater ocean beyond 2 ; America was for him only the continent of Asia.

In the newly-discovered land Columbus was further from the riches of Cathay than
when he left Spain. He spent years in searching, on the opposite side of the world from
its true position, for the kingdom of Kublai Khan, a hundred years after the Grand
Khan’s race had been driven from the throne of China.

Bartholomew Diaz, as we have seen, not only reached the Cape of Good Hope m
1486, but passed to the east of it more than 140 leagues. A short distance further and
he would have united the Portuguese discoveries to those parts of Eastern Africa known
from an early date to the Arabs. At the same time that Diaz was sent towards the
Cape, the Portuguese sent Pedro de Covilham by way of Egypt to Aden, and thence to
Hindustan, Madagascar, and Sofala. It remained for the Portuguese merely to unite
these voyages by a continuous one around the Cape and as far as India. This was
accomplished by Vasco da Gama in November 1497 ; his fleet passed the Cape of orocu ascc da Ga>.a

1 Columbus’ own brother, Bartholomew, is believed to have taken part in the voyage of Bartholomew Diaz around
the Cape of Good Hope.

2 In October 1502 Columbus, while in the neighbourhood of the Chirigui Archipelago, learnt from a native th;
nine days’ journey to the west there was another ocean. This was the first hint of the Pacific which reached Euro; . .ns

44

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

I’uKTliGUBUE IN
iusrm Seas

Cajturs or
Mauom.

Spanish

F-XPLOHATIOSS.

The Cabots.

Hope, and in May 1498 arrived at Calicut. Before twenty years had passed away
tin Portuguese pilots had mapped out the hydrography of the Indian and Chinese seas
-utluiently for the first requirements of navigation. The circumnavigation of Eastern
Africa was completed; the Pied Sea as well as the Persian Gulf were recognised ; the
peninsula of India was drawn in its true form, as well as the transgangetic peninsula ; and
! s great part of the archipelagoes extending from Sumatra to the Moluccas and New
Gain- . were visited. If it be remembered that these seas and shores were, we might say,
absolutely unknown in Europe at the time Gama passed the south of Africa, and if we
all the incorrect representations given on Ptolemy’s map and the maps of the fifteenth
century, we shall appreciate the immense additions that the Portuguese made in so short
a time to the map of the world, more particularly to the oceanic charts.

When in 1511 Albuquerque carried Malacca by storm, a new centre of operations was
reated in the extreme east. Portuguese vessels radiated from thence in all directions
through the archipelagoes of Oceania and towards the coasts of China. The coasts of
Sumatra and Java were surveyed; the Sunda and Philippine Islands, Japan, Borneo,
Celebes, and the north-west of New Guinea were explored.

Tae voyage of Columbus in 1492 was only the first step towards the discovery of the
New World ; it took many years and many voyages to complete the discovery of America.
Other expeditions, official and clandestine, crossed the Atlantic in rapid succession.
While the Cabots and the Cortereals explored the coasts of North America from Labrador
to Florida, Columbus visited many of the West Indian Islands and the north coast of
South America. Pinzon and Solis with Vespucci landed at Honduras, and coasted
aiou’. 1 the Gulf of Mexico ; 1 Pinzon explored the coast of South America to 8° south ;
and Cabral was accidentally driven on the coast of Brazil in 1500, and explored from 12°
to 16 south. This landfall of Cabral is interesting as showfing that, even without
Columbus, the discovery of America could not have been long delayed.

It ha- generally been held that Columbus lived and died in the belief that he had
i' h*d the Asiatic continent. We know that during his second voyage he made his

• row affirm before a notary that Cuba was a part of Asia, and that as late as 1503
h v re to to the Spanish sovereigns that he had reached the province of Mango, near
Cathay. In going west he believed he was approaching the mysterious realms of
Pr* st«T John. Harrisse has, however, produced documentary evidence that some of
( !ui. bus's companions and contemporaries, nay even Columbus himself, had clearly
r g; b, as early as 1501, that the coasts of the New World tvere not the coasts of

V • . n ar.<: Fi*ke spj/t.-ir to have satisfactorily explained the mystery about the first voyage of Vespucci ;

... mi:1. ! with i n nr, 1 Sola an pilot and cosmographer in 1497, explored the coasts of Honduras and Florida, and
r« tarn* i OcUv . r 149S by way of Bermudas with 222 slaves on board (Vamhagen, Amerigo Vespucci : son caractere,

• i < t.' (n. nr Icj in ins ■nthentiqu"'), su vie et sea navigations, Lima, 1865, and Le premier voyage de Amerigo

\ ; ■ i <!■ fu aivcrr* t c xpliqne dans ses details, Vienna, 18C9 ; Fiske, The Discovery of America, chap, vii., London,

ISOS).

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

45

Asia represented on the chart of Toscanelli.1 The absence of all domestic animals among
the natives, as well as of all the civilisation, wealth, and display of the fabulous East,
must have forced this conclusion on the mind of Columbus, although he may have felt
that to acknowledge this to the Spanish sovereigns would have proved fatal to further
discovery in the West. We know he prevented some of his companions who held these
views from returning to Spain, fearing the result should such opinions be made known
at the Spanish court. Indeed, as early as the second year of the sixteenth century, the
eastern coast lines of the American continent had been more or less carefully examined
from Labrador to the mouth of the Rio de la Plata, and every endeavour was being
made to find a strait leading towards the Indies.

On the 25th September 1513, from the summit of the Sierra Quarequa, Vasco Nunez
de Balbao beheld a boundless ocean extending towards the setting sun — the Pacific was Pacific
discovered. During many years a passage into this further ocean was in vain sought
for in all directions, towards the north as well as towards the south ; this was finally
discovered by Magellan.

Ferdinand Magellan, after a sojourn in the far east in the service of Portugal, Magellan.
returned home and devoted himself to serious cosmographical studies. He b'ecame
convinced that the Spice Islands lay so far to the east as to be situated in the hemi-
sphere reserved for the Spaniards by the decision of the Pope.'2 He consequently offered
his services to the King of Spain, and proposed to reach these islands by a new and
shorter route than that taken by the Portuguese. He embarked on the 20th Sep-
tember 1519 ; in the following year, on the 21st October, he entered the mouth of a
passage in 52° south latitude, henceforth to be known as the Strait of Magellan. On
the 28th November, on leaving the Strait, he beheld the mighty ocean. For ninety-
nine days the vessels of Magellan ploughed the Pacific; on the 6th March 1521 the
Mariana Isles rose before them, and ten days later the flotilla was in sight of the archi-
pelago which was to bear the name of Philippines. Here Magellan lost his life in
a fight with the natives of Mactan, but one of his vessels, — the “ Victoria,” in command
of Sebastian del Cano — ultimately reached Spain in 1522.

A memorable fact connected with this great expedition is the attempt of Magellan First Attest
to determine the depth of the ocean. At that period the sounding lines carried by g^iw.vG
explorers measured from one to two hundred fathoms, and it was with the assistance of
these that Magellan tried to sound the ocean in 1521 between the two coral islands, St
Paul and Los Tiburones ; he was, of course, unable to reach the bottom, and somewhat
naively concluded from this that he had reached the deepest part of the ocean. Great
historical interest attaches to' this attempt, for it is the first authentic sounding ever

1 Harrisse, The Discovery of North America, London and Paris, 1892, pp. 97, &c.

2 This papal line was at first placed at 100 leagues to the west of the Cape Verdes, but by a later treaty at 370
leagues to the west (see August Baum, Die Demarkationslinie Papst Alexanders VI. und ihre Folgen, p. 54, 1S90).

Tin: VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Diuir

4«»

mad* in the open sea.1 During his voyage Magellan also measured distances with
the log.*

Th ■ voyage of Magellan was the greatest event in the most remarkable period of the
w ■ r I histi*n ; it far surpassed all others in its effect on oceanographical conceptions.

Tin m. morabh' discoveries in the thirty years from 1492 to 1522 doubled at a single
ui. 1 .11 that was previously known of the surface of the earth, and added a hemisphere
chart of the world. The fiery zone of the ancients had been crossed, a death blow
w is d* alt to Ptolemy’s view that the Indian Ocean was an enclosed sea, the southern
tempi rate zone of Aristotle and Mela had been reached. The sphericity of the earth, the
■ istence of Antipodes, were no longer scientific theories but demonstrated facts. The
impression produced on men’s minds by these great events is without parallel, and their
ii.ducnce can be traced throughout all those great intellectual and moral changes which
c: ;i i ncterised the transitional period known as the Renaissance. Columbus, Gama,
Mimellan, America, the route to India, the circumnavigation of the globe; three men
ml thro, facts opened gloriously a new era of history, of geography, and especially of
. ainmraphy. By creating new relations, by enlarging the field of research, observa-

• i 'tudy, these men and these discoveries contributed more than anything else to
th- m rvellous progress during the last three hundred years in all branches of human
knowledge and to the rapid development of modern civilisation. (For voyages down to
the time of Magellan, see Plate VII.)

D.— PROGRESS 01 OCEANOGRAPHICAL KNOWLEDGE, FROM THE VOYAGE OF
MAGELLAN TO THE VOYAGES OF COOK.

While Columbus and Gama had within a few years many imitators in the Atlantic
■ . In.; m Oceans, fifty-seven years elapsed before Drake accomplished the second
ein umnuvigation of the globe. Drake was the first to see the extreme promontory of
>"iith America, later on called Cape Horn. “At length the vessel (of the Admiral)
f'.und it . If m ar the extremity of the country extending towards the South Pole, which

• v' . n.' ■ mu or in -t advanced point of all these islands (Tierra del Fuego), is situated

near the 5C«th degree. Beyond this, towards the south, wc found neither islands nor

Ki 1, D*-r O. an, p. 35 ; Pigafetta (Premier voyage autour du Monde, p. 52, Paris, l’an ix) says: — “For
• . ■ i in I tw. ui’ ! iv wc mailed abou* 4000 leagues on that sea which we called the Pacific, because during all
' : • n v ■ did not experience a single storm, neither did we discover any land, with the exception

' - r i- oi, n vhi h wc fo id nothing hut Birds and trees, and for this reason we named them the Unfor-

‘ >’■ II nwibU lo find any bottom a low) their coasts, and saw only a number of sharks. These islands

\r<- ■> l«vuc* apart, tne first in 16* south latitude, the second in 9*.”

* P ‘ A i lin to the reckoning we made with the chain astern, we ran each day fifty or sixty

V \ v P- ! til- World, Hakluyt Society, p. 05 ; Guillemard, Life of Ferdinand Magellan, London,

Tin • t d' rij tion of the 1 >g, nr loggff dates from the time of Bourne, 1577 (see Breusing, Zeitschr.

’ i ii' 111 't Bourne wrote the “ Rules of Navigation.” In the Encyclopaedia Britannica (art.
• *< v! :'.at il If liiK w a used ip navigation as early as 1570, and alluded to bv Bourne in 1578.

The Voyage of H M S "Challenger

Summary of Results PI ate

MAP OF THE WORLD

showing the

GREAT m 3 C DTE 'PJ E S

1492 - 1522

Jhxjions discovered hr the F.*rtu*ji*’s+
Kmtihjth

Ibn Batata OZS -134&

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

47

continents, but only the meeting of the Atlantic and the South Sea, in a vast and free
space.”1 In North America Drake reconnoitred a country, till then unexplored, on the
western coast, from Cape Mendocino (in lat. 41^° N.) northwards to near lat. 48° N.,
not far from the Vancouver archipelago, now called the Oregon coast.

The search after a north-east passage from Europe to Asia must have been suggested Search fob
by the form given to the northern part of the Asiatic continent in Ptolemy’s map. XorhiV^-/' °
Sebastian Cabot was one of the promoters of Willoughby’s Expedition, which went Passages.
in search of this passage in 1553. This expedition was a repetition of the periplus of
Scandinavia formerly accomplished by Ohthere. One of the three vessels commanded
by Chancellor reached the White Sea, and anchored in the harbour of Archangel, whence
Chancellor proceeded to Moscow and concluded a commercial treaty with the Russians.

In 1556 Stephen Burrough continued the discoveries of the preceding expedition, and
reached the Strait of Kara, but proceeded no further. The attempts of the Dutch to
pass around Asia by the north-east were not more successful. The fruitless expeditions
of the Dutch have, however, left their trace on the history of navigation. To them we
owe the discovery of the trvo largest islands in the boreal seas — Nova Zembla and
Spitzbergen ; on reaching the northern extremity of Spitzbergen, in 1596, in latitude
80° 11' N., Barents had penetrated further north than any former navigator.

The idea of a north-west passage was revived twelve or fifteen years after Chancellor’s
voyage, but we need not follow the endeavours made in that direction by Frobisher,

John Davis and Hudson, between the years 1576 and 1610, although their vo}Tages
furnished much information on the morphology of the northern seas.

At the time of Magellan the only coasts of America known were those laved by the
Atlantic ; of the western coasts only a very small part had as yet been seen, but on the
coasts of Africa, Asia, and Oceania the work of discovery was continued and largely
completed. The maps drawn in the last quarter of the sixteenth century show at a glance Charts of the
the degree of knowledge arrived at regarding the New World. The general contour is as
exact as could be expected from nautical surveys aided by the compass only, and based on
determinations of latitude correct to within one-third of a degree, but without any
astronomical longitudes. Two parts were still vague, viz., both extremities of the new
continent. In the south the cartographers-connected the unexplored lands about the Strait
of Magellan with the vague conception of an austral continent of vast extent,2 and this
idea was long held. The nautical knowledge of the north did not extend beyond the
latitude of 41° N. on the north-west coast and 65° N. on the north-east. The voyages of
Mendana, Queiros, and Torres added much to our knowledge of the Pacific Ocean. Many
of the islands situated in the great Asiatic archipelago, as far as New Guinea, were

1 Drake’s World Encompassed, Hakluyt Society, p. 87.

2 See Dalrymple, An Historical Collection of Voyages in the South Pacific Ocean, London, 1770 ; Major, Early
Voyages to Terra Australis ; Rainaud, Le Continent Austral, 1893.

GBOdRArtllCAl.
Discoveries op
THE ShTMTHIXTH
A XI* Kiuhtkrstii
CbXTTRIK'*

Amcxcr op
Votaobi or
I>|«ryjTK|IT HU M
164* TM 1764

48 THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

\ sited during th • sixteenth century; isolated points of the island-continent which was
soon to receive the name of New Holland or Australia were seen, but out of the
immense number of scattered Polynesian islands very few had been discovered, and
their identification was most uncertain.

The geographical work of the sixteenth century was continued, but with less vigour,

- ■ triii 4 the seventeenth century. The only considerable result of the investigations made
: n the Croat Ocean during the seventeenth century was the discovery by the Dutch navy
of th western half of New Holland, from the Gulf of Carpentaria in the north to
about the middle of the south coast. Abel Tasman in 1642 showed that Australia and
\ in Diemans Land were surrounded by the ocean to the south, but the west coast of
Now / aland, which he visited, was believed to be a part of the Great Southern Continent.

In the north, hydrographic explorations were continued, always with a view of
discovering a shorter route to India. Hudson, in his last vojTage in 1610, found near
the 60th parallel the strait now bearing his name; the current coming from the west
n i h him suspect the existence of a great inner sea, which was explored by himself,
n ’ in the following years (1612-1613) by Thomas Button. William Baffin (1616)
hugged the western coast of Greenland as far as lat. 74° N., about 14 degrees higher
than the spot reached by Davis, and, continuing to sail northwards in an open sea, he
r* ichcd the strait which he named Smith’s Sound, in lat. 78° N. He was unable to
proceed further in this direction. Turning south-west, he discovered on the coast, in lat.
7 ; to 76 N. two wide openings, Jones’ Sound and Lancaster Sound, the latter of
w 1 h n - played an important part in modern explorations. The name of Baffin’s Bay
bi- deservedly been retained for the enclosed sea to which Davis’ Strait leads, and into
which open important passages to the Polar Sea,

1; tic middle of the seventeenth century the relations of land and water had been
<>L rved directly on two-thirds of the earth’s surface. In the Pacific, the Sandwich

I dun b. the Society Islands, the principal islands of the Navigator Archipelago, and the
Pit. Wands had been discovered, while the Marquesas, Santa Cruz Islands, and the New

II brides hud P cn discovered but lost sight of. The explorations in southern latitudes
wer P- numerous, and many people still believed in the existence of a vast continent

- unwinding the South Pole, and extending into low latitudes. Half of the south-eastern
coast of Australia was not yet known.

Wlc n, in 1728, the Russian expedition under Bering passed through the straits which
Ik u hi- name, the discovery of the continent of America may be said to have been
‘•'•ropb ‘ ! and the new world stood revealed in its broad and general outlines. Bering
m . ; f rtber explorations in the same direction, but after the numerous voyages in the
pf<< ding centuries the absence of discoveries for over a century before Cook is surprising.
Kv. ry i:c > nti v< cmed to be v. anting among maritime nations at that time. All the regions
Prii [ immediate profit to the explorer had been discovered, commercial relations had

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

49

been established, colonies had been founded, countries rich in precious metals had been
conquered, and people rested in the enjoyment of wealth. The time had not yet come
when civilised and educated nations would thirst for knowledge, and would send their
vessels to investigate what still remained unknown regarding the sea. The expedition of
Edmund Halley, in 1699, to improve our knowledge concerning longitude and the varia-
tion of the compass, was a purely scientific voyage ; still scientific voyages were really
initiated at the time of James Cook, in the latter half of the eighteenth century.

In the foregoing short account the important additions made to the knowledge of the
distribution of land and water during the period under consideration have been indicated.

Let us now turn to some other aspects of the science of Oceanography. After
Magellan’s voyage of circumnavigation the nomenclature of the sea assumed a modem Nomenclature
character, Sebastian Munster, in the first general map in his Cosmography,1 intro- 1 HE °CEANS-
duces the following denominations : — Mare Pacificum, Mare Indicum, Mare Sept 07}/^ Munster.
trionale applied to the Arctic Ocean, Oceanus Occidentalis applied to the basin of the
Atlantic north of the equator, and Mare Aethiopicum to the southern part of the
Atlantic. Gerard Mercator, in his famous universal map, replaces the Oceanus
Occidentalis of Munster’s maps by Oceanus Atlanticus, corresponding to the North
Atlantic, the southern part of the Atlantic is called Oceanus Aethiopicus, and at the
western opening of the Strait of Magellan we read El Mar Pacifica}

According to Krummel, 3 in the second half of the sixteenth century and beginning of
the seventeenth, the term Atlantic was applied: — (1) to the sea lying to the west of
Morocco (Munster) ; (2) to the sea to the south-west of Liberia (Munster later) ; (3)
to the north-west portion of that ocean (Michael Mercator) ; (4) to the whole of the
North Atlantic (Gerard Mercator) ; (5) to the whole Atlantic (Varenius) ; and (6) to the
Universal Ocean (Ortelius).

Varenius was the first to undertake a critical examination of this nomenclature, and Varenius.
he arranged it as follows :4 — (1) The Atlantic Ocean, often called Mare del Nort; this
is the sea enclosed between the western coasts of the Old World and the eastern coasts
of the New. He divides the Atlantic into two parts, one north and one south of the
equator ; in the north this ocean joins the Hyperborean Sea, and in the south the
Austral Ocean. (2) The Pacific Ocean {Mare Pacificum ), often given the name of
Mare del Zur ; it is situated between America and Asia, and extends its immense

1 Munster, Cosmographia Universalis, Basel, 1544.

2 This Spanish nomenclature, as observed by Krummel (Versuch einer vergleichenden Morphologie der
Meeresraume, Leipzig, 1879, p. 3), often used at that period, did not simplify matters. Thus we find a ILr
del Nort, sometimes applied to the North Atlantic and sometimes to the whole Atlantic ; a Mar di India, or even a
Mar del Zur, standing for the Pacific. Traces of this singular nomenclature still exist in tbe names of two parts of tie
Nicaragua Republic, San Juan del Norte (or Greytowr), being situated twenty miles south of San Juan del Sir .

3 Krummel, op. cii., p. 6.

4 Varenius, Geographia generalis in qua affectiones generales telluris explicantur, p. 82, Cambridge, 1 ;72.

(summary of results chall. exp. — 1894.) 7

50

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

ir: i. as far as the Indian Isles, the Philippines, and China. (3) The Hyperborean
< > >a: ( Oec'-mus Hype rborseus), the north ocean stretching around the Arctic

in.''. (4) Ocean hs Australis surrounding the Austral continent, of which the Indian
Ocean is only a part. Other geographers, adds Varcnius, divide the ocean into four
parts, and adopt the following subdivisions: — (l) The Atlantic, to the north of the
■■{U.itor; (2) the Aethiopian Ocean, to the south of the equator; (3) the Pacific Ocean;
uid (4) the Indian Ocean. But he does not seem to attach great importance to this
nomenclature; he says: — “Res non est magni momenti ; sequatur quilibet quod ipsi
optimum videtur. Magis enim a nostra fictione quam a natura dependet hsec divisio.”
It i.' important to note that this is the first time we find the Atlantic subdivided
into two parts, as practised in our day. According to Kriimmel, Guillaume Delisle
adopted the following designations: — (1) The North Sea for the whole of the Atlantic
with the name generally written north of the equator, although in certain maps it
ippcars south of the equator; (2) the Indian Ocean ; (3) the South Sea, occasionally
calk- : the South Sea or Pacific, sometimes the Great South Sea, but these names
always apply to the whole Pacific.

l • ( The first attempt to represent the bottom of the sea by isobathic curves is to

1m* found in a map by Philippe Buache in 1737. These isobathic curves are in-
i' tu: d to show that certain elevations of the sea-bottom correspond with the orography
-f the neighbouring land. In his Essay on Physical Geography,1 published in 1752,
he. develops these ideas, which may be summarised as follows : —

Aft* ;• the dtluge the summits of the highest mountains formed a small number of
i 'lands ; the waters falling, other islands of less altitude soon appeared, but still separated
ft'' <m lie first. The waters continuing to recede, the higher ridges uniting these islands
g m to show themselves, then the table-lands formed by masses of mountains became
vis’ble, and finally the lower plains appeared. Had the water still continued to
iv cede other lands would have appeared in succession, and the bottom of the sea
would !••• a vast valley; it might then have been seen how the basins of the
-* * are diversified, and how the continents are united by submarine chains now
li i i< ii from view by the waters covering them. The directions of certain chains
of i-land', of rocks, of shallows, which cross the sea, seem to unite the chains of
’ 1 rr* - ml mountains. The soundings of navigators, the observations on the currents
and their directions, arc almost incontestible proofs that the bottom of the sea differs
from tli<* land only in that it happens to be below the line at which the waters
ceased to recede.

I... f.< K.<*a i ;• .;raphie physique, oil 1’on piopose des vues gendrales aur l’espcce de cliarpente du globe,
: ‘ rn-.nu *n<-« qui traverent lea men cornnie lea terres ; avec quelques considerations particulifcrcs

r 1 rrnU ba**;n« de 1* tner et ear n configuration intdrieure (Hist, de C Acad . des Sciences, 1752, pp. 39!)

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

51

This arrangement of the bottom of the sea is the subject of Buaehe’s work, and Contours ok Ska
he arrives at the following conclusions: — The globe is sustained by several chains of
mountains, which cross the sea as well as the land, and serve probably to increase ™ose of T)ry
the solidity of the globe; the chains of mountains are the framework of the globe, >A'N'D'
repeating an idea already expressed by Father Athanasius Kircher, who considered
these chains as the “squeletse ossatura globi.” These mountains divide the sea into
different basins, which appear to be united merely because the mountains enclosing them
are, for the most part, covered with water.

The marine valleys are not all equally deep. If the water of the channel separating
France from England were withdrawn, a ridge of mountains uniting Dover and Calais
would be left uncovered. Were the sea to subside still further, the Scilly Isles and the
Isle of Wight would become mountains separated from England by valleys left dry.

Were the waters to fall 60 fathoms, England itself would become a huge mountain
separated by a valley from Normandy, and the bottom of the channel at its opening,
which would then extend from the Isle of Ushant to the Scilly Isles, would become the
sea border. Supported by these examples, drawn from a part of the ocean which he had
carefully studied, Buache concludes that islands are but the summits of the- highest
mountains, and that they are frequently united by other mountains of less altitude, the
existence of which has been proved by the sounding-lead. These submarine chains,
according to the author, determine the division of the seas, and they are almost invariably
the continuation of those we find on land.

Buache distinguishes three great seas. He calls the Atlantic the Ocean , and retains
the appellation Indian Sea with the meaning attached to it by his predecessors ; he calls
the Pacific Ocean the Great Sea ; lastly, he mentions two small frozen seas in the north
and south. He divides the three great oceans by means of his submarine mountains
into subordinate basins ; thus the Ocean (the Atlantic) includes a sea of the North of the
Oceoni, a sea of the North- West, and an Atlantic Sea of the Ocean. The Gulf of Mexico
is an annex in the west, as the Mediterranean and Baltic are in the east. All these
subdivisions refer to what we now call the North Atlantic. He did not subdivide the
South Atlantic, but gives the whole of that part of the Atlantic the name of Southern
Ocean of the Ocean .

The Indian Sea comprises the Gulf of Arabia, embracing the Red Sea and the
Persian and. Arabian Gulfs, the Gulf of Bengal, and the Archipelago of India, limited
in the west by the submarine chain uniting the coast mountains of Burmah with the
north-west cape of Sumatra, to which belong as a ridge-line the Andaman and Nicobar
Islands.

He subdivides the Great Ocean into Northern Sea of the Great Ocean, South Sea
between the two tropics, and Southern Sea of the Great Ocean. These subdivisions, a?
shown by Buache’s map, rest on his supposed submarine chains. This nomenclature

52

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

bid not find favour with scientific or seafaring men, with the exception of the name of
“ Great Ocean,” which he gave to the Pacific.

T': ir;»l. >t manner of studying the relief of the globe is by dividing the land into

tin ge basins, separated by ridges whose infinite ramifications cover the continents
with a natural network. Upon this primitive fact the French geographer bases all his
th-vrvs of general geography. Doubtless Buache’s ideas are fundamentally true, but
th y Lave one fault . like all theories which precede observation, they strain the facts
and e> iggcrate the deductions. They arc, nevertheless, a first step in the right direction
towards a scientific method, founding geography no longer on an abstract line, but on the
real form and relief of each region.

Buache’s oceanic nomenclature was soon abandoned, but his conception of submarine
mountains found more or less favour with Alex, von Humboldt, Bergman, Kant,
Gatterer, Ritter, and Leopold von Buch Borsch, in his work on Orography,1 opposes
these ideas, saying : — “The mountains which reach the shore should not be considered as
ii- ing united with those running in the same direction in islands or in other continents.”
Hiekis h,2 on the other hand, thinks that although this proposition may be correct, it
oust not be taken in too absolute a sense, for the chain of mountains in the island of
Nova 7/cmbla should be considered as a prolongation of the Ural Mountains. Deep-sea
. gs have proved that it is only in the vicinity of continental coasts and islands
t ha' the floor of 1 lie sea may be considered as a prolongation of the neighbouring land;
the*** soundings have taught us to form a more correct idea of the orography of the sea,
and have reduced hypothetical conceptions to their real value.

PiroajBn or

CAJtroGRArtlT IX
the HixTrrrra,
SrvnrmxTH,
a>p Kicftruvni

With the discovery of America and the circumnavigation of Africa a new era opened
f«»r navigation. Endeavours were immediately made to find more accurate methods of
•crt. lining the position of vessels in the open sea, and more care was bestowed on the
C‘»:: -t ruction of charts and the errors of the compass. The voyage of the Astronomer-
Royal, Hally, in 1699, was undertaken solely with those objects in view, and was
fob o. 1 by the construction of a variation chart, and proposals for finding longitudes
from occultations of fixed stars.

\S i have seen that the art of drawing up maps was cultivated in the fourteenth and
fifto '.tfi centuries by the seafaring nations of the Mediterranean, and marine charts
improv. .1 more rapidly than maps of the land. In the sixteenth century this art passed
into he hand* of the Spaniards and Portuguese ; about the middle of that century
’ lc German draughtsmen took the lead; towards the end of the sixteenth and during
th vent' filth centuries the Dutch and Flemish map-makers flourished, and were after-
ward* superseded by the French.

1 Bnneb, Von aebcahriUn de* fatten Landes, inabeuondere von Uebirge, Marburg, 1817, p. 16.
' Hi«-ku<ht thu Sr»t*rn dcs Urals, Dorpat, 1882, p. 220.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

53

The Governments of Spain and Portugal endeavoured to have charts drawn up with
the greatest possible accuracy. King John II. of Portugal created a commission for the
further development of these sciences ; Martin Behaim was one of its members. In
Spain Amerigo Vespucci was appointed Chief Pilot in 1508, and soon became the head
of a hydrographic bureau, superintending the execution of charts. These charts were
prepared with scrupulous care, and became the types from which others were drawn. It
was ordered at the same time “ that henceforth all navigators sailing towards known
or unknown parts of India, who should discover new regions, islands, harbours, or bays
affording some interest for the general chart, should, on their return to Europe, report
the same to the Chief Pilot, so that all these indications might be noted on the large
chart.” This was a formal order issued to all sea-captains, and must have led to the
acquisition of much information respecting the ocean ; but the information did not spread
abroad for some time. The Portuguese forbade, under pain of death, the exhibition of
the charts showing the route to Calicut. Some idea may be formed of the importance
which they attached to the proper construction of these charts, when we remember that
in Spain they sent for foreigners to correct or complete these documents. It was for
this purpose that, in 1512, the celebrated English navigator Sebastian Cabot, and, in
1515, the Roman Antonio Maurino, repaired to Spain.

The Universal Chart, executed at Seville in 1527, which is now in the Library of The First
Weimar, and a second similar chart, of 1529, bear the first hydrographic signs — crosses ^
and dots for reefs and other dangerous spots ; these are also to be seen in the first
printed portulano published in Venice in 1528 under the title of “Portulano delli Lochi
maritimi ea Isole del mar di Pietro Cappo.” Ortelius (1527-1598) published the first
atlas under the title Theatrum Orbis Terrarum (1570).

Cabot observed with great care the changes in the variation of the compass, and he
first made allowance for magnetic changes ; after the first thirty years of the sixteenth
century navigators were careful not to neglect this datum when drawing charts. Charts
were further improved by a more accurate outline of the sea-coast, and by more precise
indications of the position of each of the points ; the progress made in this direction was
in direct relation to the improvement in the methods used for determining latitude and
longitude, and the improvements made in nautical instruments. There was, however, a
certain slowness in attaining these improvements. At the commencement of the period
under consideration the charts in use were still drawn up with the mariners compass
P. Nunez, a Portuguese, was one of the first to draw attention to the defects of these
charts. It was reserved for the Germans, the Dutch, and the Flemish to introduce,
towards the middle of the sixteenth century, scientific modifications in cartography.

The astronomers Stabius and Johann Werner, and after them Varenius and Hase.
developed the stereographic projection, and applied it to the representation of terrestrial
surfaces. In 1514 Werner produced a stereographic projection of the globe, as far as the

54

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

M RKc'AH'R J*
CnxirrK

Mrruofts op
nrrKRMiMNO

Isoxgitudbs.

Hydrographic
Sigx# Ixproykd.

tenth degree south latitude, at the horizon of Nuremberg. But a more important modifi-
cation w ii introduced by 0. Mercator, who, towards the middle of the sixteenth century,
invented his web-known method of representing the whole surface in true bearings, which
was destined to render such signal services to navigation.1 The researches of Ed. Wright,
relating to the theory and construction of these charts," and those of Henry Bond and
Gregory (1668). added to the advantages this method offered to navigators. This carto-
graphic process was created at a time when marine charts wrere far from being complete.
Henceforth it was no longer necessary to trouble about finding a system of projection,
and attention could be devoted to improving the charts in all points useful to mariners.

Although the science of geography made rapid advances, owing to the great voyages
of discovery, still the progress of those branches of geodesy relating to map-making was
slow. Distinct advances, however, are to be observed in the Cosmographia of Sebastian
Munster as early as 1544, and in the triangulation of Snellius in 1615. The methods
already known for determining longitudes were developed, while other methods were
invented and when the astrolabe was replaced by the sextant (octant), invented, it has
been said, by Newton about 1700 and quite independently by Hadley in 1731, mariners
possessed the means of establishing the position of places with tolerable accuracy.3

The seventeenth century was a remarkable period for astronomical and mathematical
studies, on which the exact knowledge of the globe rests, and by the end of that century
sufficiently numerous astronomical observations had been made to determine the position
of many points on the earth’s surface, and hence to allow of the errors in the charts
b< ::ig rectified. The great French geographer, Guillaume Delisle, undertook this herculean
to. -k and his work was continued by Bourguignon d’Anville, who wras 29 years of age
when Delisle died in 1726. D’Anville was superior to his predecessor, especially as
regards workmanship.

Pn gress v. as soon manifest in the indication of depths, hydrographic signs, the first
meridian, the scale, the orthography, the type, &c. As to hydrographic signs, crosses
were used to show reefs and rocky bottoms ; sandbanks and shallows were marked with
dotted lines or masses of dots ; other hydrographic signs were introduced at a later
period. Marine charts, as compared with land maps, present some differences. In marine
chart- t lie -ca i- left white, the coasts alone are distinctly marked, and the mountains
inland arc only represented when of sendee to the mariner for finding out his bearings ;
on the sea rea are shown the soundings, the shallows, the currents, the tides, the
c mp -s, See. Even at an early period note was taken of the nature and the colour of
the bottom of the sea, for these characteristics might be of service to seamen in a fog
as denoting the approach to land.

• M< ttor’a imp «.n thin increasing cylindrical projection was first published in 1569.

* Certain Error* in Navigation, London, 1610.

Tin sextant was also invented independently by Godfrey of Philadelphia in 1730.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

55

The soundings which could be ascertained with the appliances then in existence were
noted in the charts, but only on some points of important coasts. The oldest bathy-
metrical charts of the ISiorth Sea, the English Channel, and the British coasts, show such
soundings at points near the coasts, for instance, in the chart of G. Mercator, representing
the “ Hollandt Comitatus (completed in 1585), and in the charts of Lucas Janszoon,

M'aghenaer of Enkhuyzen (1586) who, by his Spieghel der Seevaerdt, became the founder
of nautical map collections.1 These authors were imitated by William Blaeu and Jan
Janszoon.

As the soundings multiplied, it became more difficult to place them on marine
charts without detriment to their clearness. It was then sought to represent them by Ube of Isobathic
a method, the first application of which to charts is due to Philippe Buache. This
geographer, whose ideas on the classification of the oceans have already been mentioned,
was led by his researches to study the bottom of the sea, and he endeavoured to find
the means of representing its inequalities. With this view he introduced curves of equal
level, and, from what has been stated of his views, it will be seen that he was indeed a
man to whose mind this improvement would naturally suggest itself. This important
innovation in the tracing of charts, now even more generally employed in the representa-
tion of land surfaces, was applied, to the sea for the first time in a chart of the English
Channel drawn by Buache in 1737, in which he traced, according to soundings made
every ten fathoms, isobathic curves, or curves of equal level.2

The bathymetrical indications shown on certain marine charts of the time, and the Progress of
labours of Buache just referred to, lead us to speak of the knowledge possessed during ^GARmNG^HK
the seventeenth century as to the depths of the sea. The requirements of navigation Depths of the
undoubtedly led to the earliest bathymetrical observations, at first confined to the vicinity '
of the shores and comparatively shallow waters. But when the scientific movement began
in earnest, there were minds prepared to investigate everything regarding the sea, knowing
that, in order to have an accurate notion of the form, of our planet, it is important not
only to measure the elevation of the surface above water, but also to sound the hidden
depths of the ocean. Notwithstanding, very little progress was made in the bathy-
metry of the sea, on account of the difficulties which beset such investigations. If in
our day, when so many able instrument-makers have taxed their ingenuity to devise
new appliances for deep soundings, there still remain many improvements to be made
before accuracy is secured, it is not astonishing that the first attempts proved unsuc-

1 In 1588 a reproduction of this atlas appeared in London as the first “ waggoner.”

2 According to Licka (Zur Geschichte der Isohypsen, Zeitschr. f. Vermessungswesen, Bd. is. p. 40), the French
engineer Millet de Mureau was the first, in 1748, to place on plans of forts numbers indicating the altitude near eacl-
point levelled. He did not, however, succeed as yet in uniting points of equal altitude by a contour line, an idea which
the Dutchman Cruquius had put in practice twenty years before when sounding the river Merwede. Buache, as we
have said in the text, is nevertheless considered as the first to make use of isobaths for the sea (see Gunther, Lehrbucl
der Geophysik, Bd. i. p. 289, Stuttgart, 1884).

56

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

CO AN US’
SolNDlNO
Apparatus.

I’UKHI.IUlV

Apparatus.

ctssful. These rude attempts are not devoid of interest, since they showed progress
in the knowledge of the physico-chemical and biologicai phenomena of the sea.

From the most remote ages soundings have been made by hand with a plummet.1
Varenius pointed out, during the seventeenth century, the difficulties that beset deep-sea
soundings.2 But, long before the time of this famous geographer, endeavours were made to
-rmount the difficulties attending direct soundiug by substituting for the sounding-line
and lead an apparatus, the original idea of which is due to Cardinal Nicolaus Cusanus.3
Generally speaking, this apparatus consisted of two bodies, one lighter than water the
other heavier, so connected that when the heavier body touched the bottom the lighter
one became self-detached and rose to the surface alone, the depth being calculated from
the time required for the apparatus to sink to the bottom and the float to rise again to the
surface Such is the principle on which the first bathometers with self-acting floats were
• onsrructed. According to Poggendorf,4 the bathometer of Cusanus consisted of a hollow
phere, having a weight attached by means of a hook, -which became detached on the
weight touching the ground ; the weight was intended to carry down the sphere with a
certain degree of velocity.®

About a century later Puehler6 took up Cusanus’ idea, and devoted the 44th chapter

1 II< rodotus says : “ On approaching Egypt by sea, when you are still a day’s sail from the land, if you letdown a
sounding line you will bring up mud, and find yourself in eleven fathoms of water, which shows that the soil washed
down by the stream extends to that distance ” (Herod, ii. 5).

1 In 1671 he wrote : — “Nautae profunditatem explorant bolide, cujus materia est plumbea, figura pyraraidalis,
j'i ,ndu s duodecim circiter librarum, si funis sit trium vel plurium libra rum, qualis suflicit ad ducentas perticas, etsi alii
n-iuirant bolidem plurium librarum, possunt tamen inhac observatione decipi, si funus ab aquae vorticibus et undis
abreptus non perpendiculariter sed oblique descendat” (Varenius, op. cit., lib. i. prop. vi. p. 144).

* 1401-1464. t * Poggendorf, Geschichte der Physik, p. 1 1C, Leipzig, 1879.

■ In Cusanus work : De Staticis experiments fragmentum, which is added to Vitruvius’ edition of Bale, 1543,
a . !,u!iiciai. a king to a philosopher says : — “Cum plumbo fieret formato ad mstar lunae octodierum, ita tamen
: c rmi unum sit ponderosius et aliud levius, et in leviori pomum aut aliud leve tali instrumento appendatur
qu< i pluml>o in fundum pomum trahente et primum cum ponderosiore parte terram tangente et se sic successive,
inclinante pomum dc cornu Uberatum sursum revertatur.”

S- G nther, Lehrbuch der Geophysik, Bd. ii. p. 329. We give here the original text of Puehler relating to
tbi- apparatus : — “ Erstlicb solt du ein rund hole Kugel von Metall, als von Zyn oder kupffer, aufl' das allerdinnest
» hho i ii i dermassen gantz gemacht machen, dass kein trdpflin Wasser darein gehe, wann die Kugel, als du horen
wir \ i: 1 Wu. r ge nkt wirdt unud soil ein orlein von einem runden messenen Drat darauff gelotet sein. Damach
r. mm ein vierecket ibengcschlagen Plech, auch von Metall gemacht, welches lenger, dann es breit iat, soli sem : unnd
in • r* 1 r leng’ breiter denn an dem udem : undsol) auff der einen lengen seitten bey den breitten ort des plechs
♦•it "11 r i • :•■!! at •• 1 ft.t sich geschosseu, und zuruck gebogen haben : an dem andern ort diser seitten, soli es einen fur
. 1 : !< . , bal -n, de» Rich auch von dem plech zuruck dermassen herablasse : damit das plech, wenn es mit der hohlen

K el end t v r It, und der fu-s den boden oder den grund in dem wasser erraichet, fiir sich sinck, unnd sich mit dem
Ati.-fl in* : m rleinder Kugel ziech, unnd die Kugel also kimne von dem plech mussig und ledig werden. Gestalt und
f rrn !> ♦ pb ■ i und der Kugel bantu in nachfolgender Figur. Das plech aher soli an dem fuss also schwiir sein, wenn
d* r f ' 1 1 • i »• tn plech ni< ht Mure, la • cr allein die Kugel rincklich gen boden kan zieben. Darnach soltu Direin

<r ■ • i - n m ichcn, das mit h li, sunder breit, wie tin erden hand beck, wol gebrennet, und glasiirt sey : und

r; . i : • -i it It"! - i, ein kb in* lochlein hah: discs Instrument solt Du zuvor also zubereiten und probiereu, an dem

ort <l. ..-<■• oder a ii i- du dan I ii .trument widerumb wnist auss dem wasser zu gewinnen, und die tiefie des wassers

mu eiin-r iha*», ah ctn< m pleysenckel etlicher klafter lang kanst abmessen, thu das plech mit seinetn angel in das
orb ;n i t Ki un i i ilt die Kugel in der hand, und d. plech an die Kugel liange, und lasse daz plech in daz wasser

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

5 7

of his Geodesy to the study of the question : “ Wie die Tieffc einers Weihers, Graben,

See und anderer stillstehender Wasser, sollen kiinstlich abgemessen und ergriindet
werden?” He takes a hollow tin ov copper sphere, hermetically closed, and provided with
an eye by which a metal plate is attached. The top of the plate is furnished
with a hook fitting into the eye of the sphere, the under part being fitted with
a heavy foot. Whenever the apparatus touches the bottom the sphere is freed from the
hook, and returns to the surface. This is exactly the idea of Cusanus, but Puehler
added an apparatus to act as a clepsydra, measuring the time the sphere takes to
re-appear. For this purpose he advises the use of a clay vase with a small hole at the
bottom. The moment the bathometer is dropped, the vase is applied to the surface of
the water, which filters through the small orifice at the bottom. He had noted the
quantity of water entering the vase in a former experiment with his bathometer in water
of which he knew the depth.

Cusanus’ idea was again taken up by a Neapolitan architect named Alberti, of whom Alberti’s
Blancanus1 speaks in a work on architecture. Alberti describes an apparatus con- Apparatus'
sisting of a heavy sphere (a) and a light bent metal tube (6), which is released on
touching the bottom, and acts as a float. He says : — “ Given water of known depth (p),
b requires t (time measured by the clepsydra) to return to the surface, then you have

for an unknown depth t1:t=p1: p, p =

h

Cusanus, Puehler, Alberti, and all their successors who have endeavoured to solve the
problem of the depth of the sea by means of apparatus with self-detaching floats, take it for
granted that the descent of a heavy body through a resisting medium, such as water, is
always uniform. This is only approximately the case. One might, indeed, admit that,
when the appliance goes down, the velocity is very nearly uniform, for resistance here
paralyses acceleration ; but we must also admit that there will be acceleration of motion
when the float, detached from the weight, returns to the surface.

More than a century later Robert Hooke continued these bathymetrical experiments. Hooke’s
He had a sphere made of wood, well varnished, and provided with a steel spring, to which AFl arat
a piece of metal was suspended ; this became detached on coming in contact with the
bottom, and allowed the float to ascend.2 Soon after this Rochon made experiments
in the Indian Ocean with a modified apparatus of this celebrated English physicist. But

sinken : und wenn du das erden gefass auf daz wasser setzest und das wasser beriirt, lasse die Kugel auss der hand :
damach sihe wenn die Kugel uber daz wasser auffart : in dem selben augenblick verhalt das lbchlein das an dem boden
des erden gefass ist : als dann weg das wasser das in den erden gefasse gefunden auf das alter fleyssigest, merek das
gewicht, wie sell war es gewogen hat : dergleichen siiclite oder messe auch die tieffe des wassers, an dein ort da du das
instrument gesenkt hast : und was fiir eine Proportion der Zal der Schware des gewichts des wassers zu der Zal der
klaffter und tieffe des wassers hat: solche Proportion wird auch haben die zal oder schware des wassers in det erdi :i
gefasse gefunden, wie jetz gesagt, zu der zal der Ivlaffter, die die tieffe des wassers ist” (Ein kurtze und grundlichc
anlaytung zu dem recliten Verstand Geometric, Dillingen 1563, p. 652).

1 Blancanus, Spluera mundi seu Cosmographia, Mutinae, 1635, pp. 1470 et seq.

2 See Phil. Trans., vol. ii. pp. 439 et seq., 1667 (reproduced in the tail-piece to this Introduction).

(summary of results chall. exp. — 1894.)

S

Kihther’s Views

AS TO THE DKITII
or THE OciAH.

nS THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

it was almost impossible to determine exactly the moment when the float returned to
the surface, and Hooke endeavoured to obviate this defect by a new apparatus, which
he presented to the Royal Society in 1671. This improved “Explorator profunditatis,
distantiae, abyssi,” had a sphere with a hole through the diameter, in the orifice of which
lie placed an axis with inclined blades. During the descent of the bathometer a hand
connect* 1 with clockwork was set going by an endless screw, and acted as a marker.
As soon as the weight was detached at the bottom, a spring closed the orifice with a
v dve and stopped the clockwork during the ascent. Lastly, a third improvement was
introduced by Hooke. A vertical rod bore the wooden sphere intended to return to the
surface, having on the upper part a float or buoy to show more distinctly the moment
of emersion. The apparatus was provided, moreover, with two odometers — the one to
register the descent, the other the ascent. The weight of the bathometer was held by
a spring-hook ; Bacciali replaced this by clutches, the arms of which held the sphere
during the descent and opened to let it go on touching the ground.

These methods and bathymetrical apparatus increased but little the bathymetrical
knowledge of the sea, and rendered insignificant services as regards soundings. The
soundings taken during the period under consideration were made in the usual manner
with lead and line, and were confined to spots near the coasts and in comparatively
shallow waters. We have noted the fruitless efforts of Magellan to sound the Pacific ;
j -art from this detail, which has only historical interest, there is little progress to record.

Father Athanasius Kircher, in his encyclopaedic work Mundus Subterraneus, devotes
a chapter to oceanographical questions.1 After having given the nomenclature of the
oceans, and indicated the subterranean rivers supposed to feed the Caspian, so often
ii. ■ ntioned by the ancients, he examines the opinions accepted in his time as to the depths
of the sea. His doctrine that the deepest seas were to be found opposite the loftiest
mountains was adopted by many. Kircher sums up his opinion on the subject thus:2
“ In tin same manner as the highest mountains are grouped in the centre of the land,
-.0 also should the greatest depths be found in the middle of the largest oceans ;
near t! ■ coasts with slight elevations, the depth will gradually diminish towards
the -hore. I say coasts with slight elevations, for if the shores are surrounded
by high rocks, then greater depths are there found ; this is proved by experience on
t lie shores of Norway, Iceland, and the lies de Flandres.” He imagines the bottom
of the ocean, over its whole extent, to be very uneven. The marine plains must be
found in those places not thronged with islands, where the declivities of the oceanic
mountains arc not pronounced. He brings forward scanty proofs in support of
his theory, his experiments being mostly made on the sea-shore. He concludes by
-tying: “Ex his adducti- patet, quam hallucinentur, qui putant, maris profunditatem
ubique at equalem ctse, aut detenninari posse certain ejus profunditatem ; tarn enim
' Kircbfr, Mundua Subterraneua, Ainat., 1664, j*. 80. J 1 lid., p. 97.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

59

id difficile est, quam difficile montium per universam telluris superficiem diffusorum
altitudines certa ratione inquirere ; ut proinde illud hue quadrare videatur : altitudinem
eceli, latitudinem Terrse, profunditatem maris quis mensus est ? ” 1

Varenius2 states that the depth of the sea may reach one German mile; at certain Yakknius’ Views
points the depth varies from Tu to 1 a mile. But, as in the case of Kircher, ^

this opinion is not founded, with regard to great depths, on actual soundings. Varenius
explains why the sea becomes shallower as the shore is approached, by saying that it is
due to the concave form of the ocean basins. We have given Kircher’s arguments
against those who maintained that the bottom of the sea was a plain with few elevations,
and those who professed that it was possible for man to determine the depth of the
ocean. V arenius tries to show that the sea is not infinitely deep ; the earth being a
sphere, the radius cannot be infinite, nor, therefore, the depth of the sea. And, besides,
the sea has a bottom ; it does not extend from one point on the earth’s surface to any
other opposite point, for if the land were to be thus divided by the sea, it would, owing
to its weight, immediately come together again. The observations made in the
Mediterranean led Varenius to believe that some relation does exist betAveen the height of
the coast and the depth of that sea.

Similar ideas as to the depth of the ocean were developed a. century later by Marsilli Mabsillx’s
in his Histoire physique de la Mer. Marsilli argues that the bottom of the Mediter- Anys!^ ov -mm'
ranean in the Gulf of Lions is not only united with the shores, but forms a continuation Ocean.
of them , he rejects the opinion of the coral-fishers that those parts of the sea situated
further from the shores, and called abysses, have no bottom. He says ; 3 — “ The
fishermen, working on that slope where they are in the habit of finding coral at 150
and 200 fathoms, and their lines not allowing soundings in greater depths, imagine that
the bottom cannot be found, and call it, in their exaggerated jargon, a bottomless abyss,
impossible to be sounded. This idea, entertained by people of experience in marine
matters, as well as by the simple fishers, appears to me absurd, and founded merely on
the fact that nobody has yet cared to undertake the trouble and expense required for
such soundings, which, according to all appearances, will never be made unless some
prince orders for that purpose special vessels with suitable instruments. With regard to

seamen, they never seek the bottom in deep waters My various observations

on the highest mountains of Europe, which I took with the barometer, induced mo to
seek the greatest depths of the sea, deeming that under the water, abysses of corresponding

1 Ibid, p. 97. In the following chapter (cap. xv., De inaequalitate fundi inaris cut jungitur Historia memorabilis
supradicta confirmans, fol. 98, 99), Kircher confirms what he has just said on the irregularity of the sea-bottom by t!
history of the famous diver Pescecola, an authentic account of which was given him by the Secretary of the Royal
Archives of Sicily. This account is almost as fabulous as that which we quoted from Mas hull, on the foundation of
Alexandria, and represents tolerably well the ideas then prevalent regarding the animals peopling the bot: an • the
sea, regarding the lower currents, and the form of the bottom.

2 Varenius, op. tit., p. 143.

* Histoire physique de la Mer, par L. F. Comte de Marsilli, traduit par H. Bcerhaavc, Amsterdam, 17_f>, ; . I1'.

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

M ABSIIJ.I ON
M * RINK 1>EPOSITi>.

60

depth n..ist be found. The St. Gothard in Switzerland is the highest mountain I have as
yet v dh d, but as I have not its exact altitude, I will take the one nearest to our shores,
viz.. Mount C'anigou, which Mr Cassini, while tracing the Meridian of the Royal Observa-
tory of Paris, which is carried through the entire length of France, found to be 1400
fathoms above the level of the sea. I have applied this rule to the depth where the
b. uom begins to descend rapidly, and also to a spot where Mount Canigou begins to
rise, to form a section, wherein one may see at a glance the connection between these two
joints, equally distant from the greatest height of the mountain and the greatest depth

• >: the sea.1 This demonstration sufficiently proves, I think, that the unknown depth
of the sea corresponds with the greatest height of the mountains on land, for it is easy
to see that both are formed of superposed strata, lying at a certain ascending or
descending angle.”

Mursilli allowed himself to be carried away by his love of symmetry ; he does not
adduce one fact in support of his theory on the depths of the sea. But his work,
which is interesting in more than one respect, deserves to be quoted, because it
reflects the ideas of the time in which it was written, and also because the section he
gives is the first attempt to graphically represent the relief of the globe. Marsilli
heb . dong with the most able seamen whom he had consulted, that the greatest depth

• ‘ the Mediterranean was abreast of the island of Malta. The seamen had also observed
that when the shores are high and vertical the sea is very deep.

M i rsill i makes a few observations on the knowledge then possessed concerning the
nature of the bottom of the sea. He believes that the basin of the sea was excavated
“at the time of the creation, out of the same stone which we see in the strata of
the earth, with the same interstices of clay to bind them together.”2 He adds that
we should not judge of the nature of the bottom by the materials which seamen bring
uji in their soundings. They dredge almost always on a muddy bottom, and very
rarely on a rocky one, because the latter is covered with slime, sand, sandy, earthy,
and calcaicous concretions, and organic matter. These substances, he says, conceal
• real bottom of the sea, and have been brought there by the action of the water;
they lw; ys cover stony masses. “Lastly,” he adds, “to explain myself briefly,
1 may compare the bed of the sea to a cask, which, having long held wine, seems
from the inside to be made of dregs of tartar, though it is really of wood.” In the
pr .f.! accompanying his work, he has marked with dotted lines the stony parts of the
button ; he distinguishes those which are covered with fine sand or with a sandy con-
glutination ; the part covered with fine sand is always that exposed to the How of rivers.

. 1. Mire (M.irxilli, op. rit., pi. iii. p. 4, profile* or sections of the basin of the sea) shows the profile of Mount

' i i. ) ■ mountain in the Pyrenees, the height of which is 14<K) fathoms, down to Cape Rose in Catalonia.

I* ■ - : 1 is< tin • i for a distance of fi4 miles south-east, and at that point lies the abyss, which is as much below

t1 irf i ■: of the n a as the mountain is above it 3 Marsilli, op. cil., p. 14.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

61

The rise, during the fifteenth century, of Geology, which includes the oceanographical Risk of
changes of past ages, gave an impetus to many questions relative to the distribution of
land and water in past times, and led to an investigation of many phenomena in existing
oceans. Leonardo da Vinci, in the fifteenth century, wrote that the sea changes the Vinci.
equilibrium of the earth, that the shells accumulated in various layers have necessarily
lived on a spot previously occupied by the sea ; that the great rivers carry into the
ocean the waste of the land, and the deposits thus formed have been successively covered
by others of varying thickness, and finally that the bottom of the sea has become the
tops of mountains.

Ever since that period researches have constantly been made by naturalists to dis-
cover the relationship between the marine animals of our own time and those discovered in
a fossil state. The name of Steno, a Dane, is associated with the evolution of general ideas Steno.
as to the formation of the earth. In his famous work : De solido intra solidum naturaliter
contento dissertation^ prodromus (1669), he endeavours to show that the carapaces of
Crustacea are formed of matter secreted by the animal’s body ; he establishes the con-
nection existing between fossils and the sedimentary layers containing them, and the true
origin of both. He was the first to distinguish the layers formed in the sea from those
deposited in fresh water, and to notice the character of the shells in both instances. He
concludes, from his observations on the nature of these deposits, that the layers now
found perpendicular or inclined were horizontal at the time of their formation. These
changes in the position of land strata, considered as the primary cause of the earth’s
inequalities, constitute the fundamental idea of Steno, and are now universally
adopted.

Geology received another great stimulus in Italy towards the middle of the eighteenth
century, through the theoretical ideas of Ant. Lazzaro Moro, and still more through the Moro.
observations of Arduino. In 1740 Moro developed a system in which he attributes to
frequently recurring submarine explosions the formation of mountains, plains, and islands.

The apparition of the small islands Mikra Kaumena and Nea Kaumena in the volcanic group
of Santorin, and the phenomena which accompanied the formation of Monte Nuovo, seem
to have given rise to this theory. According to Moro, the globe was primitively covered
with water ; on the third day of creation the crust which formed the bottom of the sea
was raised, the mountains resulting from this upheaval being the primitive rocks devoid of
fossils. At a later period lava and other substances arose from the interior of the earth,
and accumulated on the bottom of the sea, being upheaved in their turn through the same
agency. With the rocks of this second upheaval diverse substances, such as salt, sulphur,
and bitumen, were associated, and as a natural consequence the water became salt ;
animals were developed in the sea ; the earth became peopled about the same time, and,
the eruptions continuing, an alternation of sedimentary and eruptive deposits was
produced.

A Kin iso.

RA!.l>A'4ARI.

itoxini.

hiANoni.

•J*_> THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

The ideas of Arduino were less theoretical thau Moro’s ; he divided the Paduan, the
> a-eutin, and the Veronese mountains into primary, secondary, and tertiary. The
cmdary mountains are for the most part formed of compact limestone in continuous
strata, containing petrified organic bodies ; these strata vary in hardness, fineness of
.’rain, composition, colour, and in the species of marine organisms they contain, since,
according to the author, there is but one kind in each stratum.

\\ hilst Dona ; i explored the Adriatic in order to investigate the habitats of living beings,
Kddiissari made researches on the fossils of the Siennese territory. He recognised, as had
Marsilli in tin territory of Parma, Spada near Verona, and Schiavo in Sicily, that the
r mains were not mixed confusedly, but, on the contrary, distributed in families in such
i manner that in certain spots Area abounded, while in others the comb-shell, Venus,
M nr. r, &e., were more plentiful, according to the nature of the rock. He noticed the
regular arrangement of fossils in the various strata, the natural position of the corals, the
perforation of the rocks by lithophagous shells, but he gave no opinion on the theoretical
■ i rings of these facts, i.e., whether the sea had been withdrawn suddenly or gradually,
whether the animal or vegetable productions supposed to belong to the torrid zone had
been brought thence to the north, or whether the temperature of the country was higher
thru than it is now. In the great works of Wolfgang Knorr and Walet (1755-1773)
a distinction is drawn between the pelagic fossils and those found on the sea-coast, and
they express the opinion that those whose analogues have not been found must exist in
the deep seas as yet unexplored.

In Italy during the eighteenth century the microscope was applied to the examination
of i. orine deposits, and had much influence on the study both of living animals and of
f '"i! for the sand of the Adriatic, near Rimini, was found to be almost exclusively
com j (o-i -d of microscopic shells, and the Tertiary marls of the sub-Apennine hills were
,i!-o found to contain a prodigious quantity of them. Beccari, towards 1729, created a
new br.i eh of conchology by the discovery of a small kind of polythalamous shell of
nautiloid shupe (Nautilus Beccarii , Linne). The coils of the helix and its transverse
divisions give it a great resemblance to the ammonite, a comparison which was long adopted
for all the other analogous forms so plentiful in the marls of North Italy.

Ten year* lat< r G. Bianchi, better known by the name of J. Plancus, announced that
In had found on tin shore at Rimini the living analogue of the small fossil ammonite,
uni that its dimensions were such that it required 130 of them to equal the weight of a
grain of wheat. He found a great many other species, which he still classed along with
In n au' b and ammonites, on account of their internal divisions. His work2 contributed
much to ii. n a-e our knowh Ige on this subject, and at a later period he pointed out that,

1 S • d’Arrhiac, four* <!<■ Pali mtologie Htratiftraphique, tom. i. p. 20, Paris, 1802.
1 !»■ • 1 i* minim noli* in littore Ariminenxi, Venice, 17311 (cited by d’Arcliioc).

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

63

within a mile of Sienna, there existed a bed of microscopic shells analogous to those
found on the shores of Rimini.

Later on, Soldani examined with a magnifying glass the clay of the tufa and sands of .Soumni.
North Italy, and produced his essay on the nautiloid layers of Tuscany, 1 and thus enriched
science with descriptions and drawings of a multitude of shells belonging to minute
marine animals, always looked upon as nautili and ammonites, an error perpetuated till
1835. As he assigned no particular names to these diversified forms, which he described
and represented with care, and even grouped according to certain analogies, Soldani did
not contribute to advance the knowledge of them as much as he might have done had
he applied to them the then well-known nomenclature of Linnaeus. From 1789 to 1797
he published another very considerable work 3 on the microscopic shells found on the
shores of Giglio, Elba, and other islands. He observes in this work that these
small bodies are not young specimens, which grow with age, but perfect adults ; the
various species occupy various depths, and this explains, he adds, why those in a fossil
state are not found mixed indifferently in all the strata.

The hypothetical ideas of some Arab writers, and the observations of Pytfieas and Progress <n
Posidonius on the causes of tides have been already noticed.3 In the sixteenth century
there was marked progress in the knowledge of these phenomena ; men began to Tides.
study the local peculiarities of the tides, as shown by the instructions given by Cabot
for the Polar explorations (1553), according to which the time when a particular
tide set in was to be noted down for each port. It was owing to observations of
this nature that a body of facts was gradually grouped together on which to
establish the theory of tidal phenomena. Galileo connected them with the rotation of
the earth on its axis ; Francis Bacon found their explanation in the configuration of
the terrestrial masses of the Old and Nevr Worlds. Simon Stevin is nearer the truth,
for he can already foretell for each port the hour of the tide by means of lunar phases.

Kepler, in the Introduction to his Astronomia Nova, recognises the dependence of the
tides on the attraction of all the heavenly bodies. Descartes came next with his theory
of the eddies of ether, which Varenius accepts as being the best explanation of the
phenomena of flux and re-flux. Lastly, the publication of Newton’s Principia pro-
duced a complete modification in this branch of science, and the works of MacLaurin,

Euler, and Bernouilli, competing for the prize offered by the Academy of Sciences of
Paris in 1740, added new mathematical elements to the theoretical ideas of the time.

Observations on marine currents increased as people began to abandon coa-ting,

1 Saggio orittografieo ovvero osservazioni sopra le terre nautilitiche ed ammonitiche della Toscana, Siena, 17S0.

- Testaceographia et zoophytographia parva et microscopiea [4to, with 179 plates], Siena, 1789-1797 (cited 1 y
d!Arehiac).

3 See pp. 15, 21, 37.

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

r.4

... s > which was almost the only navigation known to the ancients and up to the middle ages.

\ . irh a the fifteenth century the Portuguese discovered the Guinea current ; Vasco

l.i'UKcm J jo

- a (buna must have noticed the Mozambique current. In 1513 Antonio d’Alemanos
c - rveil the cuiTeut of the Gulf Stream near Florida, and Varenius, as far back as 1650,
pia ••• the source of this current in the Caribbean Sea.1 From Sir Richard Hawkins’
observations it is evident that the Gulf Stream had already been observed in the northern
par s of the Atlantic between Newfoundland and Europe. It is probable that, as early
, 14 07, Sebastian Cabot observed the Labrador current, while the first navigators who
ventured into the Pacific had to grapple with the cold current of Peru, as shown
by their log-books.

I. .n lo da Vinci, in explaining the currents running from the equator to the poles,
said tie v were produced by an elevation of temperature, which expands the water, and
would make an equatorial swelling were the waters unable to flow away by the currents,
u id thus " --establish the equilibrium of the surface of the sea. The cold currents from
the j wiles to the equator had been explained in the seventeenth century by the great
evaj -ration of the water in the tropical zones, which had to be balanced by water
brought from higher latitudes. We may add that, even at that period, the salinity of
the tropical waters was attributed to the same cause, viz., evaporation. The current
ow trds the w--st, which had already been observed by Columbus, was interpreted as
being in accordance with the rotation of the earth, not, however, in the sense of
Copernicus, but by supposing the liquid envelope of our planet to be drawn from east
to west by the movement of the “primum mobile” of the Ptolemaic system of
astronomy.

In 1665 Athanasius Kircher traced on a map all that was then known of marine

■ •unviits. J. Vossius discussed this important question, and collected together all the
information extant in his time. He points to a “ motus perpetuus ” in the torrid zone,
whi'-h follow.- xactly the course of the sun, and becomes more pronounced between the

■ oa-t of Peru and the Moluccas; he also mentions a second similar motion running in a
outlu-rn dir- < tion, dependent on the sun’s movement, but modified sensibly in its course

by t’-<- configuration of the African coast; and, lastly, he speaks of a “ motus tertius
[ i >ri -• mpr-r contrarius,” of which the Gulf Stream forms part.2 Fournier, in his great
w<>rk on hydrography, had, it is true, twenty years before Vossius given a careful list of
all t!i« lo ditii to the number of twenty, where currents had been noticed, but he had
f"rnwd in- th< oi y to explain these phenomena. We know of no really important addition
to this subject during the eighteenth century.

M - .Mini impetuous intf-r Gubam et Jucatan illabitur marc, aftluitque inter Cubam et Floridam ’’
fVtrvnnu, Gvographi* gencrali*, ('ami-., 1672, p. 119).

* Vomi':>, !►«* room man urn ct rentornm liber, Hagn- Comitum, 1603, pp. 1, 4, 8.

’ 1 r - II if -aj.b :<• < nt. nt la tin-one ct la pratique <lc toutes lea parties rlc la navigation, Paris, 1643,

p 478

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

65

Throughout the period now under consideration, many accurate observations were Observations on
made in all latitudes on the temperature of the surface waters of the ocean, and about
the middle of the eighteenth century the subject of deep-sea temperature first began to
attract attention.1 Count Marsilli was one of the first to test the temperature of the sea
at various depths. He made his experiments between Cassis and Riou in the Mediter-
ranean. The table giving all his experiments shows that they were made in depths
ranging from 10 to 20 fathoms.2 His experiments extended only from January to June ;
he was unable to continue them during the other months. He concludes that, were the
experiments continued and found to concur with his own, they would prove the temper-
ature of the sea to be the same in all seasons. Marsilli’s observations were made with
the assistance of a common thermometer. The only merit of his observations is to show
that scientific men were actively engaged investigating this question in the eighteenth
century. According to Thoulet,3 Aristotle affirmed that the surface waters were warmer
than the deeper ones, an opinion supported by Buffon in 1750, from the fact that a lead
drawn up rapidly from deep water communicated a marked sensation of cold to the hand.

In 1749 Captain Ellis, during a voyage to the north-west coast of Africa, made two
experiments at depths of 3900 and 5346 feet (650 and 891 fathoms), in latitude 25° J.3' N.,4
with an instrument devised by Dr Hales, and described by him in a paper read before the
Royal Society.5 It consisted of a bucket about the size of a household pail, with valves
at top and bottom, which remained open as the apparatus descended, and closed when
drawn up. He obtained in both cases, with the thermometer enclosed in this vessel,
readings of 53°, and rightly attributed this uniformity to the greater depth of water
through which the instrument had to be hauled causing a rise in the temperature.

Similar devices to ascertain the temperature of deep water were made use of by Foster,

Cook, and Lord Mulgrave.6

Varenius, in his Universal Geography, examines the origin of the salt taste of the Opinions as to
ocean waters, which he attributes to the presence of the particles of salt it contains ; he g^TTHE ^EA 1?
then inquires into the origin of that salt. Rejecting the opinions current in his time, Varenius
he offers two hypotheses : first, the saline particles being co-eternal with the ocean,
that question cannot be treated without reference to the origin of the ocean itself, and
second, the fact that water carries along with it in solution the saline matters
contained in the earth. He admits that the waters grow salter on approaching
the equator, and less so on nearing the poles. Among the various theories which he
brings forward to explain these phenomena are the following: — The difference of

1 See Prestwick : On Submarine Temperatures, Phil. Trans., vol. clxv. p. 590, 1875.

2 Marsilli, op. cit., pi. vi. p. 16.

3 Thoulet, Oceanographie (Statique), Paris, 1890, p. 281.

4 Phil. Trans., vol. xlvii. p. 214, 1752. 6 Ibid., p. 213. V-

« In the “Race-horse,” 1773, between Norway and Spitzbergen.

(summary op results chall. exp. — 1894.)

9

66

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Majuilli.

evaporation in different latitudes, the amount of rainfall and snow, and the quantity
of water brought down bv the rivers. He observes the difference between the specific
gravity of fresh-water and that of sea-water, and the difference in their freezing points.
This latter difference, he says, is owing to the salt of sea- water, which contains a
something (spiritus) opposed to congelation.

Marsilli was also one of the first to study the saltness of the sea, and the bitter taste
of its water.1 He believes that both are due to the solvent effect of water on the

Botijl

substances forming the bed of the ocean. He made experiments with the hydrometer,2
..ad found that the deepest waters were heavier than the surface water. He states that
he drew the water from various depths, but does not describe in what manner. He
avers that the salt in the surface water of the Mediterranean, at those points where
rivers and torrents do not mix with it, and where coral is freely developed, is equal to
-b of the weight, and of the volume, of the water. He attributes the bitter taste of

the water to the presence of bitumen.3

In his paper : Of the Saltness of the Sea, Robert Boyle describes a great number of
experiments. He personally made a series of observations on the wrater of the English
Channel, collecting it from various depths, and observing its specific gravity. The
samples from beneath the surface were probably procured by means of Hooke’s water-
bottle, an extremely ingenious valved box, which is fully described and figured in one
of the early numbers of the Philosophical Transactions .4 Boyle investigated the
8altnes3 of the water by a number of processes : he tried the estimation of total
sul ids by direct evaporation and ignition, but not being satisfied with the result he
ultimately took the density as an index of the saltness, and determined this either by
means of a glass hydrometer, by weighing in a phial which was afterwards weighed
when full of distilled water, or by weighing a piece of sulphur in distilled water and sea-
water consecutively.

“ As for the different degrees of the saltness of the sea,” says Boyle, “ I shall deliver
wh it I have been informed of as briefly as I can. And first, it hath been observed, by
on to whom I gave a glass conveniently shaped to try the specific gravity of the water,
that it grew heavier and heavier as he came nearer the line, till within about 30" latitude ;

1 Ifandli, op. ciL, p. 21.

’ V :i>illi, op. at, p. 2-2". This important apparatus for ascertaining the specific gravity of sea-water was discovered
ut tbc f< .rth 'entury f our era. It was made according to the principle of Archimedes. As mentioned by
«; intli. r C j at., Bd. ii. p. 36G), the invention of this apparatus was discussed by E. A. Gerland (Zur Geschichte der
Krfiodun,- <1« Araor. t- r , Ann. d. Phytik «. Chemie, scr. 2, Bd. ii. pp. 160 et scq.) and M. Schmidt (Report in
Phi L Woe k' xoJin/L, Jahrg. iii. p. 1224). The first clear description of this instrument is to be found in the
f.! - 1 vr of Bi.diop Synmiu* to Hypatia; nothing in the letter, however, suggests that Synesius was the

no - f the appamt ■ One Khr-tnniiiH, in a poem in hexameters, attributes the invention to Archimedes; others
•uril - it to I‘n • ; inui*. It is quite possible that neither of them invented it, but the inventor, whose name is
unknown, may have lived between 200 and 400 of our era.

* Marsilli, op. cit, p. 13.

• l -\l Irani., vol. u p. 439, 1C67 (reproduced in the tail-piece to this Introduction).

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

67

from whence to Jamaica he observed no alteration in the specific gravity in the leash
And in confirmation of this I am likewise informed by one, who for his own satisfaction
weighed the water, both under the Aequinoctial and at Cape of Good Hope, and found
that the weight of both was the same. To which may be added that it is commonly
observed at Mozambique, one of the hottest places in the world, that the sea is so salt
there, that it bears up the ships a considerable height out of the water, more than in
other places ; and that the water may be much salter in one place than another, by
having more salt dissolved in it, does not only appear from what hath been said, but also
from what is frequently observed in the different strengths of brine-pits.” 1

Halley was of opinion that the saltness of the sea was due to the substances carried Halley.
down in solution by the rivers.

The colour and transparency of sea-water were also the subjects of observation. Observations on
Bouguer, who made experiments on the transparency of the water at Croisic and in ^e^ns'
the torrid zone, supposes that a depth of 10 feet of water weakens light at most in of Sea-Water.
the proportion of 5 to 3, or perhaps 5 to 3-g.2 He says that the depth at which
sea- water loses the whole of its transparency will be found to be about 656 feet.3
It was recognised even then, however, that the transparency varied at the same depth
in different seas. Muncke 4 reports the following experiments made last century on
board the ship “Coquille”: — “To judge of the transparency of sea- water, we used to
tie a string to a board painted white, and would let it down till we could see it no
longer. We found that near the island of Waigion it disappeared from sight at a depth
of 59 feet, and with a very bright sky at 75 '3 feet; near Port Jackson, 38 '3 feet; near
New Zealand, 35 feet ; and near Ascension between 28 and 36 feet.” There is a very
wide divergence in the different statements, for Wood, in 1676, observed mussel shells
on the bottom at 80 fathoms, near Nova Zembla, and Admiral Milne records having seen
the bottom in the Caribbean Sea at 25 fathoms.

The celebrated experiment of Halley with the diving-bell seems to have led to the Colour of the
study of the coloration of the sea. Newton said the colour of the sea was green
Marsilli thought it was blue, and explained it by the presence of salt in sea-water. This
writer maintained at the same time that the colour varied in the upper and lower strata
of the sea.

As regards the knowledge of marine organisms, Gesner in 1558 published the fourth Marine
book of his wTork,5 which is devoted to the description of fishes and marine animals; and <jR AM'M‘

John Johnston, who studied at St. Andrews in 1619, published a treatise on aquatic

1 Boyle’s works, epitomised by Boulton, vol. i. p. 282, London, 1699.

2 Bouguer, Traitii d’Optique, p. 64, Paris, 1760. 3 J. H. Lambert, Pbotometria, &c., Augsburg 1 7oO.

4 In Gehler’s Physik. Worterbuch, Aufl. 2, Bd. vi. Abth. iii . p. 1708, Leipzig, 1837.

5 Gesner, Historic Animalium, Liber iv., Tiguri 1558.

68

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

A Sixteenth
CnmxBT Lescrit
non or Pelagic

Ijf*.

I’roorm or
Kxowlsdoe

UBf ECTI N G

8ba-Wux».

animals in 1G49 ; 1 while Buffon and other authors of less note contributed to the slowly
iinrradnu knowledge of littoral and pelagic animals and plants during the fifteenth,
nth, aud seventeenth centuries. The honour of first employing the dredge as a
njraii > of scientific inve tigation is claimed for two Italians, Marsili and Donati, who
about 1750 used an ordinary oyster dredge for obtaining specimens in shallow water.
During the nineteenth century the knowledge of marine fauna and flora made, as we
shall see, great advances by an extension of this method.

Tin; following account, as told by Boyle, of Sir John Hawkins observations, is interest-
ing as indicating the views regarding marine life at this period : —

' Were it not for the Moving of the Sea, by the. Force of Winds, Tides and Currents,
it would corrupt all the World. The Experience of which I saw Anno 1590, tying with a
Fleet about the Islands of Azores, almost Six Months, the greatest Part of the time we
were becalmed, with which all the Sea became so replenished with several sorts of Gellies
n. 1 Forms of Serpents, Adders and Snakes, as seem’d Wonderful ; some green, some
black, some yellow, some white, some of divers Colours, and many of them had Life, and
some there wer a Yard and a-half, and some two Yards long; which had I not seen, I
could hardly have believed; and hereof are witnesses all the Company of the Ships, which
were then present, so that hardly a Man could drawT a Bucket of Water clear of some
Corruption.” *

The first notable account of marine algae is Sir Hans Sloane’s in his Natural History
of Jamaica. His sea-weeds, however, especially the corallines and calcareous Siphoneae,
get mixed up with corals and zoophytes. Other pre-Linnaean botanists enumerate forms
similarly confused. Linnaeus made no considerable reformation in limiting the organisms
described as “Fuci.” “ Ulva,” “Spongia,” &c. ; and the earliest serious attempt to deal
with alga- is the Ilistoria Fucorum of Samuel Gottlieb Gmelin in 1768. This book
wa followed by Esper’s Abbildungen der Tange, or leones Fucorum (1797), and, most
impor: ant of all, Dawson Turner’s Fuci (1808-1819). However, so late as Lamouroux’s
Ih U) >•( dr.s Polypiers Coralligenes Jlexibles vulgairement nommes Zoophytes (1816),
v. e find the calcareous alga and zoophytes intermingled. With the gradual shedding
out of the zoophytes in the process of producing a natural classification — the work of
C Agardh, Greville, and others — the marine algae became finally a consolidated natural
group.

H. THE PROGRESS OF OCEANOGRAPHY FROM THE TIME OF COOK TO
THE CHALLENGER EXPEDITION.

V i* i rJ*n The jKjriod which opens with the voyages of James Cook, in the second half of the
eighteenth century, may be considered as the beginning of the scientific exploration of

J )tr» i. llutor .i iiAturalu de Piscibus et Cetis, Libri v., de Exanguibua aquaticie, Libri iv., Frnncf. 1649,
' • . • 1CS7 3 Boyle* Works, epitomised by Boulton, vol. i. p. 281, London, 1699.

\

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

69

the sea. The transit of Venus across the sun’s disk was to take place on June 3, 1769,
At the request of the Royal Society, the Government granted the “ Endeavour ” to convey
an astronomer to one of the islands of the Pacific Ocean. Cook, with Green, an astronomer
from the Royal Observatory, and Banks, the naturalist, started from Plymouth on August
26, 1768, and reached Tahiti on April 12 following. After the observations had been
taken during the transit, Cook completed the map of Tahiti (Otaheite), and within the
subsequent twelvemonth the navigator had explored with every hydrographic detail the
great archipelago of the Society Islands, surveyed the two islands of New Zealand, traced
the whole eastern coast-line of New Holland for a distance of more than 1600 miles, and
discovered Torres Strait, thus showing that Australia was an island.

The great discoveries of Cook, by demonstrating beyond doubt that neither New
Zealand nor New Holland formed part of an Austral continent, considerably discouraged the
view of the existence of any southern continent. The Royal Society, wishing to solve once
for all this important question, induced the Government to fit out a new expedition to the
South Seas. Cook set sail again with the “ Resolution ” and “ Adventure,” accompanied
by the naturalists Forster, father and son. In this voyage, commencing in 1772, Cook
circumnavigated the South Sea in its highest latitudes, and crossed it in such a manner
as to leave no room for the supposition of an Austral continent, unless at the pole.1 2

The great navigator in his last expedition, during which he was massacred by the
savages of the Sandwich Islands, worthily crowned his careen During that expedition he
surveyed and drew the general outlines of north-west America, from the point where
the Spanish explorations and those of Drake and Bering stopped, thus showing exactly the
region where the extremity of the American continent approaches the furthermost point
of Asia, and pointing out the real direction in which a passage from the Atlantic to the
Pacific was to be sought.

It has already been noted that Hipparchus thought Ceylon a part of a southern
continent, and that Ptolemy enclosed by his Southern Ethiopia the Indian Sea, which
thus became a mediterranean. In the sixteenth century, when the Ptolemaic geo-
graphical notions were revived, geographers thought they had discovered the southern
continent in New Guinea. At the time of Cook’s embarkation people still regarded New
Zealand as part of this great Austral land. Up to that time many learned men could
only conceive the equilibrium of the globe by supposing the existence of a polar continent
in the south to counterbalance the accumulation of land in the northern hemispheres

The observations of Cook are very numerous and remarkably precise ; they are a store-
house of data for geography, terrestrial physics, and the natural sciences. The most
important fact to be noticed, however, is that after these voyages of the famous English
explorer the chart of the Pacific, until then almost a blank, differed but little from that

1 See Rainaud, Le Continent Austral, Paris 1893, p. 437.

2 See Dalrymple, An Historical Collection of Voyages in the South Pacific, London, 1770

70

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Votaobs
SciUtgilNT TD

Cook

of the present day. and the same, may be said of the general superficial outlines of the
other oceans.

Among the more important marine Expeditions which added to our knowledge of the
ocean between the time of Cook and the Challenger Expedition may be mentioned 1 —
Th-' " Boussole ” (French), La Perouse(1785-l788) ; the “ Recherche” and “ L’Esperance ”
(French), D’Entrecasteaux, in search of La Perouse (1791-1793); the “Neva” (Russian),
Captain Krusenstcrn accompanied by Horner and Kotzebue (1803-1806); the “Rurik”
(Russian), Captain Kotzebue accompanied by Chamisso (1815-1818); the “ Coquille ”
(French), Captain Puperrey (1822); the “Jane” and “Beaufoy” (British), Captain
Wrddell (1822 1824); the “ Predprijatje ” (Russian), Captain Kotzebue accompanied
by Lcnz and Eschscholz (1823-1826) ; the “ Blossom ” (British), Captain Beechcy (1825-
1828) ; the “ Ssenjavin ” (Russian), Captain Liitke accompanied by Erman (1826-1828) ;
the polar voyages of Parry, John Ross, and Scorcsby (British, 1806-1827) ; the “Astrolabe”
(French), Captain Dumont d’Urville (1826-1829); the “Adventure” and “Beagle”
(British), Captain Fitzroy accompanied by Darwin (1831-1836) ; the “ Princess Louise ”
(German), Captain Wendt accompanied by Mcyen (1830-1832) ; the “Bonite” (French),
Captain Vaillant (1836); the “Venus” (French), Captain Dupetit-Thouars ( 1836—
1839); the “ Astrolabe” (French), Captain Dumont d’Urville, and the “Zel^e,” Captain
Ju<|uinot (1837-1840); the “Porpoise” (American), Captain Wilkes accompanied by
Dana (1839 1842); the “Erebus” and “Terror” (British), Captain Sir James Clark Ross
accompanied by Hooker (1839-1843); the “Sulphur” and “Samarang” (British),
Captain Belcher (1837-1846) ; the “Herald” (British), Captain Kellet (1845-1851) ; the
“Rattlesnake” (British), Captain Stanley and Lieutenant Dayman accompanied by
H ii \ ley (1846-1850) ; the “ Novara” (Austrian), Admiral von Wiillerstorf-Urbair (1857-
1860); the “ Bull-dog ” (British), Captain M‘Clintock accompanied by Wallich (1860).
(For s : i sequent Expeditions see page 101 et seq., and for tracks of voyages, see Plates
VIII. and IX.)

Cook left little to be done by his successors in regard to the discovery of new lands,
but ir the records of the splendid set of sea-voyages above enumerated, there arc
iiwxhau-tible materials dealing with the science of the earth and of man. Investigators
gradually directed their attention to the physical and biological conditions of the sea, and
to tV study of the causes of oceanic phenomena, so that all these voyages added much
to our knowledge of terrestrial physics, hydrography, zoology, and botany. We shall
now end vour to indicate the views held by navigators and scientific men on these
subject?, from the time of Cook down to the Challenger Expedition.

Buff m m hi Ilistoire Naturelle 2 distinguishes oceans, mediterraneans, and gulfs.
< nr* tho c seas surrounding continents, which occasionally penetrate into the land

* r • n. >re complete enumeration of the scientific cruises in the oceans and various seas, the reader is referred to
I >lAw»ki, Handbuch der Orcanographic, Bd. i. pp. 390-400, Stuttgart 1884.

I’utTun, !Ii«toire naturelle, gdi/rale et particulifcre, tom. ii. p. 101, Paris 1769.

Lord Mulgrave, ‘ ‘ Racehorse
John Ross, “ Isabella ” <L “ j
W. E. Parry, “ Htcla ” Ac “(

W. E. Parry, “ Fury” A- %i 1

W. E. Parry, “ Seda ” <(• “(

W. E Parry, “Hecla,” !l

John Ross, “ Victory,” li

Amuhtn '

VANCOUVl

SILouIm

•Jiarr^udaM

StTh^*

W«fcp;

J *abr\yra
Washuy/ tnrulT

KAOStaJTIHH 1

(rilbrrt p
UIW1 ITM

< rtilapago s I?

COWL CY 1664

tse*toim>« iair '»

^HOOCtVltH 1 72 ?

,f' . - WALLIS. CAATERIT

,/ Al(Kvtnuh'r J

Virion*

La PoVouse, “ lioussole,” 1785-1788.
D'Entrecasteaux, “ R&olution.” <fc •* Suit Hr,"
.D’Entrecasteaux, “ Recherche" A- “L’Etperaim,

Jam** Cook,

" FetOtirour,
** U‘crAtU>o»,
" H'trJulum.

ion

IJO

uo

mo

Pv*4j. "

Summary of Results Plate 8

MAP OF THE WORLD

showing the Principal

<rvo a 'T>'

Eeanz Josef X*L

COOK 1768 TO THE CHALLENGER EXPEDITION

Voyages from 1768 1833

(Zkh/Aak,

>Tom»h

IFOvjlqy*

i Sakhalin

utMfin
> ? Joiam/jxuo

faffaswdy '

KBl/SCNtTI?1
IBOS .

Delhi I

XOTZEBUl

/ IT/I /’,,■](

^faZdzveX? .

rMoaecmutdie

Gough,!.

Bellinghausen, " lFiMfoei” <£■
.Weddell, “/uw" «£ “ S' • /
F. W. Beechey,

Dumont d'Urville, “ AstrcJab

Mirny," lslMSSl
" 1S22-1S24.

1S25-1S4S.

' 1SS6-1S29.

I

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

71

masses by rather large openings, or by narrow passages thus forming inland seas or
mediterraneans ; gulfs, on the other hand, open widely towards the sea. These sub-
divisions were accepted by several hydrographers of his time.

The famous French hydrographer, C. F. Claret de Fleurieu,1 in 17G9, made, at the
request of the Academie des Sciences, a voyage for the trial of the chronometers of
Berthoud and Leroy. This voyage, and the one undertaken with the same object in
1771-1772 by Borda, de Verdun, and Pingre, are not only of importance from having
improved the methods of determining longitudes at sea, but also from the considerable Improvement in
improvement effected in the charts of the Atlantic Ocean and North Sea, which till then Methods of

r . , DETERMINING

were very imperfect. The construction of the quadrant by Hadley, of the sextant by Positions at Sea.
Doilond, the measurement of an arc of the meridian in South America, the appointment
of a board of longitude, the conception of the nautical almanac, and the formation of a
surveying branch of the naval service, all belong to the same period.

Fleurieu wrote the introduction to Marchand’s voyage,2 and drew up along with
Louis XVI. the instructions for La Perouse's voyage. The cruise of Marchand in
1791 along the north-west coast of America, though undertaken in a purely
commercial spirit, added a few new facts to the knowledge of the archipelagoes in the
Pacific Ocean, and materially improved the map of the Marquesas Islands ; but the
greatest interest of the narrative lies in Fleurieu’s introduction, containing his views on Nomenclature
hydrography. Fleurieu had two objects : — “ My first aim,” he says, “ has been to bring ^ ^ecuufu^
back hydrographic divisions of the seas to natural principles, and to reform the erroneous
qualifications and denominations given to them. My second object will be to rectify the
hydrographic nomenclature, and to give each portion of the sea-border, in both continents,
such names as are best suited to them.” The earth is considered by the French hydro-
grapher as formed of two continental masses and a universal sea. “ The Ocean is one,
it i3 infinite, its waters surround our planet from one pole to the other, and are equalised
over the whole surface of the ocean.” The two terrestrial continental masses advance
into the ocean so as to divide the latter into two vast regions of unequal surface : the
Atlantic Ocean between the western coasts of the Old World and the eastern coast of
America, and the second ocean considerably larger, extending between the west coast of
the New World and the east coast of the Old. He looks upon the Malay Archipelago
and the great Australian lands as the remains of a terrestrial mass, once united to
the south of Asia, which the mighty ocean ruptured. The Indian Ocean is included
in his Great Ocean. He recognises besides a frozen Arctic Sea and an Antarctic Sea
limited, as in most modern maps, by the polar circles. He placed the limits

1 Fleurieu, Voyage fait par ordre du Roi pour eprouver en mer ies horloges, Paris 1783.

2 Voyage autour du Monde par E. Marchand, precede par les observations sur la division hydrograpliiqu du globe,
et ebangements proposes dans la nomenclature generate et particuli&re de l’hydrographie, par Cl. Fleurieu, tom. iv. pp.
1-74, Paris l’an viii.

7*2

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

M altk Brin.

Balbi

Program or

Cartography.

between the Atlantic and the Great Ocean at the meridians of Cape Horn and the
Cape of Good Hope. He then subdivides the oceans by imaginary lines, making use of
the equinoctial circles : thus he distinguishes, between the north polar circle and the
northern equinox, a North Atlantic Ocean ; between the two equinoctial circles an
Equinoctial Atlantic Ocean ; and from the southern equinox to the south polar circle a
South Atlantic Ocean. He adopts similar subdivisions for the Pacific, where he has a
Great Boreal Ocean, a Great Equinoctial Ocean, and a Great Austral Ocean. He looks
upon the Indian Ocean as a large gulf. “How can one consider as a separate sea,” he
:usks. “ a gulf which measures at its opening more than 1500 marine leagues, an opening
almost equal to one-quarter of the earth’s circumference ? ”

Malte-Brun1 also divides the ocean into two basins : the “Great Oriental Austral
basin, occupying the greater part of the aquatic hemisphere of the globe,’ which com-
prises our South Polar Sea, the Pacific, and the Indian Ocean, communicating with the
“ Occidental basin ” at Cape Horn and the Cape ol Good Hope.

Adriano Balbi’s subdivision of the seas is very similar to Fleurieu s, but he names
four oceans : the Northern Ocean, the Southern Ocean, the Atlantic Ocean, and the
Great Ocean.* The Indian Ocean is but a portion of the last.

The nomenclature of the seas was finally settled, it is said, by a committee of the
Royal Geographical Society of London in 1845, 3 and is the one generally adopted at
present ; the only objections to which it has given rise refer to the artificial divisions
of the oceans in the southern hemisphere.

If the charts of the present day be compared with those in existence before Cook’s time,
the perfection attaint'd will easily be noticed. This important branch of oceanography
has been very greatly developed through the extension of geographical and geodetic
knowledge under the impulse of commerce and inter-oceanic relations. Nearly all regions
of the oce tn are accurately represented in our charts, even the polar regions so far as
explored being laid down with precision. Certain points are detailed with minute care ;
others rather less so. This is because the scientific element is not the only one at work.
Tlio-f parts of the coasts most frequented by traders are those most accurately surveyed.
Here, as ir many things, the immediate requirements of man are the main-spring, and
Bci< ntific investigation is but a secondary consideration.

It must be remembered that much precise knowledge has been attained during the
p i-t centuries as to the form and dimensions of the earth. Mercators projection has
been generally adopted, as also the meridian of Greenwich, New details have been

1 Malte-Bran, Pr cin ile la g/'Ographie, ed. 2, tom. ii. pp. 162-160, Paris, 1812.

* Balbi, Compcndio di Geographia Universale, ed. 2, Venezia, 1819.

’ No reference*, however, to the work or opinions of this committee are to be found in the publications of the
t t, i ” -r to Jim. 18: 1 3, when the proceedings of the committee were published at my suggestion (see Geogr. Journal,

vol. j. p &3\ 1893).

I

i

!

The "Voyage of RM S "Challenger"

IOO

uo

140

1BO

180

ISO

140

iao

IOO

80

60

.Weyprecht & Payer, “ Tegetthoff,"
John Franklin, “ Erebus” tfc “ Terror
M'Clure, “Investigator,” 1850-1854.
Collinson, “ Enterprise,” 1850-1354.
Kellet, “ Resolute, ) 1S52_i8o3.

M ‘Clintock, “ Intrepid,” l

M ‘Clintock, “Fox,” 1857-1859.

Koldewey, “ Germania, 1868.
Koldewey A He^oman,'1 Germania ” tO
.Hall, “Polaris," 1871-1873.
Weyprecht 4 Payer, “ Tegetthoff"

;i ARDS

05B IF

MCCHi

1859

Few Or

Hnlipj«n«

IhsJgrn

BlU’OC>5 ,

Biwoe, '* Tula” d: " Lively," 1830-1882.
PlUTOjr, '* fleagts/' 1831-1836.
Ilunwnl d'Urrllle, “ AsfrolaU ”

4- “ 1st Z*Uk," 1837-1840.

K. Belcher, “S ulphur," 1837-1842.

Hallenr 11 K>;a Scott" A' “ .Sabrina,” 1830.

Vlrteria

Porpoise,” etc., 1839-1842.
Erebus" <h “ Terror," 1830-
1 ScLnuiraitg," 1843-1846.

C. Wilkes,
J. C. Ross,
E. Belcher,

«y4tv’4.

Summary of Results Plate 9

40P0ENSK10LO
;86 8

Trsnz Josef L^_

lowing

from tlie time of

COOK I7G8 TO THE CHALLENGER EXPEDITION (876

"Voyages from 1830-1876

"I t

Jfik/jl/iy i.

\SoJthaJin,

JTj/javcQui

flu Curdic /

Pagoda
Herald,"
Wullerstorf-Urbair, “
Belknap, “ Ttixarom.

Gazelle,"

Moore.

Sekleinitz.

7t \

■«

Wafbas
PondUiB^riJ
laccadiye. If\ . \

CoZwj

\s Equator /~

¥.7Jn» 7»
^

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

73

introduced for determining position, and are based upon astronomical and geodetic
observations. The survey of coast-lines is no longer made by the aid of the compass, but
by accurate and really scientific methods. The meteorological element is introduced in
the graphical representation of the seas, hydrographic signs guide the seaman, reliable
soundings for every important point show the depth of water, the currents are indicated,
and any peculiarities relating to local tides are marked with precision. The bathymetrica]
charts of Maury and Delesse, the wind and current charts of the Hydrographic Office,
and the temperature charts of the Meteorological Office published previous to 1872, all
show great progress in these branches of knowledge. The latest cartographic elements
introduced are those relating to depth and the nature of the bottom, which were especially
investigated by the Challenger Expedition. The study of deep-sea deposits has been
brought about by the requirements of navigation and the more modern applications of
electricity, and now constitutes an important branch of oceanography. Since the
Challenger Expedition, charts show soundings and the nature of the bottom at all depths
in nearly every region of the ocean, the reliefs of the ocean basins being indicated with
much definiteness.

The first self-registering thermometer was made by Cavendish about 1 7 5 7,1 who sug- Deep-Sea
gested that it might be applied to ascertaining “ the temper of the sea at great depths.” Thermo^

It was applied for this purpose by Dr. Irvine, who accompanied Lord Mulgrave to the meters, — Caven-
Aretic in 1773 ; during this expedition one of the first attempts was made at deep-sea DI&H’ RVIN"
sounding, the deepest cast being 683 fathoms. Irvine seems also to have sent down a
water bottle of his own construction, the water brought up having a temperature of 40°

F., the surface being 55' F. De Saussure in 1780, by using padded and protected slow- De Saussure.
action thermometers, was able to ascertain correctly the temperature of the Mediterranean
at 300 and 600 fathoms.2 Six’s3 combined maximum and minimum thermometer was
invented in 1782, and was used by Krusenstern in 1803 and by Sir John Ross in 1818.

Du Petit Thouars in 1832, in the Atlantic and Pacific, and Martins and Bravais in 1839,
off Spitzbergen, made use of forms of protected thermometers in attempting to measure
the temperature of deep water. During Sir James Clark Ross’s Antarctic expedition Ross,
the temperature of the water was observed very frequently at all depths down
to 2000 fathoms, and its density at the surface and at various depths was determined
almost daily. These observations were very valuable at the time, as giving the first real
clue to the distribution of temperature at the bottom of the sea, but in this expedi-
tion, and in those of Wilkes and D’Urville, the thermometers were not properly protected

1 Phil. Trans., vol. 1. p. 308, 1757. Cavendish’s maximum thermometer is constructed on the same principle as
that known in France as Walferdin’s outflow thermometer : his minimum thermometer is on the same principle, but has
a U-formed stem instead of a straight one.

2 H. B. de Saussure, Voyages dans les Alpes, Neuchatel, 1796. In the agenda (tome iv.) he gives a scheme for
a complete study of the oceans ; many lines of work there suggested have since been carried out.

3 Phil. Trans., vol, lxxii. p. 72, 1782.

(summary oe results chall. exp. — 1894.)

10

74

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

First use or
1T*gt»ttkd Bulb.

Miller -Cabelca,
Negretti akd
Z am bra.

Views am to
Temperature of
Deep Sea asd
Oceaw Circula-
non.

against pressure, and consequently it came to be generally believed that in all open seas
the water below a certain depth maintained a uniform temperature of 39° F. right down
to the bottom. Ross lays special emphasis on the fact mentioned by earlier observers
that the temperature of the surface water falls rapidly as the depth of the sea diminishes ;
he cites one instance when in a single day the temperature at the surface fell from 70° F.
wher the depth was 400 fathoms, to 5 1 *5 where it was only 48 fathoms,1 a fact now
known to be of local, but not universal, occurrence, being apparently limited to
windward shores.

In 1843 Aimt introduced reversible outflow thermometers to ascertain the temperature
in deep water, but, although ingenious, they were not simple enough nor sufficiently
handy for ordinary observations. Maury about 1851 made some observations on the
temperature of the deeper waters of the sea.2 For this purpose he used cylinders made
if non-conducting material, discarding the ordinary thermometer with an index, as the
inch \ might move during the ascent, or in great depths the thermometer might be broken
by the pressure ; neither did Maury approve of Sexton’s metallic thermometer with silver
or platinum spiral, which was very expensive ; besides, he preferred simplicity in all
instruments intended for this branch of research. Commander Rodgers, of the U.S.S.
“Vim ennes,’ made a few interesting observations on deep-sea temperature in the Arctic
Ocean in 1855.

The first self-registering thermometer with bulb protected from pressure was made
u.-e of by Captain Pullen in 1857, on board H.M.S. “ Cyclops.” Shortly after this time
protected thermometers of the Six pattern (Miller-Casella),3 and Negretti and Zambra’s
protected inverting thermometers, were introduced and improved in various ways. These
thermometers were employed during the “ Porcupine ” and Challenger expeditions, and
are now universally used in deep-sea investigations with excellent results.

Pctoii, i French naturalist, who went round the world about 1805, and made many
t m, pera ture observations, held that the bottom of the sea was covered with eternal ice,
consequently life was there impossible. Sir James Clark Ross, as we have said, believed
the t mperature of the deeper water of the ocean to be 39° F., a belief shared by many
of his successors, apparently because it was thought that this was the temperature of
maximum density, as in fresh water, although Despretz and others had previously shown
that tie maximum density point of sea- water and of salt solutions might be below zero
('< ui i'jradc. Tin - view ;n to the temperature of deep water was supported by Leonardo
da Vinci, L< nz, Arago, and Humboldt, who maintained that circulation was produced in
t i cm in by the heated and lighter water of the equator flowing to the poles over the
f rf. - , while the colder and denser waters of the poles sank and flowed along the bed of

J. ( Kiw, A Voyage <»f Discovery and Research in the Southern and Antarctic Regions during the years 1839-43,
London, 1847.

1 >< > I/"-, Orui* of the Dolphin, W . hington 185 1 J See Thomson, Depths of the Sea, p. 289, London, 1874.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

75

the ocean. Franklin appears to have been the first to make a scientific exploration of
the Gulf Stream, by means of an extensive series of observations of the temperature of
the surface waters of the Atlantic ; he attributed the origin of the Gulf Stream to the
action of the trade winds.1

Bergman in 1779 and Marcet in 1822 recognised that the variations in the quantitative Composition of
and qualitative composition of sea-wrater from different regions of the ocean were exceed- ^bA“WA IKK
inglv slight. In 1818 Dr John Murray of Edinburgh published an extremely valuable John Murray.
research on the water of the Firth of Forth ;2 he showed that by treating portions of the
same sample of water in different ways, widely different quantities of the various salts
might be obtained, and that the only satisfactory method of proceeding was to determine
each base and each acid separately. The attempt to discover whether the composition of
sea- water differed at separate places was frequently made, but the conditions of observa-
tion were unsatisfactory. The samples could not be relied upon as properly collected or
preserved, and much uncertainty remained on the subject.

In 1865 a paper by Professor Forchhammer of Copenhagen, on the Composition of Forchhammer.
Ocean Water, was published in the Philosophical Transactions,3 recording the result of
twenty years of patient work, and its publication marks an era in the history of ocean
chemistry. Forchhammer worked under great disadvantages ; his samples of water
were brought home by seafaring men from different parts of the world in corked bottles,
and they were necessarily all taken from the surface or immediately beneath it. Forch-
hammer did not attempt to determine quantitatively all the elements that occur in sea-
water, but confined himself to the very accurate estimation of the principal components,
viz., chlorine, sulphuric acid, magnesia, lime, potash, and (by difference) soda. Although
his methods have since been improved on, all the analyses were models of care and
accuracy, and all his results have been confirmed and extended by Professor Dittmar’s
elaborate research, carried on under conditions immensely more favourable, on the
water samples carefully collected on board the Challenger. Forchhammer’s grand con-
clusion was that although the salinity of sea-water may and does vary within certain
limits, yet if samples be taken in all parts of the open sea, avoiding the vicinity of land
and the mouths of large rivers, the proportion of each constituent to the total salts wall
be found to be the same everywhere, the differences in surface water being merely
differences due to dilution and concentration.

In the works of Muller, Duperrey, Freycinet, Jacquinot, Peron, Quoy, Gaimard, First Investiga-
Lesson, Gaudichaud, Eydoux, Souleyet, Rcynaud, and Scoresby, are to be found many ^ p_g ^ C E K M M

interesting accounts of marine organisms found on the coast or in surface waters, which Organisms.

O O

1 Franklin, American Phil. Soc., vol. ii. pp. 315 et seq., Philadelphia, 1790 ; for further details on the Gulf Stream
see J. E. Pillsbury, “ The Gulf Stream and its Investigation,” Rep. U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey for 1890, App. 10,
p. 488, Washington, 1891.

2 Trans. Roy. Soc. Edin., vol. viii. p. 205, 1818.

sPhil Trans., vol. civ., p. 203, 1S65.

76

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER

ho\' an increasing knowledge of marine zoology. Up to the end of last century the
little that was known about the inhabitants of the lower zones of the sea seems
to have been derived from a few specimens collected on the shore after tempests,
«>r to captures made by chance on sounding or fishing lines, or brought up by
di *dg. - and nets while fishing for oysters and mussels. In 1799, Otto Friedrich
Muller introduced the naturalist’s dredge, a modification of that used by Marsili and
Donati in 1750,1 for investigating the fauna of the bottom of the sea.2

Si lou* i; -- Sir John Ross, in his voyage to Baffin’s Bay3 in 1817-1818, mentions four deep-sea

soundings which may be considered historical. The first sounding was made 2 miles
from the coast to a depth of 2700 feet, and brought up gravel and two small living
Crustaceans (Gammarus) ; the second, in 3900 feet of water and 18 miles from the
coast, brought up pebbles and brown clay with Serpulse , Corallines, and Crustaceans ; the
third, in 6000 feet and 6 miles from the coast, brought up black mud with a few worms ;
ii.d in the fourth sounding, in 6300 feet, he obtained a starfish attached to the line below
the depth of 2400 feet. Not only are these results worthy of attention, but also the
method < mployed in obtaining them. Ross used an apparatus of his own invention,
manufactured by the blacksmith on board his vessel, which he called a “deep-sea clamm.”4
By m nns of this ingenious instrument he succeeded not only in taking deep soundings,
hut In brought up a much larger quantity of the deposit from the bottom of the sea than
he could have done with the sounding lead; thus in Baffin’s Bay, lat. 72 23' N., long.
73' 07' \V., 1 brought up from a depth of 1050 fathoms several pounds of greenish mud.5

These observations of Ross opened a new era in submarine soundings, and proved for
the first time that organisms existed at great depths. The truth was not recognised at
once, and the observations of the celebrated navigator had not at that time sufficient
influence to overcome the opinion generally current that the sea was uninhabited at
depths approaching 1000 fathoms ; this was the first example of animals brought up from
such depths. Dr. Carpenter has given the most precise details on this point, received
from General Sir Edward Sabine, who was a member of Sir John Ross’ expedition: —
“ The ship sounded in 1000 fathoms, mud, between 1 and 2 miles off shore (lat. 73° 37' N.,
long. 75 25' W.) , a magnificent Aslerias caput-medusa ?, was entangled by the line and
brought up with very little damage. The mud was soft and greenish, and contained
K|>< cimens of Lumbricus tubicola. So far my written journal, but I can add, from a very
distinct recollection, that the heavy deep-sea weight had sunk, drawing the line with it,
-< > rml feet into the very soft greenish mud, which still adhered to the line when brought

1 See unit, page 68.

* < Narr. I'!. all. Exp., vol. j. p. xxxv. ; and Thomson, Depths of the Sea, p. 237, London, 1874.

’ Row>, A Voy%;<! of Discovery for the Purpose of Exploring Baffin’s Bay, vol. i. p. 178, and App., p. lxxxv., London,
1819.

* Yi.v i of Discovery n Hi* Majesty - Ships “ Isabella” and “Alexander,” App. p. cxxxv., London, 1819.

* See Wallich, North Atlantic Sea bed, pp. 78, 79, London, 1862.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

77

to the surface of the water. The starfish had been entangled in the line so little above
the mud, that fragments of its arms, which had been broken off in the ascent of the
line, wTere picked out from amongst the mud.”1

In 1826 Henry Milne-Edwards and Audouin made zoological expeditions along the Milne-Edwards,
French coasts, afterwards continued on the Sicilian coasts with de Quatrefages ; in Lotke> Darwin.
1828 the Russian Liitke explored the archipelago of the Caroline Islands, and from
1831 to 1836 the observations of Fitzroy and Darwin wrere conducted during the voyage
of the “Beagle.” These expeditions awakened much interest in marine zoology, and
gave an impetus to many scientific questions connected with oceanography.

In 1836 Ehrenberg produced his first works. His name will ever remain inseparably Ehrehberg’s
connected with the discoveries relating to the microscopic organisms of the sea. It would Studies^1 °
be impossible to enumerate here the numerous memoirs and important publications of this
mierographer, who devoted his whole life, with extraordinary activity, to the study of
microscopic organisms, of atmospheric dust, of material brought up from deep sound-
ings, and of numerous questions appertaining to the sea. One salient point may be
dwelt on, viz., the connection he established between certain classes of living microscopic
organisms and the part they played in geological times. As early as 1836 he showed
that the siliceous strata known as “ Tripoli,” found in various parts of the globe, especi-
ally at Bilin in Bohemia, were but an accumulation of the skeletons of Diatoms', Sponges,
and Radiolaria ; he pointed out the presence of Diatoms in the subsoil of Berlin. In
1839 his observations at Cuxhaven revealed the presence of living Diatoms and Radio-
larians on the surface of the Baltic, belonging to the same species as those found fossil in
the Tertiary deposits of Sicily and Oran. He showed, moreover, that in the Diatom
layers of Bilin the siliceous deposit had, under the influence of infiltrated water, been
transformed into compact opaline masses. Starting from these facts, he concluded that
rocks similar to those which play so important a part in the terrestrial crust are still
being formed on the bottom of the sea by minute organisms. He recognised the association
of greensand and Globigerina limestone. His observations exercised a great influence on
the study of micro-organisms, whose role in nature is in an inverse ratio to their size.

The United States sent out their first purely scientific expedition in 1839 under the Wilkes’
command of Captain Wilkes. This expedition returned in 1842; its work was chiefly XPED1TI0N*
geographical and astronomical, but during the first year a few dredgings were made
in shallow water, and a number of deep soundings were obtained at intervals during the
voyage. The sounding line employed was a copper wire, a great improvement on
previous methods. The great American naturalist Dana, who accompanied this ex-
pedition, added much to our knowledge of several groups of shallow-water and pelagic
animals, and the geology and mineralogy of many oceanic islands.

1 See Carpenter, Proc. Roy. Soc., vol. xvii. p. 177, 1868.

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Sir James Clark
Rosa' Antarctic
Expedition.

Introduction op

Time Intervals
in Sounding,

Row’ Dredgings
in Deep Water.

7*

A Brit i- t Antarctic Expedition under Sir James Clark Ross sailed in the “Erebus”
and “ T rror in I§39, and returned safely in 1843. Like Sir John Ross in the Arctic
vo) ires, his nephew was determined to make the most of his opportunities in all direc-
tion.'. md was seconded in his efforts by the able co-operation of Dr., afterwards Sir,
Joseph D. Hooker, who aeccompanied the expedition as assistant surgeon. Without
n< '_d< uiug his main purpose — the exploration of the ice-bound coasts of the southern
hemisph* ix and the search for the South Magnetic Pole — he carried on astronomical,
physical, and zoological work, and achieved important results.

A number of unsuccessful attempts were made to ascertain the depth of the water in
mid-ocean, the failure being due to the want of a proper line. Sir James Ross accord-
ingly had one made on board, 3600 fathoms long, fitted here and there with swivels to
pi vent it unlaying in its descent, and made strong enough to support a weight of 76 lbs.
On the 3rd January 1840, when in lat. 27° 26' S. and long. 17° 29' W., the first
abysmal sounding was satisfactorily taken with the new line, the depth marked being
2425 1 fathoms. Sounding in such great depths could only be attempted in dead calm
weather, and the line was allowed to run out from an enormous reel in one of the ship’s
boats, the time each 100 fathom mark left the reel being noted in the usual way. On the
3rd March 1840, a sounding of 2677 fathoms was taken in lat. 33° 21' S. and long. 9°
E., 450 miles west of the Cape of Good Hope. Water of equal depth was frequently
sounded during the cruise, and on two occasions at least no bottom could be found with
over 4000 fathoms of line.

The dredgings which were taken occasionally turned out to be one of the most
valuable parts of the scientific work of the expedition. On the 21st April 1840, a
haul of the dredge was taken in 95 fathoms of water, and it came up full of coral. On
the 18th January 1841, when in lat. 72° 57' S. and long. 176° 6' E., a Crustacean
[Xymphon cjracilc ) was found attached to the lead, after a sounding in 20 fathoms.
Next day, when the depth was 270 fathoms, a dredge was put over, and when hauled up
was found to be nearly full ; it contained a block of granite, a number of small stones,
some beautiful specimens of living corals, and, to quote Captain Ross’s own words : —
“ Corallines, Flustrae, and a variety of marine invertebrate animals, also came up in
the net, showing an abundance and great variety of animal life. Amongst them I
detected two species of Pycnogonum , Idotea baffini, hitherto considered peculiar to the
Arctic Seas, a Chiton, seven or eight bivalves and univalves, an unknown species of
f ia mmarus, and two kinds of Serpula adhering to the pebbles and shells.”” On 20th
January 1841, the deep-sea clamm brought up stiff green mud containing corals and
fra jm-nts of starfish from a depth of 320 fathoms. Two days later the dredge was kept
out for vend hours in 300 fathoms, and its contents included “many animals, some

1 AnUrrtic Voyage, vol. i. p. 46.

1 Ibid., p. 203.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

79

Corallines, and a quantity of sand, mud, and small stones.” 1 Ross’s deepest dredging
was made at 10 a.m. on the 11th August 1841, in lat. 33” 32' S., long. 167° 40' E., when
the dredge was let go in 400 fathoms ; after being dragged along the ground for half an
hour, it was hauled on deck, and found to contain “ some beautiful specimens of Coral,

Corallines, Flustrse, and a few Crustaceous animals.” The reflections of the accomplished
leader of the expedition are extremely significant, but so completely had Ross’s researches
faded from memory, that twenty years after they were made, the fact of living creatures
being found under 400 fathoms of water was hailed as a great discovery. Yet Ross,
referring to his dredgings in 1841, says: — “ It was interesting amongst these creatures
to recognise several that I had been in the habit of taking in equally high northern
latitudes ; and, although contrary to the general belief of naturalists, I have no doubt
that from however great a depth we may be able to bring up the mud and stones of the
bed of the ocean, we shall find them teeming with animal life ; the extreme pressure at
the greatest depth does not appear to affect these creatures ; hitherto we have not been
able to determine this point beyond a thousand fathoms, but from that depth several shell-
fish have been brought up with the mud.” 2

From the fact that the same species were to be found towards both poles, and that Migration of
these animals are very sensitive to a change of temperature, he suggested that it would ppo^oNifpr^-i3
be possible for them to pass from one frigid zone to another, provided the temperature of Region to the
the intervening sea bottom had a range not exceeding 5° F. Ross’s observations con- 01HER ,UOGrE '?A>‘
firmed his idea that the temperature at the bottom of the open sea was uniform in all
latitudes, and subsequent investigations prove this, generally speaking, to be correct.

Sir James Ross was an indefatigable zoological collector, but it is to be regretted
that the large collections of deep-sea animals, which he retained in his own possession
after the return of the expedition, were found to be totally destroyed at the time of his
death. Had they been carefully described during the cruise or on the return of the
expedition to England, the gain to science would have been immense, for not only
would many new species and genera have been discovered, but the facts would have been
recorded in journals usually consulted by zoologists, instead of being lost sight of as
was the case. A large number of zoological drawings made by Hooker during the
Antarctic cruise were recently handed to the various naturalists engaged in -working up
the Challenger collections, and show that some of the Challenger discoveries had been
anticipated by Ross.

Humboldt addressed a letter to Lord Minto, First Lord of the Admiralty, with

1 Antarctic Voyage, p. 207.

2 Ibid., vol. i. pp. 202, 203. The organisms dredged from 2400 feet by J. C. Ross were examined by Stokes and

Forbes, who found small corals, fragments of shells, two articulations of a small fossil (?) Pentacrinites, a spine of Cidaris,
fragments of Echinus, a small broken Cerithium, a fragment of Gleodora, and a few rock fragments Besides these
organic remains Foraminifera were very plentiful belonging to the genera Textularia, Nodosaria, &c. (see Wallich
op. c it., pp. 80, 81).

80

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Hooker's
Observations on
Antarctic
Diatoms.

The Horizontal
and Vertical
Distribution or
Organisms

INITIATED.

reference to Sir J C. Ross’s Antarctic Expedition, calling attention to the importance of
observing the microscopic organisms, which Ehrenberg had shown played so important a
riMe in the constitution of terrestrial strata. Hooker first made known some of the
results of Ross’s deep-sea dredgings and investigations in 1 845, 1 and fuller details were given
by Ross himself in the account of the voyage published in 1847. Hooker observed2 that
the w iter and ice of the Antarctic regions swarmed with Diatoms to such an extent that they
.jure the water a brown tint. Between lat. 50° and 70° S. prodigious quantities of them
were found, and in lat. 80" S. all the surface ice, the sides of the icebergs, and the base of
the great Victoria Barrier within the reach of the waves, were coloured brown by these
organisms. He observes that the siliceous skeletons must, after the death of the
organisms, form siliceous deposits of considerable extent around all coasts bordered with
ice, at depths between 80 and 400 fathoms. Opposite Victoria Barrier the bottom was
covered with a white or greenish mud, consisting principally of Diatom frustules. In
very deep water, opposite Victoria and Graham’s Land, the mud was very pure and fine
grained, but in shallow water, near the coast, it was mixed with sandy and gravelty
parti' les. Hooker considered that these microscopic plants were intended to maintain in
the south Polar regions the balance between the animal and vegetable kingdoms, and also
,o purify the vitiated atmosphere, performing in Antarctic latitudes the part of plants
in other regions. He states that Diatoms exist in every latitude from Spitzbergeu to
Victoria 1 -and, Iceland, Great Britain, the Mediterranean, North and South America, and
the islands of the South Sea, and that the frustules of species living in the Antarctic have
'•ontnbuted to the formation of various strata during geological periods. He estimates
h i the deposit formed principally of Diatom frustules extends continuously for more
than 400 miles off Victoria Land, at depths of about 300 fathoms. The existence of
r main- of Diatoms, including a few Antarctic species, in volcanic ashes, pumice, and
scoria;, led him to suppose that organic substances covering the bases of active volcanoes,
like M->unt Lrebus and Vesuvius, might be ejected from the craters along with volcanic
products.

The researches of Ross and even those of Ehrenberg cannot be said to have established
any important generalisation. The advantages to be derived from a knowledge of the
horizontal and vertical distribution of the organisms living under the waters of the sea
at greater or Ess distances from the shore do not appear to have been at first understood.
However, as fur back as 1838, H. T. de la Beche inserted, in his Recherches sur le partie
theorique de la geologic, a map by Brodrip indicating the localities and the depths at
which living specimens of shellfish had been found in the sea and at the mouths
of rivers.

Ri.s o, whose observations were made in the Gulf of Genoa, was the first to distinguish

1 Ann. awl May. Nat. Hint., ner. i., vol. xvi. p. 238, 1845.

* lirxi Au. Report for 1847, Tram, of Section*, j>. 83 ; see also Flora Antarctica, London, 1847.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

81

a bathybial fish-fauna, assigning to it certain fishes and stating the depths at which they Observations on

habitually live.1 B. T. Lowe paid special attention to the wonderful variety of the fishes ‘Del‘ j ,uhes'

of the sea surrounding Madeira. His History of the Fishes of Madeira appeared in five

parts at irregular intervals between the years 1843 and 1860, and he gives precise

depths at wThich many fishes occur. The discovery that some fishes live at an early

period of their existence at or near the surface, and at a later stage descend into the

depths of the ocean, is due to Lowe. J. Y. Johnson, between the years 1862 and 1866,

made some most interesting additions to ichthyology ; he discovered important bathybial

types, but treated them like any other rare surface fishes, without taking note of their

pertinence to a distinct fauna.2 Between 1860 and 1870 Gunther published several

papers on deep-sea fish, and formed the idea of a special adaptation of the ichthyic type

to bathybial life.

Early in the present century naturalists turned their attention to the study of the
geographical distribution of marine animals, and some detailed researches appeared on the
subject. Edward Gray studied the Molluscs in fresh, brackish, and salt waters, and
pointed out the species having representatives in all the three areas. Valenciennes showed
that not one fish was common to both the Eed Sea and the Mediterranean. But it is
only since the observations made in 1840 by Edward Forbes in the AEgean Sea that
these studies have acquired a real importance, on account of the methodical manner in
which they were conducted and followed up.

The great importance of dredging as a means of zoological research was recognised in British

• ••••• • • Association

1839 by the British Association, which appointed a committee “for researches with the dredgino
dredge, with a view to the investigation of the marine zoology of Great Britain, the Committee.
illustration of the geographical distribution of marine animals, and the more accurate
determination of the fossils of the Pliocene period, under the superintendence of Mr.

Gray, Mr. Forbes, Mr. Goodsir, Mr. Patterson, Mr. Thompson of Belfast, Mr. Ball of
Dublin, Dr. George Johnston, Mr. Smith of Jordan Hill, and Mr. A. Strickland.” 3 From
the number of eminent men on this committee valuable reports were looked for, and not
in vain. One alone, Professor Edward Forbes, did more than any of his contemporaries
to advance marine zoology. “ Edward Forbes,” says Thomson, “ was the ruling spirit of
this committee, and under the genial influence of his contagious enthusiasm great progress
was made during the next decade in the knowledge of the fauna of the British seas.” 4

Forbes conducted long and patient investigations into the bathymetrical distribution Edward Forbes’
of life in various seas, and by the fascination of his literary style he invested his reports pjEEp yrATER

1 Histoire naturelle des principals productions de l’Europe meridionale, tom. iii., Paris, 1826. Basso states that
Alepocephalus lives at 350 fathoms, Trachyrhynchus and Macrurus at 250 or 300 fathoms, Uraleptus at 170 fathoms,
and Gadus at 150 fathoms.

2 See Gainther, Zool. Chall. Exp., part lvii. p. xx., 1887

3 Brit. Ass. Reports for 1839, p. xxvi. ; Memoir of Edward Forbes, by Wilson and Geikie, p. 246, 1861.

4 Thomson, The Depths of the Sea, p. 265, London, 1874.

(summary of results chall. exp. — 1894.) 11

82

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

VmncAL
Dimujirnod or
Maiu*

Gbolooical
PnnoKiN A-

with an interest that carried the knowledge of his work far beyond the limits usually set
to the labours of specialists. Forbes’ ideas on many points are no longer entertained ;
had he lived longer he himself would doubtless have been the first to discover and pro-
claim the error of many of them. “ To Forbes is due the credit of having been the first
to treat these questions in a broad philosophical sense, and to point out that the only
means of acquiring a true knowledge of the rationale of the distribution of our present
fauna is to make ourselves acquainted with its history, to connect the present with the
past. This is the direction which must be taken by future inquiry. Forbes, as a pioneer
in this line of research, was scarcely in a position to appreciate the full value of his work.
Every year adds enormously to our stock of data, and every new fact indicates more
clearly the brilliant results which are to be obtained by following his methods, and by
emulating his enthusiasm and his indefatigable industry.”1

Before Forbes’ time the bathymetrical distribution of marine animals had been inves-
tigated to a certain extent, but the works of Audouin and Milne-Edwards (1830), Sars
(1835), and Oersted (1844), applied only to the more superficial waters of the sea.

In 1840 Forbes joined as naturalist the surveying ship “Beacon” while in the
Mediterranean, and for eighteen months he studied the iEgean Sea and its shores, taking
more than one hundred dredgings at different depths down to 130 fathoms. In 1843 he
read to the British Association at Cork his Report on the Molluscs and Echinoderms of
the iEgean Sea, and their distribution as connected with geology,2 and in 1844 Forbes
published his memoir On the Light thrown on Geology by Submarine Researches.3
He maintains that the dredgings show the existence of distinct regions at successive
dej ths, having each a special association of species. He remarks that the species found
at th- greatest depths are also found on the coasts of England, and he concludes, therefore,
that such species have a wider geographical distribution.4 Forbes divided the area
occupied by marine animals into eight zones of depth, in which animal life gradually
diminished with increase of depth, until a zero was reached at about 300 fathoms. He
showed that in Cretaceous and Tertiary layers similar zones maybe distinguished, and that
depth must have been in former times, as it is now, one of the factors in the distribution
of marine organisms. He found fewer species in the deep zones than in the shallow ones,
and supposes that plants, like animals, disappeared at a certain depth, the zero of vege-
table life l>ciijg at a less depth than that of animal life. Forbes concluded that, as nearly
il ! marine basins are over 300 fathoms in depth, most of the sedimentary beds must be
devoid of organic remains, and the absence of organisms in some strata convinced him that
they had been formed at great depths, or deposited prior to the existence of organisms.
He observed that the number of organisms found in colder regions increased with

' Thomwirj, The Depth* of the Sea, p. 6, Loudon, 1874.

* BrU. Am. Report for 1843, p. 130. * Edintmrgh, Neva Phil. Journ., vol. xxxvi. p. 318.

4 Ti. • general i ition, though correct for certain areas, cannot be applied to the great oceans ; it is applicable only
to a part of the Mediterranean.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

83

the depth of water, and in the deeper zones of warm latitudes species are noticed
which are inhabitants of the littoral zones of the highest latitudes. Forbes also showed
that all sea-bottoms are not equally fit for the development of life, for in all the zones he
found areas less peopled than others, these barren areas being mostly formed of sand,
and inhabited only by creatures whose remains were not likely to be met with in a fossil
condition. Thus might be explained the rarity of fossils in certain sandy beds. On the other
hand, beds or banks of marine animals are of definite thickness, each species being best
developed at a certain depth. A species may die out through the accumulations produced
by its own organic remains reaching a height at which the animal cannot exist ; other
species may then come and settle on the top, but were the bottom of the sea to sink the
first species might return, and in the space intervening between such dying out and
return sand and ooze might have been deposited. This might explain, in certain cases,
the alternation of layers with and without fossils, and these facts show how a change in
the level may exert a great influence on the structure of the layers.

The general conclusion arrived at by Forbes, and shared by Loven, may be expressed Forbes and
thus : — The greater the number of bathymetrical zones in which a species exists in the same ^ricalNDi&-1
region, that is, the more frequently it is found at varying depths along the same coast, teibution.
the wider the area over which it will be found to exist. This proposition was a necessary
consequence of the conclusion arrived at in 1842 by de Yerneuil and d’Archiac from their
study of transition beds ; they say — £‘ If we consider the development of organisms in
those ancient periods, horizontally, geographically, or in space, it will be seen that those
species found at a great many spots and in countries lying far apart, are almost invariably
those which lived during the formation of several successive systems.” 1 This quotation
shows that the mode of distribution of marine Mollusca, both vertically and horizontally,
had been recognised from the study of the fossil fauna of the globe.

In 1 846 Forbes published an important work on the connections between the present flora
and fauna of the British Isles, and the changes which have modified the extent of ground
occupied by them in former times, particularly during the glacial period.2 These labours
had considerable influence on geological studies. The facts as then understood indicated
that the greater number of marine animals, especially Polyps, Echinoclerms, and Mollusca,
live or are best developed at a certain depth, and led to the following conclusions : —

Supposing a marine basin on which sedimentary layers are deposited ; in the centre the
layers are perhaps thousands of feet below the surface, while near the shore, the bottom
gradually rising, the layers will be found nearer and nearer the surface. Under these cir-
cumstances it was thought impossible that the same species of animals should be found
in equal numbers over the whole extent of the layers ; it was naturally supposed that
animal life would disappear in the layers formed in the centre of the basin, or that different

1 Bull. Soc. ge'ol. France, ser. i. tom. xiii. p. 260, 1842.

2 Mem. Geol. Survey, vol. i. p. 336, 1S46.

84

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

The Fakoi
Channel.

Zkko or Lire in
tii« Ocean.

spcoies would Ik; found there. These rational conclusions received some support from
Fori -os’ brilliant researches, and have been partially confirmed by recent investigations.1

Forbes’ name is inseparably associated with the bathymetrical distribution of marine
life, and his clearly-defined zones — the Littoral, Lamiuarian, Coralline, and the Region
of the Deep-Sea Corals — enormously facilitated the work of descriptive naturalists.
The region of deep-sea corals extended from 50 fathoms to an unknown depth, and
Forbes points out that vegetable life is entirely absent from it, and “ as we descend
deeper and deeper in this region, the inhabitants become more and more modified,
and fewer and fewer, indicating our approach towards an abyss where life is either
extinguished, or exhibits but a few sparks to mark its lingering presence. Its confines
are yet undetermined, and it is in the exploration of this vast deep-sea region that
the finest field for submarine discovery yet remains.” 2 * * * * *

In his Report8 to the British Association in 1850, Forbes says : “ A more difficult task,
and one which can be hardly hoped for fulfilment without the help of a steam vessel and
continued calm weather, is the dredging of the deeps off the Hebrides in the open ocean.

Much of the deep sea area around the Zetlands is sure to reward the explorer

And lastly, though I fear the consummation, however devoutly wished for, is not likely
soon to be effected, a series of dredgings between the Zetland and Faroe Isles, where the
greatest depth is under 700 fathoms, would throw more light on the natural history of
th< North Vtlantic, and on marine zoology generally, than any investigation that has yet
been undertaken.” He saw with a prophetic eye that field of exploration which, twenty
years later, became the scene of the investigations of Carpenter, Thomson, and Gwyn
Jeffreys, and still more recently of Murray and Tizard.

Th disciples of great men tend to assert dogmatically what their master suggested
hypothetically, and it was so with the followers of Edward Forbes. They viewed the
life-zero, not as a probability, but as a certainty, building their belief more on the & priori
absurdity of creatures being able to live in the absence of light and air, and under the
great pn-ssurt which must prevail in the depths of the sea, than on any direct evidence.
The impulse had now been fairly given to the study of the marine zoology of the deep

1 Wilhelm Fuchs (Die Venetianer Alpen, p. 43, 1844) remarked that fossils had been looked upon as repre-

senting the organic forms of geological periods, but he could not accept that view as correct, for it was not at all
1 m i - «ible that, a. on the earth certain organisms live at various heights above the sea, so in the ocean animals and
plants might live at different levels ; each species is not so much the representative of the period as of the level at

whi'-h the layer wa deposited. When the layers approached the surface the creatures which could live only at great
depth- d -app ired, but continued to live in the deeper parts of the basin. Were any rapid and considerable action
(a« that of an earthquake) to affect the Wtom of the sea, there might be found abnormal mixtures of organisms ; thus
h* explain* the mixture of fo-ils ui the Alpine sediments. It will be seen from this that the facts observed by

Forbes were destined to give a considerable impulse to marine investigation.

Natural History of European Seas, p. 26; this classification was given as early as 1839 (see Memoir of

Edward Forbes, p. 266).

1 rt on the Investigation of British Marine Zoology by means of the Dredge, Part I., (Brit. A»s. Rejiort for

1850, pp. 192-203)

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

85

sea ; the Natural History Societies of Northumberland, Durham, and Dublin vied with
each other in their ardour to promote fresh discoveries, and the knowledge of the marine
fauna soon made great progress.

The researches made in 1844 by Professor Loven are directly connected with those Love’s Re~
of Forbes. In his Report to the British Association on the bathymetrical distribution of
submarine life on the northern shores of Scandinavia, he says : “ The region of the deep-
sea coral is with us characterized in the south by Oculinci ramea and Terebratula, and in
the north by Astrophyton, Cidaris, Spatangus purpureus of an immense size, all living,
besides Gorgonise and the gigantic Alcyonium arboreum, which continues as far down as
any fisherman’s line can be sunk. As to the point where animal life ceases, it must be
somewhere, but with us it is unknown.”1 Loven established the constancy of the
laminarian zone, but in the regions he explored he found that the deep zones could no
longer be compared with those in other areas, as they varied according to latitude, nature
of the bottom, &c. He mentions a very interesting fact, viz., that the species found
between Gdttenburg and Norway at a depth of 80 fathoms live on the coast of Finmark
at a depth cf 20 fathoms only, thus showing the direct influence of temperature on the
bathymetrical distribution of marine organisms.

When Sir John Franklin s ill-fated Polar expedition set out in 1845, Mr. Harry Franklin’s
Goodsir, a young zoologist of great promise, sailed on board the “ Erebus ” as assistant
surgeon and naturalist. The expedition never returned, and only fragmentary records are
preserved of the valuable work which Goodsir had already accomplished. “ On the 28th
June a dredge was sunk to the enormous depth of 300 fathoms, and produced many
highly interesting species of Mollusca, Crustacea, Asteriadse, Spatangi, and Coralline? ;
such as Fusus, Turritella , Venus, Dentalium, &e., and also some large forms of Isopoda.

As bearing upon the geographical distribution of species, Mr. Goodsir considers the
occurrence of Brissus lyrifer (Forbes) and Alauna rostrata (Goodsir) as of the greatest
interest, both of them being natives of the Scottish seas. The remarkable depth also
appears to us to give peculiar interest to these researches, as we believe that the
deepest dredgings ever previously obtained were those of Professor E. Forbes in the
Levant, the deepest of which was 230 fathoms, itself far beyond any made by other
naturalists.” 2

In 1845 Professor W. C. Williamson described some Foraminifera, Diatoms, and Observations
Sponge spicules from some Mediterranean muds, and, in discussing the origin °f
limestone strata in shallow and deep waters, he suggests that the whole of the Williamson.
calcareous organisms may be removed by carbonated waters.

In 1846 Captain Spratt, R.N., dredged in 310 fathoms, 40 miles to the east of Malta, Spratt.

1 Brit. Ass. Report for 1 854, Trans, of Sections, p. 50.

8 Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. i., vol. xvi. p. 164, 1845. Sir John Ross in the Arctic in 1818, and Sir J. C. Ross
in the Antarctic, had, however, dredged in depths greater than 400 fathoms (see ante, pp. 76 and 78).

86

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Michael Saks.

Mac An drew s
Observations.

Woodward.

>rii ring up eight species of Mollusca, including Pleurotoma maritima, a species be-
lonuing to the cor.dline crag, which was supposed to be extinct. They were examined
b\ Gw vn Jell revs, who found them to be identical with species dredged subsequently at
considerable depths in the North Atlantic by the “ Porcupine.” Spratt was of opinion that
life existed at much greater depths, though the general character of the AEgean Sea tended
t l.mit the depth to 300 fathoms.1 In his survey of the Mediterranean between Malta
ind Crete, he afterwards procured fragments of shells, &c., from a depth of 1620 fathoms.2
Like Loven, Spratt proved that temperature influenced the distribution of marine
organisms. He found in the six upper zones of Forbes summer temperatures of 30°,
23°, 20°, 16°G, and 13°'3 C.; thus it might be said that different depths corresponded to
different latitudes.

Before 1850 the attention of the Norwegian naturalist, Michael Sars, had been
dire ted to the bathymetrical distribution of life on his native coasts, and he published
ih that vear a list of nineteen species which lived at depths greater than 300 fathoms.
His son, G. O. Sars, afterwards assisted him in the work of deep-water dredging, and the
result was, in 1864, a list of ninety-two species, which lived between the depths of 200
and 300 fathoms. A few years later these untiring investigators found abundance of
life at the bottom under 450 fathoms of water.

In his Report to the British Association on the marine testaceous Mollusca of the
north-ea-t Atlantic and neighbouring seas,8 MacAndrew refers to the distribution of
Mollusca along the coasts of Europe and Africa from the North Cape to the Canary
I d nd.s, showing of what the fauna consists over this extent of ground, how it becomes
modified towards the south, and pointing out the species found also on the coasts of North
America. He gives a table of 750 species obtained in his dredgings, which extended over
13 degrees of latitude, showing the horizontal and vertical distribution of each, the locality
of t. ir greatest development, the nature of the bottom, &c. A second table shows the
g.-..graphii\d distribution of these species, among which are recorded 275 Acephalse, 14
Pteropod i, and 460 Gasteropoda. He asserts that the Acephalae have a greater batliy-
raetrieal and horizontal extension than the Gasteropoda, several species being found at
ill depths down to 100 fathoms and even more. As a general rule, the deeper species
ip ;u. Her, th ir colours less bright, and the test less robust than the shallower species.
M;.' A ud row s work proves that the exact distribution of marine Mollusca into provinces
or faumc is far from being so precise as was at one time imagined.

In his well-known book, Manual of the Mollusca (1851-56), S. P. Woodward gives
mu - li inN renting information on the distribution of the Mollusca, valuable alike to the
paleontologist and zoologist.

The influence of the work carried out by the United States Coast Survey on oceano-

A -« IU-pori for 1848, Tran*, of Sections, p. 81. * Spratt, Travels and Researches in Crete, voL ii. p. 329.

’ hrii At*. Report for 1858, pp. 101-168.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

87

graphical researches was soon felt. When appointed Director in 1844, Professor A. D. Deep-Sea
Bache gave orders for the collection and preservation of the samples brought up by |[gR^r°”HE
the sounding machine while the officers were making hydrographic observations, with the Survey.
double object of showing the relief of the sea-bottom and of forming a collection of the
substances spread over the bed of the ocean.

Professor J. W. Bailey applied himself to the microscopic study of the soundings Bailey.
collected by the U.S. Coast Survey,1 and in 1851 he showed the important part played
by Foraminifera in the deposits off the coast of New Jersey. Owing to the abundance of
these calcareous organisms, the deeper deposits differed considerably from the shore
deposits, in which mineral particles, especially quartz, predominated. He observes that
the quartz grains are angular in the deep soundings, and rounded and polished in
shallower water.

Lieutenant M. F. Maury, of the United States Navy, was for a long period associated Maury.
with investigations relating to navigation. He approached the problems connected with
the phenomena of the ocean from a scientific standpoint, and has in a sense popularised
the science of the sea. The last edition of his Sailing Directions 2 furnishes an abstract
of his views and of the progress made up to that time. The Brussels Maritime conference
of 1853 wTas brought about principally through Maury’s influence. The recommendations
of this conference led to the adoption of a uniform method of making nautical and
meteorological observations at sea among maritime nations, and have largely contributed
to the rapid development of ocean meteorology in recent years.

The errors arising from the old methods of sounding with a heavy weight attached
to a silk or hempen cord induced navigators and others to seek some improved apparatus,
by means of which more accurate soundings could be obtained. They had recourse to a
detonating apparatus, which exploded on touching the bottom, but this was abandoned
on account of the difficulty in hearing the detonation. Ericsson and others constructed Ericsson’s
sounding machines containing a column of air, the compression of which indicated the
pressure and thereby the depth, but all these attempts failed in very deep water.3
Maury then applied to Baur, a New York mechanician, to construct from his plans a
sounding machine with a screw propellor connected with clockwork, showing on a dial
the number of revolutions made by the screw ; each revolution represented a fathom.

This apparatus worked well in comparatively shallow water, but was difficult to manage

in very deep water. Lieutenant Walsh, of the United States Navy, sounded with a Walsh’s Wire-

wire rope more than eleven miles long, and saw his rope run out to 34,000 feet without Sor>DI>"'

'■ Microscopical examination of soundings made by the U.S. Coast Survey, off the Atlantic coast of the Uuited States,
Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge, vol. ii. article hi. pp. 1-15, 1851.

2 Maury, Explanations and Sailing Directions to accompany the wind and current charts, 8th ed., Washington.
1858 and 1859.

3 See Nautical Magazine, 1836, p. 390. Ericsson’s principle was subsequently adopted by Sir William Thomson in
his Navigational Sounding Machine.

88

THE VOYAGE OF II.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Brooke's Sound

mo Apparatus.

i achinu the bottom. Lieutenant Parker, U.S.N., of the sloop “Congress,” ran out
50,000 feet of line without touching the bottom.

Walsh’s experiments on board the “Janey” convinced Maury that wire was less
suitable than cord. He then had lecourse to a line with a 32-lb. bullet attached,
which was allowed to descend, and when it touched bottom the twine was cut near
the surface, the depth being calculated by measuring what was left of the twine on
board. The experiments of Lieutenant Rogers Taylor on board the “Albany” showed
that it was necessary to use something stronger than twine. Maury demonstrated
;he influence of submarine currents by sounding on the same spot with one and with
two 32-lb bullets, for he found invariably that the depth indicated was less when the
two bullets were used ; the double weight descends, faster, and is therefore not so long
exposed to the action of the currents. From this it was considered advisable to use
stronger lines, reckoning the time each 100 fathoms took to run out, but still the
moment of touching bottom, if bottom were reached, remained doubtful. Lieutenant S.
P. Lee of the “ Dolphin ” obtained, however, some good results, and afterwards every
American ship, the officers cf which would undertake deep soundings, was supplied with
: sufficient quantity of prepared line and 32-lb. bullets. Every opportunity of sounding
in deep water was to be taken advantage of, still one important particular was wanting,
— there was no positive proof that Lee and his predecessors had touched bottom, and
up till that time it had been deemed impossible to bring up samples of the deposit.

It was then that Midshipman J. W. Brooke, a young and distinguished officer
attached to the Observatory, proposed to Maury that the well-known apparatus, which
now bears Brooke’s name, should be adopted. This consisted of a detaching apparatus
.ffixed to the lead of the sounding line, on a principle similar to that employed by
Cusanus, Puehler, and Alberti without a line.1 With this apparatus Brooke collected in the
Pacific -umples from depths down to 3500 fathoms; Midshipman J. G. Mitchell of the
“ Dolphin ” and his men acquired such dexterity in the use of the apparatus that they
seldom failed to bring up a sample of the bottom. The samples thus obtained were
carefully labelled and sent to the head of the Hydrographic Office. Brooke made use
" f hi- apparatus on board the “Vincennes” in the North Pacific,2 but he confesses that
the motion of the boat interfered with the precision of the observations. After several
trials in the Indian Ocean and Coral Sea, however, he came to the conclusion that it was
f •--il.; to take soundings down to any depth. He mentions a sounding taken in the
Indian Ocean at a depth of 7040 fathoms, but the line broke; this failure he attributed
to the currents. In the Coral Sea some excellent results were obtained ; from a depth
of 2150 fathoms, in lat. 13° S., long. 162° E., the tube came up full of clayey cal-
■ areou- matter so compact that it retained the marks made by the bullet in slipping
along the tube.

* 8«c anU, pp. 66 and 57.

* Maury, op. cit., vol. i. p. 169.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

89

In 1856 Professor J. W. Bailey made known the nature of the soundings collected by Bailey on Dkep-
Brooke in the Sea of Kamchatka in depths of 900 to 2700 fathoms.1 He remarks that in Ska 1)1 POfi[TS
all the samples mineral matters diminished with increase of depth, and that while the
mineral particles decreased the organic remains increased. Of organic remains Diatoms
predominated, Sponge spicules and Radiolarians being also present, while the calcareous
tests of Foraminifera wTere absent. These deposits of microscopic organisms, in their rich-
ness, extent, and high latitude, resemble the siliceous deposits of the Antarctic already
noticed by Hooker. Bailey’s researches proved that localised deposits were formed in the
high seas, in which not calcareous, but siliceous, remains predominated. The excellent state
of preservation of these siliceous organisms, and the fact that many of them still retained
the soft parts, led him to conclude tha.t they must have been living up to a very recent
period, not necessarily at the great depths where they were found, but probably drifted
from shallower deposits. He always maintained this opinion, convinced of its
importance from a zoological point of view. He extolled the good example set by Brooke,
saying that “ soundings from any part of the ocean are sure to yield something of interest
to microscopic analysis, and it is at, yet impossible to tell what important results may
flow from this study.”

About the same time Bailey published his work on the origin of greensand and Greensand
its formation on the bottom of modern seas.2 Ehrenberg had long before observed a •Dfc'p','!TS-
pseudomorphism of the calcareous shells of Foraminifera in the Chalk into silica. As
early as 1845 Bailey had called attention to the casts of Foraminifera in the Eocene marls Bailey.
of Fort Washington.3 Dr. G. A. Mantell4 stated in 1846 that casts of Foraminifera and
their soft parts were preserved in flint and limestone, and that the chambers of the
Foraminifera were often filled with calcite, silica, or silicate of iron. But Ehrenberg was Ehrenberg.
the first to show the connection between greensand and the Foraminifera, and to throw
light on a point which had long puzzled geologists. In 1855 he said that, judging from
all the examples he had examined up to that time, greensand must be considered as due
to the filling up of organic cells of Foraminifera, like a lithoid mould/1 Bailey verified
Ehrenberg’s results from the examination of a number of Cretaceous and Tertiary rocks
of North America.

L. F. de Pourtales in 18536 announced that he had obtained from a depth of 150 Pourtales.
fathoms, in lat. 31° N., long. 79° W., a deposit formed of almost equal parts of Globi-
gerinae and black sand, probably greensand. Bache showed these, and similar samples
taken in the region of the Gulf Stream, to Bailey, who found in them casts of organisms,
some of which were “ well-defined greensand, others reddish, brownish, or almost

1 Amer. Journ. Sci., ser. 2, vol. xxi. pp. 284-285, 185G.

* Amer. Journ. Sci., ser. 1, vol. xlviii. p. 341, 1845.

6 Monatsb. d. k. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1855, p. 172.

(summary of results chall. exp. — 1894.)

2 Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. v. pp. 364-368, 1856.
4 Phil. Trans., p. 466, 1846.

6 Rlport U.S. Coast Survey for 1853, App. p. 83.

12

90

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Maury's Tables
of Sounding.-* in
mu I>BKr Sea.

TeUM.KAFH
Plateau of hie .
Atlantic.

Absence or
Current- in
Debt Water.

Volcanic A.-hes.

•

white.” 1 He concludes that these glauconitic easts have not been transported from
ancient formations, but have been formed where they were found in the same manner as
ii gc -logical formations. He states that his own and Ehrenberg’s researches prove that
-■tiler organisms, besides Foraminifera, may serve as moulds for the greensand, and he
notices that with the well-defined casts are associated green grains less regular in form,
“having merely a rounded, cracked, lobed, or even coprolitic appearance.” 2 The
ph' nomena accompanying the decomposition of organic substances, he says, are closely
: uected with the formation of this mineral — a green or red silicate of iron or almost
pure silica.

Maury gives tables of soundings obtained up to 1857, showing those of the “Albany”
(1850-51), the “ Dolphin ” (1851-52, Captain Lee), “Dolphin” (1852-53, Lieutenant
Berryman), “Jamestown” (1851), “Plymouth” (1851), “Janey” (1849), “Saratoga”
C850), “ Congress ” (1851), “ John Adams” (1851), “Susquehanna” (1851), “St. Louis”
<1852). and “Saranat (1853). He notes the rate of descent for each 100 fathoms, as
observed in each of the principal expeditions, discussing the results of the soundings and
making use of them in the construction of his bathymetrical map.3

In 1856 Lieutenant Berryman, in the steamer “Arctic,” sounded across the North
Atlantic, the principal object being to verify the discovery of a long submarine ridge
between Newfoundland and the British Islands, to which the name of Telegraph Plateau
had been given, and along which a company was preparing to lay a cable. He obtained
samples of the deposit from tliirty-four points between St. John’s, Newfoundland, and
\ dentia. These deposits were described by Bailey,4 who, from the fact that the mineral
particle were angular, concluded that there is little movement at the bottom in deep
water, otherwise the mineral fragments would be rounded. This confirmed what was
already known as to the relative immobility of very deep water, and was of considerable
mportance with reference to the cable about to be laid, as it showed the small chance of
displacement through bottom currents. He observed the abundance of calcareous matter
due to the accumulation of microscopic shells, which fall to the bottom after the death
of the organisms. Bailey also observed the presence of volcanic ashes in the deposits,
and remarked that the Gulf Stream had spread these “ plutonic tallies” over thousands
of miles ; this most important discovery was to receive further confirmation and general-
isation from the subsequent observations of Maury. Some doubt having arisen as to
whether these ashes might not have been thrown overboard from passing steamers,
Bailey compared the two, and arrived at the conclusion that the substances found on the
bottom of the Atlantic were really of volcanic origin. Maury supposed that this dust
. 1 1 . /lit have b cu carried by the wind from volcanoes in Central America or from extinct
\ olcauoc in the Western I -lands, though admitting the difficulties in the way of account-

1 I’roc. Baton Hoc. Xat. llut., vol. v. p. 367.
* Maury, op. ril., pi. xi.

1 Ibid., p. 368.

4 Arner. Journ. .Set., aer. 2, vol. xxi. pp. 2S4-285, 1866.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS

91

mg for the ashes being carried such enormous distances through the air ; these difficulties
were solved by Murray in another direction during the Challenger Expedition by the
discovery of floating pumice 1 stones in all parts of the ocean. By treating the deposits
with acid, Bailey showed that there is always a small quantity of mineral particles in
organic calcareous sediments, though veiled by the preponderance of the calcareous
element, and that the calcareous organisms increase in abundance as the Gulf Stream
is approached. He found only imperfect casts of Foraminifera in the deposits off the
northern coasts, the green casts being generally met with in the more southerly
soundings.

Maury represents the bathymetry of the Atlantic on a chart,2 indicating by four shades Maury’s Batuy-
of colour the depths within 1000, 2000, 3000, and 4000 fathoms. He says that the METR1CAL Chart.
mineral particles found in the deep sea are not rolled, any more than the small
shells associated with them, and concludes that the dynamic action of the sea
is not felt at great depths, where the currents are too slow to move anything.

This was an argument in favour of the cherished plan of binding the new and old worlds

together by means of a telegraph cable, to which he often refers. He was of opinion

that the mechanical actions which modify continental surfaces : the various effects of

temperature, rain, wind, running water, and force of gravity, produce no effect on

the bed of the sea. “We have,” he says, “in imagination been disposed to regard the

waters of the sea as a great cushion placed between the air and the bottom of the

ocean to defend and protect it from the abrading agencies of the atmosphere.” The

deeps and shallows of the ocean would remain unchanged were it not for the microscopic

organisms incessantly drawing from the sea- water the elements in solution to construct

their solid envelopes, and' these being showered upon the bottom and accumulating

there. He estimated the part taken by calcareous and siliceous microscopic organisms Do Microscopic

in pelagic deposits, based upon Bailey's observations. He agrees with Bailey that the >:

animalculse, whose remains are found at the bottom of the sea, lived in the surface Deposits Live in

waters ; but he carries the idea too far when he asserts that the absence of light, low

temperature, and pressure, preclude the possibility of life in very deep water. Ehrenberg Bottom of the

held the opposite opinion regarding the habitat of these microscopic organisms, pointing

out the presence of organic substances in the shells dredged from the bottom of the

sea, and that some forms in the deposits were to be found nowhere else. Murray’s

tow-net observations have since proved that the most abundant of these shells from the

bottom live in the surface waters.

In 1857 Captain Dayman sounded across the North Atlantic in H.M.S. “ Cyclops,” Dayman’s Soun -
along the great circle between Valentia and Trinity Bay, Newfoundland, a little to the

Plateau.

1 See Murray, Proc. Roy. Soc. Edin., vol. ix. p, 247, 1B77 ; Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.,
pp. 294 d seq., 1891. 2 Maury, op. cit., pi. xi.

92

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

II IX LEY ON

Globigkrina

Ooze.

Kathyuics.

north of Berryman’s line of soundings.1 He used a modified form of Brooke’s machine,

, loi d instead of spherical, the weights suspended by wire instead of cord, the valve
fnr collecting the sediment being also different. Besides 18,000 fathoms of sounding line,
In had 4000 fathoms of whale line, and 5000 fathoms of silk cord r\y inch in diameter,
lb carefully noted the intervals of time in the descent of each 100 fathoms of line
paid out. From the Irish coast as far as long. 11° 15' W., the bottom was sandy,
falling gradually to 90 fathoms. The deepest part on his line was between long. 15°
and 45 W., where the deposit consisted of a plastic floury substance or ooze,
which stuck to the line when drawn up. Pie thought this bed of ooze could not be
very thick, for he occasionally found in it small pebbles, from wdiich he concluded that
they must have come upon a hard rock. F'rom. long. 45° W. to the coast of New-
foundland, he found a diversified bottom covered with stones and gravel ; in Trinity
Bay the water is deep and the deposit a thick mud.

Dayman’s soundings were examined and reported on by Professor Huxley,2
who found the samples obtained between 1700 and 2400 fathoms to be remarkable
for their uniformity ; in the bottles containing them Huxley observed a viscous
substance, and small round corpuscles soluble in acid, which he called Coccolitlis, and
which lit regarded as the skeletal parts of a gigantic Moncron — Bathybius 3 — wide-
spread uver the sea-bottom. When dry the deposit looked like chalk, and he observed
hat the calcareous organisms formed the principal part, Globigerinci shells making
up 85 per cent, of the mass ; siliceous organisms were also present, including Coscino-
't /sens and other Diatoms. He considered the Globigerina Ooze to be of high scientific
inter' st on account of its extent, depth, and resemblance to the Chalk, and discussed
th- (juc.stion of the habitat of the Foraminiferous shells constituting the major part
of the deposit.

A < cording to the first hypothesis these shells must have been carried from compara-
tively shallow wate to the spot whence they were procured; he refutes this idea by
n birring to the special characters of the deep-sea fauna, remarking that if the shells had
been thus transported they would have been associated with shallow-water organisms,
which must incontestably have been carried along with them, especially as the large
(ilobigeriiue, so abundant in the dee}) sea, are, in proportion to their size, heavier and
mor- massive than the majority of Foraminifera. According to the second hypothesis
th -( Rhizopods live in the surface waters and fall to the bottom after death ; Huxley

D.ivn. in, I )iep-B<a Soundings in the North Atlantic made in H.M.S. “Cyclops,” in June and July 1857, London,
] ' u LI h"l by the Admiralty, 1858. a Appendix to Dayman’s Report.

>■ /V < Roy. O'otjr, vol. xiii. p. 110, 1869. lJnlhybius has now only an historical interest, for during the
r Evp. ir.iun it shown that what was supposed to he a gigantic Moneron (Batlvybius) consisted of the

„ nolphnb of lime thrown down, from the sea-water associated with the specimens of the ooze, by the alcohol

in th- pn rvation of th< -.imph s of deep-sea deposits (see Narr. Chall. Exp., vol. i. p. 939). The Batlvylrius error
■’ * f- ft d* • ■ ■ "rtain 1 1 . . tru- condition of the ooze on the sea-bed, and with this view instructions were given

» If • 1 It. tin ... of too much ;d "hoi in the preservation of the samples of the ooze for detailed examination.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

93

considers this interpretation much more probable, supported as it is by the fact that many
Radiolarians and Diatoms live at the surface. McDonald of H.M.S. “Herald” had
recently found some of these forms in the stomachs of pelagic Mollusca, but Huxley
doubts very much whether these heavy Globigerinse could maintain themselves in the
surface water. The third hypothesis supposes these organisms to live in deep water, and,
while not expressing a decided opinion on the matter, Huxley seems to prefer the last
hypothesis, concluding by saying : “I abstain at present from drawing any positive
conclusion, preferring rather to await the result of more extended observations.”

During the years 1857 to 1859 the Austrian ship “Novara,” under the command “Novara.”
of 3. von While rstorf-Urbair, completed a circumnavigation of the world. The expedition
was accompanied by Hochstetter as geologist, and by zoologists and botanists, who made
large collections and many important observations. Although the expedition engaged in
no special deep-sea investigations, the meteorological and physical observations were most
important. The results of the expedition have been published in a splendid series of
volumes by the Austrian Government.1

In I860. H.M.S. “ Bulldog” was despatched by the British Government for the pre-
paratory survey of the route for the telegraph cable between England and America ; Dr.

G. C. Wallich, who accompanied the expedition, gives an interesting account of his Wallich's

observations.2 He shows how little foundation there is for the objections urged against Observations

•y ° “ . in the North

deep water being habitable ; after weighing the facts connected with the chemical Atlantic!
composition of sea- water, he devotes some space to the study of carbonic acid in the
ocean, its origin, use, and distribution. He deduces from his various observations on
Radiolarians, Diatoms, and Foraminifera, that carbonate of lime and silica are always
present in sea- water, that the quantity of carbonic acid increases with the depth, and that
the solvent power of water on these two bodies is due to the presence of carbonic acid.

He is of opinion that, while the carbonate of lime is present in such minute quantity on

the surface or on the bed of the deep sea as to be inappreciable by chemical analysis,

extensive calcareous deposits are nevertheless formed in a continuous manner. He

believes that pressure, far from restricting the development of animal life to the

upper zones of the sea, may be considered as one of the essential conditions of life

in great depths. Wallich examines the influence of light on the distribution of Physiology of

marine species, remarking that the want of light in very deep water produces the inverse Dllp‘ hA L’,E*

phenomenon to that which fixes carbon in the plant and separates oxygen from carbonic

acid. He concludes from his observations that organised beings living in the abysses of

the ocean are descended from species living originally in shallow water ; he believes that

the Starfishes, &c., brought up from the greatest depths were caught alive in their natural

1 Reise tier Oesterreichischen Fregatte Novara urn die Erde in den Jaliren 1857, 1858, 1859, sixteen volumes, 4to.

Wien, 1861 to 1875 ; see also R. v. Scherzer, Reise der Oesterreichisclien Fregatte Novara um die Erde, Wien, 1866.

- Wallich, North Atlantic Sea-Bed, London, 1862.

94

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Disoovsky ur

1 1 lull KH UK*. AN-
IlMS IN GRRAT

Dwnii*.

*

habitat Rhizopoda are more or less abundant in all seas, but the genus Globigenna
m.iv I. regarded as essentially belonging to the deep sea, for it is found in all latitudes
id ai all depths ; the point of its maximum development is in the greatest depths, where
di p< -its made up of its dead remains stretch out for hundreds of square miles, forming
p . L i lly deep beds. He endeavours to trace a connection between the Globigcrina
( > ■ uid the Gulf Stream, pointing out that the shells are abundant in the deposits be-
twccn the Faroe Islands and the east coast of Greenland, and in a large portion of the
di ' i line between Cape Farewell and Rocka.il, but are absent or rare in the deposits be-
tas, m Greenland and Labrador. In the southern hemisphere calcareous deposits had

1 n found on the Agulhas Bank at a depth of 90 fathoms, in which the Globigerina
sin IF made up 75 per cent, of the sediment ; he suggested that the area covered by this
di ) ..-it depended on the current flowing round the Cape from the east. The only
difference between the deposit in this and in other parts of the Atlantic is that the shells
a iv more delicate in form, perhaps because the water is not so deep. He was unable to
find in a tow-net dragged through nearly 700 fathoms of water a single Globigerina shell,
a aerefore concludes that they live on the upper surface of the deposit at the bottom.

Wallich attaches great importance to the discovery of members of the higher groups
li \ : g at a depth of 1260 fathoms, about half-way between Cape Farewell and the north-
w< • roast of Ireland. On examining the visceral cavity in a specimen of Ophiocoma, he
noticed a number of GlobigerinsB more or less broken, amorphous particles, a few yellow
oil jl"bulcs, and several ova. In three deep soundings he found Annelid tubes composed
aim st entirely of small Globigerina shells, and in another case composed of minute
r . i i • .i : . iou> debri and Sponge spicules in equal proportions. Ophiocoma granulata, found
oti ie British and Scandinavian coasts in 10 to 50 fathoms, and off the coast of Green-
land in 200 fathoms, was obtained from a depth of 1260 fathoms, without presenting any
Lie modification, while the well-known littoral species,. Serpula vitrea and Spirorbis
!,"■ tilovb s, were brought up from a depth of 680 fathoms. Wallich asks the questions :
\\ . nee did these creatures originate? are we to regard the localities in which they were
f i nd ;i - their genetic centres, or only as isolated colonies tenanted by species whose

. t v cent r< - are to be looked for elsewhere ? and in answering them lie adopts the ideas
■ . I- 1m s on the great changes which have taken place in the distribution of land and water
deiing geological periods, supposing the submergence of a large tract in high latitudes of
tie North Ytlantic. Jfe says : “ No proof of subsidence could be more complete, no proof
-if tin truth of the doctrine of single specific centres more convincing, than the detection
undi i uirli circumstances of a colony of acclimatized Star-fishes, belonging to a species
ty, d of the Boreal province, well known to range from the confines of the Arctic circle
t‘i > r own shores, and already shown to have accommodated themselves to a depth of

2 0 f thorns without variation ; wdiilst the fact of subsidence being general throughout
the v. i. h area i- rendered probable by the discovery of sessile Annelids, also belonging to

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

05

known shallow-water species, at a depth of 680 fathoms, half-way between Iceland and
the Faroe Islands.” 1 He mentions that he met with no Algae at depths greater than 200
fathoms, the only vegetable structures occurring at great depths being Diatomacea, and
he sums up as follows : — “ Basing my arguments on two facts which I venture to hope are
unequivocally proved in the preceding pages, namely, that highly organized creatures
have been captured in a living condition at depths vastly exceeding those to which
animal life had previously been supposed to extend, and that their presence, where
captured, cannot be regarded as an accidental or exceptional phenomenon, it has been
my endeavour to establish the following important propositions : —

“ I. The conditions prevailing at great depths, although differing materially from those Wallich’h
which prevail near the surface of the ocean, are not incompatible with the maintenance Spa WS

of animal life. Life.

II. Assuming the doctrine of single specific centres to be correct, the occurrence of the
same species in shallow water and at great depths proves that it must have undergone
the transition from one set of conditions to the other with impunity.

“ III. There is nothing in the nature of the conditions prevailing at great depths to
render it impossible that creatures originally, or through acclimatization, adapted to Jive
under them, should become capable of living in shallow water, provided the transition be
sufficiently gradual, and hence it is possible that species now inhabiting shallow water
may, at some anterior period, have been inhabitants of great depths.

“ IV. On the one hand, tJie conditions prevailing near the surface of the ocean render
it possible for organisms to subside after death to the greatest depths, provided every
portion of their structure is freely pervious to fluid : on the other hand, the conditions
prevailing at great depths render it impossible for organisms still constituted to live
under them to rise to the surface, or for the remains of these organisms after death to
make their appearance in shallow water.

“ V. The discovery of even a single species living normally at great depths warrants
the inference that the deep sea has its own special fauna, and that it has always had it
in ages past, and hence that many fossiiiferous strata, heretofore regarded as having
been deposited in comparatively shallow water, have been deposited at great depths. 2

Many of Wallich’s opinions have been confirmed by subsequent researches, and
altogether he must be regarded as one of the most industrious pioneers in the investi-
gation of the deep-sea.

The existence of a deep-sea fauna discovered by Wallich was soon established on con-
clusive proof. In 1860, the telegraph cable between Sardinia and Bone in the Mediter-

1 Wallich, op. cit., p. 151.

2 Wallich, op. cit., pp. 154-155. In addition to the North Atlantic Sea-bed, Wallich is the author of many papers
in scientific journals between the years 1858 and 1873, describing marine organisms and treating of various aspects of
deep-sea investigations and controversies.

90

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGE LI.

Animal*
ATTAOiirn to
SuiiMARINK C.
M K1>ITKK-
RAN'KAN.

rancan p i ted at a depth of 1200 fathoms, and was raised for repair under the direction
of the electrical engineer, Fleeming Jenkin. Forty miles of cable were drawn up, bring-
ing with it a quantity of Coral and other organisms, a few specimens of which were sent
to Professor Allman, who made a list of fifteen varieties of animal life, including eggs of
aCepli dopod, Grantia, Plumularia, Gorgonia , Alcyonium, Cellepora, Retepora, Esclmra ,
Stlicormria, Asc'ra, Limn, and Serpulcc. Wyville Thomson says that, according to
Jenkins private journal which he was allowed to consult, a specimen of Caryophyllia, a
true Coral, was found adhering to the cable at 1200 fathoms, the very point where it
had snapped. Some portions of the cable were subsequently examined by A. Milne-
Edwards,1 who showed that the animals were living at the bottom, for their soft parts
were preserved, and the bases of the ('orals, &c., were moulded on the inequalities of the
cable. Among the Mollusca were Ostrea cochlear, found in many parts of the Mediter-
ranean ; Pecten operculans, common in the Mediterranean, which was found adhering to
the cable at a depth of 1100 fathoms (?) and was highly coloured ; Pecten testa1,; a small
somewhat rare comb-shell; and two Gasteropods. Corals were more numerous than
Mollusca, including a species apparently identical with Caryophyllia arcuata, found fossil
in the upper strata of Piedmont and at Messina, and another species of the same genus,
Cai'yopliyllia electi'ica, quite similar to a Pliocene fossil found by Deshayes at Donera,
Algeria.2 Besides these, two Seiyulae, some Bryozoa, and a few Gorgonia; were observed.
The result of these observations proved that forms till then known only as fossils existed
at the bottom of modern seas. In directing the attention of geologists to these dis-
coveries, Prestwich8 shows the connection between some of the species collected and the
geological strata : —

Ostrea cochlear, Coralline Crag.

Pecten opercularis, Coralline and Red Crag.

Pecten testae, \

Monodonta limhata, > Pliocene strata of Italy.

Fusus laminosus, )

Previous to these observations the existence of living animals at considerable depths
was .-till regarded by many naturalists as doubtful ; it was held to be uncertain whether
tin: creatures found adhering to the sounding line or caught in the sounding machine
came really from the bottom or were captured in intermediate waters. The discovery
by Fleeming Jenkin of members of the higher groups living attached to the cable

1 Ol » r rations -ur lYxistenrc do diver; Mollusques ct Zoophytes & de tr£s grandes profondeurs dans la iner Med-
iUTTan< <\ Ann. Sri. Nat., Zool. scr. 4, tom. xv. pp. 149-157, 1861.

’ W \ lli T1 >iii >in (Depths of the Sea, p. 29) states that according to Jenkin’s notes only one or two species, parti-
r jlurly C'lrv j'yllia Karra! , wort found adhering to the cable at depths exceeding 1000 fathoms. From that depth
J* ; «in him-- If took off sjurimen* of Caryophyllia. Thomson suspects that specimens from lesser depths were mixed
with the deeper omn in the series examined by Milne-Edwards.

: Pri'sidential Address, Quart. Joum. CeoL Sor., vol. xxvii., 1871.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

97

drawn up from a known depth furnished conclusive proof on this question, and some
of them, like the Corals and Bryozoa, must have become attached to the cable as germs.

It is to be noted, however, that although the pressure is the same, the temperature in
the deep water of the Mediterranean is much higher than at corresponding depths
in the open ocean, and this fact might have some influence on the bathymetrical range of
species.

During Otto Torell’s expedition to Spitzbergen in 1864, a great number of animals Otto Torell’s
were taken at a depth of 1000 to 1400 fathoms. They included Rhizopoda, Bryozoa,

Sponges, Annelids, Crustacea, and other forms. In subsequent expeditions to Spitz-
bergen, organisms were frequently secured from similar depths.1

In 1864 M. Barboza du Bocage, director of the Natural History Museum of Lisbon, Bocage’s Obser-

announced the occurrence on the coasts of Portugal of tufts of siliceous spicules similar pPI0NS ANT

^ 4. Wright s Dredg-

to those of the Hyalonema of Japan/ which were taken by the shark-fishers of Setubal ings off Set bar.

at a depth of 500 fathoms. Towards the end of 1868 Professor Perceval Wright
proceeded to Portugal to investigate the question and procure specimens in a fresh con-
dition. With a crew of eight men and an open boat he dredged at a depth of 480
fathoms for about the space of a mile, the dredge being filled with sticky yellowish ooze,
in which glittered innumerable long spicules of Hyalonema, including some, perfect
specimens.3 “ This dredging,” says Wyville Thomson, “ is of special interest, for it shows
that although difficult and laborious, and attended with a certain amount of risk, it is not
impossible in an open boat, and with a crew of alien fishermen, to test the nature of the
bottom, and the character of the fauna, even to the great depth of 500 fathoms.” 4

The considerable part taken by the United States Coast Survey in oceanographical
researches has already been referred to. In 1867, the Superintendent, Professor B.

Pierce, acting on the advice of Professor L. Agassiz, issued instructions that dredgings

as well as soundings should be carried on off the Florida coasts under the direction of

Count Pourtales. Ordinary sounding leads with tallow were first used, but were afterwards

replaced by Stellwagen’s and Sands’ sounding leads. Stellwagen’s sounding cup is a conical

iron cup screwed to the sounding lead, with a leather lid which firmly closes the cup when

the apparatus is drawn up ; Sands’ sounding lead has a side opening with a spring door,

which is forced open when the apparatus sinks into the deposit, and closes when drawn Pourtales on

up. These machines were superior to the original form of Brooke’s apparatus, as they ^lTn-tv

brought up much larger samples of the deposit. Pourtales states that in 1870 the nuni- Coast of

North America

ber of samples of deposits collected by the Coast Survey amounted to 9000. 5 After the "

1 Zeitschr.f. wiss.Zool. , Bd. xx. p. 457, 1870. 2 Proc. Zool. Soc., 1864, p. 265.

! Notes on deep-sea diedging, Ann, and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, vol. ii. p. 423, 1868.

4 Wyville Thomson, op. cit., p. 277.

5 See L. F. de Pourtal&s, Der Boden des Golfstroms und der Atlantischen Kuste Nord-Amerika?, Petermann’s Geogr.

Mittheil ,, 1870, p. 393.

(summary of results chall, exp.— -1894.)

13

98

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER

Lous Aoamiz

OX THE PoUBTAJLta

Plateau.

death of ! ’rofc.-sor Bailey the examination of tlie deposits devolved upon Pourtales. In
the deposits from off the American Coast from Cape Cod to Florida he found two well-
marked varieties : 1 siliceous and calcareous. The siliceous deposits stretch along the
coast as far as Cape Florida. The calcareous deposits are divided into Coral and Fora-
miniferous - formations, and are found at the greatest depths, at the southern point of
Florida, and off Cuba and the Bahamas. Pourtales remarked the coincidence between
the limits of the siliceous deposits and the course of the cold current, and of the calcareous
deposits and the warm current. He also distinguished a muddy deposit of much less
extent, which he considered quite subordinate ; it was observed off the eastern part
of Long. Block, and Martha Islands. He considered this deposit as related to the
Tertiary formations, some traces of which appear- on Gay Head Reefs, Martha’s Vine-
yard, and other localities in Massachusetts. The deposits in shallow water off the
American coast are sandy, principally quartz grains, with a few grains of hornblende,
felspar, and sometimes glauconitic, but the grains of glauconite may be derived from the
disintegration of the geological strata.3 In these sandy deposits he observes that the
Fnraiiiinifera are distributed in zones, sometimes overlapping : thus the zone nearest the
shore from 10 to 20 fathoms is relatively poor, containing only a few small Polystomelke ;
then Miliolina is met with in small numbers at about 40 fathoms ; Truncatulina
ad vena is found from 25 to 70 fathoms; Marginulina and Cristellaria begin at about
3-5 fathoms and extend down to over 1000 fathoms. From a depth of 60 fathoms the
sand becomes mixed with Globigerinse, which increase to such an extent that at a depth
of 100 fathoms the shells are as abundant as the sand grains, marking the commencement
of the calcareous deposit.

In connection with the laying of a telegraph cable between Cuba and Florida, explora-
tions werr begun in 1867, and continued for two years, occasionally under the personal
supervision of L. Agassiz. The coral reef was found to be closely confined to the
C'>ast of Florida, for the large reef-building Corals only acquire their full development
near the surface, nut extending below 10 fathoms. The fauna inhabiting the reef con-
-i-ts of u large number of animals of all classes, and is totally different from that of the
de<p - a. From the reef the bottom is muddy down to 50 or 60 fathoms, and is covered
with dead Mollusca and triturated fragments of Corals, with few living animals. Then
follows a rocky plateau, which Agassiz calls the Pourtales Plateau, down to 100 and
occasionally 200 fathoms, the bottom being a calcareous conglomerate with Molluscs and
Coral-. The Foraminifcrous deposit is found in the Florida Strait at moderate depths,
at point- where the rocky bottom is hidden. Pourtales observes that this calcareous

1 Report of Superintendent of U.S. Coast Survey for 1869, pp. 220-226, Washington, 1872.

Pourtat 1 1 in that this Globigerina Ooze, one of the most important of oceanic deposits, was first observed in
1“ >3 by Li .'• > njt - Cru-. en and Muffin during their investigation of the Gulf Stream in connection w ith the U.S. Coast
Sarrey ; it w n »u •• <juently noticed during the preliminary survey of the route for the Transatlantic cable.

1 From the Greensand of New Jersey (Pourtales in Rep. U.S. Coast Survey for 1869).

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

99

formation occurs without interruption along the bed of the Gulf Stream, in the sinuosities
of the Gulf of Mexico, and in the deep channels through the Bahama Bank, and again
along the Atlantic coast from a depth of 100 fathoms, or, what comes to much the same
thing, from the internal edge of the Gulf Stream, whence it stretches over a vast extent
of the Atlantic. He says the whole bottom is an immense bed of chalk in process of
formation, while the littoral fauna, with its numerous Corals and Molluscs, will furnish
material for oolitic calcareous beds of shells, corals, conglomerate, &c.

Pourtales also gives a description of the different stages in the formation of glauconite. Pourtales on
He says : — “ We find, side by side, the tests perfectly fresh, others still entire, but filled ®TAGES IN rjE
with a rusty-coloured mass, which permeates the finest canals of the shells like an Greensand.
injection. In others, again, the shell is partly broken away, and the filling is turning
greenish ; and finally we find the cast without trace of shell, sometimes perfectly
reproducing the internal form of the chambers ; sometimes, particularly in the larger
ones, cracks of the surface or conglomeration with other grains obliterates all the
characters. They even coalesce into pebbles, in which the casts can only be recognised
after grinding and polishing.” 1 Pourtales observes that these glauconitic grains are
deposited in depths of 50 to 100 fathoms near the coasts of Georgia and South Carolina.

Greensand may also be found in the bed of the Gulf Stream, but in such cases it is
sporadic! Dredgings were taken down to a depth of about 700 fathoms, the zoological
results of which were published by the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge,

Massachusetts. In 1869 L. Agassiz addressed to Professor Pierce a report bearing upon
the general results of these dredgings,2 showing how instructive they were in account-
ing for the manner in which certain geological strata have been deposited in the
ocean. The Corals dredged from the Pourtales Plateau have some affinity with Tertiary
and Cretaceous types, while the Echinoderms have some resemblance to those of the
chalk ; Voluta junonia, also found there, is related to Voluta lamberti of the Crag and
Voluta mirabilis of the Miocene strata of Virginia and Maryland. Two common
Brachiopods contribute to give the fauna an archaic character. Beyond this plateau the
bottom descends rapidly to 500 or 600, and even 800, fathoms, and is covered with a
thick adhesive mud presenting the aspect of a Cretaceous marl ; s life here diminishes,
which he thinks is due to the very nature of the bottom.

Agassiz is of opinion that the exploration of the sea must prove of advantage to the Louis Agassiz on
study of geology, and states that what he had seen of deep-sea deposits seemed to qf^ont^^ts
indicate that no recent or ancient formation ever occurred in very deep water. He and Oceans.
concludes that the present continental areas within the 200-fathom line, as well as the
oceans, have preserved their outlines and positions from the earliest times.5 The

1 Report U.S. Coast Survey for 1869, p. 224.

s Report upon deep-sea dredgings in the Gulf Stream during the third cruise of the U.S.S. “Bibb, Bull. Mu-'.

Comp. ZooL, vol. i. pp. 363-386, 1869. 3 Ibid., p. 367. 4 Ibid., pp. 368, 369.

100

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

continents have always been areas of gradual upheaval, with weak oscillations, while
the oceans have always been areas of subsidence. Geologists, he says, have often had
recourse to the hypothesis of marine currents to explain the presence of incoherent
matters scattered over the sea-bottom, but lie sought in vain in the trough of the Gulf
Stream for traces of the characteristic mud thrown out by the Amazon, which discolours
the sea for a long distance seaward. It has often been supposed that the absence
of fossils denotes a deep sea, but, he remarks, we now know that organisms exist
even at the greatest depths. Taken in its ensemble, the basin of the Gulf Stream,
between Cuba and Florida and further north and east, with its very abrupt slopes,
presents features of configuration differing widely from continental areas of like extent.
Speaking of the formation of the rocks of the Keyg, especially the oolitic rocks, he con-
cludes that no rock of the Jurassic formation could have been built up of the materials
found in the deepest parts of the Atlantic basin ; the vast area occupied by the Keys,
the reefs of Florida, and the inclined coralline plateau on the American edge of the Gulf
Stream basin, may be compared with the Jurassic formations of the European and
Asiatic continents, but their stratigraphic relations show that, during the geological
middle ages, the Jurassic rocks were formed on the submarine border of a growing
continent, just as the Pourtales Plateau forms to-day the southern border of North
America. Returning to the idea of the permanence of continents and ocean basins, he
concludes by saying : “ If this view is correct, it naturally follows that the main outlines
and circumscription of the continents and of the oceans must have been determined at
the very beginning of the formation of inequalities upon the earth’s surface, and remained
essentially the same through all geological ages, varying only as to their relative height
and depth, as well as to their respective extension.” 1
Dr r«>t h Charts In 1871 Deles3e published his work on the lithology of the bottom of the sea,2 em-

th® results of long, laborious, and methodical researches, dealing more especially
f ‘ the Bottom of with the coast sediments of the seas of France. He takes account of the agents assisting
'u the formation of these deposits, and indicates the samples collected up to that time
by the hydrographic offices of various countries. His charts are founded upon the charts
published by the maritime nations of Europe and America, and where the soundings are
sufficiently numerous he represents the contours of the bottom by curves ; he also
represent - the orography of the bottom corresponding to the orography of the neighbour-
ing land, and indicates the limits of the hydrographic basins, the annual rainfall, and
indeed nil the data bearing directly on the formation of marine deposits, such as currents,
tide-, prevailing direction of the winds, &c. He divides recent deposits into sand,
gravel, gravelly sand, boulders, ooze, clay or argillite, slimy sand, sandy mud, gravelly
mud, e deareous ooze, and coralline ground. In addition to the deposits of the coasts of

• Ibid., p. 377.

M. Delesse, Litliologie du fond des mere, with folio atlas, Paris 1871.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

101

France, Delesse studied those of the Mediterranean, Atlantic, English Channel, German
Ocean, and also the ancient seas and great lakes. He traces the orography of America,
its hydrographic basins, and rainfall ; he gives a lithological description of the great
North American lakes, Caribbean Sea, Gulf of Mexico, the American Atlantic Ocean
from the West Indies to Labrador, part of the Arctic Seas, and the American Pacific
Ocean. His results are given in three large maps, remarkable for their execution : 1st, of
the French seas ; 2nd, of the European seas ; and 3rd, of the North American seas. He
then applies himself to the study of the French seas during the principal geological
periods, and in five special maps indicates the submarine orography of the Silurian,

Triassic, Liassic, Eocene, and Pliocene seas. A sixth map affords a large amount of
information relating to the depths of the French seas, the quantity of carbonate of
lime in the coast sediments, the beds of shells, the distribution of the oyster, and the
slow oscillations of the coasts. In seven tables he summarises his results as regards the
relative frequency of the winds, the materials forming dunes, the distribution of rain, the
river deposits, the deposits in littoral lakes and ponds, the littoral marine deposits, and
the submarine deposits.

The subject of deep-sea dredging was not neglected in Great Britain. In the
autumn of 1868, in consequence of a suggestion of Professor Wyville Thomson to
Dr. W. B. Carpenter, the Koyal Society laid before the Admiralty a statement of the
advantages to science likely to result from a short dredging cruise in the North Atlantic.

The Admiralty responded by placing the surveying ship “ Lightning,” Captain May, at “Lightning”

the disposal of Drs. Thomson and Carpenter. The conditions of work in the “ Lightning ” Expedition-

were very unfortunate both as regards the vessel and the weather which prevailed

during the six -weeks that the cruise lasted. In spite of all difficulties, dredging

was carried on to a depth of 650 fathoms, and temperature results of the greatest

interest were observed, which ultimately led to the discovery of the Wyville Thomson Wtville Thom-

Ridge in the Faroe Channel in 1880 by Tizard and Murray. Professor WyviUe

Thomson thus sums up the results of the “ Lightning ” expedition : — Deep-Sea Explor-

“ It had been shown beyond question that animal life is varied and abundant, repre- A- 1;N - 9
sented by all the invertebrate groups, at depths in the ocean down to 650 fathoms at
least, notwithstanding the extraordinary conditions to which animals are there
exposed.

“ It had been determined that, instead of the water in the sea beyond a certain
depth varying according to latitude having a uniform temperature of 4C C., an indraught
of Arctic water may have at any depth beyond the influence of the direct rays of the sun
a temperature so low as — 2° C.; or, on the other hand, a warm current may have at any
moderate depth a temperature of 6° '5 C., and it had been shown that great masses of
water at different temperatures are moving about, each in its particular course ; maintain-
ing a remarkable system of oceanic circulation, and yet keeping so distinct from one

* o

10*2

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

" PORCCTIX* "
ExPEomoxa

The “8ncAE

A TER * *
MEKVATIOXfL.

another th: t an hour’s sail may be sufficient to pass from the extreme of heat to the
extreme of cold.

“ Finally, it had been shown that a large proportion of the forms living at great
depths in the sea belong to species hitherto unknown, and that thus a new field of bound-
less extent and great interest is open to the naturalist. It had been further shown that
mam of these deep-sea animals are specifically identical with tertiary fossils hitherto
I li' ved to be extinct, while others associate themselves with and illustrate extinct groups
of the laum of more remote periods ; as, for example, the vitreous sponges illustrate and
unriddle the ventriculites of the chalk. ”1

In consideration of the value and novelty of these results, the Royal Society urged
the Admiralty to provide means of extending the observations. In 1869 the surveying
ship “ Porcupine, Captain Calver, was appointed for this service. In addition to
the temperature observations, which had turned out so interesting in the cruise of the
‘ Lightning,” it was decided to make a number of chemical observations on the water.
For this purpose, the chartroom was fitted up as a laboratory, and a chemist was invited
to join the biologists on the cruise. A number of arrangements were also made for
facilitating dredging and the subsequent observations. The “ Porcupine ” was well
adapted for the purpose, and between May and September 1869 she made three distinct
trips. The first of these was under the scientific direction of Mr. Gwyn Jeffreys,
and it was chiefly devoted to dredging off the west coast of Ireland and in
the channel between Scotland and Rockall. The deepest dredging was in 1470
fathoms, and no lack of life was found at that depth. It was accordingly resolved
that, during the second trip, under the direction of Professor Wyville Thomson,
an attempt should be made to dredge in the deepest water within reach, so that a
deliuite answer to the general question of the existence of life at great depths could
lie arrived at. The “ Porcupine ” was steered for the Bay of Biscay, and at a point about
250 miles west of L shant two highly successful hauls of the dredge were taken in water
over 20<>0 fathoms deep, and in both animal forms from the Protozoa to the Mollusca
V" rc abundant. * It was on this cruise that Captain Calver suggested the employment of
hem]- n tangles attached to the dredge frame, which resulted in the capture of many new'
animals. The third cruise of 1 869, during which Dr. Carpenter was the naturalist in charge,
was intended to be a repetition of that of the “ Lightning ” in the previous autumn.
The observations of the earlier expedition were confirmed and extended in various
directions.

In 1870 Mr. Gwyn Jeffreys and Dr. Carpenter continued the work in the
Porcupine’ by a highly interesting series of soundings and dredgings in the Medi-
tfrram m and current observations in the Strait of Gibraltar. Dr. Carpenter resumed
the study of this region in the following year in the “Shearwater,” commanded
1 Thom»oa, op. ciL, pp. 79, 80. * Ibid., pp. 90, 97.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

103

by Captain G. S. Nares, and this expedition was no less interesting or important than
those that went before.

The chemical and physical work of the “ Porcupine ” expeditions was not so
satisfactory as might be wished. Marine chemistry was so entirely new, that a
great deal of preliminary work had to be done in order to gain the experience necessary
for further more accurate experiments. Indeed, it was in the way of suggesting improve-
ments for future use that the chemical work of the “ Porcupine ” was most valuable.

Frdmy in 1837,’ Morren in 1843, 2 and Lewy in 1846, had previously analysed the Gases in Sea-

gases of sea-water, but these were not more successful than those of the “ Porcupine.” A Wateb-

great advance was, howTever, made by Jacobsen during the expedition of the “ Pommer-

ania ’ in the North Sea in 1872. He introduced the slip water bottle for collecting deep

water, and devised an ingenious modification of Bunsen’s method for collecting the gases,

which left little to be deshed, and was afterwards used on the Challenger and other

expeditions.3

In December of 1871 and early in 1872 the U.S. Coast Survey Steamer “ Hassler,”
under the scientific direction of Professor Louis Agassiz, dredged in considerable depths off
the coast of South America, but with no striking results. Before starting on this expedi-
tion Agassiz left in the hands of Professor Pierce a very remarkable document,4 .in which,
from various considerations, he ventures “to foretell what we are likely to find in the deepest
abysses of the sea, from which thus far nothing has been secured. ” Among the organisms
he expected to discover are mentioned representatives of Ganoids, of Cestraciontes or
Hybodontes among Selachians, as wTell as representatives of other extinct types.

F. THE EXPLORATIONS OF THE CHALLENGER AND SUBSEQUENT

EXPEDITIONS.

The cruises of the “Porcupine,” together with preceding and contemporary expeditions, Conception of
had clearly established that organisms lived at vast depths in the ocean, that with the ™E Challengek
proper appliances these deep-sea organisms could be satisfactorily investigated, and that
the physical and chemical conditions obtaining in deep water and on the floor of the
ocean, even in adjoining areas, were by no means constant and uniform. The efforts of
the previous decade had been directed to the strips of water along the coasts, or to
enclosed or partially enclosed seas ; the vast ocean basins lay scientifically unexplored.

This consideration led to the conception of a great exploring expedition, which should
circumnavigate the globe, sound the most profound abysses, and investigate the physical,
chemical, and biological conditions of the great oceans with all the methods and apparatus
suggested by preceding researches. On the receipt of representations from the Royal
Society and other learned bodies, the British Government undertook to fit out such an

1 Comptes Reodus, tom. vi. p. 616, 1838. 2 Ann. chim. et phys., ser. 3, tom. xii. p. 5.

s See Narr. Chall. Exp., vol. i. p. 16. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. iii. pp. 49-53, 1872.

104

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Scops or thb
Challenger In-
vestigations.

American Expedi-
tions.

"TrsCARORA.”

u Blake “
Expeditions,
Alexander
Aoassix

expedition. The Challenger, a steam corvette of 2306 tons displacement and 1234
horse power, was selected for this service. She was fitted out under the direction of
Admiral G. H. Richards, the Hydrographer of the time, and a committee of the Royal
Socit v. In addition to an accomplished and experienced staff of Naval Officers, she
arri. d six civilian scientific men appointed on the recommendation of the Royal Society
Committee.1 From December 1872 till May 1876 the Expedition was engaged in
travel-sing 11 the Great Ocean Basins, taking observations and making collections.
Ever)- branch of Oceanographic science has in consequence been enriched by a grand
accumulation of new facts. Large collections were sent home and brought home, and
Live been described by specialists belonging to almost every civilised nation. The
results have now been published by the Government in fifty large royal quarto volumes,
the present volumes being the concluding ones of the series. The Expedition was
successful beyond the expectations of its promoters, and opened out a new era in the
study of Oceanology.

Since the return of the Challenger, the work of the Expedition has been largely inter-
mixed with all subsequent abysmal researches carried out by British and foreign
expeditions, these being, in many respects, supplementary or limited to special
regions of the ocean, none of them partaking of the world- wide and general character of
the Challenger explorations. It is not proposed in this place to do more than indicate
generali v the scope of the investigations carried out by these subsequent expeditions.

At the same time that the Challenger was engaged in the exploration of the Pacific,
the U.S. Ship “Tuscarora” ran several important lines of soundings across that ocean.
Wire sounding lines were made use of, and one greater depth was recorded than the
Challengers deepest sounding. In addition to temperature observations, a large and
valuable collection of deep-sea deposits was preserved which threw much light on the
distribution of organic and inorganic materials on the Pacific sea-floor.2

Between the years 1877 and 1880, the U.S.S. “ Blake ” was engaged in a detailed ex-
amination of the basins of the Caribbean Sea, the Gulf of Mexico, and the Florida
coasts of North America, under the able direction of Alexander Agassiz. The scientific
results of these expeditions have been made known in a large number of publications
issued from the Museum of Comparative Zoology of Harvard University at Cambridge,
and Agassiz has summarised the results and discussed their bearing in a general account
of the voyages.*

The U S.8. “ Albatross,” while engaged in the work of the U.S. Fish Commission, has

1 Professor C. Wyville Thomson, J. Y. Buchanan, H. N. Moseley, John Murray, R. von Willemoes-Suhm, and
J. J. Wild.

• G. E. Dknap, Deep-»<n soundings in the North Pacific Ocean, obtained in the U.S.S. “Tuscarora,” U.S.
Hydrographic Office No. 64, Washington, 1874.

• 8*' Agassiz, Three cruises of the U.S. Coaat and Geodetic Survey steamer “ Blake,” from 1877 to 1880, Bull.
Mum Comp. ZoOl., vole, xiv., xv., Boston and New York, 1888.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

105

Agassiz.

carried on extensive explorations off the Atlantic sea-board of the United States at all “Albatross”
depths, and for many years past the results have been given in the various publications Ati'antk:^ ' '
issued from the office of the Commission at Washington.1

In the beginning of 1891 the “ Albatross ” took a series of observations off the Pacific “ Albatross

coast of Central America, under the personal superintendence of Alexander Agassiz. ^ ‘‘p®flTI0N IiN

x r THE Pacific with

Three trips were made from Panama, extending from February 22 till April 23, and 84 Alexander
stations were occupied where the trawl, tangles, and tow-nets were used, and in addition
5 stations where surface and submarine tow-nets alone were in use. One of the special
features of the expedition was the experiments with submarine tow-nets, which could be
closed at any intermediate depth by means of a messenger sent down the line. From the
results of these experiments, Agassiz concludes that “ in the open sea, even when close to
the land, the surface pelagic fauna does not descend beyond a depth of 200 fathoms, and
that there is no intermediate pelagic fauna living between that depth and the bottom, and
that even the free-swimming bottom species do not rise to any great distance, as we found
no trace of anything within 60 fathoms from the bottom, where it had been fairly popu-
lated.” 2 From his experience in the Gulf of California he thinks that “ in a comparatively
closed sea, at a small distance from the land, there may be a mixture of the surface
species with the deep-sea bottom species.” 3 The dredgings in the Panamic district showed
that the deep-sea fauna was allied to that of the West Indies and the Atlantic Coast of
North America. Mixed with the strictly deep-sea Panamic types were a number of
forms the wide geographical distribution of which was already known. The richness of the
Panamic deep-sea fauna does not compare with that of the West Indian side, or that off
the eastern coast of the United States, and Agassiz believes that “ this comparative poverty
is due to the absence of a great oceanic current like the Gulf Stream, bringing with it on
its surface a large amount of food which serves to supply the deep-sea fauna along its
course.”4 In addition to the faunic observations already indicated, investigations were
made on the topography of the bottom, the character of the bottom deposits, serial
temperatures, specific gravity, and the colour of deep-sea types, while the Galapagos
Islands were examined as regards their geology and fauna and flora.

The “Albatross” and the “Thetis” were subsequently engaged in running lines of
soundings between the coast of California and the Hawaiian Islands, in connection with
a proposed telegraphic cable between these places. The published results give an
excellent idea of the relief of this portion of the Pacific sea-bed.5

The deep-sea soundings of the “Gettysburg” in the Atlantic in 1876, by the
“Enterprise ” in 1883-86,® in the Pacific and Indian Oceans, and the exploration of the

1 See Reports and Bulletins of the U.S. Fish Commission.

2 Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., vol. xxi. p. 194, 1891. 3 Ibid., p. 199. 4 Ibid., p. 186.

6 See Report on the Practicability of laying a telegraphic cable between the United States and the Hawaiian
Islands, Government Printing Office, Washington, 1892.

6 Barker, Deep-sea sounding on the U.S.S. “Enterprise” during 1883-18S0

(summary of results chall. exp. — 1894.) 14

106a

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Grrjiam Exrxui-
tioml
“ Oaki i.e."

DraCHK.”

German Polar
Expeditions*.

*' National ” o»»
Plankton Expe-
dition UNDER
Hessen.

Norwegian
North Atlantic
Expedition.

" VOrjnokn."

Gulf Stream by the officers of the United States Coast Survey, have all added much
to our knowledge of the physics and biology of the ocean.1

Thf German War Ship “Gazelle,” under the command of Baron von Schleinitz,

■ ircumnavigated the world at the same time as the Challenger, and was accompanied by
Studer and Borgen, to whom, as well as to other investigators, we are indebted for an
n count of the observations made during the cruise on currents, deep-sea temperatures,
pelagic organisms, deep-sea deposits, and coral islands.2

Ii the years 1881, 1882, and 1884, the ship “ Draclie ” carried on investigations in
tin North Sea, the physical, chemical, and biological results being made known through
reports by Jacobsen, Gumbel, Mobius, and others.3

The International Polar Expeditions between 1882 and 1883, especially the German
Tolar Expedition to South Georgia, yielded important meteorological and biological results
bearing more or less directly on the science of Oceanography.4

In the year 1889 the “National” or Plankton Expedition spent from July to
November in the North Atlantic, chiefly engaged in the study of the surface fauna and
flora after new methods suggested and carried out by Professor Hensen,5 — an extension,
in fac t, of the important marine work carried on for many years by the Kiel Commission.
Thio expedition was accompanied by a scientific staff consisting of Krummel, Brandt,
Dahl, Fischer, Sehtitt, and Eschke. The collections have been placed in the hands of a
large number uf specialists, and the detailed results are now in course of publication.

During the summers of 1876, 1877, and 1878, the Norwegian North Atlantic Expedi-
dition, in the “ Voringen,” was despatched for the scientific investigation of the region
lying between Norway and Greenland, under the direction of Professors Mohn, G. 0. Sars,
,-nd other Norwegian experts. In the first cruise, from June 1 till August 26, 1876,
98 soundings were taken, the greatest depth being 1861 fathoms ; in the second cruise,
extending from June 11 till August 23, 1877, 160 soundings, 27 dredgings, 9 trawlings,
and 37 serial icmperature observations were taken, the greatest depth being 2005 fathoms;
in die third cruise, extending from June 15 till September 4, 1878, 117 soundings, 15
dredgings, 2 1 trawlings, and 57 serial temperature observations were taken, the greatest

S ec R ■ ; * rt« uf the II. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey ; J. E. Pillsbury, The Gulf Stream and its Investigation,
Rep. U.S. Coast Survey for 1890.

* Die Forochongsreue S.M.S. “Gazelle,” Berlin, 1889.

1 Sec Die Krgebnimc der Untersucbungsfahrten S. M. Knbt. “Drache” in der Nordsee, Berlin, 1886.

■ i International IVdarfor'chung 1882 1883, Die Beobachtungs-Ergebnisse der Deutschen Stationen, Sud-
(> . 1»! ii., !■ rlin, 1 "ii ; Die Deutschen Expeditiunen und ilire Ergebnisse, Bd. i. and ii., Berlin, 1890 and 1892.

- 1 1 ) - • In i r I 'lain ton- Expedition ; I’t. i. 0. Kruimnel, Reisebeschreibung der Plankton -Expedition, Kiel,

I - >2, f • iLo V. Heni > n, Leber die Bestimmung den Planktons oder des im Meere treibenden Materials an Pflanzen

I :. F .after l .erirbt d. Komin. zur Wiss. Untera. d.deutachen Meere, in Kiel, fur die Jabre 1882-1886, Berlin,

1 - 7 ; Knintre), Die Plankton-Expedition im Sommer 1889, Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. f. Erdk. zu Berlin, Dezember
,hc'> ; V Ii- u, EinL" Ergel nisae der Plankton-Expedition der Humboldt Stiftung, Sitzb. d. k. yrcuss. Akad. d.
U'w ru Beriin, PLy*.-Math. Cl., IM. xiv. pp. 243-2.r>3, 189t) ; see also E. Haeckel, Tlankton-Studien, Jena, 1890.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

106b

depth being 1985 fathoms. The expedition visited the Vestmanna Islands, Iceland,

Jan Mayen, Bear Island, Spitsbergen, the Faroe Islands, and reached a latitude of
80° N. Important observations were made bearing on meteorology, temperature,
currents, chemistry, marine zoology, and the contour of the sea-bed, and the reports on
the scientific results are published in both Norwegian and English in parallel columns
with numerous illustrations in the form of lithographic plates, maps, and woodcuts.1

In the summers of 1881 to 1883 the Italian Government despatched the “Washing- Italian Expkui

ton,” under Captain Magnaghi, to investigate by means of dredgings and temperature

’ . * 6 ’ . . . -I, .. 6 , i , “Washington.”

observations a portion of the western basin of the Mediterranean ; some valuable tempera-
ture results were obtained, and Professor Giglioli recorded the capture, in depths of from
300 to 1000 fathoms, of Crustaceans, Fishes, Brachiopods and Starfishes, closely allied to
those obtained by the Challenger and other expeditions at similar depths in the open
ocean.2 The results were considered important, as bearing on the previous observations
of Forbes and Carpenter. In the years 1882 to 1885 the “ Yettor Pisani ” circum- “Vettor Pisani.”
navigated the globe, with Chierchia. on board, who made interesting and extensive
collections of the pelagic fauna and flora, which have created much interest among
zoologists. 3

During the years 1880 to 1883 important series of deep-sea investigations were French Ex pedi-

carried on by the French Government in the ships “ Travailleur ” and “Talisman ” in the Tl0:sfe'

J 1 “Travailleur.’

Bay of Biscay and the eastern parts of the Atlantic as far south as the Cape Verde „Ta „

Islands. These explorations were carried out under the direction of a scientific commis-
sion, of which Professor H. Milne-Edwards was president, the other members being the
Marquis de Folin, Professors A. Milne-Edwards, Vaillant, Marion, Perrier and Fischer.

Dr Gwyn Jeffrej'S and the Rev, A. M. Norman took part in one of the excursions. The
important zoological and other results of these expeditions are now in course of publication
in a valuable series of memoirs prepared under the able direction of Professor Alphonse
Milne-Edwards, and issued under the auspices of the French Government.4 *

Since the year 1885 Prince Albert the First, of Monaco, has carried out a series of Prince of
most interesting observations on the currents of the North Atlantic by means of floats TI°^C0
sent off from his yacht the “ Hirondelle ” at various positions and at stated times. The “Hirondelle.”
results of these experiments have been published on an elaborate chart. By means of
ingeniously arranged traps let down into comparatively deep water, the Prince has made
important zoological discoveries. These marine investigations are now being continued
in a new steam yacht, the “ Princesse Alice,” which is probably the first ship especially

1 Den Norske Nordhavs-Expedition, Christiania, 1880-1891.

* Enrico H. Giglioli, Prima Campagna Talassographica del R. Piroscafo “Washington,” Roma, 1881.

* See G. Chierchia, Collezioni per studi di scienze naturali fatte nel viaggio intorno al mondo dalla R Corvett
“ Vettor Pisani,” Roma, 1885.

4 See Expeditions Scientifiques du Travailleur et du Talisman pendant les Annees 1880, 1881, 1882, 1883, Pari?

1891, &c.

106c

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

" Princssse
Auce ”

Bvwiah Obseu

TATIOXS IS THE

Black Sea and
1‘acihc Ocean.

** VlTIAE.

Austrian Exi kdi

TION8 IN i HE
MEttITRHKASBAN,
M PoLA.”

British Expedi-
tions and EXPLOR-
ATIONS.

" K SIGHT

Errant ” and

“Triton.”

" Karria. **

" Hambler.”

" I'ENOUIN.”

** Investigator.”

built arul equipped for deep-sea exploration. The zoological investigations are under the
direction of Baron Jules de Guerne, and under his able editorship the results arc being
published at Monaco in an excellent style, with splendid illustrations.1

The Ru sian explorations in the Black Sea in the years 1890 and 1891 have shown
i ■ i ; 1 1 the deeper waters of the basin are devoid of life, and the chemical composition of
tta dt p >sits and of the water of the deeper layers reveals an enormous accumulation of
sulphuretted hydrogen and sulphides arising apparently from the deoxidation of sea-
water salts by organic matter on the floor of that basin.2

The researches of Admiral Makaroff on board the ship “ Vitiaz ” in the North Pacific,
with reference to the temperature and specific gravity of the sea, form an important and
valuable contribution to this department of oceanology.3

The “ Pole expeditions in the eastern basin of the Mediterranean during the summers
of 1890 to 1893, under the auspices of the Austrian Government, have already yielded
much new information, and the results that have been published are of great interest,
including the chemical investigations of Dr. Natterer regarding the deep-water deposits.4

In 1880 and again iu 1882, Tizard and Murray re-explored the Faroe Channel in
the “ Knig'it Errant”5 and “Triton,” and discovered the Wyville-Thomson Ridge
-opirating the areas with different temperatures and faunae, the distribution of which
was such a puzzle in the earlier expeditions of the “ Lightning ” and “ Porcupine.” Large
zoological collections were made on either side of the ridge, and many of the species
have been described in the Challenger Reports. A number of Her Majesty’s ships, under
the direction of the Hydrographic Office, have in recent years made a very large number
• >f important observations, especially in sounding the ocean and in taking deep-sea
temperatures, such as the “ Egeria ” in the Indian and Pacific Oceans in 1887-89 ; the
“ Rambler’ in the same oceans in 1888-90. The reports of Dr. Bassett Smith on his
dredgings on the Macclesfield Bank, in H.M.SS. “Rambler,” “Penguin,” and “Egeria,” have
for the first time given an excellent idea of the biological and physical conditions prevailing
on a submerged coral atoll. The “ Investigator ” in the Indian Ocean has likewise,
under the direction of the Indian Government, conducted many important sounding,

■ Sc- R. Mil tat- de« 1 '.unpagnw- Scientifiqucs accomplies ear son Yacht par Albert Icr Prince Souverain de Monaco

; . i ’ ; in- ti in, avi • le con corn du Baron Jules de Guenie, Imprimerie de Monaco, Fascicules I. to VII. ; also

Krenl papers by Prince Albert in the Compte « Rcndus.

■ Aii'li i— ow, Preliminary .iccount of deep-sea soundings in the Black Sea, St. Petersburg, 1890; Woeikow, Die
Tu-fo. h ’Khnngcn im Schwarzen Meere im Jahre 1890, Petcrmnnn’s Mitt^ilungen, Bd. xxxvii. p. 33, 1891.

Makar- iff, I a- “Vitiiu ’ ct l’Oc<$an Pocifique : Observations liydrologiques faites par les ofliciers de la corvette
\ .ia. ' )•• if lint un ■ i.'e .a u tour dn monde, execute de 1886 It 1889, et rccucil des observations sur la temperature
*-t le pool* -|k ifique de I’eau de l’Ocean Pocifique Nord, St. Petersburg, 1894.

» He.- B.-rif hte der Commission fur Erfor. chung des ostlicben Mittelmceres, in Denkschr. d. math.-naturw. 01. d. k.
A bid d. f Vim. IPien, Bd. lix.-lxL, 1892 4.

• BeeTirardand Murray, Exploration of the Faroe Channel, during the summer of 1880, in H.M. hired ship
Km/iit Er int, Proc Hoy. Sor. Edirt ., vol. xi. pp. 638-677, 1882 ; Deep Sea Exploration in Faroe Channel, by H.M.S.
Tnt< 1- 2, c mmandod by Staff-Commamler T. H. Tizard (Admiralty Blue-Book).

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

106l)

temperature, and dredging operations in deep water. During the last twenty years

the British Telegraph ships have furnished a large amount of information regard- Telegraph Ships.

ing the depth and nature of the deposits on the floor of the ocean, especially the ships

belonging to the Telegraph Construction and Maintenance Company, and those of the

India-Rubber, Gutta-Percha, and Telegraph Works Company.1 The specimens of deposits

procured by these ships, as well as those of the British Navy, have enabled Murray and IIgr Majesty’s

Renard to give a much more complete idea of the distribution of the various kinds of

deposits in the different regions and depths throughout nearly all oceans than was

possible from the study of the Challenger collections alone.

From 1886 to 1892 a detailed physical and biological exploration of the conditions
of the lochs and fjords of the coast of Scotland has been conducted by Murray, assisted M urray’s Obser-
by Mill, Irvine, Anderson, and others, interesting results as to the distribution of
temperature, salinity, and the effect of winds on the circulation of the water having been
obtained. The chemical composition of the water associated with the deposits has been
systematically investigated and compared with that of the superincumbent layers, and much
light has been thrown on the formation of manganese nodules, as well as on the changes
taking place in deep-sea deposits. The distribution of organisms in the deeper lochs has
also been carefully studied.1 Some excellent work has been carried out by Mill, Gibson,
and Dickson, on board the ship “ Jackal,” with reference to the specific gravity and
temperature of the sea-wa.ter off the northern coasts of Scotland in recent years,3 these
observations during the summer of 1893, under the charge of Mr. Dickson, being simul-
taneous with like observations by Swedish investigators at the entrance to the Baltic.

No better instance of a detailed piece of oceanographical work can be cited than that Swedish Investi-
now being carried on by the Swedish authorities in the Baltic and north-eastern portions GATIONS-
of the North Sea at all seasons of the year. Professor Otto Pettersson has given a most
excellent account of these detailed investigations, which have thrown much light on the
movements of large bodies of wrater from different sources, and on the influence of
these movements on the distribution of marine organisms at different seasons of the year.4

1 See J. Y. Puchanan, On oceanic shoals discovered in the s.s. “ Dacia ” in October 1883, Proc. Boy. Soc. Edin.,
vol. xiii. p. 428, 1886 ; On the land slopes separating continents and ocean basins, especially those on the West Coast of
Africa, Scot. Geogr. Mag., vol. iii. p. 217, 1887 ; The exploration of the Gulf of Guinea, Scot. Geogr. Mag., vol. iv. pp.

177 and 233, 1888.

2 See Murray, On the effects of winds on the distribution of temperature in the sea and fresh water lochs of the
West of Scotland, Scot. Geogr. Mag., vol. iv. p. 345, 1888 ; H. 11 Mill, The Clyde Sea-Area, Trans. Roy. Soc. Edin.,
vol. xxxvi. p. 641, 1891, and vol. xxxviii. p. 1, 1894 : Murray and Irvine, On the chemical changes which take place in
the composition of the Sea- Water associated with Blue Muds on the floor of the ocean, Trans. Boy. Soc. Edin., voL
xxxvii. p. 481, 1893 ; Murray and Irvine, On the Manganese Oxides and Manganese Nodules in Marine Deposits,

Trans. Boy. Soc. Edin., vol. xxxvii. pp. 721-742, 1894 ; W. S. Anderson, On the determination of sea-water densities by
hydrometers and Sprengel tubes, Scot. Geogr. Mag., vol. x. pp. 574-590, 1894.

3 See H. N. Dickson, Report on Physical Investigations carried out on board H.M.S. “Jackal,’ 1893-94, 12th
Annual Report of the Fishery Board for Scotland, p. 336, 1894.

4 Otto Pettersson, A Review of Swedish Hydrographic Research in the Baltic and North Seas, Scot. Geogr. Mag.,
vol. x. pp. 281, 352, 413, 449, 525, 1894.

lOfiK

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

1 >r Gerhard Schott’s observations on currents, temperature, and specific gravity of sea-
water. on a sailing voyage to China, show how important additions to oceanographical
knowledge can he made on such a voyage.1

Th- great advances in the Science of Oceanography during recent years, through the
researches and expeditions indicated above, will be evident to all who may compare the
knowledge possessed thirty years ago with what is now known concerning the depth of
;: c ocean. - represented on the bathymetrical charts which accompany these volumes,
with the data in regard to the temperature and specific gravity of the ocean at dif-
f, ;, nt depths as exhibited on the maps in Dr. Buchan’s Report on Oceanic Circulation,
or with the information on the biology of the Great Ocean Basins contained in
the following pages.

1 Petermann’y Mitteil., Erganzungshett No. 109, 1S93.

Hooke’s Sounding Machine and Water-bottle (see pp. 57 and 66).

GENERAL SUMMARY OF THE SCIENTIFIC OBSERVATIONS AND RESULTS
AT EACH OF THE CHALLENGER OBSERVING STATIONS.

In the following summaries of the observations carried out, and of the scientific results
obtained, at each of the Challenger observing stations at sea, the descriptions are almost
exclusively limited to those investigations which were undertaken with the view of
ascertaining the physical and biological conditions of the ocean.

The date, number, and position of the sounding and dredging or trawling station are
stated in the first instance, the numbers of the charts and diagrams on which the
positions of the stations, the temperature results, and the nature of the deposits are repre-
sented being given within brackets.

The temperature of the air at noon and the mean temperature for the day are
then noted, followed by the temperatures of the sea-water which may have been
obtained at different depths from the surface to the bottom. These figures showing the
temperature of the sea-water are, with the exception of those near the Antarctic regions,
taken from the curves of temperature published in the Physical Reports,1 where the
actual readings of the thermometers can be found.

The density of the surface, bottom., or intermediate waters of the ocean, uniformly
reduced to the temperature of 60G F., is given, as wTell as the quantity of carbonic
acid in the samples when this was determined, these results being taken from Mr.
Buchanan’s Report.2

The depth of the sea is recorded along with the nature of the deposit on the sea-
floor, the percentage of carbonate of lime being always mentioned, as this gives the best
indication of the chemical composition of the deposit.

The above general results are usually shown in tabular form, and precede paragraphs
which recount the proceedings of the ship during the day and give an account of the
more important operations on board, such as the times when the thermometers, trawl,
or other instruments were lowered into the sea and hauled up again, the quantity of line
paid out with the dredge or trawl, a note of any special experiments, and a general state-
ment of the success attending the day’s wTork, along with information as to the weather,
direction of the wind and current, and unusual occurrences.

The names of the genera and species of fishes and invertebrates (exclusive of the
Protozoa), which were captured in the trawl or dredge, are then stated in systematic
order. After the name of each species, particulars are added as to the number of speci-
mens secured, their condition at the time of capture, their occurrence at other Challenger

1 Phys. Chem. Chall. Exp., Part iii.

2 Phys. Chem. Chall. Exp., Part ii.

108

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

stations. nd their general distribution so far as made known by the Challenger researches.
Tin distribution of each species is given in full only under the first station at which it
was t k -n, and in the case of previously-described species the geographical distribution
is indicated only so far as discussed in the Challenger Reports. In many of the
its "f animals from dredge and trawl will be found species belonging to intermediate
or even surface waters ; if an opinion be expressed by the author of the special report
as to the habitat of the species, it is indicated in brackets after the name of the species.

The lists tine prepared from the special Zoological Reports were compared with the
lists of animals entered in the Station Book by the naturalists on board ship, and a
special note is mad< of any specimens which may not have reached the specialists owing
to their mutilated condition or from some other cause.

A short paragraph in heavy type states the number of specimens and species of
Metazoa procured at each station by means of the trawl or dredge, the number belonging
to new genera and species, and the number of these species not obtained elsewhere by
the Expedition. Should the manuscript journals and note-books contain any remarks
on the organisms which seemed to be of interest, these have been extracted ; when
not taken from my own journals the remarks are always placed within inverted commas,
and the name of the authority attached to the extract. Interpolations in square brackets
; indicate the names now in use for genera and species otherwise designated by the
naturalists in their journals on board ship.

At a large number of stations representative of the different areas and depths, lists
are given of the shells, frustules, and skeletons of Pteropods, Heteropods, Foraminifera,
Radiolaria, and Diatoms found in the deposits. In the case of the Foraminifera, those
species which are pelagic are indicated by a cross x , for these shells often make up more
than 80 per cent, of the carbonate of lime present in the deposit.

Under the heading of Surface Organisms very complete lists of the Diatoms, Fora-
rninifera, Radiolaria, Ccelenterates, Vermes, Crustacea, pelagic Molluscs and Fishes
captured near the surface are occasionally given, but, as a rule, the notes here inserted
arc those entered in the journal on the evening of the day on which the observations were
made. On every available opportunity tow-nets were dragged through the surface and
ub-.-urface waters of the ocean, and were occasionally sent down to great depths. When
these net were hauled on board their contents were subjected to microscopic examina-
:ion by the. naturalists, and the general characters of the organisms, with special notes
regarding any interesting species, entered in the journals. Frequently, when the weather
was favourable, a boat was lowered, and one or more of the naturalists examined the
suii . water by means of water-glasses, hand-nets, tow-nets, and other appliances, and
note.-* on observations of this kind conclude the descriptions.

( 109 )

A. ATLANTIC OCEAN (outward voyage).

The fitting out of the Challenger for the special work in which she was to be
engaged commenced in June 1872, and the ship was commissioned on 15th November.
When the provisions and stores had been received on board, the ship was carefully
swung to ascertain the errors of the magnetic instruments. She sailed from Sheerness
on 7th December, arriving at Portsmouth on the 11th, after a stormy passage, one of
the quarter boats being lost in a gale.

The Challenger left Portsmouth on the 21st December 1872, and in her passage
across the Bay of Biscay experienced heavy weather. On the 29th December the tow-
nets were dragged in the surface water, and specimens of Aeanthometra, Collosphsera,
Medusae, Crustacea, Carinaria, and Salpa were captured. On the 30th December the
first attempts were made at sounding and dredging, the object being chiefly to exercise
the seamen in the use of the apparatus.

Station I.1 (Sounding 1), Cape Finisterre to Lisbon (see Chart 2).

December 30, 1872 ; lat. 41° 58' N., long. 9° 42y W.

Temperature of air at noon, 54°‘3 ; mean for the day, 5 3° '6.

Temperature of water at surface, 55o,0.

Depth, 1125 fathoms ; deposit, Blue Mud.

At 8.10 a.m. took first sounding, and made first attempt at dredging. In hauling
in, the sounding line carried away, and a thermometer was lost. At 1 p.m. the dredge
came up capsized, and at 2.20 p.m. was sent down again in about 1000 fathoms. At
3.30 p.m. commenced heaving in dredge, which came up at 5.30 p.m. with a few
specimens.

Position of ship at noon, about 40 miles W. of Yigo Bay : Burlings Islands distant
153 miles. Made good 137 miles. Amount of current for the day 4 miles, direction W.

The following is a list of the animals recorded in the Zoological Reports from the
dredge at this Station: —

Asteroidea (Sladen, Zool. pt. 51).

Hymenaster membranaceus, Wyville Thomson, n.sp. One specimen (of a rich

crimson colour when brought up) ; obtained at no other
locality.

1 The Roman numerals I. to VIII. were used in the note-books for the preliminary Stations where the working of
the'apparatus was tested. The regular observing Stations of the Expedition commenced on leaving Tenerife (see page

136).

(summary op results chall. exp. — 1893.) 15

Station I.

Animals from
Dredge.

110

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Station I.

OUGANIttMH FROM

Surface- Not*.

ation* La. to I

Ophicroidka (Lyman, Zool. pt. 14).

0}>hio(jlypha lepida , Ljunan, var. (?). Obtained also at Stations 45, 4G, 76, 343,

and Bermuda, 420 to 1350 fathoms.

Amphipoda (Stebbing, Zool. pt. 67).

Platamon longimanus, n.g., n.sp. One specimen and fragment ; obtained at no

other locality. Only species of the genus.

Fishes (Gunther, Zool. pt. 57).

Argyropclecm olfersii, Cuvier. One specimen (probably from surface or sub-
surface waters) ; obtained at no other locality by the
Challenger. Recorded from the Atlantic. This specimen
showed signs of life and was highly phosphorescent when
brought up.

In addition to the foregoing, the following are recorded in the Station-book : —
Astvopecten sp. (?), two Ophiuroidea of two species (only one species reported),
several spec imeus of Eteone , probably a new species (see MTntosh, Zool. pt. 34, p. iil,
wi ll tubes composed of Globigerina shells, Peneid shrimp of a fine red colour, and empty
shells of Pteropoda.

Excluding the Protozoa, over 20 specimens of invertebrates and fishes were
obtained at this Station, belonging to about 9 species, of which 2 are new to
science, a new genus being represented; the 2 new species and new genus were
not obtained elsewhere.

Willemoes-Suhm writes : “ One of the specimens of Eteone was found without its tube,
and seamed to show some motion ; perhaps it was brought up alive, though all the rest
wiTc dead. I spent the day in examining this little Eteone and in making drawings of
it. Its anatomy showed nothing not already known from other species, though it is re-
markable tor its blindness, all the other species of the genus known to me and to Claparbde
(Anncil. de Naples) having got eyes.”

Surface Organisms. — In the surface tow-nets specimens of Diphyes , Amphipoda,
and Diacria [ = Cavolinia], were obtained.

Stations Ia. to Ic. (Soundings 2 to 4), Capo Finisterre to Lisbon (see Chart 3).

January 1, 1873 ; lat. 40 23' N., long. 9° 43' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 57 °‘3 ; mean for the day, 57°‘3.

Temperature of water at surface, 57°'0.

chart 2. Sinnm&xy of Results

TheVoyag*- of Cluif *: n gei

0

I •

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

Ill

At 7 a.m. sounded in 325 fathoms, Hard Ground, bottom temperature 52°'0
(Station Ia.), and at 9 a.m. in 730 fathoms, Hard Ground, bottom temperature 49°‘5
(Station Ib.). At 11 a.m. sounded in 950 fathoms, Hard Ground (Station Jo.), but the
line carried away owing to a bad splice. At 11.30 a.m. put dredge over in about 1000
fathoms ; it came up without mud at 4 p.m., having apparently not been on the bottom,
but contained one small fish, some small Crustacea, and Pteropoda. Between Vigo Bay
and Burlings Islands the tow-net was used. At night the sea showed luminosity duo
apparently to small Crustacea.

Position at noon, about 40 miles west of Cape Mondego ; Burlings Islands distant 59
miles. Made good 86 miles. Amount of current 12 miles, direction N. 75° E.

Surface Organisms. — Crustacea and Pteropoda were obtained in the surface tow-net.

Station Id. (Sounding 5), Cape Finisterre to Lisbon (see Chart 3).

January 2, 1873 ; lat. 39° 55' N., long. 10° 5' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 57° ’3 ; mean for the day, 56° ’7.

Temperature of water at surface, 57° 0.

Depth, 1975 fathoms.

At 9 a.m. sounded in 1975 fathoms, but the line was carried away, owing to a bad
splice, making the third sounding line and third thermometer which have been lost.
At 10.30 a.m. lowered dredge in about 2000 fathoms, and commenced heaving in at
2 p.m. At 9.20 p.m. the dredge-rope was carried away, about 2000 fathoms of line being
lost along with the dredge, which probably fouled something at the bottom, as there
was a heavy strain on the line, and only a fathom or two could be hauled ir at a time.

Position at noon, about 40 miles N.W. of Burlings Islands, coast of Portugal. Made
good 30 miles. Amount of current 7 miles, direction S. 56' E.

The Challenger remained at anchor off Lisbon from 1 p.m. on January 3 till 5 p.m.
on January 12, 1873.

Stations II. and IIa. (Soundings 6 and 7), off the mouth of the Tagus (see
Chart 3).

January 13, 1873 ; lat. 38c 10' N., long. 9C 14' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 54° 3 ; mean for the day, 55° '0.

Temperature of water at surface, 57° ‘0.

Stations Ia.toIo.

Organisms from
Surface-Nets.

Station Id.

At Lisbon.

Stations II. and
IIa.

At 7.30 a.m. sounded in 470 fathoms, deposit Green Mud, containing about 40

112

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Stations
and IIa.

Animals

Dredue.

IL per cent, of carbonate of lime (Station II.), and at 7.50 a.m. put over dredge — with 2
cwt 150 fathoms in front of it — veering 750 fathoms of rope. At 11 a.m. the dredge
came up with a Large quantity (about 1^ cwt.) of mud and a number of specimens. At
1.50 p.m. sounded in 1270 fathoms, deposit Green Mud (Station IIa.), and at 2.30 p.m.
put over dredge. At 5.50 p.m. commenced hauling in dredge, which came up at 8 p.m.
bottom up, but with two starfishes.

Position at noon, about 20 miles S.W. of Cape Espichel.

The following species arc recorded in the Zoological Reports as having been obtained
by the dredge at Station II. : —

from Annelida (MTntosh, Zool. pt. 34).

Allmaniella setubalensis, n.g., n.sp. One fragmentary specimen ; obtained at

no other locality. Only species of the genus.

Syllis setubalensis , n.sp. One fragmentary specimen ; obtained at no other

locality.

Glycera capitata, (Ersted. One specimen; obtained also at Station 75, 450

fathoms. A widely-distributed species.

PraxiUa (?) challenge rise, n.sp. One fragmentary specimen ; obtained at no

other locality.

Euthelepus setubalensis, u.g., n.sp. One fragmentary specimen ; obtained at no other

locality. The only other species of the genus
[Euthelepus chilensis) was obtained at Station 299,
2160 fathoms.

Protula luskanica, n.sp. One fragmentary specimen, which was afterwards un-
fortunately lost ; obtained at no other locality.

Nephthys malmgreni, Th^el (?). One fragmentary specimen ; obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger. Recorded from the North
Atlantic (“ Porcupine ” and “ Knight Errant ”).

Lamellibranchiata (Smith, Zool. pt. 35).

Limopsis minuta (Philippi). Many specimens ; obtained also at Stations VIIp.,

VIII., 24, and 75, 70 to 620 fathoms.

I. da rectidorsata, Seguenza (?). A single valve ; obtained at no other locality by

the Challenger.

Pecten sulentus, Muller, var. ( crebncostata , Sars). One specimen (several dead

specimens noted in Station -book) ; obtained at no
other locality by the Challenger.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

113

Scaphopoda and Gasteropoda (Watson, Zool. pt. 42). Stations II.

Dentalium capillosum, Jeffreys, var. paucicostatum , nov. One specimen ; the A~'h

species was also obtained at Stations 24 (?), 73, and 78,

390 to 1000 fathoms. Recorded from North Atlantic,

208 to 1785 fathoms (“ Valorous ” and “Porcupine”),
and Gulf of Mexico.

Dentalium entails, Linne, var. ortkrum, nov. Obtained also at Stations 75 and

145, 450 and 140 fathoms. The species obtained also at
Stations VIII., 49, and 344. Recorded from the whole North
Atlantic and Mediterranean. Fossil — European Pliocenes.

Dentalium circumcinctum, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 23, 56, and 122,

350 to 1075 fathoms.

Trochus ( Margarita ) rhysus, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 23, 450 fathoms.

. Fusus ( Neptunea ) despectus (Linne). One specimen ; obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger. Recorded from North Atlantic,

Arctic, Bering Strait, and Japan. Fossil — glacial beds of
Norway.

Fusus { Siphonorbis ) amblyterus, n.sp. One injured specimen ; obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger. Recorded from No'rth Atlantic
(“ Porcupine ”).

Columbelld ( Anachis ) haliseeti, Jeffreys. Several specimens ; obtained also at

Station 75, 450 fathoms. Recorded from North Atlantic
and Arctic. Fossil — Upper Miocene of Vienna basin.

Bittium gemmatum, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Recorded from south coast of Spain (“ Porcupine ”).

The following species are recorded in the Zoological Reports from the coast of
Portugal, without distinctive Station number, but they are all evidently from this
Station : —

Tetractinellida (Sollas, Zool. pt. 63).

Corallistes bowerbanki ( J ohnson). One specimen (coast of Portugal) ; obtained at

no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from Madeira
and Cape St. Vincent.

Hexactinellida (Schulze, Zool. pt. 53).

Chonelasma sp. (?). Several fragments (coast of Portugal)

Dactylocalyx (?) patella , n.sp. Several specimens (coast of Portugal) ; obtained

also at Station 56, 1075 fathoms.

114

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Stations II
and 11a.

Astkroidea (Sladen, Zool. pt. 51).

P<t rarchaster armatus, n.g., n.sp. (Coast of Portugal) ; obtained ako at Stations 46

and 50, 1350 and 1250 fathoms.

Plutonaster bifrons (Wyville Thomson). (Coast of Portugal — probably from

Station V.) ; obtained also at Station 47 (see Station V.).

Ophiuroedea (Lyman, Zool. pt. 14).

Ophioglypha irrorata, n.sp. (?). (Coast of Portugal, 470 to 1125 fathoms) ; obtained

also at Stations 143 and 164, 1900 and 410 fathoms.

Ophioglypha con/ragosa, n.sp. (Coast of Portugal, 470 to 1090 fathoms?);

obtained also at Station 320, 600 fathoms. Recorded
subsequently from New England.

(yph ioin tutium planum, Lyman. (Coast of Portugal, 470 to 1090 fathoms); obtained

at no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from
West Indies.

Ophiomiudum lymani, Wyville Thomson. (Coast of Portugal) ; for distribution

see Station 45.

Echinoidea (Agassiz, Zool. pt. 9).

Salenia hastigera, n.sp. (Coast of Portugal) ; for distribution see Station 106.

Aerope rostrata, Wyville Thomson, n.g., n.sp. (Coast of Portugal) ; obtained also

at Station 191, 800 fathoms.

In addition to the foregoing, the following are recorded in the Station-book : —
Several specimens of Antedon sarsii [ = Antedon tenella], two specimens of Brissopsis
ly rife in (one very young), small Amphipod, Pagurus in Dentalium, Dorynchus

Lispognathus ] thomsord (female with ova), Dacrydium vitreum, Hornera and several
other Polyzoa, and Tuuicates.

Excluding the Protozoa, nearly 100 specimens of invertebrates were obtained at
this Station, belonging to about 40 species, of which 17 are new to science, 4 new
genera being represented ; 7 of the new species and 1 new genus were not obtained
elsewhere.

Willemor -Sulim writes: — “Among the worms I recognise Glycera alba, Praxilla,
Punier, Sabella, and Syllis, all in single specimens or in fragments. Among them also
perhaps one of Clurlopterus and the tube of this worm.”

Foraminifera (Brady, Zool. pt. 22). — The following is a list of the Foraminifera

OfWANIMI* mOM
TUB D*IX*IT.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

115

observed in the deposit from this Station (see also Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea
Deposits Chall. Exp.) ; the pelagic species, which make up 25 per cent, of the carbonate
of lime present in the deposit, are marked thus x : —

Biloculina bulloides, d’Orbigny.

„ comata, Brady.

„ depressa, d’Orbigny.

„ ringens (Lamarck).

„ tubulosa, Costa.

Spirolocidina linibata, d’Orbigny.

Miliolina seminulum (Linne).

Planispirina celata (Costa).

„ communis , Seguenza.

Psammospbeera fusca, Schulze.

Kdlamopsis (?) sp.

Hyperammina ramosa, Brady.

Rhabdammina abyssorum, Sars.

Botellina labyrintMca, Brady.

Reophax sp. (?).

Haplophragmium latidorsatum (Bornemann).

Placopsilina vesicidaris, Brady (?).

Ammodiscus incertus (d’Orbigny).

Webbina clavata, Jones and Parker.

Cyclammina cancellata, Brady.

Bigenerina capreolus , d’Orbigny.

Valvulina fusca (Williamson).

Clavulina communis, d’Orbigny.

„ parisiensis, d’Orbigny.

Bulimina inflata, Seguenza.

„ pyrula, d’Orbigny.

Bolivina amygdalseformis, Brady,

„ punctata, d’Orbigny.

Lagena Iscvis (Montagu).

,, sulcata (Walker and Jacob).

Nodosaria ; comata (Batsch) (?).

„ ( Glandulina ) laevigata, d’Orbigny.

„ scalaris (Batsch).

„ soluta, Reuss.

Lingulina carinata, d’Orbigny, var. seminuda ,
Hantken.

Marginulina costata (Batsch).

Vaginulina legumen (Linne).

Cristellaria articulata, Reuss.

„ calcar (Linn 6).

„ compressa, d’Orbigny.

,, cultrata (Montfort).

„ italica (Defrance).

„ rotulata (Lamarck).

„ vortex (Fichtel and Moll).

„ sp. (?)

Uvigerina angulosa, Williamson.

„ pygrnsea, d’Orbigny.
x Globigerina bulloides, d’Orbigny.
x „ conglobata, Brady,

x „ inflata, d’Orbigny.

x „ rubra, d’Orbigny.

x Orbulina universa, d’Orbigny.

Pullenia sphaeroides (d’Orbigny).

Truncatidina pygpieea, Hantken.

Anomalina ariminensis (d’Orbigny).

„ coronata, Parker and Jones.

Carpenteria balaniformis, Gray.

Rupertia stabilis, Wallich.
x Pulvinulina canariensis (d’Orbigny).

,, elegans (d’Orbigny).

x „ micheliniana (d’Orbigny).

„ punchdata (d’Orbigny).

„ sp. (?).

Rotalia orbicularis, d’Orbigny.

Gypsina globulus (Reuss).

Nonionina umbilicatula (Montagu).

Operculina arnmonoides (Gronovius).

Surface Organisms. — Willemoes-Suhm writes: — “Among the surface things were
found a beautiful Gammarus with enormous eyes, a Crustacean larva offering a curious
combination of Phyllopodal and Copepodal characters, and the little Hyperia inhabiting
the Salp as.”

Stations IIb. to IIh. (Soundings 8 to 14), off the mouth of the Tagus (see Chart 3).

On January 14, 1873, soundings were taken successively in 84 fathoms, deposit

Stations II.
and IIa.

Organisms from
Subface-Xets.

Stations IIb. to
IIh.

116

THE VOYAGE OF FT.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Stations I In. to
Ila.

Organisms from
S RPACK N ETS.

Stations IIj. an
I Ik.

Stai ion II L

Gre< i. .Mini (Station IIb.); in 280 fathoms, deposit Green Mud (Station He.); in 560
fathoms, deposit Green Sand, containing 31*81 per cent, of carbonate of lime, bottom
ni , . rature 52" 0 (Station IId.) ; in 1290 fathoms, deposit Blue Mud, containing 19 per
■ ••■ut of carbonate of lime (Station He.) ; in 1475 fathoms, deposit Blue Mud, containing
2650 pfreent. of carbonate of lime, bottom temperature 37°'5 (Station Up.); in 1380
lh: horns, deposit Blue Mud, containing 28*86 per cent, of carbonate of lime, bottom
temperature 38 0 (Station llo.) ; and in 1800 fathoms, deposit Blue Mud, containing
19*88 per cent, of carbonate of lime, bottom temperature 37°'0 (Station IIh.)

Distai ce at noon from Cape St. Vincent, 81 miles. Made good 21 miles.

Surface Organisms. — W ill emoes- Sulim writes : — “ Among the surface things were
some Acanthometra?, the common Copepoda, and a Crustacean larva (Brachyuran).”

Stations IIj. and IIk. (Soundings 15 to 17), Lisbon to Gibraltar (see Chart 3).

January 15, 1873 ; lat. 36° 58' 50" N., long. 9° 14' 20" W.

Temperature of air at noon, 62

*3 ; mean for the day, 60c,l.

Temperature of -water : —

Surface, ....

60*0

125 fathoms,

56-3

25 fathoms,

600

150 „ ...

55-3

50 „ ...

600

175 „ ...

54-8

75 „ ...

59-2

200 „ ...

54-5

100 „ ...

57-5

At 9.30 a.m. sounded in 1000 fathoms, deposit Green Mud, containing 18*88 percent,
of earlwmate of lime, bottom temperature 39°*5 (Station IIj.). At noon sounded in 525
fathoms, deposit Green Sand, bottom temperature 54c*0 (Station IIk.), and at 12.45 p.m.
lower d dredge, which came up at 3.45 p.m. At 12.45 p.m. Naturalists went away in a
boat for surface collecting.

Station III.

At 4.45 p.m. sounded in 900 fathoms, deposit Green Sand (Station III.), and put
over dredge. At 7.45 p.m. commenced heaving in dredge, which came up at 10 p.m.
full of mud and with a few specimens.

Position at noon, 12 miles off Cape St. Vincent. Made good 81 miles. Amount of
current 10 miles, direction W.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS. 117

The following three species are recorded in the Zoological Reports from the dredge at
this Station : —

Corals (Moseley, Zool. pt. 7).

Flabellum apertum, n.sp. Two specimens ; obtained also at Station 145, 310

fathoms.

Annelida (MTntosh, Zool, pt. 34).

Nothria conchylega, Sars. One specimen; obtained also at Station 49, 85

fathoms. A widely-distributed, species.

Cirripedia. (Hoek, Zool. pt. 25).

Scalpettum velutinum, n.sp. (?). Three specimens ; obtained also at Station 335,

1425 fathoms.

In addition to the foregoing, the following are recorded in the Station-book : —
Chondrocladia virgcita, two specimens of Euplectella suberea, spicules of Hyalonema,
three specimens of Mopsea , two young specimens of Funiculina quadrangidaris, Palythoa,
Tubvloria, several young specimens of Archaster [ — Plutonaster] bifrons, and Limopsis.

Excluding Protozoa, about 30 specimens of invertebrates were obtained at this
Station, belonging to about 12 species, of which 2 are new to science

Surface Organisms.' — The following were taken in the surface tow-nets \-Collo-
sphsera , Velella, Cydippe, Ianthina, Carinaria atlantica, and Salpa, also a small turtle
( Chelone imbricate,).

'Willemoes-Suhm writes : “ Among the surface things were big blackish Copepods with
large paws (denticulated), beautiful Scdpse and Trelellse ; on the latter Ianthina was

feeding.”

Station IV (Sounding 18), Lisbon to Gibraltar (see Charts 2 and 8)

January 16, 1873 ; lat. 36° 25' N., long. 8U 12' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 58Q,8 ; mean for the day, 59°’l.

Temperature of water at surface, 60° "0.

Depth, 600 fathoms ; deposit. Green Sand.

At 8 a.m. sounded in 600 fathoms. At 8.30 a.m. put over dredge, which came up
about noon with very few specimens, but with great masses of a Gorgonoid entangled
in the rope and about the mouth of the dredge. On this occasion it was suggested that
the ordinary deep-sea trawl shuuld be tried, in order to go over more ground, and
to take, if possible, animals belonging to some of the higher groups. The result fully
justified the experiment, for the trawl was sent down at 1 p.m., and on being hauled
up about 4 p.m., was found to contain a number of forms.

(summary op results chall. exp. — 1893.) 16

Station III.

Animals from
Dredge.

Organisms from
Surface-Yets.

Station IY.

118

THE VOYAGE OF H.H.S. CHALLENGER.

Station- IV.

Anulalh from
Drxdgr and
Trawl

Position at noon, about 60 miles S.E. of Cape St. Vincent ; Cape Trafalgar distant
106 miles. Made good 60 miles. Amount of current 6 miles, direction N.

The follow ing species are recorded in the Zoological Reports from the dredge and
trawl at this Station : —

Tetractinkllida (Sollas, Zool. pt. 63).

T/unea schmidtii, n.n. One specimen; obtained also at Stations 24 and 73, 390

and 1 000 fathoms. Recorded from Florida.

Hexactinellida (Schulze, Zool. pt. 53).

lh doneina lusitanicum , Bocage (?). One specimen ; obtained at no other locality

by the Challenger. Recorded from off Setubal and
Porto Rico (?).

EuplcctcUa suberea, Wyville Thomson, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained also at

Stations V. and 124, 1090 and 600 fathoms. Taken
subsequently by the “ Travailleur,” off the Berlingues,
in 3307 metres (about 1650 fathoms).

Alcyoxaria (Wright and Studer, Zool. pt. 64).

Strophogorgia challenged, n.g., n.sp. Numerous specimens; obtained at no other

locality.

Deep-Sea ^kdus,e (Haeckel, Zool. pt. 12).

Pedant his asteroides, Haeckel. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality by

the Challenger. Recorded from the Mediterranean.

Dnjnwnerna victoria, Haeckel. One fragmentary specimen ; obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger. Recorded from the
Mediterranean.

Fishes (Gunther, Zool. pt. 57).

Ma run/.< a’qualis, n.sp. Two specimens ; obtained at no other locality.

In I' lit ion to the foregoing, the following are recorded in the Station-book : —
Af"ys'Ut Actinian, two specimens of Astrogonium longimanum [= Iconaster loiugi-
hon, ' ' , -j.int - <-f Cidaris hgstrix, Pay urns (very large), large crab, Tellina sp., many
living -i i j i ■ ns of Xc/era sp., Dentalium, and Mora mediterranea (?).

Excluding Protozoa, about 50 specimens of invertebrates and fishes were obtained
at this Station, belonging to about 17 species, of which 3 are new to science, including
representative of a new genus ; 2 of the new species were not obtained elsewhere.

r

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

119

Surface Organisms. — Willemoes-Suhm mentions: \relelliclae ; Sagitta ; Copepods ;
a small oceanic crab, the legs of which are big, with long and light hairs, especially
adapted for swimming ; Ianthina, with air-bladder ; Firoloida ; Salpa and Appendicu-
Ictria. Among the large quantity of animals examined, no larvae of worms nor of
Echinoderms, nor Cyphonautes were found.

The Challenger remained at anchor at Gibraltar from 8 a.m. on January 18 till
6 p.m, on January 26.

January 26 and 27, 1873.

Surface Organisms. — Willemoes-Suhm writes: “Near Gibraltar, on January 26, a
specimen of Orthagoriscus mola was seen at the surface. Among the surface things taken
on January 27, I find the first swimming worm, a Syllis, remarkable for long prolonga-
tions of the feet ; the animal examined is not, however, full-grown. Among the Cope-
pods I find Copilia denticulata, Claus [ = Copilia mirabilis, Dana], a remarkable
Saphirinoid, in which the red-coloured eyes are at a great distance from the cornea in
the front ; the anterior part of the body shows exceedingly well the nervous system, the
otolith, and the innervation of the glands described by Haeckel in Saphirinci edivardsii.
There were also many specimens of Beroe, Cydippe, Sagitta , megalopa stage of crab,
Carinaria, Pteropods, Appendicularia, Salpa, and Doliolum. Worm larvae, Echino-
derm larvae, and Cyphonautes observed for the first time abundantly to-day.”

Station V. (Sounding 19), Gibraltar to Madeira (see Chart 2).

January 28, 1873 ; lat. 35° 4 7' N., long. 8° 23' W.

Temperature of air at noon,

58° ’3 ; mean for the day,

56°-3.

Temperature of water : —

Surface, .

61-0

110 fathoms,

57-0

10 fathoms,

61-0

120

5)

56-6

20

» ...

61-0

130

56-2

30

>> . . i

60-9

140

55-7

40

jl ...

607

150

J)

55-2

50

>5 *

60-5

160

>>

54-9

60

>5 ...

60-3

170

54-6

70

VJ ....

59-6

180

>5

54'3

80

JJ ...

58-7

190

54T

90

JJ ...

57-9

200

54-0

100

» ...

574

Bottom,

38-5

Depth, 1090 fathoms ; deposit, Globigerina

Ooze, containing 66 ’84 per

carbonate of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chalk Exp.).

At 11 a.m. sounded in 1090 fathoms; at 1 p.m. the trawl was lowered, and came
up at 4 p.m., containing several specimens.

Station IV.

Organisms from
Surface-Nets.

At Gibraltar.

Organisms from
Surface-Nets.

Station V.

120

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

s vt v Position at noon, about 90 miles S.E. of Cape St. Vincent; Madeira distant 530

miles. Made good 98 miles. No current.

.v v i. i.om The following species are recorded in the Zoological Reports as having been obtained

TraW,‘ in the trawl at this Station : —

Hexactinellida (Schulze, Zool. pt. 53).

Euplectella suberea, Wyville Thomson, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained also at

Stations IV. and 124.

Asteuoidea (Sladen, Zool. pt. 51).

Plutonaster btfrons (Wyville Thomson). Obtained also at Station 47, 1340 fathoms.

Recorded from North Atlantic (“ Porcupine,” “ Knight
Errant,” and “ Triton ”), and from Barent’s Sea.

Holothurioidea (Theel, Zool. pts. 13 and 39).

E "phronides deprcssa , n.g., n.sp. One specimen; obtained also at Station 300,

1375 fathoms. Only species of the genus.

B> i thochjtes typica, n.g., n.sp. Numerous injured specimens ; obtained at no other

locality.

Ilolothuria mun'ayi, n.sp. (var. ?). One specimen; the species was obtained also

at Station 219, 150 fathoms (var. parva), and Station 300,
1375 fathoms.

AMPHiroDA (Stebbing, Zool. pt. 67).

Cystisoma spi nosum (Fabricius). One specimen; obtained also at Stations 101,

107, 170a, 196 (?), 214 (?), and 224, 500 to 2500 fathoms.
A widely-distributed species.

Fishes (Gunther, Zool. pt. 57).

Maerurus sclerorhynchus, Valenciennes (?). One specimen ; obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger. Recorded from the Mediter-
ranean.

Bathytroct.es microlepis , n.g., n.sp.. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

IIalo <iui'us inacrochir, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained also at Station 146, 1375

fathoms. Taken subsequently by U.S. Coast Survey
expeditions in Central Atlantic.

In addition to the foregoing, the following are recorded in the Station-book: —

Pcnnatulid, three specimens of Opldomusium lymani and two of another species,

Diadema (?) sp.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

121

Excluding Protozoa, about 30 specimens of invertebrates and fishes were obtained
at this Station, belonging to about 13 species, of which 0 are new to science, 3 new
genera being represented ; 2 of the new species were not obtained elsewhere.

Surface Organisms. — Two species of Heteropoda : Ptcrotrachea sp.(?), and Carinciria
n.sp. (?), are recorded by Smith (Zool. pt. 72), and the following are also given in the
note-books : Radiolaria, Siphonophoree, Syllis , and Pteropods.

Station Va. January 29, 1873.

At 9.15 a.m. on this date a sounding was taken in 2500 fathoms, but in heaving
in the line carried away.

Station VI. (Sounding 21), Gibraltar to Madeira (see Charts 2 and 3).

January 30, 1873 ; lat. 36° 23' N., long. 11° 18' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 60°'8 ; mean for the day, 580,9.

Temperature of water at surface, 58o,0 ; bottom, 36° ‘0.

Depth, 1525 fathoms; deposit, Globigerina Ooze, containing 67 ‘54 per cent, of
carbonate of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At 7.30 a.m. sounded in 1525 fathoms, and lowered trawl, which came up at 4 p.m.
containing a number of interesting forms.

Distance from Madeira at noon, 346 miles. Made good 52 miles. Amount of
current 15 miles, direction N. 26 W.

The following species are recorded in the Zoological Reports from the trawl at this
Station : —

Echinoidea (Agassiz, Zool. pt. 9).

Phormosoma uranus, Wyviile Thomson, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 78, 1000

fathoms.

Annelida (MTntosh, Zool. pt. 34).

Evarne tenuiset f§, n.sp. One fragmentary specimen ; obtained at no other locality.
Nereis longisetis , n.sp. One fragmentary specimen ; obtained at no other locality.
Maldane malmgreni, n.sp. One fragmentary specimen ; obtained at no other

locality.

Amphicteis gunneri (Sars). One fragmentary specimen ; obtained also at Station

63, 2750 fathoms (var, atlanticci, nov.). Recorded from
Europe and America.

Station Y.

Organisms from
Surface-Nets.

Station Va.

Station VI.

Animals from
Trawl.

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Station VI.

Orgamsks from
SrRFACE-XgTK.

Station VII.

122

Cirripkdia (Hook, Zool. pt. 25).

Scdpllttm insigne, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

1 ruca obliqua, n.sp. Four specimens, and a fifth specimen probably representing
a variety ; obtained at no other locality.

Polyzoa (Busk, Zool. pt. 30).

Kinetoshias cyathus (Wyville Thomson), n.sp. Four specimens ; obtained also at

Station 325, 2G50 fathoms.

In addition to the foregoing, the following are recorded in the Station-book: — Two
specimens of Eupleetella sp., Iphiteon sp., Tethya sp., fragments of Holtenia [ = Flier o-
rt<" Asconema . several new Sponges, Hymenaster sp., six specimens of Gphiomusium

so. and two of another species, Dictderna sp., six specimens of Salenia sp., Stichopus (?)

sp. , and a Molluscoid.

Excluding Protozoa, over 40 specimens of invertebrates were obtained at this
Station, belonging to about 20 species, of which 7 are new to science ; 5 of the new
species were not obtained elsewhere.

Willemoes-Suhm writes: “The worms brought up by the trawl include Nereis,
Aoh, Hides, an Iphroditid, Clymene, and some fragments. They present nothing extra-
ordinary in their structure or morphology.”

Surface Organisms. — Willemoes-Suhm writes : “ The little Phronima sedenlaria was
got in the m< rniug from the surface, and in its transparent house by the trawl. Only
tilt females have, according to Claus, a house; they are smaller than the males, have
mor< hairs on the antennae, kc. A large specimen of Tomopteris was captured, but being
only slightly transparent was not kept.” Physalia is also recorded in the note-books.

Station VII. (Sounding 22), Gibraltar to Madeira (see Chart 2).

January 31, 1873 ; lat. 35° 20' N., long. 13° 4' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 580,8 ; mean for the day, 57° 9.

Temperature of water at surface, 60°‘0 ; bottom, 37°'0.

Depth, 2125 fathoms; deposit, Globigerina Ooze.

At 9.15 a.m. sounded in 2125 fathoms, and at 11.30 a.m. lowered trawl; at 3 P.M.
ornmenc •«! heaving in trawl, which came up at G.30 p.m. with a few specimens.

Position at noon, about 230 miles S.W. of Cape St. Vincent; distance from
.Madeira 238 miles. Made good 107 miles. Amount of current 3 miles, direction W.

The following sp :cics is recorded from the trawl at this Station : —

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

123

PennatULIL'A (Kolliker, Zool. pt. 2). Station VII.

Umbellula thomsoni, n.sp. Two specimens ; obtained at no other locality. The larger Trawl/
specimen had a stem 3 feet in length, and showed most brilliant
phosphorescence, which, on being examined with the spectroscope,
gave a very restricted spectrum, extending from about b to D.

In the Station-book are noted also: Archaster [_ = Plutonasier] bifrons (?), and
three specimens of Stichopus (?) sp.

Surface Organisms. — The following species are recorded from the carapace of a
turtle taken at the surface at this Station : —

Organisms from
the Surface,

Hydroida (Allman, Zool. pt. 70).

Campanularia chelonise , n.sp.

Cirrjpedia (Hoek, Zool. pt. 25).

Conchoderma virgatum (Spengler), var. chelonophilus, Leach.

Amphifoda (Stebbing. Zool. pt. 67).

Platopliium chelonise, n.sp.

Brachytjra (Miers, Zool. pt. 49).

Nautilograpsus minutus (Linne).

Willemoes-Suhm writes: — “A specimen of Chelone imbricata was caught by Murray,
and beneath the fore-paddles we found Conchoderma, a Lepadid with rudimentary chalk
pieces, with young larvae in the Cypris stage just attached, besides also a Lepas. The
swimming Brachyurous crab, caught once before, was also sitting upon it.”

Station VIIa. (Sounding 23), Gibraltar to Madeira (see Chart 2). Station VIIa.

February 1, 1873 ; lat. 34° 4' N., long. 14° 18' W,

Temperature of air at noon, 62°‘8 ; mean for the day, 610,8.

Temperature of water at surface, 61°'0 ; bottom, 37 '0.

Depth, 2250 fathoms; deposit, Globigerina Ooze, containing 74 77 per cent, of
carbonate of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea, Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At 10 a.m. sounded in 2250 fathoms, and at 11.30 a.m. proceeded under steam.

Distance at noon from S.E. Rock, Porto Santo, 114 miles. Made good 99 miles.

Amount of current 3 miles, direction S. 62° W.

Sta/tions VIIb. to VIIf. (Soundings 24 to 28), off Madeira (see Charts 2 and 4). Stations VIIb, to
On February 2, 1873, soundings were taken as follows : — At 7 a.m., in 2225 fathoms, ^ T[f'
deposit Globigerina Ooze, containing 53T3 per cent, of carbonate of lime, bottom
temperature 37°'0 (Station VIIb.) ; at 1.40 p.m., in 670 fathoms, deposit Calcareous Sand,

1*24

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Stations VII®.
to VII r.

Organisms prom
m* Deposit.

Oroammim* prom
8crpace*N ctk

• timing jG'27 percent, of carbonate of lime, bottom temperature 46°*8 (Station YIIc.) ;
: : ' . v. in 1 1 50 fathoms, deposit Volcanic Mud, containing 38’40 per cent, of carbonate
t (.Station Ylln.); it 5 f.m., in 930 fathoms, deposit Volcanic Mud. containing 29‘20
r cent, of carbonate of lime, bottom temperature 43°-5 (Station VIIe.); and at 8 p.m.,
; :i loOO fathoms, deposit Volcanic Mud, containing 36 93 per cent, of carbonate of lime
(Station YIIf.). At 9.45 p.m. the trawl was lowered with 2000 fathoms of rope. Next
morning tin trawl was observed stretching the accumulators to their utmost tension,
having probably fouled something at the bottom, and in endeavouring to clear it the
rope was carried away and the trawl was lost.

Fokaminifeka (Brady, Zool. pt. 22). — The following species of Foraminifera were
observed during the examination of the deposit from Station Vile., 670 fathoms (see also
Vlum v and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.) ; the pelagic species, which make up
i - than 5 per c ut. of the carbonate of lime present in the deposit, are marked thus x : —

Biloculi na elongaia, d’Orbigny.

„ ringervt (Lamarck).

SjJtroloculina limbata, d’Orbigny.

Aftiiolina circulars (Borneiuann).

„ gracilis (d’Orbigny) (l).

„ teinintdum (Linne).
ep. (?).

1 -ummotphxra fmea , Schulze.

Rbabdammina abyssorum, Sars.

Bigenerina rapreolut (d’Orbigny).

„ pennutula (Butsch).

(Jawhyina rugosa, d’Orbigny.

CaMvIitlina ralabra (Seguenza).

„ subtjlobosa, Brady.

Xodomria sp. (T).

Criftdlaria art indata, Rouss.

„ calcar (Linnt*).

„ orbicularis (d’Orbigny).

I'rigrrind angulota, Williamson,
x Olobigerina mquilateralis, Brady,
x „ bulioidcjt, d’Orbigny.
x „ conglobata, Brady,

x „ inf ala, d’Orbigny.

x „ rubra, d’Orbigny.

x „ taccul if era, Brady.

! x Orbuliua universa, d’Orbigny.
x Pullenia olliquiloculata, Parker and Jones.

„ quinquelola, Reuse,
x Sphseroidina dehit cent, Parker and Jones.

Discorbina rugosa (d’Orbigny).

„ vilardebnana (d’Orbigny).

Truncatidina lobatula (Walker and Jacob).
„ refulgent (Montfort).

„ variability d’Orbigny.

„ sp. (?).

Anonialina ariminensie (d’Orbigny).

„ coronata, Parker and Jones.

Carpenteria balaniformit, Gray (?).

„ proteiformis, Goes.

Rupertia stability Wallich.
x Pulvinulina eanarientis (d’Orbigny).

„ concentrica, Parker and Jones.

„ elegant (d’Orbigny).

x „ micheliniana (d’Orbigny).

„ punctulata (d’Orbigny).

,, repanda (Fichtel and Moll).

Rotalia orbicularis, d’Orbigny.

Oypsina inhserens (Schultze).

Nonionina umbilicaiula (Montagu).

Pulystomella crispa (Linne).

Surface Organisms. — The follow ing species are recorded from the surface on this

date : —

I’tkkopoba (Pclseneer, Zool. pt. 65).

Clio ( Ortsexs ) acictda (Rang).

Carol in id fritpinosa (Lcsueur).

„ rjibbiWi (Rang).

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

125

Stations VIIg. to VIIj. (Soundings 29 to 31), off Madeira (see Chart 4).

On February 3, 1873, soundings were taken as follows : — At 7 a.m., in 1150
fathoms, deposit Volcanic Mud, bottom temperature 39° -0 (Station VIIg.) ; at 9 a.m.,
in 790 fathoms, -deposit Volcanic Mud, bottom temperature 45o,0 (Station VIIh.) ; and
at 10 a.m. , in 490 fathoms, deposit Volcanic Mud (Station VIIj.).

The Challenger remained at anchor at Funchal, Madeira, from 11 a.m. on February 3
till 2.30 p.m. on February 5.

The two following species are recorded as having been obtained at Madeira ; —
Anomura (Henderson, Zool. pt. 69).

Eupagurus excavcitus (Herbst), var. meticulosa , Ro.ux. Two specimens ; obtained

also at Cape Verdes. Recorded from Mediterranean and
North Atlantic.

Brachyura (Miers, Zool. pt. 49).

Leptopodia sagittaria (Fa'brieius). Several specimens ; obtained also at Station

122, Cape Verdes, and Bahia. Recorded from North and
South Atlantic,' and Pacific coasts of Central and South
America.

Station VIIk. (Sounding 32), Madeira to Tenerife (see Charts 2 and 5).

February 6, 1873 ; lat. 29° 19' N., long. 16° 38' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 620,8 ; mean for the day, 610,7.

Temperature of water at surface, 62° 5 ; bottom, 3 6° ‘2.

Depth, 1975 fathoms; deposit, Globigerina Ooze,

At 4 p.m. sounded in 1975 fathoms. Anaga Roc-k, Tenerife, distant at noon, 74 miles.
Made good 174 miles since leaving Madeira yesterday, at an average rate of 8 knots

per hour.

The ship remained at anchor in Santa Cruz Bay, Tenerife, from 8 a.m. on February 7
till 5.30 a.m. on February 10.

Stations VIIl. to VIIs. (Soundings 33 to 40), off Tenerife, Canary Islands (see
Chart 5).

On February 10 the skip went on a sounding trip round the island, the following
soundings being taken : — At 6.45 a.m., in 278 fathoms, deposit Volcanic Mud, containing
10-36 per cent, of carbonate of lime (Station VIIl.) ; at 7.30 a.m., in 630 fathoms, deposit

(SUMMARY OF RESULTS CHALL. EXP. — 1893.) ' 17

Stations VIIg.
to VIIj.

At Madeira.

Animals from
Madeira.

Station VIIk.

At Tenerife.

Stations VIIl.
to VIIs.

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Stations VI I u
n* VI Is.

Station VII p.
Ammau* Flu »m
Dkkim.e

120

Volt anie Mud, containing ll’S4 per cent, of carbonate of lime, bottom temperature 45°’0
(Station VI 1m.) ; at 8.40 a.m., in 975 fathoms, deposit Volcanic Mud, bottom temperature
41 0 (Station VIIn.) ; at 10 a.m., in 560 fathoms, deposit Volcanic Mud, containing
25 93 per cent, of carbonate of lime, bottom temperature 45°’5 (Station VIIo.) ; at 10.30
a.m. in 7S fathoms, deposit Volcanic Sand, containing 45’09 per cent, of carbonate of
lime (Station VI Ip.). At the same time dredgings were taken in shallow water, the
animals noted below being recorded, but at 3.30 p.m. the dredge-rope parted and the
dredgi was lost, having fouled something at the bottom. Soundings were then taken in
179 fathoms, Hard Ground (Station VIIq.); at 5 p.m., in 640 fathoms, deposit
Volcanic Mud, containing 31 ‘70 per cent, of carbonate of lime, bottom temperature 45°'8
(Station VIIr.) ; and at 5.45 p.m., in 1390 fathoms, deposit Volcanic Mud, bottom
temperature 38" 5 (Station VIls.). Proceeded thence under steam round the north-east
extremity of the island. '

The following species are recorded in the Zoological Reports as having been obtained
in the shallow dredgings (70 to 78 fathoms) on this date (Station VIIp.) : —

Maori’ ra (Spence Bate, Zool. pt. 52).

Irctus i tygmxus , n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

„ sp. (?). Two young specimens.

Anomura (Henderson, Zool. pt. 69).

Pagurus ca lulus, Risso. One young specimen ; obtained also at Cape Verdes.

Recorded from the Mediterranean, Madeira, and

Canaries.

Sjnrojtagurus elegans, Miers. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger. Recorded from Goree Island, Senegambia.

A napagui'us pusillus, n.sp. Many specimens ; obtained also at Station 75, and

Simon’s Bay, Cape, 18 to 90 fathoms.

Galatheu dispersa, Spence Bate. Two specimens; obtained at no other locality by

the Challenger. Recorded from British seas.

Brachyura (Miers, Zool. pt. 49).

P>-a (Arr.lopsis) tnbulus (Linnd). One specimen; obtained also at Station 75, 50

to 90 fathoms. Recorded from North Atlantic and

Mediterranean.

Lamkllibranchiata (Smith, Zool. pt. 35).

Ilnxtroclmna <l<(bi<i (Pennant). Obtained also at Cape Verdes. Recorded from

North Atlantic and Mediterranean.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

127

Ervilia cctstanea (Montagu). Obtained also at Stations 75 and 78. 450 and 1000 Station VITr.

fathoms.

Psammobia costulata, Turton. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Recorded from North Atlantic and Mediterranean.

Venerupis irus (Lmne). Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded

from North Atlantic.

Venus ( Ventricola ) casina, Lmne. Obtained also at Station 75, 450 fathoms.

Recorded from North Atlantic and Mediterranean.

„ ( ) effossa, Bivona, Obtained also at Station 75, 450 fathoms.

Cytherea ( Callista) chione, Linne. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Recorded from North Atlantic and Mediterranean. Fossil —

Coralline Crag and Tertiary formations of Italy and Sicily.

Circe minima (Montagu), Obtained also at Station 75, 450 fathoms. Recorded

from North Atlantic and Mediterranean.

Cardium ( Acanthocardium ) papillosum, Poli. Obtained also at Station 75-, 50 to

450 fathoms.

„ ( Papyridea ) transversale, Deshayes. Obtained also at Station 75,

450 fathoms. Recorded from Alboran Island.

Chama gryphoides, Linne. Obtained also at Station 75, 450 fathoms. * Recorded

from North Atlantic and Mediterranean,

Diplodonta apicalis, Philippi. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Recorded from Canaries.

Astarte macandreioi, Smith. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Recorded from Canaries.

Cardita , calyculata (Linne). Obtained also at Station 162. 38 to 40 fathoms.

Recorded from Mediterranean and Fiji.

Pectunculus stellatus (Bruguiere). Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Limopsis minuta (Philippi). Obtained also at Stations II., VIII., 24, and 75.

Lima squamosa, Lamarck. Obtained also at Station 212, 10 fathoms. A widely-

distributed species.

Pecten pusio (Linne). Obtained also at Station 75, 450 fathoms.

,, corallinoides, d’Orbigny. Obtained also at Cape Verdes. Recorded
from Canaries,

Gasteropoda (Watson, Zool. pt. 42).

Trochus ( Ziziphinus ) striatus, Linne. Obtained also at Stations 75 and 122,

450 and 350 fathoms. Recorded from North Atlantic
and Mediterranean. Fossil — Upper Miocene all over

Europe onwards.

Station VIIf.

128 THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Phasianella pull a (Linn^). Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Recorded from North Atlantic and Mediterranean.

Fossil — Middle Pliocene onwards.

Sadaria (Acirsa) subdeevssata, Cantraine. Obtained at no other locality by

the Challenger. Recorded from North Atlantic and
Mediterranean. Fossil — Pliocene of Altavilla.
y (Cassia) limata (Chemnitz). Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Recorded from North Atlantic and Mediterranean.

Fossil — Miocene onwards.

Columbella rustica (Linne). Obtained also at Cape Verdes, 7 to 25 fathoms.

Recorded from Mediterranean, Africa, and Antilles.
Fossil — Upper Pliocene onwards.

Fasdolaria armata (Adams). Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Recorded from California.

Margindla (Gibberula) guancha, d’Orbigny. Obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger. Recorded from Tenerife.

,, ( „ ) miliaria (Liun£). Obtained also at Station 75, 450 fathoms.

Recorded from Mediterranean and Madeira. Fossil —

Miocene onwards.

Ranella (Aspa) marginata (Gmelin). Obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger. Recorded from North-West Africa. Fossil
— Italian Middle Pliocene onwards.

Cypnm sjntrca, Linne. Obtained also at Stations 113a and 122, 7 to 350 fathoms.

Recorded from North Atlantic and Mediterranean.

,, (Trivia) candidula, Gaskoin. Obtained also at Station 75, 450 fathoms.

Recorded from Mexico, North Atlantic, and Mediterranean.
Notice variabilis, Recluz. Obtained also at Station 75, 450 fathoms. Recorded

from Madeira and Canaries.

,, (Mam met) porcellana, d’Orbigny. Obtained also at Cape Verdes, 7 to 25

fathoms. Recorded from Bahia, Madeira, and Canaries.
Fossil — Post-Pliocene of Calabria.

Cik htu elegantummum, Carpenter. Six specimens ; obtained at no other locality

by the Challenger.

,, vit reurn, Carpenter. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Recorded from Tenerife.

pollirarc, Carpenter. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality by the
Challenger. Recorded from Tenerife.

Turrit rllu bi< ingulfita, Lamarck. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Recorded from Cape Verdes.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

129

Odostomia turrita, Hanley. Obtained also at Station 122 (?), 350 fathoms. Re- Station VIIp.

corded from North Atlantic and Mediterranean. Fossil
— Post-Tertiaries of Scotland.

Aclis mizon, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Eulima philippii, Weinkauff. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Recorded from North Atlantic and Mediterranean.

Fossil — Post-glacial beds of Norway.

Bittium Jacteum (Philippi). Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger. Re-
corded from North Atlantic and Mediterranean. Fossil
— Middle Pliocene onwards.

,, reticulatum (Costa). Obtained also at Station 75, 450 fathoms. Re-
corded from North Atlantic and Mediterranean. Fossil
— Upper Miocene of Middle and Southern Europe
onwards.

Triforis perversa (Linne). Obtained also at Stations 75 and 122, 450 and 350

, fathoms. Recorded from North Atlantic and Mediter-
ranean. Fossil — Upper Miocene all over Europe onwards.

Rissoa costulata, Alder. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger. Re-
corded from North Atlantic and Mediterranean. Fossil

* — Middle Pliocene onwards.

„ similis, Scacchi. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger. Re-
corded from North Atlantic and Mediterranean. Fossil
— Pliocene of Calabria, Pleistocene of Sicily, and recent
clays of both.

„ ( Alvania ) canariensis, d’Orbigny, and var. of Manzoni. Obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger. Recorded from Canaries and
Madeira.

„ ( „ ) costata (Adams). Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Recorded from North Atlantic and Mediterranean.

Fossil — Middle Pliocene onwards.

,, ( „ ) leacocki, Watson. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Recorded from. Madeira.

,, ( Onobci ) striata (Adams). Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Recorded from Arctic, North Atlantic, and Mediterranean.

Fossil — Pleistocene of Britain and Norway.

„ ( ,, ) watsoni, Schwartz. Obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger. Recorded from Madeira.

,, ( Cingula ) glabmta (Muklfeldt). Obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger. Recorded from Mediterranean and Madeira.

130

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Station VI Ip.

Organisms from
the Deposit.

Rtv a (Setia) albugo, Watson. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Recorded from Madeira.

,, ( „ ) callosa, Manzoni. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Recorded from Canaries.

Utr ulus mamillatus (Philippi). Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Recorded from North Atlantic and Mediterranean.
Fossil — Middle Pliocene of Europe onwards.

,, tornatus, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Recorded subsequently from Madeira.

Philine aperta (Linne). Obtained also at Cape Verdes, 7 to 25 fathoms.

Recorded from Great Britain, Mediterranean, Cape, and
Philippines.

Professor Wyville Thomson mentions also a fine Synapta.

Excluding Protozoa, over 80 specimens of invertebrates were obtained at this place,
belonging to about 63 species, of which 4 are new to science ; 3 of the new species
were not obtained elsewhere.

Diatomace.e. — The following species of Diatoms were observed by Mr Thomas
Comber in the deposit from Station VIIp. (see also Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea

Deposits Chall. Exp.) : —

Amphora robusta, Gregory.

„ proteus, Gre gory.

„ bigibha, Grunow.

„ arcua/a, A. Schmidt.

„ spectabilis, Gregory.

„ g revilleana , Gregory.

„ littoralis, Donkin.

„ ohtusa, Gregory.

„ erasm, Gregory.

Xavicula retusa, Brebisson.

„ hennedyil, W. Smith.

„ clavata, Gregory.

„ sand rt ana , Grunow.

„ maxima, Gregory.

„ angul'xa, Gregory.

„ carin if era, Grunow.

„ pelagi, A. Schmidt.

„ futxa, Haifa.

„ t/raejJU, A. Schmidt.

„ line at a, Donkin.

„ nicobariea, Grunow.

„ donkinii, A. Schmidt.

„ coffea/ormu, A. Schmidt.

Namcula pandura, Brebisson.

„ bomboides, A. Schmidt.

,, didyrna, Kutzing.

„ tplendida, Gregory

„ aspera, Ehrenberg.

„ consors, A. Schmidt.

„ sp. (?).

Cocconeis scutellum, Ehrenberg.

„ moorei ( = Ilhaphoneis, O’Meara).

Amphiprora alula, Kutzing.

Nitzschia pamlwriformis, Gregory.

,, plana, W. Smith.

„ jelineldi, Grunow.

„ upathulata, Brebisson.

Surirella faxtuosa, Ehrenberg.

„ mexicana, A. Schmidt.

„ patens, A. Schmidt.

„ lata, W. Smith.

Coxcinodiscus radiatus, Ehrenberg.

„ nitidus, Gregory.

„ eleganx, Greville.

Paralia mlrata, Cleve.

Ihjalodiscu8 scoiicus, Grunow.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

131

Stations VIIt. to VIIv. (Soundings 41 to 43), off Canary Islands (see Chart 5).
February 11, 1873.

Temperature of air at noon, 65°‘8 ; mean for the day, 64°’3.

Temperature of water : —

Surface, ....

650

600 fathoms,

44-7

100 fathoms,

59-3

700 „

43-2

200 „ ...

55-0

800 ,,

41-9

300 „ ...

51-6

900 „

40-8

loo „ ...

48-9

1000 „

40'0

500 „ ...

46-5

At 6.40 a.m. sounded in 1750 fathoms, deposit Volcanic Mud, containing 36'50 per
cent, of carbonate of lime, bottom temperature 37°'5 (Station VIIt.); at 12.30 p.m.
sounded in 1340 fathoms, deposit Volcanic Mud, bottom temperature 380,5 (Station
Viler.) ; and at 4.45 p.m. in 1620 fathoms, deposit Volcanic Mud, bottom temperature
37° ‘5 (Station VIIv.): At 7.30 p.m. made all plain sail, and proceeded towards

Gomera Island.

The following species of Crustacea is recorded in error as having been obtained at
this Station : —

Macrura (Spence Bate, Zool. pt. 52).

Eryoneicus ceecus, n.g., n.sp. One specimen. This is undoubtedly an error as to

locality, the specimen was procured at Station 87 (which see).

Surface Organisms. — The following are noted as having been captured in the surface
tow-nets : — Porpita, and shells of Spirula.

Sfca.tion VIII. (Sounding 44), off Canary Islands (see Chart 5).

February 12, 1873 ; lat. 28° 3' 15" N., long. 17’ 27' W.
Temperature of air at noon, 63°*8 ; mean for the day, 610,7.
Temperature of water : —

Surface, .

50 fathoms,

100

>>

64-5 200 fathoms,

64-0 300

63-0

57-6

54-2

Stations VIIt. to
VIIv.

Organisms from
Surface-nets,

Station VIII.

Depth, 620 fathoms ; deposit, Volcanic Mud, containing 29’02 per cent, of
carbonate of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

132

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Station VIII.

Animals from
DfiSDOB.

\' 10.15 a.m. sounded in 020 fathoms, near the coast of Gomera Island, and lowered
dr which was hauled in at 2 p.m. containing numerous specimens. . A jar of the
mud brought up by the dredge was put aside, containing a weighed coil of steel-covering
wire for electric cables, to test the action of the mud upon it. At 3 p.m. proceeded
under steam.

The following species are recorded in the Zoological Reports from the dredge at this
Station : —

Echinoidea (Agassiz, Zool. pt. 9).

Hemiaster zonatus, n.sp. One specimen; obtained also at Station 126, 750

fathoms.

Aceste bellidifera , Wvville Thomson, n.g., n.sp. One specimen; obtained also at

Stations 272 and 323, 2600 and 1900 fathoms.

Annelida (MTntosh, Zool. pt. 34).

Hyalincccia tubicola, Muller, var. longibranchiata, nov. Two specimens (were

alive when brought up) ; the species obtained also at Stations
75, 167, 186, 235, and 320. A widely -distributed species.

Ostracoda (Brady, Zool. pt. 3).

M irrorypris canariensis, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality. -

Bairdia sp. (?).

«

Lam klllbranchiata (Smith, Zool. pt. 35).

X'-wra teres, Jeffreys. Many specimens ; obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger.

Lyoruria formosa, Jeffreys. One specimen; obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger.

Cryptodon croulinensis (Jeffreys). One specimen ; obtained also at Stations 33

and 78, 435 and 1000 fathoms. Recorded from North
Atlantic and Mediterranean. Fossil — Pliocene and Post-
Tertiary formations.

Montacuta pura, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 75, 450 fathoms.

b:da mes< inensis, Seguenza. Several specimens; obtained also at Station 75, 450

fathoms.

Lim<p is minuta (Philippi). Several specimens; obtained also at Stations II., VIIp.,

24, and 75.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

133

Scaphopoda and Gasteropoda (Watson, Zool, pt. 42).

Dentalium entalis, Linne, var. agile, Sars. Four specimens ; for distribution

see Station II.

Nassa ( Tritia ) brychia, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Marginella ( Glabella ) musica, Hinds. Obtained also at Station 142, 150 fathoms.

Recorded from West Africa.

In addition to the foregoing, many specimens of Cidaris hystrix are recorded in the
Station-book, and W'illemoes-Suhm refers to a new genus of Annelids allied to Sternaspis,
but showing more the characters of true Annelids than that form, the specimens of
which were alive when brought up, and were afterwards mounted on slides.

Excluding the Protozoa, over 50 specimens of invertebrates were procured at this
Station, belonging to about 16 species, of which 6 are new to science, a new genus
being represented ; 2 of the new species were not obtained elsewhere.

The following species of Pteropoda, Foraminifera, and Diatoms were observed in the
deposit from this Station (see also Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.) : — •

Pteropoda (Pelseneer, Zool. pt. 65).

Lirnacina inflata (d’Orbigny).

Limacina lesueuri (d’Orbigny).

„ bulimoides (d’Orbigny).

Peraclis bispinosa, n.sp.

Foraminifera (Brady, Zool. pt. 22).

58 per cent, of the carbonate of lime present

Biloculina eomata , Brady.

„ irregularis , d’Orbigny.

„ ringens (Lamarck).

„ tubulosa, Costa.

Spiroloculina acutiviargo, Brady.

„ limbata, d’Orbigny.

„ robusta, Brady.

,, tefiuiseptata, Brady.

„ sp. (A

Miliolina auheriana (d’Orbigny).

„ circularis (Bornemann).

„ gracilis (d’Orbigny).

,, oblonga (Montagu).

„ seminulum (Linne).

OpMhalmidium inconstans, Brady.

Planispirina communis, Seguenza.

Cornuspira foliacea (Philippi).

(summary of results chall. exp. — 1893.)

Clio ( Styliola ) subula (Quoy and Gaimard).

„ pyramidata, Linne.

Cavolinia quadridentata (Lesueur).

,, injlexa (Lesueur).

The pelagic species, which make up about
in the deposit, are marked thus x : —

Cornuspira involvens, Reuss.

Pelosina cglindrica, Brady.

Technitella raphanus, Brady (?)•

Saccammina sphxrica . Sars.

Hyperammina ramosa, Brady.

Rhabdammina cornuta , Brady (?).

Haplophragmium em/xciatum, Brady.

„ globigeriniforme (Parker

and Jones).

,, glomeratum, Brady.

Trochammina pauciloculata, Brady.

,, proteus, Karrer (1).

„ squamata , Jones and Parker.

Webbina clavata, Jones and Parker.

Cyclammina pusilla, Brady.

Textularia aspera, Brady.

„ gramen, d’Orbigny.

IS

Station VIII.

Organisms fro
the Deposit.

134

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Station VIII.

Texiularia l undent a, Bnuly.

„ <{iutd ril at era, Sell wager.

Bigenerina eapreolus (d’Orbigny).

„ nodosaria (d’Orbigny).

„ pennatula (Batsch).

Gaudryina pttpoidos, d’Orbigny.

Clartdina jniritientis, d'Orbigny.

Bidiniina andeata, d’Orbigny.

„ a finis, d’Orbigny.

„ convoluta , Williamson

„ clonga t a, d’Orbigny.

„ injtaia , Seguenza.

„ pupoides, d’Orbigny.

„ pgnda, d'Orbigny.

„ rout rata, Brady.

Boliirina bey rich i, Reuse.

„ punctata, d'Orbigny.

„ pygnuKO, Brady.

„ text ilari' rides, Reuss.

Cassuhdina crassa, d'Orbigny.

Ehn ubergina serrata, Reuss.

Chdoftumdla ovoidea, Reuss.

Lagena aspera, Reuss.

„ laevigata (Reuse).

„ lagenoides (Williamson).

„ * margin ita (Walker and Boys).

„ orbignyana (Seguenza).

„ squamosa (Montagu).

„ striata (d’Orbigny).

„ striatopunctata, Parker and Jones.

„ * teat a (Walker and Jacob), var. interrupta ,

Williamson.

No>losoria communis, d’Orbigny.

„ filifnnnis, d’Orbigny.

„ ( Glatuiulina ) laevigata, d’Orbigny.

„ obliqua (Linn6).

„ proximo, Silvestri.

„ pyrula, d’Orbigny.

„ roemeri (Neugeboren) (?).

„ talaris (Batsch).

„ simplex, Silvestri.

„ soluta, Reuss.

„ vert el r alia (Batsch).

„ sp. (T).

Lingulina eariruita, d’Orbigny, var. seminwla,
Hantken.

flhalvlogonium minuhun, Iieuss.

Marginvlina glabra, d’Orbigny.

Cristellaria cultrata (Montfort).

„ gemmata, Brady.

„ rotulata (Lamarck).

„ variabilis, Reuss.

Uvigerina angulosa, Williamson.

„ „ var. spinipes , Brady.

„ asperula, Czjzek.

„ „ var. ampullacea, Brady.

„ pygmxa, d’Orbigny.

Sagrina columellaris, Brady.

„ dimorpha (Parker and Jones),
x Globigerina xquilateralis, Brady,
x „ bulloides, d’Orbigny.
x „ „ var. triloba, Reuss.

x „ conglobata, Brady,

x „ infiata, d’Orbigny.

x „ rubra, d’Orbigny.

x „ sacculifera, Brady,

x Orbulina universa, d’Orbigny.
x Hastigerina pelagica (d’Orbigny).
x Pullenia obliquiloculata, Parker and Jones.
„ quinqucloba, Reuss.

Sphxroidina bulloides, d’Orbigny.

Spirillina vivipara, Ehrenberg.

Patellina cormgata, Williamson.

Discorbina rarescens, Brady.

Planorlmlina mediterranensis, d’Orbigny.

Truncatulina haidingerii (d'Orbigny).

„ lobatida (Walker and Jacob).
„ reticulata (Czjzek).

„ variabilis, d’Orbigny.

Anomalina ammmoides (Reuss).

„ ariininensis (d’Orbigny).

„ coronata, Parker and Jones.

„ grosserugosa (Giimbel).
x Pulvinulina canariensis (d’Orbigny).

„ elegans (d’Orbigny).

x „ menardii (d’Orbigny).

x „ micheliniana (d’Orbigny).

x „ patagoniea (d’Orbigny).

Rotalia broeckhiana, Karrer.

„ calcar, d’Orbigny.

„ soldanii, d’Orbigny.

Gypsina inlixrens (Sclmltze).

Polytrema miniaceum (Linne).

Pulystomella macella (Ficlitel and Moll).

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

135

Diatomacea;. — The following species of Diatoms were observed by Mr. Comber : —

Navicula hennedyii , W. Smith.

,. lyra, Ehrenberg, var. elliptica, A. Schmidt.
„ donkinii, O'Meara.

„ spedabilis, Gregory.

„ davata, Gregory.

„ pradexta, Ehrenberg.

» polystida, Greville, var. circumseda, Grunow.
„ californica, Greville.

„ smifhii. Brebisson.

„ lineatus, Donkin.

„ multicostata, Grunow.

„ bomboides, A. Schmidt.

„ camp ylodiscus, Grunow.

„ aspera, Ehrenberg.

Nitzschia panduriformis. Gregory.

Surirella lata, W. Smith.

Campylodiscus ralfsii, W. Smith.

„ horologium, "Williamson.

Triceraiium atlanticum, Castracane.

Tricer atium, pentacrinus, Wallich, forma tetragona.

Stidodiscus paralldus, Castracane ( = Tricer atium,
Greville), forma hexagona.

Aclinoptydius undulatus, Ehrenberg.

„ splendens, Ralfs.

Goscinodiscus excentricus, Ehrenberg.

,, nitidus, Gregory.

„ lineatus , Ehrenberg.

,, auguste-lineatus, A. Schmidt.

„ curvatulus, Grunow.

„ denarius, A. Schmidt.

„ radiatus, Ehrenberg.

,, oculus-iridis, Ehrenberg.

,, crassus, Bailey.

,, elegans, Greville.

,, griseus, Greville.

Ethmodiscus sp. (?).

Melosira arenaria, Moore.

At anchor in Santa Cruz Bay, Tenerife, from 8 a.m. on February 13 till 7.30 p.m.

on February 14.

The following species are recorded in the Zoological Reports as having been obtained

during the stay at the Canary Islands : —

Ophifroidea (Lyman, Zool. pt. 14).

Ophionereis dubia (Muller and Troschel) (?). (Gomera) ; obtained also at Amboina

and Fiji (?).

Echinoidea (Agassiz, Zool. pt. 9).

Dorocidaris ( Cidaris ) papillata (Leske). (Gomera, 70 fathoms); for distribution

see Station 24.

Holothurioidea (Theel, Zool. pt. 39).

Synapta lappa, Muller. Several fragments (Gomera, 70 fathoms) ; obtained at no

other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from West Indies.

Brachyura (Miers, Zool. pt. 49).

Xanihodes melanodactylus, M. -Edwards. One specimen (Gomera, 75 fathoms) ;

obtained also at Cape Verdes and Azores. Recorded from
North and South Atlantic.

Station VIII.

At Tenerife

Animals from
the Canary
Islands.

136

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Can. is t Islands.

Statiox 1.

Xcpttn> s (Am phi (rite) ]ia status (Linn^). Four specimens (Gomera or Tenerife, 75 or

78 fathoms); obtained at no other locality by the
Challenger.

Gasteropoda (Watson, Zool. pt. 42).

Trochus ( Trochocochlea ) colubrinus, Gould. (Rocks at Santa Cruz) ; obtained at no

other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from North
Atlantic.

li mella ( Lampas ) thorns, d’Orbigny. (Rocks at Santa Cruz) ; obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger. Recorded from West Indies
and Madeira.

Litorina striata , King. (Shore, Santa Cruz); obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger. Recorded from North and South Atlantic.

Bkachiopoda (Davidson, Zool. pt. 1).

Megerlia truncala (Linne). Many specimens (off Gomera, 70 or 75 fathoms) ;

obtained at no other locality by the Challenger. A widely-
distributed species. Fossil — Upper Tertiaries of Europe.

Argiope decollata (Chemnitz). Many specimens (off Gomera, 70 or 75 fathoms);

obtained at no other locality by the Challenger. Re-
corded from North Atlantic and Mediterranean. Fossil —
Miocene and Pliocene of Europe.

Ttnicata (Ilerdman, Zool. pt. 17).

Ciona jlemingi, n.sp. One specimen (Gomera, 75 or 78 fathoms); obtained at no

other locality.

In the foregoing list 11 species are enumerated from the shore and shallow water at

the Canary Islands, of which 1 is new to science.

Station 1' (Sounding 45), Tenerife to Sombrero (see Charts 5 and 6, and Diagram 1).

February 15, 1873 ; lat. 27° 24' N., long. 16° 55' W.

Temperature of air at noon, G3°'5 ; mean for the day, 61°'5.

Temperature of water : —

Surface, .

64-5

600 fathoms, .

44*-9

100 fathoms, .

61-8

700 „

43-2

200 „

56 0

800 „

41-8

300 „

51-7

900 „

40-7

400 „

49-0

1000 „

39-9

500 „

«

46-8

Bottom,

36-8

* Tli*- j>n< eding Station*, indicated by roman numerals (I. to VIII.), were regarded during the expedition as
• . : n . i irv is :i‘ i - to t*<-:. tbe working of the apparatus, the regular work of the Expedition commencing at this

Station (*ce page 100 ante).

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

137

Density of water at 60° F. at surface, 1 ’02730 ; bottom, 1 ’02650.

Depth, 1890 fathoms; deposit,. Globigerina Ooze, containing 50 per cent, of
carbonate of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At 8 a.m. sounded in 1890 fathoms, when a water-bottle was sent down for the
first time with the sounding lead. At 9 a.m. the dredge was put over At noon
Siemens’ thermometric apparatus was tried for the first time down to a depth of 1000
fathoms, with fair results. At 1.30 p.m. commenced to haul in dredge, and at 2 p.m.
obtained temperatures at various depths by means of thermometers and Siemens’ apparatus.
The dredge came up empty at 4 p.m., having probably fouled the rope in paying out.

Position, at noon about 40 nautical miles south of the southern extremity of Tenerife
Island; Sombrero Island distant 2.620 miles. Made good 76 miles. Amount of current
8 miles, direction S. 75° W,.

Surface Organisms. — The following are recorded in the note-books as having been
captured at the surface : —

Peridinium ; Diphyes ; Scigitta ; Alciopa, Terebella ; Hyalophyllum [ = Saphi-
rinella], Copilia, Hyperia, Phronima, Mysis, Zoese ; Atlanta, Firoloida ; Styliola,
Diacria [= Cavolinia\, Heterofusus (?) [ = Limacina ] ; Cephalopod ; Salpa, Appendi-
cularia, Doliolum ; and young fishes.

February 16, 1873.

Surface Organisms. — The following are recorded in the note-books as having
been captured in the surface tow-nets, which skimmed the surface only as the vessel was
moving fast : — Siphon ophorae, Copepods, Idothea, Lucifer, Phyllosoma, many Zoese,
Cavolinia, Styliola, two empty shells of Spirula.

Willemoes-Suhm writes : “I found a young specimen belonging to the Saphirinae
with two long pigment bodies, but only one large cornea ; perhaps it may divide later,
or it may be that this is a species in which the cornea is undivided. We found for the
first time the singular genus Lucifer, which is referred by Claus to the Decapods, and
by Gerstaecker to a family intermediate between the Squill inse and the Schizopods."

Station 2 (Sounding 46), Tenerife to Sombrero (see Chart 6 and Diagram 1).

February 17, 1873; lat. 25° 52' N., long. 19° 22' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 65' ’3 ; mean for the day, 64°’2.

Station 1.

Organisms from
Surface-Nets.

Organisms from
Surface-Nets.

Station ’2.

138

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

SlATION 2.

Temperature of water

Surface, .

670

50 fathoms, .

67 0

100 „

62 0

200 „

56-0

300 „

52-1

400 „

48-8

500 fathoms,

46-0

600 „

44-2

700 „

42-9

800 „

41-9

900 „

41-0

Bottom,

36-8

Density at 60° F. at surface, 1 ’02739 ; bottom, 1 ’02602.

Depth, 1945 fathoms; deposit, Globigerina Ooze, containing 64’55 per cent, of
carbonate of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At 5.15 am. put over dredge, veering 2700 fathoms. At 7 a.m. sounded in 1945
fathoms. At 8 a.m. the barge went away to obtain a series of temperatures at
various depths, and returned at 1.30 p.m. At 1.30 p.m. commenced heaving in
dredge, which came up at 3.30 p.m. half full of Globigerina Ooze.

Position at noon, about 260 miles west of Cape Bojador ; Sombrero Island distant
2482 miles. Made good 95 miles. Amount of current 10 miles, direction S. 11° W.

A ima - n. m The following species is recorded from the dredge at this Station : —

Dumb.

Cephalopoda (Hoyle, Zool. pt. 44).

Mistigoteutliis agassizii, Verrill. Fragments of tentacles; obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger. Recorded from North Carolina.

In addition to the above Cephalopod fragment, the dredge contained a mutilated
spe< men of a worm belonging to the Gephyrea, thus described by Willemoes-Suhm :
“ The animal shows characters of both the Sipunculacea and the Priapulacea : it has no
t ntacles (Priapulacea); the anus is near the mouth in the anterior part of the body
(Sipunculacea) ; and it has no proboscis (Priapulacea). The pharynx is very short, and
is atta' bed to the walls of the body by four retractores. The pharynx shows six or seven
folds, being cum posed of prominences covered by ‘ Pflasterepithel,’ and at their ends by
i < hitinous border. At the entrance of the mouth these papillae with chitinous borders
! more pointed and stronger; in each are seen some unicellular glands, granular bodies
.-homing a nucleus and a nucleolus. Owing to the state of the specimen, nothing can be
said about the rest of the body.”

1 1 ’ iaminii kka (Brady, Zool. pt. 22). — The ooze was carefully sifted, and was found to
contain many otolith of fishes and Pteropod shells (see also Murray and Renard, Deep-
S Deposits Oil, dl. Exp.). The following species of Foraminifera were also observed;

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

139

the pelagic species, which make up about 85 per cent, of the carbonate of lime present
in the deposit, are marked thus x : —

Biloculina depressa, d’Orbigny.'

Miliolina seminulum (Linne).

„ venusta (Karrer).

„ sp. <?).

Pelosina cylindrica, Brady.

Psammospheera fusca, Schulze.

Hyperammina elongata , Brady.

„ ramosa, Brady.

„ vagans, Brady.

Rhizammina algseformis, Brady.

Reophax fusiformis (Williamson).

„ scorpiurus, Montfort.

Haplophragmium cigglutinans (d’Orbigny).

„ globigeriniforme (Parker and Jones).

„ rotulatum, Brady..

Ammodiscus gordialis (Jones and Parker).
Trochammina pauciloculata, Brady.

„ squamata, Jones and Parker.

„ trullissata, Brady.

Textularia agglutinans, d’Orbigny.

Bigenerina capreolus (d’Orbigny).

Gaudryina pupoides (d’Orbigny).

Pleurostomella subnodosa, Eeuss.

Cassididina suoglobosa, Brady.

Lagena auriculata, Brady.

„ marginata (Walker and Boys)-.

,, orbignyana (Seguenza).

„ truncata , Brady.

Nodosaria communis, d’Orbigny.

Uvigerina pygmsea, d’Orbigny.

x Globigerina xquilateralis, Brady,
x „ bulloid.es, d’Orbigny.

x „ „ var. triloba, Beuss.

x ,, conglobala, Brady,

x „ dubia, Egger.

x infiata, d’Orbigny.

x ,„ rubra, d’Orbigny.

x „ sacculi/era, Brady,

x Orbulina universa , d’Orbigny.
x Hastigerina pelagica (d’Orbigny).
x Pullenia obliquiloculata, Parker and Jones,
x Sphseroidina dehiscens, Parker and Jones.
Discorbina allomorphinoides (Reuss).

„ patelliformis , Brady.
Truncatulina haidingerii (d’Orbigny).

„ refulgens (Montfort).

„ wuellerstorji (Sckwager).

x Pulvimdina eana/riensis (d’Orbigny).
x „ crassa (d’Orbigny).

„ elegans (d’Orbigny).
x „ menarclii (d’Orbigny).

x ,, „ var. fimbriata, Brady,

x „ micheliniana (d’Orbigny).

pauperata, Parker and Jones,
x turnida, Brady.

„ sp. (?). -

Rotalia broeckhiana, Karrer.

,, orbicularis, d’Orbigny.
suldanii , d’Orbigny.

Surface Organisms. — The following are recorded in the note-books as having been
captured in the surface tow-nets : —

Acanthometra, Collosphsera ; Physalia, Rhizophysa jiliformis (?), Diphyes, Cuboides ;
Calanella [ = Eucalanus], Hyalo'phyttum [ = Saphirinella ], Corycseus , Hyperici,

Lucifer, Zoese ; Styliola, Hyalsea [ = Cavolinia] ; Appe ndicu laria, Doliolum.

Moseley writes : “ A large Physalia was caught, and I obtained good preparations of
the cnidse by placing one of the nematophorous threads at full stretch on a glass slip and
allowing it to dry there. As the thread dried all the cells shot u. eir threads, and these
latter formed a fluffy margin to the dried mass plainly visible to the naked eye. By
drying a thread rapidly over a spirit-lamp preparations were obtained in which the threads
were not ejecred.”

Station 2.

Organisms from
Surface-Net.-.

140

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER

Station 3.

Station 3 (Sounding 4, ), Tenerife to Sombrero (see Chart 6 and Diagram 1).

February 18, 1873; lat. 25° 45' N., long. 20° 14' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 67c',8 ; mean for the day, G6°-G.

Temperature of waiter at surface, G5°‘0; bottom, 37o,0.

Density at GO F. at surface, 1 ’027 19.

Depth, 1525 fathoms; deposit, Pterqpod Ooze, containing about 70 per cent, of
carbonate of lime, manganese concretions, and dead fragments of Coral coated
wiiii manganese (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

9 \.m. sounded in 1525 fathoms, but the machine brought up no bottom ; sounded
again in 1530 fathoms with a similar result. At 10 a.m lowered dredge with 2 cwrt. at
•M11! fathoms from it, and with 2200 fathoms of line. At 1 p.m. boats went away
i" pich up surface animals, and returned at 4 p.m., when the trawl was put over. At
5. : p.m. the dredge came up writh many specimens; a small quantity of the deposit
was obtained from the basal portions of the large Sponges. At 7 p.m. hauled in the trawl.

1 coition at noon, 1G0 miles south-wTest of the island of Ferro ; Sombrero Island distant
24:1b miles. Made good 46 miles. Amount of current 9 miles, direction W.

1 he following species are recorded in the Zoological Reports from the dredge and
trawl at this Station : —

Amnaiai TRoM
1)kkim;k and
Tkawi

Hexactixellida (Schulze, Zool. pt. 53).

Poliopogon amadou , Wyville Thomson, n.g.,n.sp. Two specimens; obtained at no

other locality. The only other species of the genus ( Poliopogon
gigas) was obtained at Station 170a, G30 fathoms.

Alcv'oxaria (Wright and Studer, Zool. pt. 64).

Aut i/omastus canariensis, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

PUurocor allium johnsoni, Gray. Many fragments (coated with peroxide of

manganese); obtained also at Station 35, 1125 fathoms. Re-
corded from Madeira.

A'-nurlla i rbuscxda (Johnson). Several specimens; obtained at no other locality

by the Challenger. Recorded from North Atlantic.

Corals (Moseley, Zool. pt. 7).

Ci'f/pfohelat pud M.- Edwards and Haime. Several specimens; obtained also at

Stations 24, 171, 23G and 320, 390 to 775 fathoms.
Recorded from New' Guinea and South Pacific.

C aryophylha berteriana, Duchassaing. One specimen and fragments; obtained at

no other locality by the Chnllenger.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS. 141

Asteeoidea (Sladen, Zool. pt. 51),

Nymphaster protentus, n.g,, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality. Recorded

subsequently from Indian Ocean (•'‘Investigator”).
Colpcister scutigeruia , n.g., n.sp. One specimen; obtained at no other locality.

Only species of the genus.

Ophiuroidea (Lyman, Zool. pt. 14).

Ophiacantha nodosa, n.sp. One injured specimen ; obtained at no other locality.
Ophiomitra chelys (Wyville Thomson), n.sp. Several specimens ; obtained also at

Stations 33 (var. ?) and 85, 435 and 1125 fathoms.
Recorded subsequently from North Atlantic (“ Blake ”).

Annelida (MTntosh, Zool. pt. 34).

Chloenea atlantica, n.sp. Two specimens (found on the Sponge Poliopogon amadou ) ;

obtained at no other locality.

Polynoe ( Rohertianella ) synophthalma , n.sp. One inj ured specimen ; obtained also

at Station 124, 1600 fathoms.

Dalhousia atlantica. n.g., n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other localitv

Only species of the genus.

Polyzoa (Busk, Zool. pt. 30).

Bugula leontoclon, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

In addition to the foregoing, the following are recorded in the Station-book : — Several
other Sponges (besides Poliopogon amadou), a Hydroid Zoophyte, and a Gammarid
Crustacean, which seemed to be identical with Eusirus cuspidcctus.

Excluding Protozoa, over 50 specimens of invertebrates were procured at this Station,
belonging to about 25 species, of which 10 are new to science, including representa-
tives of 4 new genera ; 8 of the new species and 2 of the new genera were not obtained
elsewhere.

Willemoes-Suhm writes : “ The dredge brought up among other things a beautiful
Palmyrid with large white palettes, having besides these apparently no setigerous feet at all.
There was another Annelid allied to the Syllids, which I have drawn, and one Heteroncreid
animal, living in Professor Thomson’s new sponge, which was very much damaged. There
was also a little Gammarid with large pairs of claws on a pair of the ambulatory legs."

(summary of results chall. exp. — 1893.) 19

Station 3.

142

THE VOYAGE OF EL.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Station 3.
Okoanisms from

THE PbiVMIT.

Organisms FROM
Hu'rface-Nets.

Ptkropoda (Pclseneer, Zool. pt. 65). — The following species of Pteropoda were
observed in the deposit from this Station : —

Limarina inflaia (d’Orbigny).

„ lemeuri (d’Orbigny).

n hid i monies (d’Orbigny).

Clio ( Sli/liola ) subula (Quoy and Gaimard).

Clio pyramidata, Linne.

Cavolinia quadridentata (Lesueur).
„ inflzxa (Lesueur).

Surface Organisms. — The following are recorded as having been obtained in the sur-
face tow-nets on this date : —

Annelida (MTntosh, Zool. pt. 34).

Halodora reynaudii, Andouin and M. -Edwards (?).

Amphipoda (Stebbing, Zool. pt. 67)

Phronimella elongata, Clans.

In addition, the following are mentioned in the note-books: — Collosphuera and
A anthometra in enormous abundance on the very surface; small Medusae, Agalma (with-
out air-bladder), Diphyes, Physalia, Velella; many Copepods, Thaumops pellucida
I" — Qystisoma spinosuni], large larva of Decapod, Ianthina , Jr terotrachea, Hyolsea
[ = Cavolinia], Styliola, Octopus', Oikopleura.

Wdlemoes-Suhm writes: “In the morning another specimen of Thaumops pellucida
was captured by the tow-net. It does not show the genital papilla nor the enlarged claw
of the fifth pair of legs ; it seems to be a male, but is very much spoiled. The trawl
brought up a Phronimella elongata .”

Moseley writes : “1 went out with Murray in a boat to search for surface animals.
The sun was shining brightly, yet 1 caught three Pteropods swimming in the most lively
i., -r on the very surface, so high as to break the water around them, and thus become
conspicuous. Radiolarians ( Collosphssra , &c.), abounded in an astonishing manner, the
surface being in places quite full of them, and a single scoop of the net bringing up
:.h:rty or fort v. Sometimes they were aggregated into circular patches containing a dozen
or moi , and at others attached to one another in strings of four or five; the majority
w* re free. Large Velella, Physalia , and Ianthina were abundant. 1 examined the
c flouring matter of Ianthina with the spectroscope, and found that it gave a different
,q..Tt.nnn in acid and alkaline solutions. The flics first began to be troublesome to-day
and -uddenly swarmed everywhere; they even accompanied Murray and me in our boat
excursion in such numbers as to be a pest.”

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

143

Station 4 (Sounding 48), Tenerife to Sombrero (see Chart 6 and Diagram l).

February 19, 1873 ; lat. 25° 28' N., long. 20c' 22' W.
Temperature of air at noon, 67° ‘8 ; mean for the day, 6G°'L.
Temperature of water : —

Surface, .

100 fathoms,

200

300

400

500

600

700

J5

660

800 fathoms,

63-0

900 „ .

56-8

1000 „ .

52-0

1100 „ . . .

49 '0

1200 „ .

46-3

1300 „ .

44-3

1400 „ .

43-0

1500 ,r .

42:0

4U2

40-5

39-9

39-3

38-7

384

37-5.

Density at 60° F. at surface, 1 ‘02720.
Depth, 2220 fathoms.

At 9 a.m. sounded in 2220 fathoms, but the weights were not disengaged at the
bottom, and the line broke in hauling in, the attached water-bottle, pressure-gauge,
thermometers, and 2000 fathoms of line being lost. Took serial temperatures at intervals
of 100 fathoms down to 1500 fathoms.

Sombrero Island distant at noon, 2428 miles. Made good 19 miles. Amount of
current 4 miles, direction S. 24° W.

Surface Organisms. — The following are recorded in the note-books : — Collosph.eera
and other Radiol aria ; Velella, Physalia ; several large specimens of Alciopa ;
Copepods, Phronima sedentaria, Idothea, many larvae of Squilla ; Cardiopoda, and
small Octopus (?).

Willemoes-Suhm writes : “ The tow-nets captured much more in the last two nights
than during the day ; at noon, and in the earlier hours of the afternoon especially, the
animals seem to retire from the heated surface as much as possible.”

Moseley writes: “Went out in a boat at mid-day; a few Radiolarians were
noticed. A pilot fish ( Naucrates ductor) played all day under our bows, keeping quite
close to the cut-water, within a foot or two, swimming every nowr and then a little ahead
and then dropping back again. The fish is a Scomberoid, and its dark transverse
markings make it a striking object in the deep blue water as one looks down from the
bowsprit. A shark was said to have been seen about the ship.”

Station 4.

Organisms from
Surface-Xets.

144

the VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Stati >x 5.

Station 5 (Sounding 49), Tenerife to Sombrero (see Chart G and Diagram 1).

February 21, 1873 ; lat. 24° 20' N., long. 24c 28' W.
Temperature of air at noon, 66°‘8 ; mean for the day, 66° ‘4.

Temperature of water : —

o

Surface, .... 68‘0

100 fathoms, . . . 62-6

200 „ ... 57-2

300 „ ... 52-5

400 „ ... 49-0

O

500 fathoms,

46-3

1000 „

40 0

1500 „

37-5

Bottom, .

37-0

Density at 60° F. at surface, 1 ‘02753 ; bottom, 1 ‘02744.

Depth, 2740 fathoms; deposit, Red Clay, containing 12‘00 per cent, of carbonate
of lime (see Murray and Eenard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At 2.15 p.m. proceeded under steam, head to wind as necessary for sounding, and
sounded at 3 p.m. in 2740 fathoms. At 5 p.m. put over dredge, with 2 cwt. attached
40' f thorns from the dredge, and at 7.20 p.m. veered dredge-rope to 3400 fathoms. At
i 15 a m. next morning commenced heaving in dredge, which came up at 5.45 a.m. full
of Red Clay.

Position at noon, about 500 miles south-west of Tenerife ; Sombrero Island distant
2220 miles. Ma.de good 144 miles. Amount of current 14 miles, direction S. 78’ W.

A MMAIA fHOM

Dkkimir.

The following species are recorded in the Zoological Reports from the dredge at
this Station : —

Ostuacoda (Brady, Zool. pt. 3).

(Jyt/i^r dasyderma, n.sp. Widely distributed; obtained at Stations 5, 70, 85,

122. 146, 1G4, 167, 185, 191, 218, 246, 296, 300, 302, 305,
311, 317, 332, 335, and 346, 150 to 2740 fathoms.

Lamfllibhanchiata (Smith, Zool. pt. 35).

Lido ultima , n.sp. One specimen and single valve; obtained at no other locality.
I.n npsis cristata, Jeffreys, var. (?). One specimen and a few odd valves ; obtained

at no other locality by the Challenger.

Area (Si'fipJuirca) ituvyuisculpta, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained also at Station 24,

390 fathoms.

In addition, two apparently new forms of Polyzoa are noted in the Station-book.

Foraminikkra (Brady, Zool. pt. 22). — The following species of Foraminifera were
observed during the examination of the deposit at this Station (see also Murray and

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

145

Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.) ; the pelagic species, which make up about 75

per cent, of the carbonate of lime present in

Biloculina depressa , d’Orbigny.

,, ringens (Lamarck).

Miliolina amygdaloides, Brady.

„ venusta (Karrer).

Asckemonella catenata (Norman).

Reophax difflugiformis, Brady.

„ scorpiurus, Montfort.

Haplophragmium agglutinans (d’Orbigny).

„ globigeriniforme (Parker and Jones).

,, glomeratum, Brady.

„ latidorsatum (Bornemann).

„ rotulatum , Brady.

„ tenuimargo, Brady.

Tkurammina papillata , Brady.

Hormodna globulifera, Brady.

Ammodiscus gordialis (Jones and Parker).
Trochammina galeata, Brady.

„ trullissata , Brady.

Webbina clavata, Jones and Parker.

Verneuilina pygm&a (Egger).

Gaudrijim pnpoid.es , d’Orbigny.

„ siphonella, Reuss.

Bulimina acideata , d’Orbigny.

Virgulina sehreibersiana , Czjzek.

Bolivina punctata, d’Orbigny.

Cassididina subglobosa, Brady.

Lagena alveolata , Brady.

„ apiculata, Reuss.

„ auriculata, Brady.

„ bicarinata (Terquem).

„ desmophora, Eymer Jones.

„ formosa. Schwager.

„ globosa (Montagu).

Oroscena huxleyi, Haeckel, was observed

the deposit, are marked thus x : —

Lagena lagenoides (Williamson).

„ longispina, Brady.

,, ovum (Ehrenberg).

„ stelligera, Brady.

„ striata (d’Orbigny).

„ sulcata (Walker and Jacob).

,, truncata, Brady.

Nodosaria communis, d’Orbigny.

Marginulina glabra, d’Orbigny,

Cristellaria convergens, Bornemann.
x Globigcrina xguilateralis, Brady,
x ,, bulloides, d’Orbigny.

x „ conglobata, Brady,

x ,, dubia, Egger.

x ,, inflala, d’Orbigny.

x „ rubra, d’Orbigny.

x „ sacculifera, Brady,

x Orbidina universa, d’Orbigny.
x Pullenia obliguiloculata, Parker and Jones.

,, qidnqueloba, Reuss.

„ sphairoides (d’Orbigny).
x Sphscroidina dehiscens, Parker and Jones.

Truncatidina lobatula (Walker and Jacob).

„ pygmxa, Hantken.

„ tumidula, Brady,

x Pulvinulina crassa (d’Orbigny).

„ exigua, Brady,

x „ menardii (d’Orbigny).

x „ miclieliniana (d’Orbigny).

x „ iumida, Brady.

Rotalia soldanii, d’Orbigny.

Nonionina depressida (Walker and Jacob).

„ umbilicatula (Montagu).

in the deposit among other Radiolaria.

Station 6 (Sounding 50), Tenerife to Sombrero (see Chart 6 and Diagram 1).

February 23, 1873 ; lat. 23° 14' N., long. 28° 22' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 67 '8 ; mean for the day, 66°‘8.

Temperature of water at surface, 690-2 ; bottom, 37°’0.

Density at 60° F. at surface, 1’02760; bottom, 1*02745.

Depth, 2950 fathoms ; deposit, Red Clay.

Ship going before the north-east trades at an average rate of 7 knots per hour.
Several flying fish were observed, and also a number of large specimens of Physalia,

Station 5.

Organisms from
the Deposit.

Station 6.

14G

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Statios 6.

Station 7.

Station 8.

although there was a great deal of motion on the surface of the sea. At 4 p.m.
sounded in 2950 fathoms, and at 7.30 p.m. proceeded under all plain sail.

Distance at noon from Sombrero Island, 2013 miles. Made good 164 miles.
Amount of current 9 miles, direction S. 77° W.

Station 7 (Sounding 51), Tenerife to Sombrero (see Chart 6 and Diagram l).

February 24, 1873 ; lat. 23° 23' N., long. 31° 31' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 67°'8 ; mean for the day, 67°’5.

Temperature of water at surface, 68°'0; bottom, 36°'9.

Density at 60c F. at surface, 1 '02763 ; bottom, 1 '02609.

Depth, 2750 fathoms ; deposit, Red Clay, containing 4' 11 per cent, of carbonate
of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp. ).

At 3 p.m. shortened sail and got up steam to sound, and at 4.30 p.m. sounded in 2750
fathoms. At 7.30 p.m. proceeded under all plain sail.

Distance at noon from Sombrero Island, 1841 miles. Made good 172 miles. Amount
of current 10 miles, direction S. 61° W.

Station 8 (Sounding 52), Tenerife to Sombrero (see Chart 6 and Diagram 1).

February 25, 1873 ; lat. 23° 12' N., long. 32° 56' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 72c'8 ; mean for the day, G8°'6.

Temperature of water : —

Surface, .

67-0

600 fathoms,

440

100 fathoms,

64-5

700 „ . .

42-5

200 „ . .

59-0

800

41-6

300

53-4

900

40-8

400 „ . .

490

1000

40-0

500

46-0

Bottom,

37-0

Density at 60° F. at surface, 1 ‘02773

bottom, 1 '02613.

Depth, 2700 fathoms ; deposit, Red Clay, containing 1G'42 per cent, of carbonate
of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At 6.30 a.m. the dredge was put over, with 2 cwt. attached 500 fathoms from the
dredge, and 3500 fathoms of rope. At 7.30 a.m. sounded in 2700 fathoms. A series of
temperatures was obtained at intervals of 100 fathoms down to 1000 fathoms. At 5.15
.M. dredge eam< up quite empty, probably never having reached the bottom. Whilst
sounding the current-drag was tried, and indicated a south-western current.

Sombrero Island distant at noon, 1730 miles. Made good 111 miles. Amount of
eurrent 21 miles, direction S. 7 W.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

147

Station 9 (Sounding 53), Tenerife to Sombrero (see Chart 6 and Diagram 1).

February 26, 1873 ; lat. 23° 23' N., long. 35° 11' W.

Temperature of air at noon. 75°’3 ; mean for the day, 70°T.

Temperature of water at surface, 69o,0 ; bottom, 36°‘8.

Density at 60° F. at surface, 1 ‘02778 ; bottom, 1 ‘02653.

Depth, 3150 fathoms ; deposit, Red Ck/y, containing 3'11 percent, of carbonate of
lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At noon sounded in 3150 fathoms; while sounding a current-drag was put
down to a depth of 200 fathoms, and during the whole operation the ship scarcely moved
from her position. At 2.15 p.m. the dredge went down with two swabs, and, attached to
the iron bar below the dredge, a Hydra-detaching instrument with 3 cwt.; two weights
of 1 cwt. each, were attached to the line 200 fathoms in advance of the dredge, 3600
fathoms of line being paid out. At 4.45 p.m. commenced heaving in dredge, which came
up at 10.15 p.m. quarter full of Red Clay. This was the deepest dredging which had up
to that time been taken. The stem of the Hydra-machine had gone deep into the deposit,
and was bent apparently by the dredge and weights falling upon it. The dredge had
taken a deep scoop of the clay, and the line was entangled in a coil over the- weights.

Sombrero Island distant at noon, 1607 miles. Made good 124 miles. Amount of
current 14 miles, direction S. 60 W.

Foraminifera (Brady, Zool. pt. 22). — The following species of Foraminifera were
observed during the examination of the deposit at this Station (see also Murray and
Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.) ; the pelagic species, which make up about 70
per cent, of the carbonate of lime present in the deposit, are marked thus x : —

Hyperammina ramosa, Brady.

Reophax nodulosa, Brady.
Haplophragmium rotulatum, Brady,
x Globigmna bulloides, d’Orbigny.
x „ inflata, d’Orbigny.
x „ pachyderma (Ehrenberg) (•).

x Globigerina rubra , d’Orbigny.
x Orbulina univerra, d’Orbigny.

Truncatulina pygmsea, Hautken.
x Pulvinulina crassa (d’Orbigny).
x „ menardii (d’Orbigny).
x ,, micheliniana (d’Orbigny).

Two species of Radiolaria ( Haliomma horridum, Stohr, and Octopyle hexctstyle,
Haeckel) were also observed in the deposit, of which Professor Thomson wrote : “ In the
last few Stations the mud has been gradually altering its character, becoming less calcareous
and less rich in Foraminifera. This mud consists almost entirely of reddish clay in a
state of excessively fine division ; it scarcely effervesces with acid, and there is an almost
total absence of calcareous shells. No living thing could be detected except one or two
Foraminifera with tests of fine brown grains.’

Station 9

Organisms from
the Deposit.

148

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Station 10.

Organisms* from
Sibfacb-N’kth.

Station 10 (Sounding' 54), Tenerife to Sombrero (see Chart 6 and Diagram l).

February 28, 1873 ; lat. 23° 10' N., long. 38° 42' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 72°‘8 ; mean for the day, 70° 7.

Temperature of water : —

Surface, .

0

71-0

400 fathoms,

48-0

10 fathoms,

71-8

500 „

44-5

20

ft •

71-8

600 „

42-2

30

tf •

71-8

700 „

40-8

40

»»

71-6

800 „

40-0

50

ft

71*4

900 „

39 6

60

ft •

71-2

1000 „

39-2

70

ft •

70-5

1100 „

38-9

80

*!

69-3

1200 „

38-6

90

»*

68-2

1300 „

38-2

100

!»

67-0

1400 „

37-9

200

)t •

58-0

1500 „

37-6

300

ft

52*5

! Bottom,

36-5

Density at 60° F. at surface, 1 ‘02774 ; bottom, 1 ‘02753.

Depth, 2720 fathoms; deposit, Red Clay, containing 13'30 per cent, of carbonate
of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At 7.30 a. \f. sounded in 2720 fathoms. Obtained serial temperatures at intervals of
10 fathoms down to 100 fathoms, thence at intervals of 100 fathoms down to 1500
fathoms. The carbonic acid was determined in the bottom water, and found to amount
to 40‘0 milligrammes per litre.

Distance from Sombrero Island at noon, 1141 miles. Made good 110 miles. Amount
of current 12 miles, direction S. 69° W.

Surface Organisms. — Moseley writes : “ Went out in a boat about 1 P.M. ; sun very
ii t and sea rough. 1 saw one Velella and caught a few Copepods, amongst them a
(. <!■ ■> u* and one or two Radiolarians, one of which last was a social one like Collosphxra,

but with m intensely violet coloration of the whole contents of each capsule, except the
eentnl vesicle. The surface was, however, on the whole very barren; in fact, as oceanic
min: >i- V nerally tome to the surface usually in calm weather, it is difficult to understand
wbai t! n habits must be in tin region of the trades. Are there very few in that region ?
r do tl <• there never come to the surface? or is the fauna different? Three hying
fi'h were ■'••i i j in the early morning, but they arc very scarce.”

Wilh •moo* Stih in made drawings of a small Oopcpod (male and female), which he thus
describes : “It is 0’87 mm. long, and 0’35 mm. broad. The genus to which it belongs

-

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

149

seems to me to be Corycseus [ = Cory cams pellucidus, Dana (see Brady, Zool. pt. 23, pp. Station 10
112-114)], the differences between it and the described species being very peculiar ones,
but not important enough to justify a generic separation. The peculiarities consist in a
‘processus pectoralis,’ receiving the two long pigmented bodies wh;ch form parts of the
eyes of these Crustaceans, and in the post-abdomen of the female, which has rather an
inflated and peculiar form. The male differs from the female, as usual in having a larger
second pair of antennae, the legs larger and broader, the spine at the end of the abdomen
less prominent, and the post-abdomen with larger caudal appendages on the ‘ furca.’

The males are of a greyish colour, wThile the females, which in our specimens were just
bearing empty spermatophores, were of a beautiful blue colour, due for the most part
to the vitelli of the eggs in the ovary. They were not remarked in great numbers.”

Station 11 (Sounding 55), Tenerife to Sombrero (see Chart 6 and Diagram 1). Station 11

March 1, 1873 ; lat. 22° 45' N.

, long. 40c

37' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 78‘
Temperature of water : —

T ; mean

for the day, 70° *3.

Surface, .

o

72-2

120 fathoms,

64-5

2fr fathoms, .

72-1

140- „ ...

6i-a

40 „ ...

72-0

160 „ ...

59-8

60 „ .. .

72-0

180 „ ....

59-2

80 „ ...

71-2

200 „ ...

58-6

100 „ ...

679

Bottom, ....

36-5

Density at 60° F. at surface, 1 ‘02767 ; bottom, 1*02621.

Depth, 2575 fathoms ; deposit, Globigerina Ooze, containing 51*16 per cent, of
carbonate of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At 6.15 a.m. shortened and furled sails, and got up steam to sound. At 7 a.m.
sounded in 2575 fathoms. The stop-cock water-bottle was attached 500 fathoms from
the Hydra. At 9.55 a.m. the small dredge was sent down with 3000 fathoms of rope,
1 cwt. being attached 300 fathoms in front of the dredge, and later in the day an
additional \ cwt. was slipped down the line. At 11.45 a.m. the current-drag was sent
down to a depth of 500 fathoms, and appeared to indicate a considerable surface
current, but the drag was lost, probably owing to a slight leak in the current-buoy.
Serial temperatures were taken at intervals of 20 fathoms down to 200 fathoms, and
samples of water from depths of 500 and 1000 fathoms. At 3 p.m. commenced heaving in
dredge, which came up at 5.20 p.m. bottom upwards and quite empty. The upsetting of
the dredge was probably owing to the twist in the new rope, as the double chain to
which the dredge w*as immediately attached, was twisted into a close spiral.

(SUMMARY or RESULTS CHALL. EXP. — 1893.)

20

Station 11.

Organisms fbom

TH* SirarACK.

Station 12.

Organism* toon

KctruY-N'm.

150 THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

distance from Sombrero Island at noon, 1307 miles. Made good 109 miles.
Amount of current 12 miles, direction W.

Surface Organisms. — A few surface animals were taken in the tow-net from a boat,
including a beautiful jToung specimen of Rhizophysa.

Moseley writes : “ We seem to have got into a region where forms allied to Cory cams
abound ; I saw three species this morning. A large animal, which I believe to have been
a grampus ( Greet gladiator), but which some of the sailors thought to have been a shark,
was ubou; the ship for some time. It appeared to be 20 or 25 feet long, and showed the
white on its belly and under side of the fins well ; I also saw the dorsal fin out of the
water once.”

Station 12 (Sounding 56), Tenerife to Sombrero (see Chart 6 and Diagram 1).

March 3, 1873 ; lat, 21° 57' N., long. 43° 29' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 73° ‘8 ; mean for the day, 71°' 9.

Temperature of water at surface, 73c,0 ; bottom, 36c‘9.

Density at 60° F. : —

Surface, . . . L02761 980 fathoms, . . 1 02611

400 fathoms, . . 1 -02634 Bottom, . . . 1 02641

Depth, 2025 fathoms; deposit, Olobigerina Ooze, containing 44'88 per cent, of car-
bonate of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

A 6.45 a.m. shortened and furled sails, and proceeded under steam to sound and
In At 8 a.m. sounded in 2025 fathoms, and at 8.45 a.m. putover dredge and current-
drag. At 9 a.m. boat put off to test current, and returned at 11 a.m. At 10 a.m.
naturalists went out in boat to collect surface animals. At 2 p.m. Siemens’ resistance coil
'.a- low. red and temperatures obtained at different depths. At 4 p.m. the dredge came
up empty, having fouled the lower part of the dredge-rope.

l’o it ion at noon, 1140 miles from Sombrero Island. Made good 84 miles. Amount
of current 16 miles, direction S. 74° W.

Surface Organisms. — Moseley writes : “The tow-net, put out at night (March 2-3)
!>r -./'t up .specimens of Phyllosoma, Lvcifer, Cory cams, and Calanella [ = Eucalanus).
W t li a boat were obtained two specimens of Glaucus and several fine specimens of Porpila,
on w inch Glaucus in -aid to feed. Glaucus is very active in its movements and reminds one
r ither of a turtle in the way in which it floats with its head up. When turned on its back
it r ' covers its position at once by a vigorous motion of its large swimming appendages.
> slidb of Spiruln picked up on the surface were infested with Cirripcds, Acineta, and

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

151

Diatoms. Oscillatoriacese ( Trichodesmium ?) were present in considerable quantities
in the tow-net, but in isolated small bundles, not in masses as they are said to occur
frequently.”

Station 13 (Sounding 57), Tenerife to Sombrero (see Chart 6 and Diagram 1).

March 4, 1873; lat. 21° 38' N., long. 44° 39' W.
Temperature of air at noon, 75° *3 ; mean for the day, 72° '9.

Temperature of water : —

Surface, .

72-0

900 fathoms, .

391

100 fathoms,

66-0

1000 „

38-7

200

60 3

1100

38-3

300

54*5

1200

38‘CP

400 „

49-5

1300

37-7

500

45-0

1400

37-4.

600

42-0

1500

37-2

700

40-5

Bottom, .

36-8

800

39-7

Density at 60° F. : —

Surface,

1 02777

300 fathoms,

1-02661

200 fathoms,

1-02775

Bottom,

1-02695

Depth, 1900 fathoms; deposit, Globigerina Ooze, containing 74'50 per cent, of
carbonate of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At 6 a.m. sounded in 1900 fathoms, and at 7.30 a.m. put over dredge with cwt.
attached at 500 fathoms from it, with 2600 fathoms of rope. The tow-net had been out
all Dight, and in the morning was found to contain some interesting specimens. At
10 a.m. sent down a stop-cock water-bottle to 300 fathoms, and slip water-bottle to
the bottom, and obtained serial temperatures. At 1.30 p.m. commenced heaving in
dredge, which came up about 4 p.m. with several specimens.

Sombrero Island distant at noon, 1074 miles. Made good 68 miles. Amount of
current 16 miles, direction S. 73° W.

The following species are recorded in the Zoological Reports from the dredge at this
Station : —

Macrura (Spence Bate, Zool. pt. 52).

Willemoesia leptodactylci (Willeraoes-Suhm), n.g., n.sp. One specimen (of a fine red

colour when brought up) ; obtained also at Stations
133, 298, and 300, 1375 to 2225 fathoms. Recorded
subsequently from off Sardinia (“ Washington ”).
Bentheocaris stylorostratis, n.g., n.sp. Two specimens ; obtained at no other locality.

Station 12.

Station 13.

Animals from
Dredge.

152

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Station 13.

OROAM8MS KUO]

thi Deposit.

Polyzoa (Busk. Zool. pt. 30).

Farci minaria delicatissima , n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 14, 64, 68, 89,

and 106, 1850 to 2700 fathoms.

Bifaxaria reticulata, n.g., n.sp. Two or three fragments; obtained also at

Station 68, 2175 fathoms.

Sali comaria magnijica, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 122, 157, and 323, 350 to

1950 fathoms.

Tessaradoma boi'eale (Busk). Obtained also at Station 23, 450 fathoms. Recorded

from North Atlantic and Arctic.

Brachiopopa (Davidson, Zool. pt 1).

Terebratula sp. (?). Two fragments (too incomplete for identification).

In addition to the foregoing, the following are recorded in the Station-book : — An
undescribed Sponge looking like a Polyzoon, three specimens of Leda sp.(1), and
three specimens of a Gasteropod allied to Solarium .

Excluding Protozoa, about 20 specimens of invertebrates were procured at this
Station, belonging to about 10 species, of which 5 are new to science, including re-
presentatives of 3 new genera ; one of the new species was not obtained elsewhere.

Willemoes- Sulim writes : “ The fine red Decapod got in the dredge does not differ in
character from the Astacidae family, except in having pairs of claws on all the legs, the
Astacidae having them only on three pairs. The shrimp obtained seems to be allied to
Palsemon.

Foraminifera (Brady, Zool. pt. 22). — The following species of Foraminifera
were observed during the examination of the deposit at this Station (see also Murray and
Reuard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.) ; the pelagic species, which make up about 88
per cent, of the carbonate of lime present in the deposit, are marked thus x : —

liilorulttia depressa, d’Orbigny.
Mitiolina gracilis (d’Orbigny) (?).

„ tseminidum (Linnd).

„ venusta (Karrer).

P'losina rot undata, Brady (?).
Ithizammina algmfonnis, Brady.

Ha jAojjh ragm turn emaciatum, Brady.
Trochammina trullimita , Brady.
Gaudryina pupoides, d’Orbigny
V'llvu/tna fusrn ( Williamson).
\’irgulina vubmjucunoea, Egger.

Cassidulina crassa, d Orbigny.

„ parkeriana, Brady.

„ subgl.obosa, Brady.

Lagena apiculata, Reuss.

„ desmophora, Rymer Jones.
„ formosa, Sch wager.

„ longupina , Brady.

„ orbigpjjana (Seguenza) (?).

„ quadricostulata, Reuss.

„ truncata , Brady.

Nodo8aria communis, d’Orbigny.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

153

Xodosaria ( Glandulina ) rotundata, Reuss.

„ sp. (?).

Polymorphina lactea (Walker and Jacob).
„ sororia, Reuss.
x Globigerina sequilateralis, Brady,
x „ bidloides, d’Orbigny.

x „ „ var. triloba, Reuss.

x „ conglobata, Brady,

x „ dubia, Egger.

x „ injiata, d’Orbigny.

x „ rubra, d’Orbigny.

x „ sacculifera, Brady,

x Orbulina uni versa, d’Orbiguy.
x Hastigerina pelagica (d’Orbigny).

x Ptdlenia obliquiloculata, Parker and Jones.
„ quinqueloba, Reuss.

„ sphxroides (d’Orbigny).

x Sphxroidina dehiscens, Parker and Jones,
x Candcina nitida, d’Orbigny.

Discqrbina araucana (d’Orbigny).

Truncatulina wuellerstorfi (Sehwager).
x Pulvinulina canariemis (d’Orbigny).
x „ crassa (d’Orbigny).

x ,, menardii (d’Orbigny).

x „ micheliniana (d’Orbigny).

,, pauperata, Parker and Jones.

Rot alia broeckhiana, Karrer.

„ soldanii , d’Orbigny.

Surface Organisms. — The following species is recorded from the surface at this
Station : —

Fishes (Gunther, Zool. pt. 78).

Leptocephalus pellucidus.

In addition, the following are recorded in the note-books : — Oscillatoriacese ( Tncho-
desmium l) ; large Medusa, Diphyidae ; Alciopci ; Cypridina, Phronima, Hyperia, Oxy-
cephalus (?), Phyttosoma, Lucifer: Hcdobates; Oxygyrus, Pterotrqchea, Cuvierina; Scdpa.

VTillemoes-Suhm writes : “ In the tow-net to-day we got, for the first time, Hcdobates
— the representative of Plydrometra in sea- water ; we also got Oxygyrus. The Hyperinse
were represented by Hyperia , Phronima, and two examples of a genus very nearly allied
to Oxycepjhalus. The head in these two examples is elongated and very peculiar, and in
the male is armed with two pairs of antennae, the inferior of which are folded up four
times and are longer than the whole animal. The anterior have a ‘ sehaft ’ to which is
attached the antenna, showing sensitive hairs (Riechhaare, Hensen). The body consists
of six segments, in the last of which is the genital papilla in both sexes, and to which
are attached six pairs of limbs. The fiftli and sixth pairs have the first joint very much
enlarged. Oxycephalus seems to have seven pairs, and this is the only difference I can
find separating it from that genus. Underneath the large eyes covering the head, an
otolith is to be observed above the brain. The stomach shows a square epithelium ;
the heart is very long, extending from the first to the sixth segments.”

Station 14 (Sounding 58), Tenerife to Sombrero (see Chart 6 and Diagram l).

March 5, 1873 ; lat. 21° ff N., long. 46° 29' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 76°‘8 ; mean for the day, 73°T.

Temperature of water at surface, 74° -0 ; bottom, 36° ’8.

Station 13.

Organisms prom
Surface-Nets.

Station 14.

154

THE VOYAGE OF II.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Si -%TK>X 14.

Animals from
Tkavu

Statiok 15.

Density at GO0 F. at surface, 1 '02756.

Depth, 1950 fathoms; deposit, Globigerina Ooze, containing 70'43 per cent, of
carbonate of lime (see Murray and Kenard, Deep-Sea Deposits Cliall. Exp.).

At 9 a.v trawl with beam of 22 feet was sent down. At 10 a.m. sounded in 1950
far In -ms. ,nd sent down slip water-bottle. The latter was embedded in the ooze, a portion
<«f which Letting in between the cylinder and the lower surface, the water was not re-
tained in the bottle. A stop-cock water-bottle, which had been attached at 1000 fathoms
from the bottom, closed in lowering down, and in consequence collapsed in the deep
..iter. The trawl came up at 5 p.m. containing very few specimens. The beam was
broken through the centre, and otherwise most singularly twisted and torn by the great
pressure to which it had been subjected ; the wrood was compressed, so as to reduce the
diameter of the beam by half an inch, and the knots projected.

S mbrero Island distant at noon, 972 miles. Made good 110 miles. Amount of
current 12 miles, direction S. 37c W.

The following species is recorded from the trawl at this Station : —

Polyzoa (Busk, Zool. pt. 30).

F n'ciminaria delicatissima, n.sp. For distribution see Station 13.

In addition to the above, other Polyzoa and a siliceous Sponge are recorded in the
> linn -book, in which is written : “ Moseley, who has put Sponge and Polyzoa into Canada
1 .abaci, says there are three species of them, the one being Naresia [ = Kinetoskias~\ cyathus.”

Station 15 (Sounding 59), Tenerife to Sombrero (see Chart G and Diagram l).

March 6, 1873 ; lat. 20° 49' N., long. 43 45' W.
Temperature of air at noon, 72"' *8 ; mean for the day, 7l°'8.

Temperature of water : —

O

Surface, .

72-5

100 fathoms,

665

200 „

603

300 „

63-8

400 „

47-5

500 „

432

600 „

41-6

700 „

407

800 „

40-2

900 fathoms, .

39-8

1000 „

39-3

1100 „

38-8

1200 „

38-3

1300 „

37-9

1400 „

37 5

1500 „

37 1

Bottom,

36-2

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

155

Density at 60c F. : —

Surface, . . . 1-02768 | 500 fathoms, . . 1 -02722

300 fathoms, . . 1-02648 | Bottom, . . . 1 -02616

Depth, 2325 fathoms; deposit, Globigerina Ooze, containing 67'60 per cent, of
carbonate of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At 8 a.m. passed small quantity of gulf- weed. At 11.30 a.m. shortened and furled
sails and got up steam to sound. At 1 p.m. sounded in 2325 fathoms, and sent down
thermometer and slip water-bottle. At 2 p.m. life-boat was lowered, and naturalists went
away to collect gulf- weed and surface animals; returned at 4.45 p.m. Took serial
temperatures at intervals of 100 fathoms down to 1500 fathoms, and proceeded
under all plain sail.

Sombrero Island distant at noon, 844 miles. Made good 126 miles. Amount of
current 11 miles, direction N. 69° W.

Surface Organisms. — The following are recorded in the note-books as having
been procured among the gulf -weed : — Campanularia ; Dendroeoelous Planarians,
Spirorbis ; Lepas, B alanus, My sis, Paliernon (?), Nautilograpsus, larger Brachyuran ;
Scyllsea pelagica; Flustra; Aniennarius. A grampus and many flying-fish were seen
this morning.

Moseley writes : “We now began to see plenty of patches of gulf- weed (Sar-
gassum bacciferum). I was astonished at its light yellow colour, as I had only seen
dark dried specimens. Amongst the weed procured with a boat were the nests of the
well-known little fish Antennarius. The nests consist of irregularly spherical masses of
the weed, fastened together by means of highly elastic threads, which look like wetted
cotton, indeed I took it for such at first sight ; in the centre of the masses are the
eggs. A fish was caught and was observed to use his pectoral fin as a regular
prehensile organ to lay hold of the weed with ; the end of the long armed fin looks
very like the hand of a frog.”

Station 16 (Sounding 60), Tenerife to Sombrero (see Chart 6 and Diagram 1).
March 7, 1873 ; lat. 20° 39' N., long. 50° 33' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 75 ,-8 ; mean for the day, 73°T.

Temperature of water at surface, 74°’0; bottom, 360,2.

Density at 60° F. : — ■

Surface,

200 fathoms,

1-02770

1-02679

1-02660

400 fathoms,

500

Bottom,

1-02615

1-02753

1-02751

Depth, 2435 fathoms; deposit, Globigerina Ooze, containing 52 ’22 per cent, of
carbonate of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

Station 15.

Organisms from
the Surface.

Station 16.

156

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Sr.imx 16.

Axnuii) mow
Diunx.K.

Station 17.

Osoaniawi no m
bcmrAL^Sm.

At 8 a m. put dredge over and veered 3000 fathoms. At 10 a.m. sounded in
2 13 j fathoms. At 1.20 p.m. commenced heaving in dredge, which came up at 4.15 p.m.
r ntaining a considerable quantity of ooze, along writh manganese concretions, sharks’
teeth (two O.ryrhina and one Lamna) and valves of Scalpellum coated with manganese.

S mbrero Island distant at noon, 744 miles. Made good 101 miles. Amount of
current 7 miles, direction S. 72° W.

Th following species is recorded from the dredge at this Station : —

Lamellibranchiata (Smith, Zool. pt. 35).

Area (Barba tia) pteroessa, n.sp. Two specimens; obtained also at Stations 24,71,

73, 237, and 246, 390 to- 2050 fathoms. Recorded sub-
sequently from Indian Ocean (“ Investigator”) (?).

Station 17 (Sounding 61), Tenerife to Sombrero (see Chart 6 and Diagram 1).

March 8, 1873 ; lat. 20° 7' N., long. 52° 32' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 75c,8 ; mean for the day, 73°*7.

Temperature of water : —

Surface, .

74-0

900 fathoms, .

• ..

39-9

UK) fathoms,

69-5

1000 „

.

39-4

200 „

62-0

1100 „

.

39 0

300 „

54-5

1200 ,r

.. *.

38-5

400 „

48-5

1300 „

• .

380

500 „

44-7

1400 „

.

37-5

600 „

425

1500

* •

37-1

700 „

41-2

Bottom, .

•

36-5

800 „

40-4

Density at 60° F.

at surface, 1*02766 ;

1370 fathoms, 1*02607.

Depth, 2385 fathoms; deposit, Globigerina Ooze, containing 58*40 per cent, of
carbonate of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At 1.35 p.m. shortened and furled sails, and got up steam to sound. At 2.30 p.m.
-o-. T'ded in 2385 fathoms. Took a series of temperatures at intervals of 100 fathoms
down to 1300 fathoms. Naturalists went awray in the whaler to collect surface animals.
At 5.30 p.m. completed sounding and made sail.

S' mbrero Island distant at noon, 642 miles. Made good 103 miles. Amount of
current 2 miles, direction 8. 73’ W.

Surface Organisms. Moseley writes : “ Murray and I went away in a boat ; the
urf. < . MC'-t renvu kably destitute of animal life, but full of Oscillatoriaccac ( Trichodes -

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

157

mium). No gulf- weed was to be seen. At night four specimens of Halobatcs were taken
in the surface-net alive ; when diving the insect is covered with a film of air like its near
fresh- water relative Hydrometra, and swims in a very similar manner.”

March 9, 1873.

Surface Organisms. — Moseley writes : “ A dolphin ( Coryphsena)1 about a foot long
was caught at the bows, this being the first. The boatswain hauled another much larger
one out of the water, but the hook broke. A line I put out astern pulled the jaws off
another. Gulf-weed is floating past again in considerable quantities, but still merely in
small masses. There are numbers of flying-fish about. The surface-net taken in at
6 a.m. contained Scdpee, Leptocephali, and Phyllosoma in abundance.”

Station 18 (Sounding 62), Tenerife to Sombrero (see Chart 6 and Diagram 1).

March 10, 1873 ; lat. 19° 41
Temperature of air at noon,
Temperature of water : —

' N., long. 55 13' W.

74° 8 ; mean for the day, 74°'0.

Surface, ....

74-0

450 fathoms,

45-0

50 fathoms,

73-5

500 „ ...

4.3-2

100 „ ...

69-8

550 „ ...

41-8

150 „ ...

64-5

600 „ ...

41-2

200 „ ...

60-0

650 „ . . ‘ .

40-7

250 „

56-7

700 „ ...

40-4

300 „ ...

53-5

800 „ ...

40-0

350 „ ...

400 „ ...

Density at 60° F. at surface,

50-5

47-8

1-02732 ;

Bottom, . ...

bottom, 1'02615.

36-0

Depth, 2650 fathoms; deposit, Red Clay, containing 15 '78 percent, of carbonate
of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At 7.15 a.m. put dredge over. At 9..30 a.m. sounded in 2650 fathoms. Took serial
temperatures at intervals of 50 fathoms down to 700 fathoms. At 2 p.m. commenced
heaving in dredge, which came up empty at 4.50 p.m., except that it contained a young
Pyrosoma and a small fish with very minute eyes, possibly from the bottom. Life-boat
away collecting gulf-weed and surface animals.

Distance from Sombrero Island at noon, 472 miles. Made good 84 miles.
Amount of current 15 miles, direction S. 79° W.

Surface Organisms. — Moseley writes : “ Plenty of gulf-weed about. Five specimens
of Antennarius wrcre brought in and two nests. Five or six dolphins [Coryphsena)
were about the ship, swimming leisurely round and round. When seen under water the

1 This is the “dying dolphin” of sailors, and the expression “ the dying dolphin’s changing hues” refers to this
fish and not to the Cetacean.

(summary of results chall. exp. — 1893.)

Station 17.

Station 18.

Organisms from
the Surface.

21

158

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

.'a; s is. bark appears of a deep blue, the tail a brilliant yellow, the pectoral fins white. They
would i at take a bait ; the ‘grains1 ' were tried, a bottle being dropped on the water with
a >tring to attract the fish, but without success. A small shark with two pilot fish came
alongside and twice took a bait, but was not hooked.”

O 9

S r. Station 19 (Sounding 63), Tenerife to Sombrero (see Chart G and Diagram 1).

March 11, 1873 ; lat, 19° 15' N., long. 57° 47' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 77°'8 ; mean for the day, 7G0,5.

Temperature of water at surface, 75"*0 ; bottom, 35°-5.

Density at GO F. at surface, 1*02728; bottom, 1*02614.

Depth, 3000 fathoms; deposit, Red Clay, containing 1*49 per cent, of carbonate of
lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chalk Exp.).

Vt 3 p.m. sounded in 3000 fathoms, and at 4.30 p.m. made all plain sail. Flying-
fish were very abundant, and gulf-weed floated past in considerable quantity.

Sombrero Island distant at noon, 344 miles. Made good 132 miles. Amount of
current 1G miles, direction N. 80° W.

Station 20 (Sounding 64), Tenerife to Sombrero (see Chart G and Diagram 1).
March 12, 1873 ; lat. 18° 56' N., long. 59° 35' W.

Temperature of air at noon,

7 8 ° ' 8 ; mean for the day, 75°5.

Temperature of water : —

Surface, ....

75-0

900 fathoms, .

39-3

100 fathoms,

68-5

1000 „ . . .

38-8

200

59-8

1100 „

38-3

300 „ ...

49-7

1200 „ . . .

37-8

400 „ . . .

45 0

1300 „ . . .

37-3

500 „ . . .

42-5

1400 „ . . .

36-8

600 „ ...

41-2

1500 „

36 -3

700 „ ...

40-5

Bottom, ....

360

800 „ .

39-8

Density at G0r F. at surface

, 1*02727;

bottom, 1 027 2 7.

Depth, 2975 fathoms; deposit, Red Clay, containing 3-50 per cent, of carbonate of
lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chalk Exp.).

At G.30 a.m. put dredge over, and at 9 A.M. sounded in 2975 fathoms. At noon
took a -cries of temperatures at intervals of 100 fathoms down to 1500 fathoms. At
1.30 p.m. commenced heaving in dredge, which came up at 5.30 p.m. half full of mud,
ontaining about a dozen Annelid tubes, some with the animal inside.

’ \n ii n in trumonl with four or five lmrbcd point", and a line attached, used by Bailors for striking and
Ukmg Ash.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

150

Sombrero Island distant at noon, 220 miles. Made good 121 miles. Amount of
current 16 miles, direction S. 76° W.

The following species is recorded from the dredge at this Station : —

Annelida (MTntosh, Zool. pt. 34).

Myriochele heeri, Malmgren. Man}T specimens ; obtained also at Stations 47 (var.)

and 325 (var.), 1340 and 2650 fathoms. Recorded from
Arctic and North Atlantic.

Station 21 (Sounding 65), Tenerife to Sombrero (see Chart 6 and Diagram I).
March 13, 1873 ; lat. 18° 54' N., long. 61° 28' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 78°'8 ; mean for the day, 750-9.

Temperature of water at surface, 76°'0 ; bottom, 35°'5.

Density at 60° F. : —

Surface,

1-02685

200 fathoms,

1-02682

50 fathoms,

1-02712

500 „ .

1-02613

100 „ . .

1-02740

Bottom,

1-02685

150 „ . .

1 02752

H-

Depth, 3025 fathoms ; deposit, Red Clay, containing 2 ’44 per cent, of carbonate
of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At 9.40 a.m. put over current-drag to ascertain current. At 2 p.m. sounded in 3025
fathoms.

Sombrero Island distant at noon, 115 miles. Made good 106 miles. Amount of
current 10 miles, direction N. 42° W.

Station 22 (Sounding 66), Tenerife to Sombrero (see Charts 6 and 7, and Diagram 1).

March 14, 1873 ; lat. 18°

40' N., long. 62° 56' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 76° "8 ; mean for the day, 76 J,3,

Temperature of water *

Surface,

76-0

800 fathoms, .

40-0

100 fathoms,

69-0

900 „ ...

39-5

200 „ . .

61-5

1000 „

39-2

300 „

54-3

1100 „

39-0

400 „ . .

48-9

1200 „ . . .

3S-7

500 „

45-2

1300 „

3S-4

600

430

Bottom, . . .

38-0

700 „ . .

41-2

Density at 60° F. at surface, 1 '02698.

Depth, 1420 fathoms; deposit, Pteropod Ooze, containing 80 '69 per cent, of
carbonate of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

Station 20.

Animals from
Diiedge.

Station 21.

Station 22.

Station 2*2,

Organism* from
Surface-Nets.

160 THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

At 9.30 a.m. shortened tiud furled sails, and got up steam to sound. Sounded in
1120 fathoms. At noon obtained a series of temperatures at intervals of 100 fathoms
down to tin- bottom. At 12.20 ?.M. put trawl over and veered 2400 fathoms. At 2 p.m.
jollyboat with naturalists away collecting surface animals. At 5.15 p.m. commenced
h aving in trawl, which came up at 8 p.m. with the beam broken ; it contained a small
black fish.

Distance at noon from Sombrero Island, 30 miles. Made good 84 miles. Amount
of current 6 miles, direction N. G2° W.

Surface Organisms. — Large quantities of Oscillatoriacese are recorded from the surface,
and naturalists in a boat captured some pelagic Actiniae ( Plotuctis ?), and three young
Plectognathous fish ( Tetrodon ).

The following species are recorded in the Zoological Reports from the surface
between Tenerife and St. Thomas, the exact date being doubtful : —

Amphipoda (Stebbing, Zool. pt. 67).

Aiichylomera sp. (?).

Schizopada (Sars, Zool. pt. 37).

Siridla thompsoni (M. -Edwards).

Macrura (Spence Bate, Zool. pt. 52).

Sergcstes atlanticus, M. -Edwards.

„ parvidens, n.sp.

Pelagic Hemiptera (White, Zool. pt. 19).

JTdobates wtitterstorfi, Frauenfeld.

Cephalopoda (Iloyle, Zool. pt. 44).

Tremoctopus atlanticus (d’Orbigny), Stcenstrup.

Fishes (Gunther, Zool. pt. 78).

Xiphias gladius , Linnd.

Cubiceps gracilis, Lowe.

1* senes cyanophrys, C. V.

Antenna nus inarrnoratus, Gunther.

Sapelus coccoi (Cocco).

Fund ulus niyro/asciatus , Lesucur.
llemirhamphus sp. (?).

Murtena sp. (?).

Tetrodon sp. (?).

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

161

Stations 23 to 23b (Soundings 67 to 69), off Sombrero Island (see Chart 7).
March 15, 1873.

Temperature of air at noon, 76'J,8 ; mean for the day, 750,8.

Temperature of water at surface, 76° ‘0.

At daylight observed land. At 6 a.m, sounded in 450 fathoms, deposit Pteropod.
Ooze, containing 84’27 per cent, of carbonate of lime (Station 23). Put over dredge
and veered 800 fathoms. At 8.30 a.m. veered dredge-rope to 1000 fathoms. At
10 a.m. dredge came up with many specimens. At 10.30 a.m. sounded in 460 fathoms,
deposit Pteropod Ooze (Station 23a), and put over dredge. At 1.30 p.m. hauled in
dredge and proceeded to the north-west. At 2.15 p.m. sounded in 590 fathoms, deposit
Pteropod Ooze (Station 23b), and at 3 p.m. put over dredge, veering 1200 fathoms.
At 5.20 p.m. hove up dredge, and at 6 p.m. made all plain sail.

The haul of the dredge in the shallower water (450 fathoms, Station 23) was most
productive, as will be seen from the following list of species recorded in the Zoological
Reports, the only thing from the deeper water (590 fathoms) being fragments of a
Hexactinellid Sponge ( Chonelasma sp.) . —

Hexactinellida (Schulze, Zool. pt. 53).

Farrea sp. (?) One specimen.

Aphrocallistes bocagei, Wright. One specimen ; obtained also at Stations 24, 56,

343, and 344, 390 to 1075 fathoms. Recorded from
both sides of the North Atlantic.

Chonelasma sp. (?). Fragments from 590 fathoms.

Alcyonapja (Wright and Studer, Zool. pt. 64).

Clavularia tubaria, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Acanella eburnea (Pourtales). One specimen ; obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger. Recorded from West Indies.

Primnoella distans, Studer. One specimen; obtained also at Station 122, 120

to 400 fathoms. Recorded from South-West Pacific.
Juncella barbadensis, Duchassaing and Michelotti (?). Two small fragments ;

obtained at no other locality by the Challenger. Re-
corded from West Indies.

Corals (Moseley, Zool. pt. 7 ).

Pliobothrus symmetricus, Pourtales. Obtaiued at no other locality by the

Challenger. Recorded from Florida and Key West, and
North Atlantic (“ Porcupine ”).

Stenohelia profunda, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 171, 600 fathoms.

Stations 23 to
23b.

Animals from
Dredge.

162

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Lojtho/u’lln prvlit'era, M.-Edwards and Haime. Small fragment; obtained also at

Stations 24, 109, and 135, 90 to 390 fathoms.
Recorded from North Atlantic (“Porcupine” and American
expeditions).

,, Candida, u.sp. Several specimens ; obtained at no other locality.

Hydroida (Allman, Zool. pt. 70).

Laf " dumosa (Fleming). One specimen ; obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger. Recorded from Europe.

Opiiiuroidea (Lyman, Zool. pt. 14).

Ophiozona anti1 la nun, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

,, (?) dubia, Lyman. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Recorded from North Atlantic (“ Blake ”).

Ophiomusium serratum, n.sp. Obtained at no other local it)7.

,, validurn, Ljungman. Obtained also at Station 24, 390 fathoms.

Ophiopyren longispinus, n.g., n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 24 and 33, 390

and 435 fathoms.

Ophiotha mnus vicarius, Lyman. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Echinoidea (Agassiz, Zool. pt. 9).

Salenia varispina, Agassiz. Obtained also at Stations 24, 70, 73, 78, 122, and

344, 350 to 1675 fathoms. Recorded from Caribbean
Sea (“ Blake ”).

Holothurioidka (Th^el, Zool. pt. 13).

Orphuurgus asper, n.g., n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality. Only

species of the genus.

Annelida (M'Intosh, Zool. pt. 34).

Aphn»lita intermedia, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 24, 390 fathoms.

h'dcpis cl aUemjcriie, n.sp. One fragmentary specimen ; obtained at no other

locality.

Psamrnolyce occidental is, n.sp. Two fragmentary specimens ; obtained at no other

locality.

Maxd n]J\a bonhardi, n.g., n.sp. One fragmentary specimen; obtained at no other

locality. Only species of the genus.

Xothria sombrcidana, n.sp., and var. Obtained at no other locality.

,, truuiseti8, n.sp. One fragmentary specimen (either from this Station or

Station 24) ; obtained also at Station 169, 700 fathoms.

S ob i ob/n < ctrrata, Sars, var. (?). One fragmentary specimen ; another variety was

obtained at Station 149, 110 fathoms. The species is
widely distributed.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

163

Cliastozone atlcmtica, n.sp. One fragmentary specimen ; obtained at no other locality. Station* 23.

Maldane (?) atlantica, n.sp. One fragmentary specimen ; obtained at no other

locality.

Ampharete sombrerianct, n.sp. One injured specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

Melinna maculata, Webster. Two fragmentary specimens; obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger. Recorded from Virginian
coast.

Pista sombreriana, n.sp. One fragmentary specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

Serpula sombreriana, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

Isopoda (Beddard, Zool. pt. 48).

Arcturus purpureus, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

Typhlapseudes nereus, n.g., n.sp. Several specimens ; obtained at no other

locality. Only species of the genus.

MacruPvA (Spence Bate. Zool. pt. 52).

CaUianassa occidentalis, n.sp. Single claw ; obtained at no other locality.

Cheramus occidentalis, n.g., n.sp. One damaged specimen; obtained at no other

locality.

Thaumastocheles zaleuca (Willemoes-Suhm), n.g. , n.sp. One specimen and fragments ;

obtained at no other locality. Only species of the genus.

Polycheles crucifera (Willemoes-Suhm), n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other

locality.

Benthesicymus pleocantlius, n.g., n.sp. One specimen ; obtained also at Stations 205

and 250, 1050 and 3050 fathoms.

Anomura (Henderson, Zool. pt. 69).

Munida sp. (?). One imperfect specimen.

Munidopsis sigsbei (M. -Edwards). One specimen ; obtained at no other locality

by the Challenger. Recorded from West Indies (“ Blake”).

Elasmonotus armatus, M. -Edwards. Two specimens ; obtained also at Station

24, 390 fathoms. Recorded from West Indies (“ Blake ”).

Uroptychus nitidus (M. -Edwards). Three specimens ; obtained also at Station

24, 390 fathoms. Recorded from West Indies (“ Blake ').

Lamellibranchiata (Smith, Zool pt. 35).

Nesera sp. (?). Portion of a valve.

Cryptodon sp. (?). Single valve.

Limopsis aurita (Brocchi). Obtained also at Stations 56 and 73, 1075 and 1000

fathoms.

1G4

TTTE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

si,- % 2A Lima (Linatufo) c-onfusa, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 78 and 120, 1000

and G75 fathoms. Taken by “Valorous” in North -
Atlantic, 1450 fathoms.

„ ( „ ) laminifera, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 24, 390 fathoms.

Sc a phopod a and Gasteropoda (Watson, Zool. pt. 42).

Dintaliui i circumduct am, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations II., 56, and 122, 350

to 1075 fathoms.

,, ensiculus, Jeffreys. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Recorded from the North Atlantic.

Trochus (M >rgarita) rhysus , n.sp. Obtained: also at Station II.

Columb' lla ( Pyrene ) strix, n.sp., var. subacta, nov. Obtained also at Station 24, 390

fathoms. The species ol Gained at Station 1 22, 350 fathoms.

nleurot<yma (Surcvla) syngenes, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 24, 390 fathoms.

„ (Genota)didyma, n.sp. One injured specimen; obtained at no other locality.

,, (Bela) dyscrita, n.sp. One injured specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

,, ( Typhlomangelia ) lithocolleta, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Clathurclla hormophora, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 24 and 122, 390 and

350 fathoms.

„ circumvoluta, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 24, 390 fathoms.

Natica leptalea, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

,, sp. a. Obtained also at Station 24, 390 fathoms.

Activon pusillus (Forbes) (?). One fragmentary specimen; obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger. Recorded irom Mediterranean
and Madeira. Fossil — Middle Pliocene of Calabria.

Polyzoa (Busk, Zool. pt. 30 ; Waters, pt. 79).

P'isythen churned (Smitt). Obtained also at Stations 24 and 122, 32 to 400

fathoms. Recorded from Gulf of Florida.

Brettia comigcra, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

lingula versicolor , n.sp. Obtained also at Station 122, 350 fathoms.

Farciminana atlantica, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 24, 390 fathoms.

TV.s aradoma Itoreale (Busk). Obtained also at Station 13.

Porina proboscidea , Waters, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Fishes (Gunther, Zool. pt. 57).

(ionostonvi inicrodon, n.bp. Seven specimens; very widely distributed, taken at
Stations 23, 40, 00, 61, 101, 106, 120, 137, 150, 158, 109, 170, 171,
196, 218, 220, 223, 226, 230, 237, 205, 280, and 337, in 450 to 2900
f.ithoms. Recorded subsequently from Indian Ocean (“ Investigator”).

St omit is n pi uis, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

165

In addition to the foregoing, the following are recorded in the Station-book : —
Plumularia, Luiclia, Astrogonium longimanum [ = Iconaster longimanus], Archaster,
Cidciris ( Dorocidaris ) abyssicola, Echinus ( Eeliinocyamus ) pusillus, and a damaged
specimen of Sipunculus.

Excluding Protozoa, about 150 specimens of invertebrates and fishes -were obtained
at this Station, belonging to about 78 species, of which 44 are new to science, including
representatives of 7 new genera ; 28 of the new species and 4 of the new genera (each
represented by a, single species) were not obtained elsewhere.

The following species of Pteropoda, Heteropoda, Foraminifera, and Radiolaria, were
observed in the deposit from Station 23, 450 fathoms (see also Murray and Renard,
Deep-Sea Deposits Chalk Exp. ) : —

Pteropoda (Pelseneer, Zook pt. 65).

Limacina inflata (d’Orbigny).

„ triacantha (Fischer).

„ lesueuri (d’Orbigny).

„ bulimoid.es (d’Orbigny).

Peraclis reticulata (d’Orbigny).

Clio ( Creseis ) virgula (Rang).

„ ( „ ) acicula (Rang).

,, (Styliola) subula (Quoy and Gaimard).

„ pyramidata, Linne.

Clio cuspulata (Bose).

Cuvierina columnella (Rang).
Cavolinia trispinosa (Lesueur).

,, quadridentata (Lesueur).
„ longirostris (Lesueur).

„ gibbosa (Rang).

„ uncinata (Rang).

,, injlexa (Lesueur).

Heteropoda (Smith, Zook pt. 72).

A tlanta peronii, Lesueur.

„ lesueuri, Eydoux and Souleyet.

„ souleyeti , Smith.

Atlanta fusca, Eydoux and Souleyet.

,, indinata, Eydoux and Souleyet.

Foraminifera (Brady, Zook pt. 22). — The pelagic species, which make up about 62
per cent, of the carbonate of lime present in the deposit, are marked thus x : — •

Biloadina wmata, Brady.

„ depressa, d’Orbigny.

,, irregularis, d’Orbigny.

Miliolina amygdaloides, Brady.

„ auberiana (d’Orbigny).

„ insignis, Brady.

„ linnxana (d’Orbigny).

„ oblonga (Montagu).

Articulina conico-ariiculata (Batsch).

„ sagra, d’Orbigny.

Planispirim edata (Costa).

„ sigmoidea, Brady.

Cornuspira foliacea (Philippi).

„ involvens, Reuss.

(SUMMARY op RESULTS CJHALL. EXP.— 1893.)

pQieroplis Isevigatus, Karrer.

„ pertusus (Forskdl).
Orbiculina adunca (Fichtel and Moll).
Orbitolites complanata, Lamarck.

„ marginalis (Lamarck).
Pelosina cylindrica, Brady.

„ sp. (1).

Tedmitella legumen, Norman.
Bathysiphon filiformis, Sars.
Sorosphxra corij usa, Brady.
Saccammina socialis, Brady (?).
Jaculella obtusa, Brady.

Ilyperammina friabilis, Brady,

„ ramosa, Brady.

22

Station 23.

Organisms prom
the Deposit.

16G

the voyage of tt.m.s. challenger.

Statj 39 23. Jhg^rammina subnodosa, Braily.

Martiprlla elomgata, Norman.

Bhabdammina discreta, Brady.

„ linearis , Brady.

Atchrmonella catenata (Norman).

JVtuammina algsrfonnu, Brady.

„ imlii'isa , Brady.

Roghas dentaliniformi* , Brady.

„ scorpiurus , Montfort.

„ spirit! if era, Brady.

Uapl oph ragm ium agglutinans (d’Orbigny).

„ ealeareum , Brady.

,, emaciatum, Brady.

„ globigeriniforme (Parker and

Jones).

„ glomrratum, Brady.

„ latidorsatum, Bornomann.

„ scitulum, Brady.

Ilonnotina monile , Brady.

Amrruxiiscu* gordialis (Parker and Jones).

„ incertus (d'Orbiguy).

Trochammina conglobata, Brady.

„ coronata , Brady.

„ pauciloculata, Brady.

„ protons, Karrer.

„ xguanuiia, Jones and Parker.

„ trullissata, Brady.

Webbina clavata, Jones and Parker.

Cyclammina cancel lata, Brady.

Tatularia agglntinans , d’Orbigny.

„ as per a, Brady.

„ eoneava (Karrer).

„ conica, d’Orbigny.

„ grarnen, d’Orbigny.

„ luoulenta, Brady.

„ turrit, d’Orbigny.

V'.mewilina pygmtea (Egger).

. „ xpinulosa , Renas.

IHgenerina capreolut (d’Orbigny).

„ pmnatnla (Bntsch).

„ robusta, Brady.

Gaudryina JUiformis, Bcrthelin.

„ sc a} nr a, Brady.

„ nibroturulata, Schwager.

„ »p. (f).

Clarulina communis, d’Orbigny.

„ eylindrica, Hantken.

„ paruriensis, d’Orbigny.

Ilulimina aadeata, d’Orbiguy.

„ Imrhiana, d’Orbigny.

Bulimina inflata, Seguenza.

„ marginata, d’Orbigny.

„ subtrees, Brady.

Bolivina punctata, d’Orbigny.

„ reticulata, Hantken.

„ robusta, Brady.

„ textilarioides, Reuss.

Tritaxia caperata, Brady.

Gassidulina suhglobosa, Brady.

Chilostomella ovoulea, Reuss.

Lagena acuticosta, Reuss.

M quadrata (Williamson).

Nodosaria comafa (Batsoh).

„ communis , d’Orbigny.

„ costulata, Reuss.

,, filiformis, d’Orbigny.

„ hisjrida, d’Orbigny.

„ inter cdlularis, Brady (1).

„ ( Glandulina ) Ixvigata, d’Orbiguy.

„ obliqua (Linn<$).

„ pyrula , d’Orbigny.

,, rapbanus (Linne).

„ roemeri (Neugeboren).

„ soluta, Reuss.

„ mbcanalicidata (Neugeboren).

„ vertebralis (Batsch).

» sp. (?).

Lingulina carinata, d’Orbigny, var. seminuda,
Hantken.

Rkabdogonium tricarinatum (d’Orbigny).

Marginulina costata (Batsch).

„ glabra , d’Orbigny.

Cristellaria aculeata, d’Orbigny.

„ calcar (Linnd).

„ cultrata (Montfort).

„ gihba, d’Orbigny.

„ italica (Defranco).

„ obtusata, Reuss, var. subalafa, Brady.

„ orbicularis (d’Orbigny).

„ reniformis, d’Orbigny.

,, rotulata (Lamarck).

„ variabilis, Reuss.

Pulymorphina sp. (1).

Uvigcrina pygmtea, d’Orbigny.

Itaraulina globulifera , Brady.

x Globigcrina oquilateralis, Brady.

x „ bulloidee, d’Orbigny, var. triloba, Reuss.

x „ conglobata, Brady.

x „ dubia, Egger.

x „ rubra, d’Orbigny.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS,

167

x Globigerina sacculifera, Brady,
x Orbulina universa, d’Orbigny.
x PuUenia dbliquiloculata, Parker and Jones.
„ quinqueloba, Reuss.

„ sphseroides (d’Orbigny).

x Sphxroidina dehiscens, Parker and Jones.

„ bulloides, d’Orbigny,

x Candeina nitida , d’Orbigny.

Truncatulim lobatula (Walker and Jacob).
„ reticulata (Czjzek).

„ robertsoniana, Brady.

„ rosea (d’Orbigny).

„ tenuimargo , Brady.

„ ungeriana (d’Orbigny).

„ wuellerstorfi (Schwager).

Anomalina ammonoides, Reuss.

„ ariminensis (d’Orbigny).

,, coronata, Parker and Jones.

,, grosserugosa (Giimbel).

„ polymorpha, Costa.

Pulvinulina elegans (d’Orbigny).

„ menardii (d’Orbigny).

„ „ var. fimbriata , Brady.

„ micheliniana (d’Orbigny).

„ pauper ata, Parker and Jones.

„ tumida, Brady.

Gypsina mhxrens (Schultze).

Polytremci miniaceum (Linne).

Amphistegina lessonii, d’Orbigny.

Radiolaria (Haeckel, ZooL pt. 40).—
Professor Haeckel, with the assistance of Dr

I. SrDMELLAKIA,

a. Sphaeroidea.

Cenosphxra antiqm , HaeckeL

„ hexagonalis, HaeckeL
Carposphxra belladonna, Haeckel.
Cromyosp/mra quadruple x, Haeckel.

„ scorodoniurn, Haeckel.
Collo-spheera huxleyi , Muller,

Acrosplixra erinacea, Haeckel.

Siphonospheera patinaria, Haeckel.

Amphistylus hippocampus, Haeckel.

Iiexalonche castanella, Haeckel.

b. Prunoidea.

Druppula cocos, HaeckeL
Spongocore velata, HaeckeL
Panarius tetrathalamus, HaeckeL

c. Discoidea.

Astrophacus phacodiscus, HaeckeL
Perichlamydium antillarum, n.sp. (MS.).
Rhopalastrum malleus, HaeckeL
Hymeniastrum, leydigii, HaeckeL
Hexapyle hexacantha, Haeckel
Spongodiscus cyclcides, HaeckeL
„ favus, Ehrenberg.

„ resurgens, Ehrenberg.

-The following list has been compiled by
F. Dreyer

Rhopalodictyum abyssorum, Ehrenberg.

„ curvatum, Haeckel.

Spongasteriscus clavatus, HaeckeL
Spongaster pentacyclus, HaeckeL
„ tetras, Ehrenberg.

d. Larcoidea.

Tetrapyle quadriloba, Haeckel,

II. Nassellaria.

a. Stephoidea.

A rchicircus primorclialis, Haeckel.

Lithocircus quadricornis, HaeckeL
Lygocircus productus, Biitschli.

„ triquetrus, HaeckeL
Eucoronis nephrospyris, Haeckel.

b. Cyrtoidea.

Tripodiscium furcatura, HaeckeL
Pterocanium gravid um, Haeckel.

Clathrocyclas basilea, HaeckeL
Theocalyptra veneris, Haeckel.

Theoconus campanulatus, HaeckeL
Didyomitra articulata (Ehrenberg).

Lithocampe nereidum (Ehrenberg).

III. PHzEODAKIA.

Dictyocha stapedia, HaeckeL
Distephanus speculum (Ehrenberg).

Station 23.

Surface Organisms. — The following species are recorded from the surface on this date : —

Brachyura (Miers, ZooL pt. 49).

Nautilogra'psus minutus (Linne).

Fishes (Gunther, Zool. pt. 78).

Echeneis remora, Linne.

Organisms from
Surface-Nets.

168

THE VOYAGE OF ll.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Station 23.

At St. Thomas.

Animals from
St. Thomas.

While dredging, two sharks ( Carcharias brachyurus) were caught. One had the
greater portion of one of its pectoral fins bitten off, apparently by some other shark,
there being a clean semicircular cut where the jaws had closed and bitten through the tough
cartilage and muscle. Three specimens of Echeneis remora were attached to the one fish
and two to the other, and four of these were hauled on board still maintaining their hold.
While the sharks were struggling in the water at the end of the line, they frequently
shifted their position on the fish. The belty of Eclieneis is dark, and at first sight it is
difficult, to persuade one’s self that the back is not uppermost, and the sucker on the
ventral surface. The fish adheres so tightly to a table that it is impossible to pull it off
by exerting a vertical strain.

The Challenger remained at anchor at St. Thomas from 1.30 p.m. on March 16 till
4 p.m. on March 24, 1873. The following species are recorded in the Zoological
Reports as having been obtained during the stay by dredging in the steam-pinnace near
the Island of St. Thomas in shallow water, or by collecting on shore : —

Reef Corals (Quelch, Zool. pt. 46).

Oculina diffusa, Lamarck. One specimen (shallow water); obtained also at Bermuda.
,, varicosa, Lesueur. Obtained also at Bermuda.

,, recta, n.sp. Two specimens ; obtained at no other locality.

Cladocora arbuscula (Lesueur). One specimen (shallow water) ; obtained also in
Simon’s Bay, Cape.

Pectinia profunda (Dana). One specimen (reefs) ; obtained at no other locality by
the Challenger.

I. soph yllia aspera (Duchassaiug and Michelotti). One specimen; obtained at no
other locality by the Challenger.

Manicina areolala (Linne). One specimen (reefs, shallow water) ; obtained also in
Simon’s Bay, Cape.

Agarieia f raff! is (Dana). Two specimens ; obtained also at Bermuda.

„ frondosa (1 )uchassaing). One specimen ; obtained at no other locality by
the Challenger.

Madrcpora palmata (Lamarck). Several specimens; obtained at no other locality
by the Challenger. Recorded from Florida Reefs.

„ prolifera ( Lamarck). One specimen ; obtained at no other locality by
the Challenger. Recorded from Florida Reefs.

,, cerricomis (Lamarck). One specimen ; obtained at no other locality by
the Challenger. Recorded from Florida Reefs.

Poritcs astrxoides , Lamarck. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality by the
Challenger. Recorded from West Indies and Florida Reefs.

£u^Y.\vx*l Uv Malby X- Sons

Eiyf «r*«l \fj MillfASi

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

169

Millepora alcicornis, Linne. One specimen ; obtained also at Bermuda. .Recorded St. Thomas.
from Florida Reefs.

„ carthaginiensis, Duchassaing and Michelotti. One specimen ; obtained
at no other locality by the Challenger.

Ophiuroidea (Lyman, Zool. pt. 14).

Ophiura cinereg (Miiller and Troschel). Obtained also at Bahia.

Ophiocoma echinata (Agassiz). Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Echinoidea (Agassiz, Zool. pt. 9).

Diadema setosum (Gray). Obtained also at Cape Verdes, Philippines, and Tahiti.

Annelida (MTntosh, Zool. pt. 34).

Hermodice carunculata (Pallas). Two specimens ; obtained also at Bermuda and

Cape Verdes.

Hesione (?) sp. Fragment (shallow water).

Nereis antillensis, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

Marphysa goodsiri, n.sp. One specimen (shallow water) ; obtained at no other

locality.

Sabella bipunctata, Baird. One specimen (between tide-marks) ; obtained at no

other locality by the Challenger.

Dasychone wyvillei, n.sp. One specimen (between tide-marks) ; obtained at no

other locality.

,, nigro-maculata (Baird). One specimen (between tide-marks) ; obtained
at no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from
West Indies.

Stomatopoda (Brooks, Zool. pt. 45).

Pseudosquilla ciliata, Miers. Two specimens (2 fathoms) ; obtained also at Sand-
wich Islands. Recorded from Cuba.

Gonodactylus chiragra, Latreille. Many specimens ; obtained also at Station 36,

Bermuda, near Cape St. Roque, and Philippines.

Isopoda. — One specimen, genus and species undetermined.

Macrura (Spence Bate, Zool. pt. 52).

Sicyoni a carmata (Olivier). One specimen (shallow water) ; obtained also at

Bahia. Recorded from Rio Janeiro and Australia.

Alplieus bermudensis, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained also at Bermuda.

Leptochela serratorbita, n.sp. One specimen (shallow water) ; obtained at no other

%

locality.

170

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER

St. Thomas.

Station 24.

Anomura (Henderson, Zool. pt. G9).

Ilypoconcha sabulosa (Herbst). Two specimens (shallow water) ; obtained at no

other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from West
Indies.

Porcdlana sayana (Leach). Several specimens (shallow water); obtained at no

other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from West
Indies and United States.

Lamellibranchlata (Smith, Zool. pt. 35).

Amussium canccllatum, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 24, 33, and 56, 390 to

1075 fathoms.

Cephalopoda (Hoyle, Zool. pt. 44).

Octopus tchuclchus, d’Orbigny. One specimen (8 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger. Recorded from Central and
South America.

Fishes (Gunther, Zool. pts. 6 and 78).

Sc rr anus apua, Bl. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Mesoprion chrysurus, Bl. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Pomacanthus para, Bl. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

ScorpsBna plumieri, Bl. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Holocentrum longipinne, C.V. Obtained also at Ascension.

Ed tends naucrates, Linne. Obtained also at Fiji.

In the foregoing list 40 species are enumerated from the shore and shallow water

at St. Thomas, including 7 new to science, 5 of which were not obtained elsewhere.

Station 24 (Sounding 70), St. Thomas to Bermuda (see Chart 7 and Diagram 2).

March 25, 1873 ; lat. 18° 38' 30" N., long. 65° 5' 30" W.

Temperature of air at noon, 77 ‘8 ; mean for the day, 76°’5.

Temperature of water at surface, 76 ‘0.

Density at 60° F. at surface, 1 '02704.

Depth, 390 fathoms; deposit, Pteropod Ooze, containing 73'88 per cent, of car-
bonate of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At 6.15 a.m. shortened and furled sails and got up steam to sound and dredge. At
7 a.m. sounded in 390 fathoms. At 7.30 a.m. put large dredge with tangles over,
veering 800 fathoms. At 10.15 a.m. hauled in dredge, containing many specimens.

ti nimarv * ,i ‘A esui ts.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

171

At 11.10 a.m. sounded in 625 fathoms, deposit Pteropod Ooze, containing 68’88 per cent,
of carbonate of lime (Station 24a). Put over dredge and veered 1100 fathoms. Dredge
became fast at the bottom, but when freed a considerable quantity of mud was brought up.
While hauling m the dredge, a block hook of the dredging apparatus gave way, and
a boy was killed by being struck with the block.

The position of this dredging-ground is about 15 miles north of Culebra Island, the
whole group of the Virgin Islands being in sight. At 8 p.m. made all plain sail.

The following species are recorded in the Zoological Reports from the dredge at this
Station, the only species from the greater depth (625 fathoms) being Rhizocrinus
lofotensis : —

Monaxovida (Ridley and Dendy, Zool. pt. 59).

Desmacdla annexa, Schmidt. Small fragment ; obtained at no other locality
by the Challenger. Recorded from Florida and English
Channel.

Tetkactinellida (Sollas, Zool. pt. 63).

Craniella schmidtii, n.sp. Three (?) specimens ; obtained at no other locality.

Thenea schmidtii, n,n. One specimen ; for distribution see Station IV.

Hexactinellida (Schulze, Zool. pt. 53).

Hyalonema toxeres, Wyville Thomson, n.sp. Three specimens; obtained at no
other locality.

Farrecty occa (Bowerbank), Carter. One specimen; obtained also at Stations 170
and 207, 630 and 700 fathoms. Recorded from Japan.

Aphrocallistes bocagei, Wright. One specimen ; for distribution see Station 23.

Myliusia callocyathus, Gray. One specimen ; obtained also at Stations 192 and

194, 140 and 360 fathoms. Recorded from West Indies.

Corals (Moseley, Zool. pt. 7).

Cryptohelia pudica, M. -Edwards and Haime. For distribution see Station 3.

Caryophyllia paucipcdata, n.sp. Two specimens ; obtained at no other locality.

Deliocyathus italicus, M. -Edwards and Haime. Several specimens; obtained
also at Stations 56, 78, 120, 191 (?), 285, and off Bermuda
(var.), 200 to 2375 fathoms. Recorded from North Atlantic
(American expeditions, &c.),

Odontocycithus coronatus (Pourtales). Five specimens; obtained at no other
locality by the Challenger. Recorded from Florida.

Desmophyllum cailleti, Duchassaing and Michelotti. One dead specimen ; obtained
at no other locality by the Challenger.

Station 24.

Animals from
Dredge.

172

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Si at n •„ Lophohelia pm! if era, M. -Edwards and Haime. Small fragment; for distribution

see Station 23.

B< < thyactis symmetrica (Pourtales). Very widely distributed, both geographically
and bathymetrically ; obtained at Stations 24, 36, 56, 73, 78,
133, 147, 157, 181, 194, 195, 196, 218, 224, 241, 244, 299,
325, and 332, 32 to 2900 fathoms.

Hydro ida (Allman, Zool. pt. 70).

Crj/ptolaria JUibellum, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

S' rtularia catena, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

Cri NOIDEA (Carpenter, Zool. pt. 32).

Rhizocrinus lofotensis, Sars. Two specimens from 625 fathoms; obtained also at

Stations 122 and 323, 400 and 1900 fathoms. Recorded
from both sides of the North Atlantic (“ Porcupine,” “ Light-
ning,” “ Knight Errant,” and various American expeditions).

Asteroidka (Sladcn, Zool. pt. 51).

Brisinga cricophora, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Ophiuroidea (Lyman, Zool. pt. 14). *•

Ophiozora nivea, Lyman. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.
Ophioglypha falcifera, Lyman. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

,, variabilis, n.sp. (young?). Obtained also at Station 195, 1425

fathoms.

Opkiomusium validum, Ljungman. Obtained also at Station 23.

Ophiopyren bngispinus, n.g., n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 23 and 33.
Ophiomitra dipsacos, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Ophioscolex tropicus, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Echinoidea (Agassiz, Zool. pt. 9).

Dcrrocidaris ( Cidaris ) papillata (Lcskc). Obtained also at Stations 204, 210, 320,

Canaries, aud St. Paul’s Rocks, 70 to 600 fathoms.
Salenia vari spina, Agassiz. For distribution sec Station 23.

Poflocidaris sculpt a, Agassiz. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Annelida (M ‘In tosh, Zool. pt. 34).

Aphrodita intermedia, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 23.

Sothna tenuisetis, n.sp. One fragmentary specimen (either from this Station or

Station 23) ; obtained also at Station 169.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

173

Ostracoda (Brady, Zool. pt. 3).

Macrocypris tenuicauda, n.sp. Many specimens ; obtained also at Station 122, 350

fathoms.

,, decora, Brady. Obtained also at Stations 122, 149, and Admiralty
Islands, 16 to 350 fathoms. Recorded from Australia
and Batavia.

Bythocypris reniformis, n.g., n.sp. Several specimens ; obtained also at Stations

120, 122, 145 and 162, 38 to 675 fathoms.

Bairclia victrix, Brady. Obtained also at Stations 75, 76, 120, 122, 149, 164b (?),

and 335 (?), 120 to 1425 fathoms. Recorded from Colon-
Aspinwall and Cuba.

Cy there (?) serratvla, n.sp. A few separate valves ; obtained also at Stations 85

and 335, 1125 and 1425 fathoms.

„ dictyon, n.sp. Very widely distributed ; obtained at Stations 24, 64,

70, 73, 75, 76, 78, 120, 122, 146, 150, 164, 191, 218,
224, 246, 280, 296, 300, 302, 305, 308, 332, 335, and
Humboldt Bay, Papua, 37 to 2750 fathoms.

Cyiherella lata, n.sp. A few detached valves ; obtained also at Stations 75, 120,

185 and 191, 155 to 675 fathoms.

Cirripedia (Hoek, Zool. pt. 25).

Fcscilcisma carinatum, n.sp. One small specimen ; obtained also at Station 344,

420 fathoms.

Amphipoda (Stebbing, Zool. pt. 67).

Syrrhoc papyracea, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

Ampelisca abyssicola, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

Macrura (Spence Bate, Zool. pt. 52).

Blatybema rugosvm , n.g., n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

Anomura (Henderson, Zool. pt. 69).

Porceliana robertsoni , n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

Munida microphthalma, M. -Edwards. One specimen ; obtained also at Stations

171 and 343, 600 and 425 fathoms. Recorded from West
Indies (“ Blake ”).

Elasmonotus armcitus, M.-Edwards. Three specimens ; obtained also at Station

23.

Uroptychvs nitidus (M.-Edwards). One specimen ; obtained also at Station 23.

(summary or RESULTS CHALL. EXP. — 1893.) 23

Station 24,

174

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Station- *:4. LaMELI.IBRANCHIATA (Smith, Zool. pt. 35).

X, t ra i OHsociata , n.sp. Obtained also at Station 33, 435 fathoms.

„ sp. (?). A single valve.

W'vtic rrfi i woodii, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 122, 350 fathoms.

Cnfptodon incrassatus (Jeffreys), var. (?). A few odd valves ; obtained at no other
locality by the Challenger.

Montacuta Occident alia, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

Crrissatcllt parva (Adams). Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Nucula culebrensis, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Leda dccipiens, n.sp. Obtained at no other 'locality.

,, inaudax , n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

„ hebes, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

,, (lespecta, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

M'dlctia icnei’iformis, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 33, 435 fathoms.

,, enneata, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Glomus jeffreysi, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

,, simplex , n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

,, imequilateralis, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

„ sp. (?). A single valve.

Limopsis mirmta (Philippi). Obtained also at Stations IT., VIIp., VTTT., and 75.

Area ( Barbatia ) pferocssa, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 16, 71, 73, 237, and
246.

(Sea ph area) inssquisculpta, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 5.

„ ( ,, ?) culebrensis, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Idas dalli, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Dacrydium oecidenU.de, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Lima ( Limatula ) laminifera, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 23.

Peeten culebrensis, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

„ sp. (?). A few odd valves.

,, sp. (?). A single valve.

in ■' slum squamigeruin, n.sp. A few detached valves ; obtained also at Station
33, 435 fathoms.

,. obliquum, n.sp. A single valve ; obtained at no other locality.

,, cancellatum, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 33, 56, and off St. Thomas.

Scapiiopoda and Oastebopoda (Watson, Zool. pt, 42).

I)> ntai> in. ( upillosum, Jeffreys (?). One fragmentary specimen; for distribution

see Station II.

rmnprcHsum, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

175

Dentalium didymum, n.sp. Six fragmentary specimens ; obtained at no other Station 24.

locality.

Siphodentcilium platamodes, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

,, tytthum, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Cadulus vulpidens, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

,, rastridens, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

,, sauridens, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

,, curtus, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

,, „ var. congruens, nov. Obtained at no other locality.

,, obesus, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

,, exiguus, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

,, ampidlaceus, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Lepeta cseca (Muller). Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded

from the Arctic. North Atlantic, and North Pacific. Fossil
— Post-Pliocene of Scandinavia, and Red and Coralline
Crags of England.

Zeidora naufraga, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Puncturdla clathrata, Jeffreys. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Recorded from North Atlantic.

,, agger, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality,

,, oxia, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

,, sportella , n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

„ ( Cranopsis ) asturianct (Fischer). Obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger. Recorded from Bay of Biscay.

,, ( ,, ) granulata (Seguenza). Obtained at no other locality by

the Challenger. Fossil— Miocene Marls of Sicily.

,, 4 ,, ) profundi, Jeffreys. Obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger. Recorded from North Atlantic.

,, ( Fissurisepta ) rostratci (Seguenza). One specimen ; obtained at uo

other locality by the Challenger. Fossil — Upper Miocene
of Sicily.

Trochus ( Ziziphinus ) stirophorus, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

,,(,,) tiara, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 56, 1075 fathoms. Re-
corded subsequently from off Havana.

,, (Oxy stele) euspira (Dali). Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Recorded from North Atlantic and Gulf of Mexico.

„ {Margarita) pompholugotus , n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

,, ( „ ) seglees, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger,

Recorded subsequently from Gulf of Mexico.

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Ti ' chus (Margarita) clavatns, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 120(?), 675 fathoms.
,, ( „ ) scintillans, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 56, 1075 fathoms.

,, ( „ ) cancellatus, Jeffreys. Obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger. Recorded from North Atlantic (“ Porcupine ”).
,, , two other species undetermined.

Jiiusi/issa alta, n.g., n.sp. Obtained also at Station 120, 675 fathoms (var. oxyloma,

nov.). Recorded subsequently from Gulf of Mexico.

„ costal at a, n.g., n.sp. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Recorded from North Atlantic (“ Porcupine ”), and Gulf
of Mexico.

S yuenzia monocingulata, Seguenza, Obtained also at Station 56, 1075 fathoms;

and var. lineata, nov., at Stations 120 and 122, 675 and
350 fathoms. Recorded from North Atlantic and Gulf of
Mexico. Fossil — Upper Miocene of Calabria, and Middle
Pliocene of Sicily.

,, ionica, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 73, 1000 fathoms. Recorded sub-
sequently from Gulf of Mexico.

Stamatella (Gena) caliginosa, Adams. Obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger. Original locality unknown.

Sciss t relict crispata, Fleming. Obtained also at Station 145, 140 fathoms. Re-
corded from Arctic, North Atlantic, and Mediterranean.
Fossil — Later glacial beds of Norway, Middle and Upper
Pliocene of Calabria, and Coralline Crag of England.

,, alta, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 75, 450 fathoms.

Schvmope tabulata, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

„ lacuniformis, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

„ (?) sp.

Jfomaloyyra densicostata, Jeffreys (?). Obtained at no other locality by the Chal-
lenger. Recorded from North Atlantic (“ Bulldog ” and
“ Porcupine ”).

Cydostreina cxcavatum, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

„ «P- (?)-

Turbo (Colluuio) indutus, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Nerita hwllata, Gmelin. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger. Re-
corded from West Indies.

Solanum sp. (?).

Scalaria tortilis, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

,, a cm, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 73, 1000 fathoms. Recorded from

North Atlantic.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

177

Scalaria ( Acirsa ) pyrrhias , n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Oliva ( Olivella ) vitilia, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

„ sp. (?)

Columbella ( Pyrene ) strix, n.sp., var. subacta, nov. Obtained also at Stations 23

and 122.

,, ( ,, ) stricta, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Marginella ( Glabella ) elata, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

,, ( Granula ) agger , n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

,, , two other species undetermined.

Pleurotoma ( Surcula ) syngenes, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 23.

„ ( Drillia ) incilis, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

,, ( Typhlomangelia ) lincta, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

,, ( Mangelia ) corallina, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

,, ( ,, ) tiara , n.sp. Obtained also at Station 56, 1075 fathoms.

Clathurella formosa (Jeffreys). Obtained also at Stations 73, 78, and 85, 1000 to

1125 fathoms. Recorded from North Atlantic (“Triton”
and “ Travailleur ”).

,, hormophora , n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 23 and 122.

,, chariessa, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 73, 78, $5, and 122, 350 to
1125 fathoms.

,, pachia, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

,, pudens, n.sp. Obtained at do other locality.

„ araneosa, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

,, circumvoluta, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

,, perpauxilla, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

„ , two other species undetermined.

Bor sonia ceroplasta, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Clionella exsculpta, n.sp, Obtained at no other locality.

,, amblia, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

,, aglaophanes, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Cassis (?), two species (fry).

Natica sp. a. Obtained also at Station 23.

„ sp. (3. Obtained also at Stations 85, 120, and 122. Recordedfrom St. Helena.
„ sp. 7.

Odostomia ( Obeliscus ) nitidula (Adams). Obtained also at Station 75, 450 fathoms

Recordedfrom Bay of Biscay, Mediterranean, J apan, and Corea.
„ ( Turbonilla ) densicostata (Philippi). Obtained at no other locality by

the Challenger. Recorded from Mediterranean. Fossil —
Post-Pliocene of Italy.

Station 24.

178

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Station 24.

Oil *stoutiir (Tnrbonilla) paudstriata , Jeffreys. Obtained at no other locality by

the Challenger. Recorded from North Atlantic and Medi-
terranean.

( ., ) rhabdota , n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

,, ( ,, ) kymatoessa, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

( ,, ) phrilcalea, n.sp. One specimen; obtained at no other

locality.

sp. a, and fragments of other species.

Mathilda sp. (?).

J 'Hina piriformis, Brugnone. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Recorded from Sicily. Fossil — Pleistocene of Sicily.

., psila, n sp. Obtained at no other locality.

,, fascia to. , n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

chaskanon, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

„ hians, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

,, chydsea, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

„ cylindrata, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

., (jomphus, n.sp. Eight specimens ; obtained at no other locality.

., hyalina, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

,, , five other species undetermined.

Cerithiopsis pulchella (Adams). Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Recorded from Jamaica.

Hittium, fragments of various species.

Tdjoris bir/emma, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded

subsequently from Yukatan Strait (“ Blake ”).

„ injlata, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded
subsequently from Yukatan Strait (“ Blake”).

Lid- pa mclanostoma, Rang. Obtained also at the surface near Station 64. Uni-
versally distributed in warm seas, especially Sargasso Sea,
on floating seaweed.

Iphitus tuljerc Hiatus, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

JUmxi pyrrh iris, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

,, xautbias, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 122, 350 fathoms.

microstoma , n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

,, (Alrania) dulyma, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

(Onolxt) brac/iia, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

( Ciuynla ) alvcarium, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

,, (Sctia) tenui sculpt a, Watson. Obtained also at Station 344, 420 fathoms.

Recorded from North Atlantic and Mediterranean.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

179

Rissoa, five other species undetermined. Station 24.

Rissoina chesnelii (Michaud). Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Recorded from West and East Indies, Mauritius, Ceylon,
and Nicobars.

„ sp. (?).

Fenella elongata, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 78, 1000 fathoms.

Actseon turritus, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

Ringiculct peracuta, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 56 and 122, 1075 and 350

fathoms.

Scaphander punctostriatus (Mighels). Obtained also at Stations 73 and 78, 1000

fathoms. Recorded from Arctic, North Atlantic, and Medi-
terranean.

Utriculus spatha, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

,, , two other species undetermined.

Cylichna ovata, Jeffreys (?). Obtained also at Stations 73, 75 (?), 78 (?), and 122,

350 to 1000 fathoms. Recorded from North-East Atlantic
(“Porcupine,” “ Travailleur,” and “Washington”). Fossil
— Middle Pliocene of Italy.

„ discus, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

,, ( Volvula ) pauper cula, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Csecum lineicinctum, de Folin, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

Polyzoa (Busk, Zool. pt. 30).

Pasytliea ehurnea (Smitt). Obtained also at Stations 23 and 122.

Farciminciria atlantica, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 23.

Brachiopoda (Davidson, Zool. pt. 1).

Terebratula vitrea (Born), far. minor, Philippi. One specimen ; obtained also at

Stations 73 and 142, 1000 and 150 fathoms. Recorded
from Arctic, North Atlantic, and Mediterranean. Fossil —

Pliocene of Sicily.

Terebratulina wyviUii, n.sp. One specimen; obtained at no other locality. Another

specimen said to be in Amsterdam Museum without name
or derivation.

Magasella incerta, n.sp. Twelve small specimens, probably immature ; obtained

at no other locality.

In addition to the foregoing, the following are recorded in the Station-book : — Alcy-
onarian, Archaster sp. (?), Myriotrochus , several Annelids (only one reported), Echiurus,

Chietoderma (?), Brachyuran.

Station 24.

OtflAXlHMM FROM
TUI I»KI*OSIT.

1^0 TirE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Excluding Protozoa, over 350 specimens of invertebrates were obtained at this
Station, belonging to about 245 species, of which 129 are new to science, including
i\ pr* entatives of 4 new genera ; 95 of the new species were not obtained elsewhere.

Willrmoo' Sulim writes: — “Among the worms got to-day were a fragment of an
F.t'h >ims (?) and an animal probably belonging to the genus Chsetoderma. The latter is
;>•> nr long and 2 mm. broad ; the pharyngeal part with the proboscis is smooth, while
11 th. rest of tin body is covered with small spines, as remarked by Loven in specimens
tr >m th” N< rt h Sen. At the posterior extremity the two feathered appendages described
bv Loven could not be found, the posterior end of the body being abruptly flattened. But
] ri.; j - these parts have been retracted, as they can be according to Loven. The mouth
was here also ‘ in antico fine iulLito, angustum,’ and this soft part was expanded by a
liquid of a red colour, in which Moseley saw hemoglobin. This species is probably very
nearly allied to Chetodermanitidulum, Loven, which I have seen in Copenhagen ; it was
• rcen by Loven on the west coast of Sweden, and by Liitken near Hellebak at the en-
tr.incc of the Oeresund (Keferstein, Beitriige zursystematischen und anatomischcn Kennt-
ni-- der Sipunculiden, Zeitsclir.f wise. Zool ., Bd. xv. p. 442). Being the only one got
fi"m the deep sea, I did not dissect the specimen.”

The Ibllowing species of Pteropoda, Ileteropoda, and Foraminifera were observed in
the deposit from t his Station (see aLo Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall.
Exp.)

Ptf.ropoda (Pelseneer, Zool. pt. 65).

Limacina injlata (d’Orbigny).

„ triaeantha (Fischer).

„ lemeuri (d’Orbiguy).

„ bulitnoides (d’Orbigny).

Peraelis reticulata (d’Orbigny).

C (Creseui) virgnla (Ring).

„ ( „ ) acicula (Rang).

„ (H yalocylix) ntrxata (Rang).

,, (.Styliola) eulyu/a (Quoy and Gaimard).

Clio pyramidata, Linn6.

Cuvierina columnella (Rang).
Cavolinia Irispinosa (Lesueur).

„ juadridentata (Lesueur).
,, longirostris (Lesueur).

„ gibbosa (Rang).

„ undnata (Rang).

,, injlexa (Lesueur).

1 Ietkbopoda (Smith, Zool. pt. 72).

Carinaria sp. (T), fry.
Atlanta ptronii, Lesueur.
„ touhy ti, Smith.

Atlanta fusca . Eydoux and Souleyet.

,, inclinata, Eydoux and Souleyet.

For. a min'IFki \ (Brady, Zool. pt. 22). — The pelagic species, which make up about 40

of lime present in the deposit, are marked thus x : —

Kub+eularia tibia, Jones and Parker.
Ifiloeulitut crmuita, Hmdy.

depmta, d’Orbigny.

Bilocvlina eltmgata, d Orbigny.

,, irregularis, d’Orbigny.

„ Itr vis (Defmnce).

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

181

Biloculina ringcns (Lamarck).

„ spksera, d'Orbigny.

„ tubidosa, Costa.

Spiroloculina crenata, Karrer.

„ limbata, d'Orbigny.

„ planulata (Lamarck).

„ robusta, Bracly.

Miliolina auberiona (d’Orbigny).

,, bucculenta, Brady.

„ „ var. placentiformis, Brady.

,, ferussadi (d’Orbigny).

„ insignis, Brady.

,, linnxana (d’Orbigny).

„ oblonga (Montagu).

,, reticulata (d’Orbigny).

„ tricarinata (d’Orbigny).

,, trigonula (Lamarck).

Articulina conico-articulata (Batsch).

„ -sagra, d’Orbigny.

„ sulcata, Reuss,

Vertebralina insignis, Brady.

„ turmidium, Brady (?).

OpTitlialmidium inconstans, Brady.

„ tumidulvm , Brady.

Planispirina celata (Costa).

„ sigmoidea, Brady.

Cornuspira carinata (Costa).

„ foliacea (Philippi).

„ involvens, Reuss.

Penercrplis Ixvigutics, Karrer.

„ pertusus (Forskal).

Orbiculina adunca (Fichtel and Moll).

Orbitolites marginalis (Lamarck)

Pelosina (?) sp.

Psammosphxra fusca, Schulze.

Hyperammiiia arborescens (Norman).

„ elongata, Brady.

,, friabilis, Brady.

„ ramosa, Brady.

„ subnodosa, Brady.

„ vagans, Brady.

Marsipella elongata, Norman.

Rhabdammina discreta, Brady.

„ linearis, Brady.

Aschemonella catenata (Norman).

Reophax dentaliniformis, Brady.

„ pilulifera, Brady.

„ scorpiurus, Montfort.

Haplophragmium anceps, Brady.

„ calcareum, Brady.

(SUMJIAUY OF RESULTS CHALL. EXP. — 1893.)

Haplophragmium emaciatum, Brady.

, . globigeriniforme (Parker and Jones).

„ latidorsatum (Bornemann).

„ scitulum, Brady.

„ tenuimargo, Brady.

Placopsilina cenomana (d’Orbigny).

Haplostiche soldanii (Jones and Parker).

Bdelloidina aggregate, Carter.

Thurammina papillata, Brady.

Hormosina carpenter i, Brady.

,, globuli/era, Brady.

„ ovicula, Brady.

Ammodiscus gordialis (Jones and Parker).

„ incertus (d’Orbigny).

Trochammina coronata , Brady.

„ galeata, Brady.

„ lituiformis, Brady.

„ paucilocidata, Brady.

,, proteus, Karrer.

„ squamata, Jones and Parker.

„ trullissata, Brady.

Webbina clavata, Jones and Parker.

Cyclammina cancellata, Brady.

„ pusilla, Brady.

Textularia agglutinans, d’Orbigny.

„ aspera, Brady.

,, barrettii, Jones and Parker.

,, concava (Karrer).

,, gramen, d’Orbigny (?).

luculenta, Brady.

„ trochus, d’Orbigny.

,, turn's, d’Orbigny.

Verneuilina propinqua, Brady.

„ pygmeea (Egger).

,, spinulosa, Reuss.

,, triquetra (Munster).

„ variabilis, Brady.

Triiaxia caperata, Brady.

Bigenerina capreolus (d’Orbigny).

,. pennatula (Batsch).

,, robusta, Brady.

Pavonina flabelliformis, d’Orbigny.

Gaudryina filiformis , Berthelin.

„ pupoides, d’Orbigny.

,, „ var. chilostoma, Reuss.

„ scabra, Brady.

„ svphonella, Reuss.

„ subrotundata, Sehwager.

Yalvulina fusca (Williamson).

Clavulina angularis , d’Orbigny (?).

24

Station 24.

18*2

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Stati c 24. CLtnJi'ia rummunis, d’Orbigny.

„ paruieneis, d’Orbigny.

„ „ var. h umilis, Brady.

Bulimina andcata, d’Orbigny.

„ affini s, d’Orbiguy.

„ buchiana, d’Orbigny.

„ elegant issima, d’Orbigny.

„ inflata, Seguenza.

„ pynda, d’Orbigny.

„ subtera , Brady.

Virgulina s/pianwsa, d’Orbigny.

Bo! i vina decvssata, Brady (?).

„ porrecta, Brady.

„ punctata, d’Orbigny.

Cassiduliua calabra (Seguenza).

„ crassa, d’Orbigny.

„ Isevigata, d’Orbigny.

„ subglobosa, Brady.

Cbilostomella ovoidea, Reuss.

Lagena gracillima (Seguenza).
hispula, Reuss.
interrupta, Williamson.
hrvis (Montagu).
lagcnoides (Williamson).
margiriata (Walker and Boys).
orbignyana (Seguenza).
squamosa (Montagu).
striatopunctata, Parker and Jones.
sulrata (Walker and Jacob).

Nodosaria ( Glandulina ) mqualis, Reuss.

„ romata (Batsch).

„ communis, d’Orbigny.

„ consobrina, d’Orbigny, var. emaciata ,
Reuss.

„ rostulata, Reuss.

„ farcimcn, SoldanL

, . filiformis, d’Orbigny.

„ hispida, d'Orbigny.

„ intercfllularis, Brady.

,, ( OlunduUna ) Isevigata, d'Orbigny.

„ obtiqua (Linue).

raphanus (Linm'-).

„ rormrri (Neugcboren).

H soluta, Reuss.

„ vertebral if (Batsch).

Ling ul inn carinata, d’Orbigny.

» n var. seminudn, Hantken.

Frond undo rin a lata, d'Orbigny.

Rkaldijgonium tricarinatum (d’Orbigny).

M irginuUna eostata (Batsch).

Vaginulina legumen (Linnd), var. arquata, Brady.

„ linearis (Montagu).

Cristellaria acideata, d’Orbigny.

acutauricularis (Fichtel and Moll).
articulata, Reuss.
calcar (Linn6).
compressa, d’Orbigny.
convergens, Bornemanu.
crepidida (Fichtel and Moll).
cultrata (Montfort).
echinata (d’Orbigny).
gibla, d’Orbigny.
italica (Defrnnce).
latifrons, Brady.
orbicularis (d’Orbigny).
papillosa (Fichtel and Moll).
reniformis, d’Orbigny.
rotulata (Lamarck).
schloenbachi, Reuss.
variabilis, Reuss.

Polymorphina angusta, Egger (?).

compressa, d’Orbigny.
ovata, d’Orbigny.
rotundata (Bornemann) (?).
Uvigerina asperula, Czjzek.

„ „ var. ampullacea , Brady.

„ pygmsea, d’Orbigny.

Sagnna columellaric, Brady.

„ dimorpha, Parker and Jones,
x Globigerina sequilateralis , Brady,
x „ bulloides , d’Orbigny.

x „ conglobata , Brady,

x „ dubia, Egger.

x „ rubra, d’Orbigny.

x „ eacculifera, Brady.

Orbulina porosa, Terqnem.
x „ universa, d’Orbigny.
x Pullenia obliquiloculata, Parker and Jones.

„ quinqueloba, Reuss.

„ sj>Jmroide8 (d’Orbigny).

Sjdueroidina bulloides, d’Orbigny.
x „ dehisccns , Parker and Jones,
x Candeina nitida , d’Orbigny.

Spinllina decorata , Brady.

„ vivipara, Ehrenberg.

x Cymbalnpora (Tretomjihalus) bvllnulcs (d’Orbigny).
„ poeyi (d’Orbigny).

Discorbina orbicularis (Terquem).

Planorbulina medilerranensis, d’Orbigny.
Tmncatidina haidingerii (d’Orbigny).

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

183

Truncatulina lobatula Aker and Jacob).
„ reticulata (Czjzek).

„ robertsoniana, Brady.

,, rosea (d’Orbigny).

„ soluta, Brady.

,, ungeriana (d’Orbigny).

Anomalina ammonoides (Reuss).

„ anminends (d’Orbigny).

,, coronata, Parker and Jones.

,, foveolata, Brady (T).

„ polymorpha, Costa.

Carpenter ia proteiformis, Goes.

„ utricularis , Carter.

„ sp. (?).

Pulvinulina auricula (Fichtel and Moll).

„ dispansa, Brady.

„ elegans (d’Orbigny).
x „ menardii (d’Orbigny).

x Pulvinulina menardii, var. fimbriata , Brady,
x „ micheliniana (d’Orbigny).

,, pauper ata, Parker and Jones.

„ pundulata (d’Orbigny).

„ repanda (Ficbtel and Moll).

„ schreibersii (d’Orbigny).

x „ tumida, Brady.

„ vermiculata (d’Orbigny).

Rotalia soldanii, d’Orbigny.
i Gypsina globulus (Reuss).

, inhserens (Schultze).

„ vesicularis (Parker and Jones).

| Polytremo miniaceum (Linne).

Nonionina scapha (Fichtel and Moll).

„ turgida (Williamson).

,, umbilicatula (Montagu).

Polyslomella striatopundata (Fichtel and Moil).
Amphistegina lesson'd , d’Orbigny.

Cannartidium amphisiphon was also observed in the deposit among other Badiolaria.

Station 25 (Sounding 72), St. Thomas to Bermuda (see Charts 6 and 7, and Diagram 2).

March 26, 1873 ; lat. 19° 41' N., long. 65° 7' W.
Temperature of air at noon, 76° ’8 ; mean for the day, 76° ‘3.
Temperature of water : —

Surface, .

76-0

800 fathoms, .

39-0

100 fathoms,

68-8

900

,,

38-7

200 „

61-5

1000

38-5

300 „

54-0

1100

,,

38-3

400 „

. ,

47-4

1200

384

500 „

43-8

1300

))

37-9

600 „

.

41 -5

1400

)}

37-7

700 „

40-0

1500

,,

37-5

Density at 60° F.

at surface,

1-02692;

bottom,

1-02631.

Depth, 3875 fathoms; deposit, Red Clay, containing 7T5 per cent, of carbonate
of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At 5.20 a.m. shortened and furled sails, and got up steam to sound. At 8 a.m.
sounded in 3875 fathoms. No bottom temperature was obtained, both thermometer
bulbs being broken by the pressure. At 10.30 a.m. lowered small dredge, with one of
the Hydra disengaging rods and a weight of 4 cwts. 2 fathoms behind the dredge. Two
weights of 1 cwt. each were run down to the toggle 500 fathoms from the dredge. At

Station 24.

Station 25.

184

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Station 25.

Station 26.

Obcanmha mo*
HtikTAi b Nm

1.30 r m. commenced heaving in the dredge. Tlie toggle came up witli only one weight,
and at 5 p.m. the dredge catne up with a considerable quantity of Red Clay. In the
course of the afternoon temperatures at intervals of 100 fathoms down to 1500 fathoms
were obtained. The carbonic acid was determined in the bottom water, and amounted
to 570 milligrammes per litre. At 7.30 p.m. made all plain sail.

Distance from Bermuda at noon, 754 miles. Made good 58 miles. Amount of
current 14 miles, direction N. 37 W.

Station 26 (Sounding 73), St. Thomas to Bermuda (see Chart 6 and Diagram 2).

March 27, 1873 ; lat. 21° 26' N., long. 65° 16' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 73 ‘8 ; mean for the day, 75° *0.

Temperature of water at surface, 76°”0.

Density at GO F. at surface, 1‘02704 ; bottom, 1 ’02594.

Depth, 2800 fathoms; deposit, Red Clay, containing 6 ’00 per cent, of carbonate
of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At 1.15 p.m. shortened and furled sails, and got up steam to sound. At 2.30 p.m.
sounded in 2800 fathoms. The thermometer at the bottom registered several degrees
I clow the freezing point, but it was believed to be faulty. Buchanan sent down some
small glass hermetically-sealed tubes enclosed in a copper cylinder open at both ends.
The glass in the case of one of the tubes was shattered into the finest powder, like
snow. The copper cylinder was compressed and crumpled together opposite the spot
when' the tube had been. The inference was that, the glass tube giving way very
suddenly and leaving a comparative vacuum, there was not sufficient time for the
production of equilibrium by the transmission of water through the ends of the
cylinder, but this was partly brought about by the more direct action of the pressure,
the cylinder wall being driven in. The experiment was, indeed, a kind of reversal of
the explo ion of gases or gunpowder. Obtained sample of bottom water. The carbonic
•■•rid was determined in the surface water, and amounted to 46’0 milligrammes per
lit) . Jolly-boat away collecting surface specimens. At 5.10 p.m. completed heaving
iu sounding line.

Distance from Bermuda at noon, 654 miles. Made good 100 miles. Amount of
current 14 miles, direction N. 55 W.

Surftice Organisms. — Murray was away in jolly-boat picking up Crustacea, Antcn-
narius, pipe-fish, Ac., from numerous patches of gulf-weed.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

185

Station 27 (Sounding 74), St. Thomas to Bermuda (see Chart 6 and Diagram 2). Station 27.

March 28, 1873 ; lat. 22° 49' N., long. 65° 19' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 760,3 ; mean for the day, 75°*6.

Temperature of water : —

Surface,*.

75-5

800 fathoms, .

39-4

100 fathoms, .

72-5

1000

39-0

200 „

64-7

1100

38-7

300 „ . . .

57-0

1200

38-4

400 „ . . .

49-7

1300

38-1

500 „ . . .

45-0

1400

37-8

600 „ . . .

42-2

1500

37-5

700 „

40-8

Bottom,

36-2

800 „

40-0

Density at 60° F. at surface,

1-02710,

bottom, 1‘02601.

Depth, 2960 fathoms; deposit, Bed Clay, containing 3 '2 5 per cent, of carbonate
of lime (see Murray and Kenard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At 6.15 a.m. shortened and furled sails, and got up steam to sound. At 8 a.m.
sounded in 2960 fathoms. At noon took a series of temperatures at intervals of 100
fathoms down to 1500 fathoms. The carbonic acid was determined in the bottom water,
and amounted to 53*0 milligrammes per litre. Completed sounding at 2 p.m., and made
all plain sail. Two sharks with white fins, about 5 or 6 feet long, swam backwards and
forwards near the ship for a long time while sounding ; the sailors called them shovel-
nosed sharks.

Distance from Bermuda at noon, 566 miles. Made good 89 miles. Amount of
current 24 miles, direction N. 44° W.

Station 28 (Sounding 75), St. Thomas to Bermuda (see Chart 6 and Diagram 2).

March 29, 1873 , lat. 24° 39' N., long, 65° 25' W.
Temperature of air at noon, 77 *8 ; mean for the day, 7 4C’8.

Temperature of water : —

Surface, .

50 fathoms,

100

150

200

300

400

500

600

700

»

)>

99

99

99

99

99

99

75-0

800 fathoms, .

40-0

74-0

900 „

39-5

67-2

1000

39T

64-6

1100

38’7

63-5

1200

38-4

58-3

1300

38-1

51-8

1400

37-8

45-2

1500

37-5

42-3

41-0

Bottom „

36-3

Station 28.

1S6

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGED.

Station 28.

ORr.ANISMa FROM

Surface.

Station 29.

Density at 60" F. at surface, 1 ‘02710; bottom, 1 ’02608.

Depth, 2850 fathoms; deposit, Red Clay, containing 18 ’79 per cent, of carbonate
of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At 7.30 a.m. shortened and furled sails, and got up steam to sound and dredge. At
9 a m. sounded in 2850 fathoms. At 11 a.m. lowered dredge. At 1 p.m. took a series
of temperatures at intervals of 100 fathoms down to 1500 fathoms. At 5.30 p.m. dredge
came up empty, rope, weights, tangles, and dredge twisted round each other in almost
inextricable confusion. Took a second series of temperatures at intervals of 50 fathoms
down to 200 fathoms in order to confirm temperatures obtained earlier in the day. The
carbonic acid was determined in the bottom water, and amounted to 52’0 milligrammes
per litre.

Distance from Bermuda at noon, 458 miles. Made good 110 miles. Amount of
current 20 miles, direction N. 47° W.

Surface Organisms. — Moseley writes : “ Murray and I went out in the jolly-boat. The
gulf- weed was in much greater abundance than we have seen it before. There were patches
about the ship in the morning several square yards in extent. Antennarius is to be
found clinging even to very small isolated pieces, as are also the Crustacea, the animals
not being by any means confined to the larger pieces. 1 obtained several Planarians.”

Station 29 (Sounding 76), St. Thomas to Bermuda (see Chart 6 and Diagram 2).

March 31, 1873 ; lat. 27° 49' N., long. 64° 59' W.

Temperature of air at noon,

7 4° ’3 ; mean for the day, 72

’’7.

Temperature of water : —

Surface, ....

°

72-0

350 fathoms, .

54-5

10 fathoms, .

730

400 „

50-9

20 „ ...

72-5

450 „

47’4

30

71-4

500 „

44-7

*0 „ ...

70-3

600

41-7

50

694

700

40-5

60

68-4

800 „

39-8

70

67-4

900

39-3

80

66-4

1000

38-9

oo

65-5

1100 „ ’ .

38-6

100 „ ...

64-5

1200 „

38-3

150 „ . . .

63-8

1300

38-0

200

62-8

1400 „

37-7

250 „ ...

61 -2

1500 „

37 ’4

300

580

Bottom,

36-4

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

187

Density at 60' F. : —

Surface, .

100 fathoms,

200

300

)>

1-02739

1-02782

1-02708

1-02672

400 fathoms,

500

Bottom,

1-02640

1-02612

1-02607

Depth, 2700 fathoms; deposit, Red Clay, containing 21 '84 per cent, of carbonate
of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At 6.35 a.m. put dredge over. Shortened and furled sails, and got up steam to sound
and dredge. At 9 a.m. sounded in 2700 fathoms. At 10 a.m. obtained serial tempera-
tures. At 1 p.m. obtained specimens of water at different depths to ascertain the specific
gravity. The carbonic acid -was determined in surface water, and amounted to 48'0
milligrammes per litre. At 2.45 p.m. commenced heaving in dredge, which came up at
5 p.m. with a large quantity of Red Clay. On sifting the deposit the only animal of the
higher groups obtained was a small bright scarlet Caridid shrimp, along with some large
bottom-living F oraminifera. Numerous patches of gulf-weed passed the ship during the day.

Distance from Bermuda at noon, 266 miles. Made good 85 miles. Amount of current
14 miles, direction N. 55" E.

Surface Organisms. — After leaving St. Thomas, the tow-net was constantly put out, and
yielded Oscillatoriacese and a few gulf- weed animals, but it was not till March 31 that the
weed appeared in large patches, and the Crustacea, &c., inhabiting it were obtained in
abundance. Several small, apparently young, flying fish, a Syngnathus, and two rather
large specimens of Antennarius were caught, and Radiolaria were in enormous abundance.

Station 30 (Sounding 77), St. Thomas to Bermuda (see Chart 6 and Diagram 2).

April 1, 1873 ; lat. 29° 5' N., long. 65° 1' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 76 ’3 ; mean for the day, 73°'5.

Temperature of water at surface, 72 ‘0 ; bottom, 36°‘5.

Density at 60° F. at surface, 1 '02735 ; bottom, 1 '02774.

Depth, 2600 fathoms ; deposit, Red Clay, containing 28'88 per cent, of carbonate
of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp,).

At 10.30 a.m. shortened and furled sails. Lowered jolly-boat and second gig for col-
lecting surface animals and gulf-weed, of which large quantities were seen in the course
of the day. At 1 p.m. sounded in 2600 fathoms.

Distance from Bermuda at noon, 191 miles. Made good 76 miles. Amount of
current 4 miles, direction N. 61° E,

Station 29.

Organisms from
Surface-Nets.

Station 30.

188

TTTE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Station 30.
OllOAN'HMM rROM

Til* SuRTA' K.

Surface Organisms. — The following species are recorded in the Zoological Reports
from the North At ntic, April 1873, and from the gulf-weed, south of Bermuda: —

U

Cirripkdia (Hack, Zool. pt. 25).

Lepus a user if era, Linne. From gulf-weed.

Macrura (Spenee Bate, Zool. pt. 52).

Sergestes edivardsii, Kroyer.

Latreutes ensiferus (M.-Edwards). From gulf-weed.

Jlippolytc bidentatus, ri.sp. From gulf-weed,.

Pahvmon natator, M.-Edwards. From gulf-weed.

Brachyura (Miers, Zool. pt. 49).

Neptunus (Nept units) sayi, M.-Edwards. From gulf-weed.

Nautilograpstis minutus (Linne). From gulf-weed.

Ckphalopoda (Iloyle, Zool. pt. 44).

Tcleoteuthis caribbxa (Lcsueur), Verrill.

Fishes (Gunther, Zool. pts. 6 and 78).

P senes cycinophi'ys, C.V. From gulf-weed.

Antenna rius marmoratus, Gunther. From gulf- weed.

Exocoetus spilurus, Gunther. From gulf- weed.

,, a finis, Giinther (?). From gulf-weed.

Syngnathus pelagicus, Osbeck. From gulf-weed.

Moseley writes : “We are at last amongst large patches of the gulf-weed.

From the deck at noon patches, some nearly half an acre in extent, were to be
.-<•< n on tin- surface in every direction. The bright yellow of the weed contrasts most
beautifully with the deep blue of the sea. The sea was perfectly filled with Oseillatoriaceae
of the usual two forms, fasciculate and globular. These little bodies reflect light strongly,
at 1 from the deck the water appeared as if full of small particles of mica in suspension.

S' ; ir ' <1 Iloai -■ of Surgassmn, covered with white Membranipora , urere floating about
on the surface in considerable quantities, and wrere puzzling to make out from a distance.

“ I went with Murray to overhaul some of the weed-beds. AVe got plenty of shrimps
and < •! d> , of which the weed is full, also two small Cephalopods and sortie small (young)
ir, ■ fi -h. The whole of the animals in the gulf-weed have acquired in their colouring
rno.-t r« n irkabh- protective resemblance to it. The crabs and shrimps are of a yellow
<oh>ur exactly lik<* that of the weed, and have markings of white which represent the
Tubi'tin/sn " constantly present upon its surface. The largest shrimp has a dark

CHART 6

i

Summary oi Results.

CANARY 1D.‘ TO ST THOMAS I.

S 'f THOMAS I . TO BERMUDA
BERMCDA TO AZORES
AZORES TO MADEIRA

and.

MADEIRA To C. VERDE IDS

February to Julv 1070.
also towards

ENGLAND FROM THE C .VERDE I".s
April A- May 10 70.

For explanation of abbreviations <bc. see Appendix 1.

I

i*oo»

f-rv 1

IVflll ' l' iU *~* 1

W » TZTJZ. — eZde

J

a* om

» * 1474 «1 m

tie

„ / .

b' 2875

, 2850 a/ *•«

2850
r cl

[

y i

1*17

?s

%■

- ‘ rmo . «t

- «■

7S4

J

-

t •*

fwn

a©'

k.^4 *

. S 1490 ^ * *»n

»/V I"* "*

% V

•. * ¥

- 4- a* ' r-
* ■»

r3

The Voyage of llM.S.ClLaHenger.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

189

brown colour, with brilliant white, sharply defined, areas, and thus closely resembles the
older darker pieces of Sargassum, which also are thickest covered with Membranipora.
Antennarius is of the weed colour, and the peculiar white spots on the body evidently
have a like signification. Even one of the Planarians living in the weed is yellow marked
with brown.

“ In the morning when I was out in a boat Radioiarians had been scarce, but in the
forenoon it fell almost a dead calm, and Murray, going out in the afternoon after it had
been calm some time, found them on the surface in enormous abundance/'

April 2, 1873.

Temperature of water : —

Surface, ....

69-5

160 fathoms, .

64-2

20 fathoms, .

67-0

180

63-9

40 „ ...

67-0

200

>>

624

60 „ ...

66-8

225

63-3

80 „ ...

66-0

250

>>

62-3

100 „

66-3

275

61-8

120 „

65‘6

300

60-6

HO „ . . .

63-8

f

Ar daylight a spar of pitch pine was picked up and hauled on board. At 9.30 a.m.
obtained serial temperatures down to 300 fathoms. Cutter was lowered to try the
current, and jolly-boat for surface collecting.

Surface Organisms. — Moseley writes : “ The spar of pitch pine was covered with a

Lepas [ Lepas anatifera, Linne, see Hoek, Zool. pt. 25] in abundance, and numbers of
the small gulf-weed crab [Nautilograpsiis minutus (Linne), see Miers, Zool. pt. 49].
The colour of the crabs here matched admirably with the dark coloured wood and white
Lepas- shells showing out in relief upon it. But I suspect that they are merely casual
visitors to such a log, and that their real home is the gulf-weed, the white patches being
imitative of the Flustra and not Lepas-shells, perhaps of both since a few Lejoas-shells
are to be met with on the weed. A small brown Nudibraneh ( JEolis ) was abundant on
the log, and there were plenty of its eggs disposed in small rounded white patches amongst
the bases of the Lepas- stems. These ova contained embryos in an advanced stage of
development ; they seemed closely to resemble the embryos of Tergipes figured by
Selenka. Rome Campanularians were the only other animals on the log, but there were a
few small Diatoms growing on it.

“ The tow-net, which for some time past has been almost barren, produced some very
fine specimens of Phyllosoma, a male Lucifer with spermatophores, larvse of Squilla,
Nymphon, the yellow coloured gulf-weed Planarian, and several Leptocephali. A
dolphin was speared with the ‘ grains.’ ”

(summary of results chall. exp. — 1893.) 25

Station 30.

April 2, 1873.

Organisms from
Surface.

A nut 2. 1873.

Sr »ii' •** SI to
32*.

8r*n»** 32»

Oftuiinjn mm
ms Itwnmn

UK) THE VOYAGE OF li.M.S. CHALLENGER.

V m ■>, s hm writes : “ Larvae of Annelids, 3 mm. in length, were found for the

first t i in * at sea. As we were in very deep water, it is probable that the adults live iu
the gulf- weed.”

Stations 31 to 32a (Soundings 78 to 80), St. Thomas to Bermuda (see Charts
C and 8, and Diagram 2).

April 3, 1873 ; lat. 31° 24' N., long. 65° O' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 69 ’8 ; mean for the day, 68"'5.

Temperature of water at surface, 69°-5.

At 0 a m. stopped and sounded in 2475 fathoms, deposit Globigerina Ooze, eontain-
i 1 1 5470 l" r < nt. of carbonate oi lime, bottom temperature 36°’5 (Station 31). At 8
a . v. proceeded under steam. At 11.30 a.m. stopped and sounded in 2250 fathoms,
deposit Globigerina Ooze, containing 69’61 per cent, of carbonate of lime, bottom
t« mperatuiv 36 7 (Station 32). At 1 r.M. proceeded under steam. At 3 p.m.
ounded iu 1820 fathoms, deposit Coral Mud, containing 81 '86 per eent. of carbonate of
lime (Station 32a).

Station 32b.

At 6 P.M. • >pped and sounded in 950 fathoms, deposit Coral Mud, containing 89‘36
j*.r cent of carbonate of lime (Station 32b).

Distance at noon from Bermuda, 26 miles. Made good 128 miles. Amount of
current 5 miles, direction N. 1 1 W.

T following species of l’teropoda, Foraminifera, and Diatoms were observed in the
d< : - -it fr tii • si- Station (see also Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.) : —

Ptbropoua (Pelseneer, Zool. pt. 65).

Liinactna bull movie* (d’Orbigny).

Fouamimki k (Brady, Zool. pt 22). — The pelagic species, which make up about
|" r c< nt. of the carbonate of lime present in the deposit, are marked thus x : —

IltlfjnJuui drprtma, d’Orbigny.

„ ritujm* (Lamarck).
fynroloe dli*-3 armU>narg», Brady
„ rrtmala, Karrvr.

M ilkoiima rultrxU't, Brady
n trmtmulmm (LiooS).

Arlieulina f anal it, Brady.
Ilapbjihrcvpmum ylomcrafum, Brndy.
Ttjrlulnria ayfflutinaru, d’Orbigny.
Bulimina iV(/fo/a, Seguonza.

Ii'Ainrvt rfilaJata, Bt’uaa.

„ rvbudoy Brady.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

191

Cassidulina subglobosa, Brady,
x Globigerina bulloides, d’Orbigny
x „ conglobata, Brady,

x ,, dubia, Egger.

x „ injlata, d’Orbigny.

x „ rubra, d’Orbigny.

x „ sacculifera, Brady,

x Orbulina universa, d’Orbigny.
x Pullenia obliquiloculata, Parker and Jones.
„ guingueloba, Reuss.

„ sphxroides (d’Orbigny).

Sphitroidina bulloides , d’Orbigny.

Spirillina decorata, Brady.

„ sp. (?).

Discorbina orbicularis (Terquem).

,, vilardeboana (d’Orbigny).
Planorbulina mediterranensis, d’Orbigny.
Truncatulina tenera, Brady.

„ ungeriana (d’Orbigny),

* SP- (?)-

x Pulvinulina canariensis (d’Orbigny).
x „ menardii (d’Orbigny).

x ,, micheliniana (d’Orbigny).

x „ tumid a, Brady.

Rotalia soldanii, d’Orbigny.

Polylrema miniaceum (Linne),

Nonionina mnbilicatula (Montagu).
Polystomella suhnodosa (Munster).
Amphistegina lessonii, d’Orbigny.

Diatomace^e. — The following species of Diatoms were observed by Mr. Comber : —

Amphora gigantea, Grunovv.

„ crassa, Gregory.

„ oblonga, Gregory.

Navicula lyru, Ehrenberg.

„ clavata, Gregory.

,, gregoriana, Grevillei

„ prxtexta, Ehrenberg.

„ brasiliensi.8, Grunow.

,, notabilis, Greville.

,, grseffii, A. Schmidt.

,, campylodiscus , Grunow.

„ coffexformis, A. Schmidt.

„ lacrimans , A. Schmidt.

,, didymo. Kutzing.

„ multicostata, Grunow.

„ splendida, Gregory,

„ aspera, Ehrenberg.

„ consors, A Schmidt.

,, janischii, Castracane.

„ strangulata, Greville.

Cocconeis scutellum, Ehrenberg.

„ moorei ( = Rhaphoneis, O’Meara).
„ pseudomarginata. Gregory.

Orthoneis splendida , Grunow.

Nitzschia pandurifcrmis, Gregory.

„ plana, W. Smith.

„ circumsuta, Grunow.

Hynedra gaillionii , Ehrenberg.

Euphyllodium spathulatum , Shadbolt.

Surirella fastuosa, Ehrenberg.

Campylodiscus imperialis, Greville.

„ lotus , Shadbolt.

„ biangulatus, Greville.

„ ecclesianus, Greville.

Grammatophora epsilon, Grunow,

Fragilaria mutabilis , Grunow.

„ schwartzii, Grunow.

Glyp/hodesmis williamsonii, Grunow.

» sp- <?).

Dimeregramma nanum, Ralfs.

Plagiogramma lyratum, Greville.

Coscinodiscus concavus, Ehrenberg.

„ excentricus, Ehrenberg.

„ nitidus, Gregory.

„ nitidalus, Grunow.

„ subtilis, Ehrenberg.

„ radiatus, Ehrenberg.

„ nodulifer, Janisch.

„ africanus, Janisch.

Ethmodiscue sp. (?).

Paralia sulcata, Cleve.

Hemidiscus cuneiformis , Wallich.

Buldulphia pulchella, Gray.

„ tuomeyii, Roper.

Triceratium balearicum, Cleve and Grunow, forma
tetragona.

pentacrinus, Wallich, forma pentagona.

Station 32c.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

193

Cladocora arbuscula, M. -Edwards and Haime. Dead fragment ; obtained also in

Simon’s Bay, Cape, 10 to 20 fathoms.

Ophiuroidea (Lyman, Zool. pt. 14).

Ophiomusium cancellatum , n.sp. (?). Obtained also at Station 236, 420 to 7 75

fathoms.

Ophiopyren longispinus, n.g., n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 23 and 24.

Amphilepis norvegico , Ljungman (?). Obtained also at Stations 45 and 46, 1240

and 1350 fathoms.

Ophiacantha troscheli , n.sp. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Recorded subsequently from North Atlantic (“ Blake ”).

O'phiomitra chelys (Wyville Thomson), n.sp. (var. ?). For distribution see Station 3.

Astroschema brachiatum, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Annelida (MTntosh, Zool. pt. 34).

Eulepis wyvillei, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

Eunotomastus grvPei, n.g., n.sp. One fragmentary specimen ; obtained at no other

locality. Only species of the genus.

Placostegus assimilis , n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

Spirobranchus occidentals, n.sp. One specimen, attached to tube of Placostegus

assimilis ; obtained at no other locality,

Ostracoda (Brady, Zool. pt. 3).

Pontocypris trigonella, Sars. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger. Re-
corded from North Atlantic and Mediterranean. Fossil —

Post-Tertiary of Scotland.

Bairdia foveolata, Brady (?). Obtained also at Stations 93, 94, 162, 137, 189,

279, Hong Kong Harbour, and Admiralty Islands, 6 to
1150 fathoms.

Cythere bermudse, Brady. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger. Re-
corded from Colon- Aspinwalh

,, fungoides (Brady). Obtained also at Stations 187 and 189, 6 to 8 and 28
fathoms. Recorded from Australia.

Xestoleberis curta, Brady. Obtained also at Stations 149, 187, 300, Port Jack-

son, and Sandwich Islands, 2 to 1375 fathoms. Recorded
from West Indies.

Asteropje sp. (?). A few imperfect specimens.

Cyiherella pulchra, Brady. Obtained also at Stations 167, 344, and Port Jackson,

2 to 420 fathoms. Recorded from Australia.

„ irregularis, n.sp. A few detached valves ; obtained at no other locality.

Station 33.

THE VOYAGE <>F H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

104

Kt%ti S3. Brack vcra (Miers, Zool. pt. 49).

n, n (?) ino rtus, n.sp. One injured specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

I.amkllihranchiata (Smith, Zool. pt. 35).

C ■rb'iln pl:lip]»ii, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger. Re-
corded from Hayti.

X extra consociata, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 24.

,, carta, Jeffreys. Single valve; obtained also at Station 75, 450 fathoms.

Recorded from North Atlantic (“ Porcupine ”).

,, claviculata , Dali. Obtained at no- other locality by the Challenger. Re-

corded from North Atlantic (“ Blake ”).

,, congenita, n.sp. Single valve, afterwards unfortunately destroyed ; obtained

at no other locality.

Erviiia subcancellata, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 113a and 120, 25 and 675

fathoms. Recorded from West Indies.

Circe bermudensis , n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Cryptoflon Ixirbatus (Reeve) (?). Single valve; obtained at no other locality by

the Challenger.

„ crottlimnsis (Jeffreys). Several valves ; for distribution see Station VIII.
Mallet to verier if armis, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 24.

Amussium dalli, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

I*, rtieordut ornata (d’Orbigny), var. Three valves ; obtained at no other locality

by the Challenger. Recorded from West Atlantic,
California, and China Seas.

L o- ',a (Codakia) pecten, Lamarck. A few small valves ; obtained also at Station

113a, 25 fathoms. Recorded from North Atlantic
and Mediterranean.

squamigerum, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 24.

cfincellatum, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 24, 56, and St. Thomas.

Gasteropoda (Watson, Zool. pt. 42).

Fi**nnUn (. L'icapina ) cayenensis, Lamarck. One specimen; obtained also at

Station 122, 350 fathoms. Recorded from
North-West Atlantic.

A"' r m* lotto, n.-p. Obtained also in North Atlantic, over 1000 fathoms (?).

Brachiopoda (Davidson, Zool. pt. 1).

Crania up. (?). One imj>erfect valve.

In addition to the foregoing, the following are recorded in the Station-book : —

SUMMARY OP RESULTS.

195

three Sponges (only two given above), Gorgonoicl, Antipathic!, Clypeastrid, and frag-
ments of an unknown Sea-urchin.

Excluding Protozoa, over 80 specimens of invertebrates were obtained at this Station,
belonging to about 70 species, of which 22 are new to science, including representatives
of 3 new genera ; 12 of the new species and 1 new genus were not obtained elsewhere.

'Willemoes-Suhm writes : “ In the dredge were obtained two forms of Serpula, one of
them in pellucid tubes, and fragments, 2 inches long, of a worm apparently belonging to
the genus Lumbrinereis ; this, however, could not be made out, as the head was wanting
in both specimens. A Brachyurous Decapod has the last joint of the fifth pair of legs
enlarged, and two spines on the carapace ; it is apparently closely allied to the crab
always got in the gulf- weed.”

The following species of Pteropoda, Heteropoda, Foraminifera, and Diatoms were
observed in the deposit from this Station (see also Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea
Deposits Chall. Exp.) : —

Pteropoda (Pelseneer, Zool. pt. 65).

Limacina inflata (d’Orbigny).

„ triacantha (Fischer).

„ lesueuri (d’Orbigny).

„ bulimoides (d’Orbigny).

Peraclis reticulata (d’Orbigny).

„ bispinosa, n.sp.

Clio ( C’reseis ) virgula (Rang).

,, ( ,, ) acicula (Rang).

Clio ( Hyulocylix ) striata, (Rang).

„ ( Styliola ) subula (Quoy and Gaimard).
„ pyramidala, Linne.

Cvvierina columnella (Rang).

Cavolinia trispinosa (Lesueur).

,, quadridentata (Lesueur).

„ longirostris (Lesueur).

,, injlexa (Lesueur).

Heteropoda (Smith, Zool. pt. 72).

Atlanta peronii , Lesueur.

„ inflata, Eydoux and Souleyet.

„ lesueuri, Eydoux and Souleyet.

Atlanta souleyeti, Smith.

„ fusca, Eydoux and Souleyet.

„ indinata, Eydoux and Souleyet.

Foraminifera (Brady, Zool. pt. 22). — The pelagic species are marked thus x : —

Nubecularia lucifuga, Defrance.

Biloculina ringens (Lamarck).

„ „ var. denticulata, Brady.

,, spheera, d’Orbigny.
Spiroloculina acutimargo, Brady.

„ crenata, Karrer.

„ excavata, d’Orbigny.

Miliolina circularis (Bornemanu).

„ ferussacii (d’Orbigny).

„ gra/:ilis (d’Orbigny).

„ imignis, Brady.

Miliolina linn-xana (d’Orbigny).

„ oblonga (Montagu).

„ pulchella (d’Orbigny).

„ reticulata (d’Orbigny).

„ trigonula (Lamarck).

Articulina conico-articidata (Batsch).
„ funalis, Bracty.

„ lineata, Brady.

„ sagra, d’Orbigny.

„ sulcata, Reuss.

Cornuspira foliacea (Philippi).

Station 33.

Organisms prom
the Deposit.

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Sunos 33.

1<R5

pertusus (Forakiil).

Orl-imlim adit no i (Fichtel ami Moll).

Orhitolitc* wmplcmata, Lamarck.

„ marginahe ^1 jvmarck).

P-lottrta sp. (t).

Hyi*entmmina sp. (1).

HaidojJtra.jiniu«t agglui inant (d’Orbigny) (?)-

Ptaeojmlina cenomana, d’Orbigny.

//,,/< dicht toUanii (Jones and Barker).

li UU. idina aggregate^ Carter.

T’jhilan* agglutinans, d’Orbigny.

„ coneava (Karrer).

„ conica, d’Orbigny (T).

„ lundenta, Brady.

mggitula, Pf fra ace, var. Jistulosa, Brady.
„ trochus, d’Orbigny.

„ turris, d’Orbigny.

„ sp. (1).

V^rntnUina vpinulota, Reuss.

Bigenerina caprodlut (d’Orbigny).

(laudryina y upoides, d’Orbigny.

„ „ var. chUostoma, Reuas.

Clanuuta angular is, d'Orbigny.

,, cammunit, d'Orbigny.

„ parisienrit, d’Orbigny.

Hul. ■■ I tii (!■ d’Orbigny, var. exilis, Brady.

„ Old ala, Scguen/a.

„ rata, d’Orbigny.

„ tulAtrt », Brady.

Virguhna rulmquamoi <a, Egger.

JhAic.no lilatnia, Reuss.

„ karrrriana, Brady.

„ punctata, d'Orbigny.

„ trxHlarioide*, Reuu.

i, tortnam, Brady.

Corn luhna bratlyi, Norman.

* par km ana, Brady (?).

A’AmiLrym/i *p. (f).

i %ilm*U*mrUa avoidm, Reas*.
t /ac*** punctata, 1 truly.

„ A ujnda, lteoM.

„ 1/rriM (Montagu).

comata ( flatndl).

„ er/mmmnu, d'Orbigny.

„ canmA-rina, d'Orbigny, var. ei nodal a,

Braw.

„ -ututala, Itcmn.

„ HHfortnu, d’Orbigny.

„ A ufruta, d'l Jrbtgny .

„ „ var. tullincala, Brady.

Nodosaria inter cellular is, Brady.

„ mucronata (Neugeboreu).

„ perversa, Schwager (i).

„ roemeri (Neugeboren) (?).

„ soluta, Reuss (?).

„ „ var. striata, Brady (?).

vertebralis (Batsch).

» sp. (?).

Lingidina carinata, d’Orbigny, var. seminuda,
Hantken.

Frondicularia dlata, d’Orbigny.

Rhabdocjonium tricarinatum (d’Orbigny).

Marginidina costata (Batsch).

Cristellaria articulata, Reuss.

„ crepidula (Fichtel and Moll).

„ cultrata (Montfort).

„ gibba, d’Orbigny.

„ italica (Defrance).

„ orbicularis (d’Orbigny).

„ rotulata (Lamarck).

„ schloenbachi, Reuss.

,, tenuis (Bornemann).

,, tricar inata, Reuss.

» sp. (?).

Polgmorphina compressa, d’Orbigny.

,, Juctea (Walker and Jacob) (?).

Uvigerina angulosa, Williamson.

„ canariensis, d’Orbigny.

Ramulina globulifera, Bi-ady.
x Globigerina mquilatei'alis, Brady.

bulloides, d’Orbigny.
conglobata, Brady.
dubia, Egger.
in/lata, d’Orbigny.
rubra, d’Orbigny.
saccidifera, Brady,
x Orbtdina univer*a, d’Orbigny.
x Pullenu i oblifjuUoculata, Parker and Jones.
quinqueloba, Reuss.

„ 8phteroid.es (d’Orbigny).

Spirillina ineequali*, Brady.

„ vivipara, Ehronberg.
sp. (1).

x C gmhalojjora {Tret omphalus) bidl aides (d’Orbigny).
it poeyi (d’Orbigny).

Ditcorbina globularit (d’Orbigny).

„ orbicularis (Torquem).

Planorbulina accrual it, Brady.

„ mcditerrancjisis, d’Orbigny.

Triiwatulina lobatula, Walker and Jacob.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

197

Truncatulina ungeriana (d’Orbigny).

„ icuellerstorfi (Schwager).

,» sp. (1).

Anoinalina ariminensis (d’Orbigny).

„ grosserugosa, Giirrbel.

„ polymorpha, Costa.

Carpentaria monticularis, Carter.

„ proteiformis, Goes.

„ utricularis , Carter,

sp. (?).

Rvpertia stdbilis, Wallich.

Pulvinulina auricula (Ficbtel and Moll),
x „ canariensis (d’Orbigny).

,, concentrim, Parker and Jones,

x ,, micheliniana (d’Orbigny).

,, oblong a (Williamson).

Pulvinulina oblonga , var. scabra, Brady.

„ repanda (Ficbtel and Moll).

„ schreibersii (d’Orbigny).

x „ tumida, Brady.

„ umbonata, Reuss.

„ sp. (1).

Rotalia soldanii, d’Orbigny.

Gypsina globulus (Reuss).

,. inheerens (Scbultze).

„ vesicularis (Parker and Jones).

» sp. O)-

Polytrema miniaceum (Linne).

Nonionina scaplia (Fichtel and Moll).

„ umbilicatula (Montagu).

Polystomella strio.topundata (Fichtel and Moll).
Ampkistegina lessonii, d’Orbigny.

Diatomaceal — The following species of Diatoms were observed by Mr. Comber

Amphora gigantea, Grunow.

„ proteus, Gregory.

„ lanceolata, C'leve.

„ cuneata, Cleve.

„ spectabilis , Gregory.

„ crassa, Gregory, var. punctata, Grunow.

Navicula clavata, Gregory.

„ lyra, Ehrenberg.

„ gregoriana, Greville.

„ hennedyii , W. Smith, and var.

,, prastexta, Ehrenberg, var. abundans,

A Schmidt.

,, bullata, Korman.

„ directa , Ralfs.

„ maxima, Gregory.

„ granulata, Brebisson.

,, mediterranea, Grunow,

„ smith ii, Brebisson.

,, graeffii, A. Schmidt.

„ campylodiscus, Grunow.

„ lacrimans, A. Schmidt.

„ suborbicularis, Ralfs.

„ excemta, A. Schmidt.

„ pristiophora, Janisch.

„ multicostata , Grunow.

,, didyma, Kutzing.

„ apis , Kutzing.

„ splendida, Gregory.

„ bombus, Kutzing.

„ pandura, Brebisson.

„ strangulata, Greville.

(summary op results chall. exp. — 1893.)

Navicida consors, A. Schmidt.

Alloiomis antillarum, Cleve and Grunow.

Cocconeis scutellum, Ehrenberg.

„ moorei ( = Rhaphoneis, O’Meara).

» ' »P- f)-

Synedra gaillionii, Ehrenberg,

,, ful'gens, W. Smith.

„ robustus, Ralfs.

Euphyllodium spatlmlatum, Shadbolt.

Nitzschia marina, Grunow.

,, panduriformis, Gregory.

„ plana, W. Smith.

„ bilobata, W„ Smith.

Perry a pulcberrtma, Kitton.

Surirella fastuosa, Ehrenberg.

Campylodiscus imperialis, Greville.

„ biangulatus, Greville.

„ ecclesianus, Greville.

Gramma, tophora macilenta, W. Smith.

Fragilaria mrdabilis, Grunow.

„ schwaiizii, Grunow.

Dimeregramma nanum, Ralfs.

Glyphodesmis williamson ii, Grunow.

„ sp. (?).

Plagiogramma inxguale, Greville.

„ lyratum, Greville.

„ obesum, Greville.

„ pygmmim, Greville.

Coscinodiscus atlanticus, Castracane.

„ excentricus, Ehrenberg.

„ concaous, Ehrenberg.

26

Station 3

Station 33.

At Burn cpa.

11>8

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Co#in<-lu>cus leptojms, Gmnow.

nitidus, Gregory.
niti'luhw, Grunow.
subtilU, Ehrenberg.
radial us, Ehreuberg.

„ var. minor, Rattray.
oadus-iridis, Ehrenberg.
noduii/er , .lanisch.
apirulatu s, Ehrenberg.
elogans, Greville.
ofmubilus, 1 Cat tray.
Kthmodisnu sp. (?).

Paralia sulcata , Cleve.

Hemidiscus cuneiformis , Wallich.

Biddulphia pnlchella, Gray.

„ tuomeyii, Roper.

Triceratium serratum , Wallich.

„ balearicvm , Cleve and Grunow, forma

tetragona.

„ pentacrinum, Wallich, forma pentagona.

„ csdatum , Janisch.

„ punctatum, Brightwell.

„ vemdosum , Greville.

The Challenger remained at Bermuda from 5 p.m. on April 4, till 7 a.m. on April 21.
April 17, 1873.

Sounding taken from boat, about a mile from the reef at Bermuda.

Depth, 200 fathoms ; deposit, Coral Sand, containing 93’34 per cent, of carbon-
ate of lime (see Murray and Reuard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

1 ■ 'kamimfkra (Brady, Zool. pt. 22). — The following species of Foraminifera were
(,!,>. rwd :n the deposit at this place ; the pelagic species, which make up over 5 per cent,
of the carbonate of lime present in the deposit, are marked thus x : —

BUoculina clongata, d’Orbigny.

„ rmgcns (Lamarck).

SpinJondino robusia, Brady.

„ sp. (f).

Miliolina boueana (d'Orbigny).

„ eirridaru ( Bornemann).

„ mcirriana (d’Orbiguy).

„ obltmga (Montagu).

A rival itut •ui'-ata, Reuss.

I'tantJpmrui eclat a (Costa).

„ a rigua, Itra ly.

Iin ; has forjuurur, Montfort.

Fta&jj-tilina cmmuana, d'Orbigny.

Hapbt»i. .ie »- .’//anii (Jons* and Parker).

Terlmlaria mjgUdinant, d'Orbigny.

„ nr nun, d’Orbigny.

tngiltula, ]> franco, vor. fidutota, Brady.
n turri*, d'Orbigny.

r«ramlMd fpintduM, Kcom.

(ia&irytna fmpnidf, d’Orbigny (I).

99 (ty

CiVin/isi rwwuM, d'Orbigny.

pa' inruns, d’Orbigny.

Hmhmuma imjlata, .Vguenta.

Bolivina dilatata, Reuss.

Casxidulina calalrra (Seguenza).

Nodosaria comata (Batsch).

,, obliqua (Lmn6).

„ scalaris (Batsch).

Lingulina carinata, d’Orbigny, var. seminuda,
Hantken.

Murginulina cost at a (Batsch).

„ sp. (?).

Cnstr liana acutauricularis (Fichtel and Moll).

„ articulata, Reuss.

„ costata (Fichtel and Moll).

„ cultrata (Montfort).

„ gibba, d’Orbigny.

„ orbicularis (d'Orbigny).

„ sp. (?).

Uvigcrina avgulosa, Williamson.

,, tenuisfriata, lieuss.
x Qlobigerina irguilatcralis, Brady.

l/ulloides, d’Orbigny.
rom/lobafa, Brady.
dubia, Egger.
inflata , d’Orbigny.
rubra, d’Orbigny.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

199

x Globigerina sacculifera , Brady,
x Orbulina universa, d’Orbigny.
x Pullenia obliquiloculata , Parker and Jones.
Sphseroidina bulloides, d’Orbigny.
Discorbina globularis (d’Orbigny).

„ orbicularis (Terquem).

Planorbidina mediterranensis, d’Orbigny.
Truncatulina lobatida (Walker and Jacob)
„ ungeriana (d’Orbigny).

Anomalina ariminensis (d’Orbigny).

„ foveolata, Brady.

„ grosserugosa (Giimbel).

Carpentaria balaniformis, Gray (?).

Carpc.nteria ufricularis, Carter.
Pidvmulina auricula (Fichte! and Moll),
x „ canariensis (d’Orbigny).

x „ menardii (d’Orbigny).

x „ micheliniana (d’Orbigny).

„ procera, Brady.

„ repanda (Ficktel and Moll).

Gypsina globulus (Reuss).

„ vesicularis (Parker and Jones).
Polytrema miniaceum (Linne).
Nonionina umbilicatula (Montagu).
Amphistegina lessonii, d’Orbigny.

Stations 33a to 34 (Soundings 88 to 90), off Bermuda (see Chart 8).

April 21, 1873.

Temperature of air at noon, 68°-8 ; mean for the day, 67°’3.

Temperature of water at surface, 673,2.

At 10.20 a.m. took a series of soundings in shallow water, sounding out the bank to
the north-east of Bermuda. Afterwards soundings, were taken in 175 fathoms, deposit
Coral Sand (Station 33a), then in 640 fathoms, deposit Coral Mud (Station 33b), and
at 5.40 p.m. in 1370 fathoms, deposit Coral Mud (Station 34).

Stations 35a to 35c (Soundings 91 to 93), off Bermuda (see Chart 8).

April 22, 1873.

Temperature of air at noon, 69 5 ; mean for the day,

Temperature of water at surface, 67° '8.

At 6 a.m. shortened sail, and got up steam to sound. At 7 a.m. sounded in 2450
fathoms, deposit Globigerina Ooze, containing 66 per cent, of carbonate of lime, bottom
temperature 3G°'5 (Station 35a). At 8.15 a.m. proceeded under steam. At 10.30 a.m.
sounded in 2100 fathoms, deposit Globigerina Ooze, containing 77‘13 per cent, of carbonate
of lime, bottom temperature 36°'5 (Station 35b). At 2 p.m. stopped and sounded in 1950
fathoms, deposit Globigerina Ooze, containing 81 ’31 per cent, of carbonate of lime
(Station 35c). A landrail alighted on the ship, and was caught. At 5.30 p.m. stopped
and anchored in 32 fathoms.

This shoal, which was well known to the Bermudian fishermen, was entered in Captain
Maury’s charts, but not in those of the Admiralty. It is said to have been discovered
from the abundance of fish seen near the surface. The bottom consists of large rounded

Bermuda.

Stations 33a
34.

Stations 35a
35c.

Challenger

Bank.

200

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

I'tllUJLM.t'K

ILxk

; mi stones of the material of the Bermuda Serpuline reefs, and seems to be covered

w wih of small Corals, chielly Madracis asperula. The bank, which has been

cdl. d the Challenger Bank, is about five miles in diameter; it seems to be nearly level,
but its outline was not exactly determined.

Sr i The* J.V.

The following species of Pteropoda and Foraminifera were observed in the deposit
from Station 35c, 1950 fathoms : —

Pteropoda (Pelseneor Zool. pt. 65).

TUK 1>KT«»IT.

. (Cm- e) acicula (Iiang). Ohio pyramidal a, Linn<$.

/<; ./ 1) -ibula (Quoy and Gaimard). Cavolinia trispinosa (Lesueur).

For, ami mk era (Brady, Zool. pt. 22). — The pelagic species, which make up about
65 per cent, of the carbonate of lime present in the deposit, are marked thus x : —

liitoculina depressa, d’Orbigny.

„ ringens (Lamarck).

Miludina auUriana (d’Orbigny).

oblonga (Montagu).

Qnmufipira inrolven s, Reuss.

Uj/jframmina elongata, Brady.

„ • ramosa, Brady.

U- I hue difflmji/nrmis, Brady (?).

Hat i ' phragmium glomeratum, Brady.

,, nanum, Brady.

,, rat •datum, Brady.

Trachammina tUuifoniut, Brady.

n ' paueHoruIata, Brady.
Gawlryina l>arcata, Schwager.

„ pujH/ide*, d’Orbigny.
llulitnitui nd>tens, Brady.

Viryulina mhlejirestw, Brady.

H J ruut jxirreeta, Brady.

f‘h Hr<t0tmnrUa alternant, Schwager.

Lagma maiyinala (Walker and Boys).

„ „ var. temimarginuta, Reuse

N>*inxiria *p. (t).

Crut'lbtna err) , lulu (Fichtel and Moll) (7).
„ latyfrvto, Brady,
x Glotdjtrima mfuitaieralis, Brady.

x Globigerina bulloides, d’Orbigny.
x „ conglobata, Brady,

x „ dubia, Egger.

x „ inflata, d’Orbigny.

x „ rubra, d’Orbigny.

x „ sacculifera, Brady,

x Orbulina universa, d’Orbigny.
x Hastigerina pelagica (d’Orbigny).
x Pullenia obliquiloculala, Parker and Jones,
x Sphxroidina dehiscens, Parker and Jones.

Discorbina rosacea (d’Orbigny).

Trunc.atu.lina tenera, Brady.

„ ungeriana (d’Orbigny).

„ wuellerstorfi (Schwager).

x PuUnmdina canariemis (d’Orbigny).

„ elegans (d’Orbigny).
x „ menardii (d’Orbigny).

x „ „ var. fimbriata , Brady,

x „ micheliniana (d’Orbigny).

x „ tumida, Brady.

Potalia orbicularis, d’Orbigny.

„ soldanii, d’Orbigny.

Nonionina boueana, d’Orbigny.

„ sp. (7).

Arnphistrgina lessonii, d’Orbigny.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

201

Station 36 (Sounding 94), off Bermuda (see Chart 8).

April 23, 1873 ; lat. 32° 7' 25" N., long. 65° 4' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 69° 5 ; mean for the day, 67° '9.

Temperature of water at surface, 6 7° ‘5.

Depth, 32 fathoms ; deposit, Coral Mud.

At 8 a.m. the surveying boats left the ship to sound out the Challenger Bank in charge
of the surveying officers, and remained out till the afternoon. The jolly-boat was sent
out three times from the ship with the dredge, which was slowly hauled into the ship by
the donkey-engine. In that way large numbers of specimens were secured. At 1.30 p.m.
surveying boats returned. At 3.45 r.M. weighed anchor, and proceeded S.S.W. under
steam. At 4 p.m. dredged in somewhat deeper water, the dredge bringing up a large
quantity of Algee, some pebbles, stones, and specimens.

The following species are recorded in the Zoological Reports from the dredge at this
Station : —

Calcarea (Polejaeff, Zool. pt. 24).

Sycon arcticum (Haeckel), var. maximum, Haeckel. One specimen ; obtained also
at Station 209, 95 to 100 fa, thorns. Recorded from the Arctic.
Heteropegma nodus gordii, n.g., n.sp. One specimen ; obtained also at Station 186,
8 fathoms.

Leucilla uter , n.sp. One specimen; obtained also at Station 209, 95 to 100
fathoms.

Leuconia multiformis, n.sp., var. amorpha, nov. Several specimens.

,, „ n.sp., var. goliath, nov. Several specimens ; the species ob-

tained also at Station 209, 95 to 100 fathoms (var. capillata),
„ typica, n.sp., var. tuba, nov. Two specimens; obtained at no other
locality.

„ „ n.sp., var. rrnssa, nov. One specimen ; obtained at no other

locality.

,, rudifera, n.sp. Fragments of two specimens ; obtained at no other
locality. ■

„ dura, n.sp. Many specimens (colonial and solitary) ; obtained also at
Station 186, 8 fathoms.

Corals (Moseley, Zool. pt. 7).

Madracis asperula, M. -Edwards and Haime. Large quantities; obtained also at

Cape Yerdes and Fernando Noronha.

Bathyactis symmetrica (Pourtales). For distribution see Station 24.

Station 36.

Animals from
Dredge.

202

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Station 36.

Hydroida (Allman, Zool. pt. 70).

Camjvw’ilaria insigvis, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

D<smoscyphus gracilis, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Astkroidka (Sladen, Zool. pt. 51).

CA.' (aster longipes (Retzius), Sara. Numerous specimens; obtained also at Station

75, 450 fathoms. Recorded from Mediterranean, and taken

by “ Porcupine/’ locality not known.

/

Ohicroidka (Lyman, Zool. pt. 14).

Ophivthrix angvlcita, Ayres. Obtained also at Fernando Noronha and Bahia,

shallow water to 20 fathoms.

„ suensonii, Liitken. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.
Ophiomyx't flaccida, Liitken. Obtained also at Bahia, 7 to 20 fathoms.

Annelida (MTntosh, Zool. pt. 34).

Notopygos mcgalops, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.
Stumatofoda (Brooks, Zool. pt. 45).

(Ion-, lactylm chiragra, Latreille. One specimen (surface?); obtained also at St.

Thomas, Bermuda, Philippines, and off Cape St. Roque
(var. minutus, nov.).

La mellibranchiata (Smith, Zool. pt. 35).

.!/•■ i r 'it , Linne. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from
Mediterranean and West Indies.

„ (Acar) domingensis , Lamarck. Obtained at no other locality by the
Challenger.

A' lculn (JL /« agrina) squamulosa, Lamarck. Obtained at no other locality by the
Challenger. Recorded from Brazil and Caribbean Sea.

/ nun (Maritcllum) liiaas, Gmelin. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

PoLYPLACOPHORA (Il.tddon, Zool. pt. 43).

Onto epiomn.se Linne. Two specimens; obtained at no other locality by the
Challenger.

Polyzoa (Bu.sk, Z*k>1. pts. 30 and 50).

.Mm nuguina (LimF*). Obtained also at Stations 135, 161, 162, and 304, 33 to
110 fathoms.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

203

Bugula neritina (Linne). Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger. Station 36.
Recorded from Mediterranean, North and South Atlantic, and
Australian Seas.

Crisia denticulata (Lamarck), var. patagonicci, d’Orbigny (?). Obtained at no
other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from Patagonia.

Amathia lendigera (Linne). Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger. Re-
corded from European Seas,

In addition to the foregoing, the following are recorded in the Station-Book : —

Anthea, elongate Actinian with leathery cuticle, Star-fishes, Pagurus, Galathea , Stenor-
hynchus, Maia (?), large specimen of Pinna , small fish, many F oraminifera ( Gristellmia),

Diatoms, about fourteen species of Algse, and a calcareous Alga,

Excluding Protozoa, about 35 species of invertebrates and. fishes were obtained in
these dredgings on the Challenger Bank, of which 11 are new to science, including
representative of 1 new genus ; 6 of the new species were not obtained elsewhere.

Station 87 (Sounding 95), Bermuda to Halifax (see Charts 8 and 9, and Station 37.
Diagram 2).

April 24, 1873 ; lat. 32° 18' N., long. 65* 38' 8" W.

Temperature of air at noon, 70° '0 ; mean for the day, 68° ’8,

Temperature of water ; — -

Surface,

% t

68°0

500 fathoms, .

50°‘4

20 fathoms, .

67'2

550 „ .

46-8

40

79 «

66-2

600

43-9

60

37

65-7

650 „ .

42-0

80

73

65 '5

700

41-0

100

77 *

65-3

800

39 8

120

77 *

65 T

900

39-3

140

37

64-9

1000

390

150

33

64-8

1100

38-7

200

73

64-3

1200 „ .

38:4

250

77 •

63-8

1300

38-1

300

37

632

1400

37-8

350

77

61-0

1500 „

37 5

400

77

57-7

Bottom,

36-5

450

77

54-3

Depth, 2650 fathoms ; deposit, Globigerina Ooze, containing 62-47 per cent, of
carbonate of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chalk Exp.).

204

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

At 6.20 a.m. shortened and furled sails, and got up steam to sound. At 7.30 a.m.

• ; i . 1* .! . ) 2G50 fathoms. \t 9 a.m. completed a scries of temperatures down to 1500
f hum . At 10.45 a.m. put the dredge over, and veered 3400 fathoms. At 2.30 p.m.

- . - : i r Mv.'iui cutter away to try current. At 3 p.m. commenced heaving in dredge, which
m up -.50 p.m. with a small quantity of Globigerina Ooze. Many petrels ( Thalas -
'5 Iroma wiUwii) and numerous patches of sea-weed were seen.

1 >ist net. at noon from Gibb’s Hill Lighthouse, Bermuda, 43 miles. Amount of
current 9 miles, direction S. 13° E.

Station 38 (Sounding 9G), Bermuda to Halifax (see Chart 9 and Diagram 2).
April 25, 1873 ; lat. 33c 3' N., long. 66° 32' W.

T mperature of air at noon, 73°*3 ; mean for the day, 70’*5.

Temperature of water

: —

Surface, .

70°0

450 fathoms, .

54*7

20 fathoms, .

69-0

500

» * * *

50-0

40 „ .

68-0

550

» • • •

46-0

.60 „ .

67-1

600

9}

43-6

80 „ .

66-2

650

» • • •

42-0

. ioo

660

700

>7

411

120 „ .

660

800

40-0

140 „ ..

65-4

900

» * • •

39 6

160 „ .

64-8

1000

» • • •

39-2

180 „ .

64-2

1100

» • *

38-8

200 „ .

63-7

1200

38-4

250 „ .

63-5

1300

» * * •

38-0

300 „

63-0

1400

j> • • •

37-7

350

613

1500

yy • • •

374

400 „ .

58-5

Bottom,

36-5

Density at 60 F. at surface, 1*02723.

Depth, 2600 fathoms; deposit, Globigerina Ooze, containing 50*84 per cent, of
carl mate of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Cliall. Exp.).

V 9.15 a.m. shortened and furled sails, and proceeded under steam to sound.
•**“ l a 2000 fathoms The water-bottle was sent down, but owing to the stopcock
iving njtcncd a good deal of the water was lost. At 10 a.m. serial temperatures were
o. n n to 1500 fathoms. During the day the force of the wind had been gradually
r v-u.m t rminritiug in half a gale towards nightfall, accompanied by sheet lightning
‘ " • '• rt . r: horizon, and a steadily falling barometer. A flock of petrels ( Thalussi -
a > i/Aoni) u.un hovering astern all day, and porpoises were seen playing under the
' w - 1 he sea was brilliantly phosphorescent at night.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

205

Distance from Sandy Hook at noon, 508 miles. Made good 64 miles. Amount of Station 38.
current 9 miles, direction N. 35° E.

Station 39 (Sounding 97), Bermuda to Halifax (see Chart 9 and Diagram 2). Station 39.

April 27, 1873 ; lat. 34° 3'

N., long, 67° 32' W.

Temperature of air at noon,

58°'8 ; mean for the day, 59° 6.

Temperature of water : —

Surface, .

65-0

175 fathoms, .

63-8

10 fathoms, .

66-5

200 „ . .

63-7

20 „ . . .

67-0

225 „ . .

63-5

o

CO

66-2

250 „ .

63-3

40 „ . . .

65-2

300

62-5

50 „ . . .

61-7

350

60-0

60 „ . . .

64-2

400 „ .

56-5

70 „

644

450 ' „ . .

52-5

OO

o

64-0

500

48-7

90 „ . . .

63-9

550

45-2

o

o

|H

63-8

600

42-2

125 „ . . .

63-8

650

41-0

150 „ . . .

63-8

Bottom, . i

36-5

Density at 60° F. at surface, 1 '02701.

Depth, 2850 fathoms; deposit, Red Clay, containing 28 '31 per cent, of carbonate
of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chalk Exp.).

At 11.20 a.m. shortened and furled sails, and got up steam to sound. At 1 p.m.
sounded in 2850 fathoms. At 2 p.m. took serial temperatures down to 650 fathoms.
Sea still running high. Two black threads, over 100 feet in length, were put over the
stern of the ship ; in a short time one of Wilson’s petrels became entangled, • and was
hauled on board.

Distance at noon from Sandy Hook, 490 miles. Distance run through the water 74
miles ; made good 9 miles. Amount of current 5 miles, direction S. 19° E.

Station 40 (Sounding 98), Bermuda to Halifax (see Chart 9 and Diagram 2). Station 10.

April 28, 1873 ; lat. 34° 51' N., long, 68° 30' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 65°'8 ; mean for the day, 63°"4.

Temperature of water at surface, 69°'5.

Density at 60° F, at surface, 1 '02698.

(summary op results chall, exp. — 1893.) 27

Statius 40.

Ascihai* rw'M
Drwkjr

Hr a no* 41.

200 the voyage of h.m.s challenger.

Depth, 2675 fathoms; deposit, Globigerina Ooze, containing 45‘83 per cent of
carbonate of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Ckall. Exp.).

At 'j.30 \.m. stopped to put over dredge. The small dredge was used with a bread-
1 mix lin: 4 to the net ; a 28 lb. weight was slung to the tangle bar and four tangles. At
_ i\m sounded in 2675 fathoms. The weights had apparently not been detached, as in
h »uli : in there was a great strain, and the line finally parted, water-bottle and thermo-
meter being lost. Sent cutter away to try current. At 3.20 p.m. commenced heaving
in dr* Age At 4.30 p.m. cutter returned. At 5.45 p.m. dredge came up with a small
ju mtit) of ooze, two red shrimps, and a few Wishes. Many stormy petrels were seen
about the ship.

Distance from Sandy Hook at noon, 420 miles. Made good 68 miles. Amount of
current 6 miles, direction N. 63° W.

The following species are recorded in the Zoological Reports from the dredge at this
Station : —

Macrpra (Spence Bate, Zool. pt. 52).

Acanlhephyra purpurea, M. -Edwards. One specimen ; obtained also at Stations

87 and 354, 1675 fathoms. Recorded from North
Atlantic.

,, sica, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained also at Stations 159, 168, 169,
170, 181, 194, 230, 235, and 318, 200 to 2675 fathoms.

Fishes (Gunther, Zool. pt. 57).

Nealotus tripes, Johnson. One specimen (probably from near the surface) ; ob-
tained at no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from
Madeira.

Gonostoma microdon, n.sp. Two specimens ; for distribution see Station 23.

Tv o j* 11) like ma-ses came up in the dredge, but could not be made out. Murray
pick' d up from a boat part, of a huge Cepkalopod, which seemed swollen as if it had been
dead in water some considerable time.

Station 41, Bermuda to Halifax (see Chart 9).

April 29, 1873 ; hit. 36° T N., long. 69° 54' W.
Tcmj*ernture of air at noon, 67 '3 ; mean for the day, G40,2.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

207

Temperature of water : —

Surface, .

65-0

250 fathoms,

25 fathoms, .

64-9

300

>5

50 „

64-8

350

)>

75 „ .

64-7

400

>>

100 „ .

64-5

450

>>

125 „ .

64-3

500

>5

150 „ .

64-1

550

>>

175 „ .

63-8

600

200

63-5

650

225 „ .

63-1

Density at 60° F. at surface, T02703.

62-6

61-2

59-3

56-2

52-2

48-0

45-0

42-0

40-8

Station 41

At 7 a.m. proceeded under steam to sound. Blowing hard, with a heav}^ swell. At-
tempted to take a series of temperatures, but could not succeed. At 7.50 a.m. the
starboard wheel-rope was carried away, and the necessary repairs caused some delay.
Later in the day swell moderated, and at 3.40 p.m. proceeded to obtain serial tempera-
tures down to 650 fathoms.

Distance from Sandy Hook at noon, 324 miles. Made good 101 miles. Amount of
current 12 miles, direction N. 40° W.

Station 42 (Sounding 100), Bermuda to Halifax (see Chart 9 and Diagram 2). Station 42

April 30, 1873 ; lat. 35° 58' N., long. 70° 35' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 61

°*5 ; mean for the day, 610,8.

Temperature of water : —

Surface, ....

65-0

1300 fathoms, .

38-2

900 fathoms, .

40-2

1400 „

37-9

1000 „ . . .

39-2

1500 „

37-6

1100 „ . . .

38-8

Bottom,

36-8

1200 „ . . .

38-5

Density at 60° F. at surface, 1 ’02695 ; bottom, 1 '02668.

Depth, 2425 fathoms ; deposit, Blue Mud, containing 24’34 per cent, of carbonate
of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At 6.30 a.m. shortened sail, and got up steam to sound. At 8 a.m. sounded in 2425
fathoms. Sent down water-bottle and two thermometers. The water-bottle seemed to
have fallen on its side into the mud before closing, as it contained a considerable quan-
tity of the upper layer of mud. The swell was still heavy, and sounding operations were
carried on with some difficulty. Serial temperatures were, however, obtained from 900

208

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Station 42.

Okoanukk rtoM

ScarAci-Nrrs.

Station 43

to 1500 fathoms, at intervals of 100 fathoms, to complete the series of the previous
mening. At 2 r.M. the temperature of the sea-surface suddenly rose from 65°*5 to
7 i -5, showing that the ship had slipped over the eastern edge of the Gulf Stream.
Owi to the cloudy and somewhat boisterous weather, little difference was observed in
the appearance of the water. At 8 p.m. the surface temperature reached 73°, while the
thermometer in the air stood at 64°. A flock of water-rails alighted on the rigging of
the hip, and several were caught by the sailors ; numerous stormy petrels were about the
ship.

Distance from Sandy Hook at noon, 308 miles. Made good 37 miles. Amount of
current 17 miles, direction N. G5 W.

Surface Organisms. — The following species is recorded from this Station, evidently
from the surface : —

Macrura (Spence Bate, Zool. pt. 52).

Sergestes atlanticus, M. -Edwards.

Station 43 (Sounding 101), Bermuda to Halifax (see Chart 9 and Diagram 2).

May 1, 1873 ; lat. 3G° 23' N., long. 71° 46' W.

Temperature of air at noon, G0o,0 ; mean for the day, 620,5.

Temperature of water : —

Surface,

75 0

225 fathoms, .

510

20 fathoms, .

71-2

250

It

49-7

40

71-0

300

11

47-7

CO

710

350

II

46-2

80

680

400

»» •

44-8

100

64-0

450

I)

43-8

125

59-5

500

It

42-9

150

56-4

550

II •

420

175

54 0

600

II

41-0

200

52-2

2600

1)

36-8

Density at GO' F. at surface, 1 02674.
Depth, 2600 fathoms.

At 4.30 a.m. shortened and furled sails, and got up steam to sound. At 7 a.m. com-
: r.< < 1 - muling. A considerable . well made the various operations somewhat difficult.

Tip- lint part' d, and two thermometers, the hydra, and water-bottle were lost. In the
.1 minding no bottom was found at a depth exceeding 2G00 fathoms. At 1 p.m.
tn* d current at different deptlis, and obtained serial temperatures. During the ten hours

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

208

occupied in sounding and obtaining temperatures, the current ran uniformly at the rate Station 43
of 3| miles per hour in a N. 60° E. direction. Stormy petrels still follow the ship, and a
large gull ( Skua ) was seen. At about 11 p.m. the surface temperature suddenly fell from
67°'5 to 56°-5.

Sandy Hook distant at noon, 262 miles. Made good 66 miles. Amount of current
14 miles, direction S. 78° E.

Station 44 (Sounding 102), Bermuda to Halifax (see Chart 9 and Diagram 2) Station 44.

May 2, 1873 ; lat. 37° 25' N., long. 71° 40' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 59°‘3 ; mean forthe day, 5 8° ”6.

Temperature of water : —

Surface,

56-5

500 fathoms, .

38-7

25 fathoms, .

54-8

550

38-5

50 „ .

52-5

600 „ .

38-4

75 „ .

50-4

700 „ .

38-2

100 „ .

48-2

800

38-0

125 „

46-0

900

37-8

150 „

44-5

1000

37-6

175 „ .

43-2

1100

37-4

200 „

42-0

1200

37’2

250 „ .

40-3

1300

37-0

300

39-5

1400

36-8

350

39-2

1500

36-6

400 „ .

39-0

Bottom,

36-2

450 „ .

38-8

Density at 60° F. at surface, 1 ‘02541.

Depth, 1700 fathoms; deposit, Blue Mud, containing 24*61 per cent, of carbonate
of lime (see Murray and Bernard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chalk Exp.).

At 6.30 a.m. shortened and furled sails, and proceeded under steam to sound. At
8 a.m. sounded in 1700 fathoms. At noon obtained a series of temperatures down to
1500 fathoms. At 12.10 p.m. put over dredge, and veered 2500 fathoms. At 5.20 p.m.
dredge came up with a considerable quantity of mud and a number of organisms. A
great many porpoises were about the ship.

Distance at noon from Sandy Hook, 209 miles. Made good 62 miles.

The following species are recorded in the Zoological Reports from the dredge at this
Station : —

210

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Station 44.

Aim uu nto*
Durci

Penn An lida (Kdlliker. Zool. pt. 2).

Pr^t' jn ':uv\ aberrans, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained also at Stations 45 and 46,

1240 and 1350 fathoms.

Vsteroidka (Sladen, Zool. pt. 51).

Pamrchaster semisquamatus , n.g., n.sp., var. occidentalis , nov. One specimen

(either from this Station or Station 45). The species
was obtained at Stations 235 and 237, 565 and 1875
fathoms. Recorded subsequently from Indian Ocean
(“ Investigator ”).

Pontastcr Jbrcipatus, n.g., n.sp. A few specimens; obtained also at Stations 45,

46, 50, and 146 (var. cchinatd), 1240 to 1375 fathoms.

Dytaster exit is, n.g., n.sp., var. carinata, nov. The species was obtained at Station

300, 1375 fathoms; and var. gracilis at Station 133,
1900 fathoms. Recorded subsequently from Indian
Ocean (“ Investigator”).

,, madreponfer, n.g., n.sp. Obtained also at Station 45, 1240 fathoms.

Plutonaster rigidus , n.g., n.sp. One specimen (either from this Station or Station

45) ; var. semiarmata was obtained at Station 46 or 47.

Phoxaster pumilus, n.g., n.sp. One specimen (either from this Station or Station

45) ; obtained also at Station 46, 1350 fathoms. Only
species of the genus.

Gephyrka (Selcnka, Zool. pt. 36).

Phascolosoma flag r if cram, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained also at Station 241,

2300 fathoms.

Annelida (MTntosh, Zool. pt. 34).

Welt nit > /mw utlantica, n.g., n.sp. One fragmentary specimen ; obtained at no other

locality. Only species of the genus.

Polyzoa (Busk, Zool. pt. 30).

( • /id' ' s m.plrjr, n.sp. (?). One or two small fragments ; obtained at no other locality

by the Challenger. Recorded from Gulf of Mexico.

Tun ic AT a (Hcrdman, Zool. pt. 17).

' ■ “l ' j 'lotus (Willemoes-Suhm), n.g., n.sp. One specimen; obtained at no

other locality.

I !l n« i litiou to the foregoing, the following are recorded in the Station-book: — two

SUMMARY OF RESULTS. 211

•• ft** A r

Ophiurids, two specimens of Brissus (?), Sipunculid, three species of Annelids (one onl)*
given above), two Isopods, shrimp, and Squilla.

Excluding Protozoa, about 30 specimens of invertebrates were obtained at this
Station, belonging to about 19 species, of which 11 are new to science, including
representatives of 7 new genera ; 2 of the new species and 1 new genus were not
obtained elsewhere.

Willemoes-Suhm writes : “ The dredge brought up a shrimp belonging to the Peneidse,
two Isopods belonging to the genus Tanais , a Sipunculid ( Sternaspis ), which was after-
wards unfortunately lost, and a Polynoe.”

Foraminifera (Brady, Zool. pt. 22). — The following species of Foraminifera were
observed in the deposit from this Station ; the pelagic species, which make up about 73
per cent, of the carbonate of lime present in the deposit, are marked thus x : —

Biloculina bulloides, d’Orbigny.

„ depressa, d’Orbigny.

„ „ var. murrhyna, Schwager.

„ ringens (Lamarck).

Miliolina circularis (Bornemann).

„ seminulum (Linne).

„ valvularis (Reuss) ('!).

„ sp. (?).

Planispirina celata (Costa).

Orbitolites tenuissima, Carpenter.

Astrorhiza angulosa, Brady.

,, granulosa , Brady,

Pelosina cylindrical, Brady.

Storthosphsera sp. (?).

Dendrophrya sp. (?).

Bathydphon filiformis, Sars.

Psammosph gera fusca, Schulze.

Hyperammina elongata, Brady.

„ ramosa , Brady.

„ vagans, Brady.

„ sp. (?).

Rhabdammina abyssorum, Sars.

„ linearis, Brady.

„ sp. (?).

Aschemonella ramuliformis, Brady.

Reophax bacillaris, Brady.

„ dentaliniformis, Brady.

„ difflugiformis , Brady.

pilulifera, Brady (?).

Haplophragmium agglutinans (d’Orbigny).

„ foliaceum, Brady.

„ globigeriniforme( Parkerand Jones).

Haplophragmium latidorsatum (Bornemann ).
Placopsilina bulla, Brady.

Thurammina papillata, Brady.

Hormosina globulifera, Brady.

Ammodiscus charoides (Jones and Parker).

,, tenuis, Brady.

Trocliamminu ringens, Brady.

„ trullissata, Brady.

Textularia agglutinans, d’Orbigny,
Verneuilina pygmsea (Egger).

Gaudryina baccata, Schwager.

„ pupoides, d’Orbigny.

Bulimina ovata, d’Orbigny.

„ pyrula, d’Orbigny.

Virgulina schreibersiana, Czjzek.

Lagena acuticosta, Reuss (?).

„ apiculata, Reuss.

„ distoma, Parker and Jones.

„ globosa (Montagu).

„ gracillima (Seguenza).

„ hexagona (Williamson).

,, Isevis (Montagu).

„ sp. (?).

Nodosana communis, d’Orbigny.

,, mucronata (Ueugeboren).

„ simplex, Silvestri.

Cristellaria crassa, d’Orbigny.

,, crepidula (Fichtel and Moll).

„ reniformis, d’Orbigny.

Uvigerina tenuistviata, Reuss.
x Globigerina xquilateralis, Brady,
x „ bidloides, d’Orbigny.

) , \l « - Ov

Station 44.

Organisms from
the Deposit.

212

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

*4. * Glofngrrina conglobota, Brady,

x „ dubia, Eggcr.

x „ duieitrei, d’Orbigny.

x „ inflata, d’Orbigny.

x „ rubra, d’Orbigny.

x „ sacculifera, Brady,

x Orbulina unicerta, d’Orbigny.
x Pull nia obliquiloadatcL, Parker and Jones.
„ quinqudoba, Reuss.

„ tjihteroidee (d’Orbigny).

x Sj ha nyidina dehi»cens, Parker and Jones.

IhWorbina btrthcloti (d’Orbigny).

TrunratuUna ungeriana (d’Orbigny).

Truncatulina wuellerstorfi (Sell wager),
x rulvinnlina canarieims < d’Orbigny).
x „ crassa (d’Orbigny).

„ elegans (d’Orbigny).
x „ menanlii (d’Orbigny).

x „ miclieliniana (d’Orbigny).

x „ patagonioa (d’Orbigny).

x „ tumida, Brady.

Rotalia soldanii, d’Orbigny.

„ sp. (?).

Nonionina pompilioides (Ficlitel and Moll).
„ scapha (Ficlitel and Moll).

■ „ unibilicatula (Montagu).

1 Station 45 (Sounding 103), Bermuda to Halifax (see Chart 9 and Diagram 2).

May 3, 1873; lat. 38° 34' N., long. 72° 10' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 4 7° ‘8 ; mean for the day, 49° ’2.
Temperature of water : —

Surface, ....

49-5

500 fathoms,

38-4

100 fathoms, .

511

600 „ .

38-1

200

43-5

700 „ . .

38-0

300 „ . . .

40-2

Bottom,

37-2

400 „ . . .

Density at 60° F. at surface,

390

1 02504.

Depth, 1240 fathoms; deposit, Blue Mud, containing 14’59 per cent, of carbonate
of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At 6.30 a.m. shortened and furled sails, and proceeded under steam to sound. At
h a i. unded in 1240 fathoms. Soon after lowered dredge, which came up at 12.10
t m. with -ome mi 1 and many specimens. At 2 p.m. took serial temperatures down to
700 fathom-. Two small birds (finches) alighted on the ship in an exhausted condition.
Dist.ucc from Sandy Hook at noon, 139 miles. Made good 73 miles.

v * » The following species are recorded in the Zoological Reports from the dredge at this

./nttnu. Station : —

Pkjcyatuuda (Kdlliker, Zool. pt. 2).

ProtoptUum aberrant, n.sp. (var. ?).

46.

Fragment ; obtained also at Stations 44 and

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

213

Corals (Moseley, Zool. pt. 7).

Caryophyllia communis (Seguenza). One broken specimen ; obtained also at

Stations 50, 57, 78, and 142, 150 to 1250 fathoms.
Fossil — Tertiary of Sicily.

Asteroidea (Sladen, Zool. pt. 51).

Pararchaster semisquamatus, n.g., n.sp., var. occidentalism nov. One specimen

(either from this Station or Station 44) ; see Station
4.4.

Pontaster forcipatus, n.g., n.sp. A few specimens ; obtained also at Stations 44, 46,

50, and 146.

Dytaster madreporifer, n.g., n.sp. Obtained' also at Station 44..

Plutonaster rigidus, n.g., n.sp. One specimen (either from this Station or Station

44) ; see Station 44.

Porcellanaster casruleus, Wyville Thomson, n.g., n.sp. Obtained also at Stations^ 6

and 47, 1350 and 1340 fathoms. Recorded subse-
quently from Indian Ocean (“ Investigator”) (?).
Phoxaster pumilus, n.g., n.sp. One specimen (either from this Station or Station

44) ; see Station 44'

Ophiuroidea (Lyman, Zool. pt. 14).

Ophioglypha lepida, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 46, 76, 343, and Bermuda,

420 to 1350 fathoms*.

,, bullata , Wyville Thomson, n.sp. (young). Obtained also at Stations

54, 61, and 133, 1900 to 2850 fathoms.

Ophiomusium lymani Wyville Thomson. Obtained also at Stations 50, 76, 135,

169, 191, 235, and 296, 565 to 1825 fathoms.

Amphiura otteri, Ljungman. Obtained also at Stations 50, 76> and 78, 900 to

1250 fathoms.

Amrjhilepis norvegica, Ljungman. Obtained also at Stations 33 (?) and 46.
Ophiacantha bidentata (Retzius), Ljungman. Obtained also at Stations 46 and 49,

1350 and 85 fathoms.

Holothurioidea (Theel, Zool. pt. 39).

Trochostoma albicans y n.sp. Four specimens^ obtained also at Station 169, 700
fathoms (var. glabra)..

Fragments of a pedate Holothurid.

Nemertea (Hubrecht, Zool. pt. 54).

Carinina grata, n.g., n.sp. One specimen; obtained also at Station 47, 1340
fathoms. Only species of the genus.

(summary of results chall. exp. — 1893.)

Station 4

28

214

T1IE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Annelida (M'lntosli, Zool. pt. 34).

Ilarmothoe benthaliana , n.sp. Two specimens ; obtained at no other locality.

Xt t htlnjs phyllobranchia, n.sp. One fragmentary specimen ; obtained at no other

locality.

Lumbriconereis punctata, n.sp. One fragmentary specimen ; obtained at no other

locality.

Eunice arstedi, Stimpson (?). One specimen ; obtained also at Stations 49 and

144a, 85 and 69 fathoms.

Spiochataptei'us (?) sp. A few empty tubes.

Pmxilla occidentalis, n.sp. One fragmentary specimen ; obtained at no other

locality.

Copepoda (Brady, Zool. pt. 23).

Cal anus prineeps, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained also at Station 50, 1250 fathoms.
Iso pod a (Beddard, Zool. pt. 48).

Neotanais americanus, n.g., n.sp. One specimen ; obtained also at Station 323,

1900 fathoms. Only species of the genus.

Cumacka (Sars, Zool. pt. 55b

Eudorclla abyssi, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

•

Macrura (Spence Bate, Zool. pt. 52).

Ccnnadas parvus, n.g., n.sp. One specimen ; obtained also at Stations 101, 120,
159, 206, 220, 230, 232, 235, 237, 250, 267, and 289, 345 to
3050 fathoms. Recorded subsequently from Indian Ocean
(“ Investigator ”).

Orjjhania tenuimana, n.g., n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.
Only species of the genus.

Lam elli branch i at a (Smith, Zool. pt. 35).

Mallet «i obtusa, Sars. Obtained also at Station 47, 1340 fathoms. Recorded from
Atlantic.

In addition to the foregoing, the following are recorded in the Station-book : — Act-
i . , man) specimens of an unknown Urchin, very large specimen of Sipunculus.

l.xcl.ding Protozoa, over 50 specimens of invertebrates were obtained at this
Sl i’ .on, belonging to about 33 species, of which 17 are new to science, including re-
presentatives of 7 new genera ; 6 of the new species and 1 new genus were not obtained

elsewhere.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

215

Willemoes-Suhm writes: “The dreclge brought up an enormous Copepod, 13 mm. Station 45.
in length, belonging to the Calanidee family, the largest of which hitherto known was
only 6 mm. in length. It -was hanging in the swabs, by which it had probably been
caught in their passage through- the surface water. Also a very long Sipunculus and
several Annelids, most of which were only in fragments.”

Foraminieera (Brady, Zool. pt. 22). — The following species of Foraminifera were Organisms from
observed in the deposit from this Station; the pelagic species, which make up about 68 JIIL ’
per cent, of the carbonate of lime present in the deposit, are marked thus x : —

BilocuUna depressa, d’Orbigny.

„ „ var. serrata ; Brady.

„ ringens (Lamarck):

„ tubulosa, Costa.

Spiroloculina tenuis (Czjzek).

Miliolina seminulum (Linne).

,, tricarinata (d’Orbigny).

Planispirina celata (Costa).

Astporhiza arenaria, Norman.

Psammosplixra fusca, Schulze.

Hyperammina friabilis, Brady.

,, vagans, Brady (?).

Rhabdammina abyssorum, Sars.

Reophax scorpiurus, Montfort.

Haplophragmium globigeriniforme (Parker and Jones).
„ glomeratum, Brady.

„ seitvlum, Brady.

„ twrbinatim, Brady.

Hormosina globidifera, Brady.

Trochammina pauciloculata, Brady.

Tritaxia lepida, Brady.

Gaudryina baccata, Schwager.

„ pupoides, d’Orbigtiy,

Clavulina parisiensis, d’Orbigny.

Bulimina acideata, d’Orbigny.

„ ajfinis, d’Orbigny.

„ elegans, d’Orbigny, var. exilis, Brady.

„ inflata, Seguenza.

,, marginata, d’Orbigny.

„ ovata, d’Orbigny.

„ pupoides. d’Orbigny.

„ pynda, d’Orbigny.

Virgulina schreibersiana, Czjzek.

Bolivina pygmxo , Brady.

Pleurostomella subnodosa, Reuss.

Cassidulina laevigata , d’Orbigny.

Lagena apiculata, Reuss.

„ distoma, Parker and Jones.

Lagena fimbriata, Brady.

„ globosa (Montagu).

„ gracilis, Williamson.

„ leevis (Montagu).

„ marginata (Walker and Boys).
sulcata (Walker and Jacob).

Nodosaria communis, d’Orbigny.

„ obliqua (Linne).

„ raphanus (Linne).

,, soluta, Reuss.

Frondicidaria alata, d’Orbigny.

,, ineequalis, Costa.

Margimdina costata (Batscb).

,, glabra, d’Orbigny,

Vaginulina legumen (Linne).

Cristellaria crassa, d’Orbigny.

„ lata (Cornuel).

reniformis, d’Orbigny.

„ rotulata (Lamarck).

„ variabilis, Reuss.

Polymorphina lactea (Walker and Jacob).

„ sororia, Reuss.

Uvigerina cmgulosa, Williamson.

„ pygmxa, d’Orbigny.

,, tenuistriata, Reuss.
x Globigerina bulloides, d’Orbigny.
x „ conglobata, Brady,

x „ dubia, Egger.

x „ cluteHrei, d’Orbigny.
x „ inflata, d’Orbigny.

x „ pachyclemia (Ehrenberg).

x „ rubra, d’Orbigny.

x „ sacculifera, Brady,

x Orbulina universa, d’Orbigny.
x Pullenia obliquiloculata, Parker and Jones.
„ quinqueloba, Reuss.

„ sphxroidcs (d’Orbigny).

Sphseroidina bulloides, d’Orbigny.

*216

T JE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

| x Pidvinidina menardii (d’Orbigny).
x „ michdiniana (d’Orbigny).

x „ tumida, Brady.

Rotcdia calcar, d’Orbigny (?).

„ soldanii , d’Orbigny.

Nonionina pompilioidns (Fichtel and Moll).

„ scapha (Fichtel and Moll).

Polystomella striatopundata (Fichtel and Moll).

On May 4, the water was observed to be of a peculiar bcttle-green colour.

smtios id Station 46 (Sounding 104), Bermuda to Halifax (see Chart 9).

May 6, 1873 ; lat. 40° 17' N., long. G6° 48' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 47°’2 ; mean for the day, 45°’0.

Temperature of water at surface, 40° 0 ; bottom, 37° '2.

Density at 60° F. at surface, 1 ’02403.

Depth, 1350 fathoms; deposit, Blue Mud, containing 15’40 per cent, of carbonate
of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At 8 a.m. proceeded under steam to sound. At 9 a.m. sounded in 1350 fathoms.
At 1 1 a. m. put over dredge, which came up at 4 p.m. with a small quantity of mud and several
specimens. The dredge was sent down again about 4 p.m., and brought up about 6.30 p.m.,
but it did not seem to have reached the bottom, the ship having possibly drifted into
deeper water. There was a brilliant halo round the sun during a part of the day, showing
prismatic colours. Many petrels and flocks of other birds were observed from the ship.

Distance from Sambro Island at noon, 288 miles. Made good 115 miles. Amount
of current 17 miles, direction S. 65" E.

\ . , , , . , . v The following species are recorded in the Zoological Reports from the dredge at this

IhurocK. Station : —

Phnnati lida (Kblliker, Zool. pt. 2).

Protoptilum oberrans , n.sp. (?). Fragment; obtained also at Stations 44 and 45.
A(TINiakia (Hcrtwig, Zool. pt. 15).

Stejihauactis obyssicola (Moseley), n.g., n.sp. Two specimens ; obtained at no

other locality.

Ajiteboidka (Sladen, Zool. pt. 51).

Pa nirchastcr armatus, n.g., n.sp. Obtained also at Station 50, 1250 fathoms;

and off coast of Portugal.

Station' 45 x SjJtsrnddina ddiuictvs, Parker and Jones.

7 uiulina lohr.'ula (Walker and Jacob).
„ fetiera, Brady.

„ ungeriana (d’Orbigny).

Anomalina ammonoides (Reuss).
x Puirinuliaa canadensis (d’Orbigny).
x „ crajisa (d’Orbigny).

„ elegans (d’Orbigny).

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

217

Pontaster forcipatus, n.g., n.sp.. Many specimens ; obtained also at Stations 44, Station 46.

45, 50, and 146.

Plutonaster rigidus, n.g., n.sp., var. semiarmata, nov. One specimen (either from

this Station or Station 47) ; the species obtained also at
Station 44 or 45.

Porcellanaster cseruleus , Wyville Thomson, n.g., n.sp. Obtained also at Stations

45 and 47.

Leptoptychaster arcticus (Sars), var. elongatci, nov. Obtained also at Station 49,

■85 fathoms. The species recorded from North Atlantic
(“ Porcupine ”).

Phoxaster pumilus, n.g., n.sp. One young specimen; obtained also at Station 44

or 45. Only species of the genus.

Zoroaster fulgens, Wyville Thomson. Obtained also at Stations 50 and 120, 1250

and 675 fathoms. Recorded from North Atlantic
(“Porcupine” and “Triton”).

Cribrella oculata (Linck), Forbes. Obtained also at Stations 48 and 49, 51 and 85

fathoms. Recorded from Arctic, and North Atlantic
(“ Porcupine,” “ Knight Errant,” and “ Triton”).

Brisinga verticillata, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

FreyeUa bracteata, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 47 and 50, 1340 and 1250

fathoms.

Ophitjroidea (Lyman, Zool. pt. 14).

Ophioglypha lepida, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 45, 76, 343, and Bermuda.

Amphilepis norvegica, Ljungman. Obtained also at Stations 33 (?) and 45.

Ophiacantha bidentata (Retzius), Ljungman. Obtained also at Stations 45 and 49.

Echinoidea (Agassiz, Zool. pt. 9).

Echinus acutus, Lamarck. Obtained also at Stations 170 and 343. 630 and 425
fathoms.

„ elegans (Diiben and Koren). Obtained also at Stations 135 and 219,

1100 and 150 fathoms.

,, norvegicus, Diiben and Koren. Obtained also at Stations 47, 232, 235,
and 308, 175 to 1340 fathoms.

In addition to the foregoing, the Sta.tion-book records a Gorgonoid.

Excluding’ Protozoa, over 40 specimens of invertebrates were obtained at this
Station, belonging to about 19 species, of which 11 are new to science, including repre-
sentatives of 6 new genera ; 2 of the new species were not obtained elsewhere.

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Stjkiii-M 46.

raon

St UACi-Nm

Statiojc 47

Axiiuu rw>M
Dumb.

218

S t Ace Organisms. — The following species are recorded from the surface near this

Station : —

Vmphipoda (Stebbing, Zool. pt G7).

Ettihemisto bispinosa (Boeck).

Heteropoda (Smith, Zool. pt. 72).

Pterotmchea sp. (?). [oft' Boston, U.S.].

Murray was away in a boat, and picked up some specimens of Ctenophorm.

Station 47 (Sounding 105), Bermuda to Halifax (see Chart 9).

May 7, 1873 ; lat. 41 14' N., long. 65° 45' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 45 *8 ; mean for the day, 42c,l.

Temperature of water at surface, 42o,0.

Density at 60 F. at surface, 1*02419.

Depth, 1340 fathoms ; deposit, Blue Mud, containing 6'68 per cent, of carbonate
of linn* (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At 6 a.m. stopped to sound, and at 6.30 A.M. sounded in 1340 fathoms. At 8 a.m.
■ V r . -«1 j f which came up at 1.45 p.m. half full of mud, and with many specimens,

j min wei n the mouth of the dredge and the arms was a large block of syenite,

weighing about 5 cwts.

Distil nee at no<n from Sambro Island, 214 miles. Made good 75 miles. Amount
of current 6 miles, direction S. 20° W.

I’lie following species are recorded in the Zoological Reports from the dredge at this
Station : —

AsTERoroKA (Sladen, Zool. pt. 51).

/ "t<, n ''V hifrona (Wyville Thomson). One small specimen; obtained also at

Station V.

rxjulu. s, n.g., ii. sp., var. semiarmata, nov. One specimen (either from
this Station or Station 46) ; see Station 46.
f' 1 ctt rut r us, Wyville Thomson, n.g., n.sp. Obtained also at Stations

45 and 46.

/ k y. "■! hracttmln, n sp. Five specimens; obtained also at Stations 46 and 50.

1> hinoii»ka (Agassiz, Zool. pt. 9).

7' >/.v Diibcn and Koren. Many specimens ; obtained also at Stations

16, 232, 235, and 308.

SUMMARY OP RESULTS.

219

Nemertea (Hubrecht, Zool. pt. 54).

Carinina grata , n.g., n.sp. One specimen ; obtained also at Station 45. Only
species of the genus.

Gephyrea (Selenka, Zool. pt. 36).

Bonellia suhmii, n.sp, One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

Annelida (M'Intosh, Zool. pt. 34),

Lo.randa longa (Webster). One specimen ; obtained at no other locality b}^ the

Challenger. Recorded from coast of Virginia.
Lumbriconereis ehlersii, n.sp., var. tenuisetis, nov. One fragmentary specimen ;

obtained at no other locality by the Challenger. The
species recorded from Europe, and Greenland (“Valorous ’).
Aricia norvegicci, Sars, var. (?). One fragmentary specimen ; obtained also at

Station 125, 1200 fathoms (var.'?). The species recorded
from North Atlantic.

Aricidea fragilis , Webster. One fragmentary specimen ; obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger.

Notomastus agassizii, n.sp. Several specimens ; obtained also by sounding line off

San Antonio, Cape Verdes,

Maldane sp. (?).

Myriochele heeri , Malmgren, var, (?). One fragmentary specimen ; obtained also at

Stations 20 and 325.

Thelepus (?) sp. One injured specimen.

Terebellides stroemi, Sars, var. (?). One specimen; obtained also at Station 149,

110 and 127 fathoms (var. Jcerguelensis, nov.). The
species ranges from European to American shores.

Cumacea (Sars, Zool. pt. 55),

Diastylis stygia, Sars. Eight specimens; obtained at no other locality by the
Challenger. Recorded from North Atlantic and Arctic.

Lamellibranchiata (Smith, Zool. pt. 35).

Malletia obtusa, Sars. Obtained also at Station 45.

Gasteropoda (Watson, Zool. pt. 42).

PunctiirellU brychia, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Fusus ( Sipho ), n.sp. (?). Four injured specimens.

Brachiopgda (Davidson, Zool. pt. 1).

Terebratdla frielii. n.sp. Two specimens; obtained also at Station 201, 82 to 102

fathoms.

Station

•2:10

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Station 47

Organisms from
tub Deposit.

Station 48.

In addition to the foregoing, the following are recorded in the Station- book : —
Corgouoid, many Ophiurids, several specimens of Pourtalesia (?), Caudinci, and Discina.

Excluding Protozoa, over 80 specimens of invertebrates were obtained at this
Station, belonging to about 26 species, of which 9 are new to science, including
representatives of 3 new genera ; 3 of the new species were not obtained elsewhere.

Diatomace.e. — The following species of Diatoms were observed by Mr. Comber in the
deposit from this Station : —

Navii ula hjra , Ehrenberg, var. elliptic a, A. Schmidt.
,, clavata, Gregory.

„ emiihii , Brebisaon.

„ f used, Ralfs.

„ didyma , Kutzing.

„ distant, Ralfs.

Pleurosigma directum, Grunow.

Cocconeis scuttllurn, Elirenberg.

ATitzschia marina, Grunow.

Buldidphia aurita , Brebisaon.

Triceratium pundatum, Brightwull.

„ aJtemans, Bailey.

1/emuluscus cuneiformis, Wallich.

Actinoptifchus undulatns, Ehrenberg.

„ areolatus, A. Schmidt
„ splerulens, Ralfs.

A din ojelus spursns ( = Eupodiscus, Gregory).

„ ralfsii, Ralfs.

Aflcrmnjthulus brookei, Bailey.

Eupodisms radial us, Bailey.

Coednodisrus excentricus, Ehrenberg.

„ lineatus, Ehrenberg.

„ auguste lineatus, A. Schmidt.

CoscinocKscus concavus, Ehrenberg.

„ curvatulus, Grunow.

,, Jcutzingii, A. Schmidt.

„ fasciculatus, O’Meara.

„ 8ubtilis, Ehrenberg.

„ denarius, A. Schmidt.

„ normanii, Gregory.

„ concinnus , W. Smith.

„ robustus, Greville.

„ marginatus, Ehrenberg.

„ borealis, Bailey.

„ centralis, Ehrenberg.

„ oculus-iridis, Ehrenberg.

„ aster omphalus, Ehrenberg.

„ radialus, Ehrenberg.

„ obscurus, A. Schmidt.

„ nodulifer, Janisch.

„ decrescens, Gruuow.

„ crassus,. Bailey.

„ elegans, Greville.

Paralia sulcata, Cleve.

Hgalodiscus scoticus, Grunow.

Station 48 (Sounding 106), Bermuda to Halifax (see Chart 9).

May 8, 1873 ; lat. 43° 4' N., long. 64° 5' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 44 ‘3; mean for the day, 41°'5.

Temperature of water at surface, 38 0.

Depth, 51 fathoms; deposit, rock, gravel, stones, &c.

At 5.5 a.m. stopped and sounded in 51 fathoms. At 7 a.xM. put over dredge, which
( .in,' up about noon. The dredge-bag was torn, and contained nothing, but the tangles
were loaded with animals. In the afternoon most of the ship’s company were occupied in
ti-lr.ny, and probably aljout 100 cod were taken, which proved a welcome addition to the

r. t art 9. S'uxnmarv' of Results.

The Voyage of Hjvl .S . ChaJitjag-er.

t r * Sr' :

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

221

table. Petrels and gulls were seen about the ship. At 4.30 p.m. made all plain sail, and Station 48.
proceeded towards Halifax.

Distance from Sambro Island Lighthouse at noon, 86 miles. Made good 131 miles.

Amount of current 8 miles, direction N. 83° B.

The following species are recorded in the Zoological Reports from the dredge at this
Station : —

Animals from
Dredge.

Hydroida (Allman, Zool. pt. 70).

Sertularia abietina, Linne. Several specimens ; obtained at no other locality by

the Challenger. Recorded from North Atlantic.

Thuiaria cupressina (Linne). One specimen ; obtained at no other locality by the
Challenger. Recorded from European coasts.

Crinoidea (Carpenter, Zool. pt. 60).

Antedon eschricliti (Muller). Several specimens ; obtained at no other locality by
the Challenger. Recorded from Arctic and North Atlantic
(“ Porcupine,” “Valorous,” “ Alert,” and “Triton”).

,, quadrata, n.sp. Several specimens ; obtained at no other locality by the
Challenger. Recorded from Arctic and North Atlantic
• (“ Valorous,’’ “ Alert,” and “ Triton ”).

Asteroidea (Sladen, Zool. pt. 51).

Crossaster papposus (Linck), Muller and Troschel. Obtained at no other locality
by the Challenger. Recorded from Arctic, and North
Atlantic (“ Porcupine ” and “ Knight Errant ”).

Solaster endeca (Retzius), Forbes. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.
Recorded from Arctic, Atlantic, and Pacific.

Cribrella oculata (Linck), Forbes. Obtained also at Stations 46 and 49.

Echinoidea (Agassiz, Zool. pt. 9).

Strongylocentrotus drobachiensis (Muller). Obtained also at Station 49, 85 fathoms.

Nemertea (Hubrecht, Zool. pt. 54).

Cerebratulus truncatus, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained also at Station 49, 85

fathoms, and off Bermuda.

Annelida (MTntosh, Zool. pt. 34).

Eusyllis tubifex, Gosse. Several specimens ; obtained at no other locality by the
Challenger. Recorded from Britain and Madeira.

(summary op results chail. exp. — 1893.)

29

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

*>*»

Station 4b.

Qroaxum* n ton
TIM He IF ACE.

Thelepus cincinnatus (Fabricius), var. canadensis , nov. One specimen; obtained at
no other locality by the Challenger. The species recorded
from North Atlantic (“ Knight Errant,” &c.).

Myzostomida (Graff, Zool. pts. 27 and 61).

Myzostoma gigas, Liitken. On Antedon eschrichti.

,, fimbriatum, n.sp. On Antedon quadrata.

Brachyura (Miers, Zool. pt. 49).

Hyas aranea (Linn6). One specimen ; obtained at no other locality by the
Challenger. Recorded from Arctic, North Atlantic, and North Pacific.
,, coarctata , Leach. One specimen ; obtained also at Station 49, 85 fathoms.

Polyzoa (Busk, Zool. pt. 30).

Eschara elegantula, d’Orbigny. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Recorded from North Atlantic and Arctic.

CeUepora canal iculata, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Brachiopoda (Davidson, Zool. pt. 1).

Trrebratulina caput-serpentis, Linnd, var. septentrioncdis, Couthouy. Many speci-
mens; obtained also at Stations 49, 142, and 145,
85 to 150 fathoms. Recorded from North Atlantic.

Tunic ata (Herdman, Zool pts. 17 and 38).

Boltenia elegan-s, n.sp. Two specimens; obtained at no other locality.

AjA'diiim despectvm, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

Excluding Protozoa, over 50 specimens of invertebrates were obtained at this
Station, belonging to about 20 species, of which 7 are new to science ; 5 of the new
species were not obtained elsewhere.

Wilhmoes-Suhm states that on the cod that were caught a species of Caligus was
fi.und, to which was attached the cctoparasitical Trematode Udonella caligorum, known
( -‘jx-cially from Van Bcneden’s description of its ametabolous development.

Surface Organisms. — Murray w as away in a boat in the afternoon and caught some
largf ( nophore. Diatoms and Coccospheres were very abundant on the surface during
the past four days.

The- Challenger remained at Halifax, Nova Scotia, from 10.20 a.m. on May 9 till
5.10 p.m. on May 19, 1873.

At Hamfax

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

223

On specimens of Coitus procured during the visit a parasitic Amphipod — Lafystius
sturionis, Kr0yer — was found (see Stebbing, Zool. pt. 67).

Station 49 (Sounding 107), Halifax to Bermuda (see Chart 9 and Diagram 2).

May 20, 1873 ; lat. 43° 3' N., long. 63° 39' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 44°‘3 ; mean for the day, 43° ‘0.

Temperature of water : —

o

Surface, .

40-5

20 fathcms,

37-8

40 „ . . .

35-2

80 fathoms,
Bottom, .

35-2

35-2

Density at 60° F. at surface, 1 ‘02354 ; bottom, 1 ‘02400.

Depth, 85 fathoms ; deposit, gravel, stones, &e.

At 9.15 a.m. shortened and furled sails, and got up steam to sound and dredge.
Sounded in 83 [85] fathoms. At 10 a.m. put dredge over, and took four hauls in rapid
succession, allowing the dredge to remain at the bottom about an hour on each occasion,
a large number of specimens being procured. Serial temperature observations were taken
at intervals of 20 fathoms from the surface.

Distance at noon from Gibb’s Hill Lighthouse, Bermuda, 651 miles. Made good 86
miles. Amount of current 12 miles, direction S. 39 J W,

The following species are recorded in the Zoological Reports from the dredge at this
Station : —

Keratosa (Polejaeff, Zool. pt. 31).

Psammopemma densum, Marshall. One specimen ; obtained also at Port Jackson,

7 fathoms.

Monaxonida (Ridley and Dendy, Zool. pt. 59).

Artemisina suberitoides, Vosmaer. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality by

the Challenger. Recorded from Arctic.

Polymastia robusta, Bowerbank. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality by

the Challenger. Recorded from British seas (“Porcu-
pine,” &c.).

„ sp. (?) {mammillaris ?). One small specimen.

Tentorium semisuberites (Schmidt). Ten specimens; obtained also at Stations 50

and 135, 60 to 90, and 1250 fathoms. Recorded from
Arctic and North Atlantic.

Halifax.

Station 49.

Animals fhom
Dredge.

224

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

> v S‘f/Iocord>/la stipitata (Carter). One specimen; obtained also at Stations 145

(var.). 147, 149 (var.), and Bahia, 7 to 1600 fathoms.
Recorded from North Atlantic.

Quasillina brevis (Bowerbauk). Fourteen specimens ; obtained at no other locality

by the Challenger. Recorded from Arctic, North Atlantic,
and Mediterranean.

Actiniaria (Hertwig, Zool. pt. 73).

EpizoanUius cancrisocius, Studer. One specimen (on a Gasteropod shell tenanted

by Pagurus) ; obtained at no other locality by the
Challenger.

Asteroidea (Sladen, Zool. pt. 51).

Pontastei' hebitus, n.g., n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Pscudai'chaster intermedins, n.g., n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Ppt opt y chaster arcticus (Sara), var. elongata, nov. Obtained also at Station 46.
Pentagonaster gra nularis (Retzius). Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Recorded from both sides of North Atlantic (“ Porcupine,”
&c.).

Up paste via plana (Linck), Gray. Numerous specimens ; obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger. Recorded from North Atlantic
(“ Porcupine” and “Triton,” &c.).

Stichaster albulus (Stimpson), Vcrrill. Obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger. Recorded from North Atlantic and Arctic.
Pteraster militaris, Muller and Troschel. Obtained at no other locality by the
Challenger. Recorded from North Atlantic (“ Triton ”), and
Arctic.

Cribrella oculata (Linck), Forbes. Obtained also at Stations 46 and 48.

Asterias ( Leptasterias ) compta, Stimpson. Obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger. Recorded from North Atlantic.

Ofhiuroidea (Lyman, Zool. pt 14).

Ophiopholis aculeata, Gray. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.
Recorded from North Atlantic and Arctic.

Oph acantha bidentata (Retzius), Ljungman. Obtained also at Stations 45 and 46.
Opkioglypha sarsii (Liitken), Lyman. Obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger.

A <tronyx loveni , Miiller and Troschel. Obtained also at Station 232, 345 fathoms.

Recorded from North European seas.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

225

Echinoidea (Agassiz, Zool. pt. 9). Station 49.

Strongylocentrotus drobachiensis (Muller). Obtained also at Station 48.

Schizaster fragilis (Diiben and Keren). Obtained also at Station 142, 150 fathoms.

Recorded from Gulf of Maine.

Holothurioidea (Theel, Zool. pt. 39).

P solus operculatus, Pourtales. Numerous specimens ; obtained also at Station

320 (?), 600 fathoms.

Nemertea (Hubrecht, Zool. pt. 54).

Drepanophorus lanhesteri, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

Cerebratulus trunccttus, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained also at Station 48 and

Bermuda.

Gephyrea (Selenka, Zool. pt. 36).

Phascolion tubicola, Verrill. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger, Re-
corded from New England.

Annelida (MTntosh, Zool. pt. 34).

Euphrosyne borecdis, CErsted. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger. Recorded from Arctic and North Atlantic.

Lsetmonice producta, Grube, var. assimilis, nov. Obtained at no other locality.

A widely-distributed species.

Nereis ( Lycoris ?) pelagica, Linne. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality

by the Challenger. A widely distributed species.

Eunice cerstedi, Stimpson (?). One specimen ; obtained also at Stations 45 and

144 a.

Nothria conchylega, Sars. Several specimens ; obtained also at Station III.

Potamilla torelli, Malmgren. Several specimens ; obtained at no other locality by

the Challenger. Recorded from North Atlantic.

Protula americanci , n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

Cirripedia (Hoek, Zool. pt. 25).

Scalpellum stroemii, Sars. Numerous specimens ; obtained at no other locality
by the Challenger. Common throughout North Atlantic
(“Triton/’ &c.).

Sylon challengeri, n.sp. (Hoek in Zool. pt. 52). Parasitic on Spirontocaris spinus.

Amphipoda (Stebbing, Zool. pt. 67).

Stegocephalus injlatus, Krpyer. Two specimens ; obtained at no other locality by

the Challenger. Recorded from Kara Sea.

2*26

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

\t: s Gdliceros l-ynceus, Sars. One specimen; obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger.

/ V '•/’. s' panopla (Kroyer). One specimen; obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger. Recorded from North Atlantic and Arctic.

Fpimera loricata, Sars. Three specimens ; obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger. Recorded from North Atlantic.

1L dirages fulvocinctus (Sars). Two specimens ; obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger.

Wiachotropis aculeatus (Lepechin). Thirteen specimens ; obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger.

Pardalisca abyssi, JBoeck. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger.

Unciola irrorata, Say. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger.

Maceura (Spence Bate, Zool. pt. 52).

Sabinea septemcarinata (Sabine). Twenty-two specimens; obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger. Recorded from North Atlantic
and Arctic.

ffippolyte projecta, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

S pirontocaris spinus (Sowerby), and varieties. Numerous specimens ; obtained at

no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from North
Atlantic and Arctic.

IL tairus gaimardii (M.-Edwards). One specimen ; obtained at no other locality

by the Challenger. Recorded from Iceland.

„ tenuis, n.g., n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

, debilis, n.g., n.sp. Fifteen specimens; obtained at no other locality.

Pandalus falcipes, n.sp. Two specimens ; obtained at no other locality.

A.\ o MURA (Henderson, Zool. pt. 69).

Kujpafpn'v.s [mbescens (Kroyer), var. kroyeri , Stimpson. Two specimens in

shells of Natica affinis ; obtained at no other locality by
the Challenger. Recorded from North Atlantic and North
Pacific.

BuACHYrnA (Micrs, Zool. pt. 49).

Hya * oMirctata, Leach. One specimen; obtained also at Station 48.

Xrptu u (Xeptunus) miji, AT. -Edwards. One specimen; obtained also on gulf-

weed, North-West Atlantic, April 1873, and also May 1876.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

227

PYCNOGONEDA (Hoek, Zool. pt. 10). Station 49.

Nymphon grossipes (Fabricius). Three specimens ; obtained at no other locality by

the Challenger. Recorded from North Atlantic and Arctic.

„ brevicollum, n.sp.. Eight specimens ; obtained at no other locality.

Scaphopoda and Gasteropoda (Watson, Zool. pt. 42).

Dentalium entalis, Linne, var. striolatum, Stimpson. For distribution see

Station II.

Fusus sp. (?).

Natica affinis (Gmelin). Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger. Widely

distributed in Northern Seas. Fossil — Pliocene onwards.

Cephalopoda (Hoyle, Zool. pt. 44).

Rossia (?) tenera (Terrill). One specimen ; obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger. Recorded from New England and St. Kitts.

Polyzoa (Busk, Zool. pt. 50; Waters, pt. 79).

Palmicellaria sJcenei (Ellis and Solander), var. tridens, Kirchenpauer. One speci-
men ; obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Flustra separata, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

Idmonea atlantica, Forbes. Obtained also at Stations 135, 149, and Simon’s Bay,

Cape, 18 to 150 fathoms. Recorded from Arctic, North
Atlantic, and Mediterranean. Fossil — Italian Miocene,

Canadian Post-Pliocene.

Brachiopoda (Davidson, Zool. pt. 1).

Terebratulina caput-serpentis, Linne, var. septentrionalis, Couthouy. Many speci-
mens ; for distribution see Station 48.

Tunicata (Kerdman, Zool. pt. 17).

Ascidia falcigera, n.sp. Several specimens ; obtained at no other locality.

Fishes (Gunther, Zool. pt. 6).

Hippoglossoides dentatus, Mitch. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

In addition to the foregoing, the following are recorded in the Station-book : —

Tripylus fragilis, many Isopods, Squillids, Astarte, Anomia.

Excluding Protozoa, over 200 specimens of invertebrates and fishes were obtained at

this Station, belonging to about 65 species, of which 15 are new to science, including

representatives of 3 new genera ; 10 of the new species were not obtained elsewhere.

THF VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Statiok 49.

Statiox 50.

Axivaui rtuJM
lhuwl AXU
TkA«u

228

Will pi' i ' s-Suhm writes: “Among great numbers of Crustacea, worms, &c., obtained
in ti e dredge, some Squillids were remarkable for their Bopyri , and some specimens of
I /< h'irti were procured. Nymphon was in great abundance, and the various stages in
its development could be followed ; the larvae just hatched had only three pairs of legs,
tin; fourth being represented by two rudiments merely at each side of the tail.” I may
mention that 1 found the Dentalia inhabited by Sipunculi quite in the same way as
they are on the Danish coasts.

Station 50 (Sounding 108) Halifax to Bermuda (see Chart 9 and Diagram 2).

May 21, 1873 ; lat. 42° 8' N., long. 63° 39' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 49° ‘3 ; mean for the day, 46° ‘9.

“ r 7

Temperature of water : —

— 7

j f —

Surface, ....

450

700 fathoms, .

38-1

100 fathoms, .

45-2

800 „

37-8

200 „

41-3

900

37-6

300 „ . . .

395

1000

37-4

400 „

39 0

1100 „

37-2

500 „ ...

38-7

1200

370

600 „

38-4

Density at 60° F. at surface,

1-02451 ; bottom, 1 -02546.

Depth, 1250 fathoms ; deposit, Blue Mud, containing 16‘25 per cent, of carbonate
of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At 6 a.m. shortened sail, and got up steam to sound and dredge. At 6.40 a.m.
-ounded in 1250 fathoms. At 8 a.m. put over dredge and veered 2000 fathoms. At
1.15 p.m. hove up dredge, containing a mass of mud and a few specimens. At 2 p.m.
the trawl Wiis sent down with 1800 fathoms of rope. Obtained serial temperatures down
t<> 1200 fathoms. At G p.m. sounded to obtain bottom water for analysis; a large
Pinna tula was brought up on the sounding-line, with a handsome Euryale attached.
Hove up trawl, which contained a number of specimens.

Distance from Bermuda at noon, 596 miles. Made good 53 miles. Amount of
current 26 miles, direction S.

The folio ving species are recorded in the Zoological Reports from the dredge and
trawl at this Station : —

Monaxokida (Ridley and Dendy, Zool. pt. 59).

'LnUrrium semUulwntes (Schmidt). One specimen; obtained also at Stations 49

and 135.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

229

PENNATULIDA (Kolliker, Zool. pt. 2). Station 50.

Anthoptilum murrayi, n.g., n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

Corals (Moseley, Zool. pt. 7).

Caryophyllia communis (Seguenza). Numerous specimens; obtained also at Stations

45, 57, 78, and 142.

Flabellum angular e, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality. Recorded

subsequently from North Atlantic (“Blake”).

Deep-Sea Medusa; (Haeckel, Zool. pt. 12).

Ptychogena pinnulata, Haeckel. One fragmentary specimen ; obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger. Recorded from North Atlantic.

Pectyllis arctica, Haeckel. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger. Recorded from Greenland.

O

Asteroidea (Sladen, Zool. pt. 51).

Parar chaster armatus, n.g., n.sp. Obtained also at Station 46, and off coast of

Portugal.

Pontaster forcipatus, n.g., n.sp. Several specimens; obtained also at Stations 44,

45, 46, and 146.

Zoroaster fulgens, Wyville Thomson. Obtained also at Stations 46 and 120.

Asterias ( Hydrasterias ) ophidion, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Freyella bracteata> n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 46 and 47.

Ophiuroidea (Lyman, Zool. pt. 14).

Ophiomusium lymani, Wyville Thomson. Obtained also at Stations 45, 76, 135,

169, 191, 235, and 296.

Amphiura otteri, Ljungman. Obtained also at Stations 45, 76, and 78.

Holothurioidea (Theel, Zool. pt, 13).

Kolga nana, n.sp. Several specimens; obtained also at Station 152, 1260 fathoms.

Annelida (MTntosh, Zool. pt, 34).

Chsetozone benthaliana, n.sp. One fragmentary specimen; obtained at no other

locality.

Oopepoda (Brady, Zool. pt. 23).

Calanus princeps, n.sp. One specimen; obtained also at Station 45.

Amphipoda (otebbing, Zool. pt. 67).

Lanceola suhmi, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

(summary of results chall. exp. — 1893.)

30

Station 50.

OOOAXIHM'* FKOM
SfKFACl-NrTH.

Station 01.

230 THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

ScnizoPODA (Sara, Zool. pt. 37).

/. icoj);a australis I >ana. Obtained also at Stations 73, 92, 107, 146, 158, and 237,

1000 to 1975 fathoms. Recorded from Antarctic.

Jhreomysis microps , n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

Pycxogonida (Hock, Zool. pt. 10).

Cofossotdei# minuta , n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

/

Cephalopoda (Iloyle, Zool. pt. 44).

Taonius hyperboreus , Steenstrup. One specimen (probably from the surface) ;

obtained at no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded
from North Atlantic (“ Porcupine ”), and Arctic.

In addition to the foregoing, the Station-book records: — Euryale and two young
specimens of Chsrtoderma.

Excluding Protozoa, nearly 100 specimens of invertebrates were obtained at this
Station, belonging to about 23 species, of which 12 are new to science, including repre-
sentatives of 3 new genera ; 7 of the new species were not obtained elsewhere.

Willcmoes-Suhm writes : “ Among the Crustacea was a Palsemonid with very thin and
elongated legs. Two young specimens of Chxtoderraa were apparently not different from
the one we got in the West Indies.”

Surface Organisms. — The following species are recorded from the surface at this
Station : —

Radiolaria (Haeckel, Zool. pt. 40).

Amphicraspedum maclaganium, Haeckel.

Schizopoim (Sars, Zool. pt. 37).

Nrmatoscelis megalops, n.g., n.sp.

V' illemoes Suhm writes : “ We made only 3 knots all night, aud the tow-net, hauled
in twit <•, was quite filled with a rather large species of Hyperia .”

Station 51 (Sounding 109), Halifax to Bermuda (see Chart 9 and Diagram 2).

May 22, 1873 ; lat. 41° 19' N., loDg. 63° 12' W.

Temp r ature of air at noon, 59 '8 ; mean for the day, 5G°'3.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

231

Temperature of water : —

Surface, .

590

900 fathoms,

38-0

100 fathoms,

55-0

1000 „

37-8

200

« *

47-0

1100 „

37-7

300

JJ

42 0

1200 „

37-5

400

>> *

30-8

1300 „

37-4

500

yy

38-8

1400 ,,.

37-3

600

ri

38-4

1500 „

37-2

700

38-2

Bottom,

36-0

800

>> #

38-1

Density at 60° F. at surface, 1 ‘02625 ; bottom, 1 '02595.

Depth, 2020 fathoms; deposit, Blue Mud, containing 27‘75 per cent, of carbonate
of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At 7,30 a.m. stopped to sound and dredge. At 8 a.m. sounded in 2020 fathoms.
At 9 a.m. sent jolly-boat to collect surface animals. At 10 a.m. put over dredge, and
veered 2900 fathoms. At 1.55 p.m. commenced heaving in dredge, but the dredge rope
parted at 1700 fathoms, the dredge being 300 fathoms from the bottom ; at the time of
the accident no undue strain on the rope was observed. Obtained a series of tempera-
tures at intervals of 100 fathoms down to 1500 fathoms. Obtained samples of water
from 250 and 500 fathoms for analysis.

Distance from Bermuda at noon, 550 miles. Made good 55 miles. Amount of
current 10 miles, direction S. 33° E.

Surface Organisms. — Willemoes-Suhm writes : “ The iridescent Snphirina , found so
often in the eastern part of the Atlantic, was, with some other species of the same genus,
very abundant at the surface.. Salpse and Siphonophor.se- also abound, and some Cteno-
pliorse, Sagitta, and Heteropods were also present,”

Station 52 (Sounding 110), Halifax to Bermuda (see Chart 9 and Diagram 2).

May 23, 1873 ; lat. 39° 44' N., long. 63° 22' W..

Temperature of air at noon, 68° ‘2 ; mean for the day, 68°'3.

Temperature of water : —

Surface, .

67-2

700 fathoms,

*

39-8

1 00 fathoms,

64-8

800 „

39-0

200 „

63-8

900 „

38-7

300 „

61-4

1100 „

38-1

400 „

53-5

1300 „

37-7

500 „

46-4

1500 „

37-3

600 „

.

420

Bottom,

3b-2

Station 51.

Organisms from
the Surface.

Station 52.

232

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

s

stai v 58 Density at 60 F. at surface, 1 027 14 ; bottom, 1 '02701.

Depth, 2800 fathoms ; deposit, Blue Mud, containing 25 '02 per cent, of carbonate
of lime (see Murray and llenard, Deep-Sea Deposits Ckall. Exp.).

At 10.10 a.m. stopped and sounded in 2800 fathoms. The sudden rise of temperature
ibout l.:t0 p.m. from 59 '5 to 64 8, and as high as 71°'5, showed that the Gulf Stream had
gain been entered. At 4 p.m. took a series of temperatures down to 1500 fathoms. A
heavy swell from the S.W. continued all day long, and prevented any attempt to dredge,
i >u pacing from the Arctic current to the Gulf Stream current the usuai change of colour
of the water from an inky green to a deep blue was observed.

Distance from Bermuda at noon, 456 miles. Made good 95 miles. Amount of
current 25 miles, direction S. 25° E.

.sr mi. s 52a. Station 52a, Halifax to Bermuda.

May 24, 1873 ; lat. 38° 16' N., long. 63° 17' W.

Temperature of air at noon,

70°'S ; mean for the day, 70o,5.

Temperature of water : —

Surface, ....

73 0

100 fathoms, .

65-5

25 fathoms,

73-0

125 „ ...

64-7

50

730

150 „ ...

64-5

75 „ . . .

67-4

Continued strong breeze from S.W., accompanied by heavy seas. At 3.45 p.m.
shortened -ail to obtain serial temperatures at intervals of 25 fathoms down to 150
fathoms ; also tried current.

Distance at noon from Bermuda, 382 miles. Made good 73 miles. Amount of
current 21 miles, direction S. 8° E.

Station 53 (Sounding 112), Halifax to Bermuda (see Chart 9 and Diagram 2).

May 26, 1873 ; lat. 3G° 30' N., long. 63° 40' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 74" *8 ; mean for the day, 7 2°*7.

Temperature of water : —

e 5

Surface, .

730

400 fathoms,

54-5

25 luthoms, .

69-5

500 „

45*2

60 „

662

600 „

41-2

75 ,, .

64-0

700 „

39-8

100 „

64 0

800 „

39-2

150

640

1250 „

37-9

200 „

63-6

1500 „

37-3

300 „

602

Bottom,

36-3

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

233

Density at 60 F. at surface, 1'02708 ; bottom, 1 '02700.

Depth, 2650 fathoms ; deposit, Blue Mud, containing 31 '88 per cent, of carbonate
of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At 5.45 a.m. stopped to sound and obtain temperatures. At 7 a.m. sounded in
2650 fathoms. At 9 a.m., after commencing temperature operations, the line, with seven
thermometers attached, carried away, having fouled the propeller. Continued taking
serial temperatures down to 1500 fathoms. The carbonic acid was determined in
bottom water, and amounted to 64 '0 milligrammes per litre; the water was slightly
turbid with calcium carbonate. The wind fell to a calm, and the ship proceeded under
steam.

Distance from Bermuda at noon, 261 miles. Made good 69 miles. Amount of
current 8 miles, direction N. 61° E.

Surface Organisms. — The following species is recorded from the surface at this
Station : —

Pteropoda (Pelseneer, Zool. pt. 65).

Clio pyramidata , Linne.

Willemoes-Suhm writes : “ Among the surface things there was a Pteropod distin-
guished by two pairs of lateral appendages, one pair bearing thread cells. It was, as the
ovary showed, a full-grown animal. It has been figured by Eschscholtz; Rang reproduces
the figure, adding that he does not believe it to be a good species, but that Eschscholtz
was deceived by some foreign bodies hanging out of the shell of a Cleodora [ = Clio ]
cuspidata, among the synonyms of which he therefore places it. Our figure shows
that Cleodora pleur opus, Rang, is a perfectly distinct and : good ’ species. There was also a
young, very transparent, Sipunculus, which shows that these worms, after having quitted
the larval stage, continue to swim, at the surface for a certain time, probably by the aid of
their tentacles. There were, besides, shrimps belonging to Euplmusia and Thysanopoda,
and many specimens of Lucifer , of which I never could hitherto find the female ; males
with ripening spermatophores were, however, frequently observed.’’

Station 54 (Sounding 113), Halifax to Bermuda (see Chart 9 and Diagram 2).

May 27, 1873; lat. 34° 51' N., long. 63° 59' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 72o,0; mean for the day, 71 '3.

Station 53.

Organisms from
Sueface-Rets.

Station 54

234

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Statics 54. Temperature of water : —

Surface, .

70-5

100 fathoms,

65-0

10 fathoms.

•

69 8

200

n •

•

63 9

20 „

•

68-2

300

.

61-8

30 „

•

66-2

350

j* •

.

59-5

40 „

.

65 '8

400

n •

49*8

50 „

*

66-2

Density at 60" F. at surface, 1*027 15.

Depth, 2650 fathoms ; deposit, Blue Mud, containing 24’56 per cent, of carbonate
of lime (see Murray and Kenard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At 9.30 a.m. stopped and sounded in 2650 fathoms. At 12.10 p.m. put trawl over.
Second gig away collecting surface animals. At 4.30 p.m. commenced heaving in trawl,
which came up at 6.20 p.m. containing a few specimens. The carbonic acid was
determined in water from the depth of 1 fathom, and amounted to 45*0 milligrammes
per litre.

Distance from Bermuda at noon, 162 miles. Made good 100 miles. Amount of current
7 miles, direction N. 82° E.

Asimal* from
Trawu

'Flic following species are recorded in the Zoological Beports from the trawl at this
Station : —

Ophturoidea (Lyman, Zool. pt. 14).

Oph ioylypha lullata, Wyville Thomson, n.sp. Eight specimens; obtained also at

Stations 45, 61, and 133.

Amphiura verrUli, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Echinoidka (Agassiz, Zool. pt. 9).

Calymne relicta, Wyville Thomson, n.g., n.sp. Two specimens; obtained also near

Tristan da Cunha(?).

'Die Station-book records also empty worm-tubes and a shrimp.

Willcm<x.s-Suhm writes : “ The trawl brought up a shrimp, which evidently does not
belong to ‘lie group of deep-sea shrimps previously described, and some worm-tubes
formed of very many Foraminifera.”

o, ,i Surface Organisms. — Fine brown Medusse, Tomopteris, lanthina with egg-capsules,

SfHfAc* Nrrs. aJU} Heteropods, were taken on the surface.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

235

Stations 55 and 55a (Soundings 114 and 115), Halifax to Bermuda (see Chart
9 and Diagram 2).

May 28, 1873 ; lat 33° 20' N., long. 64° 37' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 7 4 0 • 8 ; mean for the day, 7 2° *5.

Temperature of water : —

Surface, .

70-5

500 fathoms, .

47-0

100 fathoms,

64-0

600

>1

41-4

200 „

,

62-8

700

55

39-3

300 „

6U5

800

55

38-8

350 „

50-6

900

55 ■*

38f»

400 „

55-5

1000

•55

.

,

38-5

Density at 60 R at surface, 1 ‘027 11.

Depth, 2500 fathoms; deposit, Globigerina Ooze, containing 54*81 per cent, of
carbonate of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp. ).

At 6 a.m. stopped and lowered jolly-boat to pick up piece of timber, which was found
to be covered with Lepas, among which were running about many Brachyurous crabs ;
there were also several Annelids. At 8.50 a.m. stopped to sound, and at 9 a.m. sounded
in 2500 fathoms (Station 55). Lowered boats to try current; ascertained that a surface
current was running N.E. at the rate of 4 miles per hour. Obtained serial temperatures
at intervals of 100 fathoms down to 1000 fathoms. At 1 p.m. proceeded under steam,
and towards evening sighted the light on Gibb’s Hill, Bermuda. At 6 p.m. stopped and
sounded in 1775 fathoms, deposit Globigerina Ooze, bottom temperature 36°*2 (Station
55 a).

Distance at noon from Bermuda, 66 miles. Made good 97 miles. Amount of current
8 miles, direction N. 54° W.

Surface Organisms. — The following three species of Annelids are recorded as having
been obtained from the log of wood ; — -

Annelida (MTntosh, Zool. pt. 34).

Amphinome rostrata (Pallas). Several specimens ; obtained at no other locality by

the Challenger. Recorded from Atlantic.

Hermodice carunculata, Pallas. Large specimen (over a foot in length) ; obtained

also at St. Thomas, Bermuda, and Cape Verdes.

Hipponoe gaudichaudi, Audouin and M. -Edwards. Several specimens ; obtained

also in the North Pacific. Recorded from Australia and
Madeira.

Stations 55 and
55a

Organisms from
the Surface.

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

236

> Stations 55r* and 56 (Soundings 116 and 117), off Bermuda (see Chart 8).

asp 56.

May 29, 1873.

Temperature of air at noon, 75° *3 ; mean for the day, 74°'3.

Temperature of water at surface, 72° *0.

At 5.30 \. m. stopped and sounded in 1325 fathoms, deposit Coral Mud, containing
"I'.-OO per rent, of carbonate of lime (Station 55b). ,At 7.45 a.m. stopped and sounded
' 1075 fathoms, deposit Coral Mud, containing 83’02 per cent, of carbonate of lime,
bottom temperature 38°‘2 (Station 56). Put dredge over and veered 1600 fathoms;
it came up at noon with a few specimens. The dredge was sent down again in
tie fteruoon, and came up half full of mud and with a few specimens. A third haul
■ f t lie dredge in the evening only produced a Sponge. Anchored for the night in
10 fathoms on the Chaddock Bank, SAY. of lighthouse.

Ammals from
I>SUKiE.

The following species are recorded in the Zoological Reports from the dredge at
Station 56 : —

Tetractinellida (Sollas, Zool. pt. 63).

Isopa pachydermata, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

Azorica pfeifferx, Carter. One specimen ; obtained also at Station 33, Cape Verdes,
Bahia, and Amboina.

Hrxactinellida (Schulze, Zool. pt. 53).

E‘i.ph < tella nodosa, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.
Rhabdoilictyum delicatum, Schmidt. Two specimens ; obtained at no other locality

by the Challenger. Recorded from Gulf of Mexico.
A'docohjr irregularis, n.g., n.sp. One specimen; obtained also at Stations 145

and 147, 310 and 1600 fathoms.

Farrea sp. (?). One specimen.

L'froyeda decora , Wyville Thomson, n.g., n.sp. Two specimens; obtained also at

Station 33. Only species of the genus.

. Iphr cfd/i tes locagei, Wright. Several specimens ; for distribution see Station 23.
Chanda sma lamella, n.g., n.sp. One fragmentary specimen; obtained also at

Stations 148 and 170, 550 and 630 fathoms.

„ sp. (?). One specimen.

!)< •tyloeidy.e. (?) patella, n.sp. Two specimens ; obtained also off coast of Portugal.

Alcyoxaria (Wright and Studer, Zool. pt. 64).

Sympoflinm am, alum, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

#

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

237

Acanella simplex, Verrill. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger. Station 56.

Recorded from Martinique and Barbadoes.

Actiniaria (Hertwig, Zool. pt. 73).

Amphianthus ornatum, n.g., n.sp. One specimen ; obtained also at Stations 241

and 244, 2300 and 2900 fathoms..

Another Actinian undetermined.

Corals (Moseley, Zool. pt. 7).

Deltocyathus italicus, M. -Edwards and Haime. Several specimens ; for distribution

see Station 24

Bathyaeiis symmetrica (Pourtales). For distribution see Station 24.

Ophitjroidea (Lyman, Zool. pt. 14).

Amphiura duplicata, Lyman. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Recorded from West Indies (“ Blake ”).

Ophiacantha segesta, n.sp. One young specimen ; obtained ad no other locality.

Anomura (Henderson, Zool. pt. 69).

Parapagurus abyssorum, M. -Edwards. One specimen in shell of Trochus

( Margarita ) infundibulum ; obtained also at Stations 68
(var. scabra, nov.), 106, 133, 195, 205, 218, 237, 300,

304 (?■), and 335, 45 (?) to 2175 fathoms.

Munidopsis serratifrons (M.-Edwards). Three specimens ; obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger.. Recorded from WTest Indies
(“ Blake ”).

Lamellibranchiata (Smith, Zool. pt. 35).

Limopsis aurita ( Brocchi). Obtained also- at Stations 23 and 7 3.

Lima multicastata, Sowerby. Obtain. ed also at Station 172 and Port Jackson, 2

to 1 8 fathoms. Recorded from Mediterranean and Australia.

Amussium cancellatum , n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 24, 33, and St. Thomas.

Scaphopoda and Gasteropoda (Watson, Zool. pt. 42).

Dentalium circumcinctum, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations II., 23, and 122.

Trochus ( Ziziphinus ) tiara, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 24.

,, ( Margarita ) infundibulum, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 146, 1375

fathoms.

„ ( „ ? ) scintillans, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 24.

Seguenzia monocingulata, Seguenza, For distribution see Station 24.

(summary of results, ohall. exp. — 1893.) 31

•238

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Station 5G.

Station* 57
57 R.

1' ,v / (Mangelia) acantkodes, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 75, 450 fathoms.
,, ( „ ) tiara, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 24.

Cassis sp. (?). Fry, same as at Station 120, 675 fathoms.

DunJccnafalcifera, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Ringicnla pcracuta, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 24 and 122.

The Station-book records also Pennatulid and Shrimp.

Excluding Protozoa, over 50 specimens of invertebrates were obtained at this
Station, belonging to about 35 species, of which 17 are new to science, including
n jr isenta'.ives of 4 new genera ; 4 of the new species were not obtained elsewhere.

Wiilemoes-Suhm writes: “Among the things brought up were only a few deep-sea
forms, bill .mong shore things there were some forms interesting on account of the
< ' pth into which they descend on the rocky shores of Bermuda, for example : a Galatheid
and Trochus containing Pagurus from 1000 fathoms.”

Stations 57 to 57b (Soundings 119 to 121), off Bermuda (see Chart 8)

May 30, 1873.

Temperature of air at noon, 76 '0 ; mean for the day, 75°‘0.

Temperature of water : —

o o

Surface, .

,

73 0

500 fathoms,

46-8

100 fathoms,

65-2

600

99

41-8

200 „

63-6

700

9> •

40-0

300 „

60-8

800

99 •

39-2

350 „

58-0

900

99

38-7

400 „

540

1000

99 9

38-2

At 5 a.m. weighed and proceeded under steam to sound round the S.W. side of
!■ unuda reef. At 8 a.m. stopped and sounded in 690 fathoms (Station 57). Put over
dr< 1 go, which came up at 10.20 a.m. containing a few specimens. At 11 a.m. stopped
a:. . Hounded in 1250 fathoms, deposit Coral Mud, containing 8475 per cent, of carbonate
of 'mu (Station 57a). At noon put over trawl. At 3 p.m. sounded in 1575 fathoms,
di p. .-it Coral Mud, containing 89'H per cent, of carbonate of lime (Station 57b).
Obtained -. rial temperatures at intervals of 100 fathoms down to 1000 fathoms. At 4
i .! < ‘unnicnced le aving in trawl, but at 5.45 p.m. it fouled something at the bottom,
and the rope parted.

d h f'-dowing species are recorded in the Zoological Reports from the dredge at
Station 57 : —

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

239

Corals (Moseley, Zool. pf. 7).

Caryophyllia communis (Seguenza). Two small specimens ; obtained also at

Stations 45, 50, 78, and 142.

Macrura (Spence Bate, Zool. pt. 52).

Nephropsis rosea (Willemoes-Subm), n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other

locality.

In addition to the above, the Station-book records a Pennatulid.

The expedition remained in the vicinity of Bermuda on the first visit from April 4
till April 23, and on the second visit from May 28 till June 13, 1873. The following-
species are recorded in the Zoological Reports as having been obtained during the stay, in
shallow water and on shore : — -

Keratosa (Polejaeff, Zool. pt. 31).

Verongia hirsuta, Hyatt (?). One specimen (reefs); obtained at no other locality
by the Challenger.

Moxaxonida (Ridley and Dencly, Zool. pt. 59).

Pachychalina fihrosa, n.sp. Several pieces (either from Bermuda or Bahia) ;

obtained also at Station 208 and Bahia, 7 and 20 fathoms.

Rhizoclialina fistidosa (Bowerbank). Three specimens (either from Bermuda or

Bahia) ; obtained also at Stations 73 and 188, 1000 and 28
fathoms.

Qceanapia robusta (Bowerbank). Two specimens and fragments (either from

Bermuda or Bahia) ; obtained at no other locality by the
Challenger. Recorded from Shetland and Barbadoes (?).

Tedania digitata (Schmidt), var. bermudensis, nov. One specimen ; obtained also

at Port Jackson (the species and var. fibrosa). A widely-
distributed species.

Tetractinellida (Sollas, Zool. pt. 63).

Pilochrota tenuispicula, n.g., n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

Hexactinellida (Schulze, Zool. pt. 53).

Euplectella (?) nodosa, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

Alcyonarta (Wright and Studer, Zool. pt. 64).

Plexaura valenciennesi, n.sp. One specimen (shallow water) ; obtained at no other

locality.

Station 57.
Animals from
Dredge.

At Bermuda.

Animals from
Bermuda.

240

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

A i: . m v Pseudopl exaura cmssa (Ellis and Solander). Several specimens (shallow water);

obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Gorgonia Jiabellum, Linne. Several specimens (moderate depths) ; obtained at no

other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from Atlantic.

Actiniaria (Hertwig, ZooL pts. 15 and 73).

Hyanthopsis longijilis, n.g., n.sp. One specimen (reefs) ; obtained at no other locality.

Only species of the genus.

Zoanthus dame, Le Conte (?). One colony (shallow water) ; obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger.

„ sp. (1). One colony.

Coi'ticifera lutea, Quoy and Gaimard. One colony (shallow water) ; obtained at no

other locality by the Challenger.

Corals (Moseley, Zool. pt. 7).

Deltocyathus italicus, M. -Edwards and Haime, var. calcar, nov. One specimen

(200 fathoms) ; obtained also at Stations 24, 56, 78, 120,
191 (?), and 285.

Reef Corals (Quelch, Zool. pt. 46).

Oculina diffusa, Lamarck. Many specimens ; obtained also at St. Thomas.

,, pollens, Ehrenberg. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality by the
Challenger.

,, varicosa, Lesueur. Two or three specimens ; obtained also at St. Thomas.
,, coronalis, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

speciosa, M. -Edwards and Haime. One specimen; obtained at no other
locality by the Challenger.

,, bermudensis, Duchassaing and Michelotti. One specimen ; obtained at no
other locality by the Challenger.

Mad rods decoct is (Lyman). One specimen; obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger.

l'"phylha striyona (Duchassaing and Michelotti). Many specimens ; obtained at no
other locality by the Challenger.

,, fray His (Dana). One specimen ; obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger.

,, a list rails, M.- Edwards and Haime. Two specimens ; obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger.

„ dipsacca (Dana). Many specimens; obtained at no other locality by the
Challenger.

DIAGRAM .

Summary of Results

TheVoyugv of H-M.S.Chnllengnr

ATLANTIC OOilAi

for ojplanatfrn. of Symbol * *t* slpf""lL* 1

Diagonal Tumperature Section .
Bermuda towards New York .

Meridional T^jpcrature Section . Halifax to S! Thomas 1 V

1

£

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

241

Isophyllia marginata (Duchassaing and Michelotti). Two specimens ; obtained at At Bermuda.

no other locality by the Challenger.

,, cylindrica (Duchassaing and Michelotti). Many specimens ; obtained at
no other locality by the Challenger.

„ hnoxi (Duchassaing and Michelotti). One specimen ; obtained at no other
locality by the Challenger.

Diploria cerebriformis (Lamarck). One specimen ; obtained at no other locality

by the Challenger.

Mseandrina labyrinihica (Ellis and Solancler). One specimen ; obtained at no

other locality by the Challenger.

,, -sinuosissima, M. -Edwards and Haime. One specimen ; obtained at no

other locality by the Challenger.

„ strigosa , Dana. Twenty-nine specimens ; obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger.

Astrsea ananas (Ellis and Solander). One specimen ; obtained at no other locality

by the Challenger.

,, coarctata (Duchassaing and Michelotti). One specimen; obtained at no
other locality by the Challenger.

Siderastrsea galaxea (Ellis and Solander). One specimen ; obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger.

Ago/ricia fragilis, Dana. Many specimens ; obtained also at St. Thomas.

Porites clavaria, Lamarck. Several specimens ; obtained at no other locality by

the Challenger.

Millcpora alcicornis, Linne. Two specimens ; obtained also at St. Thomas.

,, ramosa, Pallas. Two specimens ; obtained at no other locality by the
Challenger.

Asteroibea (Sladen, Zool. pt, 51).

Asterina folium (Liitken), Agassiz. One specimen; obtained at no other locality

bv the Challenger. Recorded from West Indies and Florida.

Asterias ( Stolasterias ) tenuispina, Lamarck. (Reefs) ; obtained at no other locality

by the Challenger. Recorded from North Atlantic and
Mediterranean.

Ophiuroidea (Lyman, Zool. pt. 14).

Ophiogly'pha lepida, n.sp. (750 fathoms); obtained also at Stations 45, 46, 76,

and 343.

Ophionereis reticulata (Say), (Shallow, water) ; obtained also at Bahia,

Ophiocoma pumila, Liitken. Young specimens (shallow water) ; obtained at no
other locality by the Challenger.

242

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

At Bnurciu.

Echinoidea (Agassiz, Zool. pt. 9).

Tax' p n cutties variegatus (Lamarck). Obtained at no other locality by the
Challenger.

Spatangus purpureus, Midler. (100 fathoms); obtained also at Station 75, 50 to

90 fathoms. Recorded from East Atlantic and Caribbean Sea.

Holothurioidea (Theel, Zool. pt. 39).

Synapta picta, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

btichopus mobii, Semper. One specimen; obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger. Recorded from West Indies.

„ haytiensis, Semper. One specimen'; obtained at no other locality by the
Challenger. Recorded from West Indies.

Nemertea (Hubrecht, Zool. pt. 54).

Tetrastemma agricola, Willemoes-Suhm, n.sp. Numerous specimens (Mangrove

Swamps, Hungry Bay) ; obtained at no other locality.

Cerebratvlus truncatus, n.sp. (?). One specimen; obtained also at Stations 48 and 49.

Annelida (MTntosh, Zool. pt. 34).

Jlermodice carvnculata, Pallas. Littoral region ; obtained also at Station 55, St.

Thomas, and Cape Verdes.

Eurythoe pacijica , Kiuberg (?). Several specimens (between tide-marks) ; obtained

at no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from
coral reefs of the Pacific.

Polynoe pustulata , n.sp. Two specimens (between tide-marks) ; obtained at no

other locality.

Nerri. s ( Peri nereis •) melanocephala, n.sp. One specimen (between tide-marks) ;

obtained at no other locality.

E iuice vittata, Dclle Chiaje, var. (?). Several specimens (between tide-marks) ;

obtained also at Station 162, 38 fathoms. Recorded from
Europe.

„ cin obranchiata, n.sp. One specimen (between tide-marks) ; obtained at

no other locality.

Ixi rvicensis, n.sp. One specimen (between tide-marks) ; obtained at no other
locality.

,, sp. (?). Fragment (between tide-marks).

Aricia plalycephaia, n.sp. One specimen (between tide-marks); obtained at no

other locality.

Cirratulu. s ammilti, n.sp. One specimen (between tide-marks); obtained at no

other locality.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

243

Terebella crassicornis, Schmarda (?). One specimen (between tide-marks) ; obtained Ax Bermuda.

at no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from
J amaica,

Dasychone bairdi, n.sp. Several specimens (between tide-marks) ; obtained at no

other locality.

Cirripedia (Hoek, Zool. pt. 25).

Coronula diadema (Linne), Seven specimens ; obtained at no other locality by
the Challenger. Recorded from Yardo, Japan, and New Zealand,

Amphipoda (Stebbing, Zool. pt. 67).

Gaprella danilevskii, Czerniavski. Three specimens ; obtained at no other locality
by the Challenger,

ISOPODA.

Three specimens belonging to two species undetermined.

Phyllocarida (Sars, Zool. pt, 56),

ParanebalicL longipes (Willemoes-Suhm), n.g., n.sp. Several specimens ; obtained

at no other locality.

Stomatopoda (Brooks, Zool. pt. 45).

Gonodactylus chiragra, Latreille. One specimen ; obtained also at Station 36, St.

Thomas, near Cape St. Roque, and Philippines.

Schizopoda (Sars, Zool. pt. 37).

Heteromysis bermudensis, n.sp. One specimen (shallow water) ; obtained at no

other locality.

Magrura (Spence Bate, Zool. pt. 52).

Stcnopus hispidus, Olivier. One specimen (shallow water) ; obtained also at Fiji.

A widely- distributed species.

Alpheus bermudensis, n.sp. Three specimens (shallow water) ; obtained also at

St. Thomas.

Brachycarpus savignyi , n.g., n.sp. One specimen (shallow water) ; obtained at no

other locality.

Anomura (Henderson, Zool. pt. 69).

Remipes scutellatus (Fabricius). Eight specimens (shore) ; obtained also at Cape

Yerdes.

jPetrolisthes armatus (Gibbes). One specimen (shallow water) ; obtained at no

other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from Florida and
West Indies,

244

THE VOYAGE OF II.M.S. CHALLENGER.

At Rex* vim.

Brachytra (Micrs, Zool. pt. 49).

P ! 'hcla rrisei (Stimpson). Four specimens (shallow water); obtained also at
Station. 122, 30 to 350 fathoms. Recorded from Caribbean
Sea and Gulf of Mexico.

.1/ n-r(u’,cloma trispinosa (Latreille). Two specimens (shallow water) ; obtained
also at Bahia. Recorded from West Indies.

.)/< / ph rys bicornutus (Latreille). Three specimens (shallow water); obtained at
no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from Caribbean
Sea, Gulf of Mexico, and Brazil.

With rax (Xemau<a) rostrata , M. -Edwards. - Two specimens (shallow water);

obtained at no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded
from Caribbean Sea and Gulf of Mexico.

,. forceps (M.-Edwards). One specimen (shore) ; obtained also at Fernando
Noronha and Bahia. Recorded from Guiana and West Indies.

Lphactna lobata, M.-Edwards. Three specimens (shore); obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger. Recorded from Indo-Pacific
region and West Indian seas.

/ in opeiix herbstii, M.-Edwards, var. serratus , Saussure (?). One specimen (shallow
water) ; obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.
Recorded from American coasts.

i.'ilt'iin limoswn (Say). Two specimens (Mangrove Swamps, Hungry Bay);

obtained at no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded
from east coasts of America, from New York to Rio
Janeiro.

PrijJi'ii (joraujra (Fabricius). One specimen; obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger. Recorded from Florida to Rio Janeiro.

XeptunufAchelous) depressifrons (Stimpson). One specimen (shore) ; obtained at

no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from America.

( ic> < i remu. s lacjostoma , M.-Edwards (?). One specimen ; obtained also at Ascension.

Recorded from Australasia (?) to Cape, and west African coast
to West Indies.

( ' trtUoroma guanhumi, Latreille. Two specimens ; obtained at no other locality by
the Challenger. Recorded from West Indies, Florida Keys,
Brazil, and Cape Verdes.

Ocy/xx/'< arenaria (Cates by). One specimen ; obtained also at Bahia. A widely-

distributed species.

(i 'ij’Mi . tnnculatus (Catcsby). Three specimens ; obtained also at Cape Verdes, St.

Paul’s Rocks, Fernando Noronha, and Ascension. A widely-

distributed species.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

245

Pachygrapsus transversus, Gibbes. Three specimens (shore) ; obtained also at Bermuda

Cape Verdes and Port Jackson. A widely-distributed species.

Goniopsis cruentatus (Latreille). Many specimens (some from Mangrove Swamps,

Hungry Bay) ; obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

A widely-distributed species.

Calappa flammea (Herbst). Three specimens ; obtained also at Simon’s Bay, Cape.

Recorded from St. Croix, Indian Ocean, and East Indies.

,, gallus (Herbst). One specimen ; obtained also at Cape Verdes, Fernando
Noronha, and Amboina. Recorded from Indo-Pacific region.

Lamellibranchiata (Smith, Zool. pt. 35).

Lithodomus antillarum (Philippi). (Boring in coral) ; obtained at no other locality

by the Challenges

„ appendiculatus (Philippi). (Boring in coral) ; obtained at no other
locality by the Challenger. Recorded from West Indies.

Pteropoda (Pelseneer, Zool. pt. 65).

Cavolinia longirostris (Lesueur). (Surface, April 14, 1873.),

Cephalopoda (Hoyle, Zool. pt. 44).

Octopus bermudensis, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

Tunicata (Herdman, Zool. pts. 17 and 38)..

Ascidia nigra (Savigny). One specimen (shallow water) ; obtained also at Station

142, 150 fathoms. Recorded from West Indies and Red Sea.

Ecteinascidia turbinata, n.g., n.sp. One colony ; obtained at no other locality by

the Challenger. Recorded from Alexandria Harbour.

Clavelina oblonga, n.sp. One colony ; obtained at no other locality.

Botrylloides nigrum, n.sp. Three colonies ; obtained at no other locality.

Symplegma viride, n.g., n.sp. One colony (shallow water) ; obtained at no other

locality. Only species of the genus.

Didemnum (?) inerme, n.sp. One colony (shallow water) ; obtained at no other

locality.

Fishes (Gunther, Zool. pt. 6).

Gerres lefroyi , Goode. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

,, jonesi, Giinther. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Sargus capensis, Smith. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Pimelepterus bosci, Lac. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

(summary of results chall. exp. — 1893.)

32

246

TIIE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

C"''n.r cabaUns, Gunther. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Recorded from Panama.

y>unlulu< bermmliv, Gunther. (Brackish water) ; obtained at no other locality by

the Challenger. Recorded from Bermuda.

Ib lorn jonesi, Goode. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

In the foregoing list 110 species are enumerated from the shore and shallow water
at Bermuda, of which 29 are new to science, including representatives of 6 new
genera ; 23 of the new species and 3 new genera were not obtained elsewhere.

Station 58 (Sounding 122), Bermuda to Azores (see Charts 6 and 8, and

Diagram 3).

June 13, 1873 ; lat. 32° 37' N., long. G4° 21' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 753,8 ; mean for the day, 7 5°T.

Temperature of water at surface, 730,5 ; bottom, 370,2.

Depth, 1500 fathoms ; deposit, Coral Mud, containing 7 7 '38 per cent, of carbonate
of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At 5.30 A.M. got up steam. At G A.M. weighed and proceeded under steam through
t Narrows. At 4.30 p.m. sounded in 1500 fathoms. At 5.25 p.m. made all plain sail.

Station 59 (Sounding 123), Bermuda to Azores (see Chart 6 and Diagram 7).

June 14, 1873 ; lat. 32° 54' N., long. 63° 22' W.

T -mperature of air at noon, 750,8 ; mean for the day, 75°'0.

Temperature of water : —

Surface, . .

74 0

900 fathoms,

38-5

1 00 fathoms,

65-2

1000 „

38-3

200 „

63-5

1100 „

381

300 „

62-6

1200 „

37 9

400 „

54-2

1300 „

37-7

500 „

46-2

1400 „

37-5

600 „

41-8

1500 „

37-3

700 „

39-8

Bottom,

36-3

800 „

39-2

Density at GO K. at surface, 1 027 15 ; bottom, 1 '02650.

I li. 2300 i 'thorn ; deposit, Globigerina Ooze, containing 54‘59 per cent, of
iiate of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

DIAGRAM 3

Sunuuan' of Results.

The Voyage of HMS.Challenger.

tr, M^UitA-Swi*

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

247

At 1.30 p.m. shortened and furled sails, and got up steam to sound. At 2 p.m. Station ~9,
sounded in 2360 fathoms. A.t 4 p.m. obtained serial temperatures at intervals of 100
fathoms down to 1500 fathoms. The carbonic acid was determined in water from the
surface and bottom, and amounted to 41 ‘5 and 47 '2 milligrammes per litre respectively.

At 7.30 p.m. made all plain sail.

Distance from Fayal at noon, 1720 miles. Made good 56 miles. Amount of current
19 miles, direction N. 38° E.

Surface Organisms. — Among the surface things were Rhabdosoma , Oxycephaltis,
and other Crustaceans.

Organisms from
Surface-Nets,

Station 60 (Sounding 124), Bermuda to Azores (see Chart 6 and Diagram 3). Station 60.

June 16, 1873 ; lat. 34° 28' N., long. 58° 5,6' W.

Temperature of air at noon,

75 c ‘3 ; mean for the day, 7 3° ‘CL

Temperature of water : —

Surface, ....

71-5

500 fathoms,

44-5

100 fathoms,

64-2

600 „

41-5

200 „ . . .

6.2-8

700 „ ...

40-0

300 „ .

59-5

800 „ ...

39-4

400 „ . . .

52-5

Bottom, ..

36-2

Density at 60° F. at surface, 1 ’02709 ; bottom, 1 ‘02704..

Depth, 2575 fathoms ; deposit, Globigerina Ooze, containing 31‘38 per cent, of
carbonate of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At 5.20 a.m. shortened sail, and got up steam to sound. At 8 a.m. sounded in 2575
fathoms. At 10 a.m. put small trawl over. At 4.45 p.m. trawl came up, evidently not
having reached the bottom, probably because there was more way on the ship than was
supposed, a steady breeze blowing all the time.. In the meshes of the trawl were found
a few small surface and intermediate-water fishes. Obtained a series of temperatures at
intervals of 100 fathoms down to 800 fathoms. A water-bottle was sent down attached
to the sounding-line, and water from the bottom obtained. The carbonic acid was
determined in the bottom water, and amounted to 50 0 milligrammes per litre.

Distance from Fayal at noon, 1482 miles. Made good 135 miles. Amount of
current 12 miles, direction N. 33° E.

The following species are recorded from the trawl at this Station : — Animals from

Trawl.

Fjshes (Gunther, Zool. pt. 57).

Gonostoma microdon, n.sp. Eight specimens; for distribution see Station 23.

Stamo> 60.

dnnos 61.

\ MM ALA from

Tmavu

24s the voyage of h.m.s. challenger.

Cho ‘.Hod us sloctnii, Bl. Sclm. One specimen; obtained also at Stations 104, 191,

216a, and 235, 565 to 2500 fathoms. Recorded from Medi-
terranean and Atlantic.

The following animals were also in the trawl : — Two Medusae, a large Sagitta, large
t ; • .. several Sa!pte, and small fish. From its contents the naturalists were of opinion
that the trawl had not touched the bottom.

0

710

200 fathoms,

•67-2

300

66 0

400 n . . .

65-0

500 „ . . .

64-0

Bottom,

Station 61 (Sounding 125), Bermuda to Azores (see Chart 6 and Diagram 3)

June 17, 1873 ; lat. 34° 54' N., long. 56° 38' W,

Temperature of air at noon, 76o-0 ; mean for the day, 730,5.

Temperature of water : —

Surface, .

25 fathoms,

50 „ -

75 „ . .

100 „ . .

Density at 60° F. at surface T02708.

D. pth, 2850 fathoms; deposit, Red Clay, containing 8 ‘02 per cent, of carbonate of
lime, and concretions covered with manganese, to one of which a Scalpellum
was attached (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Cliall. Exp.).

At 6.30 a.m. shortened and furled sails, and got up steam to sound and trawl. At
7 a.m. put trawl over. At 10 a.m. sounded in 2850 fathoms. At 1 p.m. commenced
1 .vn g in trawl, which came up at 3 p.m. containing a few specimens. At 4 p.m. com-
I !• <1 serial temperatures down to 500 fathoms, and at 4.10 p.m. made all plain sail.

Di-tanc- from Fayal at noon, 1356 miles. Made good 117 miles. Amountof current
7 miles, direction N. 13^ W.

Tip- following species are recorded in the Zoological Reports from the trawl at this
Station : —

Ortni'KoiwiA (Lyman, Zool. pt. 14).

( ‘j'lo'xjli/p/ia buflata, Wyville Thomson, n.sp. Many specimens; obtained also at

Stations 45, 54, and 133. The specimens were white coloured
with a bluish tinge.

i

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

249

Holothurioidea (Theel, Zool. pt. 39).

Pseudostichopus villosus, n.g., n.sp. Two specimens ; obtained also at Stations 146,

147, 156, 157, 216a, 244, 296, 302, and 325, 1375 to 2900
fathoms.

Cirripedia (Hoek, Zool. pt. 25).

Scalpellum regium, Wyville Thomson, n.sp. Six specimens ; obtained also at

Station 63, 2750 fathoms.

,, „ var. ovale, now. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

Fishes (Gunther, Zool. pt. 57).

Gonostoma microdon , n.sp. Three specimens ; for distribution see Station 23.

Similar specimens were frequently taken in the surface-
net.

In addition to the foregoing, the following are recorded in the Station-book : — Two
very small siliceous Sponges, worm-tubes, and fragment of a Crustacean.

Excluding Protozoa, about 40 specimens of invertebrates and fishes were obtained
at this Station, belonging to about 7 species, of which 4 are new to science, including
representative of 1 new genus.

Willemoes-Suhm writes: c‘ The Annelid-tubes contained a very tender worm, which
comes out entirely spoiled ; in order not to spoil them ail I put the tubes immediately
into spirit. There was also a fragment of a shrimp, probably a Peneid or Palsemonid.
The Scalpella as well as the Holothurise brought up seem to indicate that the Lusitanian
deep-sea fauna extends down to these remote parts of the ocean/'

Surface Organisms. — The following are recorded in the note-books : — Compound
Radiolaria, Meclusse, Siphonophorse, Diphyes, Gleba, Sagitta, very large specimens of
Alciopci, Cirriped larvae, PJironima, Hyperia, My sis, Lucifer, Atlanta, Cleodora [ = Clio],
Styliola, and Cuvierina.

Station 62 (Sounding 126), Bermuda to Azores (see Chart 6 and Diagram 3).

June 18, 1873 ; lat. 35° 7' N., long. 52° 32' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 70°‘8 ; mean for the day 720-2.

Station 61.

Organisms from
Surface-Nets.

Station 62.

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

250

8tati<>x «2.

Temperature of water : —

Surface, .

700

700 fathoms,

400

100 fathoms,

03-4

800 „

39-2

200 „ . .

62-5

900 „

38-9

300 „ .

58-2

1000 „

38-6

400 „

51-5

1100 „

38-3

500 „

. 45 2

1200 „

38-0

000 „

41-4

Bottom,

36-4

Density at 60° F. : —

Surface, .

. 1-02716

500 fathoms,

. 1-02607

150 fathoms,
250 „

. 1-02708
. 1-02687

Bottom,

•

. 1-02709

Depth, 2875 fathoms; deposit, Red Clay, containing 1072 per cent, of carbonate
of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At i.30 r.M. shortened and furled sails, and got up steam to sound. At 2.30 p.m.
'"loided in 2875 fathoms. At 4 p.m. obtained serial temperatures at intervals of 100
o on - down to 1200 fathoms. Sent down water-bottle, and obtained specimens of
w no f rom : 50, 250, and 500 fathoms. At 6 P.M. completed observations, aiid made all
plain sail.

Dist ance from Fayal at noon, 1175 miles. Made good 187 miles. Amount of current
9 miles, direction S. 27° E.

Station 63 (Sounding 127), Bermuda to Azores (see Chart 6 and Diagram 3).

June 19, 1873 ; lat. 35 29' N., long. 50° 53' AV.

Temperature of air at noon, 70o,8 ; mean for the day, 70°’G.

Temperature of water at surface, 71“ 0.

Density at 60" F. at surface, 1 02720; bottom, 1/02613.

Depth. 2750 fathoms; deposit, Globigerina Ooze, containing 3393 per cent, of
i-.i bonate of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

\t 10 vm. put over small trawl and veered 3700 fathoms. At noon, shortened and
• ; l !-*, and proceeded under steam to sound. At 1 p.m. sounded in 2750 fathoms.
A 15 p.m. '-•immeDccd heaving in trawl, which came up at 7 p.m. containing several
• i a i* a-. In the evening the water was brilliantly phosphorescent, and the tow-net
. - put out *« veral times. At 7.30 P.M. made all plain sail.

D an «i:i Fayal at noon, 1077 miles. Made good 99 miles. Amount of current
3 miles, direction N. 39 E.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

251

T|ie following species are recorded in the Zoological Reports from the trawl at this
Station : —

Annelida (MTntosh, Zool. pt. 34).

Amphicteis gunneri (Sars), war. citlantica, nov, One specimen ; the species
•obtained also at Station VI.

Eupista darwini, n.g., n.sp., var. (?). One fragmentary specimen ; obtained also

at Station 298, 2225 fathoms.

Lanassa benthaliana, n.sp. One fragmentary specimen ; obtained at no other

locality.

Ehlersiella atlantica, n.g., n.sp. Several fragments; obtained also at Station

76, 900 fathoms. Only species of the genus.

( Estrella levinseni, n.g., n.sp. Crustacean parasite on Ehlersiella atlantica .

Ciuripedia (Hoek, Zool. pt. 25).

Scalpellum regium, Wyville Thomson, n.sp. Three specimens ; obtained also at

Station 61.

Fishes (Gunther, Zool. pt. 57).

Idiacanthus ferox, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

Halosaurus rostratus, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

In addition to the foregoing, the following are recorded in the Station-book : — Several
small Hydroids on Scalpellum, and three Actiniae, one with Nematodes in the body-wall
and with remains of a My sis in its stomach. a

Excluding Protozoa, about 25 specimens of invertebrates and fishes were obtained
at this Station, belonging to about 10 species, of which 8 are new to science, including
representatives of 3 new genera ; 4 of the new species were not obtained elsewhere.

Willemoes-Suhm mentions a long black fish, perhaps allied to Gonostoma, and says :
“ We have got this group of fishes hitherto under very different circumstances ; they
have been brought up by the trawl and dredge (450 to 1200 fathoms), and they have
been caught when it was believed that the trawl or dredge had not reached the bottom,
but they cannot appear very often at the surface, as we never got them in the tow-net.
On the specimens of Scalpellum wrere little Hydroids not got before from such great
depths, and there were some Actinias at first supposed to be worm-tubes. The worm-
tubes contained animals in a good state of preservation, with six palettes on each side
of thb mouth, reminding me of Pectinaria. The tubes were composed of dark mud
without Globigerinse, which Foraminifera are almost exclusively used by another worm

Station 63.
Animals from
Trawl.

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Station 63.

Organisms from
Si ri- ace Nets.

S' tatkjn 64.

252

i mhI in great depths, which I have hitherto been unable to get out of the tube in a

satisfactory way.”

Surface Organisms. — The following species are recorded from the surface near this
Station (June 18, 19) : —

Amphipoda (Stebbing, Zool. pt. 07).
Phrvsina semilunata, Risso.

Schizopoda (Sars, Zool. pt. 37).
Euphausia pellucida, Dana.
Siriclla thompsoni (M. -Edwards).

Macruka (Spence Bate, Zool. pt. 52).
Sirgestes atlanticus, M. -Edwards.
Hippolyte bidentatus, n.sp.

Pelagic Hemiptera (White, Zool. pt. 19).
llalobates wiillerstorffi, Frauenfeld.

Pteropoda (Pelseneer, Zool. pt. 65).

Clio ( Creseis ) acicula (Rang).

,, pyramidata, Linne.

Cuvierina columnellu (Rang),
Cavolinia trispinosa (Lesueur).

vl night large quantities of luminous animals were observed in the water, and being
i. arly calm great numbers were caught in the tow-net, which was hauled in four times
during the night. There were large specimens of Alciopa 5 dcm. in length and 6 mm.
in breadth, Tornopteris, Sayitta, Cypris-like larva of a Cirriped, many Ampkipods,
• specially Plironima and Hyperia, the Euphausidse which have often been caught in
great quantities, Lucifer , llalobates, many specimens of Atlanta, Cleodora [ = Clio j.
Styliola, and Cuvierina.

Station 64 (Sounding 128), Bermuda to Azores (see Chart 6).

June 20, 1873 ; lut. 35° 35' N., long. 50° 27' W.
Temperature of air at noon, 73°'8 ; mean for the day, 72°'0.
Temperature of water : —

Surface, .
100 fathom v

200

!»

75-0
63-2
62 5

300 fathoms,

400

500

yy

58-8

52-5

4G-0

Depth, 2700 fathoms; deposit, Globigcrina Ooze, containing 35‘00 per cent, of
carbonate of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At 9 a.m. put dredge over, the principal object being to get a good sample of the
“■ m, mih o the trawl had i:i the last two hauls brought up some singular concretionary
mpg ;■■ whi' h In ban acles were sometimes attached. The dredge used was a small one
■:h two weights of 50 lbs. each a couple of fathoms behind. Dingy away with

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

253

naturalists. At 3 p.m. commenced heaving in dredge, which came up at 5 p.m. with Station 64.
about a cwt. of ooze. At 5.25 p.m. proceeded under steam.

Distance from Fayal at noon, 1055 miles. Made good 22 miles. Amount of current
17 miles, direction N. 76c E.

The following species are recorded in the Zoological Reports from the dredge at this Animals from
Station ' DmDG11

Ostracoda (Brady, Zool. pt. 3).

Cy there dictyon, n.sp. Widely distributed (see Station 24).

„ acantiioderma, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 73, 146, 191a, 246, 296,

and 302, 580 to 2.750 fathoms.

Krithe tumida, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 323, 1900 fathoms.

Xestoleberis expansa, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 323, 1900 fathoms.

Polyzoa (Busk, Zool. pt. 30).

Farciminaria delicatissima, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 13, 14, 68, 89, and

106.

The Station-book records also : — Opkioglypha bullata , worm-tubes, and a Priapulid.
Willemoes-Suhm -writes : “ The dredge brought up some worm-tubes, probably
containing the Pectinaria-hke animal obtained yesterday. There -was also a Priapulid,

16 mm. in length and 3 mm. in breadth, but very much spoiled. The pharynx was
everted and covered by papillae not, as in Friapulus caudatus, by teeth. The intestine
was clearly traceable, though not down, to the anus, and -was partly filled with mud.

The first caudal appendage resembled that of the northern species in form and transparent
consistency, but the little rods and buds were absent ; there was some pigment and an
opening at the end of the caudal appendage, which did not seem to have been fractured.

The walls of the body showed very marked longitudinal fibres.”

The following species of Radiolaria and fragment of Diatoms were observed in the Organisms from
deposit from this Station : — THE I ef' 'jl-

Radiolaria (Haeckel, Zool. pt. 40).

Cenosphcera lethe , Haeckel.

Staurolonche hexagona, Haeckel.

Spongolarcus amphicentria , Haeckel.

Diatomacf./E. — Mr. Comber says : “ I examined carefully a large quantity of material,
but found no trace of any Diatom, except a fragment of a Coscinodiscus of the ‘ radiatus
group, probably Coscinodiscus radiatus, Ehrenberg.”

(summary of results chall. exp. — 1893.)

33

T11E VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Station 64.

( ri«>M
si'hfacis X«n>

l»;>4

Surface Organisms. — The following species are recorded from the surface at
Station : —

Radiolaria (Haeckel, Zool. pt. 40).
Aavsphipm inflata, Haeckel.
Xiphostylus anlea , Haeckel.
Spongellipsis aplysina, Haeckel.
Eucyrtidium scalarium, Haeckel.
Lithocampe qiiadrarticulata, Haeckel.

this

Brachyura (Miers, Zool. pt. 49).
Nautilograpsus minutus (Linne).

Gasteropoda (Watson, Zool. pt. 42).

Ianthina rotundata , Leach.

Litiopa melanostoma, Rang.

In addition, the following are recorded in the note-books: — Tetmstemma fuscum
X 'utilogrags'us, Scylleea pelagica, Sal pee., and the surface organisms mentioned on the
1 7th. The absence of Phyllosoma, Zoeae, and Stomatopod larvae is to be noted.

Moseley writes: “Murray went out and caught a number of very fme specimens of
/ if a with Scyllwa pelagica and Nautilograpsus minutus living attached and simu-
i in some instances the colour of that animal and its float, being of a slightly mottled
blue. Some Fucus (nodosus ?) of a bright yellow colour was found floating in a perfectly
! \ iuj condition This we have not met with before, but only Sargassum bacciferum.”
Will moes-Suhm writes: “On closer examination the specimens of Nautilograpsus
w«t> found to be covered by small brown spots, which turned out to be little parasitic
Nenicrteans ; these animals have not hitherto been found living as parasites. The Nemer-
: oj is a mull ordinary Tremacephalid, presenting no changes adduced by parasitism ;
from its colour I have called it Tetrastemma fuscum, n.sp.”

Hr a nos 65.

Station 65 (Sounding 129), Bermuda to Azores (see Chart 6 and Diagram 3).

June 21, 1873 ; hit, 36° 33' N., long. 47* 58' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 74 ’8 ; mean for the day, 73°'3.

Temperature of water : —

Surface, .

72-5

900 fathoms,

400

100 fathoms,

640

1000

II • •

39-3

200 „

63-5

1100

II • •

38-7

300 „

61-2

1200

li • •

38-4

400 „

572

1300

II • •

381

500 „

520

1400

II • #

37-8

600

45-2

1500

li * *

37-5

700 „

420

Bottom,

36-2

800 „

410

Density at 60' F.

at surface, 1 02721 ;

bottom,

1-02598.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

255

Depth, 2700 fathoms ; deposit, Red Clay, containing 27 '59 per cent, of carbonate Station 6 5.
of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At 3.30 p.m. got up steam, and at 4 p.m. shortened and furled sails, and proceeded
under steam to sound. At 5 p.m. sounded in 2700 fathoms. Obtained serial temperatures
at intervals of 100 fathoms down to 1500 fathoms. Sent down German water-bottle, and
obtained sample of bottom water for analysis. At 7 p.m. completed temperatures, and
at 7.15 p.m. proceeded under all plain sail.

Distance from Faval at noon, 960 miles. Made good 102 miles. Amount of current
18 miles, direction N. 19° K

Station 86 (Sounding 130), Bermuda to Azores (see Chart 6 and Diagram 3). Station 66.

June 22, 1873 ; lat. 37' 24' N., long. 44° 14' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 72D,8 ; mean for the day, 72°'l.

Temperature of water : —

Surface, .

70-0

500 fathoms,

50-5

100 fathoms,

63-0

600 „

45-0

200

61*5

700 „ . .

41-2

300

60-1

Bottom,

36-5

400 „

55-8

Density at 60° F. at surface, 1*02712; bottom, 1 '02621.

Depth, 2750 fathoms; deposit, Globigerina Ooze, containing 3 5 '31 per cent, of
carbonate of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At 3.40 p.m. got up steam, and at 4 p.m. shortened and furled sail, and proceeded
under steam to sound. Sounded in 2750 fathoms. Obtained serial temperatures at
intervals of 100 fathoms down to 700 fathoms. Sent down slip water-bottle, and
obtained sample of bottom water for analysis. At 7.40 p.m. made ail plain sail.

Distance from Fayal at noon, 780 miles. Made good 180 miles. Amount of current
6 miles, direction W.

Station 67.

Station 67 (Sounding 131), Bermuda to Azores (see Chart 6 and Diagram 3).

June 23, 1873 ; lat. 37° 54' N., long. 41° 44' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 72°'3 ; mean for the day, 71°*0.

25B

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

*r*n »* 67. Temperature of water : —

Surface, .

700

900 fathoms

100 fathoms, .

63-6

1000

200

608

1100

300

601

1200 „

400 „

55 0

1300

500 „

47 0

1400

600

42-5

1500

700

400

Bottom,

800

38 9

1

38-5

383

38T

37-9

37-7

37-5

37-3

36-3

Density at 60° F. at surface, 1*02699 ; bottom, 1*02614.

Depth, 2700 fathoms ; deposit, Globigerina Ooze, containing 54*30 per cent, of
carbonate of lime {see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

\t 11.30 a. m. shortened and furled sails, and got up steam to sound, and at noon pro-
,1 under steam. At 1 p.m. sounded in 2700 fathoms. At 2 p.m. obtained a series of
• pi natures at intervals of 100 fathoms down to 1500 fathoms. Sent down slip water-
, „ rl, md obt ined sample of bottom water. The carbonic acid was determined in the
>urfaeo water, and amounted to 52*9 milligrammes per litre. At 4 p.m. completed
observations, and at 4.10 p.m. made all plain sail.

Distance from Fayal at noon, GOG miles. Made good 168 miles. Amount of current

22 miles, direction N. 43° W.

Kt*ri"S> 6s.

Station 63 (Sounding 132), Bermuda to Azores (see Chart 6 and Diagram 3).

June 24, 1873 ; lat. 38° 3' N., long. 39° 19' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 72 *5 ; mean for the day, 71 *2.

Temperature of water at surface, 70 *0 ; bottom, 36 ‘2.

Density at 60 F. : —

Surface, . . . 1 -02688 500 fathoms, . . 1*02605

150 fathom*, . . 1 02681 Bottom, . . 1‘02612

250 „ . 1 02645

Depth, 2175 fathoms; deposit, Globigerina Ooze, containing 71*76 per cent, of
carbonate of lim«* (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At 9.20 a.m. shortened and furled sails, and got up steam to trawl and sound. At
10 v.m. put trawl over, and at 12.30 p.m. sounded in 2175 fathoms. At 4.45 p.m. trawl
cam* ip with a few specimens. The carbonic acid was determined in the bottom water,
and amounted to 53*6 milligrammes per litre.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

257

Distance from Fayal at noon, 496 miles. Made good 110 miles. Amount cf current
15 miles, direction N. 55° W.

The following species are recorded in the Zoological Reports from the trawl at this
Station : —

Isopoda (Beddard, Zool. pt. 48).

Eurycope abyssicola, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

Anomtjra (Henderson, Zool. pt. 69).

Parapagurus abyssorum, M. -Edwards, var. scabra , nov. One specimen in

jRwccmww-shell invested by Zoanthoid polypes ; for dis-
tribution of the species see Station 56.

Polyzoa (Busk, Zool. pt. 30).

Bugula reticulata, n.sp,, var. unicornis, nov. Obtained also at Stations 101, 104,

106, 147, 299, 303, and 320. 600 to 2500 fathoms.
Farciminaria delicatissima, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 13, 14, 64, 89, and 106.
Bifaxaria reticulata, n.g., n.sp. Obtained also at Station 13.

In addition, the following are recorded in the Station-book : — Sponge, another Crus-
tacean, and a small fish allied to Gonostoma.

Excluding Protozoa, about 10 specimens of invertebrates and fishes were obtained
at this Station, belonging to about 8 species, of which 5 are new to science, including
representative of 1 new genus , 1 of the new species was not obtained elsewhere.

Station 69 (Sounding 133), Bermuda to Azores (see Chart 6 and Diagram 3).
June 25, 1873 ; lat. 38° 23' N., long. 37° 21/ W.

Temperature of air at noon,

'CD

72° "8 ; mean for the day, 71°*3.

Temperature of water : —

Surface, . . . .

71-0

900 fathoms,

39-7

100 fathoms,

61-5

1000 „ ...

39-1

200 „ . . .

59-5

1100 „ ...

38-7

300 „ . . .

56-5

1200 „ ...

38-4

400 „ . . .

52-0

1300 „ ...

38-1

500 „ . . .

47-3

1400 „ ...

37*8

600 „ . . .

434

1500 „ ...

37-5

700 „ . . .

41-4

Bottom,

36-2

800 „ . . .

40-2

Station 68.

Animals from
Trawl.

Station 69.

•258

THE VOYAGE OF H.H.S. CHALLENGER.

Station 69.

AxiMALt FHoM

Tuawl

<TAT»OJf 70.

Density at 60° F. at surface, 1 '027 12.

Depth, 2200 fathoms; deposit, Globigerina Ooze.

At 9.20 a.m. shortened and furled sails, and got up steam to sound and trawl. At 10
a. m . jiut trawl over, and at 12.30 p.m. sounded in 2200 fathoms. A water-bottle was
eut down attached to the sounding-line, but it came up empty, the line having fouled
the slip-valve. At 2 p.m. obtained serial temperatures at intervals of 100 fathoms down
to 1500 fathoms. At 5.30 p.m. trawl came up, containing a large red Schizopod and
Pyrosoma. At 5.50 p.m. made all plain sail.

Di. nance from Fayal at noon, 404 miles. Made good 95 miles. Amount of current
27 miles, direction N. 19 W.

The following species are recorded in the Zoological Reports from the trawl at this
Station : —

Schizopoda (Sars, Zool. pt. 37).

G iwiho}jhausia giycts, Willemoes-Suhm, n.g., n.sp. One specimen; part of the

moulted skin of another specimen was obtained at Station
157, 1950 fathoms.

Tunicata (Herdman, Zool. pt. 76).

Pyi'osoma spinosum, n.sp. Gigantic specimen, of which only pieces were preserved

(may have been caught near the surface). Obtained also
at Station 133, 1900 fathoms.

The above Pyrosoma was 4 feet 2 inches in length and 9 inches in diameter ; a
wonderfully perfect and beautiful specimen dotted all over with red dots, each dot being
vi '.-eial nucleus of an individual. It showed phosphorescence at night when irritated,
and *>ne eould write one’s name on it with the finger. It all broke up into separate
animals before morning. In each individual was an ovum not yet sufficiently developed
:•> show the quadripartite embryo. The trawl evidently did not reach the bottom.

Station 70 (Sounding 134), Bermuda to Azores (see Chart 6 and Diagram 3).

June 26, 1873 ; lat. 38° 25' N., long. 35° 50' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 73°-3 ; mean for the day, 71 T.

Temperature of water at surface, 70° ‘0.

Density at GO’ F. at surface, 1 02708.

Depth, 1675 fathoms; deposit, Globigerina Ooze, containing 833 1 per cent, of
carbonate of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

259

At 9.30 a.m, shortened and furled sails, and put trawl over. At noon got up steam,
and at 1.30 p.m. sounded in 1675 fathoms. Tried currents at surface, 50, 100, 200, and
300 fathoms. Found current at 50 and 100 fathoms running N.E. hy N. at the rate of
1 mde per hour, but no current at 200 and 300 fathoms. At 5.20 p.m. trawl came up
with a small quantity of mud and several specimens. At 8 p.m. made all plain sail.

Distance from Fayai at noon, 332 miles. Made good 72 miles. Amount of current
4 miles, direction N. 38° W.

The following species are recorded in the Zoological. Reports from the trawl at this
Station : —

Deep-Sea Keratosa (Haeckel, Zooh pt. 82).

Holopsamma cretaceum, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

Alcyonaria (Wright and Studer, Zool. pt. 64).

Strophogorgici fragilis, n.g., n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Ophiuroidea (Lyman, Zool. pt. 14).

Ophiomitra (?) sp. Damaged specimen.

Echinoidea (Agassiz, Zool. pt. 9).

Salenia varispina , Agassiz. Two specimens ; for distribution see Station 23.
Annelida (MTntosh, Zool. pt. 34).

Lsetmonice producta, Grube, var. willemoesi, nov. Obtained also at Stations 133,

146, 169, and 184, 700 to 1900 fathoms. A widely-
distributed species,

Ostracoda (Brady, Zool. pt. 3).

Cythere dictyon, n.sp. Widely distributed (see Station 24).

„ dasyderma, n.sp. Widely distributed (see Station 5).

Krithe producta, n.sp. Widely distributed; obtained at Stations 70, 76, 85, 120,

122, 145, 146, 164, 167, 174, 296, 300, 302, 305,
308, 311, and 335, 50 to 1825 fathoms.

Cytheropteron mucronalatum, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 224, 246, 296, 300,

and 302, 1375 to 2050 fathoms.

Pycnogonida (Hoek, Zool. pt. 10).

Phoxichilidium oscitans, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

Station 70.

Animals prom
Trawl.

260

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

sun..* 70. Lam kllipranchiata (Smith, Zool. pt. 35).

Verticordin tomiata (Jeffreys). Two valves; obtained also at Station 106, 1850

fathoms.

Led a excisa (Philippi). Two valves ; obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Modiolarxa semigranata (Reeve). Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Recorded from the Canaries. Fossil — (?)

Gasteropoda (Watson, Zool. pt. 42).

Ianthina exigua , Lamarck. Obtained also at Stations 73, 75, 78, and 120, 450 to
1000 fathoms. A widely-distributed species.

Columbella sp. (?).

Pleurotoma (Mangelia) sp. (?).

Polyzoa (Busk, Zool. pt. 30 ; Waters, pt. 79).

Menipca clausa, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality. (Waters places it as a
synonym of Scrupocellaria marsupiata, Jullien, obtained by
the “ Travailleur,” north-west of Spain, 2018 fathoms.)

Farciminario, gracilis, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 122, 32 to 400 fathoms.

Pifaxaria minuta, n.g., n.sp. One fragmentary specimen; obtained at no other
locality.

In addition to the foregoing, the following are recorded in the Station-book: —
Sponge, Pennatulid, several Polyps, Starfish, and small spiny blind Isopod.

Excluding Protozoa, nearly 50 specimens of invertebrates were obtained at this
Station, belonging to about 24 species, of which 11 are new to science, including repre-
sentatives of 2 new genera ; 5 of the new species were not obtained elsewhere.

Willemoes-Suhm writes: “The last three trawlings (June 24, 25, and 26), besides
procuring some interesting animals, seem to show that we have entered a deep-sea region
when* decidedly northern forms prevail. For example, on the 24th the common northern
Pal-ythoa w;us found, this time infesting the house of a large Pagurus distinguished by
immense claws on its ambulatory feet; also a blind Isopod belonging to the eyeless
Munopsidie family, all the members of which occur iu high northern latitudes. On the
25: h there was :t large red Schizopod which, though showing some Phyllopodal characters,
..l it<- n :ir-st allies among the Schizopods, the genus Lophogaster harmonising with it
m tie main morphological points. This creature has been got by M. Sars in depths of
60 fat . >m - (north of Europe), and must have been caught not very far from the bottom,
a- shrimp' like My sis and of this size always rest from time to time, and then go on
-wimming gain. It might, however, be said that it is, like Euphausia, a pelagic

SUMMARY OF RESULTS. 261

animal, if it were not for its red colour, but the habits of its nearest relatives speak
very much against this idea. On the 26th, again, there occurred the widely-distributed
Salenia, an Aphroditacean ( Hermione ?), which I think we got in 83 fathoms off
Halifax, also a Pycnogonid belonging to the genus Zetes, discovered by Kr0yer in the
north, and taken by us in 1200 fathoms off the coast of North America. I do not think
that these forms have anything to do with the shallow-water fauna of the Azores, which
is probably more Mediterranean than northern.”

The following species of Pteropoda and Foraminifera were observed in the deposit
from this Station {see also Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.) : —

Pteropoda (Pelseneer, Zool. pt. 65).

Cavolinia trispinosa (Lesueur). | Cavolinia gibbosa (Rang).

Foraminifera (Brady, Zool. pt. 22). — The pelagic species, which make up about 84
per cent, of the carbonate of lime present in the deposit, are marked thus x : —

Biloculina depressa, d’Orbigny.

„ „ var. murrhyna, Sehwager.

,, irregularis, d’Orbigny.

„ sphx.ro, d’Orbigny.

„ sp. (?).

Miliolina cucieriana (d’Orbigny).

„ seminulum (Linne).

„ tricarvmta (d’Orbigny).

„ venusta (Karrer).

Planispirina contraria (d’Orbigny).

Pelodna rotundata, Brady.

„ sp. (?).

Psammosphxra fusca, Schulze.

Hyperammina rarnosa, Brady.

Rhabdammina abyssorum , Sars.

Rhizammi na algxformis, Brady.

Reoph ax fusiformis (Williamson).

„ guttifera, Brady.

,, scorpvurus, Montfort.

Haplophragmium agglulinans (d’Orbigny).

„ latidorsaturn (Bornemann) (?)•

Thurammina piapillata, Brady.

Trochummina ringens, Brady.

Webbina clavata, Jones and Parker.

Textularia concava (Karrer).

Verneuilina pygrnxa (Egger).

Gaudryina pupoides, d’Orbigny.

Bulimina bud dan a, d’Orbigny.

Vrrgulina sclireibersiana, Czjzek.

,, subsqaamosa, Egger.

(summary of results chall. exk — 1893.)

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Virgulina texturata, Brady.

Cassidulina subglobosa , Brady.

Lagena ; apiculata (Reuss).

„ auriculata, Brady.

,, exsculpta, Brady.

„ formosa, Sehwager.

„ globosa (Montagu).

„ Ixvigata (Reuss).

,, longispvna, Brady.

„ marginata (Walker and Boys).

„ orbi.gnyana (Seguenza).

„ squamosa (Montagu).

Nodosaria communis, d’Orbigny.

„ consobrina, d’Orbigny.

„ raphanus (Linne).

„ sp. (?).

Vaginulina legumen (Linne).

Polymorphina angusta, Egger.

,, lanceolata, Reuss.

,, regina, Brady, Parker, and Jones.

Uvigerina asperula, Czjzek.

„ pygrnxa, d’Orbigny.

Globigerina xquilateralis, Brady.

„ bulloides, d’Orbigny.

,, „ var. triloba, Reuss.

„ conglobata, Brady.

,, digitata, Brady.

„ dubia , Egger.

„ dutertrei, d’Orbigny ('?).

„ irjlata, d’Orbigny.

Statjox 70.

Organisms from
the Deposit.

34

‘26*2

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

St*tiv>n 70 x Globigerina rubra, d’Orbigny.

x ,, taeeuli/era, Brady,
x Orlwlina univerea, d'Orbigny.
x Hastigerina pelagica (d’Orbigny).
x Pulbnia obliquiloculata, Parker and Jones.

,, sphteroides (d’Orbigny).
x Sphxroidina dehiscent, Parker and Jones.
Discorbina bertheloti (d’Orbigny).

Truncal ulina lobatula (Walker and Jacob).
„ robertsoniana, Brady.

„ tenera, Brady (?).

„ ungeriana (d’Orbigny).

„ wueUerstorfi (Scbwager).

x Pulvinulina canariensis (d’Orbigny).
x ,, crassa (d’Orbigny).

degam (d’Orbigny).
menardii (d’Orbigny).

„ var . fimbriata, Brady.

micheliniana (d’Orbigny).
partscliiana (d’Orbigny).
patagonica (d’Orbigny).
pauper ata, Parker and Jones.
Rotalia orbicularis, d’Orbigny.

,, soldanii, d’Orbigny.

Nonionina umbilicatida (Montagu).

Okoammms rnoM
Sen r acs.

Surface Organisms. — The following species is recorded from the surface at this
Station : —

Brachytjra (Miers, Zool. pt. 49).

Naut ilograpsus minutus (Linne).

The following species are recorded from the surface between Bermuda and the Azores,
June 1873 : —

Macp.ura (Spence Bate, Zool. pt. 52).

Gennadas intermedius, n.g., n.sp.

Isopoda.

Three Isopods, genera and species undetermined.

Moseley writes : “ A piece of Fucus ( nodosusl ) was picked up by Murray on the sur-
f. with three specimens of Nautilograpsus minutus adhering to it. Tizard caught a
turtle ( Ch clone mhricata) covered with Lepas cinatifera, and with some specimens of
/KoIxh on it, as seen on a log some time ago. The Lepcts was full of ova in the Nauplius
nnd very early stages.”

Rmi‘1* 71.

Station 71 (Sounding 135), Bermuda to Azores (see Chart 6 and Diagram 3).

June 27, 1873 ; lat. 38* 18' N., long 34° 48' VV.

Temperature of air at noon, 73a,3 ; mean for the day, 71° G.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

Temperature of water
Surface, .

71-0

500 fathoms,

42-8

25 fathoms, .

64-2

600

41-2

so „ . .

610

700 „

39-9

75 „ . .

. 59-9

800

39-0

100 „

58-8

900

38-4

200 „

55 ‘2

1000

*

37-9

300 „

50-8

Bottom,

36-8

400 „ . .

46-0

Density at 60° F, at surface, 1 '02696 ; bottom, 1 '02668.

Depth, 1675 fathoms; deposit, Globigerina Ooze, containing 8 8 '31 per cent, of
carbonate of lime (see Murray and Itenard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At 9 a.m. shortened sails, and got up steam to sound. At 11 a.m. sounded in 1675
fathoms. At 1 p.m. put over trawl, and obtained serial temperatures down to 1000
fathoms. Sent down slip water-bottle attached to sounding-line, and obtained sample of
water for analysis. The carbonic acid was determined in the bottom (?) wrater, and
amounted to 59'2 milligrammes per litre. At 7.40 p.m. trawl came up almost empty,
having fouled the line. At 8 p.m. made all plain sail.

Distance from Fayal at noon, 284 miles. Made good 48 miles. Amount of current
16 miles, direction S. 72° E.

The following species are recorded in the Zoological Reports from the trawl at this

Station : —

Alcyonaria (Wright and Studer, Zool. pt. 64).

Telesto rigida, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Lamellibranchiata (Smith, Zool. pt. 35).

Area (Barbatia) pteroessa , n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 16, 24, 73, 237, and 246.

A fragment of Euplectellid (?) is also recorded in the Station-book.

Station 72 (Sounding 136), Bermuda to Azores (see Chart 6 and Diagram 3).

June 28, 1873 ; lat. 38° 34' N., long. 32° 47' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 72' '0 ; mean for the day, 70° '8.

Station 7 1

Animals from
Trawl,

Station 72.

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Statiox 7*2.

Oroaxismb fbom
thk Deposit.

Statiox 73

264

Temperature of water : —

Surface, . ...

71-0

500 fathoms,

45-2

25 fathoms,

64*2

600 „

43-2

50 ...

634

700 „

41*3

1 5 ,, . . .

62-6

800 „

40-0

100

61-8

900 „

39-2

200 „ . . .

57-7

1000 „

38-5

300 „

52-5

1100 „

38-1

400 ...

480

Bottom,

37*8

Density at 60° F. at surface,

1*02718.

Depth, 1240 fathoms; deposit, Pteropod Ooze, containing 81*59 per cent, of
carbonate of lime (see Murray and Rcnard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At 4 p.m. shortened and furled sails, and got up steam to sound. At 4.30 p.m.
sounded in 1240 fathoms. Obtained a series of temperatures down to 1100 fathoms.
At 6.30 p.m. completed observations, and at 6.40 p.m. made all plain sail.

Distance from Fayal at noon, 210 miles, and from Flores, 114 miles. Made good 73
miles. Amount of current 15 miles, direction N. 57° E.

Diatom ACEvE. — The following species of Diatoms were observed by Mr. Comber in the
deposit from this Station, and shells of Teliina are recorded in the Station-book (see also
Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.) : —

NitzscJiia marina, Gruuow.

Gram mat nphora serpentina, Ehrenberg.
Hemidiscus Cuneiform is, Wallicb.
Coscinodisetu excentricus, Ehrenberg.

„ lineatus, Ehrenberg.

„ iumidus, Janisch.

„ curvatulus, Grunow.

Coscinodiscus nodulifer, Janisch.

„ decrescens, Grunow.
,, radiatm, Ehrenberg.
,, afvic.anus, Janisch.
Ethmodiscu* sp. (?).
Asteromphalus broolcei, Bailey.
Badenastrum varians , Lauder.

Station 73 (Sounding 137), Bermuda to Azores (see Charts 6 and 10, and
Diagram 3).

June 30, 1873 ; lat. 38 30' N., long. 31° 14' W.

Temperature of air at noon,

68°*8 ; mean for the day, 68°*5.

Temperature of water : —

Surface, ....

69 0

600 fathoms,

43*4

100 fathoms,

69-8

700 „ . . .

420

200 „ . . .

57 0

800 „ . . .

41-0

300 „ . .

54 0

900 „ . . .

40-0

400 „ . . .

490

Bottom,

394

500

45-5

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

265

Density at 60° F. at bottom, 1 '02691.

Depth, 1000 fathoms; deposit, Pteropod Ooze, containing 73 '20 per cent, of
carbonate of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chalk Exp.).

At 6 a.m. shortened and furled sails, and got up steam to sound and dredge.
Sounded in 1000 fathoms, and put dredge over. At 11 a.m. dredge came up with a large
quantity of ooze, and many specimens. Dredge put over again. At 1.30 p.m. obtained
serial temperatures at intervals of 100 fathoms down to the bottom. At 4 p.m. dredge
came up reversed, but the tangles contained a number of specimens similar to those of
the previous haul. The carbonic acid was determined in the bottom (?) water, and
amounted to 44'6 milligrammes per litre. At 4.20 p.m. proceeded under steam.

Distance from Fayal at noon, 114 miles. Made good 44 miles. Amount of current
8 miles, direction S. 34° W. The island of Flores was faintly visible during the day.

The following species are recorded in the Zoological Reports from the dredge at this
Station : —

Monaxonida (Ridley and Dendy, Zool. pt. 59).

Rhizochalina jisiulosa (Bowerbank) (?). Numerous fragments; obtained also at

Station 188, 28 fathoms, and off Bahia or Bermuda (?).
Recorded from Australia and Arafura Sea.

Trichostemma sarsii, n.sp. Five specimens; obtained also at Station 184, 1400

fathoms.

Tetractinellida (Sollas, Zool. pt. 63).

Tlienea schmidtii, n.n. Two specimens ; obtained also at Stations IV. and 24.
IIexactinellida (Schulze, Zool. pt. 53).

Hyalonema ( Stylocalyx ) thomsoni, Marshall, var. exiguum, nov. One fragmentary

specimen ; obtained at no other locality by the
Challenger. The species recorded from North
Atlantic (“ Porcupine ”).

Corals (Moseley, Zool. pt. 7).

Stephanotrochus nobilis, n.g,, n.sp. One specimen; obtained at no other locality.
Flabettum alabastrum , n.sp. Several specimens; obtained also at Station 78, 1000

fathoms.

Bathyactis symmetrica (Pourtales). For distribution see Station 24.

Hydroida (Allman, Zool. pt. 70).

Cryptolaria humilis, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Station 73.

Animals from
Dredge.

Station 73.

266 THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Asteroid ka (Sladeu, Zool. pt. 51).

Plutonaster notatus, n.g., n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

\<-omorphaster eustichus, n.g., n.sp. Obtained also at Station 76, 900 fathoms.

Only species of the genus.

Ophiuroidea (Lyman, Zool. pt. 14).

Ophiactis canotia , n.sp. Three specimens; obtained at no other locality.

Echinoidea (Agassiz, Zool. pt 9).

Salenia varispina, Agassiz. For distribution see Station 23.

Annelida (MTntosh, Zool. pt. 34).

Leanira hystricis, Ehlers. Two fragmentary specimens ; obtained also at Station 7 6,

900 fathoms. Recorded from North Atlantic (“ Porcupine”
and “ Knight Errant ”).

Stau rocephalus atlanticus, n.sp. A few fragments ; obtained at no other locality.

Ostracoda (Brady, Zool. pt. 3).

Cytherc dictyon, n.sp. Widely distributed (see Station 24).

,, acanthoderma, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 64, 146. 191a, 246, 296,
and 302.

„ irpex, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 78 and 335, 1000 and 1425 fathoms.
Cirripkdia (Hoek, Zool. pt. 25).

Dichclaapis sessilis, n.sp. One specimen (attached to spine of Echinid) ; obtained

at no other locality.

Schizopoda (Sars, Zool. pt. 37).

Gnathophausia zoea, Willemoes-Suhm, n.g., n.sp. One specimen ; obtained also at

Stations 106, 126, and 171, 600 to 1850 fathoms. Taken
subsequently by French expedition in Bay of Biscay.

/ icopio australis, Dana. Obtained also at Stations 50, 92, 107, 146, 158, and 237.

A NOMURA (Henderson, Zool. pt. 69).

Pa<jurod< s (?) sp. One imperfect specimen in shell of Pleurotoma.

Brachyura (Miers, Zool. pt 49).

Elfonn microphthalma, Smith. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger. Recorded from coast of New England.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

267

Lamellibranchiata (Smith, Zool. pt. 35).

Semele ( Abra ) profundorum, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 85, 98, and 244,

1125 to 2900 fathoms.

Callocarclia (?) atlcintica, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 78, 1000 fathoms.

Nesera circinata, Jeffreys. Obtained also at Station 85, 1125 fathoms. Recorded

from North Atlantic.

„ wollastonii, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Dacrydium vitreum (Moller). Obtained also at Station 78, 1000 fathoms.

Area (Barbatia) pteroessa, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 16, 24, 71, 237, and 246.
Limopsis aurita (Brocchi). Obtained also at Stations 23 and 56.

Amussium lucidum (Jeffreys). Obtained also at Stations 78 and 120, 1000 and

675 fathoms.

Scaphopoda and Gasteropoda (Watson, Zool. pt. 42).

JDentalium capillosum , Jeffreys. For distribution see Station II.

Addisonia excentrica (Tiberi). Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Recorded from North Atlantic and Mediterranean.
Trochus ( Margarita ) rliina, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 75 and 78, 450 and

1000 fathoms.

Seguenzia ioniea, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 24.

,, carinata, Jeffreys. Obtained also at Stations 78, 85, and 120, 675

to 1125 fathoms. Recorded from North Atlantic
(“ Valorous” and “ Porcupine ”).

lanthina exigua, Lamarck. Obtained also at Stations 70, 75, 78, and 120.

,, rotundata, Leach. Obtained also at Stations 64 and 133.

Scalaria acus, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 24.

Columbella sp. (?).

Pleurotoma ( Mongolia ) macra, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 78, 1000 fathoms.

„ sp. (?).

Clathurella formosa (Jeffreys). Obtained also at Stations 24, 78, and 85.

,, chariessa, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 24, 78. 85, and 122.

,, chyta, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Clionella quadruplex, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Odostorrda ( Turbonilla ) compressa , Jeffreys. Obtained also at Station 75, 450

fathoms. Recorded from Atlantic and Mediterranean.
Actseon amabilis , n.sp. Obtained also at Station 85, 1125 fathoms.

Bulla semilevis, Seguenza. Obtained also at Stations 75 and 78, 450 and 1000

fathoms. Recorded from Bay- of Biscay. Fossil — Middle
Pliocene of Calabria.

Station

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

*26S

>tvti..n in. Scaphami r punctostriatus (Mighels). Obtained also at Stations 24 and 78.

,, gracilis, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 78, 1000 fathoms.

Utnculus leucus, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

„ n.sp. (?). Specimen in bad condition.

Cylichna ovata, Jeffreys. Obtained also at Stations 24, 75, 78, and 122.

Patella (?) sp.

Brachiopoda (Davidson, Zool. pt. 1).

Tcrebratula vitrea (Born), var. minor, Philippi. One specimen and fragments ;

obtained also at Stations 24 and 142.

In addition to the foregoing, the following are recorded in the Station-book : — Three
'I'oeiinens of a second species of Salenia, two specimens of Echinocyamus pusillus, and
two species of Polyzoa.

Excluding Protozoa, nearly 100 specimens of invertebrates were obtained at this
Station, belonging to about 59 species, of which 29 are new to science, including repre-
sentatives of 4 new genera ; 10 of the new species were not obtained elsewhere.

Willemoes-Suhm writes: “From the animals brought up by the dredge no very
definite conclusions can be drawn, as most of them have rather a neutral European deep-
-ea character. The new Gnathophausia, Pagurus, and the big Elabellum are perhaps
peculiar to the Azores plateau.”

7 : Station 74 (Sounding 1 38), Bermuda to Azores (see Charts 6 and 1 0, and Diagram 3).

July 1, 1873 ; lat. 38° 22' N., long. 29° 37' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 70‘''8 ; mean for the day, 69c'4.

Temperature of water at surface, 690,8.

Depth, 1350 fathoms; deposit, Pteropod Ooze, containing 73‘50 per cent, of
carbonate of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At 6 a.m. stopped and sounded in 1350 fathoms. At 4 p.m. rounded Guia Point and
made for anchorage in Horta Bay. At 4.45 p.m. stopped and came to in 14 fathoms.

Distance from Fayal ut noon, 19 miles. Made good 98 miles. Amount of current
5 miles, direction W.

* - Surface Organisms. — The following species is recorded as having been found attached

to a box picked up at the surface on this date : —

(‘IKKIFELUA (Hock, Zool. pt. 25).

Ia'jsis anati/era, Lining

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

2<J9

Station 75 (Sounding 139), oft' the Azores (see Chart 10). Station 75.

July 2, 1873 ; lat. 38° 38* N., long. 28° 28' 30" W.

Temperature of air at noon, 70c*8 ; mean for the day, 68°‘6.

Temperature of water at surface, 70c’0„

Depth, 450 fathoms ; deposit, Volcanic Mud, containing 20’59 per eent. of
carbonate of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits ChalL Exp.).

At 9 a.m. got up steam, and at 11 a.m. weighed anchor and proceeded under steam
out of Horta Bay towards Magdalena Bank. At 11.45 a.m. stopped and put dredge over,
hauling it in occasionally from a depth of 50 to SO fathoms, deposit Volcanic Sand, con-
taining 6873 per cent of carbonate of lime. It brought up many specimens. At 4 p.m.
sounded in 450 fathoms, and sent down dredge, which brought up numerous specimens.

At 5 p.m. made all plain sail, and shaped -course for San Miguel, the principal island of
the Azores.

The following species are recorded in the Zoological Reports as having been obtained Animate mow
in the dredge on this date-; where the depth is not given, the animals are reported as J'KE!"'E'
from 450 fathoms ; —

Monaxonida (Ridley and Dendy, Zool. pt. 59).

Reniera implexa, Schmidt, var. (?). About a dozen specimens:; obtained at no

other locality by the Challenger, Recorded from the Adriatic.

Gellius cmgulatus (Bowerbank). Three specimens ; obtained at no other locality bj
the Challenger. Recorded from British seas.

Ploccimia coriacea (Bowerbank), var. elegans, nov. One specimen ; obtained at no

other locality. Recorded from British seas.

Suberites carnosus (Johnston). One specimen ; obtained also at Port Jackson, 6 to

15 fathoms, and Fernando Noronha. Recorded from Britain,

Kerguelen, and Vancouver’s Island (?)..

,, elongatus, n.sp. Eight specimens ; obtained at no other locality.

Polymastia agglutinans, n.sp. Two specimens ; obtained at no other locality.

Calcarea (Polejaeff, Zool. pt. 24).

Leucosolenia blanca (M.-Maclay), var. bathybia, nov. Two specimens ; obtained at

no other locality. The species recorded from Mediterranean.

Leuconia crucifera, n.sp. One fragmentary specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

Alcyonaria (Wright and Studer, Zool. pt. 64).

Bellonella bocagei (Kent). Several specimens ; obtained at no other locality by

the Challenger.

(SUMMARY OF RESULTS CHALL. EXP. 1893.) 35

270

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Station 75.

Corals (Moseley, Zool. pt. 7).

Cai'yophyllia claims, Seacchi, var. smithi, Duncan (?). Several small specimens ;

obtained also at Station 308, 175 fathoms.

Part tcyathus dc fi/ippri (Ducbassaing and Michelotti). Numerous specimens

(50 fathoms) ; obtained also at Station 190, 49 fathoms.

Hydroida (Allman, Zool. pts. 20 and 70).

Polyphimaria pumila, n.sp. Several fragmentary specimens ; obtained at no other

locality.

Aglaophenia JUicula, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

„ acacia, n.sp. Obtaiued at no other locality.

Halecium beanii, Johnston. Obtained also at Station 163a, 150 fathoms. Recorded

from Britain.

Pci'isiphonia Jilicida, n.g., n.sp. Obtained also at Station 163a, 150 fathoms.

The only other species of the genus ( Perisiplionia pectinata)
was taken at Station 169.

Sertularia laxa [exigua\ n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Diphasia pinaster (Ellis and Solander). Obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger. Recorded from European seas.

Thuiaria pharmacopola, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Asteroidka (Sladen, Zool. pt. 51).

Astropecten hermatophilus, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Ch.rtasU r longipes (Retzius), Sars. Obtained also at Station 36.

Ophidiaster attenuatus, Gray. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Recorded from Mediterranean.

ophidianus (Lamarck), Agassiz (?). One small specimen ; obtained at
no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from North
Atlantic and Mediterranean.

Ophuroidea (Lyman, Zool. pt. 14).

Ophiothrix liitkeni, Wyville Thomson (?). Obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger.

Ee HI NOIDEA (Agassiz, Zool. pt. 9).

Sjxitangvs purpureus, Muller. (50 to 90 fathoms); obtained also at Bermuda,

100 fathoms.

Hrm.svs dnmrsi, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 122, 350 fathoms.

Annelida (M lntosh, Zool. pt. 34).

Lepidttbotws stpiamatus (Linnd). One specimen ; obtained at no other locality by

the Challenger. Recorded from Virginian coast.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

271

Sigalion busJcii, MTntosh. One injured specimen ; obtained at no other locality by

the Challenger. Recorded from Shetland.

Glycera tesselata, Grube. One injured specimen ; obtained also at Station 142 (X),

150 fathoms. Recorded from North Atlantic.

„ capitata, CErsted. One specimen ; obtained also at Station II.

Ditrypa arietina, Muller. Dead tubes inhabited by Gephyreans ; obtained also at

Station VIIp.

Ostracoba (Brady, Zool. pt. 3).

Bairdia victrix, Brady. For distribution see Station 24.

,, angulata, Brady. One or two specimens; obtained also at Stations 185
and 305, 155 and 165 fathoms. Recorded from Magellan
Strait.

Cythere dictyon, n.sp. Widely distributed (see Station 24).

Cytlierella lata, n.sp. A few detached valves ; obtained also at Stations 24, 120,

185, and 191.

Anomura (Henderson, Zool. pt. 69).

Anapagurus pusillus, n.sp. Several specimens (50 to 90 fathoms) ; obtained also

at Station VIIp. and Simon’s Bay, Cape.

Brachyura (Miers, Zool. pt. 49).

Inachus leptochirus, Leach. Three specimens (50 to 90 fathoms) ; obtained at no

other locality by the Challenger.

Pisa ( Arctopsis ) tribulus (Linne). One specimen (50 to 90 fathoms) ; obtained also

at Station VIIp.

Lambrus ( Parthenolambrus ) massena, Roux. One specimen (50 to 90 fathoms) ;

obtained also at Cape Verdes. Recorded from
Mediterranean and Senegambia.

,, ( ,, ) expansus, Miers. Three specimens (50 to 90 fathoms);

obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.
Recorded from Madeira.

Heterocrypta maltzani, Miers. Two specimens (50 to 90 fathoms) and one speci-
men (450 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality by
the Challenger. Recorded from North Atlantic and
Mediterranean.

Xanthodes melanodactylus, M.-Edwards. Numerous specimens (50 to 90 fathoms) ;

obtained also at Canaries and Cape V erdes. Recorded
from North and South Atlantic.

Station 75

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGE!?.

Pi/umnus spinifeVy M.- Edwards (?). Several specimens (50 to 90 fathoms) ;

obtained at no other locality by the Challenger-
Recorded from Mediterranean.

Port*! >*ns corrugatus (Pennant). One specimen (50 to 90 fathoms) ; obtained also

at Cape Verdes and Stations 161 and 162, 33 and
38 fathoms. Recorded from European seas and Japan.

Calappa granuUtta (Linne). Two specimens (50 to 90 fathoms) ; obtained at no

other locality by the Challenger.

La MELLIBRAN'CmATA (Smith, ZooL pt, 35).

A Vara curt a, Jeffreys. One specimen ; obtained also at Station 33.

Saxicctva arctica, Linne. Obtained also at Stations 135, 141, 142, 144a, 145, 150,

311, 313, and Port Jackson, 2 to 245 fathoms. A
widely-distributed species. Fossil — Upper Tertiary
formations.

Emilia castanea (Montagu). Obtained also at Stations VHp. and 78.

Snnele (Aim) longicallus (Scacchi). Obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger. Recorded from Atlantic. Fossil — Italy

and Norway.

Tell in"; ( ?) clonacina, LinnA Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Recorded from North Atlantic and Mediterranean.
Fossil — Coralline Crag and Subappenine Tertiaries.

IV/. /.v ( Vcntricola ) casina, Linne. Single valve (50 to 90 fathoms); obtained also

at Station Vllp.

„ ( „ ) ejfossa, Bivona. A few odd valves ; obtained also at

Station VI Ip.

,. ( Chione ) orcita, Pennant. (50 to 90 fathoms); obtained at no other locality

by the Challenger. Recorded from North Atlantic and
Mediterranean.

Circe vtinima (Montagu). Obtained also at Station Vllp.

Cardium (Acnn/hocardium) papillosum, Poli. (50 to 90 and 450 fathoms); obtained

also at Station VHp.

,, (Papyridca) transversals’, Deshayes. Obtained also at Station V 1 1 F.

Chama giyphoitles, Linne. Obtained also at Station Vllp.

( rijj'tndoii jl> xuosus ( Montagu). Single valve ; obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger.

Montm uta punt, n.sp. Obtained also at Station VIII.

Isdti mtsmru tt.ns, Scguenza. Obtained also at Station VIII.

Limrtpsls uunuta (Philippi). Obtained also at Stations II., Vllp., VIII., and 24.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

273

Area tetragona, Poli. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded Station

from Atlantic.

Lima ( Maniellum ) loscombii, Sowerby. Obtained also at Station 135, 100 to

150 fathoms.

Pecten pusio (Linne). Obtained also at Station VIIp.

„ gibbus (Linne). One or two small valves ; obtained at no other locality by

the Challenger. Recorded from west coast of Africa
and West Indies.

„ philippii, Reclvtz. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded

from North Atlantic and Mediterranean.

,, testse , Bivona. Single valve ; obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Recorded from Mediterranean.

Scaphopoda and Gasteropoda (Watson, Zool. pt. 42).

Dentalium entalis, Linne, var. orthrum, nov. The species obtained also at Stations

II. , VIII., 49, 145, and 344.

,, dental is, Linne. (50 to 90 fathoms) ; obtained also at Simon’s Bay, Cape.

Recorded from North Atlantic and Mediterranean.

Fossil — Upper Miocene onwards.

Cadulus gracilis, Jeffreys. Obtained also at Stations 78 and 85, 1000 and 1125

fathoms. Recorded from North Atlantic (“ Valorous ”).

Acmsea virginea (Miiller). Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Recorded from. Arctic and Atlantic. Fossil — Upper
Pliocene of Britain and Scandinavia.

Trochus ( Zizyphinus ) exasperatus, Pennant. (50 to 90 fathoms) ; obtained at no

other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from
North Atlantic and Mediterranean. Fossil — Lowest

Pliocene of Sicily and Calabria onwards.

,, ( ., ) zizyphinus, Linne. (50 to 90 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger. Recorded from North
Atlantic and Mediterranean. Fossil — Miocene and

Middle Pliocene onwards.

,, ( Margarita ) rhina, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 73 and 78.

,, ( ,, ) azorensis, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Scissurella alta, n.sp. (50 to 90 fathoms) ; obtained also at Station 24.

lanthina exiguct, Lamarck. Obtained also at Stations 70, 73, 78, and 120.

Trachysma delicatum (Philippi). Obtained also at Stations 78 and 122, 1000 and

350 fathoms. Recorded from Mediterranean and North
Atlantic (“ Porcupine ”).

Ktatiox 7*>

274 the voyage of h.m.s. challenger.

Mun ( Ckinebra ) acicidatus, Lamarck. One dead specimen ; obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger. Recorded from N.E.
Atlantic and Mediterranean. Fossil — Coralline Crag,
Italian Tertiaries and Middle Pliocene.

,, ( Pseudomurex ) fusulus, Broechi. Obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger. Recorded from Madeira and Mediter-
ranean. Fossil — Upper Miocene of Italy.

Columbdla (Anachis) halueeti, Jeffreys. Obtained also at Station II.

,, (Zafra) grcei, Philippi. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Recorded from Mediterranean. Fossil — Post-Pliocene
of Sicily.

Marginella ( Gibbemla ) miliaria (Linne). Obtained also at Station VIIp.
Pleurotoma ( Drillia ) incrassata, Dujardin. Obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger. Recorded from North Atlantic and

Mediterranean. Fossil — Middle Miocene onwards.

,, (Mangelia) entmeta, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

„ ( „ ) acanthodes, n.sp. (?). One injured specimen ; obtained also

at Station 56.

< 'lathurella crispata (Jan). Obtained also at Station 122, 350 fathoms. Recorded

from Mediterranean. Fossil — Middle Miocene onwards
and Pleistocene.

levfroyi (Michaud). Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Recorded from North Atlantic and Mediterranean.
Fossil — Miocene, Upper Pliocene, and Pleistocene.
reticulata (Renier). Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Recorded from North Atlantic and Mediterranean.
Fossil — Middle Miocene onwards.

Cypr&n (Trivia) candidula, Gaskoin. (50 to 90 fathoms); obtained also at

Station VIIp.

Xatica va riabilis, Reeluz. Obtained also at Station VIIp.

Odostoiniu nitens, Jeffreys. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Recorded from North Atlantic and Mediterranean.

,, (Oleli#cu8) nitidula (Adams). Obtained also at Station 24.

,, (‘ Turbo nil la ) compressa, Jeffreys. Obtained also at Station 73.

Kxdima fumelica, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

„ , fragments of two other species.

( '< nt/n'op • fnjaleu.sisy n.sp. Five specimens ; obtained at no other locality by

the Challenger. Recorded from North Atlantic
(“ Porcupine,” &e.).

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

275

Bittium reticulation (Costa). Obtained also at Station VIIp. Station 75.

,, amblyterum, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Recorded from North Atlantic.

,, abruptum, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality,
sp. (?).

Tri/oris perversa (Linne). Obtained also at Stations VIIp. and 122.

Cithna tenella (Jeffreys) (?). One specimen ; obtained also at Stations 78, 85, 120, and

122, 350 to 1125 fathoms. Recorded from North
Atlantic and Mediterranean. Fossil — Middle Pliocene
onwards.

Rissoa fayalensis, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

,, ( Alvania ) calathus, Forbes and Hanley (?). One injured specimen ; obtained

at no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from
North Atlantic and Mediterranean. Fossil — Middle
Pliocene.

,, ( ,, ) cancellata (Costa). Obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger. Recorded from North Atlantic and
Mediterranean. Fossil — Upper Miocene.

„ ( ,, ) hispidula (Monterosato). Obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger. Recorded from Mediterranean. Fossil —

Middle Pliocene onwards.

,, ( ,, ) tar socles, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

,, ( Setia ) quisquiliarum , n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Ac'ceon exilis, Jeffreys. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded

from North Atlantic and Mediterranean. Fossil —

Middle Pliocene of Calabria.

Bulla pinguiculci, Jeffreys. One broken specimen ; obtained at no other locality

by the Challenger. Recorded from Bay of
Biscay.

,, semilevis, Seguenza. Obtained also at Stations 73 and 78.

Cylichna alba (Brown). Obtained also at Station 122, 350 fathoms. Recorded

from the whole North Atlantic and Arctic, and Japan.

Fossil — Norwich Crag and Middle Pliocene of Calabria
onwards.

,, ovata, Jeffreys (?). Obtained also at Stations 24, 73, 78, and 122.

Philine quadrata ( Wood) ('?). (50 to 90 fathoms); obtained also at Station 78,

1000 fathoms.

Rotella (?) sp. (50 to 90 and 450 fathoms.)

Minute shell, genus unknown.

27(3 THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

1’oi.yzoa (Busk, Zool. pts. 30 and 50 ; Waters, pt 79).

Jllp-pothoa divaricata, Lamouroux. Obtained also at Station 135, 60 to 1000

fathoms. A widely-distributed species.

Carbasca peduncxdata, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 76, 900 fathoms.

Membranipora albida, Hineks (?). Obtained also at Station 172, 18 fathoms.

,, galeata, Busk, var. multijida , nov. On test of Ascidian ; the species
obtained also at Statious 145, 149. 150, 320, and Simon’s
Bay, Cape.

Micropon coriacea (Espcr). Obtained also at Station 135, 75 to 90 fathoms.

Recorded from British seas and Gulf of Florida.

Retepora imperati, Busk. Obtained also at Cape Verdes, 100 to 120 fathoms.

Recorded from Mediterranean (“Porcupine”). [Waters
calls it Retepora tessdata, Hineks, var. imperati, Busk].

,, atlantica, n.sp. (?). (50 to 90 and 450 fathoms); obtained at no
other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from Gulf of
Florida (?), Tenerife, and Adriatic.

Cnbrilina radiata (Moll). Obtained also at Station 135, 75 to 90 fathoms.

Recorded from North Atlantic and Mediterranean.

F’ustm morpha hastigera, n.sp. (50 to 90 and 450 fathoms); obtained at no

other locality. [Waters calls it Diporula hastigera (Busk)].

Snuttia omtavensis, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Recorded from Tenerife and Britain (?).

M icront //a (Phylactdla ?) canalifera , n.sp. (50 to 90 and 450 fathoms); obtained

at no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from
Madeira.

Id inella distoma, Busk (?). (50 to 90 and 450 fathoms) ; obtained also at Station

122, 350 fathoms (var. imperforata, nov.). Recorded from
North Atlantic (“ Porcupine ”), Capri, and Golfe de Gascogne.
Fossil — Miocene. [Waters calls it Micropordla distoma

(Busk)].

Ct l/ej <>ra oe<dus, n.sp. Parasitic on a bundle of radical fibres of a Sertularian ;

obtained at no other locality.

,, ansata, n.sp. Parasitic on small Sertularian (?) ; obtained at no other
locality.

I'Rh men in duenna, d’Orbigny. Obtained also at Stations 145 and 151, 75 to 150

fathoms. Recorded from Australia and southern parts of
South America.

,, irregularis, Mcnegkini. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Recorded from Mediterranean, Bay of Biscay, and Queensland.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

277

Tunic at a (Herdman, Zool. pt 38).

(?) clava, n.sp. One specimen without Ascidiozooids, therefore the

genus is doubtful.

Excluding Protozoa, over 200 specimens of invertebrates were obtained in these
dredgings, belonging to 128 species, of which 37 are new to science, including repre-
sentative of 1 new genus ; 22 of the new species were not obtained elsewhere.

From the shallower water (50 to 90 fathoms) about 90 specimens were obtained,
belonging to 26 species, of which 6 were taken also in 450 fathoms ; 5 of the species are
new, of which 3 were taken also in 450 fathoms. From the deeper water (450 fathoms)
about 120 specimens were obtained, belonging to 115 species, of which 36 are new

The following species of Pteropoda, Heteropoda, and Diatoms were observed in the
deposit from 450 fathoms (see also Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.) : —

Pteropoda (Pelseneer, Zool. pt. 65).

Limacina infiata (d’Orbigny).

Peraclis bispinosa, n.sp.

Clio ( Styliola ) subula (Quoy and Gaimard).

Heteropoda (Smith, Zool. pt. 72).

Atlanta perovii, Lesueur.

„ souleyeti, Smith,

Diatomacea;. — The following species o

Amphora proteus , Gregory.

,, robust a, Gregory.

„ gigantea, Grunow.

„ Uttoralis, Donkin.

„ crassa, Gregory.

Navicula hennedyii, W. Smith.

„ clavata, Gregory.

„ lyra, Ehrenberg.

): gregoriana, Greville.

„ prsdexta, Ehrenberg.

„ californica, Greville.

„ rirnosa , Greville.

„ sandriana, Grunow.

„ bullata, Norman, var.

„ brasiliensis, Grunow.

„ latissima , Gregory.

„ maxima , Gregory.

„ angulosa , Gregory.

„ smithii, Brebisson.

(summary of results chall. exp. — 1893.)

Clio pyramidata, Linnd
Cavolinia trispinosa (Lesueur).

Atlanta fusca, Eydoux and Souleyet.

Diatoms were observed by Mr. Comber.

Navicula meddterranea, Grunow.

„ lineata, Donkin,

,, fusca, Ralfs.

„ didyma, Kutzing.

,, multicostata, Grunow.

„ bombus, Kutzing.

,, incurvata, Gregory.

,, constricta, Grunow.

„ executa , A. Schmidt.

„ forficula ( = Pinnularia, O’Meara).

,, campylodiscus, Grunow,

„ aspera , Ehrenberg.

,, consors, A. Schmidt.

„ distans, Ralfs.

Pleurosigma angulatum, "W. Smith.

Cocconeis scutellum, Ehrenberg, and var.

„ pseudomarginata, Gregory.

Orthoneis splendida, Grunow.

Acllnanthes longipes, Agardh.

36

Station' 75.

Organisms from
the Deposit.

278

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Station 75.

•Station 76.

ftifzfichia marina, Grunow.

„ jxxnd uri founts, Gregory.

Snrirella fastuosa, Ehrenberg.

„ maeraeaita, Greviile.

,, patens, A. Schmidt.

„ lata, W. Smith.

,, Lisa, Janiscb.

Camjiylodiscua thuretii, Brebisson.

„ ralfsii, W. Smith.

Synedra gaillionii, Ehrenberg.

„ superba, Kutzing.

(tram matophora undulata, Ehrenberg.

„ marina, Kutzing, var. subunduluta,

Grunow.

„ serpentina, Ehrenberg.

JViabdotiema udriaticum, , Kutzing.

Ci-ratauliu turgidus, Ehreuberg.

Biddulphia pulchdla, Gray.

Triceratium atlanticum , Castracane.

„ autidiluvianum , Van Heurck.

,, arcticurn, Bright well, and var.

,, serratum, Wallich, forma tetragona.

,, furmosum , BrightwelL

Triceratium pentucrinus, Wallich.

Hemidiscus cunei/ormis, Wallich.

Slictodiscus parailelus ( = Triceratium, Greviile),
forma hexagona.

Coscinodiscus lineatus , Ehrenberg.

„ leptopus, Grunow.

„ anguste-Uneatu8 , A. Schmidt.

,, nitulws, Gregory.

,, 8ubtilis, Ehrenberg.

,, atlanticus, Castracane.

„ nodulifer, Jauisch.

,. decrescetis, Grunow.

- „ marginutus, Ehrenberg.

„ radiatus, Ehrenberg.

,, asteromphalus , Ehrenberg.

Eihmodiscus sp. (?).

Htjalodiscus scoticus, Grunow.

„ subtilii, Bailey.

„ l&vis, Ehrenberg.

Asteromphalus broolcei, Bailey.

A ctinoptychus spl.endens, Ralfs.

Adinocyclus sparsus ( = Eupodiscus, Gregory).

„ japonicxis, Castracane.

Station 76 (Sounding 140), off the Azores (see Chart 10 and Diagram 3).

July 3, 1873 ; lat. 38° 11' N., long. 27° 9' W.

Temperature of air at noon,

71°’8 ; mean for the day, 69°'9.

Temperature of water : —

Surface, ....

700

500 futhoms,

47-3

100 fathoms,

56-5

600 „

45-2

200 „ ...

53-6

700 „ . .

43-1

300 „ ...

51-6

800 „

41-2

400

49-5

Bottom,

40 0

Density at 60’ F. at surface,

1 02699 ;

150 fathoms, 1 ‘02662

; bottom, 1*02688

Depth, 000 fathoms ; deposit, Pteropod Ooze, containing 52‘22 per cent, of
carbonate of lime (see Murray and Iienard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

\ t 1 5 a. m short* ned and furled sails, and got up steam to sound and dredge. Sounded
in 000 fathoms. Put over dredge. At 2 p.m. obtained temperatures at intervals of
00 fathom down to the bottom. Hove up dredge with some specimens, and put it over
am. It 4.15 P.m. hove up dredge, which contained a few speeimens. At 6 p.m. com-
plet'd temperatures, and at 7.30 p.m. made all plain sail.

Distance from St. Michael’s at noon, 67 miles.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

279

The following species are recorded in the Zoological Reports from the dredge at this
Station : —

Hydroida (Allman, ZooL pt. 20).

Cladocar pus pectinif erus, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Crinoidea (Carpenter, Zool. pt. 32).

Rhizocrinus rawsoni, Pourtales. Three specimens without arms ; obtained at no

other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from North
Atlantic (“ Porcupine,” American, and French expeditions).

Asteroidea (Sladen, Zool. pt. 51).

Pontaster venustus, n.g., n.sp. One young specimen ; obtained also at Station 79,
2025 fathoms.

Neomorphaster eustichus, n.g., n.sp. Obtained also at Station 73. Only species of

the genus.

Ophiuroidea (Lyman, Zool. pt. 14).

Ophioglypha lepida, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 45, 46, 343, and Bermuda.
Ophiomusium lymani, Wyville Thomson. Obtained also at Stations 45, 50, 135,

169, 191, 235, and 296.

Amphiurci otteri, Ljungman. Obtained also at Stations 45, 50, and 78.

Ophiogeron edentulvs, n.g., n.sp. Obtained also at Station 175, 1350 fathoms.

Only species of the genus.

Annelida (MTntosh, Zool. pt. 34).

Leanira hystricis, Elders. One injured specimen; obtained also at Station 73.
PraxiUa (?) sp. One fragmentary specimen.

Terebella ( Lanice ) sp. (?). Tubes only.

Ehlersiella atlantica, n.g., n.sp. One fragmentary specimen ; obtained also at

Station 63. Only species of the genus.

Ostracoda (Brady, Zool. pt. 3).

Bairdia formosa, Brady. Numerous specimens ; obtained also at Stations 120,
122, and 191 (?), 350 to 675 fathoms. Recorded from Medi-
terranean.

Bairdia victrix, Brady. For distribution see Station 24.

Cythere dictyon, n.sp. Widely distributed (see Station 24).

Krithe producta, n.sp. Widely distributed (see Station 70).

Station 76.
Animals from
Dredge.

280

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Station 7G.

Ow.animis nt< »M
Til* DkIUKIT.

Station 77.

At Sr. _\IiriiAri.'j<

Azokca.

IsoroDA (Beddard, Zool. pt. 48).

Eurycope atlantica, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

Anceus bathybius, n.sp. One fragmentary specimen ; obtained at no other locality.
Two Isopods, genus and species undetermined.

1'olyzoa (Busk, Zool. pt. 30).

Cellularia biloba, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Carbasea pedunculata, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 75.

In addition to the foregoing, the following are recorded in the Station-book : —
Siliceous Spouge, Deltocyatkus agassizii and another Coral, Cirriped on Hydrozoon, and
two Amphipods.

Excluding Protozoa, over 50 specimens of invertebrates were obtained at this Station,
belonging to about 25 species, of which 13 are new to science, including representatives
of 4 new genera ; 4 of the new species were not obtained elsewhere.

The following species of Pteropoda were observed in the deposit from this Station
(sec also Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.) : —

Pteropoda (Pelseneer, Zool. pt. 65).

Limacina inflat a (d’Orbigny). Clio pyramidata, Linn4.

„ iriacantha (Fischer). Cavolinia tnspinosa (Lesueur).

PerarJus Idxpinoxa, n.sp.

Station 77 (Sounding 141), off the Azores (see Chart 10 and Diagram 3).

July 4, 1873 ; lat. 37° 52' N., long. 26° 26' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 69 '8 ; mean for the day, 69 "’8.

Temperature of water at surface, 69° 0.

Density at 60" F. at surface, 1 02686; bottom, l ’02675.

Depth, 750 fathoms; deposit. Hard Ground.

At 4 a m. shortened sail, at 4.30 a.m. got up steam, and at 5.30 A.M. sounded in 750
fathom.^. Sent down slip water-bottle, and obtained specimen of bottom water. At
6.30 a.m. made all plain sail. At 4.30 r.M. got up steam, and at 4.50 p.m. proceeded
under 'team towards Ponta Delgada. At 6.40 p.m. stopped and secured ship to buoy off
the town of Ponta Delgada, St. Michael’s, Azores.

Remained at St. Michael’s till 5 p.m. on July 9.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

281

Station 78 (Sounding 142), off the Azores (see Chart 10 and Diagram 3).

July 10, 1873 ; lat. 3 7° 26' N., long. 25° 13' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 73 -8 ; mean for the day, 71° '5.

Temperature of water : —

Surface, .

710

200 fathoms,

54-5

100 fathoms,

57-6

300 „

51-5

150 „

56-0

Depth, 1000 fathoms ; deposit, Volcanic Mud, containing 7'68 per cent, of
carbonate of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At 9.20 a.m, shortened and furled sails, and got up steam to sound and dredge. At
10 a.m. sounded in 1000 fathoms, and at 11 a.m, put dredge over, veering 1500 fathoms.
Took serial temperatures down to 300 fathoms. At 3 p.m. dredge came up about three-
quarters full of mud, and with many specimens. At 3.15 p.m. made all plain sail. At
4.20 p.m. observed Formigas Rocks on port bow. At 8,15 p.m. threw overboard one of
Hohn’s patent lights for experiment, and observed its light for 18 minutes.

The following species are recorded in the Zoological Reports from the dredge at this
Station : —

Tktractenellida (Sollas, Zool. pt. 63).

Tetilla scmdalina, n.sp. Two specimens ; obtained at no other locality.

Alcyonaria (Wright and Studer, Zool. pt. 64).

Clavularici elongata, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Corals (Moseley, Zool. pt, 7).

Caryophyllia communis (Seguenza). Numerous specimens ; for distribution see

Station 45.

Deltocyathus italicus, M. -Edwards and Haime. Fifty specimens ; for distribution

see Station 24.

Stephanotrochus diademct, n.g., n.sp. One injured specimen; obtained also at

Station 120, 675 fathoms.

Flabellum alabastrum, n.sp. Several specimens ; obtained also at Station 73.
Bathyactis symmetrica (Pourtaies). Several specimens ; for distribution see

Station 24.

Asteroidea (Sladen, Zool. pt. 51).

Plutonaster abbreviatus, n.g., n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Station 7«.

Animals from
Dredge.

•282

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

" 7s. Aphrodit aster gracilis, n.g., n.sp. Obtained at no other locality. Only species of

the genus.

Pentagonaster lejridits, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

< b’HirRoiDEA (Lyman, Zool. pt. 1 4).

Ophicmus callincola , n.g., n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 146 and 156, 1375 and

1975 fathoms. Only species of the genus.

Ophiocten hastatum, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 146 and 168, 1375 and 1100

fathoms.

Amphiura otteri, Ljungman. Obtained also at Stations 45, 50, and 76.

Echinoidea (Agassiz, Zool. pt. 9).

Salenia varispma, Agassiz. For distribution see Station 23.

Phormosoma uranus, Wyville Thomson, n.sp. Obtained also at Station VI.

Holothdrioidea (Theel, Zool. pt. 39).

Ilolothuria lactea, n.sp. Two fragmentary specimens ; obtained also at Station
169, 700 fathoms.

Ostracoda (Brady, Zool. pt. 3).

Cythere dictyon, n.sp. Widely distributed (see Station 24).

„ irpex, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 73 and 335.

Oypridina gracilis, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Cirripepia (Hoek, Zool. pt. 25).

Scalpellum acutum, n.sp. One specimen; obtained also at Station 170, 520 to
630 fathoms.

Amphipoda (Stebbing, Zool. pt. 67).

Amaryllis haswelli, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

IsoroPA (B^ddard, Zool. pt. 48).

/sell nosoma spinosum, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

Leiopus leptodactylus, n.g., n.sp. Numerous specimens; obtained at no other

locality. Only species of the genus.

A NOMURA (Henderson, Zool. pt. 69).

Lithorles agassizii, Smith. Two specimens; obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger. Jlecorded from east coast of United States.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

283

Lamellibkanchiata (Smith, Zool. pt. 35). Station 78.

Callocardia (?) atlantica, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 73.

Nesera cbesa, Loven. Single valve ; obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Recorded from both sides of the North Atlantic (“ Porcu-
pine,” &c.).

„ azorica, n.sp. Single valve ; obtained at no other locality.

Cryptodon croulinensis, (Jeffreys). Single valve ; obtained also at Stations VIIL

and 33.

Dacrydium vitreum (M oiler). Obtained also at Station 73.

Nucula reticulata, Jeffreys. A few valves ; obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger. Recorded from North Atlantic (“ Valorous ”).

Leda conjinis, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

„ Jeffrey si, Hidalgo. Obtained also at Station 344, 420 fathoms.

Lima ( Limatula ) subdvata, J effreys. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

,, ( „ ) confusa, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 23 and 120.

Amussium propinquum, n.sp. Two odd valves ; obtained at no other locality.

„ lucidum (Jeffreys). Obtained also at Stations 73 and 120.

Scaphopoda and Gasteropoda (Watson, Zool. pt. 42).

Dentalium capillosum, Jeffreys. Obtained also at Stations II. , 24, and 73.

„ subterjissum , Jeffreys. Obtained also at Stations 85 and 120, 1125 and

675 fathoms. Recorded from Davis Strait and North Atlantic
(“ Valorous,” “ Lightning,” and “ Porcupine ”).

Cadulus gracilis, Jeffreys. Obtained also at Stations 75 and 85.

„ tumidosus, J effreys. Obtained also at Station 85, 1125 fathoms. Recorded
from North Atlantic (“Valorous,” “Porcupine,” and
“ Josephine ”). Fossil — Pliocene of Messina.

Lepeta ( Pilidium ) fulva (Muller). Dead shell ; obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger. Recorded from northern and Arctic seas of
Europe and America. Fossil — Post-Tertiary of Norway.

Trochus ( Margarita ) rhina, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 73 and 75.

Seguenzia carinata, Jeffreys. For distribution see Station 73.

Ianthina exigua, Lamarck. For distribution see Station 70.

Tracliysma delicatum (Philippi). For distribution see Station 75.

Buccinum (?) aquilarum, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Pleurotoma (Pleurotomella) pruina, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

» ( )sP-0)*

,, ( Mangelia ) macra, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 73.

,, ( ,, ) incincta, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Station 7$.

284

Clathurclla fonnosa, Jeffreys. Obtained also at Stations 24, 73, and 85.

„ chariessa, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 24, 73, 85, and 122.

„ , two other species undetermined.

Cithna tenella (Jeffreys). For distribution see Station 75.

Fcnella elongata, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 24.

Actaon globulinus (Forbes) (?). One fragmentary specimen ; obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger. Recorded from Mediterranean.
Fossil — Middle Pliocene of Calabria.

( Acteonina ) chariis, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

.. sp. (?).

Bulla semilevis, Seguenza. Obtained also at Stations 73 and 75.

Scaphander punctostriatus (Mighels). Obtained also at Stations 24 and 73.

,, gracilis, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 73.

Cylichna ovata, Jeffreys (?). Obtained also at Stations 24, 73, 75, and 122.

Philine quadrata (Wood). Obtained also at Station 75.

C tecum sp. (?).

Cassis (?) sp., fry.

In addition to the foregoing, the following are recorded in the Station-book: —
Palythoid on Bulla, damaged specimen of Clymene (not preserved), and Cuma.

Excluding Protozoa, over 200 specimens of invertebrates were obtained at this
Station, belonging to about 70 species, of which 32 are new to science, including repre-
sentatives of 6 new genera ; 16 of the new species and 2 new genera were not obtained

elsewhere

Willcmoes-Suhm writes : “The dredge brought up a great variety of animals. With
die exception of the genus Archaster , which, like Salenia, is found on the coast of
Portugal, the animals differed from those we formerly got in this neighbourhood.
Among the Crustacea there was a Cuma, same as got living at Station 47, off North
America, and a Tanais, which was blind and remarkable on account of its second pair of
'.'•gA being very powerfully developed. Tanais also, though an ordinary form, was got
• •nee off North America (Station 44). There was also a little iudifferont Amphipod, of which
I am do ^ ful whether it really comes from deep water or not, and two specimens of a
Brachyurous crab [ = Lithodes agassizii j having, like Pencera, a spiny rostrum and also
long and pointed spines all over the body ; the abdomen was perfectly soft, colour
rose. On the pumice-stones I found worm-tubes like those from our last dredging; they
wer* remarkable for having a sort of door, shaped like a dust-pan, which evidently shuts
when t in worm retires. The inhabitant was an Owenia of the Clymenidm family, a perfect
•'jiecimcn of which, however, I could not get.”

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

285

Moseley found that the colouring matter of Stephanotrochus diadema gave three
absorption bands, solution in sulphuric acid two bands.

The following species of Pteropoda, Pleteropoda, Foraminifera, and Diatoms were
observed in the deposit from this Station (see also Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits
Chall. Exp.) : —

Pteropoda (Pelseneer, Zool. pt. 65).

Limacina inflata (d’Orbigny).

,, triaccintlia (Fischer).

„ helicoides, Jeffreys.

Perach's reticulata (d’Orbigny).

„ bispinosa, n.sp.

Clio ( Creseis ) acicula (Rang).

„ ( Hyalocylix ) striata (Rang).

„ ( Styliola ) subula (Quoy and Gaimard),

„ polita (Craven, MS.).

Heteropod a (Smith, Zool. pt. 72).

Atlanta peronii , Lesueur.

Clio pymmidata, Linne.

,r cuspidata (Bose).

Cuvierina columnella (Rang).
Cavolinia trispinosa (Lesueur).

„ quadridentata (Lesueur).
„ longirostris (Lesueur).

„ gibbosa (Rang).

„ tridentata (Forskal).

„ inflexa (Lesueur).

Atlanta souleyeti, Smith.

Foraminifera (Brady, Zool. pt. 22), — The pelagic species, which make up about 39
per cent, of the carbonate of lime present in the deposit, are marked thus x : —

Biloculina bulloides, d’Orbigny.

„ depressa, d’Orbigny.

„ ringens (Lamarck).

„ splise/ra, d’Orbigny.

Spiroloculina arenaria, Brady.

„ limbata, d’Orbigny.

Miliolina auberiana, (d’Orbigny).

„ seminulum (Linne).

,, tricarinata (d’Orbigny).

„ trigonula (Lamarck).

Oplithalmidium inconstans, Brady.

Planispirina celata (Costa).

„ contraria (d’Orbigny).

Cornvspira foliacea (Philippi).

Astrorhiza angulosa, Brady.

„ granulosa , Brady.

Storthosphxra confusa, Brady (?).

„ sp. (?).

Psammosplixra fusca, Schulze.

Hyperammina ramosa, Brady,

„ ragans, Brady.

Rliabdammina abyssorum, Sars.

„ discreta, Brady.

(summary of results chall. exp, — 1893.)

RMzammina algseformis, Brady.

Reophax adunca, Brady.

„ dentaliniformis, Brady.

„ pilulifera, Brady.

,, scorpiurus, Montfort.

Ilaplophragmium canariense (d’Orbigny).

, , globigeriniforme (Parker and Jones).

„ latidorsatum (Bornemann).

„ roiulatum , Brady ('?),

„ tenuimargo, Brady (?).

Placopsilina vesicularis, Brady (?).

Thuranwiina papillata, Brady.

Hormosina carpenteri, Brady.

Trochammina lituiformis, Brady.

„ paucilocidata, Brady.

Textularia agglutinans, d’Orbigny.

„ quadrilatera, Schwager.

Verneuilina propinqua, Brady.

Gaudryina pupoides , d’Orbigny.

„ „ var. chilostoma, Reuss.

„ sub-otundata, Schwager (?).

Bulimiaa buchiana, d’Orbigny.

„ inflata, Seguenza.

37

Station 78.

Organisms from
the Deposit.

286

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Butinnna fubiere s, Brady.

Virgulina echreibernana, Czjzek.

„ gubstquamosa, Egger.

Botivina dilatata, Reusa.

„ porreda, Brady.

„ punctata, d’Orbigny.

„ iextilarioideg, Reuss.

Censidulina subgloboea, Brady.

Chilodomelia ovoidea, Reuss.

Lageua lagenoide s (Williamson).

„ inargiuata (Walker and Boys).

„ temidriata, Williamson.

Xo'ionaria ( Glandidina ) laevigata, d’Orbigny.
„ eoluta, Reuss.

Marginulina glalrra, d’Orbigny.

Cristellaria compressa, d’Orbigny.

„ cultrata (Montfort).

„ varialnli s, Reuss.

Uvigerina agperuia, Czjzek.
x Globigerina mjuilateraln, Brady,
x „ bulloides, d'Orbigny.

x „ conglobata, Brady.

x Globigerina inflata, d’Orbigny.
x „ rubra, d’Orbigny.

x „ sacculifem, Brady,

x Orbidina universa, d’Orbigny.
x Hastigerina pelagica (d’Orbigny).

Pullenia quinqueloba, Reuss.

Spirillina decorata, Brady.

Truncatulina humilis, Brady.

„ lobatula, Walker and Jacob.

„ robertsoniana, Brady.

„ wudleratorfi (Schwager).

Rupertia stabilis, Wallick.
x Pulvinulina cunariensis (d’Orbigny).
x „ crassa (d’Orbigny).

,, elegans (d’Orbigny).

x ,, miclieliniana (d’Orbigny).

x „ palagonica (d’Orbigny).

„ pauperata, Parker and Jones.

Rotalia orbicularis, d’Orbigny.

„ soldanii, d’Orbigny.

Polgtrema miniaceum (Linne).

Nonionina pompilioides (Fichtel and Moll).

Diatomace/E. — The following species of Diatoms were observed by Mr. Comber

Amphora proteus, Gregory.

„ pellucida, Gregory.

„ robusta, Gregory. .

„ egregia, Ehrenberg.

„ grundleri, A. Schmidt.

„ npnbifera, Gregory.

„ eulensteinii, Grunow.

„ digitus, A. Schmidt.

„ obtusa, Gregory.

„ fusca, A. Schmidt.

„ arenaria, Donkin.

„ sulcata, Brebisson.

„ grevilleanu, Gregory.

„ crassa, Gregory.

„ furmosa, Cleve.

„ biteriata, Gregory.

A ’avicula hermedgii, W. Smith.

n „ var. granulates, Grunow.

u ii „ conlruvcrsa, A. Schmidt.

„ cl acuta, Gregory.

„ lyra, Ehrenberg.

n gregoriana, Gregory.

„ pretext cs, Ehrenberg.

„ poiyttida, Grerille.

„ tandriana, Grunow.

Navicula bullata, Norman, and var.

„ latissima, Gregory.

„ angulosa, Gregory.

„ maxima, Gregory.

,, sraithii, Brebisson.

„ fu8ca, Ralfs.

„ lineata, Donkin.

„ donkinii, O’Meara.

„ (estiva, Donkin.

„ approximata, Greville.

„ nummularia, Greville.

„ forficula ( = Pinnularia, O’Meara).
„ campylod.iscu8, Grunow.

„ eugenia , A. Schmidt.

„ cincla, Kutzing.

„ didyina , Kutzing.

„ bombus, Kutzing.

„ multicostata, Grunow.

„ aspera, Ehrenberg.

„ consore, A. Schmidt.

„ distans, Ralfs.

„ coda ta ( = Cocconeis, O’Meara).

Stauroneis gregorii, Ralfs.

Pleuroeigma balticum, W. Smith.

„ directum, Grunow.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

287

Pleurosigma strigilis, W. Smith.

Rhoikosigma reichardtiana, Grunow.

Toxonidea insignis , Donkin.

Cocconeis scutellum, Ehrenberg, and var.

,, dirupta, Gregory.

„ interrupta, Grunow.

„ pseudomarginata , Gregory.

„ grantiana, Greviile.

Orthoneis splendida, Grunow.

„ coronata ( = Cocconeis , Brightwell).

Nitzschia marina , Grunow.

„ insignis, Gregory.

„ plana, W. Smith.

„ panduriformis, Gregory.

Surirella fastuosa, Ehrenberg.

„ macraeana, Greviile.

„ lata, W. Smith.

Campy lodi sens thuretii, Brebisson.

„ ralfsii, W. Smith.

„ hodgsonii, W. Smith.

„ hibernicus, Ehrenberg.

Synedra superba, Kutzing.

„ gaillionii, Ehrenberg.

„ pulchella, Kutzing.

„ baculus, Gregory.

Achnanthes brevipes, Agardh.

Rhabdonerna adriaticum, Kutzing.

Grammatophora serpentina, Ehrenberg.

„ marina, Kutzing, and var.

„ macilenta, W. Smith.

Climacosphenia moniligera, Ehrenberg.

Dimeregramma minus, Ralfs.

Epithemia turgida, Kutzing.

„ gibba, Kutzing.

Cerataulus turgidus, Ehrenberg.

„ leans, Ralfs.

Biddulphia mobiliensis , Grunow.

„ pulchella, Gray.

„ tuomeyii, Roper.

,, aurita, Brebisson.

Triceratium atlanticum, Castraeane.

„ antidiluvianum, van Heurck.

„ ardicum, Brightwell.

„ „ var. japonica minor, A.

Schmidt.

Triceratium nobilis ( = Amphitetras, Greviile).

„ serratum, Wallich.

„ pentacrinus, Wallich, forma tetragona .

„ flexuosum , Greviile.

„ alternans, Bailey.

„ ir regular e, Greviile.

Hemidiscus cuneiformis, Wallich.

Auliscus coelatus, Bailey.

Aulacodiscus petersii, Ehrenberg.

Stictodiscus parallelus ( = Triceratium, Greviile),
forma hexagona.

Coscinodiscus lineatvs, Ehrenberg.

„ anguste-lineatus, A. Schmidt.

„ blandus, A. Schmidt.

„ excentricus, Ehrenberg. •

„ nitidus, Gregory.

,, „ var. sparsa, Rattray.

„ curvatulus, Grunow.

„ ,, var. direda, Rattray.

„ ,, „ subocellata, Grunow.

,, subtilis, Ehrenberg.

„ tuber culatus, Greviile.

,, concavus, Gregory.

„ centralis, Ehrenberg.

„ nodulifer, Janiscb, and var.

„ decrescens, Grunow,

,, radiatus, Ehrenberg.

„ ,, var. minor, Rattray,

„ oculus-iridis, Ehrenberg.

,, marginatus, Ehrenberg.

„ concinnus, W. Smith.

,, asteromphalus , Ehrenberg.

„ elegans, Greviile.

Stoschia admirabilis, Janisch.

Ethmodiscus sp. (?).

Stephanopyxis turris, Ralfs.

Asteromphalus brookei, Bailey.

„ roperianus, Ralfs.

Actinocyclus murrayensis, Castraeane.

Actirioptychus splendens, Ralfs.

„ vulgaris, Schumann.

Hyalodiscus subtilis, Bailey.

„ Isevi-s, Ehrenberg.

Bacteriastrum varians, Lauder.

Station 78.

Proximity to land is indicated by the occurrence of three fresh-water species,
two were found by Grunow in marine soundings off Franz Josefs Land.

Of these,

288

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

-ms : ' Station 79 (Sounding 143), Azores to Madeira (see Chart 6 and Diagram 3).

July 11, 1873 ; lat. 36° 21' N., long. 23° 31' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 7 4° *3 ; mean for the day, 71° ’6.

Temperature of water : —

Surface, .

71-5

900 fathoms, .

40-8

100 fathoms, .

56 4

1000 „

39-6

200

11 •

53-5

1100 „

38-7

300

11 *

51-6

1200 „

380

400

If *

49-8

1300 „

37-7

500

11

47-9

1400 „

374

600

>1 -

46-0

1500

37-2

700

n •

44-0

Bottom,

35-9

800

»i •

42-3

Depth, 2025 fathoms; deposit, Globigerina Ooze, containing 55‘65 per cent, of
carbonate of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp. ).

At 9.15 a.m. shortened and furled sails, and got up steam to sound and dredge. At
10 a.m. sounded in 2025 fathoms, And at 11 a.m. put dredge over, veering 2800 fathoms.
At 2 p.m. took serial temperatures at intervals of 100 fathoms down to 1500 fathoms.
At 4 p.m. commenced heaving in dredge, which came up at 5.45 p.m. containing a
small quantity of ooze and a few specimens.

Distance at noon from Pt. Pargo, the most westerly extremity of Madeira, 376
miles. Made good 105 miles. Amount of current 12 miles, direction S. 55° W.

Am H-u* rfcov

The following species are recorded in the Zoological Reports from the dredge at this
Station : —

Asteroidea (Sladen, Zool. pt. 51).

Pont oxter venustus, n.g., n.sp. Obtained also at Station 76.

DyUixter bixerialis, n.g., n.sp. Two specimens ; obtained at no other locality.

CT’MACEA (Sara, Zool. pt. 55).

Dioxtylix erinacetis, n.sp. One specimen and fragment; obtained at no other
locality.

,, mystacina , n.sp. One specimen; obtained at no other locality.

Surface Organisms. — \N ilh*moeH-Suhm states that in the surface water were specimens

of Pyroxoma and large SaZ/xt-colonies.

ntoM

TUB Hi Kfv E.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

289

Station 80 (Sounding 144), Azores to Madeira (see Chart 8 and Diagram 3).

July 12, 1873 ; lat. 35° 3' N., long. 21° 25' W.
Temperature of air at noon, 73°*8 ; mean for the day, 70°*7.

Temperature of water : —

Surface, .

710

500 fathoms,

49-5

25 fathoms,

63-2

600 „

47-9

50 „ . .

59-7

700 „

45-5

75 „ . .

57-8

800

43-1

100 „ . .

56-4

900

40-5

200 „ . .

53-6

1000 „

39-0

300 „

52-0

Bottom,

36-6

400 „

50-9

Density at 60° F. at surface, 1*02706 ; 600 fathoms, 1*02667 ; bottom, 1*02601.

Depth, 2660 fathoms; deposit, G-lobigerina Ooze, containing 66*43 per cent, of
carbonate of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At 1.15 p.m. shortened and furled sails, and got up steam to sound. At 2 p.m. sounded
in 2660 fathoms. At 3 p.m. obtained serial temperatures down to 1000 fathoms, and
water from 600 fathoms. At 4.45 p.m. completed observations, and at 5 p.m. made all
plain sail.

Distance at noon from Pt. Pargo, Madeira, 256 miles. Made good 120 miles.
Amount of current 14 miles, direction S. 27° W.

Station 81 (Sounding 145), Azores to Madeira (see Chart 6 and Diagram 3).

July 13, 1873 ; lat. 34° 11' N., long. 19° 52' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 73°*5 ; mean for the day, 71°*5.

Temperature of water at surface, 71°*0 ; bottom, 37° *0.

Density at 60° F. at surface, 1*02710.

Depth, 2675 fathoms; deposit, Globigerina Ooze, containing 62*38 per cent, of
carbonate of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At 3.45 p.m. shortened and furled sails, and got up steam to sound. At 5 p.m.
sounded in 2675 fathoms. At 6.20 p.m. completed heaving in line, and at 7.5 p.m. made
all plain sail.

Distance at noon from Pt. Pargo, Madeira, 171 miles. Made good 85 miles. Amount
of current 13 miles, direction S. 45° W.

Station

Station

T1TE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Station 81.
Organisms from
Si-RF.\cs-Xrrs.

Station 82.

*290

Surface Organisms. — The following species are recorded from the surface at this

Station : —

Pteropoda (Pelseneer, Zool. pt. 65).

Clio ( Creseis ) acicula (Rang).

Amphipoda (Stebbing, Zool. pt. 67).

Phorcorrhaphis zamboangze, n.sp.

Willemoes-Suhm writes : “ In the morning some surface things were brought to me,
among which I found some Diphyes, an Amphipod of probably unknown genus, many
small Schizopods, Styliola, and many of those small bicornous Salpse, besides the Zoese
and ever-present Sagitta. There was also a Salpa presenting a peculiarity in the lilac
glands of the digestive cavity ; these glands showed interruptions due either to want of
secretion, which is not very likely, or to separation into several.”

Station 82 (Sounding 146), Azores to Madeira (see Chart 6 and Diagram 3).

July 14, 1873 ; lat. 33° 46'

N., long. 19° 17' W.

Temperature of air at noon,

720,8 ; mean for the day, 71°*9.

Temperature of water : —

Surface, .

70-7

700 fathoms,

46-2

25 fathoms,

65-5

800 „ ...

43-6

50 „ .

61-8

900 „ ...

41*2

75 „ . .

59-3

1000 „ ...

39-7

100 „ . . .

57-8

1100 „ ...

39 0

200 „ .

53*8

1200 „ ...

38-6

300 „ .

52 0

1300 „ ...

38-2

400 „ . . .

51-0

1400 „ ...

37-8

500 „

49-6

1500 „ . . ’ .

37-5

600 „ . . .

48-2

Bottom,

36-6

Density at 60 F. at surface, 1 ‘02715 ; bottom, 1 '02695.

Depth, 2400 fathoms; deposit, Globigerina Ooze, containing 7979 per cent, of
carbonate of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At 8.30 a.m. got up steam, and at 9.15 a.m. shortened and furled sails.
At 10.30 a.m. sounded in 2400 fathoms. Took serial temperatures down to 1500
fathoms. Made current observations, and found surface current running south at the
rate of a quartei of a mile per hour. At 3 p.m. completed observations, and made all
plain sail. At 7.30 p.m. shortened and furled square sails, and got up steam. At
7.40 p.m. proceeded under steam.

Distance at noon from Pt. Fargo, Madeira, 116 miles. Made good 54 miles. Amount
of current 10 miles, direction S. 14° W.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

291

Station 83 (Sounding 147), Azores to Madeira (see Chart 6 and Diagram 3).

July 15, 1873 ; lat. 33° 13' N., long. 18° 13' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 72°*3 ; mean for the day, 70°’6.

Temperature of water at surface, 7l°‘Q ; bottom, 37°‘Q.

Density at 60° F. at surface, 1 ‘02742 ; bottom, 1 "02626.

Depth, 1650 fathoms ; deposit, G-lobigerina Ooze, containing 71 ‘09 per cent, of
carbonate of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chalh Exp.).

At 6.30 a. m. shortened sail and stopped to sound. At 7 a.m. sounded in 1650 fathoms.
Sent down water-bottle and obtained sample of bottom water for analysis. At 8.15 a.m.
put dredge over and veered 2000 fathoms. At 11.45 a.m. dredge came up containing a
few specimens. At noon made all plain sail. At 2.45 p.m. sighted Madeira. At
10.30 p.m. shortened and furled sail, and proceeded under steam.

Pt. Pargo, Madeira, distant at noon, 52 miles. Made good 64 miles. Amount of
current 6 miles, direction S. 16° W.

The following species is recorded from, the dredge at this Station : —

Ophiuroidea (Lyman, Zool. pt. 14).

Ophiomusium armigerum, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 106, 299 (?), and 332,

1850 to 2200 fathoms.

In addition, the Station-book records : — An Antipathid and two specimens of
Archaster.

The Challenger remained at Madeira from 7 a.m. on July 16 till 8 p.m. on July 17.
(For animals procured at Madeira, see page 125.)

Station 84, Madeira to Cape Yerde Islands (see Chart 6).

July 18, 1873 ; lat. 30° 38' N., long. 18° 5' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 72°‘3 ; mean for the day, 71°‘4.

Temperature of water : —

Surface, .

71-0

400 fathoms,

50-0

25 fathoms,

68-0

500

>5

48-3

50 „ . .

64-6

600

» * *

46-2

75 „ . .

62-5

700

>>

44-4

100 „

61-0

800

42-6

200

56-3

900

>>

41-2

300

53-0

1000

>> • *

40-0

Density at 60° F. at surface,

1-02729.

Station 83.

Animals from
Dredge.

At Madeira.

Station 84.

292

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.8. CHALLENGER.

s v x < 4. At 4 a.m., daylight, observed Madeira Island astern. Under sail the whole fore-

noon, with a stiff breeze from the N.E., ship rolling occasionally. At 1.30 p.m. shortened
and furled sails, and got up steam to obtain serial temperatures down to 1000 fathoms.
At 3.45 p.m. completed temperatures, and at 4 p.m. made all plain sail. Depth here
according to Admiralty charts about 2400 fathoms.

Distance at noon from Palma Island, Canaries, 115 miles; from St. Vincent, Cape
Verdes, 920 miles. Made good 120 miles.

[ Stochasmns exit is is given by Spence Bate, and Ophiomitra chelys by Lyman, as from
this Station, but they are both evidently from Station 85.]

statin **5. Station 85 (Sounding 149), Madeira to Cape Verde Islands (see Charts 5 and 6,

and Diagram 7).

July 19, 1873; lat. 28° 42' N., long. 18° 6' W.

Temperature of air at noon,

74°*8 ; mean for the day, 71° 7.

Temperature of water : —

•

Surface, . ...

69-2

200 fathoms,

54-8

25 fathoms.

63-0

300 „

51'5

50 „ ...

61-2

400 „ . .

48-5

75

59-8

500

46-0

100

58 ‘5

Density at 60° F. at surface,

1-02735.

Depth, 1125 fathoms; deposit, Volcanic Mud, containing 6*54 per cent, of
carbonate of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At 8.30 a.m. shortened and furled sails, got up steam to sound, and sounded in 1125
fathoms. At 10 a.m. put dredge over. At 1.15 p.m. commenced heaving in dredge,
which came up at 3 p.m. half full of mud, and with many specimens. Obtained a series
of temperatures down to 500 fathoms. At 3.40 p.m. proceeded towards the dredging
ground of Station 3 in the cruise from Tenerife to St. Thomas. Made good about 130
miles.

Actuals from
Dmdgi.

The following species
Station : —

are recorded in the Zoological Reports from the dredge at this

A lcyonaria (Wright and Studer, Zool. pt. 64).

ricurocora Ilium johnsoni, Gray. Obtained also at Station 3.

C'rratoLsis palms, n.sp. A few' fragments ; obtained at no other locality.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

203

Ophiukoidea (Lyman, Zool. pt. 14). Station 85.

Ophiomitra chelys (Wyvilie Thomson), n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 3 and 33.

[Stated in error to be from Station 84.1

Ostracoda (Brady, Zool. pt. 3).

Cythere dasyderma, n.sp. Widely distributed (see Station 5).

,, (?) serratula, n.sp. A few separate valves ; obtained also at Stations 24

and 335.

Krithe producta, n.sp. Widely distributed (see Station 70).

Macrtjra (Spence Bate, Zool. pt. 52).

Stochasmus exilis, n.g., n.sp. One injured specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

Only species of the genus. [Stated in error to be from Station 84.]

Lamellibrais'Chiata (Smith, Zool. pt. 35).

Nesera circinata, Jeffreys, Obtained also at Station 73.

Semele ( Abra ) profundorum , n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 73, 98, and 244.

Verticordia quadrata, n.sp. Single valve ; obtained at no other locality.

Scaphopoda and Gasteropoda (Watson, Zool. pt. 42).

Dentalium subterjissum, Jeffreys, Obtained also at Stations 78 and 120.

Siphodentalium pusillum. n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Cadulus gracilis , Jeffreys. Obtained also at Stations 75 and 78.

,, tumidosus, Jeffreys. Obtained also at Station 78.

Trochus sp. (?).

Basilissa munda, n.g., n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Seguenzia carinata, Jeffreys. For distribution see Station 73.

Purpura (?) sp., fry.

Pleurotoma ( Mangelia ) sp. (?).

Clathurella formosa (Jeffreys). Obtained also at Stations 24, 73, and 78.

,, chariessa, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 24, 73, 78, and 122.

Cassis (?), two species, fry.

Natica sp. (?). Obtained also at Stations 24, 120, and 122.

Cithna tenella (Jeffreys). For distribution see Station 75.

Rissoa ( Alvania ) deliciosa, Jeffreys. Obtained also at Station 122, 350 fathoms.

Recorded from N.E. Atlantic and Mediterranean.

,, amblia, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Actseon amabilis , n.sp. Obtained also at Station 73.

Bellerophina sp. (?).

(summary of results chall. exp. — 1893.)

38

294

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Station *5.

ORUAM'N' pkom
THE Dw>>8IT.

In addition to the foregoing, the Station-book records also : — Spicules of Euplectella,
Annelid tubes, and Polyzoon.

Excluding Protozoa, nearly 100 specimens of invertebrates were obtained at this
Station, belonging to about 32 species, of which 15 are new to science, including
representatives of 2 new genera; 6 of the new species and 1 new genus were not
obtained elsewhere.

The following species of Pteropoda,
the deposit from this Station (see also
Exp.):-

Pteuopoda (Pelseneer, Zool. pt. 65).

Limacina inflata (d’Orbigny).

„ triacantna (Fiscber).

„ lesucuri (d’Orbigny).

„ lulimoides (d’Orbigny).

Peractw reticulata (d’Orbigny).

„ bigjnnosa, n.sp.

Clio (Creseis) aricula (Rang).

„ ( Hyalocglix) striata (Rang).

„ ( Sti/liola ) mbitla (Quoy and Gaimard).

Heteropoda (Smith, Zool. pt. 72).

Car inaria tamarchii, Peron and Lcsueur (?).
Atlanta peronii, Lesueur.

„ inflata, Eydoux and Souleyet.

Heteropoda, and Foraminifera were observed in
Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall.

Clio po/ita (Craven, MS.).

„ pyramid, ata, Linne.

„ cuspidata (Bose).

Cuvierina eolumnella (Rang).
Cuvolinia trispinosa (Lesueur).

,, quadridmtata (Lesueur).

„ gibbosa (Rang).

,, uncinata (Rang).

„ inflexa (Lesueur).

Atlanta soideyeti , Smith.

„ fusca, Eydoux and Souleyet.

Foramlxifera (Brady, Zool. pt. 22.) — The pelagic species, which make up about
per cent, of the carbonate of lime present in the deposit, are marked thus x : —

Biloculina bullnides, d’Orbigny.

„ dejrressa, d’Orbigny.

„ irregularis, d’Orbiguy.

„ sphttra, d’Orbigny.

MUiolina seminulurn (Linne).
Ophthalmulium inconstans, Brady.

„ »p. (?).

Planispirina tigmoidea, Brady.
C<>mu*pira foliacea (Philippi).
1‘ftomna mriatjilLs , Brady (1).
Pilulina j> ffreyrii, Carpenter.
//y/tcrautmina arborescens (Norman).
„ elcmgata, Bnuly.

„ ramosn, Bradv.

IDtaMamrnina ahyuurrura, Sara.

A*'h' rntm/Ua ratniata (Norman).

„ ramuli/ormit, Brady.

lialiphysema sp. (?).

Reopbax adunca, Brady.

„ dentalin if or m in, Brady.

„ guttifera , Brady.

„ membranacea, Brady (1).

Haploph ragmium globigeriniforme ( Parker and Jones).

„ latidorsal urn (Bornemann).

Thurammina papillata , Brady.

Hormosina carpenteri, Brady.

Trochommina proteiw, Karrer.

Webbina clnvata, Jones and Parker.

Cyclammina purilla, Brady.

Tex tuf aria agglntinane, d'Orbigny.

„ qiuidrilatera, Schwager.

Verneuilina pygmtea (Egger).

Gaudrgina jmpoidcs, d’Orbigny, var. chUostoma,
Re UBS.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

295

Gaudryina rugosa, d’Orbigny.

Bulimina buchiana, d’Orbigny.

„ elegans, d’Orbigny (?).

,, inflata , Seguenza.

„ pyrula, d’Orbigny.

Bolivina beyrichi, Reuss.

„ robusta, Brady.

Cassidulinct subglobosa , Brady.

Chilostomella ovoidca, Reuss.

Lagena acuticosta, Reuss.

„ lagenoides (Williamson).

„ marginata (Walker and Boys).

,, orbignyana (Seguenza).

,, semistriata, Williamson.

Nodosaria obliqua (Linn6).

„ scalaris (Batsch).

„ sp. (?).

Rhabdogonium tricarinatum (d’Orbigny).

Cristellaria articulata, Reuss.

„ crepldula (Ficktel and Moll).

Polyrnorpliina ladea (Walker and Jacob).

„ sororiu, Reuss, var. cuspidata, Brady.

„ sp. (?).

Uvigerina pygmsrn, d’Orbigny.

Sagrina columellaris , Brady,
x Globigerina cequilateralis, Brady,
x ,, bulloides, d’Orbigny.
x „ conglobaia, Brady.

x Globigerina dubia, Egger.
x „ inflata, d’Orbigny.

x „ rubra, d’Orbigny.

x. „ sacculi/era, Brady,

x Orbidiuo. universa, d’Orbigny.
x Hastigerina pelagica, d’Orbigny.
x Pidlenia obliquiloculata, Parker and Jones.
„ quinqueloba, Reuss.

Spirillina decor ata, Brady.

Planorbtdino, medite'iranensis, d’Orbigny.

Truncatulina cutter (Parker and Jones).

„ ungeriana (d’Orbigny).

„ wuellerstorft (Scbwager).

Ilupertia stabilis,, Wallick.
x Pidvinulina ca.nariensis (d’Orbigny).
x ,, crassa, (d’Orbigny).

x ,, elegans (d’Orbigny).

,, hauerii (d’Orbigny).

x „ menardii (d’Orbigny).

x- ,, uiichelmiana (d’Orbigny).

„ pauperata, Parker and Jones,
x ,, tumida, Brady.

Rotalia calcar, d’Orbigny.

„ solclanii, d’Orbigny.

Polytrema miniaceum (Linne).

Nonionina umbilicatula (Montagu).

Ampliistegina lessonii, d’Orbigny.

Operculina (?) sp.

Station 85.

Moseley writes : “ In addition to the Pteropods, &c., I found in the mud an entire
well-preserved leaf of a shrub (holly ?), which, from its whiteness and general appearance,
had evidently been at the bottom a considerable time ; we were six miles from shore.
This is the first land- vegetable fragment we have obtained from deep water, and inter-
esting as showing how land remains beeome mingled with marine ones in even deep-sea
deposits. In the mud were, further, masses of the corallum previous^ obtained, coated
with manganese. On one piece was a small Spirorbis also encrusted, thus showing the
encrustation was entirely post-mortem.”

Station 86 (Sounding 150), Madeira to Cape Verde Islands (see Chart 6). Station 8 .

July 21, 1873 ; lat. 25° 46' N., long. 20° 34' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 740,3 ; mean for the day, 72° T.

Temperature of water at surface, 71°’0 ; bottom, 36°‘6.

Density at 60° F. at bottom, 1 '02626.

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

296

s • '• Depth, 2300 fathoms; deposit, Globigerina Ooze, containing 5777 per cent, of

carbonate of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Cliall. Exp.).

At 5.30 a.m. got up steam, and sounded in 2300 fathoms. Being too far westward
of Station 3, at 8 a.m. steamed about 22 miles east. Obtained sample of bottom water
for analysis. A thermometer was broken by pressure.

•*' f ati* >v 87. Station 87.

At 12.20 p.m. stopped and put dredge over, veering 2000 fathoms. At 2 p.m.
Mjuii<lcd in 1G75 fathoms. Imbedded in the sounding-lead were found fragments of coral
coated with manganese, similar to that brought up by the dredge on nearly the same spot
on a former occasion. At 5.15 p.m. hove up dredge, containing a few branches of the
same coral and a few specimens. At 5.20 p.m. made all plain sail.

Distance at noon from St. Vincent, Cape Verdes, 600 miles. Made good 77 miles.
Amount of current 17 miles, direction S. 64° W.

Ammalm ik< >m

iJKKtIGE.

The following species are recorded in the Zoological Reports from the dredge at this
Station : —

Ophiuroidea (Lyman, Zool. pt. 14).

Ophioimisiurn pulchellum, Wyville Thomson, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 122

and 142, 350 and 150 fathoms.

Ophiomitra carduus, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Macrura (Spence Bate, Zool. pt. 52).

J'ryoneicus csecus, n.g., n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality. Only

species of the genus. [Stated in error to have been taken
at Station VII v., 1620 fathoms.]

Acanthephyra purpurea , M. -Edwards. One specimen ; obtained also at Stations

40 and 354.

Hymenodora mollicutis, n.sp. One specimen; obtained also at Stations 104, 133,

156, 157, and 318, 1675 to 2500 fathoms.

Polyzoa (Busk, Zool. pt. 30).

A'< Ihn simplex. Busk. Two specimens ; obtained at no other locality by the
Challenger.

Ih< Station-book records also: — Several pieces of Gorgonoid Coral coated with

manganese.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

297

Excluding Protozoa, about a dozen specimens of invertebrates were obtained at
this Station, belonging to 7 species, of which 4 are new to science, including repre-
sentative of 1 new genus ; 2 of the new species and the new genus were not obtained
elsewhere.

Willemoes-Suhm writes: “In the dredge was a shrimp, probably a Peneid, which
apparently shows that these animals live on the bottom, for it is improbable that a shrimp
could penetrate deeply into the mnd during the passage of the dredge through the
surface water. There was also a transparent, very spiny, blind larva of a Braehyurous
crab [ = Eryoneicus cxcus], probably answering to the Megalopa-stage, but remarkable, in
addition to its blindness, for the development of the first pair of cheliferous legs and the
presence of only one largely developed, and three very slightly developed, pairs of
pereiopods, though the swimmerettes were normal. Of the internal organs one could see
a bright-red stomach and, on both sides of it, a yellow liver. The spines were placed in
rows on the carapace, and also covered the legs and abdomen, but there was no very spiny
rostrum, which, however, might appear in a subsequent stage. The full-grown crab to
which this larva belongs is evidently blind, and might bear some resemblance to the
Pericera- like crab taken on July 10 — Lithodes agassizii], which, however, had a pair of
well-developed eyes and a rostrum composed of strong spines. This is, as far as I am aware,
the first instance of a larva of a deep-sea Crustacean being brought up in the dredge.

A longicorn beetle ( Clytus ) was blown on board, perhaps from Africa.

Station 88 (Sounding 152), Madeira to Cape Verde Islands (see Chart 6 and
Diagram 7).

July 22, 1873 ; lat. 23c 58'

N., long. 21°

18' W.

Temperature of air at noon,

7 5° ’3 ; mean

for the day, 73°‘7.

Temperature of water : —

Surface, .

72-0

600 fathoms, .

o

43-2

100 fathoms, .

61-0

700 „

420

200 „

55-4

800

41-0

300

50-4

900

40-1

400 „

468

1000 „

39-3

500 „

44-5

Bottom,

36-4

Density at 60° F. at surface, 1 ‘02755 ; 400 fathoms, 1‘02627 ; bottom, 1 ‘02618.
Depth, 2300 fathoms ; deposit, Globigerina Ooze, containing 64 38 per cent, of
carbonate of lime (see Murray and Benard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At 1.20 p.m. shortened and furled sails, and got up steam to sound. Sounded in
2300 fathoms. At 3 p.m. took serial temperatures at intervals of 100 fathoms down to

Station 87.

Station 88.

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

298

S: u- n 8>. 1000 fathoms, one of the thermometers being broken by the pressure. Sent down water-

bottle, and obtained samples of water from the bottom, 600 and 400 fathoms. At
4.50 p.m. completed temperatures, and at 5 p.m. made all plain sail.

Distance at noon from St. Vincent, 478 miles. Made good 119 miles. Amount of
t urrent 11 miles, direction S. 53° W.

St. it;.. s 89. Station 89 (Sounding 153), Madeira to Cape Verde Islands (see Chart 6 and

Diagram 7).

July 23, 1873 ; lat. 22° 18' N., long. 22° 2' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 740,8 ; mean for the day, 73°*8.

Temperature of water : —

Surface, ....

73-5

100 fathoms,

64-0

200

56-0

300 „ ...

50-5

400 „ . . ,

470

500 „ ...

44-5

600 „ ...

430

700 „ ...

420

800 „ ...

410

900 fatlioms, . . . 40 0

1000 „ ... 39-0

1100 „ . . . 380

1200 „ ... 37-4

1300 „ ... 370

1400 „ ... 36-8

1500 „ ... 36-7

Bottom „ . . . 36 6

Density at 60 F. at surface, 1*02719.

Depth, 2400 fathoms ; deposit, Globigerina Ooze, containing 58*50 per cent, of
carbonate of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits ChaH. Exp.).

At 9.20 a.m. shortened and furled sails, and got up steam to trawl and sound. At
9.45 a.m. put trawl over and veered 3000 fathoms. At noon sounded in 2400 fathoms.
At 1 p.m. took serial temperatures at intervals of 100 fathoms down to 1500 fathoms.
At 4.30 p.m. commenced heaving in trawl, which came up at 6.30 p.m. containing a few
-penmens. At 6.45 p.m. made all plain sail. Since the previous day the colour of the
surface water changed from blue to green.

Distance at noon from St. Vincent, 362 miles. Made good 117 miles. Amount of
current 5 miles, direction S.

Axmtu nu>n
Tiuwu

The following species are recorded in the Zoological Reports from the trawl at this
Station : —

Deep-Sea Kkratosa (Haeckel, Zool. pt. 82).

Ammoconia atiloplcgma, n.g., n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.
J'mmmopemma calcareum, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

299

Asteeoidea (Sladen, Zool. pt. 51). Station 89.

Lonchotaster tartareus, n.g., n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Tkoracaster cylindratus, n.g., n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Freyella tuberculata, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 346, 2350 fathoms. Recorded

subsequently from Indian Ocean (“ Investigator”).

Copepoda (Brady, Zool. pt. 23).

Lernaea abyssicola, n.sp. Parasitic on Ceratias uranoscopus.

Polyzoa (Busk, Zool. pt. 30).

Bugula mirabilis, n.sp. Several specimens ; obtained at no other locality.

Farciminaria delicatissima, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 13, 14, 64, 68, and 106.

Fishes (Gunther, Zool. pt. 57).

Ceratias uranoscopus, Murray, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

Recorded subsequently from New England (U.S. Fish Com-
mission).

The Station-book records also : — Trunk of Pennatulid, red Holothurian with Stylifer
in its cloaca, and two specimens of Scalpellum on a Polyzoon.

Excluding Protozoa, about 20 specimens of invertebrates and fishes were ob-
tained at this Station, belonging to about 12 species, of which 9 are new to science,
including representatives of 3 new genera ; 7 of the new species were not obtained
elsewhere.

Station 90 (Sounding 154), Madeir;
Diagram 7).

July 24, 1873 ; lat. 20° 58' N., long.

Temperature of air at noon,
Temperature of water : —

74°-8 ;

Surface, . ...

740

100 fathoms, .

62-2

200 „ . . .

56 0

300 „ . . .

50-7

400 „ . . .

46-7

500 „ . . .

44-0

600 „ . . .

42-2

700 „ ...

40-8

to Cape Verde Islands (see Chart 6 and
2° 57' W.

for the day, 7 3°'7.

800 fathoms,

39-8

900 „ ...

39-1

1000 „ ...

38-6

1100 „ ...

38-2

1200 „ ...

37 -S

1300 „ ...

374

1400 „ ...

370

Bottom,

36-4

Station 90.

300

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Station 90.

Density at 60' F. : —
Surface,

. 1-02688

400 fathoms,

. 1 02610

100 fathoms,

. 1 02735

500 „

. 1 02605

150 „ . .

. 1 02661

Bottom,

. 1 02645

300 „ . .

. 1-02645

Depth, 2400 fathoms ; deposit, Globigerina Ooze.

At 11.20 a.m. shortened and furled sails, and got up steam to sound. At 1 p.m.
sounded in 2400 fathoms. At 2.30 p.m. took serial temperatures at intervals of
100 fathoms down to 1400 fathoms, and obtained sample of bottom water for analysis.
At 4 p.m. completed temperatures, and at 4.10 p.m. made all plain sail. The water
>till retained its green colour.

Distance at noon from St. Vincent, Cape Verdes, 2G8 miles. Made good 95 miles.
Amount of curreut 4 miles, direction S. 63° W.

Station 91.

Station 91 (Sounding

155), Madeira to Cape Verde

Islands (see Chart.

Diagram 7).

July 25, 1873 ; lat. 19°

4' N., long. 24° 6' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 75°'8 ; mean for the day, 74
Temperature of water : —

°*1.

Surface, .

740

600 fathoms,

41*9

100 fathoms,

600

700 „

40-7

200 „ . .

54-0

800

39-8

300 „

49-5

900

39 1

400 „

46-2

1000 „

38-6

500 „ . .

43-5

Bottom,

36-5

Density at 60 F. : —

Surface, .

. 1 02710

300 fathoms,

. 1-02623

100 fathoms, .

. 1-02637

400 „

. 1-02606

200 „ . .

. 1-02649

Bottom,

. 1-02696

Depth, 2075 fathoms; deposit, Globigerina Ooze, containing 60'95 per cent, of
carbonate of lime (see Murray and Rcnard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At 1.15 p.m. shortened and furled sails, and got up steam to sound. At 2 p.m.
-ound' d in 2075 fathoms, and obtained serial temperatures at intervals of 100 fathoms
down to 1000 fathoms. Sent down water-bottle and procured samples of water from
100, 200, 300, and 400 fathoms, and bottom. The water, which for the last two days

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

301

had been of a green colour, returned to its dark blue tint. At 4.30 p.m. completed Station 91.
observations, and at 4.45 p.m. made all plain sail.

Distance at noon from St. Vincent, 144 miles. Made good 125 miles. Amount of
current 11 miles, direction S. 51° W.

Station 92 (Sounding 156), Madeira to Cape Verde Islands (see Chart 6 and Station 92.

Diagram 7).

July 26, 1873 ; lat. 17 r 54'

N., long.

24° 41' W,

Temperature of air at noon,

76°'5 ; mean for the day, 74° '3.

Temperature of wTater : —

Surface, .

o

74-7

800 fathoms,

39-9

50 fathoms,

68-0

900

39-3

100 „ . . .

62-0

1000

38-8

200 „ . . .

52-0

1100 „

38-3

300 „ .

47-2

1200 „

38-0

400 „ . . .

44-2

1300 „

37-8

500 „ . . .

42-4

1400 „

37-6

600 „ . . .

41-4

1500 „

37-5

700 „ . . .

40-5

Density at 60° F. : —

Surface,

1-02699

75 fathoms,

. 1-02715

45 fathoms,

1-02745

100 „ . .

. 1-02680

Depth, 1975 fathoms; deposit, Globigerina Ooze, containing 57 '15 per cent, of
carbonate of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At 7.35 a.m. shortened and furled sails, and got up steam to sound and dredge. At
8 a.m. put diedge over, and veered 1500 fathoms. At 9.30 a.m. sounded in 1975 fathoms,
and veered dredge rope to 2500 fathoms. At noon took serial temperatures down to
1500 fathoms. At 4 p.m. hove up dredge, which contained one or two specimens. At
4.10 p.m. made all plain sail. At 11 p.m. observed San Antonio Island ahead.

Distance at noon from San Antonio, 48 miles, and from St. Vincent, 61 miles. Made
good 83 miles. Amount of current 8 miles, direction W.

The following species is recorded from the dredge at this Station : —

Schizopoda (Sars, Zool. pt. 37).

Eucopia australis, Dana. Obtained also at Stations 50, 73, 107, 146, 158, and 237.
(summary of results chall. exp. — 1S93.) 39

Animals from
Dredge.

302

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Station 92.

Orcaxukb from

THE Sl'RKACR.

Stations 93 r*
93c.

OkGANIaMM FROM
THE DEPOSIT.

The Station-book records also : — A soft Holothurian, and a small Sternoptycliid fish
evidently from the surface.

Moseley writes : “ In the swabs was a Holothurian with gelatinous test, resembling
that of Sal pa in appearance, and with curious simple-spoked wheels in the epidermis.”

Surface Organisms. — A Hying fish ( Exocoetus nigricans) came on board, but not many
have been seen lately.

Station 93 to 93c (Sounding 157 to 160), off Cape Verde Islands (see Chart 11).

July 27, 1873.

Temperature of air at noon, 75°‘8 ; mean for the day, 750-7.

Temperature of water at surface, 75°'0.

At 6.30 a.m. got up steam, and at 9 a.m. proceeded under steam to sound. At
9.30 a.m. sounded in 1070 fathoms, deposit Volcanic Mud, containing 8-29 per cent,
of carbonate of lime (Station 93). At 10.30 a.m. completed sounding, stopped engines,
and made all plain sail. At 11.45 a.m. got up steam, and at 12.15 p.m. sounded
in 1000 fathoms, deposit Volcanic Mud, containing 13 ’65 per cent, of carbonate of
lime (Station 93a). At 2 p.m. stopped and sounded in 465 fathoms, deposit Volcanic
Mud, containing 13 63 per cent, of carbonate of lime, bottom temperature 43°-5
(Station 93b). At 3 p.m. stopped and sounded in 52 fathoms, deposit Coralline Sand,
containing 94 20 per cent, of carbonate of lime (Station 93c). At 3.15 p.m. proceeded,
at 4 p.m. passed Bird Island, and at 4.15 p.m. stopped and anchored in 7 fathoms. The
four soundings taken to-day are in a line from the middle of the entrance of the channel
l»etween San Antonio and St. Vincent Islands, up to near Bird Island at the entrance
to Porto Grande.

DiAToMACEJi. — The following species of Diatoms were observed by Mr. Comber in the
dc]>osit from Station 93a, 1000 fathoms : —

Amphora jrrotcu*, Gregory.

„ jrvndlrri, A. Schmidt.

„ rrcuta, Gregory.

NaaittUa hmncdyv, W. Smith.

„ darata, Gregory.

„ lyra, Khrenberg.

„ jrrmtrrta, Khrenberg, and var.
„ I/Hllat4y Norman.

„ dirreta, Kalfs.

„ marginata, Lewis.

„ tmtthii, llrebiason.

Navicula fugca, Ralfs.

„ didyma, Kutzing.

„ interrupta , Kutzing.

„ multicostata, Grunow.

„ incur vat a, Gregory.

„ bomhoides , A. Schmidt.

„ cincta, Kutzing.

„ aepera, Khrenberg.

Pleiirnniyma directum, Grunow.

Cocconei* psendomarginata, Gregory.

Ni/zxrhia marina, Grunow.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

303

Kitzschia panduriformis, Gregory.
Surirella lata, W. Smith.

„ la.ru, J anisch.

„ fastuosa , Ehrenberg.

Campylodiscus horologium, Williamson.
Glyphodesmis mlliamsonii, Grunow.
Grammatophora marina, Kutzing.

,, macilenta, W. Smith.

Synedra superha, Kutzing.

Biddulphia pulchella, Gray.

„ tuomeyii, Roper.

» sp- 0)-

Cerataalus turgidus, Ehrenberg.
Triceratium attanticum, Castracane.

„ antuliluvianum, van Heurck.

„ sculptum, Shadbolt.

,, arcticum, Bright well.

„ sp. (?), forma hexagona.

Hemidiscus cuneiformis, W allich.

Aidiscus punctatus, Bailey.

„ pruinosus, Bailey. ■

„ sp. (?).

Pseudauliscus peruvianus, Rattray.

Eupodiscus radiatus, Bailey.

Stictod.isc.us californicus, Greville.

,, „ var. nanlcoorensis, Grunow.

Aulacodiscus peterm, Ehrenberg.

„ amcenus , Greville.

„ kilkellyanus , Greville.

Goscinodiscus lineatus, Ehrenberg.

„ excentricus, Ehrenberg.

,, curvatulus, Grunow.

„ concavus, Gregory.

,, nitidus, Gregory.

„ eoncinnus, W. Smith.

„ nodulifer, Janisch.

,, radiatus, Ehrenberg.

„ oculus-iridis, Ehrenberg.

,, elegans, Greville.

Etlimodiscus p. (1).

Paralia sulcata, Cleve.

Actinoptyclms splendens, Ralfs.

„ undulatus, Ehrenberg.

Asteromphalus roperianus, Ralfs.

,, arachne, Ralfs.

Melosira granulata, Ralfs.

# The Challenger remained at St. Vincent from 4.15 p.m. on July 27 till 10.15 a.m.
on August 5. During this time dredgings were conducted by Mr. Murray from the
steam pinnace in the harbour, in depths of from 7 to 30 fathoms ; the deposit was a
Calcareous Sand containing 89 '4 7 per cent, of carbonate of lime.

Stations 93d to 94 (Soundings 161 to 165), off Cape Verde Islands (see Chart ll).

August 5, 1873.

Temperature of air at noon, 8 1°*3 ; mean for the day, 78°'3.

Temperature of water at surface, 78° '0.

At 9.30 a.m. got up steam. At 9.45 a.m. shortened cable, and at 10.15 a.m. weighed
anchor, and proceeded under steam to the westward of Bird Island. At 10.50 a.m.
stopped outside Bird Island, and put over current drag. Steamed as required to follow
current drag. At noon, picked up current drag. At 1.25 p.m. stopped to obtain sketch
of entrance to St. Vincent Harbour. Sounded in 103 fathoms, deposit Coralline Mud
(Station 93d). At 2 p.m. proceeded. At 3.15 p.m. sounded in 85 fathoms, deposit
Coralline Mud (Station 93e). At 4 p.m. stopped and sounded in 260 fathoms, deposit
Volcanic Mud, containing 56'59 per cent, of carbonate of lime (Station 93f). At 5 p.m.
stopped and sounded in 675 fathoms, deposit Volcanic Mud, containing 39 '25 per cent.

Station 93a.

At St. Vincent,
Cape Verdes.

Stations 93d
to 94.

304

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

SrArioNs 93u to
94.

ORGANISMS FROM

the Surface.

At St. Iaoo,
Cape Verde*.

Cape Verdes.

Animals from
Cape Verdes.

of carbonate of lime (Station 93g). At 6.35 p.m. stopped and sounded in 1150 fathoms,
deposit Volcanic Mud, containing 4752 per cent, of carbonate of lime (Station 94). At
7.25 p.m. made all plain sail, and proceeded towards Porto Praya, St. Iago.

Surface Organisms. — Willemoes-Suhm writes : “At night a great many small speci-
mens of Pyrosoma were in the water, and some were taken in the tow-net. Also, an
Acridium came on board.”

The Challenger remained at St. Iago from 7.30 a.m. on August 7 till 8.30 p.m. on
August 9, during which time the steam pinnq.ce dredged and trawled with tangles on
the Red Coral ground, in 80 to 100 fathoms.

The expedition visited the Cape Verde Islands on the outwTard voyage from Juty 27
till August 9, 1873, and on the homeward voyage from April 16 till April 26, 1876
(for description of the islands, see Narr. Chall. Exp., vol. i. pp. 183-191). On both
visits, Air. Murray conducted dredgings from the steam pinnace in the harbour of St.
Vincent in depths of 7 to 50 fathoms. The deposit was a Calcareous Sand, containing
87 to 94 per cent, of carbonate of lime, chiefly made up of Foraminifera and Calcareous
Algae. In some places the shells of Aviphistegina lessonii made up fully two-thirds of
the whole deposit. Polystomclla, Discorbina, and Orbiculina were also abundant.
The deposits around the islands from 200 fathoms down to 1150 fathoms wrere Volcanic
Sands and Muds, containing from 13 to 50 per cent, of carbonate of lime, in which
Pteropod and Heteropod shells were abundant. The following species are recorded in
the Zoological Reports as having been obtained in the vicinity : —

Monaxonida (Ridley and Dendy, Zool. pt. 59).

Ileniera tufa, n.sp. Two pieces (Porto Praya, 100 to 128 fathoms); obtained at no

other locality.

llymcniacidon caruncula, Bowerbank. Two specimens (St. Vincent, shallow

water) ; obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.
Recorded from British Islands and Port Jackson.
Axinella monticularis, n.sp. Four specimens (St. Vincent, shallow water, and

Harbour, 7 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.
,, (?) lunxcharta, n.sp. Three specimens (St. Vincent, shallow water, and

Harbour, 7 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

Tktractinet uda (Sollas, Zool. pt. 63).

PfrcdbiMra craxsiuticula , n.sp. One specimen (Porto Praya, 100 to 128 fathoms) ;

obtained at no other locality.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS. 305

Sphinctrella cribnfera, n.sp. Several specimens (Porto Praya, 100 to 128 fathoms) ;

obtained at no other locality.

„ gracilis , n.sp. One specimen (Porto Praya, 100 to 128 fathoms) ;

obtained at no other locality.

,, ornatus, n.sp. One specimen (Porto Praya, 100 to 128 fathoms) ;

obtained at no other locality.

Calthropella simplex, n.g., n.sp. One specimen (Porto Praya) ; obtained at no

other locality. Only species of the genus.

Corallistes masoni (Bowerbank). Several specimens (Porto Praya, 100 to 128

fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.
Recorded from Madeira.

Azoricci pfeifferse, Carter. One specimen (Porto Praya, 100 to 128 fathoms) ;

obtained also at' Stations 33, 56, Bahia, and Amboina.

Astropeplus pulcher, n.g., n.sp. One specimen (Porto Praya) ; obtained at no

other locality. Only species of the genus.

Hexactinellida (Schulze, Zool. pt. 53).

Sympagella nux, Schmidt. One specimen (St. Iago, 100 to 128 fathoms); obtained

at no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from
Florida and coasts of Spain and Portugal.

Calcarea (Polejaeff, Zool. pt. 24).

Grantia tuberosa, n.sp. One specimen and fragments (off St. Vincent) ; obtained at

no other locality.

Alcyonaria (Wright and Studer, Zool. pt. 64).

Corallium rubrum, Lamarck. (St. Vincent and St. Iago, 80 to 120 fathoms) ;

obtained at no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded
from Mediterranean.

Actiniaria (Hertwig, Zool. pts. 15 and 73).

Calliactis polypus (Forskal). Six specimens on Gasteropod shell (St. Vincent) ;

obtained also at Station 208, 18 fathoms.

Halcainpella sp. (?). One damaged specimen (St. Vincent, shallow water).

Corals (Moseley, Zool. pt. 7).

Ca.ryopliyllia profunda, n.sp. (?). Fragment (St. Iago, 100 to 120 fathoms) ;

obtained also at Station 135, 100 to 150 fathoms.

Cape Verdes.

306

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

AVK VKBOBt*.

Mad rads asperula, M.-Edwards and Haime. (St. Vincent, shallow water) ;

obtained also at Station 36 and Fernando Noronha.

Deitdrophi/llia comigera, Blainville. One specimen (St. lago, 100 to 120 fathoms) ;

obtained also at Station 190, 49 fathoms.

Reef Copals (Quelch, Zool. pt. 46).

A strata fragum (Esper). Many specimens (St. Vincent, shore); obtained at no

other locality b> the Challenger. Recorded from West
Indies.

Pontes guudaloupensis , Duchassaing and Michelotti. Several specimens (St. Vincent,

rock-pools) ; obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.
,, superficialiSy Duchassaing and Michelotti. One specimen (St. Vincent, rock-
pools) ; obtained at no other locality by the Challenge^

JIydroida (Allman, Zool. pt. 20).

Streptocaulus pulcherrimus, n.g., n.sp. (Porto Praya, 100 fathoms) ; obtained at

no other locality. Only species of the genus.

Asteroidea (Sladen, Zool. pt. 51).

Pontaster venustus, n.g., n.sp., var. robusta, nov. One specimen (Cape Verdes) ;

the species obtained also at Stations 76 and 79.

Psilaster cassiope, n.g., n.sp. (Cape Verdes) ; obtained at no other locality.

,, patagiatus, n.g., n-sP- (Cape Verdes) ; obtained at no other locality.

Pentagonaster semilunatus, Linck. One specimen (Cape Verdes) ; obtained at

no other locality by the Challenger. A widely-
distributed species.

Yymphaster albidus, n.g., n.sp. (Cape Verdes) ; obtained at no other locality.

Pentaccros dorsatus (Linn^), Perrier. Several specimens (Porto Praya); obtained

at no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded
from Cape Verdes.

Lined. a guildingii, Gray. (Porto Praya) ; obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger. Recorded from Bermuda, West Indies,
and Bahia.

Yard ia curui riensis (d’Orbigny). One specimen (St. Vincent); obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger. Recorded from Canaries.

Asteria-i (Stolastcrias) glacialis, Muller. (St. Vincent); obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger. Recorded from Arctic,
Xorth Atlantic, and Mediterranean.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

307

Ophiuroidea (Lyman, Zoo 1. pt. 14).

Amphiura josephinse, Ljungman (?). (St. Vincent) ; obtained at no other locality

by the Challenger.

Ophiostigma africanum, n.sp. (St. Vincent) ; obtained at no other locality.
Echinoidea (Agassiz, Zool. pt. 9).

. Cidaris tribidoides (Lamarck). (St. Vincent, 15 to 20 fathoms); obtained also at
Fernando Noronha and Bahia.

Arbacia pustulosa (Leske). (St. Vincent) ; obtained at no other locality by the
Challen ger.

Diadema setosum, Gray. (St. Vincent) ; obtained also at St. Thomas, Philippines,
and Tahiti,

Echinometra subcingularis (Leske). (St. Vincent) ; obtained also at Ascension.
Sphasr echinus granidaris (Lamarck). (St. Vincent) ; obtained also at Station 75.

Nemertea (Hubreeht, Zool. pt. 54).

Eupolia delineata (delle Chiaje). One specimen (St. Vincent) ; obtained at no

other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from
Mediterranean.

Drepanophorus rubrostriatus, Hubreeht. One specimen (St, Vincent) ; obtained

at no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from
Mediterranean and Madeira.

Gephyrea (Selenka, Zool. pt. 36).

Aspidosiphon speculator, n.sp. Three specimens (St. Vincent, shallow water) ;
obtained at no other locality.

Anrelida (MTntosh, Zool. pt. 34).

Hermodice caruncidata, Pallas Two specimens (St. Vincent) ; obtained also at

St. Thomas and Bermuda.

Ilermione hystrix (Savigny). Two specimens (St Vincent) ; obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger. Recorded from North
Atlantic and Mediterranean.

Lagisca tenuisetis, n.sp. One specimen (St. Vincent); obtained at no other locality.
„ peracuta, n.sp. Several specimens (St. Vincent) ; obtained at no other

locality.

Phyllodoce (Anaitis ?) sancti-vincentis, n.sp. One specimen (St. Vincent) ; obtained

at no other locality.

Hesione ( Fallacia ) pantherina, Risso. One specimen (St. Vincent) ; obtained at no

other locality by the Challenger.

Cape Verdes.

308

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Xcrcis atlantica, n.sp. One specimen (St. Vincent) ; obtained at no other locality.

,, ( Platynereis ) dumerilii, Audouin and M. -Edwards, var. Two specimens

(St. Vincent) ; obtained at no other locality by the
Challenger. Recorded from North Atlantic.

Xcmatonereis sp. (?). One specimen (St. Vincent, probably from shore).

Eunice torquata, Quatrefages (?). One specimen (St. Vincent, probably from

shore) ; obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.
A widely-distributed species.

Xotomastus agassizii, n.sp. One specimen (from sounding-line, off San Antonio) ;

obtained also at Station 47.

Sabellaria (Pallasia) johnstoni, n.sp. (St. Vincent, littoral region); obtained at no

other locality.

Loimia savignyi, n.sp. Two specimens (St. Vincent) ; obtained at no other locality.

Laonome haechelii , n.sp. One specimen (St. Vincent) ; obtained at no other

locality.

< >stracoda (Brady, Zool. pt. 3).

Bairdiafoveolf.Ua , Brady. (Off St. Vincent, 1070 to 1150 fathoms); for distri-
bution see Station 33.

„ milne-edwardsi , Brady. (Off St. Vincent, 1070 to 1150 fathoms) ; obtained

at no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from
St. Vincent.

„ acanthigera, Brady. (Off St. Vincent, 1070 to 1150 fathoms) ; obtained at

no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from
English Channel.

Cythf>re speyeri , Brady. (Oft' St. Vincent, 1070 to 1150 fathoms); obtained also

at Station 344, 420 fathoms. Recorded from Tenedos,
Colon, New Providence, and St. Vincent.

Txyxoconcha africana, n.sp. (Off St. Vincent, 1070 to 1150 fathoms) ; obtained at

no other locality.

Xestoleberis variegata , n.sp. (Off St. Vincent, 1070 to 1150 fathoms); obtained

also at Station 172, 18 fathoms.

Copkpoda (Brady, Zool. pt. 23).

Le^o ph t he i rus suhmi, n.sp. (St. Vincent, parasitic on Scar us) ; obtained at no

other locality.

Pandarua zygamir, n.sp. (St. Vincent, parasitic on Zygoma malleus); obtained at

no other locality.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

309

Alebion car char ire, Krpyer. (St. Vincent, parasitic on Zygsena malleus) ; obtained Cape Verdkk.

at no other locality by the Challenger.

Lernsea hemircimphi, Kr0yer(?). (St. Vincent, parasitic on Cavalli) ; obtained at no

other locality by the Challenger.

Cirripedia (Hoek, Zool. pt. 25).

Lepas hillii (Leach). Two young specimens (taken from screw at St. Vincent) ;

obtained also from screw near Station 269.

Conchoderma virgatum (Spengler). Two specimens (taken from screw at St.

Vincent) ; obtained at no other locality bv the
Challenger.

Balanus tintinnabulum (Linne), var. communis , Darwin. Two specimens (St.

Vincent Harbour, 7 to 20 fathoms).

„ „ „ var. spinosus, Gmelin. Four specimens (from

screw'). The species obtained at no other locality
by the Challenger.

Chthamalus dentatus, Krauss. Several specimens (St. Vincent Harbour, 7 to 20

fathoms — on Balanus tintinnahulum) ; obtained at
no other locality by the Challenger.

Stomatopoda (Brooks, Zool. pt. 45).

Protosquilla elongata n.g., n.sp. One specimen (St. Vincent) ; obtained at no

other locality.

Macrura (Spence Bate, Zool. pt. 52).

Tbaccus verdi, n.sp, (St. Vincent, 7 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained also at Station 200,

250 fathoms.

Arctus immaturus , n.sp. One specimen (off Cape Verdes) ; obtained also at Station

VIIp.

Sicyonia sculpta, M.-Edwards. One specimen (off St. Vincent) ; obtained at

no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from
Mediterranean.

Athanas veloculus, n.sp. Two specimens (Cape Verdes) ; obtained at no other locality.

Alpheus edwardsii (Audouin). Several specimens (off St. Vincent, 52 fathoms?);

obtained at no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded
from Europe and Red Sea.

,, cristidigitus, n.sp. Nineteen specimens (St. Vincent, 52 fathoms ?) ;
obtained at no other locality.

Atya sulcatipes, Newport. (San Antonio, fresh water) ; obtained at no other

locaJity by the Challenger. Recorded from Cape Verdes.

(summary of results chall. exp. — 1893.) 40

Arc Verdes,

310 THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGED.

At i/a serrata, n.sp. Two specimens (San Antonio, fresh water); obtained at no

other locality.

C'ridoia typus , M. -Edwards. One specimen (San Antonio, fresh water); obtained

at no other locality by the Challenger.

Anomura (Henderson, Zool. pt. 69).

Pemipes scutellatus (Fabricius). Many specimens (St. Vincent) ; obtained also at
Bermuda.

Pagurus calidus, Risso. Three specimens (St. Vincent) ; obtained also at Station
VIIp.

K pagurus excavatus (Herbst), var. meticulosa, Roux (?). One specimen (St. Vincent
Harbour, 7 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained also at Madeira (?).

Pachycheles barbatus, M.-Edwards. One specimen (St. Vincent) ; obtained at no
other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from Cape Verdes.

( rcilathea sp. (?). (St. Vincent) ; obtained also at Station 75.

Brachyura (Miers, Zool. pt. 49).

Dptopodia sagittaria (Fabricius). Several specimens (St. Vincent) ; obtained also

at Station 122, Bahia, and Madeira.

Acanthonyx lunulatus (Risso). One specimen (St. Vincent); obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger. Recorded from Madeira.

Ilcrbstia rubra, M. -Edwards. One specimen (St. Vincent) ; obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger. Recorded from Cape Verdes.

,, violacea (M.-Edwards). One specimen (St. Vincent) ; obtained at no other
locality by the Challenger. Recorded from East Atlantic.

,, omta (Stimpson). Several specimens (St. Vincent) ; obtained at no other
locality by the Challenger. Recorded from Cape Verdes.

Lambrns ( PartJienolambrv s) massena, Roux. One specimen (St. Vincent) ; obtained

also at Station 75.

,, ( „ ) massena, var. atJanticus, nov. Two specimens (St.

Vincent) ; obtained at no other locality.

Xanthodes melanod>ictylus, M.-Edwards. Many specimens (St. Vincent); obtained

also at Station 75 and Canaries.

Lept&Uns irunctatus, Miers. Many specimens (St. Vincent); obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger. Recorded from Senegambia.

Pihimnus afneanus, M.-Edwards. Two specimens (St. Vincent) ; obtained at no

other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from West
Africa.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

311

Portunus corrugatus (Pennant). One specimen (St. Vincent); obtained also at Capk Verdes.

Stations 75, 161, and 162.

Cardiosoma armatum, Herklots, One specimen (Porto Praya) ; obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger. Recorded from West Africa.

Ocypodci cursor (Linne). Many specimens (St. Vincent and St. Iago) ; obtained

at no other locality by the Challenger. A widely-
distributed species.

Grapsus maculatus (Catesby). Four specimens (St. Vincent) ; obtained also at

Bermuda, St. Paul’s Rocks, Fernando Noronha, and
Ascension.

Pachygrapsus transversus, Gibbes. Five specimens (St. Vincent) ; obtained also

. at Bermuda and Port Jackson.

Plagusia depressa (Fabricius). One specimen (St. Vincent) ; obtained at no other-

locality by the Challenger. A widely-distributed species.

Calappa gallus (Herbst). One specimen (St. Vincent) ; obtained also at Bermuda,

Fernando Noronha, and Amboina.

Cryptosoma cristatum ( Leach). Five specimens (St. Vincent) ; obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger.

Cymopolia caronii, Roux. One specimen (St. Vincent) ; obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger. Recorded from Mediterranean
and Canaries.

Lamellibranchiata (Smith, Zooi. pt. 35).

Gastrochssno r- dubici (Pennant). One specimen (St. Vincent Harbour); obtained also

at Canaries.

Psammobia intermedia, Deshay es. Several specimens (St. Vincent, 7 to 20 fathoms);

obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Recorded from coast of Portugal.

Venus (Anaitis) papltia, Linne, var. (St. Vincent, 7 to 20 fathoms); obtained at

no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from
Cape Verdes.

Cardium ( Lsevicardium ) norvegicum, Spengler, var. Several specimens (St. Vincent,

7 to 20 fathoms); obtained at no other locality by
the Challenger.

Lucina columbella , Lamarck. One specimen (St. Vincent, 7 to 20 fathoms); obtained

at no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded
from Canaries and Senegal.

Pectunculus formosus, Reeve. Several specimens (St. Vincent, 7 to 20 fathoms);

obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

312

THE VOYAGE Of H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

• v A re a (Acar) domingen&is, Lamarck. (St. Vincent, 30 fathoms); obtained also at

Station 36.

Pecten coraUinoides, d’Orbigny. (St. Vincent, 7 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained also at

Canaries.

Gasteropoda ("Watson, Zool. pt. 42).

Pyrula inorio (Linne). (St. Vincent Harbour, 7 to 25 fathoms); obtained at no

other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from Atlantic.

Pisania ( Cantharus) lineata (Gmelin). (St. Vincent Harbour, 7 to 25 fathoms) ;

obtained at no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded
from Atlantic.

Columbella rustica (Linne). (St. Vincent Harbour, 7 to 25 fathoms) ; obtained

also at Station VIIp.

Triton nodifer , Lamarck. (St. Vincent Harbour) ; obtained at no other locality

by the Challenger. A widely-distributed species.

Natica (Mamma) porcellana , d’Orbigny. (St. Vincent Harbour, 7 to 25 fathoms) ;

obtained also at Station VIIp.

Crepidula fornicata (Linne). (St. Vincent Harbour, 7 to 25 fathoms) ; obtained at no

other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from Atlantic.

Litorina punctata , Gmelin. (St. Vincent Harbour, 7 to 25 fathoms).

Philine aperta (Linne). (St. Vincent Harbour, 7 to 25 fathoms) ; obtained also at

Station VIIp.

U mbrella mediterranean Lamarck. (St. Vincent Harbour, 7 to 25 fathoms) ; obtained

at no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from
Mediterranean and Madeira.

Lamellaria sp. (?). (St. Vincent Harbour, 7 to 25 fathoms).

Marseniad.* (Bergh, Zool. pt. 41).

Marsenia dubia, n.sp. One specimen (near St. Vincent) ; obtained at no other
locality.

Cephalopoda (Hoyle, Zool. pt. 44).

Oitopus granulatius, Lamarck. One specimen (St. Vincent, 15 to 20 fathoms);

obtained also at Simon’s Bay, Cape. A widely-distributed

species.

Polyzoa (Busk, Zool. pts. 30 and 50 ; Waters, pt. 79).

Scrupocellayia macandrei, Busk. (St. Vincent, 1070 to 1150 fathoms); obtained

also at St. Paul’s Rocks. Recorded from coast of Spain.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

313

Diachoris kirtissima, Heller. (St. 'Vincent, 10 fathoms); obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger. Recorded from Adriatic.

Reteporci imperati. Busk. (Porto Pray a, 100 to 120 fathoms) ; obtained also at

Station 75. [Waters calls it Retepora tesselata, Hincks,
var. imperati, Busk.]

Porella Isevis, var. subcompressa, Hincks. (Porto Praya, 100 to 150 fathoms);

obtained at no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded
from northern seas.

Smittia jacobensis, n.sp. (Porto Praya, 100 to 120 fathoms); obtained also at

Station 145, 50 to 75 fathoms.

Cupularia owenii (Gra)T) (St. Vincent, 11 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality by

the Challenger. Recorded from African coast and Canaries.

Crisia conferta, Busk. (St. Vincent, 10 fathoms) ; obtained also at Station 163,

150 fathoms. Recorded from Cape Verdes.

Hornera frondiculata, Lamouroux. (Porto Praya, 100 to 120 fathoms) ; obtained

at no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from
Mediterranean. Fossil — Crag and Upper Tertiaries of
Sicily, &c.

Tunicata (Herdman, Zool. pt. 38).

Leptoclinum albidum, Verrill (?). Two colonies (St. lago, 10 to 125 fathoms) ;

obtained also at Station 209, 95 fathoms (var. grande,
nov.), and Simon’s Bay, Cape. Recorded from America.

Fishes (Gunther, Zool. pt. 6).

Scorpaena scrofa, Linne. (St Vincent); obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Rkypticus saponaceus, Bl. Schn. (St. Vincent) ; obtained at no other locality by

the Challenger.

DactylopAerus volitans, Linne. (St. Vincent) ; obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger.

Lichia glauca, Linne. (St. Iago) ; obtained also at Ascension.

Caranx crumenophthalmus, Bl. (St, Iago); obtained also at Admiralty and

Sandwich Islands.

Argyriosus setipinnis, Mitch. (Porto Praya) ; obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger.

Galeoides polydactylus, Vahl. (St. Iago) ; obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger.

Sphyraena vulgaris, C.V. (St. Iago); obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Mugil cephalus, Cuv. (St. Iago) ; obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Cape Verdes.

314

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Cafe Verdes.

ORGANISM* FROM
Scrfacb-Xets.

Blci in; us sanguinolentvs, Pall. (St. Vincent) ; obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger.

l.< fxvlo'fastt ■ gouani, Barnev. (St. Vincent) ; obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger.

Sca-rus chrysopterus, Bl. (St. Vincent) ; obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger.

Rhomboidichthys podas, de la Roche. (St. Vincent) ; obtained at no other locality

by the Challenger.

Hemirhamphus vittcitus, Val. (St. Iago) ; obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger.

Batistes forcipatus, Gm. (St. Vincent) ; obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger.

Monacanthus seti/er, Bonn. (St. Vincent) ; obtained also at Japan.

In the foregoing list 151 species are enumerated, of which 38 are new to science,
including representatives of 7 new genera ; 31 of the new species and 3 new genera
were not obtained elsewhere.

Surface Organisms. — The following species are recorded from the surface in the
neigh bourhood of the Cape Verde Islands : —

Ostracoda (Brady, Zool. pt. 3).
Halocypris brevirostris, Dana.

Copf.poda (Brady, Zool. pt. 23).

Encalanus seliger, n.sp.

Plruromma abdominale (Lubbock).
Undina vulgaris, Dana.
Scoleeithrix dame (Lubbock).
Euchwta prestand rew, Philippi.
Candace pectinata, Brady.

„ pachy dactyl a, Dana.

femora dubia (Lubbock).

Pontella detruncata (Dana).

„ acutifrons (Dana).

„ pin m/tta (Dana).

Corycjeus pcllucidus, Dana.

Onctra obtusa (Dana).

Saphirina ovalis , Dana.

,, serrata, n.sp.

Amphipoda (Stebbing, Zool. pt. 67).

Synopia scheeleana, Bovallius.
Gammaropsis atlantica, n.sp.
Dairella bovallii, n.sp.

Phronima megalodous, n.sp.
Hyperia schizogencios, n.sp.
Brachyscelus mediterranea (Claus).
Lyczea vincentii, n.sp.

Stomatopoda (Brooks, Zool. pt. 45).

Alima gracilis, M. -Edwards [ = larva
of Squilla ].

Macrura (Spence Bate, Zool. pt. 52).
Phyllosoma furcicaudatum, n.sp.

,, ver dense, n.sp.

Sergestes edwardsii, Krdyer.

,, dissimilis, n.sp.
Diaphoropus longidorsalis, n.g. ,n.sp.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

315

Oodeopus gibbosus, n.g., n.sp.
Hectarthropus tenuis , n.g., n.sp.
Eretmocaris stylorostris, n.g., n.sp.

„ corniger, n.g., n.sp.

N udibr anchiata (Bergh, Zool. pt. 26).
Phylliroe atlantica, Bergh.

Pteropoda (Pelseneer, Zool, pts. 58 and 65).
Dexiobranchsea ciliata (Gegenbaur).
Limacina inflata (d’Orbigny).

„ lesueuri (d’Orbigny).

,, bulimoides (d’Orbigny)

Clio ( Creseis ) virgula (Rang).

„ ( ,, ) acicula (Rang).

Tunicata (Herdman, Zool. pt. 76).

Salpa cylindrical, Cuvier.

,, runcinata-fusiformis,
Chamisso-Cuvier.

„ sp. (?).

Appendicu laria sp. (?).

Fishes (Gunther, Zool. pt. 78).

Scorpasna dactyloptera , de la Roche.
Young Pleuronectids.

Station 95 (Sounding 166), St. Vincent to St. Paul’s Rocks (see Chart 12 and
Diagram 7).

August 10, 1873 ; lat. 13° 36' N., long. 22° 49' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 78o,0 ; mean for the day, 7 7° '2.

Temperature of water : —

Surface, .

79°-0

800 fathoms, .

397

10 fathoms

76-0

900 „

39-3

20

55

65*2

1000 „

38-9

100

55

52-5

1100 „

38-5

200

55

49-5

1200 „

38-1

300

55

46-4

1300 „

37-8

400

55

43-3

1400 „

37-6

500

55

41 >1

1500 „

37-4

600

55

40-5

Bottom,

36-5

700

55

40-0

Density at 60° F. at surface, 1 ’02680 ; bottom, 1 ’0260 5.

Depth, 2300 fathoms; deposit, Globigerina Ooze, containing 54 ‘29 per cent, of
carbonate of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At 2 a.m. a meteor was observed bearing S.W., altitude 40', deviation S.W. At
3.55 a.m. observed meteor bearing N.N.W. At 4 p.m. shortened and furled sails,
and got up steam to sound. At 5 p.m. sounded in 2300 fathoms. Obtained a series
of temperatures down to 1500 fathoms. Sent down water-bottle to obtain sample
of water for analysis. At 6.50 p.m. completed temperatures, and at 7.20 p.m. made all
plain sail.

Cape Verdes.

Station 95

316

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Station 95.

Organisms from
Surface.

Station 96.

Oroaniams from
bVBFACB-Nrrs.

Distance at noon from St. Paul’s Rocks, 870 miles. Made good 62 miles. Amount
of current 7 miles, direction S. 27° W.

Surface Organisms. — Pyrosoma abounded at the surface, as well as small Copepods.

Station 96. St. Vincent to St. Paul’s Rocks (see Chart 12).

August 11, 1873 ; lat. 12° 15' N., long. 22° 28' W.
Temperature of air at noon, 7 70,8 ; mean for the day, 77°'l.

Temperature of water : —

Surface, ,

78-7

175 fathoms,

49-8

10 fathoms,

70-5

200 „

49-1

20 „ .

. 62-8

250 „

47-5

25 . .

60-2

300 „

45-9

50 „ .

54-2

350 „ . • .

44-4

75 „ .

53-0

400 „

42-9

100 „ . .

52-2

450 „

41-4

125

51-4

500 „

39-9

150 „

50-6

Density at 60° F. : —

Surface, , .

. 1-02651

100 fathoms, ,

. 1-02627

25 fathoms,

. 1-02655

200 „ . .

. 1-02610

50 „ . .

. 1-02630

300 „

. 1-02606

At 9.15 a.m. shortened and furled sails, and got up steam in three boilers. At
10.10 a.m. proceeded under steam. At 4.5 p.m. stopped to obtain a series of tempera-
tures and specimens of water. At 5.40 p.m. made sail. After nightfall there was a
magnificent display of phosphorescence, principally in the wake of the Challenger, caused
1'}' the pros' nee of innumerable specimens of Pyrosoma, several of which were caught in
a net, and when brought on deck continued to display a bright bluish light when touched
by the fingers.

Distance at noon from St. Paul’s Rocks, 801 miles. Made good 92 miles. Amount of
current 16 miles, direction S. 37° W.

Surface Organisms. — Moseley writes: “At night the sea was full of specimens of
Pyrosoma about 4 to 5 inches long. These are the cause of the large spots of
persistent bluish light which I have so often watched going by the ship, and which
* • >nt r.i st so strikingly with the momentary scintillations of the minute Crustacea, or

C .VERDE ISLANDS TO BAHIA

l For soundings and.
\suixioTLS ai idle vicinity
I or' the Cape Verde Islands
[ see sheet Jl-

touching at

ST PAULS ROCKS AND FERNANDO NOROKHA

(' VERDE I!

ASCENSION TO CAPE VERDE I1

I750gl.«;

° Noronh;

-i_2010

@§> gl oi

Baht.

10° Long. West from Greenwich

Vr A Sow

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

317

sheets of light caused by Noctiluca [ = Pyrocystis ] or dead fish matter on the surface. Station 96
When held in the hand, the specimens showed well the breaking out of light all over
the body, from irritation, or rather considerable shock, as a blow from the finger, at one
end ; the light shows first at the place struck.”

Station 97 (Sounding 168), St. Vincent to St. Paul’s Rocks (see Chart 12 and Station 97.
Diagram 7).

August 13, 1873 , lat. 10° 25' N., long. 20° 30' W.
Temperature of air at noon, 81°*3 ; mean for the day, 78°’2.
Temperature of water : —

i

Surface, .

780

700 fathoms,

40-0

25 fathoms,. .

69-0

800

39-2

50 ,,

59-4

900 „

38-4

75 „

55 0

1000 „

38-0

100

53-2

1100 „

37-6

200 „

487

1200 „

37-2

300

45-0

1300

36-8

400 „

42-2

1400 „

367

500

40-5

1500 „

367

600

40-2

Bottom,

36-6

Density at 60' F. : —

Surface, .

. 1-02610

300 fathoms, .

. 1-02616

50 fathoms,

100 „ . .

. 1-02633
. 1-02625

Bottom, .

. 1-02604

Depth, 2575 fathoms; deposit, Globigerina Ooze, containing 30'15 per cent, of
carbonate of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chalk Exp.).

At 9 a.m. shortened sails and stopped to sound. Sounded in 2575 fathoms. Took
serial temperatures down to 1500 fathoms. Obtained sample of water from bottom for
analysis. At 12.15 p.m. completed temperatures, and at 1.55 p.m. made all plain sail. In
the evening the sea was remarkably phosphorescent.

Distance at noon from St. Paul’s Rocks, 780 miles. Made good 102 miles. Amount
of current 26 miles, direction S. 67° E.

Surface Organisms. — The following are recorded in the note-books • — Pyrocystis , Organisms - p. m
Scjuillerichthus, Zoese, Lucifer , Phylliroe atlantica (brown with golden spots), Pyrosomct, ,1-" E
and Gonostoma (?).

(SUMMARY OP RESULTS CHALL. EXP. — 1S93.)

11

318

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Moselc \ writes : “At night the sea showed wonderful phosphorescence, being lighted
up for miles around. Wherever the water broke a little on the surface, the white foam
rilli.mtly lighted up, and the water close to the ship, as viewed from above on the
bridge, was full of small luminous points. As the water broke at the ship’s side the lower
studding sails were quite lighted up by the glow. The whole sea had a peculiar weird
1 >ok. The water was fouud to be full of small Crustacea, larval crabs in the megalopus-
st age being present in by far the greatest abundance, and the light must evidently be
< -.insider* as due to them in part, but mostly to Pyrocystis [at first thought to be fish
.-pawn, afterwards looked upon as an encysted form of Noctiluca], the specimens of which
were of various sizes and showed phosphorescence when first caught and placed iu a globe of
water. The spectroscope used on the light under the stern allowed a very small portion
of red, all the yellow, and a certain amount of green, to be seen, but the light was not
-trong enough to allow' of exact determination/’

O O

s a 9s Station 98 (Sounding 169), St. Vincent to St. Paul’s Rocks (see Chart 12 and

Diagram 7).

August 14, 1873 ; lat. 9C 21'

N., long. 18° 28' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 79°'8 ; mean for the day, 77°‘7.
Temperature of wratcr : —

Surface, . . ’ .

78-2

150 fathoms,

52-0

20 fatboms,

66-5

200 „

49-7

50 ,, ...

59-3

300 „ . . .

45-2

< 5 „

55-5

400 „

42-0

100 „ ...

54-2

500

41-2

125

53-1

Bottom,

367

Density at 60° F. at surface,

1-02605 ;

bottom, 1 '02605.

Depth, 1750 fathoms; deposit, Globigerina Ooze, containing G2'22 per cent, of

carbonate of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At 10 a.m. shortened and furled sails, and got up steam to sound. Sounded in
l 750 f.i thorns, having approached the west coast of Africa, in order to make a haul with
tin di dgi iii shallower water. Took serial temperatures dowrn to 500 fathoms. At
12.15 p. \i. put over dredge, and veered 2500 fathoms. At 4 p.m. commenced heaving in
1 1»< dr> dg* , which came up at 5.15 p.m. containing a few specimens. At 5.40 p.m. made
-'i!. In th <*vi ning there wa a similar display of phosphorescence as on previous days.

Distance at noon in direct line from St. Paul’s Rocks, 825 miles. Made good
loG mil s. Amount of current 13 miles, direction S. 32 E.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

319

The following species are recorded in the Zoological Reports from the dredge at this
Station : —

Lamellibranckiata (Smith, Zool. pt. 35).

Neaera jilocarinata, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Semele (Abra) profunclorum, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 73, 85, and 244.

Fragments of Sponge and of Echinus are recorded also in the Station-book.

The following species of Foraminifera and Diatoms were observed in the deposit from
this Station (see also Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.) : — •

Foraminifera (Brady, Zool. pt. 22). — The pelagic, species, whieh make up about 88
per cent, of the carbonate of lime present in the deposit, are marked thus x : —

Biloculina depressa, d’Orbigny.

„ „ var. serrata Brady.

Pelosina cylindrica, Brady.

Hyperammina elongata, Brady.

„ ramosa, Brady,

Rhabdammina abyssorum, Sars.

Asclienwnella catenata (Norman).

Reophax distorts, Brady.

,, nodulosa, Brady.

„ pilulifera, Brady.

„ scorpiurus, Montfort.

Haplophraymium globigeriniforme (Parker and
Jones).

,, latidorsatum (Bornemann).

Thurammina papillata, Brady.

Hormosina carpenteri, Brady.

„ globulifera, Brady.

Ammodiseus charoides (Jones and Parker).
Trochammina ringens , Brady.

Webbina clavata, Jones and Parker.

Verneuilina propinqua, Brady.

Gaudryina pupoid.es, d’Orbigny.

Virgulina squamosa , d’Orbigny.

Cassididina crassa, d’Orbigny.

Lagena hispida, Renss.

„ longispina, Brady.

Diatom ACE/E. —

Nitzschia marina, Grunow.

Coscinodiscus excentricus, Ehrenberg.

„ lineatus, Ehrenberg.

„ cvrvatulus, Grunow.

„ nodulifer, Janisch.

Lagena marginata (Walker and Boys).

„ ,, var. semimarginata, Reuss.

,, seminiformis, Sch wager.

Nodosaria mucronata (Neugeboren).

„ obliqua (Linne).

Marginulina glabra, d’Orbigny.

Uvigerina aspenda, Czjzek.
x Globigerina bulloides, d’Orbigny.
x „ conglobata, Brady,

x „ dubia, Egger.

x ,, rubra, d’Orbigny.

x ,. sacculifera, Brady,

x Orbalina uninersa, d’Orbigny.
x Pullenia obliquiloculata, Parker and Jones.

Sphxroidina bulloides, d’Orbigny.
x „ de/tiscens, Parker and Jones.

Truncatulina ungeriana (d’Orbigny).

„ imellerstarfi (Schwager).
x Pulvinulina crassa (d’Orbigny).
x „ menardii (d’Orbigny).

x „ „ var. fimbriata, Brady.

,, partsr.hiana (d’Orbigny).

,, paupemta , Parker and Jones,

x ,, tumida, Brady.

Rotalia soldanii, d’Orbigny.

A mphistegina lessonii, d’Orbigny.

The following species of Diatoms were observed by Mr. Comber : —

Coscinodiscus radiatus, Ehrenberg.

Stephanopyxi s turris, Ralfs.

Cyclotella striata, Grunow.
i Hemidiscus cunei/ormis, Wallich.

Asteromplialus arachne, Ralfs.

Station 98.
Animals from
Dretkie.

Organisms from
the Deposit.

Station 98.
Oroanismb fhom
Sukfaci-N ctv.

Station 99.

320 THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Surface Organisms. ^-The following species are recorded from the surface at this

Station : —

Pelagic Hemipteba (White, Zool. pt. 19).

Halobates wiillerstorffi, Frauenfeld.

Fishes (Gunther, Zool. pt. 78).

Exocoi tus ohtuslrostris , Gunther, or Exocoetus evolans, Linne (young).

Besides the organisms mentioned yesterday, the following are recorded in the note-
k : — Diphycs , Sagitta, Planaria, Mysis, Phyllosoma , Halobates, Pneumonodcrma-
like Pteropod, Cranchia, Scilpa , and young Pleuronectids.

Willemoes-Suhm writes: “At night the sea was very phosphorescent, and as the
-hip was making only 3 or 4 knots several good hauls of the tow-net were obtained. At
12.30 v.m. a great many animals were in the net, but an hour later very little was
procured ; a squall was expected, and the sea might have been somewhat rougher, but
not much. Several Pleuronectids in different stages of growth, the largest an inch,
smaller ones 12 to 13 mm. in length, were obtained; they were perfectly symmetrical
ami homocercal, and the largest specimen had some reddish spots, but genitals were not
observed. There was a large Phyllosoma measuring 4^ inches between the tips of
the legs.”

Moseley writes : “ Two large porpoise-like Cetacea were seen alongside. A pelagic

(Yphalopod, apparently of the genus Cranchia, was taken; it was perfectly transparent,
which allowed the structure and movements of organs to be seen.”

Station 99 (Sounding 170), St. Vincent to St. Paul’s Rocks (see Chart 12).

August 15, 1873 ; lat. 7° 53' N., long. 17° 26' W.
Temperature of air at noon, 760,3 ; mean for the day, 76°T.

Temperature of water : —

Surface, ....

78-0

300 fathoms, .

45-8

50 fathoina,

63-2

400 „

42-2

100

56-2

500 „ . .

41-4

200 „ ...

498

Density at GO’ F. at surface, 1 02600.

At 9 a.m. got up steam, and at 10 a.m. shortened and furled sails, and proceeded
mi A - -t* am. At 1 f.m. stopped to take a series of temperatures down to 500 fathoms.
At 5.1 p.m. completed temperature observations, and made sail. Sea phosphorescent.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

321

Distance at noon from St. Paul’s Rocks, 816 miles. Made good 62 miles. Amount
of current 27 miles, direction S. 45° E.

Surface Organisms. — The following species is recorded from the surface at this
Station : —

Copepoda (Brady, Zool. pt. 23).

Mirada efferata, Dana.

Willemoes-Suhm writes : “ Very successful hauls with the tow-net were taken up
till 9.30 p.m., but after that hour very little was obtained, though the sea all around
continued to be highly phosphorescent. Besides the small Crustacea, the phosphorescence
was due to innumerable specimens of Pyrocystis floating everywhere in the water.
There were young Pleuronectids somewhat larger than those got yesterday ; in one of the
specimens one eye is more prominent than the other, though not to be called asymmetrical.
In addition there were large numbers of Copepods, many larvae of Squillids, Lucifer ,
Zoeae, Pneumonoderma, and Cranchia .”

Station 100 (Sounding 171), St. Vincent to St. Paul’s Rocks (see Chart 12 and

Diagram 7).

August 16, 1873 ; lat. 7° 1' N., long. 15° 55' W.
Temperature of air at noon, 78°‘8 ; mean for the day, 77° *8.

Temperature of water

' - J 3 r

Surface, .

790

500 fathoms,

40-4

10 fathoms,

79-0

600 „

39-7

20 „ . .

. 78'0

700 „ . .

39-4

30 „ . .

73-4

800 „

39-1

40 ,, . .

64-2

900 „

38-S

50 ,, . .

60-8

1000 „

38-5

75 „ . .

56-8

1100 .,

3S-2

100 „

55-2

1200 „

38-0

200 „

49-5

1300 „

37-8

300 „

45-0

1400 „

37-6

400 „

42-0

1500 ,,

37-4

Density at 60° F. : —

Surface, .

. 1 02612

100 fathoms, .

. 1 02626

40 fathoms,

. 1-02652

200 „ . .

. 1-02597

Station 99.

Organisms from
Surface-Nets.

Station 100.

Depth. 2425 fathoms.

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Station 100.

I >RT.ANISMS PROM

Surface- Nuts.

At 1.30 p.m. shortened and furled sails, and got up steam to sound. Sounded in
_ ! .5 ft thorns. Attached dingey by line, and sent cutter away to try current, which was
running it the surface at the rate of half a mile per hour eastward. At 3 p.m. obtained
serial temperatures down to 1500 fathoms. The carbonic acid was determined in the
•■'Urface water, and amounted to 43-2 milligrammes per litre. At 4.30 p.m. picked up line
from dingey ; line carried away in heaving in, and a thermometer was lost. At 5 p.m.
utter returned. At 6.20 p.m. completed temperature observations, and at 6.30 p.m.
made all plain sail. At night sea phosphorescent.

Distance at noon from St. Paul’s Rocks, 879 miles. Made good 145 miles. Amount
of current 28 miles, direction S. 45° E.

Surface Organisms. — The following species are recorded from the surface in this

locality : —

Schizopoda (Sars, Zool. pt. 37).

Euphausia pelludda, Dana.

„ gracilis, Dana.

Ni DIBRAMHIATA (Bcrgll, Zool. pt. 26).
Ph ylliroe atlantica, Bergli.

Acura pelagica, Adams.

Pthropoda (Pelseneer, Zool. pt. 65).
Cavolinia uncinata (Rang).

Tunicata (Herdman, Zool. pt. 76).

Pyrosoma atlanticum , P^ron.

„ giganteum, Lesueur.

Fishes (Gunther, Zool. pt. 78).

Young Pleuronectids.
Leptocephalus morrisii (young).

Will- mocs-Suhm writes: “The sea was more luminous than ever, due chiefly to
ill* presence of innumerable specimens of Pyrocystis, which made the water quite
yellow. Foraminifera were also very abundant, and Peridinium ( tripos and another
-jh . ks), which is known to cause phosphorescence when in great quantities, was present.
Cope pods, Stpiillerichthus, and various other Crustacea, were taken in the tow-net,
n . ; it quite slimy when hauled in. I think that Corycseus , Acura, Pneumonod erma,
C -rmr' l<i, and the Pleuronectids do not belong to the North Atlantic surface-fauna, but
‘ In i w< have now entered within the limits of the South Atlantic fauna.”

August 16, 1873.

Th« phosphorescence was not so brilliant, and the tow-net procured only some
J' fr< ' /.-f< •, Fonminifera, and a few Crustacea. Some large sea-birds with white
j lum.igc (Sula fusca) were soaring about, keeping very close to the water ; they were
not following the ship, but fishing.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

323

Station 101 (Sounding 172), St. Vincent to St. Paul’s Rocks (see Chart 12 and
Diagram 7).

August 19, 1873 ; lat. 5° 48' N., long. 14° 20' W.
Temperature of air at noon, 80°"8 ; mean for the day, 78°‘5.
Temperature of water : —

Surface, .

25 fathoms.

50

75

100

125

150

200

7 9 -2 i 300 fathoms,

72-6 ' 400 „

62-5 j 500 „

58-8 j 600 „

56’2 j 700 ,,

54 T ; 800 „

52 ‘2 I Bottom,

48-3 |

43-3

40-8

39-7

39-5

39-4

39-3

36-4

Density at 60° F. at surface, 1 '02635.

Depth, 2500 fathoms ; deposit, Blue Mud, containing 6 '22 per cent, of carbonate
of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At 6.30 a.m. shortened and furled sails, and got up steam to trawl. At 7 a.m.
put trawd over. At 9 a.m. sounded in 2500 fathoms. At 1.30 p.m. lowered cutter to
ascertain surface current. Obtained serial temperatures down to 800 fathoms. The
carbonic acid was determined in the surface water, and amounted, to 4 5 '5 milligrammes
per litre. At 3.30 p.m. cutter returned. At 4 p.m. commenced heaving in trawl, wThich
came up at 5 p.m. with a number of specimens. At 5.10 p.m. proceeded as requisite,
obtaining error of Fox dipping-needle. At 7 p.m. proceeded under steam.

St. Paul’s Rocks distant at noon, 952 miles. Made good 99 miles. Amount of
current 33 miles, direction N. 44 E.

The following species are recorded in the Zoological Reports from the trawl at this
Station : —

Hydroida (Allman, Zool. pt. 70).

Cryptolaria diffusa, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Holothurioidea (Thbel, Zook pt. 13).

Psychropotes semperiana, n.g., n.sp. One injured specimen; obtained also at

Station 133, 1900 fathoms.

Annelida (MTntosh, Zook pt. 34).

BusTciella abyssorum, n.g., n.sp. Several fragmentary specimens ; obtained also at

Stations 106 and 333, 1850 and 2025 fathoms. Only species
of the genus.

Station 101.

Animals from
Trawl.

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

324

Station 101. Ami hipoda (St ebbing, Zool. pt. 67).

Cj/stis ma spinosum (Fabricius). Two specimens; for distribution see Station V.

Macrcra (Spence Bate, Zool. pt. 52).

Gennadas parvus, u.g., n.sp. One specimen ; for distribution see Station 45.
Polyzoa (Busk, Zool. pt. 30).

Bugula reticulata, n.sp., var. unicornis, nov. Many specimens; for distribution
see Station 68.

Fishks (Gunther, Zool. pt. 57).

Stvmoptyx diaphana (Hcrm. ). One specimen (probably from near the surface);

obtained also at Stations 106, 107, 159, 171, 214, 218, and
235, 500 to 2150 fathoms. A widely-distributed species.

Gonostoma microdon, n.sp. Two specimens; for distribution see Station 23.

Astroncsthes niger, Rich. Two specimens (probably from near the surface) ; obtained

also April 28, 1876, in the North Atlantic. A common
pelagic form in the Atlantic and Indian Oceans.

Xeu ichthys infans, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained also at Station 121, 500 fathoms.

Recorded subsequently from West Indies. In the stomach
of this specimen was a red deep-sea prawn.

In addition to the foregoing, the following are recorded in the Station-book : — Fragment
■ f Sponge, many worm-tubes, Sipunculvs, anterior part of large Balanoglossus, Caridid
rin p and five species of Peneid shrimps, one with parasitic worm (only one shrimp
reported above).

Excluding Protozoa, about 70 specimens of invertebrates and fishes were obtained at
this Station, belonging to about 20 species, of which 8 are new to science, including
representatives of 4 new genera ; 1 of the new species was not obtained elsewhere.

Willomoes-Suhm writes: “The trawl brought up a fine lot of animals, among which
t • hriiaps were the most conspicuous, some being of a fine red colour and considerable
-l/o. There were in all nine individuals belonging to six species, one a true Caridid, the
..tie r- belonging to the Peneid family. One of the specimens had been attacked by a
long worm, whieh was very lively when I first saw it, and was rolled up in the shrimp
like a Gordius in a Locusta. As the worm was afterwards seen to separate from the
hrimp, it had pnbably only attacked the shrimp after death. Among the worms was a
fragment of Balanoglossus, which had probably been of considerable length, but owing
t lie extrerm oftness of the tissues, only the anterior part came into our hands. It
"..is distinguished by very lively colours, the head being yellow, the collar-like ring bright
.■ <1, nd the i M « 1 v yellowish red. Two longitudinal folds of the body are the outer walls
of t he branchial apparatus, and between them the so-called median vessel, while the lower

SUMMARY OE RESULTS.

325

part contained the beginning of the ovary. Balanoglossus is likely to turn up often in Station 101 .
deep-sea dredgings ; the shallow-water species always appear to inhabit the deepest
places in the locality and are true mud-animals. Annelids in tubes were abundant, and
there was a very fine and soft animal [ = Buskiella abyssorum ] with tentacles on the head,
and long white bristles which are very clearly jointed,, a condition unknown, as far as I
am aware, among other animals.”

Surface Organisms. — The following are recorded in the note-books : — During the Organisms from
day: a few Pyrocystis, Foraminifera, Kadiolaria, Sagitta, Planarians, Saphirina, RIA't:-
Cory casus, Lucifer. From net sent down to 100 fathoms : Cory casus and the Distomum
which lives on the Copepods. At night : Pyrocystis present but not in great quantities ;
many Globigerinas ; Corycaeus , Squilla larvae, and Phylliroe very common.

Moseley writes : “ At noon a shoal of dolphins (apparently Delphinus delphis )
accompanied the ship. The tip of the snout was white, and pig-like in shape ; the dorsal
fin was somewhat behind the centre of the back. The body was dark brownish, except on
the ventral surface, wdiich was white ; some specimens were somewhat mottled on the
belly. I saw several turn right over, so as to fall tail first. They were to be seen
constantly swimming four or five, or sometimes as many as ten, close side by side, their
bodies touching and snouts in line, their motions being performed together, heads coming
out and tails disappearing all together. Some parties remained thus jammed together
for an hour at least.”

Station 102 (Sounding 173), St. Vincent to St. Paul’s Rocks (see Chart 12, and Station 102.
Diagrams 4 and 7).

August 21, 1873 ; lat. 3° 8' N., long. 14° 49' W.

Temperature of air at noon,

' u

77' ‘ 8 ; mean for the day, 76°T.

Temperature of water : —

Surface, .

78-0

500 fathoms, .

39-9

10 fathoms,

78-5

600 „ ...

39-4

20 „ - .

76-2

700 „ ...

39-0

30 „ . . .

73-5

800 „ ...

38-7

40 „ . . .

70-5

900 „ ...

3S-4

50 „ .

67-8

»

o

o

o

r—i

38-1

60 „ .

65 '0

1100 „ ...

37-8

75 „ .

61-0

1200 „ ...

376

100 „ .

57-0

1300 „ ...

37-4

150 „ .

51-3

1400 „ ...

37-2

200 „ . . .

46-8

1500 „ ...

37 0

300 „ .

41-8

Bottom,

36-5

400 „ . . .

40-6

(summary of results chall. exp. — 1893.)

Station 102.

ORGANISMS FROM
TMS SURFACE

Station 103.

326 THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Density at 60° F.: —

Surface, .

. 1-02589

300 fathoms, .

. 1-02609

BO fathoms, .

. 1-02661

400 „

. 1-02683

100 „ . .

. 1-02645

Bottom,

. 1 02595

200 „ . .

. 1-02619

Depth, 2450 fathoms ; deposit, Globigerina Ooze, containing 66*27 per cent, of
carbonate of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At 6. 1 5 a.m. stopped to sound, and sounded in 2450 fathoms. At 9 a.m. obtained serial
tcnij'< ratures down to 1500 fathoms. Obtained samples of water from various depths
f< . 1 analy sis. The carbonic acid was determined in water from 300 fathoms, and amounted
to 53*6 milligrammes per litre. At 11.30 a.m. completed temperatures, and at
11.55 a.m. made all plain sail. Some terns were observed about the ship at night.

St. Paul’s Rocks distant at noon, 884 miles. Made good 99 miles. Amount of
current 9 miles, direction S. 72° W.

Surface Organisms. — Since passing out of the Guinea Current, Pyrocystis was not so
abundant, and the phosphorescence was less marked.

Willemoes-Suhm writes : “ A shark was caught this morning, in the valvular
intestine of which an Anthobothriuvi , and in the duodenum a. Tetrarhynchus with very big
head, were found in abundance. On its skin Caligus (perhaps two species) was found.”

Station 103 (Sounding 174), St. Vincent to St. Paul’s Rocks (see Chart 12 and
Diagram 4).

August 22, 1873 ; lat. 2° 52'

N., long.

£

o

o

r-H

Temperature of air at noon, 7

7C *8 ; mean for the day, 76° *0.

Temperature of water : —

Surface, ....

0

770

90 fathoms, .

57-9

20 fathoms, .

76-5

100 „ ...

56-4

30 „ ...

74*7

150 „ ...

51*5

40 „ ...

70-5

200 „ '

47-5

50 „ ...

63-8

300 „ ...

430

60 „ ...

62-2

400 „ ...

40-6

70 „ ...

60-8

500 „ ^ .

402

80 ,, ...

59-4

Bottom, .

36-0

Density at 60 F. at surface, 1*02622.

Depth, 2475 fathoms; deposit, Globigerina Ooze.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

327

At 6.45 a.m. shortened and furled sails, and got up steam to sound. At 7.30 A.M.
sounded in 2475 fathoms. At 9 a.m. took a series of temperatures down to 500 fathoms.
At 10.15 a.m. completed observations, and made all plain sail.

St. Paul’s Rocks distant at noon, 7 38 miles. Made good 145 miles. Amount of
current 23 miles, direction N. 38° W.

Surface Organisms. — The following species are recorded from the surface-net sent
down to 100 fathoms : —

Amphipoda (Stebbing, Zool. pt. 67). Macrura (Spence Bate, Zool. pt. 52).

Phronima pacijica, Streets. Sergestes oculatus, Kroyer.

During the day the tow-net was sent down to a depth of from 80 to 100 fathoms,
and, though it could only have been at that depth for a short time, a great many
animals were obtained which were not to be found in the surface water. There was a
great abundance of Globigerinse , a few Pulvinulinse, many species of Radiolaria,
Peridinium, small Medusa, Sagitta, Ilydrophanes (for the first time), Saphirina and
other Copepods, Hyperia, Pterotrachea , Pteropods, Cranchia, young Pyrosoma,
Appendicularia, FritiUaria , Doliolum.

Wiilemoes-Suhm writes: “From a depth of 100 fathoms the tow-net, after having
been out only a verj* short time, brought up a quantity of those animals taken at the
surface only at night, while the tow-net dragged’ at the surface for a considerable time
brought in very little. This shows clearly that certain animals live during the day at a
depth of 100 fathoms, and come to the surface only at night. Other forms, however, not
taken to-day, but which have been ta,ken in abundance at night, must live during the day
probably at still greater depths. Among the worms was a very transparent Ilydrophanes,
hitherto observed only a few times by Krohn and Claparede ; the latter has given an
excellent figure of the Mediterranean species, Ilydrophanes krohnii, from which the species
taken to-day differs somewhat in the form of the bristles of the antennae, is somewhat
older, and is possibly only a variety or the opposite sex. The worm is interesting as
being a connecting link between the Phyllodoceans and the Alciopeans ; it is an Alciopa
with simple eyes, or one might say that Alciopa is only a Phyllodoce with very big eyes,
and that it is quite unnatural to make a separate family for it. Anyhow it is very
interesting to find a Phyllodoce with ordinary eyes deviating from all the other bottom-
living members of the family in the extreme transparency of its tissues and glands at
the base of the feet. The genus Ilydrophanes is besides distinguished by immense
bacilliparous glands opening, as I have found to-day, into the pharynx, and by two ciliatory
sacs on each side of the head, which can be inverted and then look like ciliated tentacles.
Such retractile ciliated organs are known in several Annelids, and I have recently shown
their presence in Glycera alba. They may perhaps be compared physiologically with

Station 103.

Organisms from
Surface-Nets.

328

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Srwiox 103.

Station 104.

Aximal*

Tiuiri.

. Lose strange organs protuded by certain caterpillars from the head, and by the beetle-
genus Staphyluius from the tail. Fritillaria was also present to-day. This remarkable
genus of Appendicularians was first found at Messina by Fol ; it has a very elongated
transparent bod}7, in which testis and ovary are well separated from each other and from
the digestive and branchial apparatus, so that from this genus a good view of the
complicated anatomy of Appendicularia can be easily obtained.”

Station 104 (Sounding 175), St. Vincent to St. Paul’s Rocks (see Chart 12 and
Diagram 4).

August 23, 1873; lat. 2° 25' N., long. 20° 1' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 78° ‘3 ; mean for the day, 76° *6.

Temperature of water : —

Surface, ....

78-0

10 fathoms,

78-4

20 „ ...

77-8

30

760

40 „ ...

68-8

50 „ ...

63-8

00

60-5

100

55-0

200

49 0

300

45-0

400

42-4

500 „ .

40-7

Density at 60c F. at surface,

1-02602;

600 fathoms,
700
800
900
1000
1100
1200
1300
1400
1500
Bottom,

39-7

39-2

38-9

38-6

38-2

379

37-6

37-3

37-0

36-7

36-6

Depth, 2500 fathoms; deposit, Globigeriua Ooze, containing 71 ‘70 per cent, of
carbonate of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chalk Exp.).

At 8 a.m. shortened and furled sails, and got up steam to sound and trawl. At
.• a.m. put trawl over. At 9.20 a.m. brought ship to wind, and sounded in 2500 fathoms.
At 1 p.m. lowered cutter to ascertain surface current. At 2 p.m. obtained serial tempera-
‘(i!*- down to 1500 fathoms. At 5.30 p.m. trawl came up with several specimens.

St. Paul's Rocks distant at noon, 568 miles. Made good 170 miles. Amount of
current 20 miles, direction N. 75° W.

Th< following species are recorded in the Zoological Reports from the trawl at this
•Station : —

f Iolothukioidba (Thiel, Zool. pt. 13).

I’rniagoru' lugubns , n.g., n.sp. One fragmentary specimen ; obtained at no other
locality.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

329

Schizopoda (Sars, Zool. pt. 37).

Petcdophthalmus armiger , Willemoes-Suhm, n.g., n.sp. One specimen ; obtained

at no other locality. Only species of the genus.

Macrura (Spence Bate, Zool. pt. 52).

Haliporus Isevis , n.g., n.sp. Two specimens; obtained also at Stations 106 and 205,

1850 and 1050 fathoms.

Acanthephyra Jcingsleyi, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.
Hymenodora mollicutis, n.sp. One specimen; obtained also at Stations 87. 133,

156, 157, and 318,

Lamellibranchiata (Smith, Zool. pt. 35).

Lima ( Limatula ) n.sp. (?). One damaged specimen.

Gasteropoda (Watson, Zool. pt. 42).

Oathurella ( Daphnella ) monoceros , n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Polyzoa (Busk, Zool. pt. 30).

Bugula reticulata , n.sp., var. unicornis, nov. For distribution see Station 68.
Fishes (Gunther, Zool. pt. 57).

Mixonus laticeps, n.g., n.sp. One specimen ; obtained afc no other locality. Only
species of the genus.

Bathyonus taenia, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

Chauliodus sloanii, Bl. Schn. One specimen ; for distribution see Station 60. The
spots on the lateral line were observed to be phosphorescent.

In addition to the foregoing, the following are recorded in the Station-book : — Two
specimens of Ophioglypha bidlata, three Annelid- tubes, and Sccdpellum on spicule
of Ilyalonema.

Excluding Protozoa, aoout 20 specimens of invertebrates and fishes were obtained
at this Station, belonging to about 15 species, of which 10 are new to science, including
representatives of 4 new genera ; 6 of the new species and 2 new genera were not
obtained elsewhere.

Heteropoda (Smith, Zool. pt. 72). — The following species was observed in the deposit
from this Station (see also Murray and Benard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.) : —

Atlanta infiata, Eydoux and Souleyet.

Station 104.

Organisms from
the Deposit.

330

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Station 104.
Organisms prom
Surface- N trre.

Surface Organisms. — The following species are recorded from the tow-nets sent down
to 100 fathoms : —

Copepoda (Brady, Zool. pt. 23).
Saphirina metaUina, Dana.

Amphipoda (Stebbing, Zool. pt. 67).
Oxycephalus clausi, Bovallius.

Schizopoda (Sars, Zool. pt. 37).

Thysanopodci tricuspulata, M. -Edwards
(larval form).

Two or three hauls of the tow-net were taken at about 100 fathoms, and the net was
: :il <•;' pelagic animals, while at the same time almost nothing was got at the surface. In
addition to the animals noted yesterday, Lucifer was present in abundance, young speci-
mens of Tomopteris, several specimens of Alciopa, and a Copepod with feathered setae on
the furca.

Moseley writes : “ Yesterday and to-day Murray put down the surface-net to 100
fathoms. The result was most satisfactory, for the net was full of animals such as are
caught on the surface at night, while a similar net on the actual surface yielded next to
nothing. The water was perfectly swarming with living animals. It is a great step to
have discovered where the surface animals that one catches occasionally at night are to
l>e obtained, and where they live constantly, during the day.”

Station 105 (Sounding 176), St. Vincent to St. Paul’s Rocks (see Chart 12 and
Diagram 4).

August 24, 1873 ; lat. 2° 6' N., long. 22° 53' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 77°‘5 ; mean for the day, 76°'2.

Temperature of water : —

Surface, . .

78*0

400 fathoms,

41 0

100 fathoms .

56-0

500 „

40-4

200 „ . .

460

Bottom,

36 0

300 „ . .

42-8

Density at 60° F. at surface, 1*02604.

Depth, 2275 fathoms; deposit, Globigerina Ooze.

At 4.5 I'.w. shortened and furled sails, and got up steam to sound. At 5 p.m. sounded
hi 2275 fathom-. Tried a new* disengaging apparatus — working by means of aslot without
pring- but it failed to disengage the weights, which were brought to the surface.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

331

Obtained serial temperatures down to 500 fathoms. At 7.30 p.m. completed observations, Station 105.
and made all plain sail,

Distance at noon from St. Paul’s Rocks, 428 miles. Made good 140 miles. Amount
of current 17 miles, direction N. 45° W,

Station 106 (Sounding 177), St, Vincent to St. Paul’s Rocks (see Chart 12 and Station 106,
Diagram 4).

Temperature of water

Surface, .
10 fathoms,
20 „

30 „

40 „

50 „

60
70
100
200
300
400

., long.

24° 26'

w.

■8 ; mean for the day, 76°

■9.

78-8

500 fathoms,

O °
OD

78-6

600

55

40-2

78-4

700

55

40T

78-2

800

55

• t

40-0

76-2

900

55

39-6

62-4

1000

i»

39-2

59-0

1100

55

38-8

58-0

1200

38-3

55-0

1300

55

37-9

45-0

1400

15

37-5

40-7

1500

55

37-0

40-5

Bottom

«

• 0

36-6

Density at 60° F, at surface, D02615.

Depth, 1850 fathoms; deposit, Globigerina Ooze, containing 89 ’47 per cent, of
carbonate of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At 5.20 a.m. got up steam. At 7 a.m, shortened and furled sails, and put trawl over,
veering 2500 fathoms. At 9.15 a.m. sounded in 1850 fathoms. Lowered cutter to try
current. Took serial temperatures down to 1500 fathoms. The carbonic acid was
determined in surface water, and amounted to 42‘6 milligrammes per litre. At 4.30 p.m.
trawl came up with a number of highly interesting specimens.

Distance at noon from St. Paul’s Rocks, 301 miles. Made good 128 miles. Amount
of current 26 miles, direction N. 76° W.

The following species are recorded in the Zoological Reports from the trawl at this
Station : —

Animals from
Trawl.

Tetractinellida (Sollas, Zool. pt. 63).

Thenea fenestrata (Schmidt). Four or five specimens ; obtained also at Station
124, 1600 fathoms. Recorded from Bequia and West Indies.

332

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Pknnatulida (Kolliker, Zool. pt. 2).

Umbi Hula giinthen, n.sp. One imperfect specimen ; obtained at no other locality.
Crinoidea (Carpenter, Zool. pt. 32).

Hyocrinus bethellianus, Wyville Thomson, n.g., n.sp. Stem fragments; obtained

also at Stations 147 and 223, 1600 and 2325 fathoms.
Only species of the genus.

Bathycrinvs campbellianus, n.sp. One incomplete specimen; obtained at no other

locality.

Asteroidea (Sladen, Zool. pt. 51).

Pamgonastcr cylindratiis , n.g., n.sp. Two specimens ; obtained at no other locality.

The only other species of the genu.&(Paragonaster ctenipes )
was obtained at Station 192, 140 fathoms.

OPHirROiDEA (Lyman, Zool. pt. 14).

Ophioglypha inornate., n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Ophiomusium armigerum, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 83, 299 (?), and 332.

Echinoidka (Agassiz, Zool. pt. 9).

Salenia hastigera, n.sp. Two specimens; obtained also at Stations 124, 170, 171,
195, 209, 335, and coast of Portugal, 100 to 1600 fathoms.

Annelida (MTntosh, Zool. pt. 34).

Lagisca ( Agnodice ) moseleyi , n.sp. One fragmentary specimen ; obtained at no

other locality.

Buskiella abyssorum, n.g., n.sp. Several fragmentary specimens; obtained also at

Stations 101 and 333. Only species of the genus.

Am ph i pod a (Stebbiug, Zool. pt. 67).

St<- hoplc urn atlantica, n.g., n.sp. One specimen (doubtful whether from surface or

lx)ttom) ; obtained also at Station 133. Only species of the
genus.

Lancctla mtiva, n.sp. (?). One specimen ; obtained also at Station 120, 675 fathoms.
Schizopoda (Sara, Zool. pt. 37).

(juathophaudo zoiki , Willemoes-Suhra, n.g., n.sp. One specimen ; obtained also at
Stations 73, 126, and 171.

Macruka (Spence Bate, Zool. pt. 52).

Hal'j*or>is Uti in, n.g., n.sp. One injured specimen ; obtained also at Stations 104

and 205.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

333

Gennadas intermedins, n.g., n.sp. One specimen; obtained also at the surface Station 10G.

between Bermuda and Azores and at Station 137.

Acanthephyrci acanthitelsonis, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained also at Station 107,

1500 fathoms.

Anomura (Henderson, Zool. pt. 69).

Parapagurus abyssorum, M. -Edwards. Several specimens in shells of Pleurotoma

and Dentalium ; for distribution see Station 56.

Lamellibr.anchiata (Smith, Zool. pt. 35).

Lyonsictta jeffreysii, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Verticordia tomato, (Jeffreys). One specimen ; obtained also at Station 70.

Limopsis pelagica, n.sp. Several specimens; obtained also at Station 232,

345 fathoms.

Scaphopoda and Gasteropoda (Watson, Zool. pt 42).

Dentalium, new species but unrecognisable.

Pleurotoma (Bela) climaJcis, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

„ ( Pleurotomella ) brychia, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Clathurella homseotata, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

„ pkyxanor, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Oocorys sulcata, Fischer. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality by the
Challenger. Recorded from North Atlantic.

Cephalopoda (Hoyle, Zool. pt. 44).

Cranchia ( Liocranchia ) reinhardtii, Steenstrup. Two specimens (probably from
the surface) ; obtained at no other locality by the Challenger
Recorded from Atlantic.

Polyzoa (Busk, Zool. pt. 32).

Bugula reticulata, n.sp., var. unicornis, nov. For distribution see Station 68.

Farciminaria delicatissima, n.sp. For distribution see Station 13.

Brachiopoda (Davidson, Zool. pt. i).

Megerlia (?) incerta, n.sp. Three or four specimens (one young specimen attached
to Limopsis) ; obtained at no other locality.

Discina atlantica, King. Three specimens attached to Limopsis; obtained also
at Stations 184, 194, 237, 246, 271, and 300, 200 to
2425 fathoms. Recorded from Arctic and North Atlantic
(“ Valorous ” and “ Porcupine”). Fossil — Crag of England.

(summary of results chall. exf. — 1893.) 43

334

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Sr\nox 106.

Fishes (Gunther, Zool. pt. 57).

Mrhtmphcus robustus, n.sp. One injured specimen; obtained at no other locality.
.1 [rlanocetus murrayi, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained also at Station 348, 2450

fathoms.

SUrnoptyx diaphana (Herm.). One specimen (probably from near the surface);

for distribution see Station 101.

Gonostoma microdon, n.sp. Two specimens ; for distribution see Station 23.

In addition to the foregoing, the following are recorded in the Station-book : —
1 branched Rhizopods, two red fragments of Balanoglossus, which show that the whole animal
must have been at least half a foot in length, many specimens of Chalciraspis ungnifer
[ = Eucopia australis, Dana], and many Hydroids attached to the spines of Salenia.

Excluding Protozoa, about 100 specimens of invertebrates and fishes were obtained
at this Station, belonging to about 38 species, of which 28 are new to science, includ-
ing representatives of 7 new genera ; 13 of the new species were not obtained elsewhere.

Surface Organisms. — The following species are recorded from the tow-nets sent down

to 40 fathoms : —

1 'opepoda (Brady, Zool. pt. 23). Eupronoe intermedia, n.sp.

Undina vulgaris , Dana. Oxycephalus porcellus, Claus.

On Vugust 25 to 27, hauls were taken each day with the tow-net in depths of 40 to
i r'0 f.tt -n i always with good results, and specimens obtained of Oscillatoriacem Diatoms,

Chbuhna Sphseroidina, Globigerina, Pullenia), Radiolaria, Siphonophorm (including
: r.'O \ ■ • - not previously observed), Jirachiolaria, Alciopa, Tomopteris, Hydrophanes,

Stip/urma md other Copepods, Typhis, Oxycephalus, Phronimella, Phronima (young;

Euchseta prestandrese, Philippi.
Corycseus spedosus, Dana.

MacrurA (Spence Bate, Zool. pt. 52).
Sergestes longispinus, n.sp.

Amphipoda (Stebbing, Zool. pt. 67).

Phronimella elongata, Claus.
Platyscelus serratulus, n.n.
Thyropus danse, n.sp.

oculatus, Krpyer.

Pteropoda (Pelseneer, Zool. pt. 65).
Clio ( Creseis ) virgula (Rang).

Cavolinia longirostris (Lesueur).

Voi-tierU;, on Diatoms, Coccosplmres, Pyrocystis, Peridinium, Foraminifera (Pulvinulina,

tie adult - probably live in deeper water as they always came up in the trawl, seldom
in the tow-net), Jjucifer , Pterotrachca, Oxy gyrus, and Cranchia.

SUMMARY OP RESULTS.

335

Station 107 (Sounding 178), St. Vincent to St. Paul’s Rocks (see Chart 12 and
Diagram 4).

August 26, 1873 ; lat. 1° 22' N., long. 27° 36' W.
Temperature of air at noon, 78°'3 ; mean for the day, 77°‘4,
Temperature of water at surface, 78°*8 ; bottom, 373-9.
Density at 60° F. : —

Surface,

1-02613

200 fathoms,

102606

25 fathoms,

1-02598

300 „

1-02617

50 „ . .

90 „ .

1-02631

1-02629

400 „ . .

1-02567

Depth, 1500 fathoms; deposit, Globigerina Ooze, containing 80-47 per cent, of
carbonate of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At 10.30 a.m. shortened and furled sails, and got up steam to trawl and sound.
Put trawl over, and veered 2000 fathoms. Lowered cutter to try current. At 12.30 p.m.
sounded in 1500 fathoms. At 3.30 p.m. cutter returned ; found current running W.N.W. at
the rate of 1-g miles per hour. At 4 p.m. commenced heaving in trawl, which came up
at 5.30 p.m. with several specimens. The carbonic acid was determined in water from
50 fathoms, and amounted to 553 milligrammes per litre. At 5.40 p.m. made sail,
and proceeded towards St. Paul’s Rocks.

Distance at noon from St. Paul’s Rocks, 169 miles. Made good 132 miles. Amount
of current 21 miles, direction N. 84° W.

The following species are recorded in the Zoological Reports from the trawl at this
Station : —

Amphipoda (Stebbing, Zool. pt. 67).

Cystisoma spinosum (Fabricius). One specimen ; for distribution see Station V.
Schizopoda (Sars, Zool. pt. 37).

Gncithophausia affinis, n.g., n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.
„ gracilis, Willemoes-Suhm, n.g., n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at

no other locality. Recorded subsequently from Indian
Ocean (“ Investigator ”).

Evcopia australis, Dana. For distribution see Station 50.

Bentheuphausia amblyops , n.g., n.sp. One specimen ; obtained also at Stations

135 and 158. 1000 and 1800 fathoms.

Station 107.

Anijials from
Trawl.

336

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Ma< rvra (Spence Bate, Zool. pt. 52).

Ac> < ntluphyra acanthitdsonis, n.sp. One specimen; obtained also at Station 106.
,, bi'en rostris, n.sp. Two specimens ; obtained at no other locality.

Fishes (Gunther, Zool. pt. 57).

Melamphaes crassiceps, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained also at' Stations 120,

146, aud 220, 675 to 1375 fathoms.

C/a as modus niger, Johnson. One specimen; obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger. Recorded from North Atlantic.

Bathyonus compressus, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained also at Stations 184 and

205, 1400 and 1050 fathoms.

Steruoptyx diapliana (Ilerm.). Two specimens (probably from near the surface);

for distribution see Station 101.

Platytroctes apus, u.g., n.sp. One specimen; obtained at no other locality. Only

species of the genus. Recorded subsequently from Indian
Ocean (“ Investigator ”).

In addition to the foregoing, the following are recorded from the Station-book : —
Portion of Hexactinellid Sponge, Ilalichonclria, and male specimen of Petalophthalmus

anniger.

Excluding Protozoa, about 20 specimens of invertebrates and fishes were obtained
at this Station, belonging to about 15 species, of which 8 are new to science, including
representatives of 3 new genera ; 4 new species and 1 new genus were not obtained

elsewhere.

•

Willemoes-Suhm writes : “ In to-day’s haul I got the male of the curious Mysid
taken on the 23rd, which presents very extraordinary characters. From the
■ ist of Portugal down to the equator we got on three different occasions males
and a female of a very large Amphipod, which I have described under the name of
Thaumops j,eUucida [= Cyst i soma spinosuvi]. Most of the specimens were taken by
tin- trawl when hauled up from deep water, and we did not know whether the
animal lived only at great depths, or whether, like Phronima, it came to the surface,
until one night a specimen was taken in the tow-net behind the ship. This shows
ca arly, as might be expected from its transparency, that Cystisorna is a pelagic animal
1 . ' _ during tin' day probably at a considerable depth, but coming occasionally at
nipht to the very surface of the water. The eggs are very large and few in number ; I
|, ,y, d> - nl d them as l>eing suspended from the first pair of ambulatory legs, but am
ii"t now quite -ure whether that was only a casual incident, and that they are in reality
contained simply within the breeding lamellae.”

SUMMARY OF RESULTS. 337

Station 108 (Sounding 179), St. Vincent to St. Paul’s Rocks (see Chart 12 and
Diagram 4).

August 27, 1873 ; lat. 1 10' N., long. 28° 23' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 80° '0 ; mean for the day, 77°'6.

Temperature of water at surface, 78°'0 ; bottom, 36°'8.

Density at 60° F. at surface, 1 '02641.

Depth, 1900 fathoms; deposit, Globigerina Ooze, containing 84'90 per cent, of
carbonate of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp. ).

At 6.30 a.m. shortened and furled sails, and got up steam to sound. At 7 a.m.
sounded in 1900 fathoms. At 8.20 a.m. completed sounding, and made sail. At 2 p.m.
observed St. Paul’s Rocks to W.S.W. — a group of low rocks, apparently barely
projecting above the surface of the ocean. The two most prominent rocks are not more
than between 60 and 70 feet high. Got up steam, and at 2.15 p.m. proceeded under
steam. At 3.45 p.m. shortened and furled sails, and at 4 p.m. stopped to leeward of
St. Paul’s Rocks. Lowered cutter and jolly-boat, and sent officers and members of
civilian scientific staff on shore to examine rocks. At 5 p.m. secured ship with hawser
to the point on N.E. side of cove, at three-quarter hawser length, the ship’s bow
being then in 1 04 fathoms.

Distance at noon from St. Paul’s Rocks, 37 miles. Made good 133 miles. Amount of
current 39 miles, direction N. 79° W.

Surface Organisms. — The following species are recorded from the surface at this
Station : —

Amphipoda (Stebbing, Zool. pt. 67).

Phronimella elongata , Claus.

Lycseopsis paiili, n.sp.

Platyscelus serratulus, n.n.

Lycfea pauli, n.sp.

Moseley writes: “Two large specimens of Albacore, 60 or 70 lbs. in weight, were
swimming round the ship.”

The Challenger remained secured to St. Paul’s Rocks from 5 p.m. on August 27 till
7 a.m. on August 29 (for description of St. Paul’s Rocks, see Narr. Chall. Exp., vol. i.
pp. 201-209).

Schizopoda (Sars, Zool. pt, 37).

Nematoscelis rostrata , n.g., n.sp.

Station 108.

Organisms from
Surface-Nets.

At St. Paul’s
Rocks.

Station 109.

Animals pbom
St. Paul's
RuvU.

338 THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Station 109 (Sounding 180), off St. Paul’s Rocks (see Chart 13).

August 28, 1873 ; lat. 0C 55' 38" N., long. 29° 22' 35" W.

Temperature of air at noon, 81o,0 ; mean for the day, 78°'5.

Temperature of water at surface, 77°*7.

Depth, 104 fathoms; deposit, Hard Ground.

At 9 a.m. officers and men on shore fishing, exploring rocks for natural history
specimens, surveying, and making magnetic observations. On board ship employed a
new mode of dredging by sending out dredge in a boat, and after a time heaving it in to
the ship with the aid of the donkey-engine. The small dredge was used on this occasion,
with the swabs attached, and brought up several specimens.

The following species are recorded in the Zoological Reports from St. Paul’s Rocks,
from shore, shallow water, and down to a depth of about 100 fathoms : —

Tetractinellida (Sollas, Zool. pt. 63).

Pilochrota giyas, n.g., n.sp. One specimen (taken by fishing line from shore) ;
obtained at no other locality.

Alcyonaiiia (Wright and Studer, Zool. pt. 64).

Paramuricea aquatorialis , n.sp. (80 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.
Placogorgia atlantica , n.g., n.sp. (80 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality. Only

species of the genus.

Anti PATH ARIA (Brook, Zool. pt. 80).

Ptcropathes fragilis, n.g., n.sp. (10 to 80 fathoms); obtained at no other locality.
Only species of the genus.

Corals (Moseley, Zool. pt. 7).

Ijophohdia prolifera, M. -Edwards and Haime. Dead fragment (100 fathoms); for

distribution see Station 23.

Crinoioba (Carpenter, Zool. pt. 60).

Actinometru pulchclla (PourtaRs). One specimen (10 to 80 fathoms) ; obtained also

at Station 192 (?), 140 fathoms. Recorded from North
Atlantic (“ Porcupine,” “ Dacia,” and “ Talisman ”), and
Caribbean Sea.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

339

Ophiuroidea (Lyman, Zool. pt. 14). St. Paul’s Rocks.

Ophiomyxa australis, Ltitken. (100 fathoms) ; obtained also at Stations 161, 162,

163, 167, 172, 173, 201, and Amboina, 18 to 515 fathoms.

Echinoidea (Agassiz, Zool. pt. 9).

Dorocidaris (Cidaris) papillata (Leske). (70 to 80 fathoms) ; for distribution see

Station 24.

Anomura (Henderson, Zool. pt. 69).

Munida sancti-pauli, n.sp. Two specimens (10 to 60 fathoms) ; obtained at no

other locality.

•/

Brachyura (Miers, Zool. pt. 49).

Stenorhynchus spinifer, n.sp. One injured specimen (10 to 80 fathoms) ; obtained

at no other locality.

Grapsus maculatus (Catesby). Numerous specimens (shore) ; obtained also at

Bermuda, Ascension, Fernando Noronha, and Cape Yerdes.

Lamellibranchiata (Smith, Zool. pt. 35).

Id.ma lata, n.sp. One specimen (104 fathoms) ; obtained also at Station 201,
82 fathoms.

Polyzoa (Busk, Zool. pts. 30 and 50).

Catenaria diaphana, Busk. (Shallow water) ; obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger. Recorded from Madeira.

Scrapocellaria macandrei, Busk. (Shallow water) ; obtained also at Cape Yerdes.

Recorded from coast of Spain.

Tubucellaria opuntioides, Pallas. (Shallow water) ; obtained at no other locality

by the Challenger. Recorded from John Adam’s Bank.
Crisia denticulata (Lamarck). (Shallow water) ; obtained also at Stations 135 and

186, 8 to 90 fathoms. Recorded from Arctic, North
Atlantic, and Mediterranean.

A Sipunculid is also recorded in the Station-book.

In the foregoing list 16 species are enumerated, of which 7 are new to science,
including representatives of 3 new genera ; 6 of the new species and 2 new genera were
not obtained elsewhere.

St. Paul’s Kooks.
Organisms from
1 HR SUBFACK.

Station 109a to
109d.

Station 1 10

340

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Surface Organisms. — The following species are recorded from the surface : —

Macrura (Spence Bate. Zool. pt. 52).

Panulii'us guttatus (Latreille), var.
Sergestes nculatus, Ivro37er.

Lucifer typus, Thompson.

,, reynaudii, M. -Edwards.
Alpheus minus, Say.

Fishes (Gunther, Zool. pt. 6).

Holocentrum sancti-pauli, n.sp.
Caranx ascensionis, Forst.
Glyphidodon saxatilis, Lmne.
Cossyphus rufus, Linne.
Platyglossus cyanostigma, C.V.
Enchclycore nigricans , Bonnat.
Balistes buniva, Lac.

Stations 109a to 109d (Soundings 181 to 184), off St. Paul’s Rocks (see Chart 13).

August 29, 1873.

Temperature of air at noon, 78°'5 ; mean for the day, 7 7°'5.

Temperature of water at surface, 78o,0.

At 6 a.m. got up steam. At 7 a.m. landed naturalists and fishing party. Cast otf
hawser, and proceeded under steam round St. Paul’s Rocks to take soundings. Shaped
course as requisite for obtaining the errors of the Fox dipping-needle. At 8 a.m.
sounded in 475 fathoms, Hard Ground, gravel (Station 109a); distance from St. Paul’s
Rocks 125 miles. At 9.45 a.m. sounded in 510 fathoms, Hard Ground (Station 109b);
distance from the Rocks 0'58 mile. At 10.45 a.m. sounded in 780 fathoms, deposit
Globigerina Ooze, containing 57 '34 per cent, of carbonate of lime (Station 109c) ; distance
from the Rocks 0'98 mile. At 11 a.m. steamed as requisite to ascertain error of dipping-
needle. At 1 p.m. sounded in 1425 fathoms, deposit Globigerina Ooze, containing
7277 per cent, of carbonate of lime (Station 109d) ; distance from the Rocks 2'6 miles.
At 2 p.m. proceeded towards the Rocks and recalled boats. At 3 p.m. boats returned
and the ship proceeded N.W. for magnetic observations and swinging ship for errors of
compasses. At 6.10 p.m. completed the observations, and at 6.15 p.m. made all
plain sail, and proceeded towards Fernando Noronha.

Station 1 10 (Sounding 185), St. Paul’s Rocks to Fernando Noronha (see Chart 12
and Diagram 4).

August 30, 1873 ; lat. 0° 9' N., long. 30° 18' W.
Temperature of air at noon, 79° '3 ; rae.au for the day, 77°'3.

Es'grftYTsl hv Malby vt Sons

SUMMARY OF RESULTS. 341

Temperature of water : — Station 1 10

Surface, .

77-5

500 fathoms,

39-8

10 fathoms,

77-4

600 „ . .

39-6

20

77-2

700 „

39*4

30

77-0

800 „

39 '2

40

71-8

900 „

38-8

50

67-0

1000 „

38-4

60 „

62-7

3100

38-0

75

59-8

1200 „

37-6

100

56-2

1300 „

373

200 „

46-8

1400 „

370

300 „

42-0

1500 „

36-8

400 „

40-0

Bottom,

34-8

Density at 60° F. at surface,

1-02667 ;

bottom, 1 "02602.

Depth, 2275 fathoms; deposit, Globigerina Ooze, containing 72-93 per cent, of
carbonate of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At 6.45 a.m. shortened and furled sails, and got up steam to sound. At 8 a.m.
sounded in 2275 fathoms. Obtained serial temperatures down to 1500 fathoms. At
10.40 a.m. completed temperature observations, and made all plain sail. Shortly after
noon crossed the Equator.

Distance at noon from Fernando Noronha, 265 miles. Made good 70 miles.
Amount of current 29 miles, direction N. 69° W.

Station 111 (Sounding 186), St. Paul’s Rocks to Fernando Noronha (see Chart 12 Station ill
and Diagram 4).

August 31, 1873 ; lat. 1° 45' S., long. 30° 58' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 80°‘8 ; mean for the day, 77°' 9.

Temperature of water at surface, 78 '0 ; bottom, 33°7
Densitv at 60° F. at surface, 1’02667.

Depth, 2475 fathoms; deposit, Globigerina Ooze, containing 36 ’06 per cent of
carbonate of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At 6.30 a.m. shortened and furled sails, and got up steam to sound. At
8 a.m. sounded in 2475 fathoms. At 8.40 a.m. completed sounding and made all
plain sail.

Distance at noon from Fernando Noronha, 132 miles. Made good 138 miles.

Amount of current 25 miles, direction S. 55° W.

(SUMMAHY OF RESULTS CHALL. EXP. — 1893.)

44

Station 111.
OHOASfMN* n
Til* I>KlNnlT.

Stations 112
113a.

342

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

F< v.MiNT) kka (Brady. Zook pt. 22). — The following species of Foraminifera were
■ rved in the deposit from this Station ; the pelagic species, which make up about 89
per cent, of the carbonate of lime present in the deposit, are marked thus x : —

/iilocuiina depresta, d’Orbigny.
t'fnrvlorulina tenui# (Czjzek).

Afiliolina xeminulum (Linn<$).

„ vmunta (Karrer).

flap! pbragmium latidorsatum (Bornemann).
Ammodiseus gordialis (Jones and Parker).
Textularia coneava (Karrer).

Vemeuilina pygnuea (Egger).

I 'injuhna nrhreibergiana, Czjzek.

/ suji-na globosa (Montagu).

„ gracilis, Williamson.

„ Ixcigaia (Reuss).

„ hevis (Montagu).

„ marginal a (Walker and Boys).

„ orbignyana (Seguenza).

„ tulrala (Walker and Jacob).

■ " i . < mm unis , d’Orbigny.

x Globi ji-rina bullovies, d’Orbigny.

x Globigerina conglobata, Brady,
x „ dubia, Egger.

x „ helicina, d’Orbigny.

x „ inflata, d’Orbigny.

x „ sacculi/era, Brady,

x Pullmia obliquiloculata, Parker and Jones.
„ sph&roides (d’Orbigny).

Truncatulina lobatala (Walker and Jacob).
„ jriL jmsea, Hantken.

x Pulvinuliaa crassa (d’Orbigny).

„ exigua, Brady,

x „ menardii (d’Orbigny).

x „ micheliniana (d’Orbigny).
x „ patagonica (d’Orbigny).

x „ tumida, Brady.

„ umbonata, Reuss.

Rotalia noldanii, d’Orbigny.

Nonionina umbilicatula (Montagu).

Stations 112 to 113a (Soundings 187 to 189), St. Paul’s Rocks to Fernando
Noronha (sec Charts 12 and 14, and Diagram 4).

September 1, 1873 ; lat. 3° 33' S., long. 32 16' W.
Temperature of air at noon, 78°'8 ; mean for the day, 78 ‘5.

Temperature of water : —

Surface, .... 78-0

10 fathoms, . . 78*0

20 „ ... 780

30 77-5

40 „ ... 73-3

SO „ ... 63-2

60 59 0

76 56-5

100 „ ... 54-4

200 „ ... 46-8

300 420

400 „ ... 400

o

500 fathoms, . . . 397

600 „ ... 39 7

700 39 7

800 „ ... 397

900 „ ... 38-6

1000 „ ... 387

1100 „ ... 37-9

1200 „ ... 37-8

1300 „ ... 377

1400 376

1500 „ . . . 37-5

Bottom, . . . 34 0

Density at GO F. at surface, 1 026G9 ; bottom, 1 02607.

!>• 2200 fathoms; deposit, Globigerina Ooze, containing 81 ’27 per cent, of

4 - r » oii ttc of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

Eu^rawd by Mrtlby X- Sons

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

345

Stomatella {Gena) nigra , Quoy and Gaimard (?). One specimen ; obtained also at

Port Jackson, 2 to 10 fathoms. Recorded from
Tongatabu, Sandwich Islands, and West Africa.

Phasianella sp. (?).

Nerita ascensionis Gmelin. (St. Michael’s Rocks) ; obtained at no other locality by

the Challenger. Recorded from Ascension.

Solarium sp. (?).

Sccdaria ( Cirsotrema ) hellenica, Forbes. Obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger. Recorded from North Atlantic and
Mediterranean. Fossil — Austrian Miocene and
Piedmontese Pliocene.

Nassa (. Hima ) capillaris, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Olivo. i ( Olivella ) fulgida, Reeve. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Recorded from West Indies.

,, ( ,, ) pulchella, Duclos (?). Two fragments ; obtained at no other locality

by the Challenger. Recorded from West Indies.

Columbella mercatoria (Linne). Obtained also at the Cape. Recorded from North

Atlantic.

„ sp. (?).

Marginella ( Persicvla ) sagittata, Hinds. Obtained at no other locality by

the Challenger. Recorded from Brazil, Bahamas,
Caribbean Sea, and Australia.

Cypraea spurca, Linne. Obtained also at Stations YUp. and 122.

Mitrularia uncinata (Reeve) (?). Obtained also at .Station 122, 350 fathoms, and

North Atlantic, deep: water. Recorded from West
Indies and Philippines.

Xenophora corrugata (Reeve). Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Recorded from Indian Ocean, Japan, and China seas.

Cerithiopsis sp. (?).

Litorina ( Hamus ) nodulosa, d’Orbigny. (St. Michael’s Rocks) ; obtained at no

other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from
"West Indies.

Fossarus ambiguus (Linne). Obtained also at Station 122, 350 fathoms. Recorded

from North Atlantic and Mediterranean. Fossil —
Post-Tertiary of Sicily.

Rissoa sp. (?).

Vtriculus { Tornatina ) canaliculatus (Say). Obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger. Recorded from United States coast.
Cylichna noronyensis, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Vanikoro (?) sp.

Fernando

Noronha.

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

FKr.XA.viif*

Noronha.

Statioxh 113b
TO 115.

Hritw* 1 16.

346

Polyplaoophora (Haddon, Zool. pt. 43).

I. <oh nochiton boogii, n.n. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality by the
Challenger. Recorded from Plata Island, West Columbia (?).

Fishes (Gunther, Zool. pt. 6).

Hum Ion ch'ysargyreum, Gunther. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

In addition to the foregoing, the following are recorded in the Station-book : —
I logout >nn covered with Polyzoa, Squilla, Pagurus, and Nudibranch.

Excluding Protozoa, about 55 species were taken at Fernando Noronha, of which 9
are new to science, including representatives of 2 new genera ; 5 of the new species
were not obtained elsewhere.

Willemoes-Suhm remarks regarding these dredgings by Thomson and Murray in
.'hallow water around Fernando Noronha, that the zoological material obtained was so
scanty as not to allow any general conclusions to be drawn.

Stations 113b to 115 (Soundings 190 to 193), off Fernando Noronha (see
Chart 14 and Diagram 4).

September 3, 1873.

Temperature of air at noon, 75° ‘3 ; mean for the day, 76 °T.

Temperature of water at surface, 78o,0.

At 8 a.m. got up steam. At 9.30 a.m. weighed anchor and proceeded westward
i. i c am, sounding. Set fore and aft sails. At 10.20 a.m. discontinued sounding,
unai •]■• to see marks on shore owing to rain. At 11.40 a.m. sounded in 400 fathoms,
Hurl Ground (Station 113b). At 1.20 p.m. stopped and sounded, about 6b miles from
-hop-, in 525 fathoms, Hard Ground (Station 113c). At 3 p.m. stopped and sounded,

13 miles S.W. of Fernando Noronha, in 820 fathoms, Hard Ground (Station 114).
A 4.40 p.m. stopped and sounded, about 20 miles S.W. of Fernando Noronha, in
~15'> deposit, Globigerina Ooze, containing 79'30 per cent, of carbonate of lime

< Station 115). At 6.15 p.m. made all plain sail.

Station 116 (Sounding 194), Fernando Noronha to Pernambuco (see Chart 12

and Diagram 4).

September 4, 1873 ; lat. 5" V S., long. 33° 50' W.

IVmp nature of air at noon, 75 '3 ; mean for the day, 76° 0.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

343

At 5.50 a.m. shortened and furled sails, and got up steam to sound. At G a.m. observed
Fernando Noronka Island bearing S. 42u W. At 8 a.m. sounded in 2200 fathoms
(Station 112); distance from Fernando Noronha 21 miles. At 9 a.m. obtained serial
temperatures down to 1500 fathoms, and at 9.50 a.m. made all plain sail. At
11 a.m. shortened sail and proceeded under steam. At 12.30 p.m. stopped and sounded
in 1010 fathoms, Hard Ground, bottom temperature 37°‘5 (Station 113); distance from the
island about 6 miles. At 2 p.m. stopped and sounded in 25 fathoms, deposit Calcareous
Sand, containing 92'28 per cent, of carbonate of lime (Station 113a). Proceeded towards
the anchorage in San Antonio Bay, and at 3 p.m. came to in 10 fathoms.

The Challenger remained at Fernando Noronha till 8 a.m. on September 3 (for
description of Fernando Noronha, see Narr. Chall. Exp., vol. i. pp. 210-214). On
September 2 the steam pinnace dredged round the island in depths of 7 to 25 fathoms.
The following species are recorded in the Zoological Reports from the vicinity : —

Monaxonida (Ridley and Bendy, Zool. pt. 59).

Suberites carnosus (Johnston). One specimen; obtained also at Station 75 and

Port Jackson.

Corals (Moseley, Zool. pt. 7).

Madrcicis asperula , M. -Edwards and Haime. Many specimens ; obtained also at

Station 36 and Cape Verdes.

Asteroldea (Sladen, Zool. pt. 51).

Astropecten brasiliensis, Muller and Troscbel. Five specimens ; obtained also at

Bahia, 7 to 20 fathoms.

Ophiuroidea (Lyman, Zool. pt. 14).

Ophiothrix cingidata, Ayres (?). Two specimens ; obtained also at Station 36 and
Bahia.

Echinoidea (Agassiz, Zool. pt. 9).

Cidaris tribuloides (Lamarck). Obtained also at Bahia and Cape Verdes, 7 to 20
fathoms.

Annelida (MTntosh, Zool. pt. 34).

Nereis ( Platynereis ) eatoni, MTntosh. One injured specimen ; obtained also at

Stations 144a, 149, and Falkland Islands, 5 to 69 fathoms.

Macrura (Spence Bate, Zool. pt. 52).

Artemesia longinaris, n.g., n.sp. (?). Fragment of pleon ; obtained also at Station

321, 13 fathoms. Only species of the genus.

Alpheus minus, Say. One specimen ; obtained also at St. Paul’s Rocks and Bahia.

Station 112.

At Fernando
Noronha.

Animals from

Fernando

Noronha.

344

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Fkxxa.xdo

Nokoxba.

Anomura (Henderson, Zool. pt. 69).

Munida spinifrons, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

Brachyura (Miers, Zool. pt. 49).

Apocrcmnus septemspinosus, M. -Edwards (?). One specimen; obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger.

Pierocei'oides tubularis, n.g., n.sp. Three specimens; obtained also at Bahia.

Only species of the genus.

Macroccdoma concava, n.sp. Four specimens ; obtained also at Bahia.

Mithrax forceps (M.-Edwards) (?). Several small specimens ; obtained also at

Bermuda and Bahia.

„ coronatus (Herbst). Two specimens; obtained at no other locality by

the Challenger.

„ sp. (?). One specimen.

„ ( Mithraculus ) sculptus (Lamarck). Several small specimens ; obtained at

no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from
West Indies.

Grapsus maculatus (Catesby). Four specimens (St. Michael’s Rocks) ; obtained

also at Bermuda, St. Paul’s Rocks, Ascension, and
Cape Verdes.

Calappa gattus (Ilerbst) (?). Two specimens ; obtained also at Bermuda, Cape

Verdes, and Amboina (?).

Lamkllibranchiata (Smith, Zool. pt. 35).

Krv'lin subcancell ata, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 33 and 120.

Gi nlinm (Fro gum) medium, LinnA Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Recorded from West Indies.

Lncina ( Codakia) pecten, Lamarck. Obtained also at Station 33.

Pccturu'ul is pectinatus (Gmelin). Several specimens (stated in Report to be from

Station 113, 1010 fathoms, which is probably an error) ;
obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Area imbricata , Bruguierc. Obtained also at Station. 187, 6 fathoms.

Myt>his esustus (Lamarck), Reeve. (St. Michael’s Rocks) ; obtained also at Station

122, 350 fathoms.

Pcrtni horonJa Hsi*, n.sp. Several specimens; obtained at no other locality.

S afhofoda and Gasteropoda (Watson, Zool. pt. 42).

Sipb'xlohtalftm tctmschislum, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Acnum sp. (?). (St. Michael’s Rocks.)

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

347

Temperature of water : —

Surface, .

100 fathoms,

200

300

400

500

600

TOO

800

>>

5)

>>

78-0

54-5

45-4

41-9

40-0

39-3

39-0

38-7

38-5

900 fathoms,
1000

1200

1300

1400

1500

57

Bottom,

38-3

38T

379

37-7

37-5

37-2

37-0

34-3

Density at 60° F. at surface, 1 ’02628 ; bottom, 1*02609.

Depth, 2275 fathoms; deposit, Globigerina Ooze, containing 65*04 per cent, of
carbonate of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.),

At 9.20 a.m. shortened and furled sails, and got up steam to sound. Sounded
in 2275 fathoms, obtained serial temperatures at intervals of 100 fathoms down to
1500 fathoms, and sample of bottom water for analysis. At 1,10 p.m. completed
observations, and at 1.40 p.m. made all plain sail.

Distance at noon from Cape St. Roque, 90 miles; from Pernambuco, 192 miles;
from Bahia, 556 miles. Made good 107 miles. Amount of current 30 miles, direction
N. 75° W.

Diatomace^e. — The following three species of Diatoms were observed by Mr. Comber
in the deposit from this Station : —

Hemidiscus cundformis, Wallich.

Costinodiscus radiatus, Ehrenberg.
„ nodulifer, Janisch.

Stations 117 and 117a (Soundings 195 arid 196), Fernando Noronha to
Pernambuco (see Chart 1 2).

September 6, 1873 ; iat. 5° 56 ' S., long. 34u 45' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 77°*8 ; mean for the day, 76°*7.

Temperature of water at surface, 78° *0.

Density at 60° F. at surface, 1*02673.

Depth, 1375 fathoms ; [deposit, Globigerina Ooze, containing 56*59 per cent, of
carbonate of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

Station 116.

Organisms from:
the Deposit.

Stations 117
AND 117a.

At 10 a.m. got up steam, and at 11.30 a.m. shortened and furled square sails. At noon,
proceeded under steam and fore and aft sails. Descried South American shore from

348

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Station 117.

Organism-, prom
SfRPACX-Nrrs.

Station 1 18.

masthead. At 12.40 p.m. stopped and sounded in 1375 fathoms (Station 117), and at
2.1.) p.m. proceeded. At 4.10 p.m. stopped and sounded in 500 fathoms, deposit Red
Mud, containing 6079 per cent, of carbonate of lime (Station 117a). Proceeded under
steam for the rest of the day.

Distance at noon from Cape St. Roque, 46 miles; from Pernambuco, 130 miles; from
Bah’ a, 484 miles. Made good 115 miles. Amount of current 26 miles, direction

N. 83° W.

Surface Organisms. — The following species is recorded from the surface near Cape

St. Roque : —

Stomatopoda (Brooks, Zool. pt. 45).

Gonochxctylus chiragra, Latreille, var. minutus, nov.

'Willemoes-Suhm writes : “ I found in the tow-net sent down to a depth of 40 fathoms,
while sounding in 500 fathoms, Lucifer, small Cephalopod, and Decapod larva ; another
specimen of the Decapod larva was taken next day.”

Moseley writes : “ A piece of Sargassum, caught in the patent log, was covered with
Hydrozoa, Spirorbis , and Flustrci; I also found on it an Annelid larva with three sets
of hooks. The sea-weed was covered with fructification, though apparently it had been
Hoating some time in the water.”

September 7, 1873.

At 4 p.m. sounded in 16 fathoms, nearly due east of the tower at Fort Cabadello.
Some sperm whales were seen.

Station 118 (Sounding 197), Fernando Noronha to Pernambuco (see Charts 12
and 15, and Diagram 4).

September 8, 1873 ; lat. 7' 28' S., long. 34° 2' W.

Temperature of air at uood, 78 '8 ; mean for the day, 77°‘0.

Temj>erature of water at surface, 77‘*5 ; bottom, 35°*2.

Depth, 2050 fathoms; deposit, Globigerina Ooze, containing 37*18 per cent, of
carbonate of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

Under steam all night. At 5.45 a.m. stopped and sounded in 2050 fathoms. At
7.30 a.m. proceeded south-west under sail and steam.

DIAGRAM 4

Summary of Results.

ATLANTIC OCEAN

The Voyage of Challenger.

Longitudinal Temperature Section. From a position in Lat. 3°8'.N.. Long. 14° 39'. W. to Pernambuco.

For eacplanatio n of Symbols sec -AppenBxoz/ 1 .

4000 1|~ r...

Eugr«n*d trr M -

J

HORIZONTAL

OF NAUTICAL MILES

CHART 15 .

Summary of Results.

The Voyage of Il.M o . Ch allengt-

LaiMnd hr XuVr Ac Sous

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

340

Station 119 (Sounding 198), Fernando Noronha to Pernambuco (see Charts 12
and 15, and Diagram 4).

September 8, 1873 ; lat. 7° 39' S., long. 34 12' W.

Temperature of water : —

Surface, ....

77-5

400 fathoms,

39-5

100 fathoms,

62-2

500

39-0

200 „ . . .

47-2

Bottom,

37-2

300 „ ...

41-0

Density at 60° F. at surface,

1 02745.

Depth, 1650 fathoms ; deposit, Globigerina Ooze, containing 48’61 per cent, of
carbonate of lime (see Murray and Renard. Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At 10 a.m. shortened sail, stopped and sounded in 1650 fathoms. At 11.45 a.m.
completed sounding. Obtained a series of temperatures at intervals of 100 fathoms down
to 500 fathoms. At 4 p.m. observed land on starboard beam. At 5.45 p.m. shortened and
furled square sails, got up steam, and at 6 p.m. sounded in 22 fathoms. At 6.30 p.m.
proceeded under steam. Observed Pernambuco and Olinda lights on starboard beam.
At 9 p.m. altered course and sounded in 22 fathoms. At 10 p.m. sounded in 22 fathoms,
and at 10.30 p.m. lost sight of lights. At 11 p.m. sounded in 26 fathoms, and at mid-
night in 40 fathoms, no bottom. Sargassum floated by the ship in considerable
quantities, but not in patches.

Distance at noon from Pernambuco, 47 miles. Made good 65 miles. Amount of
current 20 miles, direction N. 37° W.

Stations 120 and 121 (Soundings 199 and 200), between Pernambuco and
Bahia (see Charts 12 and 15).

September 9, 1873 ; lat. 8° 3 7' S., long 34° 28' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 79°‘3 ; mean for the day, 77° ' 1.

Temperature of water at surface, 78o,0.

Density at 60° F. at surface, 1 ‘02740.

Depth, 675 fathoms; deposit, Red Mud, containing 3893 per cent, of carbonate of
lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At 4.40 a.m. stopped and sounded in 675 fathoms (Station 120). At 5.20 a.m.
proceeded S.S.W. At 6 a.m. stopped, put dredge over, and lowered cutter to try current,
which was found to be N.N.W. \ mile per hour. At 10 a.m. hove up dredge with some
specimens, and put over trawl. At 1.30 p.m. hove up trawl which contained various
(summary of results chall. exp. — 1893.)

Station 1 1 9.

Stations 120
AND 121.

350

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

s \ . ; ■ ■ ] -j ■ specimens of interest. At 2 p.m. made all plain sail. At 4 p.m. observed land to
\\ N.W. At 4.10 p.m. got up steam, and put over dredge, veering 800 fathoms. At
;.20 r.M. furled sails, and sounded in 500 fathoms, deposit Red Mud, containing
38 56 per cent, of carbonate of lime (Station 121). At 6.20 p.m. hove up dredge,
which contained a few specimens, and proceeded under steam. At midnight sounded
in 60 fathoms, no bottom.

l)i>tancc at noon from Cape San Antonio, Bahia, 360 miles. Made good 57 miles.
Amount of current 24 miles, direction N. 19° W.

Amkaia prom
1>KKIm;E AMD

Tkawu

The following species are recorded in the Zoological Reports from the dredge and
trawl at these Stations, the only things from the dredging in 500 fathoms being two

fishes : —

Corals (Moseley, Zool. pt. 7).

Ddtocyatlius italicus, M.-Edwards and Haime. For distribution see Station 24.
Stepha notrochus diadema, n.g., n.sp. One large specimen; obtained also at

Station 78.

,, discoides, n.g., n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

Asteroidea (Sladen, Zool. pt. 51).

Zoroaster fulgens, Wyville Thomson. For distribution see Station 46.

Ostracoda (Brady, Zool. pt. 3).

Macrocypris similis, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 305 and 344, 165 and

420 fathoms.

Bytfiocypris reniformis, n.g., n.sp. For distribution see Station 24.
liairdia formosa, Brady, var. (?). For distribution see Station 76.

,, victinx, Brady. For distribution see Station 24.

Cythere pyn/ormis, n.sp. A few valves ; obtained at no other locality.

,. diet yon, n.sp. Widely distributed (see Station 24).

,, etdee a, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Krith* producta, n.sp. Widely distributed (see Station 70).

Cytlo rella lata, n.sp. A few detached valves ; for distribution see Station 24.

Amphipoua (Stebbing, Zool. pt. 67).

Ahdaroa ftoecki, n.sp. One specimen; obtained at no other locality.

L-'ncr,,]a istira, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained also at Station 106.

I so POD a (Beddard, Zool. pt. 33).

,S- rt'h* gracdis, n.sp. Five specimens ; obtained at no other locality.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

351

Macrura (Spence Bate, Zool pt. 52). Station 120.

Gennadcis parvus, n.g., n.sp. One specimen ; for distribution see Station 45.

Glyphocrangon aculeata, M. -Edwards. One specimen ;■ obtained at no other locality

by the Challenger. Recorded from Martinique.

Notostomus brevirostris, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

Hyrrienodora mollis (Smith). One specimen ; obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger, Recorded from N.W. Atlantic,

Lamellibranchiata (Smith, Zool. pt. 35).

Ervilia subcancellata, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 33 and Fernando Noronha.

Nucula pernambucensis, n.sp. A few valves ; obtained at no other locality.

Leda solidula, n.sp. Single valve ; obtained at no other locality.

Lima (Limatula) confusa, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 23 and 78.

Amussium lucidum (Jeffreys). Obtained also at Stations 73 and 78.

Scaphopoda and Gasteropoda (Watson, Zool, pt. 42).

Dentalium subterjissum, Jeffreys. For distribution see Station 78.

Trockus ( Margarita ) clavatus , n.sp. (?). Obtained also at Station 24.

,, , two other species undetermined.

Basilissa alta, n.g., n.sp., var. oxytoma, nov. The species obtained also at

Station 24. Recorded subsequently from Gulf of Mexico
(“ Blake”).

Seguenzia monocingulata, Seguenza (?), var. Uneata, nov. Obtained also at Station

122 (?), 350 fathoms. For distribution of the species see
Station 24.

„ carinata, Jeffreys. For distribution see Station 73.

,, trispinosa, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

CyclostremM sulcatum, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

,, conicum, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 122, 350 fathoms.
lanihina exigua, Lamarck. For distribution see Station 70.

Scalaria sp. (?).

Pleurotoma ( Surcula ) hemimeres, n.sp. One fragmentary specimen ; obtained at

no other locality.

,, ( ,, ) bulbodes, n.sp. One specimen : obtained at no other locality.

„ , two other species undetermined.

Clionella lophoessa, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 122, 350 fathoms (var. platia).

Cassis sp. (?), fry, same as at Station 56.

Natica sp. (?). Obtained also at Stations 24, 85, and 122.

Bittium erode, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

352

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

s- .n . Bittium mamillanum, n.sp. One specimen (afterwards broken); obtained at no

other locality.

C thna tenella, Jeffreys. For distribution see Station 75.

Fishes (Gunther, Zool. pt. 57).

M'amphaes crassiceps, n.sp. One specimen; obtained also at Stations 107,

14G, and 220.

Gonostoma microdon, n.sp. Twenty-five specimens; for distribution see

Station 23.

Bathytroctes rostratus, n.g., n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

Bathypterois quadrijilis, n.g., n.sp. One specimen (500 fathoms) ; obtained also at

Station 126, 770 fathoms.

K< michthys infans , n.sp. One specimen (500 fathoms) ; obtained also at

Station 101.

In uddition to the foregoing, the following are recorded in the Station-book : —
S i tulariuii Archaster , Ophiurids, many specimens of Salenia, worm (?), many

Schizopoda.

Excluding Protozoa, about 150 specimens of invertebrates and fishes were
obtained on this date, belonging to about 58 species, of which 34 are new to science,
including representatives of 6 new genera ; 15 of the new species were not obtained

elsewhere.

Willemocs-Suhm writes: “Besides several Eckinoderms, which have hitherto been
I >und only in the north, the dredge brought up a Crustacean ( Serolis ), three species of which
ire known to occur on the coast of Patagonia in shallow water. There is besides a very
curious red worm, in which no bristles could be found, and which somewhat approaches
G'fi'ihoglnsuvs in shape. The head and collar are, however, not very distinct, and its
in ••mid org anisation must differ widely from that of Balanoglossus, for on being put into
•pint it sent out a long penis. The presence of such an organ in worms indicates a much
r . t labo rate and distinct arrangement of the genital organs than is found either in
N rn rt> ms, Annelids, or Balanoglossus. Shrimps came up in considerable quantities,
i "! them not of great interest, with the exception of a little Schizopod with loose

‘ • ’ ; this species has been got before, and to-day many males and females were

1 d Vmong the Peneids there was a very large animal with elevated carapace,
1 n i ' mto different regions by longitudinal and transverse ridges. There was also

A' iphip ’d, formerly got on the coast of Nova Scotia, and another somewhat approach -
1 • Hyp- rimt but apparently blind. Both these forms seem to me to differ widely

from known types.”

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

353

The following species of Pteropoda, Heteropoda, and Foraminifera were observed in
the deposit from Station 120, 675 fathoms (see also Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea
Deposits Chall. Exp.) : —

Pteropoda (Pelseneer, Zool. pt. 65).

Limacina ivjlata (d’Orbigny).

„ lesueuri (d’Orbigny).

„ trocliifurmis (d’Orbiguy).

„ bulirnoides (d’Orbigny).

Agadina n.sp. [larval Gasteropod].

Clio ( Creseis ) virgida (Rang).

„ ( „ ) acicula (Rang).

„ ( Hyalocylix ) striata (Rang).

,, ( Styliola ) subula (Quoy and Gaimard).

Heteropoda (Smith, Zool. pt. 72).

Atlanta peronii, Lesueur.

„ souleyeti, Smith.

Foraminifera (Brady, Zool. pt. 22).
64 per cent, of the carbonate of lime prese

Clio polita (Craven, MS.).

„ pyramidata , Linne.

Cunierina columnella (Rang).
Cavolinia trispinosa (Lesueur).

„ quadridentata (Lesueur).
,, lungirostris (Lesueur).

„ tridentatg (Forskhl).

„ uncinata (Rang).

„ inflexa (Lesueur).

Atlanta fusca, Eydoux and Souleyet.

„ indinata , Eydoux and Souleyet.

■The pelagic species, which make up about
in the deposit, are marked thus x .

Biloculina depressa, d’Orbigny.

„ elongata, d’Orbigny.

,, m-egularis, d’Orbigny.

,, ringens (Lamarck).

„ sphasra, d’Orbigny.

„ sp. (1).

Spiroloculina amtimargo , Brady.

„ tenuis (Czjzek),

„ sp. (1).

Miliolina circularis (Bornemann).

„ insignis , Brady.

„ ollonga (Montagu).

,, seminulum (Linne).

„ triearinata (d’Orbigny).

» SP- (*)•

OphthcUmidium mconstans, Brady.

Planispirina celata (Costa).

„ sigmoidea, Brady.

Cornuspira ihvolvens, Reuss.

Orbiculina adunca (Fichtel and Moll).

Pelosina cylindrical Brady.

Psammosphsera fusca , Schulze.

Saecammina sphserica, Sars.

Hyperammina elongata, Brady.

„ friabilis, Brady.

Hyperammina ramosa, Brady.

„ vagans, Brady.

Rhabdammina linearis, Brady.

Aschemonella catenata, Norman.

Reophax adunca, Brady.

„ difflugifortnis, Brady.

„ nodulosa , Brady.

„ piluiifera, Brady.

„ scorpiurus, Montfort.

», sp- CO-

Haplophragmium agglutinans, d’Orbigny.

„ calcareum, Brady.

„ globigeriniforme (Parker and

Jones).

„ latidorsatum (Bornemann).

„ nanum, Brady.

Thurammina papillata , Brady.

„ sp. (1).

Ammodiscus diaroides (Jones and Parker).

„ gordialis (Jones and Parker ).

„ incertus (d’Orbigny).

„ tenuis, Brady.

Trochammina conglobata, Brady.

„ coronata, Brady.

„ lituiformis, Brady.

Station 120.
Organisms from
the Deposit.

354

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Troehatnmina jwtriloculata, Brady.

„ proteus, Karrer.

„ trull issata, Brady.

B'tiWaa clavata, Jones and Parker.

Cydammina eaneeUata , Brady.

Trjctularia aspera, Brady.

„ yramen, d’Orbigny.

„ luculenta , Brady.

„ quadrilatera, Scb wager.

Vemndlina propinqua, Brady.

„ pygmaa (Egger).

Bigenerina capreolus (d’Orbigny).

„ penuatnla (Batsch) (?).

Gaudryina filiformis, Berthelin.

„ pnpoidcs, d’Orbigny.

„ „ var. chilostoma, Reuss.

if

rugosa, d’Orbigny.

X

Globigerina sequilateralis, Brady.

19

siphonella, Reuss.

X

ff

bulloides, d’Orbigny.

Dulitnina aadeata, d’Orbigny.

X

J>

conglobata, Brady.

if

buchiana, d’Orbigny.

X

)>

digituta, Brady.

if

elegant, d’Orbigny.

X

ff

dubia, Egger.

it

elegantissina, d’Orbigny.

X

f f

helicina, d’Orbigny.

ft

„ var. seminuda, Terquem.

X

ff

inflata, d’Orbigny.

ff

inflata, Seguenza.

X

ff

rubra, d’Orbigny.

ff

subcylind rica, Brady.

X

ff

sacculi/era, Brady.

ff

n ibteres, Brady.

X

Orbulina universa, d’Orbigny.

Bolivina karreriana, Brady.

„ punctata, d’Orbigny.

„ robusta, Brady. *
i ' tKjtidtdina erassa, d’Orbigny.

„ tubylolrosa, Brady.

„ sp. (?).

Lagena acuta (Reuss).

„ apicutata , Reuss.

„ aspera, Reuss.

„ (b-tmophora, Rymer Jones.

„ fonnosa, Scb wager.

,, hit] rula, Reuss.

„ Urru (Montagu).

„ lagenoidet (Williamson).

„ marginal a (Walker and Boys).

„ urhijny ana (Seguenia).

„ ftrllvj-rri, Brady (]).

,, drtat'pumctrita, Parker and Jones.

» «P- (t).

•V •lomria cirmnuinU, d’Orbigny.

„ fammm (Soldaoi).

„ hi-, via , d < )rbigny, var. mtblineata, Brady.

„ olJvfua (Linnd).

,, trduta, Reuss.

Lingulina carinata, d’Orbigny.

„ „ var. seminuda, Hantken.

Rhabdogonium tricarinatum (d’Orbigny).
Marginulina costata (Batsch).

Var/inulina spinigeru, Brady.

Cristellaria convergent, Borneraann.

,, crept dida (Fichtel and Moll).

„ cidtrata (Montfort).

„ orhicidaris (d’Orbigny).

„ rotulata (Lamarck).

„ variabilis, Reuss.

Uvigerina aspenda, Czjzek.

„ „ var. ampullacea, Brady.

„ pygnixa, d’Orbigny.

Sagrina virgula, Brady.

Rarnulina globulifera, Brady.

x Hastigerina pelagica (d’Orbigny).
x Pullenia oUiquiloculata, Parker and J ones.
„ quinquelobo, Reuss.

„ sphseroides (d’Orbigny).

Spliseroidina bvlloidet, d’Orbigny.
x „ dehiscent, Parker and Jones
x Candeina nitida, d’Orbigny.

Spirillina decorata, Brady.

„ limbata, Brady.

Discorbina rosacea (d’Orbigny).

,, rugosa. (d’Orbigny).

„ vilardeboana (d’Orbigny).

Truncatulina alcneriana (d’Orbigny).

„ culler (Parker and Jones).

,, lobatula (Walker and Jacob).

„ robertsoniana, Brady.

„ tenera, Brady.

„ icuellerstorfi (Schwager).

Anoinalina grosserugosa (Giimbel).
x Pidvmulina canaricmis (d’Orbigny).
x „ crassa (d’Orbigny).

„ elegant (d’Orbiguy).

x „ menardii (d’Orbigny).
x „ „ var. Jimhriata, Brady.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

355

x Pulvinulina micheliniana (d’Orbigny).

„ pauper at a, Parker and Jones,

x „ tumida, Brady.

Pulvinulina umbonata, Reuss.
Rotalia orbicularis , d’Orbigny.
Amphistegino, lessonii, d’Orbigny,

Stations 122 to 122c (Soundings 201 to 204), between Pernambuco and Bahia
(see Chart 15).

September 10, 1873; lat. 9° 5' S., long. 34° 50' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 79 -0 ; mean for the day, 76°’5.

Temperature of water at surface, 77°'5.

At 4.15 a.m. stopped and sounded in 350 fathoms, deposit Red Mud, containing
42T5 per cent, of carbonate of lime (Station 122). At daylight, observed land to N.W.
At 6 a.m. stopped, and at 6.15 a.m. lowered trawl, which came up at 8 a.m. with
numerous specimens. The dredge had been sent down at the same time as the trawl,
and it also brought up several specimens. Put over trawl, after emptying it of
its contents. At 9.30 a.m. sounded in 120 fathoms, deposit Red Mud, containing
49T0 per cent, of carbonate of lime (Station 122a). Hove up trawl containing several
specimens. At 10 a.m. sounded in 32 fathoms, deposit Red Sandy Mud with shells
(Station 122b). At 11.45 A.M. stopped and sounded in 400 fathoms, deposit Red Mud
(Station 122c). Put over trawl, which came up at 1.40 p.m. with several specimens.
At 2 p.m. made all plain sail.

Distance at noon from Cape San Antonio, Bahia, 318 miles. Made good 42 miles.
Amount of current 17 miles, direction N. 36° W.

From the above it will be seen that on September 10, 1873, off the coast of Brazil,
the trawl was sent down three times and the dredge once, while soundings of 350, 120,
32, and 400 fathoms were recorded (Stations 122, 122a, 122b, 122c). It is almost
impossible to state exactly the depth from which the specimens were obtained, so in the
following list of species recorded in the Zoological Reports the various stations are
combined, the depth given being indicated : —

Keratosa (Polejaeff, Zool. pt. 31).

Cacospongia levis, n.sp. One specimen (400 fathoms); obtained at no other locality.

Stelospongos longispinus (Fonbressin and Michelotti). One specimen (400 fathoms);

obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Verongia tenuissima, Hyatt (?). One specimen (400 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger.

Station 120.

Stations 122
to 122c.

Animals from
Dredge and
Trawl.

356

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Stations

122c.

122 to Monaxonida (Ridley and Dendy, Zool. pt. 59).

Fhakcllia ventUabrum (Johnston), var. connexiva, nov. Numerous specimens

(400 fathoms) ; obtained also at Station 317, 1035 fathoms.
The species recorded from Arctic and Atlantic.

Tctractinkllida (Sollas, Zool. pt. 63).

Characclla aspera, n.g., n.sp. Two fragments (350 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality. Only species of the genus.

Synops neptuni, n.sp. One specimen (32 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

„ vosinaeri, n.sp. One specimen (350 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.
Corallistes typus , Schmidt. One specimen (350 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger. Recorded from Florida.

'* . • - ^ OCo Iff !•'<*'; ’ . ' * '. . L cl

Alcyonaria (Wright and Studer, Zool. pt. 64).

Dasygorgia spiculosa , Verrill. One colony (350 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger. Recorded from West Indies
and Gulf of Mexico.

Primnoella distans, Studer. Four specimens (120 to 400 fathoms); obtained also

at Station 23.

- ' -■ * v

Corals (Moseley, Zool. pt. 7).

StylasU r duchassaingi , PourtaRs. (400 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality

by the Challenger. Recorded from Tortugas.

Curyophyllia maculata (Pourtales). Five specimens (400 fathoms) ; obtained also

at Station 170, 630 fathoms.

Reef Corals (Queleh, Zool. pt. 46).

Orlicelkt cavernosa (Esper). (30 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality by the
Challenger. A common West Indian form.

Hydroida (Allman, Zool. pt. 20).

Halicomnria plurnosa, n.sp. (32 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

< kinoioka (Carpenter, Zool. pts. 32 and 60).

UhrM-nius lofotcnsis, Sars. Two specimens (400 fathoms); obtained also at

Stations 24 and 323.

/*> i,r<i4 nnw maclearonus, Wyville Thomson, D.sp. One specimen (350 fathoms);

obtained at no other locality.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

357

Atelecrinus bcdanoides, n.sp. One specimen (350 fathoms) ; obtained at no other Stations 122 to

locality by the Challenger. Recorded subsequently from l'~'

Caribbean Sea.

Asteroidea (Sladen, Zool. pt. 51).

Astropecten cingidatus, n.sp. One specimen (depth doubtful) ; obtained at no other

locality.

Calyptraster coa, n.g., n.sp. Several specimens (depth doubtful, but probably

350 fathoms) ; obtained at no' other locality. Only species
of the genus.

Ophiuroidea (Lyman, Zool. pt. 14).

Ophioglypha acervata, Lyman. (350 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality by

the Challenger.

,, ljungmani , n.sp. (350 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

Ophiomusium pulchellum, Wyville Thomson, n.sp. (350 fathoms) ; obtained also at

Stations 87 and 142.

Ophiactis mullet i, Lutken. (350 fathoms) ; obtained also at Bahia, 7 to 20 fathoms

(var. quinqueradia).

Ophiocnida scabra , n.sp. [Reported from Station 128, evidently in error ; probably

from one of these Stations] ; obtained at no other locality.

Ophiacantha cosmica, n.sp. (350 fathoms) ; obtained also at Stations 135, 146,

147, 153, 156, 157, 158, 191, 218, 298, and 299, 350 to
2225 fathoms.

Ophiosciasma attenuatum, n.g., n.sp. (350 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

Only species of the genus.

Echinoidea (Agassiz, Zool. pt. 9).

Salenici varispina, Agassiz. Many specimens (350 fathoms) ; for distribution see

Station 23.

Aspidodiadema microtuberculatum, n.g., n.sp. (350 fathoms) ; obtained also at

Stations 124, 134, 298, and 299, 1600 to
2225 fathoms. Recorded subsequently from
North Atlantic (“ Blake ”).

Echinocyamus pusillus (Muller). (Depth doubtful) ; obtained at no other locality

by the Challenger.

Homolampas fragilis, Agassiz. A fragment (depth doubtful) ; obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger.

Brissus damesi, n.sp. (350 fathoms) ; obtained also at Station 75.

(summary of results chall. esp. — 1893.) 46

358

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Station ■* 122 to AXNKLIDA (MTntosh, Zool. pt. 34).

Syllis brasiliensis, n.sp. One specimen (350 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.
\> r€ < (Ccratonereis) brasiliensis, n.sp. One specimen (32 fathoms) ; obtained at

no other locality.

X- a rtom n is schmardw, n.sp. One fragmentary specimen (350 fathoms) ; obtained

at no other locality.

Eunice equibranchiata, n.sp. One fragmentary specimen (32 fathoms) ; obtained

at no other locality.

Ostracoda (Brady, Zool. pt. 3).

Macrocypris tenuicauda, n.sp. Many specimens (350 fathoms) ; obtained also at

Station 24.

, decora , Brady. (350 fathoms) ; for distribution see Station 24.

Bythocypi'is reniformis, n.g., n.sp. (350 fathoms) ; for distribution see Station 24.
Baird ia formosa, Brady. (350 fathoms) ; for distribution see Station 76.

,, victrix, Brady. (350 fathoms) ; for distribution see Station 24.

Cythere dictyon, n.sp. (350 fathoms) ; widely distributed (see Station 24).

,, dasydei'ma, n.sp. (350 fathoms) ; widely distributed (see Station 5).
Kritht producta, n.sp. (350 fathoms); widely distributed (see Station 70).

Isopoda (Beddard, Zool. pt. 33).

Seroli s antarctica, n.sp. (400 fathoms); obtained also at Stations 146 and 147,
1375 and 1600 fathoms.

Macri ka (Spence Bate, Zool. pt. 52).

Amphiplectus depressus, n.g., n.sp. One specimen (350 fathoms) ; obtained at no

other locality. Only species of the genus.

Plescnikn uniproducta, n.g., n.sp. Two specimens (350 fathoms) ; obtained at no

other locality.

Xothocaris geniculatus (M. -Edwards). Seventeen specimens (350 fathoms) ;

obtained at no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded
from Bay of Biscay.

Oimpylonotus ca pen sis, n.g., n.sp. Two specimens (350 fathoms) ; obtained also at

Station 145, 140 fathoms.

A NO MURA (Henderson, Zool. pt. 69).

/. i jxigui'i# occlusu8, n.sp. One specimen in shell of Pleurotoma (350 fathoms) ;
obtained at no other locality.

Png n*t<s risor , n.sp. Two specimens in shells of Cassidana (350 fathoms);
obtained at no other locality.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

359

Parapagurus gracilis , n.sp. Two specimens in shells of Pleurotoma (350 fathoms) ; Stations 122 to

obtained at no other locality.

Munida stimpsoni , M. -Edwards. One specimen (350 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger. Recorded from West Indies
(“ Blake”).

,, miles, M.-Edwards. Seven specimens (350 fathoms) ; obtained at no other
locality by the Challenger. Recorded from West Indies
(“ Blake") and New England.

Munidopsis erinacea (M. -Edwards). Two specimens (350 fathoms) ; obtained at no

other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from West Indies
(“ Blake”).

Brachyura (Miers, Zool. pt. 49).

Leptopodia sagittaria ( Fabricius). One specimen (30 to 350 fathoms) ; obtained also

at Madeira, Cape Verdes, and Bahia.

Metoporaphis forjiculatus, M.-Edwards. One injured specimen (30 to 350 fathoms) ;

obtained also at Bahia. Recorded from Guiana.

Podochela riisei (Stimpson). One injured specimen (30 to 350 fathoms) ; obtained

also at Bermuda.

Herbstia ( Herbstiella ) depressa (Stimpson) (?). Three specimens (30 to 350 fathoms) ;

obtained at no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded
from St. Thomas.

Mithrax hispidus (Herbst), var. pleuracanthus, Stimpson. Two specimens

(30 to 350 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality by
the Challenger. Recorded from West Indies.

,, sp. (?). One specimen (30 to 350 fathoms).

Pilumnus jloridanus, Stimpson. One specimen (30 to 350 fathoms) ; obtained also

at Bahia (?). Recorded from Tortugas.

Neptunus (Hellenus) spinicarpus (Stimpson). Four specimens (30 to 350 fathoms) ;

obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Bathyplax typhlus, M.-Edwards, var. oculiferus, nov. One specimen (30 to

400 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality. The
species recorded from Frederickstadt and Santa Lucia.

Lamellibranohiata (Smith, Zool. pt. 35).

Semele obliqua (Wood), juv. One specimen (350 fathoms); obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger.

,, (Abra) braziliensis, n.sp. (350 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

360

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Vrrticoi'dia deshayesiana, Fischer. Single valve (350 fathoms); obtained also at

Station 185, 155 fathoms.

„ u'oodii, n.sp. (350 fathoms) ; obtained also at Station 24.

Lcda semen, n.sp. (350 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

.\fytilus exuxtus (Lamarck), Reeve. (350 fathoms) ; obtained also at Fernando

Noronha.

Anemia ephippium, Linnd, var. (?). A few valves (350 fathoms); obtained also at

Station 135, 100 to 150 fathoms. Recorded from Europe.

Scaphopoda and Gasteropoda (Watson, Zooh.pt. 42).

Dentalvim circumcinctum , n.sp. (350 fathoms) ; obtained also at Stations II.,

23, and 56.

Fiss n rella ( Lucapina ) cciyenensis, Lamarck. (350 fathoms); obtained also at

Station 33.

Trochm (Omphaluis) hotesserianus, d’Orbigny. (350 fathoms); obtained at no

other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from West
Indies.

„ (Margarita) dnopherus, n.sp. (350 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

„ sp. (?). 350 fathoms).

Seguenzia monocingulata , Seguenza (?), var. lineata , nov. (350 fathoms) ; obtained

also at Station 120. For distribution of the species
see Station 24.

Snssurella aedonia, n.sp. (350 fathoms) ; obtained also at Station 135, 100 to

150 fathoms.

Cyclostrcma conicum, n.sp. (350 fathoms) ; obtained also at Station 120.

PhasianeUa sp. (?). (350 fathoms).

Turbo (?) sp. (350 fathoms).

Solarium sp. (?). (350 fathoms).

Jiifrontia (?) perna mbucensis, n.sp. Three specimens (350 fathoms) ; obtained at

no other locality.

Track), sma delicatum (Philippi). (350 fathoms) ; for distribution see Station 75.

Socdana funicxdata, n.sp. (350 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

,, I'ermetiformis, n.sp. (350 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

Munx (Chicoreus) calcar, Kiencr. (350 fathoms); obtained at no other locality

by the Challenger. Recorded from Senegambia.

Trophoj aculeatus, n.sp. (350 fathoms); obtained at no other locality.

T . n sar Mophorus, n.sp. (350 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

•i ap- (?)• (350 fathoms).

Phot tnn t hi, n.sp. (350 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

361

Oliva ( Olivella ) amblia, n.sp. (350 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

„ ( ,, ) ephamilla, n.sp. (350 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

Columbella { Pyrene ) strix, n.sp. (350 fathoms) ; obtained also at Stations

23 and 24 (var. subacta).

„ sp, (?). (350 fathoms).

Marginella sp. (?). (350 fathoms).

Cancellaria sp. (?). (350 fathoms).

Pleurotoma spicea, n.sp. (350 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

,, (Surcula) plebeia, n.sp. (350 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

,, ( Drillia ) horrenda, n.sp. (350 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

,, ( Rhaphitoma ) rhysa, n.sp. (350 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

,, (j Bela) phseacr a y n.sp. One specimen (350 fathoms); obtained at no

other locality.

,, ( Spirotropis ) stirophora, n.sp. (350 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality.

„ ( „ ) tmeta, n.sp. Fragment (350 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality.

,, ( Perrona ) marmarina, n.sp. (350 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

,, ( Mangelia ) subtilis, n.sp. (350 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

„ ( „ ) hypsela , n.sp. One injured specimen (350 fathoms) ; obtained

at no other locality.

„ sp. (?). (350 fathoms).

Clathurella crispata (Jan). (350 fathoms) ; obtained also at Station 75.

„ hormophora, n.sp. (350 fathoms) ; obtained also at Stations 23

and 24.

., charies.sa, n.sp. (350 fathoms) ; obtained also at Stations 24, 73, 78,

and 85.

,, (?) perparva, n.sp. (350 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

„ porcellana, n.sp. (350 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

„ , two other species undetermined. (350 fathoms).

Borsonia silicea, n.sp. (350 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

Clionella tholoides, n.sp. (350 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

,, lopho'essa, n.sp., var. platia, nov. (350 fathoms) ; the species obtained

also at Station 120.

Conus sp. (?). (350 fathoms).

Cassidaria ( Sconsia ) striata , Lamarck. (350 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger. Original locality unknown.

Strombus pugilis, Linnd (350 to 400 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality by

the Challenger. Recorded from West Atlantic.

O

Stations 122 to
122c.

362

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

s :i i Cyprxa einera, Gmelin. (350 to 400 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality by the

I '

Challenger. Recorded from West Indies.

„ spurca, Linne. (350 fathoms); obtained also at Station VIIp. and

Fernando Noronha.

Velutina sp. (?). (350 fathoms).

Natica sp. (?). Same as at Stations 24, 85, and 120.

Mitr Jaria vnciuata (Reeve). (350 fathoms); obtained also at Fernando Noronha

and North Atlantic, deep water.

Xetxtphorci caribxa, Petit. (350 fathoms); obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger. . Recorded from W est Indies.

SH iquaria ( Tenagodus) sp. (?). (350 fathoms).

Turritella exoleta (Linne). (350 fathoms); obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger. Recorded from West Indies.

Odostomia turrita, Hanley (?). One specimen (350 fathoms) ; obtained also at

Station VIIp.

., unidentata (Montague). One injured specimen (350 fathoms) ; obtained

at no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded
from Arctic, North Atlantic, and Mediterranean.
Fossil — Middle Pliocene of Calabria, English Crag,
glacial beds of Norway and Scotland.

,, ( Turbonilla ) sp. (?). (350 fathoms).

Euhmclla rndis, n.sp. (350 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

Adis htjalina , n.sp. (350 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

,, sarissa, n.sp. (350 fathoms); obtained at no other locality.

Eulirna tphamilla , n.sp. (350 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

,, sarissa, n.sp. (350 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

,, he.bes, n.sp. (350 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

„ sp. (?). (350 fathoms).

tixttxum. sp. (?). (350 fathoms).

Triforts perversa (Linne). (350 fathoms) ; obtained also at Stations VIIp. and 75.

( ithno. tenella (Jeffreys). (350 fathoms) ; for distribution see Station 75.

Fossa rua atnbiguus (Liumi). (350 fathoms) ; obtained also at Fernando Noronha.

Ji 'oxi ( Almtiia ) deliciosa, Jeffreys. (350 fathoms) ; obtained also at Station 85.

, xanthias, n.sp. (350 fathoms) ; obtained also at Station 24.

pernambucensis, n.sp. (350 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

{O ratio) jmchia, n.sp. (350 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.
(Cingula) rustica, n.sp. (350 fathoms); obtained at no other locality.

/m> otna dubiosa (Adams) (?). (350 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger. Recorded from West Indies.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

363

Ringiculci per acuta, n.sp. (350 fathoms) ; obtained also at Stations 24 and 56.
Amphispliyra seguenzse , n.sp. (350 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality by

the Challenger. Recorded from North Atlantic
(“ Porcupine ”). Fossil — Middle Pliocene.

Cylichna alba (Brown). (350 fathoms) ; obtained also at Station 75.

,, ovata, Jeffreys. (350 fathoms); for distribution see Station 24.

C&cum regulare, Carpenter. One specimen (350 fathoms) ; obtained at no other-

locality by the Challenger.

Acleorbis (?), two species undetermined. (350 fathoms).

Cephalopoda (Hoyle, Zool. pt. 44).

Octopus tuber culatus, Blainvilie. One young specimen (32 fathoms) ; obtained at

no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from North
Atlantic and Mediterranean.

,, januarii, Steenstrup, MS. One specimen (350 fathoms) ; obtained also at
Station 237, 1875 fathoms. Recorded from Rio Janeiro.

Polyzoa (Busk, Zool. pt. 30 ; Waters, pt. 79).

Pasythea eburnea (Smitt). (32 to 400 fathoms) ; obtained also at Stations 23

and 24.

Catenicella sacculata, n.sp. (32 to 400 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

,, elegans, Busk. (32 to 400 fathoms); obtained also at Stations 135,
163a, and 188, 28 to 1100 fathoms. Recorded from
Australia, Madeira, and Mediterranean or Red Sea.

Bicellaria navicularis, n.sp. (32 to 400 fathoms) ; obtained also at Station 332,

2200 fathoms.

Bugula versicolor , n.sp. (350 fathoms) ; obtained also at Station 23.

Kinetoskias pocillum, n.sp. (32 to 400 fathoms); obtained also at Station 299,

2160 fathoms.

Farciminaria brasiliensis, n.sp. (32 to 400 fathoms); obtained at no other locality.
„ gracilis, n.sp. (32 to 400 fathoms) ; obtained also at Station 70.

„ biseriata, Waters, n.sp. (350 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.
Bifaxaria submucronata, n.g., n.sp. (350 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

,, corrugata, n.g., n.sp. (350 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.
Salicornaria magnijica, n.sp. (350 fathoms) ; obtained also at Stations 13,

157, and 323.

Mucronella castanea, n.sp. (32 to 400 fathoms) ; obtained also at Bahia,

10 to 20 fathoms. [Waters calls it Lepralia castanea
(Busk)].

.Stations 122 to
122c.

364

T1IE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Adeonella distoma , Busk, var. imperforata, nov. (Depth not given); the species

obtained also at Station 75.

Celle pom rtspcra, n.sp. (350 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

Brachiopoda (Davidson, Zool. pt. 1).

Terebratulina cailleti, Crosse. One small specimen (350 fathoms) ; obtained at no

other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from "West Indies
and South America.

Tunic at a (Herdman, Zool. pts. 38 and 76). .

Cystodytes draschii, n.sp. One specimen (400 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality.

Pyrosoma giganteum, Lesueur (?). Two small colonies (surface ?).

Fishes (Giinther, Zool. pts. 6 and 57).

Centropristis annularis , n.sp. One specimen (30 or 350 fathoms) ; obtained at no

other locality.

Bathyanthias roseus, n.g., n.sp. One specimen (30 or 350 fathoms) ; obtained at

no other locality. Only species of the genus.

Malthe vespertilio, Linne. (30 or 350 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality by

the Challenger.

Peristethus truncatuvn, n.sp. One specimen (30 or 350 fathoms) ; obtained at no

other locality.

Heliasles fiavicauda, n.sp. One specimen (30 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality.

Rhomboidichthys cornutus. n.sp. Several specimens (30 or 350 fathoms) ; obtained

at no other locality.

Ifippo<xunj) is guttulatus, Cuv. (30 or 350 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality

by the Challenger.

Monacanthus occidental! s, Giinther. (30 or 350 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger.

Ostm < ion guadricomis, Linne. (30 or 350 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality

by the Challenger.

Meobythites ocellatus, n.sp. One specimen (350 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality.

Dip/acanlho}x>ma brachyaoma, n.g., n.sp. One specimen (350 fathoms) ; obtained

at no other locality. Only species of the genus.
Recorded subsequently from Indian Ocean
(“ Investigator ”).

SUMMARY OF RESULTS. 365

Macrurus Icptolepis, n.sp. One specimen (350 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality.

,, laevis, Lowe. One specimen (350 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality

by the Challenger. Recorded from North Atlantic
and Mediterranean.

In addition to the foregoing, the following are recorded in the Station-book : —
Actinian, Polyps, Holothurians, Pycnogonid (Zetes sp. ?), several specimens of Chalaraspis
ungnifer [ = Eucopia australis, Dana], Stylifer on the Rhizocrini, and Lithodomus in
the Coral.

Excluding Protozoa, over 300 specimens of invertebrates and fishes were obtained
on this date, belonging to about 194 species, of which 100 are new to science, including
representatives of 11 new genera ; 70 of the new species and 6 new genera were not
obtained elsewhere.

Willemoes-Suhm writes, with reference to the dredgings on 'this date : “ Except
Salenia and Rhizocrinus, most of the animals taken in 350 to 400 fathoms were shallow-
water forms, for it is very doubtful whether 'the PerLtacrinus is characteristic of the deep-
sea fauna. Among the Polyzoa were some very fine small forms. The Crustaceans were
all shallow- water forms, except perhaps SerSlis, whifih is probably an inhabitant of deeper
water, at least in the tropics. The shells, including some fine specimens of Phorus, all
belonged to shallow water, with the exception of Dentdlium, which may deseend to great
depths, as does also apparently the fish-genus Macrurus, a specimen of which w7as taken
to-da}7- along with such fishes as one might expect in the warmer regions of the Atlantic
or Mediterranean at moderate depths. One of the Rhizocrini from 400 fathoms had on
it Stylifer, with egg-capsules showing a rather thick pellucid envelope, in which the
living young larvae, with their well-known nautiloid shell, were making rotations with
their cilia. Some oval bodies, from 356 fathoms, which were completely covered with
fragments of Pteropods, Foraminifera, &c., were found to be Holothurians. The dredging-
in 30 fathoms brought up great masses of Sponges, Corals, and such animals as are
usually attached to these colonies.”

Moseley writes : “ From 30 fathoms came up two huge specimens of Astraea
[ = Orbicella ] cavernosa showing that these rest on the bottom unattached to the rock.
Inside w7ere some examples of Lithodomus dactylus, dead, closed in, and apparently killed,
by the rapid growth of the Coral. A number of sea- weeds came up with them, including
the Sargassum found at the surface, but here attached ; what we have seen on the
surface is therefore evidently only detached from the bottom by currents or waves, ;is
was to be expected from its bearing fructification. A huge cup-like Sponge [Synop<

(summary op results chall. exp. — 1893.) 47

Stations 122 to
122c.

366

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Stations 122 To
132o,

neptuni] came up covered with sea-weeds, Alcyonarians, Polyzoa, and Hydroids, while
several beautiful specimens of Stcnorhynchus were on it.”

Organisms from
the Deo wit.

The following species of Fteropoda and Heteropoda were observed in the deposit from
350 fathoms (see also Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.) : —

Pteropoda (Pelseneer, Zool. pt. 65).

Limadna inflata (d’Orbigny).

„ lefiucuri (d’Orbigny).

„ bulimoides (d’Orbigny).

Peraclu reticulata (d’Orbigny).

„ ht-ejnnosa, n.sp.

Clio ( Crenels) acini/ a (Rang).

„ (StylvJa) mbula (Quoy and Gaimard).

Heteropoda (Smith, Zool. pt. 72).

Atlanta pnonii, Lesueur.

„ muleyeti, Smith.

Clio pyramidata, LinnA
Cuvierina columnella (Rang).
Cavolinia trispinosa (Lesueur).

„ quadridentata (Lesueur).
„ longirostri8 (Lesueur).

„ uneinata (Rang).

„ infiexa (Lesueur).

Atlanta fusca, Eydoux and Souleyet.

„ inclinata , Eydoux and Souleyet.

u Station 123 (Sounding 205), between Pernambuco and Bahia (see Charts 12

and 15).

September 11, 1873 ; lat. 10° 9' S., long. 35° 11' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 80 ‘8 ; mean for the day, 7 7° ”2.

Temperature of water at surface, 77°*5 ; bottom, 37°*0.

Density at G0° F. at surface, 1 ‘02681.

Depth, 1715 fathoms; deposit, Globigerina Ooze, containing 54‘52 per cent, of
carbonate of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At 2 a.m. sounded in 50 fathoms, no bottom, and at 4 a.m. in 60 fathoms, no bottom.
At G a.m. shortened and furled sails, and got up steam to sound. At 7 a.m. sounded
in 1715 fathoms. At 7.55 a.m. proceeded under steam. At 9.15 a.m. sounded in
1000 fathoms, no bottom.

Hr Am* 124. Station 124.

At 1 0. 40 a.m. stopped, put trawl over, and sounded in 1600 fathoms, deposit
* < Inbig* rina < >oze, containing 40*63 per cent, of carbonate of lime. At 3 p.m.
<oi men <•<! P aving in trawl, which came up at 4.10 p.m. with a few specimens. At
4.15 P.M. made all plain sail.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

367

Distance at noon from Cape San Antonio, Bahia, 251 miles. Made good 69 miles.
Amount of current 10 miles, direction N. 73c W.

The following species are recorded in the Zoological Reports from the trawl at
this Station : —

Teteactinellida (Sollas, Zool. pt. 63).

'Phenea fenestrata (Schmidt). One specimen and fragment ; obtained also at
Station 106.

Hexactinellida (Schulze, Zool. pt. 53).

Euplectella suberea, Wyville Thomson, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained also at
Stations IV. and V.

Pheronema carpenteri (Wyville Thomson). Several fragments ; obtained at no other
locality by the Challenger. Recorded from North Atlantic
(“ Lightning,” “ Porcupine,” and “ Triton ”).

Echinoidea (Agassiz, Zool. pt. 9).

Salenia hastigera, n.sp. For distribution see Station 106.

Aspidodicidema microtuberculat-um, n.g., n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 122, 134,

298, and 299.

,, tonsum, n.g., n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 170, 171, and 209,

100 to 630 fathoms. Recorded subsequently from
North Atlantic (“ Blake ”).

Annelida (MTntosh, Zool. pt. 34).

Polynoe ( Robertianella ) synophthalma, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained also at

Station 3.

Fishes (Gunther, Zool. pt. 57).

Ipnops murrayi, n.g., n.sp. One specimen ; obtained also at Stations 133 and 198,
1900 and 2150 fathoms. Only species of the genus.

Tn addition to the foregoing, the Station-book records also : — Small Tisiphonia ,
Umbellula, and Dentalium.

Excluding Protozoa, about 20 specimens of invertebrates and flslies were obtained
at this Station, belonging to about li species, of which 6 are new to science, including
representatives of 2 new genera.

Moseley writes : “ The animals taken in the trawd are also to be obtained off the
coast of Portugal, and the identical species have been thus obtained there in one

Station 124.

Animals from
Trawl.

368

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

F ml by Professor Thomson. The similarity of the fauna here is most striking. The
actual deep-sea fauna seems to be universally distributed ; only the fauna of from
200 to 500 or 000 fathoms about the coast-lines is peculiar. Serolis, which we have
taken lately, is a South American animal living in shallow water on the coast of
Patagonia. We have here then a case of the shallow-water fauna of high latitudes
inhabiting the deep-sea of the tropics, — a corresponding fact to many similar ones
observed in the northern hemisphere.”

Stations 125 to
126*.

Stations 125 to 126a (Soundings 207 to 2t>9), between Pernambuco and Bahia
(see Charts 12 and 15).

September 12, 1873 ; lat. 10° 46' S., long. 36° 2' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 78°'3 ; mean for the day,. 76°'5.

Temperature- of water at surface, 77° ‘0.

I tensity at GO F. at surface, T02746 ; bottom, 1 ’02730.

Depth, 1200 fathoms; deposit, Red Mud, containing 2079 per cent, of carbonate
of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 a.m. sounded in 40 fathoms, no bottom. At 6 a.m. shortened
;nd furled sails, and got up steam to sound. Sounded in 1200 fathoms (Station 125).
At 7.30 a.m. proceeded under steam and sail. At 8.40 a.m. shortened sail, and at 9 a.m.
- »pped and sounded in 770 fathoms, deposit Red Mud, containing 575 per cent, of
arbonatc of lime (Station 126). At 10 a.m. put over trawl, which came up at 12.10 p.m.

< out .ining various specimens. At 12.45 p.m. stopped, put trawl over, and sounded in
70 0 fathoms, deposit Red Mud (Station 126a). At 3.10p.m. hove up trawl with several
specimens, and at 3.15 p.m. made all plain sail. At 4 p.m. the land was visible on the
-’ ll itu.ird i .mii, but not from the deck. At 10.50 and 11.50 p.m. sounded in 45 fathoms,
no bottom.

Distance at noon from Cape San Antonio, Bahia, 197 miles. Made good 59 miles.
Amount of current 6 miles, direction N.

From the above it will be seen that the trawl was put over twice on this date, while

hi m3 o! 770 and 700 fathoms were taken. The following species are recorded in

the Zoological Reports : —

7’ cortirata, X yinphaster bean liens, Aricia norvegica, var., and Synapho-

i tot, j»nuatvji , are recorded from Station 125, 1200 fathoms, but a sounding only
• .t- t v a at that depth at 6 v.M., the trawl being put over at 10 a.m. after the ship had

•* nied m-orer the land at Stations 126 and 126a, 770 and 700 fathoms].

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

369

Monaxonida (Ridley and Dendy, Zool. pt. 59).

Polymastia corticata, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

Hydroida (Allman, Zool. pt. 70).

Thuiaria hyalina, n.sp. One fragmentary specimen ; obtained at no other locality.
Asteroidea (Sladen, Zool. pt. 51).

Nymphaster basilicus, n.g., n.sp. Obtained at no other locality. Recorded

subsequently from Indian Ocean (“ Investigator ”).

Echinoidea (Agassiz, Zool. pt. 9).

Hemiaster zonatus, n.sp. Obtained also at Station YIIL

Annelida (MTntosh, Zool. pt. 34).

Aricia norveyica, Sars, var. (?). One fragmentary specimen ; obtained also at
Station 47.

Schizopoda (Sars, Zool. pt. 37).

Gnatliophausia zoea, Willemoes-Suhm, n.g., n.sp. One specimen ; obtained also
at Stations 73, 106, and 171.

*

Macrura (Spence Bate, Zool. pt. 52).

Acanthephyra edwardsii, n.sp. Two specimens ; obtained at no other locality.
Cephalopoda (Hoyle, Zool. pt. 44).

Japetella prismatica, n.g., n.sp. One specimen; obtained at no other locality.
Only species of the genus.

Fishes (Gunther, Zool. pt. 57).

Bathypterois quadri filis, n.g., n.sp. Two specimens; obtained also at Station 121.
Synaphobranchus pinnatus (Gronovius), One specimen ; obtained also at Stations

210, 214, 232, and 235, 345 to 565 fathoms. Recorded
from Madeira and coast of United States.

In addition to the foregoing, the following are recorded in the Station-book : —
Fragments of Chirodota, Synapta, Nemertean, Caridid shrimp, and small fish.

Excluding Protozoa, about 20 specimens of invertebrates and fishes were obtained
on this date, belonging to about 15 species, of which 8 are new to science, including
representatives of 4 new genera; 5 of the new species and 1 new genus were not
obtained elsewhere.

Stations 12G
and 126 a.
Animals feom
Trawl.

370

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

s , , . i j.'» r Willemoes-Suhm writes : “ The trawl brought up a great many shrimps, including

t Ci i , lid with many spines, while the Peneids were represented by several forms got before.

( )ne of them, 3 inches in length, had a long rostrum and ver}' long outer flagella ;
mother had legs three times the length of its body and terminated by tufts of hairs.
There was also a male specimen of Gnathophansia zoea, and a fragment of another
Schizopod. Among the worms a long Nemertean was found, showing the mouth and
lateral organs, but no orifice of the proboscis.”

s w ■ 1.7. Station 127 (Sounding 210), between Pernambuco and Bahia (see Charts 12 and 15).

September 13, 1873 ; lat. 11° 42' S., long. 37° 3' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 73°‘8 ; mean for the day, 74c‘7.

Temperature of water at surface, 77°‘0 ; bottom, 38“‘5.

Density at 60= F. at surface, 1 ‘02748.

Depth, 1015 fathoms ; deposit, Red Mud, containing 28‘72 per cent, of carbonate
of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At 2.30 a.m. squall from S.E. accompanied by rain. At 4 a.m. got up steam. At
(’..30 a.m. proceeded under steam ; shortened and furled square sails. At 8.45 a.m. stopped
and sounded in 1015 fathoms. At 9.20 a.m. proceeded. At 9.40 a.m. altered course
S.W. and observed land on the starboard bow and beam. At 10 a.m. stopped engines,
and made all plain sail. At 4.10 p.m. proceeded under steam within sight of land.
Sounded hourly during the night and found no bottom at 50 fathoms.

Distance at noon from Cape San Antonio, 107 miles. Made good 91 miles. Amount
of current 13 miles, direction N. 22° W.

, Station 1 28 (Sounding 211), between Pernambuco and Bahia (see Charts 12 and 15).

September 14, 1873 ; lat. 13° 6' S., long. 38° 7' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 78°‘3 ; mean for the day, 76c‘0.

Temperature of water at surface, 7(5°'5.

Depth, 1275 fathoms; deposit, Globigerina Ooze, containing 50‘65 per cent, of
carbonate of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

\t 5 a.m. observed land on the starboard bow. At 6 a.m. got up steam. At
«> 30 a.m. sounded in 1275 fathoms. At 7 a.m. made all plain sail. At 8 a.m. shortened
and furh d nail-. At 12.5 p.m. stopped engines, the coals being exhausted. While
waiting for the sea breeze, the ship was surrounded by a flight of butterflies, myriads
' dling on the deck, principally Heliconius narceus. At 3.30 p.m. passed San Antonio
Pt., and at 4.25 p.m. came to at Bahia in 7 fathoms.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

371

Ophiocnida scabrci, n.sp., is reported from this Station (Lyman, Zool. pt. 14), but
it probably came from the dredgings on September 10 (Station 122).

The expedition remained at Bahia from September 14 till September 25, 1873.
During the stay at Bahia the steam pinnace was engaged several days dredging in the
bay. In some places the deposit was a white quartz sand, containing fragments of
felspar, mica, magnetite, hornblende, and other minerals, and also fragments of
Echinoderms, Polyzoa, Serpulse, and other organisms. In other places it was a dark mud,
containing, along with fine argillaceous matter, all the above-mentioned minerals and
organisms. The dredgings were very successful, animals belonging to all the principal
invertebrate groups being taken ; Astrophytons and Ophiurids were especially abundant.

The following species are recorded in the Zoological Reports as having been obtained
in shallow water at Bahia during the visit : —

Keratosa (Polejaeff, Zool. pt. 31).

Spongelia pallescens, Schmidt. Several specimens (shallow water) ; obtained at no

other locality by the Challenger.

Psammopemma porosum, n.sp. Numerous fragments (shallow water) ; obtained at

no other locality.

Euspongia officinalis (Lirme), var, lobosa, nov. One specimen (shallow water) ;

obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.
Cacospongia amorpha, n.sp. Two specimens (shallow water) ; obtained at no other

locality,

„ compacta, n.sp. One specimen (shallow water) ; obtained at no other
locality.

Monaxonida (Ridley and Dendy, Zool. pt. 59).

Pachychalina fibrosa, n.sp. Several pieces (7 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained also at

Station 208 and Bermuda (?).

Rhizochalina putridosa (Lamarck?) (?). Several fragments (7 to 20 fathoms);

obtained also at Station 162 and Port Jackson, 30 to
38 fathoms. Recorded from Australian seas.

Oceanapia robusta (Bowerbank), Two specimens and fragments (doubtful whether

from Bermuda or Bahia, shallow water) ; see Bermuda.
Toxochalina robusta, Ridley. One specimen (7 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger. Recorded from Port Jackson.
Esperella nuda, n.sp. One specimen (shallow water) ; obtained at no other locality.
„ fusca, n.sp. Four specimens (17 fathoms) ; obtained at no other
locality.

Station 128.

At Bahia.

Animals from
Bahia.

372

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

a Desnutcidon reptans, n.sp. Five specimens and fragments (shallow water and

7 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

Myxilla (?) plumosa (Montagu), var. fusifera, nov. One specimen and fragments

(shallow water) ; obtained at no other locality. The species
recorded from Britain.

Rhaph (tophi us gracilis (Ridley). One specimen (7 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained at no

other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from Mascarene
Island.

Axinclla echidnsea, Ridley, var. nov. One specimen (shallow water) ; obtained at

no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from Torres
Strait.

,, reticulata , n.sp. One specimen (7 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality.

Raspailia tenuis, n.sp. Two specimens (shallow water and 7 to 20 fathoms) ;

obtained at no other locality.

T'urinacophora funiformis, n.g., n.sp. Four specimens and six fragments (shallow

water and 7 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained at no other
locality.

Stylocordyla stipitata (Carter). One specimen (7 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained also

at Stations 49 and 147.

Tetractinellida (Solhis, Zool. pt. 63).

Craniella carter! , n.sp. Two specimens ; obtained at no other locality’.

Samus anonymus, Gray’. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality7 by the

Challenger. Recorded from West Indies, Australia, South
Seas, and Seychelles.

Pdochrota crassispicula, n.g., n.sp. Two specimens (7 to 12 fathoms); obtained

at no other locality.

,, anancora, n.g., n.sp. One specimen (7 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained at no

other locality.

Tnbrachium schmidtii, Weltner. Several specimens (7 to 20 fathoms); obtained

at no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from
off Morro Light.

I ryhut formosus, n.sp. One specimen (7 to 20 fathoms); obtained at no other

locality.

( 'n at, i/v nphirroconica, n.sp. One specimen (shallow water) ; obtained at no other

locality.

( ydomum glariosus, n.sp. Two specimens (7 to 25 fathoms); obtained at no other

locality.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

373

Azorica pfeifferse , Carter. Obtained also at Stations 33, 66, Cape Verdes, and Bahia.
Amboina,

Scolopes moseleyi, n.g., n.sp. One specimen; obtained at no other locality. Only
species of the genus.

Calcarea (Polejaeff, Zool. pt. 24).

Amphoriscus Jtamma, n.sp. Colony of twenty individuals (shallow water) ;

obtained at no other locality.

Alcyonaria (Wright and Studer, Zool. pt. 64).

Muricea bicolor, n.sp. (10 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

Leptogorgia purpurea (Pallas). Two specimens (10 to 20 fathoms) • obtained also

at Station 310, 400 fathoms. Recorded from Brazil.

Telesto (Carijoa) rupicola, Muller. One colony (10 to 20 fathoms); obtained at

no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from
Brazil.

Hydroida (Allman, Zool. pts. 20 and 70).

Aglaophenia calamus, n.sp. (10 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

Lytocarpus racemiferus, n.sp. (10 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality.

Campanularia ptychocyathus, n.sp. One specimen (10 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained at

no other locality.

Thyroscyphus ramosus, Allman. One specimen (10 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained at no

other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from
Sand Key.

Sertularia cylindritheca, n.sp. One specimen (10 to 20 fathoms); obtained at no

other locality.

,, integritheca, n.sp. Several specimens (10 to 20 fathoms); obtained at

no other locality.

Desmoscyphus pectinatus, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 162, 38 to 40 fathoms.

„ obliquus, n.sp. (10 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained also at Cape York,

8 to 12 fathoms.

,, acanthocarpus, n.sp. Several specimens (10 to 20 fathoms);

obtained at no other locality.

Idiapristis, Lamouroux. Several specimens (10 to 20 fathoms); obtained also at

Station 203, 20 fathoms. Recorded from Persian
Gulf, Mergui Archipelago, and Australian seas.

(summary op results chall. exp. — 1893.) 48

374

THE VOYAGE OF 1I.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Lamia.

Crinoidea (Carpenter, Zool. pt. 60).

A t> Ion diibeni , Bblilsche. One specimen (20 fathoms); obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger. Recorded from Rio Janeiro
and Abrolhos (?).

., can' no to (Lamarck). Several specimens (7 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained at

no other locality by the Challenger. A widely-distributed

species.

Actinometra mcridionalis (Agassiz). Fourteen specimens (7 to 20 fathoms);

obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.
Recorded from West Atlantic.

,, lineata, u.sp. Eight specimens (7 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained at no

other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from West
Atlantic.

Asteroidba (Sladen, Zool. pt. 51).

Astr<>pecten brasiliensis, Muller and Troschel. Several specimens (7 to 20 fathoms) ;

obtained also at Fernando Noronha.

L indict alter nata (Say),’ Liitken. (7 to 20 fathoms); obtained at no other locality

by the Challenger. Recorded from West Indies.

,, clathrata (Say), Liitken. (7 to 20 fathoms); obtained at no other locality

by the Challenger. Recorded from West Atlantic.
Narcissia trigoncu'ia, u.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Ecldnastcr spinosits (Retzius), Muller and Troschel. (7 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained

at no other locality bj' the Challenger. Recorded from
West Atlantic.

Orhii koidka (Lyman, Zool. pt. 14).

Oplnura brevijspinct, Say. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

,, appressa, Say. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

cinerea (Miiller and Troschel). (7 to 20 fathoms); obtained also at
St. Thomas.

Ojjidrmtna imprssa (Liitken). (7 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality by

the Challenger.

Oplnactis miilleri , Liitken, var. quinqueradia, Lyman. (7 to 20 fathoms);

obtained also at Station 122.

Ophiotirreit retierdota (Say). (7 to 20 fathoms); obtained also at Bermuda.

Ophiof/t ' rr rpdota (Say), var. (7 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained also at Station 36

and Fernando Noronha.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

375

Ophiomyxa fiaccida (Say). (7 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained also at Station 36.
Astrophyton costosum, Seba. (7 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality by

the Challenger.

Echinoidea (Agassiz, Zool. pt. 9).

Cidaris tribuloides (Lamarck). (7 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained also at Cape Verdes

and Fernando Noronha.

Clypeaster subdepressus (Gray). Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.
Mellita sexforis , Agassiz. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Encope ernarginata (Leske). (20 to 70 fathoms?); obtained at no other locality

by the Challenger.

Metalia pectoralis, Agassiz. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.
Holothurioidea (Theel, Zool. pt. 39).

Colochirus pygmseus , n.sp. One specimen (7 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality.

Thyone pervicax, n.sp. One specimen (7 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained at no other-

locality.

Gephyrea (Selenka, Zool. pt 36).

Thcdassema baronii, GreefF. One specimen (7 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained at no other
locality by the Challenger. Recorded from Canaries.

Myzostomida (Graff, Zool. pt. 27).

Myzostoma gigas, Liitken. (On Antedon carinata).

ISOPODA.

One specimen, genus and species undetermined.

Macrtjra (Spence Bate, Zool. pt. 52).

Sicyonia carinata (Olivier). One specimen (20 fathoms) ; obtained also at
St. Thomas. '

Alpheus intrinsecus, n.sp. One specimen (7 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained at no other
locality.

„ minus, Say. Three specimens ; obtained also at St. Paul’s Rocks and
Fernando Noronha.

Anomura (Henderson, Zool. pt. 69),

Dromidia antillensis, Stimpson. Several specimens (7 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained at
no other locality by the Challenger.

Bahia.

376

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Bahia.

Uypoconcha panamcnsis , Smith (?). One specimen (shallow water) ; obtained at

no other locality by the Challenger.

Zand if er caribensis (Freminville). One specimen (7 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained at

no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from West
Indies.

Petrolistlies serratus, n.sp. One specimen (7 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality.

,, sp. (?). One specimen (shallow water).

Brachyura (Miers, Zool. pt. 49).

Lcptopodia sagittaria (Fabricius). Several specimens (7 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained

also at Station 122, Madeira, and Cape Verdes.

Metopora/phis forficulatus, M. -Edwards. One specimen (7 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained

also at Station 122.

Notolapas brasiliensis, n.sp. Three specimens (7 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained at no

other locality.

Picroccroides tubidaris , n.g., n.sp. Two specimens ; obtained also at Fernando

Noronha.

Macrocaloiiui trispinosa (Latreille). Four specimens (shallow water) ; obtained also

at Bermuda.

,, septemspinosa (Stimpson). One specimen (shallow water) ; obtained
at no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from
Tortugas.

„ concava , n.sp. One specimen (shallow water) ; obtained also at

Fernando Noronha.

Mithrax cornutus, Saussure. Four specimens (shallow water) ; obtained at no

other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from West
Indies.

„ forceps (M. -Edwards). One specimen (shallow water) ; obtained also at
Bermuda.

TxxmLrus gutrinii, Capello, var. (?). Two specimens (shallow water) ; obtained at

no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from West
Atlantic and Mauritius.

,, serratus , M. -Edwards. Two specimens (shallow water) ; obtained at no

other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from West

Indies.

IJrtcrociypto granrdata (Gibbes). One specimen (shallow water) ; obtained at no

other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from North-
West Atlantic.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

377

Actsea rufopunctata (M. -Edwards), var. nodosa, Stimpson. One specimen (shallow Bahia.

water) ; obtained at no other locality by the Challenger. A
widely-distributed species.

Micropanope spinipes, M. -Edwards (?). One specimen (shallow water); obtained at

no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from Brazil.

Pilumnus brasiliensis, n.sp, One specimen (7 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality.

,, fioridanus, Stimpson (?). Three specimens (shallow water) ; obtained also
at Station 122.

„ fragosus , M. -Edwards, var. Two specimens (7 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained

at no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from
St. Thomas.

Cronins bispinosus, n.sp. Two specimens (shallow water) ; obtained at no other

locality.

Ocypoda arenaria (Catesby). One specimen (shallow water) ; obtained also at

Bermuda.

Sesarma miilleri, M. -Edwards. One specimen (shallow water) ; obtained at no

other locality by the Challenger. A widely-distributed
species.

Persephona punctata (Browne). One specimen (shallow water) ; obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger. Recorded from America and
South Africa.

lliacantha intermedia, n.sp. One specimen (shallow water) ; obtained at no other

locality.

Lithadia cariosa, Stimpson, var. (?). One specimen (shallow water) ; obtained at

no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from Eastern
North America.

Pycnogonida (Hoek, Zool. pt. 10).

Phoxichilidium jluminense, Kr0yer. One specimen (7 to 20 fathoms); obtained at

no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from
Magellan Strait and Atlantic coast of South America.

,, insigne, n.sp. One specimen (7 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained at no

other locality.

Lamellibranchiata (Smith, Zool. pt. 35).

Cardium ( Papyridea ) bullatum ((Linne ?) Chemnitz). (7 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained

at no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from
West Indies and west coast of Central America.

378

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Gasteropoda (Watson, Zool. pt. 42).

Fusus marmoratus, Philippi. (7 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality by
the Challenger. Recorded from Brazil.

Man/ indict fulm ncita, Kiener. (7 to 20 fathoms); obtained at no other locality
by the Challenger. Recorded from Brazil.

Oypraxt sp. (?). (7 to 20 fathoms).

Polyzoa (Bu.sk. Zool. pts. 30 and 50 ; Waters, pt 79).

Kdlia oculata, Busk, (10 to 40 fathoms); obtained also at Stations 148, 151,

188, 190, and 208,-18 to 550 fathoms. Recorded from Torres
Strait, Indian Ocean, and Gulf of Florida.

Bicellaria glabra (Hincks). (10 to 12 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality by

the Challenger. Recorded from Australia.

Smittia tenuis, n.sp. (?). (10 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

Mucronella castanea, n.sp. (10 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained also at Station 122.

[Waters calls it Lcpralia castanea (Busk)].

Gcmellipora glabra, Smitt. (10 to 20 fathoms); obtained at no other locality by

the Challenger. Recorded from Gulf of Florida and John
Adams’ Bank.

Cdlrpora imbellis, n.sp. (?). (10 to 20 fathoms); obtained at no other locality.

,, maraillata , var. atlantlca, Busk. (10 to 20 fathoms); obtained also at

Station 148, 210 fathoms. Recorded from Patagonia and
Australia.

Cupularia monotrema, n.sp. (10 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

,, canariensis , Busk. (10 to 80 fathoms); obtained at no other locality by

the Challenger. A widely-distributed species. Fossil — Europe
and Australia,

Araathia distans, n.sp. (10 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

,, brasiliensis, n.sp. (10 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

Farrello atlantica, n.sp. (10 to 20 fathoms — on Amatlua) ; obtained at no other

locality.

Ti'NTCata (Herdman, Zool. pts. 17 and 38).

Polycatpa pilella, n.sp. Twelve specimens (7 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality.

Ap/idium crassum, n.sp. One specimen (shallow water); obtained at no other

locality.

LeptoclihHm <pecio8um, n.sp. Several specimens (7 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained at no

other locality.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

370

Leptoclinum speciosum, var. asperum, nov. Several specimens (7 to 20 fathoms) ; Bahia.

obtained also at Station 142, 150 fathoms.

,, annectens, n.sp. One specimen (shallow water) ; obtained at no other
locality.

Diplosoma macdonaldi, n.sp. One specimen (shallow water) ; obtained at no other

locality.

Fishes (Giinther, Zool. pt. 6).

Rhypticiis arenatus, C.Y. Obtained at no other locality b}r the Challenger.

Hippocampus villosus, n.sp, (7 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

In the foregoing list 127 species are enumerated, of which 57 are new to science,
including representatives of 4 new genera ; 50 of the new species and 1 new genus were
not obtained elsewhere,

Willemoes-Suhm writes, with regard to these dredgings by Thomson and Murray in
shallow water off Bahia : “ No forms of extraordinary size or development have been

found in the bay, but simply those representatives of the marine classes as might be
found anywhere in the Atlantic, while it seemed to me that there was not, such a great
variety as in the West Indies, where the large S trombus, Corals, and CoJappa arc so
conspicuous. Several species of Comcitula and Ophiurids seemed to be the commonest
Eehinoderms, and Astrophyton and Mellita were associated with them in sandy places.

Small cherry -like siliceous Sponges, and other Sponges, were found covered by Alcyonium
and Polyzoa. One Sipunculid and some large specimens of Sabella in soft tubes were
taken, and among the Crustacea were several genera of Maiids and Cancerids, an animal
allied to Ranina, the frog-crab, large Pagurids, Porcellana, Alpkeus, &c. No Brachiopods
were found, but many small Gasteropods, as Turritella, Conus, Bulla , and a large dead
Fusus-like shell. Very fine specimens of a Plumularian, with Cciprella on the branches,
were taken.”

The departure from Bahia was somewhat hastened owing to one of the crew, who had Yello w Fevei
been sleeping on shore, having caught yellow fever, from which he afterwards died.

After leaving Bahia the Challenger proceeded to the southward until September 30,
without sounding or dredging, as it was desirable to get into cool weather at once to
avoid any risk of yellow fever spreading amongst the ship’s company.

Station 129 (Sounding 212), Bahia to Tristan da Cunha (see Chart 16 and Stat; >- 129.
Diagram 5),

September 30, 1873 ; lat. 20° 13' S., long. 35° 19' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 75°’5 ; mean for the day, 73°*9.

380

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Station 129.

Temperature of water

Surface,

o

o

800 fathoms, .

37-3

75 fathoms, .

65-9

900 „

371

100 „ . .

63-2

1000 „

36-9

200 „

51-5

1100 „

36-7

300 „

43-5

1200 „

36-5

400 „ . .

40-1

1300 „

36-3

500 „

38-8

1400 „

36-1

600 „

381

1500 „

36-0

700 „

37-7

Bottom,

34-2

Density at 60° F. : —

-

Surface,

. 1-02759

200 fathoms,

.

. 1 02735

50 fathoms, .

. 1-02738

300 „

. 1 02560

100 „

. 1 02738

400 „

4

. 1 02733

Depth, 2150 fathoms ; deposit, Globigerina Ooze, containing 46'43 per cent, of
carbonate of lime (see Murray and Benard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At G.30 a.m. shortened and furled sails, and got up steam to sound and dredge. At
7.30 a.m. sounded in 2150 fathoms. At 8.30 a.m. put dredge over. At noon obtained
-■.rial temperatures at intervals of 100 fathoms down to 1500 fathoms. The carbonic
acid was determined in water from 100 fathoms, and amounted to 36'0 milligrammes
per litre ; owing to a fault in the new water-bottle this was probably surface water.
At 3.30 r.M. commenced heaving in dredge, but at 4.10 p.m. the dredge-rope carried away,
and dredge, weights, &c., were lost. At 4.20 p.m. made all plain sail.

Distance at noon from Tristan da Cunha, 1572 miles. Made good 70 miles.
Amount of current 22 miles, direction S. 5° W.

Omanisxc raou
ScRfAC* Nrr*.

Surface Organisms. — The following species is recorded from the surface in this

locality

Amphipoda (Stebbing, Zool. pt. 67).
Srind cornigera (M. -Edwards).

\ little phosphorescence was observed during the night of September 29-30, and two
Ij.iul • with the tow-net produced a few Pyrocystis and Foraminifera, Physalia, Diphyes ,
Gl< ! Inojxt, Phronimri, Ilyperia , larvae of Squilla, Euphausia, Zoeae, many specimens
of Ilalobate*, Phylliroe , Glaucus, and Hyiug-fish.

Willoino' -Sulim writes : “ The tow-net procured several specimens of Ilalobates, the
marine representative of IJydrometra so well known from the surface of our ponds ;
'hep another marine Hemipter, Bclostoma , the representative of Nepa, which we have

CMAKT 1>\ Snmiil.'U-y of Results

BAHIA TO CAPE OF GOOD HOPE

touching at Uie

TRISTAN DA CUNHA !“•

S*pt . Oct . 1873.

*Jso

MONTEVIDEO TO ASCENSION I.

March 1076.

/•’/* #■ rpidjntitLon .»/ 4jJfhrr¥i4t/ton.t As JftprtuU*r 1

Th.e "Vtryago of.H.M .S . dialler i ger

.£r*vp<3 Vr Maibr A; Sons

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

381

not hitherto obtained, probably because it does not live on the surface but in the sea- Station 129

weeds of shallow- water regions. Phylliroe was also present, but I am not sure whether

it is identical with Phylliroe bucephala, which is well known from the North Atlantic

and Mediterranean, and which is usually accompanied by a small jelly-fish (Discophore)

attached to its ventral surface (described by Krohn under the name of Mnestra parasitica),

or whether it belongs to the species upon which Adams founded his genus Acura. Our

species was taken only to the south of the Cape Verdes, and, as it is quite transparent,

is very useful for the study of the anatomy of the Nudibranchs. In the skin are many

glands and silvery spots, which have proved to be chromatophores ; the short intestine,

terminated on the right side by an anus, is connected with four large lobes of liver, and

there are also visible the generative organs (especially the two hermaphroditical glands,

the seminal and ovarial gland with the penis, all running into a genital atrium), the heart

with its atrium situated behind the ventricle, and the excretory organ (an elongated

simple tube opening on the right side). There are no organs of locomotion, and branchiae

are entirely absent, so that the respiration must be cutaneous. In swimming on the

surface the animal slightly moves the posterior and flattened part of its body when

gliding along.”

Station 130 (Sounding 213), Bahia to Tristan da Cuuha (see Chart 16 and Station 130

Diagram 5).

October 3, 1873 ; lat. 26° 15' S., long. 32° 56' W.
Temperature of air at noon, 73J,5 ; mean for the day, 70o,8.

Temperature of water : —

Surface, .

p
o cr*
ZD

900 fathoms, .

37-1

100 fathoms,

60-5

1000

37-0

200 „

54- '3

1100

36-9

300 „

48-3

1200

36-8

O

o

42 8

1300

36-7

500

39-0

1400

36-6

600 „

38-0

1500

36 *5

700

37-5

Bottom,

34-7

800

37-3

Density at 60' F. :• —

Surface,

. 1-02710

200 fathoms,

. 1-02614

4 fathoms,

. 1-02711

300

. 1-02578

50 ,. . .

. 1-02690

400 „

. 1-02562

100 „

. 1-02658

Bottom,

. 1-02714

(summary of results chall. exp

—1893.)

49

Snnos ISO.

T UK VOYAGE OF H.M.8. CHALLENGER

3H2

Depth, 23.»0 l;<t In ms ; deposit, Globigerina Ooze, containing 35‘93 per cent, of
. i : lonaie of lime (sec Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits ChalL Exp.).

A 6.2»> v. m shortened and furled sails, and got up steam. At 7.30 a.m. put trawl

• v i and veered 3500 fathoms. At 8.20 am. brought ship to wind, and proceeded

indvi sieiuu to sound. Soimded in 2350 fathoms. At 9 a.m. obtained serial

• : ;it mi'i ii intervals of 100 fathoms down to 1500 fathoms. The carbonic acid

\ t • in d m ■ ottom water, and amounted to 49T milligrammes per litre. At

2 r .i • ennieuced heaving in trawl. At G.30 P.M. the trawl came to the surface,

■;• i • ■ i i ; i \ heavily laden judging from the full extension of the accumulators, but at

I"”, nt when the beam of the trawl appeared at the surface, the swivel between
: r. ; • mil the chain carried away, and the trawl with its unknown burden sank, to
mi' ;.s. disappointment of the naturalists aud naval officers gathered on the bridge.
At 6.50 p.m. made all plain sail.

Di' in ci* it noon from Tristan da Cunlia, 1235 miles. Made good 118 miles.

Amount of current 14 miles, direction S. 27 c W.

■Surface Organisms. — The following are recorded in the note-books from the tow-nets
i. m!'"i in twin from a depth of 100 fathoms: — Pyrocystis, Foraminifera, Radiolaria,
< " . I-'' /*{, Ifyalophylfum [ = Saphirinella) and other Copepods, Phronimci,

//<// • na, Lucifer, Decapod larvae, and Cranchia.

Willi ■mm -Sulim writes : “ Remarkable among the surface animals is the male of
P'ti" i, which is rather rare and only recently described by Claus, also a very big
"f Lucif) • not got before. There is apparently not much difference between the
* ■ <f t s..utli and North Atlantic; the same animals occur again and again.”

RliThO I SI.

Station 131 (Sounding 214), Bahia to Tristan da Cunlia (see Chart 16 and

Diagram 5).

October 6, 1873; lat.

29 35'

k, long.

&

Ci

0

00

<N

T- mpuratun of air at

noon, 70

3 ; mean for the day. 660,3.

Temperature of water

: —

Surface,

650

600 fathorua,

37-9

1 00 UthooM,

•

61 0

700 „ ...

37-5

200 „

54-7

800 „

37 3

300 „

48-5

900

371

400 n

42-2

1000 „ ...

37 0

500 „

39-2

Bottom,

346

oiac'iam 5 Summary of Results.

of II M S Chnlltaiger

ATLANTIC OCEAN. Diagonal Temperature Section .Undlius I* 10 Tristan Jit (imho 1*

>.»r ej-fJaiuirutL af SjmhoU MrSlppmjLr 1

- IViwLui rin Cimlui

3

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

383

Density at 60' F. : —

Station 131

Surface,

. 1 '02663

300 fathoms,

. 1-02572

100 fathoms,

. 1-02637

400 ,.

. 1-02548

200 „

. 1-02609

500 „

. 1-02580

Depth, 2275 fathoms; deposit, Globigerina Ooze, containing 55 ’63 per cent, of
carbonate of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At 7 a.m. shortened and furled sails, and got up steam to sound and trawl. Put trawl
over. At 8 a.m. brought ship to wind, and sounded in 2275 fathoms. At 9.30 a.m.
obtained serial temperatures at intervals of 100 fathoms down to 1000 fathoms.
Obtained specimens of water from different depths. The carbonic acid was determined in
water from 1000 fathoms, and amounted to 55'6 milligrammes per litre. At 3 p.m*.
commenced heaving in trawl, which came up at 4.30 p.m. nearly empty, containing only
a polyp and a sandy Foramiuiferous tube attached to the ear-bone of a Ziphius, a small
piece of Cetacean bone, and two pieces of pumice, about the size of hens’ eggs, one with
egg-capsule of Mollusc (?) attached. At 5.40 p.m. made sail. About 8.45 p.m. the
wind shifted very suddenly from W.N.W. to S.W. and then to S.E. by S. accompanied
by rain. The first albatross was seen on October 4.

Distance at noon from Tristan da Cunha, 912 miles. Made good 55 miles.
Amount of current 4 miles, direction S. 50' W.

Surface Organisms. — The following species are recorded from the surface near this
Station (October 5, 1873) : —

Organisms from
Surface-Nets.

Copepoda (Brady, ZooL pt. 23).
Pontella strenua (Dana).

Amphipoda (Stebbing, Zool. pt. 67).
Scincl cor my era (M.-Edwards).
Vibilici milnei, n.sp.

Eupronoe inscripta, n.sp.
Sympronoe propinquct, n.g., n.sp.

Schizopoda (Sars, Zool. pt. 37).
Euphausia pellucida, Dana.

Macrura (Spence Bate, Zool. pt. 52).
Sergestes longicollus , n.sp.

Between 7 and 9 p.m. the tow-net procured many specimens of Collosphsero and
Physalia , while between 9 and 11 p.m. Phylliroe and Crustacea, which were nearlv or
quite absent in the first haul, were taken. A lead was attached to the net. but, though
the ship was going only 3 knots, it did not sink far below the surface. In addition
to the organisms already mentioned, the following are recorded in the note-books : —
Small Medusae, JJiphyes, Alciopa, Tomopteris, mam' Copepods, Phronimco, Cystisoma,
Oxycephalus, PTyperia, Isopod, Lucifer (two large, and a few small ones). Atla, to.
Styliola, and Cuvier i net.

384

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Statioji 132.

Owixun ran*

Station 132 (Sounding 215), Bahia to Tristan da Cunha (see Chart 16, and
Diagrams 5 and 6).

October 10, 1873 ; lat. 35° 25' S., long. 23° 40' W.

Temperature of air at noon,

590,8 ; mean for the day, 51°T.

Temperature of water : —

Surface, .

58-0

400 fathoms,

. 40-0

100 fathoms,

55-2

o

o

. 38-8

200 „ . . .

500

600

. 35-0

300 „ .

43-8

Density at 60" F. : —

Surface, .

1-02619

300 fathoms,

. 1-02552

100 fathoms,

1-02623

400 „

. 1-02551

200 „ . . .

1-02581

Bottom,

. 1-02590

L>- nth, 2050 fatlioms ; deposit, Globigerina Ooze, containing 85 ’04 per cent, of
carl »uate of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At 8 a.> ^ot up steam. At 9.30 a.m. shortened sail, proceeded under steam, and
soui! led in 2050 fathoms. At 1.30 p m. completed serial temperatures at intervals of
1 00 fathom^ down to 600 fathoms. At 1.45 p.m. made all plain sail, and continued
under sail for the rest of the day. Flights of birds, chiefly Cape pigeons and albatrosses,
b.'iran t . » accompany the ship ; several specimens were shot.

Di-: nee at noon from Tristan da Cunha, 561 miles. Made good 98 miles. Amount
f current for the last two days 41 miles, direction S. 27° W.

Surface Organisms. — The following species are recorded from the surface at this

Station : —

< "! 1 i oj.a (Brady, Zool. pt. 23). Tunicata (Herdman, Zool. pt. 76).

.V tphirlna reticulata, n.sp. Appendicularia sp. (?).

Saphirinella sty lifer a (Lubbock).

la !.:i«»n tt ■ following are recorded in the note-books : — Peridinium, Foraminifera,
b.idiul.u-ia, Cydippe, very large specimens of Tomopteris , Calanus , and
<j‘" <-d. r> trahs { - Limacina injlata ]. From 100 fathoms : — Foraminifera, Radiolaria,
Hr- i/I! n i‘lbu dnm [ = Saphirinella stylifera] and other Copcpods, Phromina,
//•//*• " Jt' jraiiiiitr, and many D« enpod larvae in the mcgalopa stage.

W ■ > oh m writes There were many larvae of Decapoda. Where do they come

m They .ir< probably not nil larvae of surface animals, though that may be so.
!' r p- they ■ <>ra*- up from deep water and sink when full grown. It will be necessary

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

385

to make out with certainty that they are not the larvae of Lucifer, Sergestes, nor the Station 132.

surface Mysidse or Euphausidae, which will he difficult. Of Phronima, the vagant male,

with its clypeiform anterior antennae, was present again, along with another Amphipod,

which I have not seen before. Except the larvae of Crustacea, one seldom observes a

larva of any kind, which shows clearly that the larvae of most animals living at the bottom

do not ascend to the surface, for we are here probably on rich ground, the depth being

2000 fathoms, and the mud brought up by the sounding apparatus shows plenty of

organic material."

Station 133 (Sounding 216), Bahia to Tristan da Cunha (see Chart 16, and Station 133
.Diagrams 5 and 6).

October 11, 1873; lat. 35° 41' S., long. 20° 55' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 56°‘8 ; mean for the day, 56°‘0.

Temperature of water : —

Surface, .... 58’0 75 fathoms, . . 56'2

25 fathoms, ... 57 '5 100 „ ... 55'5

50 „ ... 56-9 Bottom, . 354

Density at 60° F. at surface, 1 ‘02626 ; bottom, 1'02587.

Depth, 1900 fathoms; deposit, Globigerina Ooze, containing 86'04 per cent, of
carbonate of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chalk Exp.).

At 6.30 a.m. got up steam. At 7.20 a.m. shortened and furled sails. At 8.20 a.m.
put trawl over, veering 2500 fathoms, and sounded in 1900 fathoms. At 1.20 p.m.
commenced heaving in trawl, which came up at 3.20 p.m. with numerous specimens. At
3.30 p.m. made all plain sail, and shaped course towards Tristan da Cunha. A specimen
of Procellaria gigantea was caught on the upper deck.

Distance at noon from Inaccessible Island, 410 miles. Made good 133 miles.

Amount of current 16 miles, direction N. 64° E.

The following species are recorded in the Zoological Reports from the trawl at this
Station : —

Animals from
Trawl.

Pennatitlida (Kolliker, Zool. pt. 2).

Anthoptilum simplex, n.g., n.sp. One injured specimen [stated in error to be from

1500 fathoms j ; obtained at no other locality.

Corals (Moseley, Zook pt. 7).

Bathyactis symmetrica (Pourtales). For distribution see Station 24.

;jS6 THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

'rvr s 133. Astkroidka ( Slade u, Zool. pt. 51).

Dut-mtve xrili.i, n.g., n.sp., var. gracilis, nov. One specimen; the species obtained

also at Stations 44 and 300.

Ophh'Roidra (Lyman, Zool. pt. 14).

OjdiixjbffJia hullo fa , Wyville Thomson, n.sp. Obtained also At Stations 45, 54,

and 61.

Echinoidea. (Agassiz, Zool. pt. 9).

C'/stfchinus clypeatus, n.g., n.sp. Numerous fragments; obtained also at

Stations 205 and 334, 1050 and 1915 fathoms.

Holothi rioidea (Theel, Zool. pt. 13).

Psych ropotes sempenana, n.g., n.sp. One specimen ; obtained also at Station 101.

Annelida (MTntosh, Zool. pt. 34).

L 'ln onin producta, Grube, var. willemoesi, nov. Obtained also at Stations 70,

146, 169, and 184.

Amphipoda (Stebbing, Zool. pt. 67).

Stem pleura atlantica , n.g., n.sp. One specimen (probably from the surface);

obtained also at Station 1 06. Only species of the genus.

Macbura (Spence Bate, Zool. pt. 52).

\V dlmn s,a Irptodactyla, Willemoes-Suhm, n.sp. One specimen; obtained also at

Stations 13, 298, and 300.

//<• • i spinidorsalis, n.g., n.sp. Two injured specimens; obtained also at

Station 213, 2050 fathoms.

1, •m. armatus , n.sp. One specimen; obtained also at Stations 184, 213, 237,
246, 276, and 323, 1400 to 2350 fathoms. Recorded
subsequently from Indian Ocean (“ Investigator”).

Il< ,,<h> i '1/mus iridescens, n.g., n.sp. Two specimens ; obtained at no other locality.

altus, n.g., n.sp. Three specimens; obtained also at Stations 170,
171, 174, 184, 205, 214, 232, and 235, 345 to 1400 fathoms.
,, mollis, n.g., n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

/' ,pl,i/u. r/nit Hi,: n.sp. ( hie specimen ; obtained also at Stations 168, 184, arid

198, 1100 to 2150 fathoms.

\ ’turn u, uvirrmji, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

Ih/nn dura mollicutis, n.sp. Two specimens; obtained also at Stations 87, 104,

156, 157, and 318.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

387

Anomura (Henderson, Zool. pt. 69). Station 133.

Parapagurus abyssorum, M. -Edwards. Three specimens in shells of Ianthina

and Pleurotoma ; obtained also at Stations 56, 106, 195,

205, 218, 237, 300, 304, and 335.

L A MELLI BR ANCHI AT A (Smith, Zool. pt. 35).

Lyonsiella grctndis , n.sp. One specimen obtained at no other locality.

Cryptodon moseleyi, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Gasteropoda (Watson, Zool. pt. 42).

Ianthina rotundata, Leach. For distribution see Station 64.

Pleurotoma (Spirotropis) aganactica , n.sp. One injured specimen; obtained at no

other locality.

Tunic at a (Herdman, Zool. pt. 76).

Pyrosoma spinosum, n.sp. Fragment of large specimen (may have come from near

the surface) ; obtained also at Station 69.

Fishes (Gunther, Zool. pt. 57).

Ipnops murrayi, n.g., n.sp. Two specimens ; obtained also at Stations 124 and
198. Only species of the genus.

In addition to the foregoing, the following are recorded in the Station-book : —

Palythoa on Ianthina, shells, Chalaraspis ungnifer [ = Eucopixi australis , Danaj,

Petalophth almas armiger, large Euphausia , five specimens of Macrurus belonging to
three species (in the larger specimens the scales were entirely rubbed off, the exposed flesh
being of a white colour, except in the largest example, where the flesh was of a rose
colour ; the gill-membranes were black).

Excluding Protozoa, about 50 specimens of invertebrates and fishes were obtained
at this Station, belonging to about 31 species, of which 21 are new to science, including
representatives of 8 ne w genera ; 7 of the new species were not obtained elsewhere.

Willemoes-Suhm writes “ The trawling to-day shows that in the South Atlantic the
deep-sea fauna is not very different from that in the North Atlantic. A small male of
Deidamia [ = Willemcesici] leptodactyla, first discovered in the north, was taken, and many
Peneid shrimps, some of which were taken near Sombrero and off the coast of Brazil.

Schizopods were represented by Petalophthalmus, a Chalaraspis, and a new very large
Euphausia differing from all hitherto-known species of that genus by the absence of
lateral eyes.”

388

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Btatiox 133.

Omuxikm* run*
8cWAC»VncL

Siatiox 134.

Moseley remarks : “ We have found nearly all the forms also in the North Atlantic ;
tin un eersal distribution of deep-sea forms becomes more and more apparent.”

Surface Organisms. -The tow-net sent down to a depth of about 100 fathoms brought
up: - l-'oraminifcrn, Radiolaria. Sagitta, Tomopteris, a great many Copepods, Hyperia,
O.n/C'phahu'f, }ribi!ia, Clcodora [ = Clio], developmental stages of Pyrosoma, and
\ry ndicularia, while the tow-net attached to the dredge-line brought up many surface
■: duals, including Medusre, some Amphipods, and a naked Pteropod, the Amphipods
ing more abundant than at the surface. Many of the Globigerinse and Pulvinulinse
were surrounded with a mass of . yellow sarcode in which were entangled many
C . eospheres, Khabdospheres, Infusoria ( Tintihnus ), and Diatoms. These minute
organisms wen also observed in the stomachs of the Tunicates. The Foraminifera were
different from those found near the equator on the trip from Cape Verdes to Bahia, the
shell.' being less massive and Splueroidina and Pullenia did not appear to be present in
the surface gatherings.

Station 134 (Sounding ‘217), off Tristan da Cunha (see Chart 16 and Diagram 7).

October 14, 1873 ; lat. 36° 12' S., long. 12° 16' W.

Temperature of air at noon, 47° ’8 ; mean for the day, 47° ’3.

Temperature of water : —

Surface, .

53-5

1100 fathoms, .

36-8

200 fathoms, .

46-0

1300

36-6

700 „

37-2

Bottom,

360

900 „ . .

37-0

Density at 60 F. at surface, 1 '02616; bottom, 1 ’02583.

D- pfli, 2025 fathom.- ; deposit, Globigerina Ooze, containing 59T8 per cent, of
carbonate of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At 3 a.m. got up steam. At 4.30 a.m. shortened and furled sails. At 5.30 a.m.

Tristan da Cunha with its snow-covered summit to the S.S. W. At 7 a.m.
topp* d and sounded in 2025 fathoms. At 9 a.m. put dredge over. Obtained a
« rn-s <>! temperatures. At 1.15 P.M. commenced heaving iu dredge, which came up
•’ i' m 1 ’tii a few specimens. Proceeded under steam. At 4 p.m. altered course as
a it-' t<» swing ship. At 6 p.m. completed swinging ship. At sunset Tristan da
1 •’ • a . Dirf tor of Scientific Staff’ arranging exploring parties for examining

-kind on tin- morrow. At 10.15 P.M. stopped and lay to for the night, the island
t Install da t'unl.i to tin S.V The weather became sensibly colder, necessitating
change of clothing.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

380

Distance at noon from Tristan da Cunha, 50 miles. Made good 105 miles. Amount
of current 16 miles, direction N,

The following species .is recorded from the dredge at this Station : —

Echinoidea (Agassiz, Zool. pt. 9).

Aspidodiadema microtuberculatum, n.g., n.sp. Two specimens ; obtained also at

Stations 122, 124, 298, and 209.

Surface Organisms. — The following species is recorded from the surface : —

Nudibranchiata (Bergh, Zool. pt. 26).

Acura pelagica, Adams.

Two hauls of the tow-net from a depth of about 100 fathoms produced : — Cydippe,
Sagitta, many Saphirinse and Hycdophyllum [= Saphirinella], some Amphipods,
Euphausia, a few Zoese, Appendicularia, and Salpse with Rhabdospheres and
Coccospheres in their stomachs.

Stations 135 to 135g (Soundings 218 to 225), off Tristan da Cunha (see Chart 17).

October 15 to 18, 1873.

At 3 a.m. on October 15, proceeded under steam S.W. At 6 a.m. stopped off Tristan
da Cunha settlement, named Edinburgh after H.R.H. the Duke of Edinburgh, who
visited it in H.M.S. “Galatea” in 1867. Communicated with the shore. At 8 a.m. came
to in 1 9 fathoms. Landed exploring parties and surveying officers to obtain observations.
Visited the settlement and Mr. Green, the present head of the colony, consisting of 15
families, 86 individuals. The colonists live in houses built of large basaltic blocks
shaped with the axe, and made to fit each other closely, as there exists no lime on the
island to make mortar with. They possess a large stock of cattle, and a good supply of
meat and vegetables was obtained for the ship. Several of the inhabitants are engaged
in the whale fishery. As usual, the photographer was on shore, and obtained several
views. Exploring parties returned at 3 p.m., having obtained natural history and other
specimens. Heard of two German settlers on Inaccessible Island, who had not been
communicated with for many months, and were supposed to be dead. It was decided to
go and look for them. At 5 p.m. weighed anchor and proceeded. At 6 p.m. stopped and
sounded in 360 fathoms, deposit Volcanic Sand, containing 6 '93 per cent, of carbonate
of lime (Station 135). At 6.20 p.m. proceeded. At 10 p.m. stopped engines, set fore
and aft sails, and lay to on port tack for the night to the north of Inaccessible Island.

(summary op results chall. Exr. — 1893.) * 50

Station 134.

Animals from
Dredge.

Organisms prom
Surface-Nets.

Stations 135 to
135g.

(Tristan da
Cunha).

390

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Tw*TA> OX

Oqxha.

I , i .11 . tin air at noon, 52° ‘8 ; mean for the day, 50° 7. Temperature of surface

water, 53° 5.

A 3.10 a.m. on October 16, proceeded under steam S. by E. At 5 a.m. steamed
tie t*;i i point of Inaccessible Island. At 6 a.m. stopped off the east side of
I' i ~i : Island, and lowered boat to communicate with the shore. Sounded in

Go fa: boms. At 7.20 a.m. boats returned; proceeded. At 8 a.m. stopped and came to in
. 5 fathoms. Landed exploring and surveying parties. At 11.1 5 a.m. gotup steam, weighed
... t - and proceeded under steam for a cruise round the island, sounding, &c. At 5 p.m.
stopped off the north side of the island, and put dredge over in 60 fathoms. At 5.30 p.m.

I >Yi ■ up dredge containing numerous specimens, and proceeded. At 6 p.m. stopped
mi- dge over in 75 fathoms, Hard Ground, shells, and gravel (Station 135a).
\t .15 p.m. hove up dredge, which again brought up numerous specimens, chiefly by
iM'.u.aof the tangles. Proceeded for anchorage. At 6.40 p.m. stopped and came to in
' 7 Exploring parties returned with many prizes in the shape of birds, insects,

:• • gic:! i spe imens, &c. Observed a remarkable colony of penguins close to the landing
, Took on board for passage to Cape of Good Hope the two German settlers,

Fr- d- ric and Gustavus Stoltenkoff, natives of Aix-la-Chapelle, who had come here for
-• u 1 hing, and had led for two years a sort of Robinson Crusoe life, having had but rare
i ; rt u i lit ; -s of communicating with passing ships or with the inhabitants of Tristan da

( Temperature of air at noon, 50° 8 ; mean for the day, 50°'0. Temperature of

surface water, 54 ° 0.

A: 4.30 \.m. on October 17, got up steam. At 5.15 a.m. weighed anchor and
pr ■ • h J under steam. Shaped course S.S.E. towards Nightingale Island. At 7 a.m.
•op| d and sounded in 465 fathoms, Hard Ground, shells, and gravel (Station 13.5b). At
a. 15 v nl -topped of! Nightingale Island. Landed exploring and surveying parties. At
■ ; j". reded od a ounding and dredging cruise round Nightingale Island. Between

; an : 1 ’ p.m two hauls of tire dredge were taken in depths of 150 to 100 fathoms,

* Si. \ Bottom, containing 96 00 per cent, of carbonate of lime (Station 135o).
\ i - nuui’M-i of specimens of all groups were obtained. A sounding was also taken in

- • on Coarse Shelly Bottom (Station 135d). At 6.15 p.m. surveying and exploring

- ; i ; Tied on board with numerous specimens. Temperature of the air at noon,
51 - ; n m foi the day, 5JC,2. Temperature of surface water, 54o,0.

\t e 4 5 a.m. on October 18, got up steam to sound and dredge. At 7 a.m. shortened
- I furl.-d ails, and proceeded under steam to sound. At 8 a.m. sounded in
t' > , If;i rd Ground, shells, and gravel (Station 135e). At 9 a.m. put over
v- en d 1500 fathoms. Obtained serial temperatures at intervals of 100 fathoms

• 'f *•» ’ s » 0 f.itlionv-. At 11.30 a.m. dredge came up with several specimens.
!’■ h i toward- 1 Tri-tan da Cunhn. At noon stopped and put dredge over a second

\t 12.10 p.m. sounded iu 1100 fathoms, Hard Ground (Station 135f). Lowered

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

391

second gig. At 2.10 p.m. hove up dredge containing some pumice-stones, and stood in
to within 1|- miles of the west side of Tristan da Cunha. At 3.50 p.m. sounded in
550 fathoms, Hard Ground (Station 135g). Put dredge over a third time, and veered
700 fathoms. At 5.45 p.m. the dredge was hauled on board containing several specimens.
At this time the ship was close to the island, and for a moment the clouds, which had
veiled the summit for the last few days, opened and revealed the whole island of Tristan
da Cunha from its base to its snow-clad peak ; a sketch of the same was obtained.
At 6.15 p.m. made all plain sail and proceeded towards the Cape, with a favourable
breeze from the N.W. Temperature of air at noon, 510,8 ; mean for the day, 51c,6.
Temperature of water : — -

Surface, .

, ,

53-5

400 fathoms, .

40-0

100 fathoms,

. ,

48-5

500 „

38-3

200 „
300 „

•

45-1

42-a

600 „

37 '2

The following species are recorded in the Zoological Reports from the vicinity of the
Tristan da Cunha Islands ; as it is almost impossible to give a separate list for each
dredging, the various Stations are here combined, the depth given in the Reports being
indicated : —

Keratosa (Polejaeff, Zool. pt, 31).

Coscinoderma altum , n.sp. One specimen (7 5 fathoms) ; 'obtained at no other locality.

Monaxonida (Ridley and Dendy, Zool. pt. 59).

Rhizochalina singaporensis (Carter) (?). Fragment (360 fathoms) ; obtained at no

other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from
Singapore and Torres Strait.

Gelliodes licheniformis (Lamarck). One specimen (60 fathoms ?) ; obtained at no

other locality by the Challenger.

Iophon pattersoni (Bowerbank). Numerous fragments (off Nightingale Island,

depth not given) ; obtained also at Stations 308 and
311, 175 and 245 fathoms. Recorded from British
Islands and Magellan Strait.

Agelas mauritianus (Carter). One specimen (60 fathoms ?) ; obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger. Recorded from Mauritius.

Axinella erecta (Carter). Eight specimens (90 to 150 fathoms) ; obtained also at

Stations 145, 147, and 148, 310 to 1600 fathoms.
Recorded from North Atlantic.

(?) paradoxa, n.sp. One specimen (90 fathoms) ; obtained at no other
locality.

Tristan da
Cunha.

Animals from
Tristan da
Cunha.

39*2

TILE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

T IUkTAN da

ClSHl

Tentorium semisubc rites (Schmidt). Four specimens of dwarf variety (60 to

90 fathoms) ; obtained also at Stations 4S and 50.

/. me !ia (?) accrata , n.sp One injured specimen (60 fathoms) ; obtained at

no other locality.

Tetractinkllida (Soil as, Zool. pt, 63).

Calc area (Pol^jaeff, Zool. pt 24).

Sycon raphanus, Schmidt, var. tergestinum, Haeckel. One specimen (60 to

Pericharax car ter i, n.g.,n.sp. One specimen and fragment (60 fathoms); obtained
at no other locality. Only species of the genus.

Alcyonaria (Wright and Studer, Zool. pts. 64 and 81).

Clavularia cylindrical , n.sp. One specimen (100 to 150 fathoms) ; obtained at no

other locality.

Sympodinm glomeratum, n.sp. One specimen (100 to 150 fathoms); obtained at

no other locality.

Smakki crassa, Dunielssen. One specimen (100 to 550 fathoms); obtained at no

Sirc-jJtytum a tlonticum , n.sp. One specimen (60 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality.

T ■ u 1 1 • lh ctJJinU, n.sp. One specimen (55 to 70 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality.

I mphilaphi* regularis, n.g., n.sp. Two specimens (75 to 150 fathoms) ; obtained

at no other locality. Only species of the genus.

C'< * it' ‘I r.rrilli , n.g., n.sp. (360 fathoms); obtained at no other locality.

ACTJMAKIA (Hcrtwig, Zool. pts. 15 and 73).

T •il l bunodifurmis, n.sp. Three specimens (shore) ; obtained at no other locality.

P'llyth' i ntgnicoma, Norman. (60 to 90 fathoms); obtained at no other locality

Pachcixt r Uo abyssi, Schmidt Two specimens (110 fathoms); obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger. Recorded from North Atlantic
(“ Porcupine ”) and Gulf of Mexico.

90 fathoms) ; obtained also at Station 209, 95 fathoms.
Recorded from Adriatic.

other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from North
Atlantic.

99

by the Challenger,
sp. (?). (GO to 150 fathoms).

h 1 1 1 1 n i ri ft 1 1 1 > 1 1 1 i Trrrrr n nn nn n n

D’ACftAM 6

Suiuinan' of Kfsulls.

ATLANTIC OCEAN

I ,on^itu.dinal Temperature St do

For

3

"So

1300

T

The Voyage of H.M.S .Challenger.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

893

Corals (Moseley, Zool. pt. 7).

Errina labiata, n.sp. Several specimens (90 to 150 fathoms) ; obtained also at

Station 320, 600 fathoms.

Caryophyllia profunda , n.sp. Numerous specimens (100 to 150 fathoms) * obtained

also at Cape Verdes.

Lophohelia prolifera, M. -Edwards and Haime. Numerous specimens (90 to

150 fathoms) ; for distribution see Station 23,

Solenosmilioj variabilis, Duncan. Numerous specimens (1000 fathoms) ; obtained

also at Stations 145 and 344, 310 and 420 fathoms.

Hydrolda (Allman, Zool. pts. 20 and 70).

Plumularia stylifera, n.sp. (100 to 150 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.
Antennularia fascicularis, n.sp. One specimen (100 to 150 fathoms) ; obtained at

no other locality.

Halecium fastigiatum, n.sp. (110 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.
Sertularia leiocarpa , n.sp. (100 to 150 fathoms); obtained at no other locality.

Crinoidea (Carpenter, Zool. pt. 60).

Antedon multispina, n.sp. (550 fathoms) ; obtained also at Station 344, 420 fathoms.
Asteroidea (Sladen, Zool. pt. 51).

Astropecten mesactus, n.sp. (90 fathoms); obtained at no other locality. Recorded

subsequently from Buenos Ayres (“ Gazelle ”).
Crossaster penicillatus, n.sp. (110 fathoms); obtained also at Station 145 (?),

140 fathoms.

Cvibrella simplex, n.sp. (90 to 150 fathoms) ; obtained also at Stations 145

and 148, 50 to 310 fathoms.

Asterias ( Stolasterias ) eustyla , n.sp. One specimen (100 to 150 fathoms) ; obtained

at no other locality.

Ophiuroidea (Lyman, Zool. pt. 14).

Ophioglyplia jejuna, n.sp. (500 and 1000 fathoms) ; obtained also at Station 164b,

410 fathoms.

,, inermis, n.sp. (500 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.
Ophiomusium lymani, Wyville Thomson. (1100 fathoms); for distribution see

Station 45.

Ophiactis poa, n.sp. (500 and 1000 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.
Ophiacantha cosmica, n.sp. (1000 fathoms); for distribution see Station 122.
Ophiomyces grandis , n.sp. (1000 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

Tristan da
Cunha.

394

Tristan da

Cvxhk.

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER

Echinoidra (Agassiz, Zool. pt. 9).

Arbacia clufresnii (Bl.). (100 to 150 fathoms); obtained also at Stations 304 and

308, 45 and 175 fathoms.

Echinus elegans (Dliben and Koren). (1100 fathoms); obtained also at
Stations 46 and 219.

Ostracoda (Brady, Zool. pt. 3).

Bairdia villosa, n.sp. (100 to 150 fathoms); obtained also at Stations 145, 149,

and 162, 38 to 150 fathoms.

C>/there impluta, n.sp. (100 to 150 fathoms); obtained also at Station 316,

6 fathoms.

CythereUo punctata, Brady. (100 to 150 fathoms); obtained also at Stations 167,

191, 305, and Port Jackson, 2 to 580 fathoms. Recorded
from the Levant (?).

Cirkipedia (Hoek, Zool. pt. 25).

Scalpellum cannatum, n.sp. Two specimens (1000 fathoms); obtained at no

other locality.

,, africanum, n.sp. Four specimens (100 fathoms); obtained at no other
locality.

„ elongation, n.sp. (Depth not given) ; obtained also at Stations 164b
and 169, 410 and 700 fathoms.

„ eximium, n.sp. One specimen attached to pumice-stone (1000 fathoms) ;
obtained at no other locality.

Amphfpoda (Stebbing, Zool. pt. 67).

M'topi crenatipalmata, n.sp. One specimen (100 to 150 fathoms); obtained also

at Station 313, 55 fathoms.

I'o'loctrus trixtanensis, n.sp. Two specimens (110 fathoms); obtained at- no other

locality.

C 1 1 rcllinoifb i tristaneruris, n.g., n.sp. One specimen (110 fathoms); obtained at

no other locality. Only species of the genus.

;Eji nel la triatanensis, n.sp. One specimen (110 fathoms); obtained at no other

locality.

Irofoda (Beddard, Zool. pt. 48).

.Eu, >m tn 'nni, n.-p. Two specimens (100 to 150 fathoms); obtained at no other

locality.

i ” by Mrtlbv .1 Sons

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

395

Pleurogonium minutum, n.sp. One specimen (100 to 150 fathoms); obtained at

no other locality.

One specimen, genus and species undetermined (Nightingale Island).

Schizopoda (Sars, Zool. pt. 37).

Bentheuphausia amblyops, n.g., n.sp. One specimen (1000 fathoms); obtained also

at Stations 107 and 158.

Macrttra (Spence Bate, Zool. pt. 52).

Palinosytus ( Palinostus ) lalandii (Lamarck). One specimen (100 to 150 fathoms) ;

two young specimens obtained also from screw day after
leaving the Cape.

Anomura (Henderson, Zool. pt. 69).

Eupagurus ti'istanensis, n.sp. One specimen in shell of Murex (110 fathoms);

obtained at no other locality.

Parapagurus dimorphus (Studer). Several specimens in shells of Murex

(110 fathoms); obtained also at Stations 142, 145, and
311, 140 to 310 fathoms. Recorded from the Cape
(“ Gazelle ”).

Brachyura (Miers, Zool. pt. 49).

Pilumnoplax heterochir (Studer). Numerous specimens (100 fathoms); obtained

also at Station 142, 150 fathoms.

Lamellibranchiata (Smith, Zool. pt. 35).

Saxicava arctica , Linne, (100 to 150 fathoms) ; for distribution see Station 75.
Venus philomela, n.sp. (100 to 150 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

,, (Chamelsea) raesodesma, Quoy and Gaimard. Two specimens (1000 fathoms) ;

obtained also at D'Urville Island, New Zealand.

Diplodonta sp. (?). Single valve (100 to 150 fathoms).

Carditella exulala, n.sp. (100 to 150 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.
Lima ( Mantellum ) loscombii, Sower by. (100 to 150 fathoms) ; obtained also at

Station 75.

„ ( Limatula ) sp. (?). Single valve (100 to 150 fathoms).

Pecten limatula, Reeve, var. (?). (100 to 150 fathoms) ; obtained also at Station 141,

98 fathoms.

Anomia ephippium, Linne, var. (?). (100 to 150 fathoms) ; obtained also at

Station 122.

Tristan da
Cun ha.

30#)

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Gastkropoda (Watson, Zool. pt. 42).

Emarginvla sp. (?).

Scis< irtlla oh Ionia, n.sp. (100 to 150 fatlioms); obtained also at Station 122.

,, , two other species undetermined.

Scalar i < philtata, n.sp. (100 to 150 fathoms); obtained at no other locality.

Mtrcx ( Pseudomurex ) acdonius, n.sp. (100 to 150 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality.

Buccinum (?) sp. (100 to 150 fathoms).

PI* ' Otomct ( Thesbia ) eritima, n.sp. (100 to 150 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality.

T ■ (Siwpnlwn) philomehe, n.sp. (100 to 150 fathoms); obtained at no other

locality.

Panella (A rgobuccinum) argus (Gmelin). (Shore and 100 to 1 50 fathoms) ; obtained

at no other locality by the Challenger. A widely-
distributed species.

Cre/iiiiula onijx, Sowerby. One specimen (shore) ; obtained at no other locality by

the Challenger. Recorded from Panama and Mazatlan.

Odostomia ( Turbonilla ) j)hiiomclse, n.sp. (100 to 150 fathoms) ; obtained at no

other locality.

Bittium pigrum, n.sp. (100 to 150 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

,, Inscinise, n.sp. (100 to 150 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

philomehe, n.sp. (100 to 150 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

,, (It 'icatum, n.sp. (100 to 150 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

,, aitlonium, n.sp. (100 to 150 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

,, sp. (?). (100 to 150 fathoms).

Tt tons /tel- $, n.sp. Three specimens (100 to 150 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality.

P sstyt (.lli'o.riia) lusciniw, n.sp. (100 to 150 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality.

(Onoba) arenaria (Migbels). One specimen (100 to 150 fathoms) ; obtained
at no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from
Arctic aud North Atlantic.

..(,,) aikionis, n.sp. (100 to 150 fathoms); obtained at no other locality.

( Ceintia ) glaphyra, n.sp. (100 to 150 fathoms); obtained at no other
locality.

.. ( ,, ) macro, n.sp. (100 to 150 fathoms); obtained at no other

locality.

lS>r,,i) philomelv, n.sp. (100 to 150 fathoms); obtained at no other

locality.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

397

Cylichna cylindracea (Pennant). One specimen (110 fatliorns) ; obtained also at

Station 344, 420 fathoms. Recorded from North
Atlantic and Mediterranean. Fossil — European
Pliocenes.

Siphonaria (Liriola) tristensis, Leach. (Shores of Tristan and Inaccessible Islands) ;

obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.
Recorded from Tristan, South America, and Kerguelen.
Lachesis sp. (?). (100 to 150 fathoms).

Polyplacophof.a (Haddon, Zool. pt. 43).

Plaxipliora simplex (Carpenter, MS.). Four specimens (shore and 100 to

1 50 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.
Recorded from Tristan.

,, ccirpenteri, n.sp. One specimen (depth not given) ; obtained at no

other locality.

Cephalopoda (Hoyle, Zool. pt. 44).

Octopus verrucosus , n.sp. Two specimens (shore of Inaccessible Island) : obtained

at no other locality.

Polyzoa (Busk, Zool. pts. 30 and 50 ; Waters, pt. 79).

/Etea anguina (Linne). (75 and 110 fathoms) ; obtained also at Stations 36, 161,

162, and 304.

Hippothoa divaricata, Lamouroux. (60 to 1000 fathoms); obtained also at

Station 75.

Catenicella elegans, Busk. (60 to 1100 fathoms) ; obtained also at Stations 122,

163, and 188.

Scrupocellaria pjlosa (Audouin). (75 and 110 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger. Recorded from Mediterranean (?).
Cabereci darwinii , Busk. (110 and 150 fathoms) ; obtained also at Stations 142,

145, 148, and 149, 45 to 500 fathoms. Recorded from
Cumberland Island, New Zealand, and Magellan Strait.

Mem branipora crassimarginata (Hincks), var. incrustans, nov. (75 to

150 fathoms) ; obtained also at Stations 151 and 162,
38 to 85 fathoms (var. erecta). Recorded from Madeira and
Gulf of Florida. [Waters calls it Membranipora dumeriUi ,
Audouin].

Microporct unciferci , n.sp. (75 to 150 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

,, coriacea (Esper). (75 to 90 fathoms) ; obtained also at Station 75.
(summary of results chall. exp. — 1893.) 51

Tristan da
CUNHA.

30$ THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Cnbrilinii radiata (Moll). (75 to 90 fathoms) ; obtained also at Station 75.

M 'ru]»>rella malusii (Audouin), (110 to 150 fathoms); obtained also at

Station 315. 5 to 12 fathoms. A widclv-distributed

J

species.

,, ciliata (Pallas). (110 to 150 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality
by the Challenger. A widely-distributed species.

1*1 a alia iicisa, n.sp. (?). (60 to 90 fathoms); obtained at no other locality.

j Waters calls it Schizcyporella vitrea (MacGillivray)].

C/>>riz<pora hyalina , var. bougainvillei, d’Orbigny. (75 to 90 fathoms); obtained

also at Stations 149 and 315, 28 and 12 fathoms. Recorded
from Kerguelen.

Aspidostoma giganteum (Busk). (110 to 150 fathoms); obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger. Recorded from Patagonia and
Falkland Islands. Fossil — Australia.

S kizoporella auriculata , Hassall (?), var. alba, nov. (75 to 150 fathoms) ; obtained

at no other locality.

,, circinata (MacGillivray). (75 to 90 fathoms); obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger.

llaswcllia auriculata , n.g., n.sp. (75 to 150 fathoms); obtained also at

Station 142, 150 fathoms. Recorded from New Zealand.
F ossil — N e w Zeala nd .

Adtonella atlantica,n.g., n.sp. (75 and 110 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality

by the Challenger. Recorded from Tierra del Fuego, South
Africa (?), and Gulf of Florida (?).

Cdle pom tubulosa (Hincks) (?). . (75 and 110 fathoms); obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger.

Ci '->"4 biciliata, MacGillivray. (60 to 1100 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality

by the Challenger. Recorded from Australia.

„ dcnticulata (Lamarck). (60 to 90 fathoms) ; obtained also at Stations 109
and 186.

„ cylindrica, n.sp. (100 to 150 fathoms); obtained at no other
locality.

Irhw’hrn atlantica, Forbes. (100 to 150 fathoms); obtained also at Stations 49,

149, and Simon’s Ba)% Cape.

Abcto granvlata, M. -Edwards. (60 to 90 fathoms); obtained at no other locality

by the Challenger. Recorded from North Atlantic.

Lhaxtopora patina (Lamarck). (100 to 150 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality

by the Challenger. Recorded from Arctic, North Atlantic,
and Mediterranean.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

399

Lichenopora jimbriata, Busk. (100 to 150 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality

by the Challenger. Recorded from South America and
Tasmania.

,, hispida (Fleming). (100 to 1100 fathoms) ; obtained at no other
locality by the Challenger. Recorded from Arctic and North
Atlantic. Fossil — Coral Crag, and Post-Pliocene of Canada.

Fasciculipora rcimosa , d’Orbigny. (60 to 150 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger. Recorded from Patagonia.
[Waters calls it Frondipora verrucosa (Lamouroux)].

Ascopodaria discreta, n.g,, n.sp. (100 to 150 fathoms); obtained at no other

locality.

Rhabdopleura normani, Allman. Several specimens attached to a colony of

Lophohelia (see G. H. Fowler, Proc. Roy. Soc., vol. lii. pp.
132-134; and Festschr. z. Costen Geburtst. R. Leuckarts,
pp. 293-297, Leipzig, 1892).

In addition to the foregoing, the following are recorded in the Station-book : —
small Pennatulid, Rhizocrinus, and Galathea.

In the foregoing list 135 species are enumerated, of which 70 are new to science,
including representatives of 8 new genera ; 55 of the new species and 3 new genera
were not obtained elsewhere.

With reference to these dredgings off the Tristan da Cunha group, Professor
Thomson writes : —

“From 150 to 100 fathoms the dredge brought up a large quantity of specimens
of all groups, the most prominent a fine species of Primnoa, many Gorgoniae,
and other Alcyonarians ; abundance of Oculina [ = Lophohelia ] prolifera or some very
closely allied Coral, and of a Caryophyllia near C. borealis [ = Caryophyllia profunda ] ;
many Hydroids and Sponges ; a few Starfishes, one a Solaster near S. papposus and a
Cribrella close to C. sanguinolenta [ = Cribrella simplex] ; one or two specimens of one
of the Mollusea allied to JSTassa, but few species of Molluscs. Altogether a large mass of
material much like what is found off the coast of England.

“ From 60 fathoms there were large quantities of things, especially Corals ( Lophohelia
and Caryophyllia), Alcyonarians [Primnoa, Gorgonia, &c.) ; Polyzoawere very abundant,
and there were some Starfishes of the genera Cribrella, Solaster, and Astropecten, but few
Mollusea.

“From 75 fathoms nearly the same things were got as in 60 fathoms, notably a
profusion of Alcyonarians. These shallow-water dredgings round Tristan da Cunha gave
a great amount of material, the fauna being very much of the same character as that of

Tristan da
Cunha.

Tumi ax ua

CUK HA.

OkOAMsM.h THOM
Tim I>KIV»SIT.

1ST 4 TUX 136.

400

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

somewhat shallower water in the north. The species seem in many cases to be identical,
but this will require critical examination to determine.”

Fokamimkkra (Brady, Zool. pt. 22). — The following species of Foraminifera were
oh- : veil in the deposit from Station 135c, 100 to 150 fathoms (see also Murray and
Ketiard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.). The pelagic species, which make up less than
5 j r rent, of the carbonate of lime present in the deposit, are marked thus x

MUiolina circular is (Boruemann).

„ oblonga (Montagu).

„ sp. (1).

Hyy* ramtnina ramosa, Brady.
llapb >ph ragm ium ancejis, Brady.

TrocJianiminu uitida, Brady.

Tcjciularia agglutinans, d’Orbigny.

.. sp. (t).

Cassidulina crassa, d’Orbigny.

Nodv<ariu perversa, Sch wager.

„ Bp. (?).

Crist ■ llaria aiiiculata, Reuss.

„ ep. (1).

iymorpliina lactea (Walker and Jacob).

„ regiua, Brady, Parker, and Jones.

Uvigerinu angulosa, Williamson.

„ „ var. spinipes , Brady,

x Globigerina bidloides, d’Orbigny.
x " „ inflata, d’Orbigny.
x Orbvlina universa, d’Orbigny.

Sjnrillina limbata, Brady (?).

Discorbina globularis (d’Orbigny).
Truncaiulina varinbilis , d’Orbigny.
Anomulina polymorpha, Costa (?).

„ sp. (?).

x Pulvinulina canariensis (d’Orbiguy).

„ concentrica, Parker and Jones.

„ elegans (d’Orbigny).

x ,, micheliniana (d’Orbigny).
Gypsina in/uerens (Sckultze).

Station 136 (Sounding 226), Tristan da Cunha to Cape of Good Hope (see
Chart 16 and Diagram G).

October 20, 1873 ; lat. 36° 43' S., long. 7° 13' W.

IV-mperature of air at noon,

55o,0 ; mean for the day, 530,3.

Temperature of water : —

Surface, .

54-0

400 fathoms,

39-5

100 fathoms,

52-2

500 „

380

200 „ .

49-2

600 „

■37-2

300

432

Bottom,

35-2

Density at GO F. : —

Surface, .

102G16

300 fathoms, .

. 1-02554

100 fathoms,

1-02598

400 „

. 1-02547

200

1 02580

Bottom,

. 1-02592

Depth, 2100 fathoms.

At 7.30 a.m. got up steam, and shortened sail. At 8.30 a.m. proceeded under steam
to ,*'>und. At 0.10 a.m. sounded in 2100 fathoms, but the tube came up empty. At

-

i

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

401

10 a.m. put dredge over, and veered 2700 fathoms. Obtained a series of temperatures Station 13G.
at intervals of 100 fathoms down to 600 fathoms. At 4 p.m. dredge became entangled at
the bottom, but was cleared, and came up empty at 5.30 p.m. At 6 p.m, made all plain
sail. Weather cloudy with rain.

Distance at noon from Cape of Good Hope, 1293 miles. Made good 119 miles.

Amount of current 7 miles, direction N. 65° E.

Station 137 (Sounding 227), Tristan da Cunha to Cape of Good Hope (see Station 137.
Chart 16 and Diagram 6).

October 23, 1873; lat. 35°

59' S., long

. 1° 34' E.

Temperature of air at noon

, 54°-3 ; mean for the day, 52°*9.

Temperature of water : —

Surface, .

56-1

450 fathoms,

39-4

50 fathoms,

56-0

500 „

38-7

100 „

55-6

—7

o

o

37-0

150 „ . .

54-3

900 „

36-8

200 „ . .

51-8

1100 „

36-6

250 „

47-9

1300 „

36-5

300 „

44-6

1500 „

36-4

350 „

42-3

Bottom,

34-5

400 „ . .

40-4

Density at 60° F. : —

Surface, .

. 1-02637

300 fathoms,

. 1 02569

100 fathoms, .

. 1-02605

400 „ . .

. 1-02556

200 „ . ,

. 1-02595

Bottom,

. 1-02585

Depth, 2550 fathoms; deposit, Globigerina Ooze, containing 35’22 per cent, of
carbonate of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp. ).

At 6.30 a.m. shortened and furled sails, and got up steam to sound and dredge. Put
dredge over, and veered 3000 fathoms. At 9 a.m. sounded in 2550 fathoms. At 11 a.m.
obtained serial temperatures down to 1500 fathoms. At 1.30 p.m. commenced
heaving in dredge, which came up at 3.30 p.m. with a few specimens. At 3.45 p.m.
made sail.

Distance at noon from Cape of Good Hope, 850 miles. Made good 82 miles.
Amount of current 10 miles, direction N. 51° E.

402

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Statics 137.
Aatiuu) from
Uhcdgk.

OaGASTSMS FROM

Swacr-Nets.

Hr atio* 138.

The following species are recorded in the Zoological Reports from the dredge at this
Station : —

Astkroidea (Sladen, Zool. pt. 51).

Porcellanastcr eremicus, n.g., n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.
Maori r a (Spence Bate, Zool. pt. 52).

Sergrstcs profundus, n.sp. One specimen; obtained also at Station 300,

1375 fathoms.

Lamelubranchiata (Smith, Zool. pt. 35).

Mallctia pallida, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Fishes (Giinthcr, Zool. pt. 57).

Gonostoma microdon, n.sp. One specimen; for distribution see Station 23.

Th< Station-book records also : — Fragment of Schizopod (last segments of pleon and
tail of Gnathophausia zo'ca).

Excluding Protozoa, 5 specimens were obtained at this Station, belonging to 5
species, of which 4 are new to science, including representative of 1 new genus ; 2 of
the new species were not obtained elsewhere.

Surface Organisms. — The following species is recorded from the surface at this

Station : —

Macrcra (Spence Bate, Zool. pt. 52).

Gennadas intermedins , n.g., n.sp.

The tow-net was sent down to a depth of 100 fathoms, and brought up Diphyes,
Gl> i, Cydippe, great quantities of Sagitta, and Copepods.

Station 138 (Sounding 228), Tristan da Cunha to Cape of Good Hope (see
Chart 1G and Diagram 6).

October 25, 1873 ; lat. 36° 22' S., long. 8° 12' E.

Tcni|>erature of air at noon, 53 ’8 ; mean for the day, 53°'5.

Temperature of water : —

Surface, . •.

56-2

300 fathoms,

0

1 10

50 filltonu,

561

350 „

41-5

100 M

56 0

400 „

399

150 „

53-5

450

389

200 „

50 5

500 „

38-3

230 ,,

47 0

Bottom,

36-4

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

403

Density at 60° F. at surface, 1 ‘02631 ; bottom, 1*02580.

Depth, 2650 fathoms; deposit, Red Clay, containing 26*22 per cent, of carbonate
of lime (see Murray and Rcnard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At 7.30 a.m. shortened and furled sails, and got up steam to sound. At 8 A.M.
proceeded under steam, and at 9 a.m. sounded in 2650 fathoms. Obtained serial
temperatures at intervals of 50 fathoms down to 500 fathoms. At 11.30 a.m. completed
temperature observations, and at 11.45 a.m. made all plain sail.

Distance at noon from Cape of Good Hope, 519 miles. Made good 135 miles.
Amount of current 10 miles, direction S. 38° E.

Diatomacea;. — The following species of Diatoms were observed by Mr. Comber
in the deposit from this Station (see also Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall.
Exp.):—

Nitzschia marina, Grunow.

Goscinodiscus lineatus, Ehrenberg.

„ lentiginosus, Janisch.

„ atlanticus, Castracane

„ curvatulus, Grunow.

The siliceous organisms in this deposit do not make up more than one or two
per cent, of this Red Clay, and more than half the Diatoms belong to Coscinodiscus
lentiginosus , a species common in the Antarctic Diatom Ooze.

Surface Organisms. — The following species is recorded from the surface (attached to a
floating spar) on October 24 *. —

Cirripedia (Hoek, Zool. pt. 25).

Lepas anatifera , Linne.

The specimens of Lepcis anatifera were extremely large, and among them the common
Atlantic Idothea was found.

Coscinodiscus centralis, Ehrenberg, var.

„ elegans, Greville.
Hemidiscus cuneiformis, Wallich.
Actinoptychus splendens, Ralfs.

Station 139 (Sounding 229), Tristan da Cunha to Cape of Good Hope (see
Chart 16 and Diagram 6).

October 27, 1873 ; Jat. 35° 35' S., long. 16 9' E.

Temperature of air at noon, 54°*3 ; mean for the day, 53°*6.

Station 138.

Organisms from
the Deposit.

Organisms from
the Surface.

Station 139.

404

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER

Static* 139.

Temperature of water : —

Surface,

10 fathoms,
20 „

30 „

40 „

50 „

CO „

70 „

80 „

90 „

100 „

150 „

200 „

56-2

250 fathoms, .

44-0

561

300 „

41-0

56-0

350 „

39-0

55 0

400 „

38 0

529

450 „

37-6

52-3

500 „

37-5

521

700 „

37-2

52-0

900 „

370

51-8

1100 „

36-8

51-6

1300 „

366

51-5

1500 „

36-4

47-3

45-8

Bottom,

34-1

Den.-ity at 60r F. at surface, 1*02C14; bottom, 1*02582.

Depth, 2325 fathoms ; deposit, Globigerina Ooze, containing 47‘15 per cent, of
carbonate of lime (see Murray and Kenard, Deep-Sea Deposits Cha.ll. Exp.).

A -trong breeze from S.W. and a heavy sea during the night. At 8.20 a.m. brought
-Fiji ’<» wind on starboard tack, and got up steam. At 11 a.m. shortened and furled
~ i Is, and proceeded under steam to sound. At noon sounded in 2325 fathoms.
\t 1 p.m. obtained serial temperatures down to 1500 fathoms. At 3.45 p.m. completed
t- inperatures, and made all plain sail. At 9 p.m. got up steam, and at 9.40 p.m.
proceeded under steam, the wind having sunk to nearly a calm.

Distance at noon from Capo of Good Hope, 100 miles. Made good 218 miles.
Vmount of current 25 miles, direction N. 18° E.

* HO Station 140 (Sounding 230), Tristan da Cuuha to Cape of Good Hope (see

Chart 16 and Diagram 6).

October 28, 1873 ; lat. 35° O' 8., long. 17° 57' E.

Temjx rature of air at noon, 58c*8 ; mean for the day, 5 7°*6.
Temj>erature of water : —

Kurfare, .

59 0

10 fathom*,

58-7

20 „

58-4

so „

581

40 „

56-9

w »

54*6

60 fathoms,
70 „

80 „

90 „

100 „

53-3
53 0
53 0
53 0
530

SUMMARY OF RESULTS. 405

Density at 60° F, at surface, 1 ’02620; 20 fathoms, 1 '02625; 50 fathoms,

1-02616.

Depth, 1250 fathoms ; deposit, Globigerina Ooze, containing 50 ’2 6 per cent, of
carbonate of lime (see Murray and Eenard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At 3.15 a.m. stopped engines. At daylight observed land to E.N.E. At 6 a.m.
shortened and furled sails, and got up steam to sound. At 7 a.m. stopped and sounded
in 1250 fathoms. At 8 a.m. completed sounding, and proceeded under steam and
sail, Table Mountain and the mountains surrounding Simon’s Bay in sight. At
11.30 a.m. obtained, serial temperatures at intervals of 10 fathoms down to 100 fathoms.
At 12.30 p.m. completed temperatures, and proceeded under sail and steam. Got into
the warm current (62°’2 F. = 16°’8 C.) about 20 nautical miles S. W. of Cape of Good
Hope. Altered course as requisite, rounding the Anvil and Bellows Rocks. At 2 p.m.
rounded Cape of Good Hope, shortened and furled sail. At 3.35 p.m. stopped and came
to in 9 fathoms ; moored ship. Refused pratique on account of case of yellow fever
which was reported to have occurred on board the ship at Bahia.

DiatomacE/E. — The following species of Diatoms were observed by Mr. Comber
in the deposit from this Station (see also Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall.

Exp.): —

Nitzschia marina , Grunow.
Grammatophora serpentina, Ehrenberg.
Coscinodiscics excentricus , Ehrenberg.

,, concavus, Gregory.

„ cnruatulus, Grunow.

„ nodulifer , Janisch.

„ radiatus, Ehrenberg.

C&scmcxMscus centralis, Ehrenberg.

„ elegans, Greville.

Triceratium grande, Porter.

„ junctum A. Schmidt.

Hemidiscus cuneiformis , Wallich.
Arachnoid iscus ornatus, Ehrenberg.
Hyalodiscus lee vis, Ehrenberg.

The Expedition remained at the Cape of Good Hope from October 28 till December
17, 1873. During the stay Mr. Murray packed up and catalogued all the deep-sea
collections made during the first year of the cruise. The sixty-four boxes containing
these collections were addressed to the Hydrographer of the Admiralty, and were landed
at the dockyard to be forwarded to England. The following species are recorded in the
Zoological Reports as having been obtained during the stay, principally from Simon's
Bay and on shore at Sea Point, near Cape Town : —

Monaxonida (Ridley and Dendy, Zool. pt. 59).

Esperella simonis , n.sp. Three specimens (Simon’s Bay, 10 to 20 fathoms) ;

obtained at no other locality.

(summary of results chall. exp. — 1893.)

Station 140.

Organisms from
the Deposit.

At Cape of
Good Hope.

Animals from
Cape of Go< >p
Hope.

52

406

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

D< -nnacidon conulosa, n.sp. Two specimens (Simon’s Bay, 10 to 20 fathoms) ;

obtained at no other locality.

„ ( Ilomaodictya ) grand is, n.sp. One specimen (Simon’s Bay,

10 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

1 <nh 'tlophlus lobatus (Vosmaer), var. horrida, nov. One specimen (Simon’s Bay,

10 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality. The
species recorded from the Cape.

Jlagelli/ormis, n.sp. One specimen (Simon’s Bay, 10 to 20 fathoms);
obtained at no other locality.

1 n i Iropsis bidentifera, n.g., n.sp. Two specimens (Simon’s Bay, 10 to 20 fathoms) ;

obtained at no other locality. Only species of the

genus.

Protcleia sollasi, n.g., n.sp. One specimen (Simon's Bay, 10 to 20 fathoms) ;

obtained at no other locality. Only species of the

genus.

Alcyonaria (Wright and Studer, Zool. pt. 64).

Ku micella papillosa (Esper), Verrill. One branch (Simon’s Bay); obtained at no
other locality by the Challenger.

Lophngorgia jlammea (Ellis and Solander). Fragment (doubtful whether from

Simon’s Bay or Prince Edward Island) ; obtained at no other
locality by the Challenger. Recorded from the Cape.

Acti niaria (Hertwig, Zool. pts. 15 and 73).

Comactis flagellifera (Drayton). One specimen (Simon’s Bay, 25 fathoms) ;

obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Aulactinia sp. (?). One specimen (Simon’s Bay, 10 to 20 fathoms).

/"inthus confertus, Verrill. (Simon’s Bay, 10 to 20 fathoms); obtained at no

other locality by the Challenger.

(>> rtici/cra tuberculosa (Klunzinger). Colony of about forty individuals (Simon’s

Bay, 10 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained aJ o other locality by
the Challenger.

Corals (Moseley, Zool. pt. 7).

Clado n arbu eula, M. -Edwards and Haime. One specimen (Simon’s Bay,

1 0 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained also at Station 33.

Hf.kp Corals (Quclch, Zool. pt. 46).

Mu . ma areoluta (Linin'). One specimen (Simon’s Bay, 10 to 20 fathoms) ;
obtained also at St. Thomas.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS. 407

Hydroida (Allman, Zool. pts. 20 and 70).

Aglaophenia attenuata, n.sp. (Simon’s Bay, 10 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality.

Hcdecium dichotomum, n.sp. (Simon’s Bay, shallow water) ; obtained at no other

locality.

Thuiaria pectinata , n.sp. (Simon’s Bay) ; obtained at no other locality.

Thecocladium Jlabellum, n.g., n.sp. (Simon’s Bay, 10 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained at

no other locality. Only species of the genus.

Crinoidea (Carpenter, Zool. pt. 60).

Actinometra parvicirra (Muller). One specimen (Simon’s Bay) ; obtained also at

Stations 174, 186, Banda, Ternate, Admiralty Islands,
and Philippines, 8 to 610 fathoms. A widely-distributed
species.

Asteroidea (Sladen, Zool, pt. 51).

Pseudar chaster tessellatus, n.g,, n.sp. Two specimens (Simon’s Bay) ; obtained at

no other locality.

Astropecten pontoporseus , n.sp. (Simon’s Bay, 5 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained at no

other locality.

Psilaster acuminatus , n.g., n.sp. Two specimens (Simon’s Bay) ; obtained also at

Stations 164 and 167, 410 (?) and 150 fathoms.

Luidia cifricana, n.sp. (Simon’s Bay) ; obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger. Recorded from North Atlantic
(“ Porcupine ”).

Calliaster baccatus , n.sp. (Simon’s Bay, 5 to 18 fathoms); obtained at no other

locality.

Patina bellula, n.sp. Two specimens (Simon’s Bay, shallow" water) ; obtained at

no other locality.

Asterina e ' amarck), Perrier. (Sea Point and Simon’s Bay, shallow water) ;

obtained also at Port Jackson and Philippines, 6 and
10 fathoms. A widely-distributed species.

Stichaster felipes, n.sp. Several specimens (Simon’s Bay) ; obtained also at

Station 142, 150 fathoms.

Cribrella ornata, Perrier. (Simon’s Bay, shallow" water to 20 fathoms) ; obtained

at no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded
from the Cape, New Zealand, and Campbell Island.

Asterias ( Stolasterias ) africana (Muller and Troschel), Perrier. (Simon’s Bay,

shallow water to 20 fathoms) ; obtained at no other
locality by the Challenger. Recorded from the Cape.

Cape of Good
Hope.

408

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

CAm or Good
Hurt

Ophii roidka (Lyman, Zool. pt. 14).

Oj ■ • i uiu tongana (Liitkcn) (?). (Simon’s Bay, 10 to 20 fathoms); obtained at no

other locality by the Challenger.

Op hi act is carnea, Ljungman. (Simon’s Bay, 10 to 20 fathoms); obtained at no

other locality by the Challenger.

Amphiura incana, n.sp. (Simon’s Bay, 10 to 20fathoms); obtained at no other locality.
OjJi"Hxnna scolapendnna (Lamarck). (Simon’s Bay, 10 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained

also at Tongatabu, Fiji, and Philippines.

Oplnothrix triglochis, Muller and Troschel. (Simon’s Bay, 5 to 18 fathoms);

obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

G< >, yonocephalus verrucosus (Lamarck). (Simon’s Bay, 10 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained

at no other locality by the Challenger.

Echinoidea (Agassiz, Zool. pt. 9).

Echinus anyidosus (Leske). (Simon’s Bay, 10 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained at no other
locality by the Challenger.

L vcnia clongata, Gray. (Simon’s Bay); obtained also at Stations 188 and 212,
10 to 28 fathoms. Recorded from Gulf of California and
Philippines.

Brissopsis lyrij ro (Forbes). (Simon’s Bay, 5 to 18 fathoms) ; obtained also at
Stations 141 and 142, 98 and 150 fathoms. A widely-
distributed species.

Holothurioidea (TV-el, Zool. pt. 39).

C u'umaria discolor, n.sp. One specimen (Simon’s Bay, 10 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained
at no other locality.

insolens, n.sp. Numerous specimens (Simon’s Bay, 10 to 20 fathoms) ;
obtained at no other locality.

llolothurux africana, n.sp. One specimen (Simon’s Bay, ' ~ to 20 fathoms) ;
obtained at no other locality.

Or.i'HY&SA (Selenka, Zool. pt. 30).

/ !nsoma capense, Teuscher. Numerous specimens (Sea Point, shallow water) ;

obtained at no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded
from the Cape.

A.yneliim (Minted), Zool. pt. 34).

1 / >lu • >/><<■ capcnds, Kiuberg. Many specimens (Sea Point, under stones between

tide-inarks) ; obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.
Recorded from the Cape and St. Paul.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS. 409

Lepidonotus wahlbergi, Kinberg. Several specimens (Sea Point, between tide-marks);

obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.
Recorded from the Cape and Port Natal.

Eunoa capensis, n.sp. One specimen (Sea Point, between tide-marks) ; obtained at

no other locality.

Polynoe attenuata, n.sp. One specimen (Sea Point, between tide-marks) ; obtained

at no other locality.

Eidalia capensis , Sehm^rda. One specimen (Sea Point, between tide-marks) ;

Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.
Recorded from Table Bay.

Notocirrus capensis , n.sp. One specimen (Sea Point, between tide-marks) ; obtained

at no other locality.

Nematonereis sp. (?). Fragment (Sea Point, beach).

Eunice murrayi , n.sp. One specimen (Simon’s Bay, 18 fathoms) ; obtained at no

other locality.

Trophonia capensis, n.sp. One specimen (Sea Point, between tide-marks) ; obtained

at no other locality.

Cirratulus capensis, Schmarda. Several specimens (Sea Point, between tide-marks) ;

obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.
Recorded from the Cape.

Nicomache capensis, n.sp. One specimen (Sea Point, between tide-marks) ; obtained

at no other locality.

Sabellaria ( Pallasia ) capensis (Schmarda). Several specimens (Sea Point, between

tide-marks) ; obtained at no other locality by the
Challenger. Recorded from the Cape.

Schmardanella pterochasta (Schmarda). Several specimens (Sea Point, between

tide-marks) ; obtained at no other locality by the
Challenger. Recorded from the Cape.

Dasychone violacea (Schmarda). Several specimens (Sea Point, between tide-

marks) ; obtained at no other locality by the
Challenger. Recorded from the Cape.

Ostracoda. (Brady, Zool. pt. 3).

Pontocypris (?) subreniformis, n.sp. (Simon’s Bay, 15 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained also

at Port Jackson, 2 to 10 fathoms.

Macrocypris maculata, Brady. (Simon’s Bay, 15 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained also at

Stations 145, 149, 162, and Amboina, 15 to 150 fathoms.
Recorded from Australia, West Indies, and Turk’s
Island.

Cape of Good
Hope.

410

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Cavk or Good
Hop*.

Bainlia ovata, Bosquet (?). (Simon's Bay, 15 to 20 fathoms); obtained also at

Station 167, 150 fathoms.

Ci/ there ( :/ His, n.sp. (Simon’s Bay, 15 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.
Jlabcllicostata, n.sp. (Simon’s Bay, 15 to 20 fathoms); obtained at no
other locality.

,, eaticnla, n.sp. (Simon’s Bay, 15 to 20 fathoms); obtained at no other locality.
,, stoloiiifera, n.sp. (Simon’s Bay, 15 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality.

„ lepralioides, n.sp. (Simon’s Bay, 15 to 20 fathoms); obtained also at

Station 142, 150 fathoms.

Li.roconcha subrhomboid ea, n.sp. (Simon’s Bay, 15 to 20 fathoms); obtained at

no other locality.

X< stolebcris cifricana , n.sp. (Simon’s Bay, 15 to 20 fathoms); obtained at no other

locality.

Cytherura mucronata, n.sp. (Simon’s Bay, 15 to 20 fathoms); obtained at no

other locality.

„ da usi, n.sp. (Simon’s Bay, 1 5 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

C'/tht ell a dromedaria , n.sp. (Simon’s Bay, 15 to 20 fathoms); obtained at no

other locality.

Amphipoda (Stebbing, Zool. pt. 67).

Lysifinnx xxirierjatus (Stimpson). Several specimens (Simon’s Bay, 18 fathoms);

obtained at no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded
from the Cape.

I.HOPODA.

Fourteen specimens, belonging to five species undetermined (Simon’s Bay and Cape
Town).

Anomira (Henderson, Zool. pt. 69).

Dromidin spongiosa, Stimpson. One specimen (Simon’s Bay, 10 to 20 fathoms) ;

obtained at no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from
the Cape and St. Paul.

/' /'•,/>• mix latent, Stimpson. One specimen (Simon’s Bay, 10 to 12 fathoms);

obtained at no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from
the Cape.

Lh< p ti' -i brer irostris, Stimpson. One specimen (Simon’s Bay, 10 to 20 fathoms) ;

obtained at no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from
the Cape.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

411

Pagurus granulatus , Olivier. Two specimens (Simon’s Bay, 10 to 20 fathoms) ;

obtained at no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from
West Atlantic.

Anapagurus pusillus, n.sp. (?). One specimen (Simon’s Bay, 18 fathoms) ; obtained

also at Stations VXIp. and 75.

Porcellana streptocheles, Stimpson. Two specimens (Simon’s Bay, 5 to 18 fathoms) ;

obtained at no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from
the Cape.

Galathea labidolepta, Stimpson (1). One specimen (Simon’s Bay, 5 to 18 fathoms) ;

obtained at no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from
the Cape.

,, sp. (?). Three specimens (Simon’s Bay, 5 to 18 fathoms).

Brachyura (Miers, Zool. pt. 49).

Stenorhynchusfalci/er, Stimpson. Three specimens (Simon’s Bay, 5 to 18 fathoms);

obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Recorded from the Cape.

Achseopsis spinulosus , Stimpson. Four specimens (Simon’s Bay, 5 to 20 fathoms) ;

obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Recorded from the Cape.

Dehaanius dentatus (M. -Edwards). One specimen (Simon’s Bay, 10 to 20 fathoms) ;

obtained at no other locality by the . Challenger.

Recorded from the Cape and Natal.

Pericera cornuta, M. -Edwards. • One specimen (Simon’s Bay, 10 to 20 fathoms) ;

obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Recorded from the Cape and West Atlantic.

Thelphusa (Potamonautes) perla ta, M. -Edwards. Many specimens (Cape Town and

Wellington, from rivers) ; obtained at no other locality
by the Challenger.

Plagusia chabrus (Linne). Two specimens (Simon’s Bay, 10 to 20 fathoms) ;

obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Recorded from New Zealand.

Ilymenosoma orbiculare, Desmarest. Many specimens (Simon’s Bay, 5 to

20 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality by the
Challenger. Recorded from the Cape.

Calappa jlammea (Herbst). One specimen (Simon’s Bay, 10 to 20 fathoms) ;

obtained also at Bermuda.

Mursict eristimana (M.-Edwards). Two specimens (Sea Point and Simon’s Bay) ;

obtained also at Station 142, 150 fathoms.

Cape of Good
Hope.

412

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Pycnogokida (Hoek, Zool. pt. 10).

Disco- > rachne bnvipes , n.g.,-n.sp. One specimen (Sea Point) ; obtained at no other

locality. Only species of the genus.

typica, n.g., n.sp. One specimen (Sea Point); obtained at no other
locality. Only species of the genus.

Lamkllibraxchiata (Smith, Zool. pt. 35).

Tcllina (Angulus) natalcnsis, Krauss. (Simon’s Bay, 15 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained

at no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded
from South Africa.

Cordivm (Papyridea) serai sulcatum, Gray. (Simon’s Bay, 15 to 20 fathoms);

obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.
Recorded from West Indies and Ceylon (?).

Gn’dita ( Thecal ia ) concamerata (Chemnitz). Several specimens (Sea Point);

obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.
C'lrditclla cajtcnsis, n.sp. (Simon’s Bay, 15 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality.

A' cnlina ovalis (Wood). Three valves (Simon’s Bay, 15 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained

at no other locality by the Challenger. Known
previously only as a Crag fossil.

Scaphopoda and Gasteropoda (Watson, Zool. pt. 42).

Jjmtalium dentalis, Linne. (Simon’s Bay, 15 to 20 fathoms); obtained also at

Station 75.

P'.UeUo granatina, Linne. (Sea Point) ; obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger. Recorded from the Cape and Antilles.
pissun llo. mutabilis , Sowerby. (Sea Point) ; obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger. Recorded from the Cape.

,, ( Lucapina ) fumata , Reeve (?). (Sea Point); obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger. Original locality unknown.
Trochns ( Monilea ) benzi, Krauss. (Simon’s Baj7, 15 to 20 fathoms); obtained at

no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from
the Cape.

(fi bbida) zonatus, Wood. (Sea Point) ; obtained at no other locality by
the Challenger. Recorded from the Cape.

„ up. (?). (Simon’s Bay, 15 to 20 fathoms).

Phasianella »p. (?). (Simon’s Bay, 15 to 20 fathoms).

/ Vf i. Lrvigata (Chemnitz). (Simon’s Bay, 15 to 20 fathoms); obtainedat no other

locality by the Challenger. Recorded from the Cape.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

413

Fusus verruculatus, Lamarck. (Simon’s Bay, 15 to 20 fathoms); obtained at no Cape of Oood

other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from East
Indies (?).

Cominella porccita (Gmelin). (Simon’s Bay, 10 to 20 fathoms); obtained at no

other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from
the Cape.

Ancilla ( Anaulax ) obtusa (Swainson). (Simon’s Bay, 15 to 20 fathoms); obtained

at no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded
from the Cape and East Africa.

Columbdla mercatorici (Linne). (Sea Point) ; obtained also at Fernando Noronha

Mitra sp. (?). (Sea Point).

Marginella ( Glabella ) chrysea, n.sp. (Sea Point) ; obtained at no other locality.

Strombus lentiginosus, LinnA (Simon’s Bay) ; obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger. Recorded from East Africa throughout
Indian Ocean to Australia.

Turritella biysviaensis, Krauss. (Simon’s Bay, 15 to 20 fathoms); obtained at no

other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from the Cape.

Oclostomia sp. (?). (Simon’s Bay, 15 to 20 fathoms).

Cerithium vulgatum, Bruguiere. (Simon’s Bay, 15 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained at no

other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from Black
Sea, Mediterranean, and North Atlantic. Fossil —

Middle Miocene of Italy onwards.

RissOa (Onoba) fenestrata, Krauss. (Simon’s Bay, 15 to 20 fathoms); obtained at

no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from
the Cape.

Aplysia depilans, Linne. (Simon’s Bay, 15 to 20 fathoms); obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger. Recorded from North
Atlantic and Mediterranean.

Dolabrifera triangularis, n.sp. (Simon’s Bay, 15 to 20 fathoms); obtained at no

other locality.

Coralliophila wahlbergi (Krauss). (Sea Point, shallow water). [See Smith, Proc.

Zool. Soc. Lond., 1891, pp. 436, 437].

P olypl aoophora (Haddon, Zool. pt. 43).

Ischnochiton viridulus (Couthouy). One specimen (Cape Town) ; obtained at no

other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from the Cape.

Chiton nigrovirescens, Blainville. Six specimens (Sea Point, shore) ; obtained at no

other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from the
Cape.

(summary op results chall. exp. — 1893.)

53

414

r - » ■ - Icanthochiton garnoti (Blainville). Seven specimens (Sea Point, shore) ; obtained

at no other locality by the Challenger.

Cephalopoda (Hoyle, Zool. pt. 44).

J lyonauta argo, Linud. One specimen (Cape) ; obtained at no other locality by the
Challenger. A widely-distributed species.

Octajvu s granulatiis , Lamarck. One specimen (Simon’s Bay, 10 to 20 fathoms) ;
obtained also at Cape Vcrde3.

Polyzoa (Busk, Zool. pts. 30 and 50 ; Waters, pt. 79).

Mcnipea flaJbellum, Lamouroux. (Simon’s Bay); obtained at no other locality by

the Challenger. Recorded from Natal.

„ trisei'iata, Busk. (Simon’s Bay) ; obtained at no other locality by the
Challenger.

,, cirrata, Lamouroux. (Simon’s Bay) ; obtained at no other locality by the
Challenger.

Membmnipora galeata, Busk, var. multiftda , nov. (Simon’s Bay) ; the species

obtained also at Stations 75, 145, 149, 150, 163a, and 320.

Amphiblestruin imbricatum , n.sp. (Simon’s Bay) ; obtained at no other locality.

„ oapevse, n.sp. (Simon’s Bay) ; obtained at no other locality.

[Waters calls it Monoporella (?) capensis (Busk)].

Fuveolaria lubigera , n.g., n.sp. (Simon’s Bay) ; obtained at no other locality.

Oh' Itopordla bombyciua (Linne). (Simon’s Bay) ; obtained at no other locality by

the Challenger.

Idtpora t(s sella ta, Hincks. (Simon’s Bay) ; obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger. .

„ ,, var. casspitosa, nov. (Simon’s Bay); obtained at no other locality.

„ „ var. pubenSy nov. (Simon’s Bay) ; obtained at no other locality.

,, lata, n.sp. (Simon’s Bay) ; obtained at no other locality.

Ci 'bn linn labiosa, Busk, var. fragilis, nov. (Simon’s Bay); obtained at no other

locality.

C’/ionzopora brongniartii (Audouin). (Simon’s Bay, 18 fathoms) ; obtained at

no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from
Mediterranean and North Atlantic. Fossil — Coralline Crag,
Pliocene and Miocene of Europe.

Mucronella oontorta , Busk. (Simon’s Bay); obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger. Recorded from Natal.

,, ti'ictmpus, Hincks. (Simon’s Bay) ; obtained also at Stations 145 and 315,

1 2 to 150 fathoms. Recorded from South America and Bass
Strait.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

415

Schizoporella tenuis, n.sp. (Simon’s Bay) ; obtained also at Sandwich Islands, Cave ok Good

20 to 40 fathoms. Hoi f '

Gemellipora cribritheca, n.sp. (Simon’s Bay) : obtained at no other locality.

Cellepora simonensis, n.sp. (?). (Simon’s Bay) ; obtained, at no other locality.

,, conica, n.sp. (?). (Simon’s Bay) ; obtained at no other locality.

Idmonea atlanticci, Forbes. (Simon’s Bay, 18 fathoms) ; obtained also at

Stations 135 and 149.

Tunicata (Herdman, Zool. pts. 17 and 38).

Cynthia pallida, Heller. One specimen (Simon’s Bay, 10 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained

also at Fiji. Recorded from Tahiti.

Pachychlsena gigantea, n.g., n.sp. Two specimens (Simon’s Bay, 10 to 20 fathoms) ;

obtained at no other locality.

Clavelina enormis , n.sp. Colony of four adults and several buds (Simon’s Bay,

10 to 20 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

Atopogaster elongata, n.g., n.sp., var. pallida, nov. One specimen (Simon’s Bay,

10 to 20 fathoms) ; the species obtained also at
Station 313, 55 fathoms.

Leptoclinum albidum , Verrill (?). Several colonies (Simon’s Bay, 10 to 20 fathoms) ;

obtained also at Cape Verdes. *

Goodsiria placenta, n.sp. Two specimens (Simon’s Bay, 10 to 20 fathoms) ;

obtained at no other locality.

,, „ var. fksca, nov. Two specimens (Simon’s Bay, 10 to

20 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

Fishes (Gunther, Zool. pt. 6).

Chonsochismus dentex, Pall. (Simon’s Bay) ; obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger.

Tetrodon honckeni, Bl. [Poison-fish of Simon’s Bay]. (Cape) ; obtained at no

other locality by the Challenger.

Bdellostoma cirrhatum, Forst. (Simon’s Bay) ; obtained also at Newr Zealand.

Spirobranchus capensis, C.V. (Cape Town and Wellington, from rivers); obtained

at no other locality by the Challenger.

Barbus afer, Peters. (Cape Town and Wellington, from rivers) ; obtained at no

other locality by the Challenger.

„ sp. (?). (Cape Town, from river).

Cetacea (Turner, Zool. pt. 4).

Mesoplodon layardi, Gray. (Cape) ; obtained also- at Falkland Islands. Recorded

from Chatham Islands, New Zealand, and Australia.

41G

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

t In the loregoing list 158 species are enumerated, of which 62 are new to science,

including representatives of 10 new genera ; 54 of the new species and 5 new genera
were not obtained elsewhere.

^ Surface Organisms. — The following species are recorded from the surface : —

fictrtciN'ETs.

Schizopoda (Sars, Zool. pt. 37).

Stylocheiron longicorne, n.g., n.sp.

Tunicata (Herd man, Zool. pt. 76).

Salpa democratica-mucronata, Fors-
k&hl.

The water in Simon’s Bay was frequently very luminous, and was found to contain
many specimens of Noctiluca in the flagellated stage.

Cirri pedia (Hock, Zool. pt. 25).

L*p as analifcra , Linne (from log of
wood).

Stum atopoda (Brooks, Zool. pt. 45).

Alima bidens , Claus [= larva of
Sauilldl

1 Station 141 (Sounding 231), Cape of Good Hope to Marion Island (see Chart 18

and Diagram 8).

December 17, 1873 ; lat. 34° 41' S., long. 18° 36' E.

Temperature of air at noon,

66c-8 ; mean for the day, 670,5.

Temperature of water : —

Surface, . .

66-5

60 fathoms,

52-8

10 fathoms,

66-2

70 „ ...

51-4

20 „ . . .

65-3

80 „ ...

50 3

30

63-9

90 „ ...

49-6

40 „ .

59-8

Bottom,

49-5

50 „ .

54-9

Depth, 08 fathoms; deposit, Green Sand, containing 4946 per cent, of carbonate
of lime, and phosphatic and glauconitic concretions (see Murray and Reuard,
Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At 6.30 a.m. weighed anchor and proceeded out of Simon’s Buy on the voyage to the
At it-! ' i<-< and Australia. At 1 .35 p.m. stopped and sounded in 98 fathoms on the
of ;!.• A.'uiha Bank. Put dredge over, aud obtained serial temperatures at intervals
■ i ; 0 fat n r 1. wn to the bottom. At 3.30 p.m. hove up dredge with numerous specimens,

: . • 1 < nt it down again at 4 p.m. At 5 p.m. hove up dredge with many specimens,

CHART 18

Siumuarv ol Results.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

417

and sent it down again. Three hauls were taken with the dredge, and the swabs were
crowded with specimens of Brissopsis lyrifera. At 5.45 p.m. made all plain sail. Weather
fine, almost a calm ; sea smooth.

The following species are recorded in the Zoological Reports from the dredge at this
Station : —

Ophiuroidea (Lyman, Zool. pt. 14).

Ophioglypha costata, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 142, 150 fathoms.

Amphiura capensis, Ljungman. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

,, dilatata, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

,, squamata (Delle Chiaje), Sars. Obtained also at Station 163, 120 fathoms.

A widely -distributed species.

Echinoidea (Agassiz, Zool. pt. 9).

Spatangus raschi, Loven. Obtained also at Station 142, 150 fathoms. Recorded
from East Atlantic.

Brissopsis lyrifera (Forbes). Many specimens ; obtained also at Simon’s Bay,
Cape, and Station 142.

Holothctrioidea (Theel, Zool. pt. 39).

Cucumaria capensis , n.sp. One specimen ; obtained also at Station 142, 150 fathoms.
Annelida (MTntosh, Zool. pt. 34).

Polynoe capensis , n.sp. Two specimens ; obtained at no other locality,

Syllis capensis, n.sp. One small specimen ; obtained at no other locality.
Lumbriconereis pettigrewi, n.sp. Several specimens ; obtained at no other locality.
Scalibregma infiatum , Rathke, var. (?). Numerous specimens; obtained also at

Station 169, 700 fathoms.

Banzania (?) capensis, n.sp. One fragmentary specimen ; obtained at no other

locality.

Prionospio capensis, n.sp. One fragmentary specimen ; obtained at no other

locality.

Praxilla capensis, n.sp. Two fragmentary specimens ; obtained at no other

locality.

Schizopoda (Sars, Zool. pt. 37).

Lophogaster typicus, Sars. One or two specimens ; obtained also at Station 142,
150 fathoms. Recorded from North Atlantic.

Station 141.

Animals from
Dredge.

US

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

STAT105 141.

FRO*

Scrtacs-Nctk

Htatioji 142.

Lamelljbranchiata (Smith, Zool. pt. 35).

SasicatYt arctica, Linne. For distribution see Station 75.

Pccten limatula, Reeve, var. (?). Obtained also at Station 135.

Gasteropoda (Watson, Zool. pt. 42).

Fus'is (Sipho) pyrrhostoma, n.sp. One specimen; obtained at no other locality.

A cilia (Anaulax) montrouzieri ( Souverbie). One specimen ; obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger. Recorded from New Caledonia.
Valuta ( VolntUithes ) abyssicola, Adams and Reeve. One or two specimens;

obtained also at- Station 142, 150 fathoms. Recorded
from the Cape.

TVnicata (Herdman, Zool. pt. 38).

P< rmnutpliclium exiguum, n.g., n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

In addition to the foregoing, the following are recorded in the Station-book: —
Hydroid, Palythoa (?), Luiclia fragilisaima , Astrogonium sp., Archaster andromeda,
Caprella, Pagurus.

Excluding Protozoa, over 100 specimens of invertebrates were obtained at this
Station, belonging to about 28 species, of which 11 are new to science, including
representative of 1 new genus ; 9 of the new species were not obtained elsewhere.

Surface Organisms. — The following species are recorded from the surface at this

Station : —

Amphipoda (Stebbing, Zool. pt. 67).
Hyperia promontorii, n.sp.
Hypcroche cryptodactylus , n.sp.

Schizopoda (Sars, Zool. pt. 37).
Euphausia splcndens, Dana.
A nchialus typicus, Krdyer.

In the evening the water was very luminous, apparently caused by myriads of Zoese,
hiding a few larger Megalopse ; there were also Peridinium, Medusae, Velellse,
Sujittx, and larvae of Decapods and Squilla.

Station 142 (Sounding 232), Cape of Good Hope to Marion Island (see Chart 18).

December 18, 1873 ; lat 35° 4' S., long. 18c 37' E.

Tempemturc of air at noon, 67°-0 ; mean for the day, 65° 7.

T* rnture of water at surface, 650,5 ; bottom, 47c-0
Density at GO F. at surface, 1 02665 ; bottom, 1 02658.

VERTICAL SCALE OF I ATHOMS

diagram 8 Summary of Results.

The Voyage of II.M.S.Clial'Lenger.

INDIAN OCEAN

Meridional Temperature Section
Cape of Good Hopetotlie parallel of 46° S.

_o For ea-pIanatio/L of' Symbols' see -Apperuiijc 1

o

o

O

= ® ® ®

Engraved liv Mai hr A Sons

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

419

Depth, 150 fathoms; deposit, Green Sand, containing 6775 per cent, of carbonate
of lime, and phosphatic and glauconitic concretions (see Murray and Eenard,
Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At 5 a.m. got up steam. At 6.10 a.m. shortened sail, and proceeded under steam to
sound and dredge. Sounded in 150 fathoms. Put dredge over. At 8 a.m. hove up
dredge containing numerous specimens, nearly all the invertebrate groups being
represented. The swabs were filled with large colonies of Polyzoa and Sponges. At
8.30 a.m. made all plain sail. Shaped course S.S.W. Later in forenoon picked up
a favourable westerly breeze.

Distance at noon from Prince Edward Island, 1083 miles. Made good 47 miles.
Amount of current 1 1 miles, direction S. 2 1 3 W.

The following species are recorded in the Zoological Reports from the dredge at this
Station : —

Monaxoneda (Ridley and Dendy, Zool. pt. 59).

Petrosia similis, n.sp. Several specimens ; obtained also at Station 150,

150 fathoms. Recorded subsequently from Kerguelen.
Gellius glacialis, n.sp. About twenty -five specimens ; obtained at no other locality.
Vomerula esperoides , n.sp. Numerous specimens; obtained also at Station 320,-

600 fathoms.

Desmacidon (?) ramosa, n.sp. Several specimens ; obtained also at Station 145,

50 to 75 fathoms.

Iophon chelifer , n.sp. Young specimen encrusting a branched Polyzoon ; obtained

also at Stations 145 and 148, 310 and 550 fathoms.
Myxilla digitata. n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

Raspailia (?) rigida, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

Corals (Moseley, Zool. pt. 7).

Caryophyllia communis (Seguenza). One dead broken specimen ; for distribution

see Station 45.

Rhizotrochus frag ills, Pourtales. One specimen; obtained also at Station 177 (?),

50 to 125 fathoms.

Asteroidea (Sladen, Zool. pt. 51),

Stichaster felipes , n.sp. Obtained also at Simon’s Bay, Cape.

Ophiuroidea (Lyman, Zool. pt, 14).

Ophiopeza aster , n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Ophioglypha costata, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 141.

Station 142.

Animals from
Dredge.

420

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

> ■ 'll- Oph>om>tsium pvlchellum , Wyville Thomson, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 87

and 122.

Ophiomastus sp. (?). Young.

OphtactP Jlcxuosa, n.sp. Ten specimens (young ?) ; obtained also at Station 171,

600 fathoms.

plana, Lyman (?). Young ; obtained at no other locality by the
Challenger. Recorded from Florida.

Oph iothamnus remotus, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Ophiothrix aristulata, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 161 and 163,

38 and 120 fathoms:

Ophioscolex dentatus, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Ophiomyxa vivipara, Studer. Obtained also at Stations 308, 313, and 314,

55 to 175 fathoms. Recorded from the Cape, Kerguelen,
and Magellan Strait.

Echinoidea (Agassiz, Zool. pt. 9).

Spatangns rctschi , Loven. Obtained also at Station 141.

1 •}( inoca rdivm jlavescens (Muller). Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Recorded from East Atlantic.

Bi sftopm lyrifera (Forbes). Obtained also at Simon’s Bay, Cape, and Station 141.
S:h izaster fragilis (Diiben and Koren). Obtained also at Station 49.

Holothurioidea (Th4el, Zool. pt, 39).

Cucumana capensis, n.sp. Two specimens ; obtained also at Station 141.

Annelida (MTntosh, Zool, pt. 34).

D'utychone capensis, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

E n phi one elisabethse, n.g., n.sp. Obtained at no other locality. Only species of
the genus.

Protula capensis, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

08TRACODA (Brady, Zool. pt. 3).

Cytherr cytheropteroides, n.sp. A few specimens; obtained at no other locality.

„ leprulioides, n.sp. Obtained also at Simon’s Bay, Cape.

Poly ape orbic daris, Sara (?). Obtained also at Stations 149, 185, and Vigo Bay,

1 1 to 150 fathoms. Recorded from Arctic arid North Atlantic.
Fossil — Post-Tertiary of Scotland.

Amphii*oda (Stebbing, Zool. pt. 67).

• I <ca fusca, n.sp. Three specimens; obtained at no other locality.
li'irnnuiropms a fra, n. sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

421

Laetmatophilus purus,, ,n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality. Station 14z.

Leiicothoe miersi, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

Msera bruzelii, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

,, rubromaculata, Stimpson. One specimen ; obtained also at Port Jackson,

30 to 120 fathoms. Recorded from Australia and Tasmania.

Stenothoe adheerens, n.sp. Two specimens ; obtained at no other locality.

Schizopoda (Sars, Zool. pt. 37).

Lophogaster typicus , Sars. Obtained also at Station 141.

Maurura (Spence Bate, Zool. pt. 52).

Chlorotocus incertus, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

Merhippolyte agidhasensis, n.g., n.sp. Five specimens ; obtained at no other

locality.

Pandalus modestus, n.sp. Three specimens ; obtained at no other locality.

A NOMURA (Henderson, Zool. pt. 69).

Dromidia bicornis , Studer. Four specimens ; obtained at no other locality by

the Challenger. Recorded from south of the Cape
(“Gazelle ”).

Eudromia frontalis , n.g., n.sp. Two specimens ; obtained at no other locality.

Only species of the genus.

Parapagurus dimorphus (Studer). Numerous specimens ; obtained also at

Stations 135, 145, and 311.

Brachytjra (Miers, Zool. pt. 49).

Lispognathus thomsoni (Norman). Five specimens ; obtained also at Station 164b,

410 fathoms. Recorded from North Atlantic and

Mediterranean.

Litocheira Jcingsleyi, n.sp. Many specimens; obtained at no other locality.

Mursia cristimana, de Haan. Three specimens ; obtained also at the Cape.

Ebalia tuberculosa (Milne-Edwards). Three specimens ; obtained also at

Stations 162, 163, 167, and Port Jackson, 30 to

150 fathoms. Recorded from South Africa.

Pilumnoplax heterochir ( Studer). Several specimens ; obtained also at Station 135.

Lamellibranchiata (Smith, Zool. pt. 35).

Nesera capensis , n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Saxicava arciica, Linne. For distribution see Station 75.

(SUMMARY OF RESULTS CHALL. EXP. — 1893.)

54

422

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Gasteropoda (Watson, Zool. pt. 42).

Caucellaria imbricata, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

Fasciola via rutila, u.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Fusus radiahs, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

MargincUa ( Glabella ) musica, Hinds. One specimen ; obtained also at Station VIII.
Xatica psila, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Pleurotoma ( Surcula ) anteridion, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Plevrotoma sp. (?).

V"luta (Vdutililhes) abyssicola, Adams and Reeve. Obtained also at Station 141.
Lampusia (Priene) murrayi, Smith, n.sp". [See Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond ., 1891,

p. 436].

I’olyzoa (Busk, Zool. pts. 30 and 50 ; Waters, pt, 79).

Adeonella regulars, n.g., n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Cahcrca darwinii, Busk. Also obtained at Stations 135, 144a, 145, and 149.
(Jrllepora cylindriformis , n.sp. Obtained at no other locality. [Waters calls it

Cellepora megasoma, MacGillivray].

Flustramoipha marginata (Krauss). Obtained also at Station 144a, 50 to

100 fathoms. Recorded from South Africa.
(t)'phyrophora polymorpha, n.g., n.sp. Obtained at no other locality. [Waters

calls it Schizoporella polymorpha (Busk)].

Haswellia auricxdata, n.g., n.sp. Obtained also at Station 135 and New

Zealand.

Menipeu marionensis, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 144a, 50 to 100 fathoms.
ll/t/pora tessellata, Hincks, var. pubens, Busk. Obtained also at Simon’s Bay, Cape.
Schizoporella elegans (d’Orbiguy). Obtained also at Station 148, 210 to

550 fathoms.

,, nivea, u.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

7 irntigt ra sfellata, n.g., n.sp. Obtained also at Station 320, 600 fathoms.
Alryonidium Jlustroides, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

/ rhcnopora holdsworthii, Busk. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Brachfopoda (Davidson, Zool. pt. 1).

A '/v/x/owi pi sum ( Val. apud Lamarck). A few specimens; obtained at no other
locality by the Challenger. Recorded from Natal.

I < o bra tula tit re/ 1 (Born), var. minor, Philippi. Two specimens ; obtained also at
Stations 24 and 73.

!• rrbratdina caj/ut-serpentis, Linne, var. septentrionalis, Couthouy. Many
specimens ; for distribution see Station 48.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

423

Tit nic at A (Herdman, Zool. pts. 17 and 38). Station 142.

Ascidia nigra (Savigny). Three specimens (probably from this Station) ; obtained

also at Bermuda.

Amaroucium colelloides, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

Didemnum savignii, n.sp. One large colony (probably from this Station) ; obtained

at no other locality.

Leptoclinum edwardsi, n.sp. Several small colonies ; obtained at no other locality.

,, speciosum, n.sp., var. asperum, nov. Two small colonies ; the species
and variety obtained also at Bahia.

Psammaplidium subdivide, n.g., n.sp. Nine colonies ; obtained at no other locality.

In addition to the foregoing, the following are recorded in the Station-book : — Actiniae,
one free and one parasitic on Pagurids, and four Sphaero raids..

Excluding Protozoa, about 300 specimens of invertebrates and fishes were obtained
at this Station, belonging to about 87 species, of which 52 are new to science, including
representatives of 8 new genera ; 37 of the new species and 2 new genera were not
obtained elsewhere.

Willemoes-Suhm writes : “ Besides the remarkable Echinoderms, there were

beautiful specimens of a large Sabellid, probably belonging to the genus Vermilia, and
Psygmobranchus. A whitish Sphseromid was very much like a Trilobite. There was a
Calappa much more resembling Calappa mediterranea than the tropical species,
besides some Maiidse, Herbstiae , and some shells. The Terebratula is very like
Terebratula caput- serpentis, and there were also some specimens of a Megerlia .” All
the naturalists remarked the resemblance between the forms taken here and at similar
depths in the north.

The following species of Foraminifera and Diatoms were observed in the deposit from Organise, s r - «
this Station (see also Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chalk Exp.) : —

Foraminifera (Brady, Zool. pt. 22). — The pelagic species, which make up abouc
44 per cent, of the carbonate of lime present in the deposit, are marked thus x .

Biloculina hulloides, d’Orbigny.

„ ringens (Lamarck).

„ sphsera, d’Orbigny.

Miliolina agglutinans (d’Orbigny).
,, circular in (Bornemanu).

,, seminulum (Liune).

„ venusta (Karrer).

Adrorhiza arenaria, Norman.
Psammosphsera fusca, Schulze.

Hyperammina friabilis, Brady.

Marsipella cylindrica, Brady.
Rhabdainmina abyssorum, Sars.
Rhizummina algxfonnis, Brady.

„ indivisa, Brady.

Reopliax dent a/in if or min. Brady.

„ fusifonnis (Williamson).
Haplophragmium agglutinans (d’Orbigny).
„ cananense (d’Orbigny).

424

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Station 14J.

/{apolyhrugmium emaciutum, Brady.

„ turbinatum, Brady.

T Put ana a/jglutittans, d’Orbigny.

„ atg^era, Brady.

„ tagiftula, Defrance.

(iaudryina rugosa, d’Orbigny.

Itulimina arul-'ota, d’Orbigny.

„ buchiana , d’Orbigny.

„ infata, Seguenza.

„ marginuta, d’Orbigny.

„ punctata, d’Orbigny.

„ pi/rula, d’Orbigny.

IbJinna robust a, Brady.

Ca^ididina crassa, d’Orbigny.

„ hrdgata, d’Orbigny.

Laij’-na alveolata, Brady, var. eubstriata, Brady.
„ marginata (Walker and Boys).

„ sulcata (Walker aud Jacob).

„ „ var. intemrpta , Williamson.

A'iv/ .«fria ( Glanduhiut ) xqualie, Renss.

„ consobnna, d’Orbigny.

„ „ var. emaciata, Reuss.

„ Iscmgata, d’Orbigny.

„ obli<pui (Linne).

„ ]>er versa, Scb wager.

„ rad inti a (Linn(^).

„ talaris (Batsch).

Frowtimlaria inerqnalit, Costa.

Sf iryinulina contain, Batsch.

I'uyin dina linearis (Montagu).
t i'f diaria acuta uric.ularis (Fichtel and Moll).
„ obtusata, Reuss.

„ „ var. suhalata, Brady.

„ rotulata (Lamarck).

Aui/'lii'-orytuifaljr (Jones and Parker).
Polytnnrjdnna myristifrrnnis, Williamson.
f ’nigerina angtdosa, Williamson.

„ canadensis, d’Orbigny.

U viyerina pygmaa, d’Orbigny.

„ schwageri, Brady.

„ tenuieidata, Renss.

SagdruV nodosa, Parker and Jones.

„ striata, Schwager.
x Globigerina sequilateralis, Brady,
x „ bulloides, d’Orbigny.
x „ „ var. triloba , Reuss.

x „ conglobata, Brady,

x „ dubia, Egger.

x „ injlata, d’Orbigny.

x „ rubra, d’Orbigny.

x „ sacculifera, Brady,

x Orbulina uni versa, d’Orbigny.
x Pullenia obliquUoculata, Parker and Jones,
x Spbseroidina bulloides, d’Orbigny.

„ dehiscent, Parker and Jones.

Truncatnlina haidingerii (d’Orbigny).

„ lobatula (Walker and Jacob).

„ refulgent (Montfort).

„ variahilis, d’Orbigny.

„ wueller&torji (Schwager).

Annmalina arimimnsis (d’Orbigny).

„ coronafa, Parker and Jones.

Rupert ia stabilis, Wallich.
x Pulvinulina canadensis (d’Orbigny).

„ elegant (d’Orbigny).

x „ menardii (d’Orbigny).

x „ niicheliniana (d’Orbigny).

„ oblonga (Williamson).

„ partschiana (d’Orbigny).

„ urnbonata, Reuss.

Rotafia orbicularis, d’Orbigny.

„ soldanii, d’Orbigny.

„ sp. (1).

Nmionina sp. (1).

Polystomella macella (Fichtel and Moll).

Operculina ammonrndes (Gronovius).

Diatoma<'K.«. — The following species of Diatoms were observed by Mr. Comber, who
i i v c < i much assistance from Mr. E. Grove in determining the critical species in the

Southern Ocean deposits : —

Saricula gregonana, Oreville.

H etremta, A. Schmidt.
FUumsigma directum, Grunow.
Gtmpylands grevilld, Grunow.
Corcunsis sndeUum, Khrenberg.

„ peeudr/maryitvita, Gregory.
„ grant tana, Greville.

GramnuUophora marina, Kutzing.
Coscinodiscus ercentricus, Eh ren berg.

„ curvatu/us, Grunow.

„ lentujinosut , Janisch.

„ nodulifer, Janisch.

„ radiatus, Ebrcnberg.

„ „ var. minor, Rattray.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

425

Coscinodiscus decrescent, Grunow.

„ apiculatus, Ehrenberg,

„ afncanus , Janisch.

„ janischii, A. Scbmidt.

„ concinnus, W. Smith.

„ degans , Greviile.

Pat alia sulcata, Cleve.

Hyalodiscus scoticus, Grunow

Surface Organisms. — The following

Station : —

Radiolaria (Haeckel, Zool. pt. 40).

Rhaph idozoum capense, Haeckel.

Haliomma capense , Haeckel.

Ajuphipoda (Stebbing, Zool. pt. 67).

Parody phis promontorii, n.sp.

Schizopoda (Sars, Zool, pt. 37).

Euphausia splendens, Dana.

Triceratium grande, Brightwell.

Ilemidiscus cuneiformis, Wallich.

Actinocyclus sublilis, Ralfs.

„ ralfsii, Ralfs.

Actinoptycfms vulgaris, Schumann.

Auliscus ovalis, Arnott.

Goniothecium sp. (?).

species are recorded from the surface at this

Pteropoda (Pelseneer, Zool. pt. 65).
Limacina injiata (d’Orbigny).

Clio pyramidata, Linne.
Cavolinia inflexa (Lesueur).

Tunicata (Herdman, Zool. pt. 76).
Salp>a democratica-mucronata,
Forsk&hl.

Fishes (Gunther, Zool. pt. 78).
Pimelepterus fuscus, Lacep.

Two hauls of the tow-net were taken between 8 and 12 p.m., and procured : — ■
Saphiiinid, Hyperia, Zoese (much larger than on the previous day), other Decapod larvae,
Atlanta, Styliola, Cleodora [ = Clio], Salpa (in catena, very numerous). In the stomachs
of the Salpae were many Coccospheres and a few Rhabdospheres. There was little
phosphorescence at the surface.

Station 143 (Sounding 233), Cape of Good Hope to Marion Island (s

and Diagram 8).

December 19, 1873; lat. 36

00

W

, long. 19° 24' E.

Temperature of air at noon,

7 1°-8 ;

mean for the day, 69 T.

Temperature of water : —

Surface, ....

73°0

80 fathoms, .

0

550

10 fathoms,

73-0

90 „ ...

53-8

20 „ ...

730

100 „ . . .

52 5

30 „ ...

68-5

200 „ . . .

46-2

40 „ ...

640

300 „

430

50 „ ...

59-5

400 „

40-8

60 „ ...

57-7

Bottom,

350

70 „ ...

56-5

Station 142.

Organisms from
Surface-Nets.

Station 143.

426

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Station 143.

Animal* from
liRcnoe.

rtlll

im I>cr«0rR

Density at 60c F. : —

Surface, .

. 1-02657

300 fathoms,

1 02572

50 fathoms,

. 1-02629

400 „

1-02579

100 „ . .

. 1 02616

Bottom,

1-02607

200 „

. 1-02593

Depth, 1900 fathoms; deposit, Globigerina Ooze, containing 90'34 per cent, of
carbonate of lime, and phosphatic concretions (see Murray and Renard, Deep-
Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At G a.m. shortened and furled sails, and got up steam. At 7 a.m. sounded in
1 900 fathoms. At 9 a.m. obtained serial temperatures down to 400 fathoms, and
-amples of water for analysis. At 9 a.m. put dredge over. At 2 p.m. commenced
heaving in dredge, which came up at 3.30 p.m. with a few specimens. At 3.45 p.m.
made Jill plain sail.

Distance at noon from Prince Edward Island, 997 miles. Made good 95 miles.
Amount of current 16 miles, direction N.

Tin t 11' wing species are recorded in the Zoological Reports from the dredge at this

Station : —

Astkroidea (Sladen, Zool. pt. 51).

Parcnrfiaster pedicifer, u.g., n.sp. One small specimen (young of this species?);

obtained also at Station 147, 1600 fathoms.

OpHiCRoiDEA (Lyman, Zool. pt. 14).

Oph i'Hjlypha irrorata , n.sp. Obtained also at Station 164b, 410 fathoms.

Hoi.t thurioidea (Thiel, Zool. pt. 13).

> ■ fo />'■ 'irs alkida, n.g., n.sp. One injured specimen ; obtained at no other locality.
The Station-book records also : — Gorgonacea and Primnoa.

Foramimi ki a (Brady, Zool. pt. 22): — The following species of Foraminifera were
•b <-rvod in J he deposit from this Station; the pelagic species, which make up about
77 per < cut. of the carbonate of lime present in the deposit, are marked thus x : —

Itiloculina IiuIIouIcm, d'Orbigny.

„ dvprtMa, d'Orbigny.
Spimli<uUna rrmatay Karrvr.
l/i/i. ina apjlulinatu (d’Orbigny).
,, rirrularu (Boruemanu).

M Molina, nejiarans, Brady.

„ venusta, Karror.
Astrorhiza anguloaa, Brady.
I’kuih mosph trra fusca, Schulze.
Sarcammina sphxriea, Sara.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

427

Hyperammina friabilis, Brady.

Marsipella cylindrical Brady.

,, elongata, Norman.

Rhabdammina abyssorum , Sars.

Reophax dentaliniformis, Brady.

„ distans, Brady.

„ pilulifera, Brady.

Haplophragmium globigeriniforme (Parker and
Jones).

„ rotidatum, Brady.

„ turbinatum, Brady.

Thurammina papillata, Brady.

Ammodiscus charoides (Jones and Parker).

Trochammina trullissata, Brady.

Webbina clavata, Jones and Parker.

Textularia agglutinans , d’Orbigny, var. por recta v
Brady.

„ sagittula, Defrance.

„ turris, d’Orbigny.

Verneuilina pygms&a (Egger).

Gaudryina pupoides, d’Orbigny.

Clavulina communis, d’Orbigny.

Bulimina aculeata, d’Orbigny.

„ buchiana, d’Orbigny.

Bolivina aenariensis (Costa).

„ dilatata, Reuss.

C'assidulina laevigata , d’Orbigny.

,, svbglobosa , Brady.

Ehrenbergina hystrix, Brady.

„ serrata, Reuss.

Lagena acuta (Reuss).

,, acuticosta, Reuss.

,, alveolata, Brady, var. substriata, Brady.

,, formosa, Sehvvager, var. comata, Brady.

„ globosa (Montagu).

„ laerois (Montagu).

„ orbignyanci (Segue nza).

,, seminuda, Brady (f).

„ striata (d’Orbigny).

,, sulcata (Walker and Jacob).

„ sp. (1).

Nodosaria filiformis, d’Orbigny,

„ mucronata (Neugeboren).

„ obliqua (Linne).

,, ( Glandulina ) rotundata, Reuss.

,, scalaris (Batsch).

„ vertebralis (Batsch).

Nodosaria sp. (1).

Marginulinu costata (Batsch).

Oristellaria articulata, Reuss.

„ convergens, Bornernann.

„ gibba, d’Orbigny.

Polymorpliina elegantissima, Parker and Jones.

Uvigerina angulosa, Williamson, var. sphdpes, Brady.
„ bruunensis, Karrer.

,, pygmaea, d’Orbigny.

„ schwageri, Brady,

x Globigerina xquilateralis, Brady,
x „ bulloides, d’Orbigny.

x „ conglobata, Brady,

x „ dubia, Egger.

x „ inflata, d’Orbigny.

x „ rubra, d’Orbigny.

x ,, sacculifera, Brady,

x Orbulina universa, d’Orbigny.
x Pullenia obliquiloculata, Parker and Jones.

„ spliseroides (d’Orbigny).

Spbaeroidina bulloides, d’Orbigny.
x „ dehiscens, Parker ami Jones.

Truncatulina dwtemplei (d’Orbigny).

„ haiclingerii (d’Orbigny) (?).

„ lobatula (Walker and Jacob).

,, pygmsea, Hantken.

„ refulgens (Montfort).

„ variabilis, d’Orbigny.

„ wuelierstorfi, (Sehvvager).

„ sp. (1).

Anomalina ammonoides (Reuss).

„ ariminensis (d’Orbigny).

Carpenteria monticularis, Carter.

Rupertia stabilis, Wallicb.
x Pulvinulina canariensis (d’Orbigny).
x „ crassa d’Orbigny.

„ lateralis (Terquem).
x „ menardii (d’Orbigny).

x „ micheliniana (d’Orbigny).

x „ patagonica (d’Orbigny).

x „ tumida, Brady.

Rotalia orbicularis, d’Orbigny'.

„ soldanii, d’Orbigny.

„ sp. (?).

Nonionina umbilicahda (Montagu).

Polystomella verriculata, Brady.

Amphibelone pyramidata, Haeckel, was also observed among the Radiolaria

Station 143.

A

428

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

St* NOS 143.

< Ihuanikm* from
SiRrACi-Xrrs.

StaNo* 144.

Surface Organisms. — The following species are recorded from the surface at this

Station : —

Radiolaria (Haeckel, Zool. pt. 40).

Coleaspin hydrotomica, Haeckel.

Schizopoda (Sars, Zool. pt. 37).

Euphausia pellucida, Dana.

Thysanoessa gregaria, n.sp.

Nematoscelis tenella, n.g., n.sp.

Hauls of the tow-net were taken at 100 fathoms, and at the surface in the morning,
afternoon, and at night ; in the afternoon more animals were caught than in the morning,
while at night there were very few. The following are recorded in the note-books: —
Peridinium, many Globigerina and Orbulinse, some, with long spines and of a bright
red or pink colour, many Acanthometrse and other Radiolarians, Diphyes, Sagitta, larvae
• >f Tercbella, young Apiiroditacean, Cypridinidae, Calanid, small Copepods, Phronima ,
J iphausia (very abundant), Pteropod (Cymbulian ? ) larva, Cleodora [ = Clio], and
small fish.

Pteropoda (Pelseneer, Zool. pt. 65).
Cavolinia injlexa (Lesueur).

Tunicata (Herdman, Zool. pt. 76).

Salpa de mocratica-mucronata ,
Forskfthl.

December 20 to 23, 1873.

On the se dates there was a strong westerly wind. On the 20tli the screw was taken up,
and on it were found Cirripeds ( Balanus ), specimens of a Ilydroid, belonging to the
genus Tubularia ( 7'ubularia polycarpa ? ), 2 inches in length, along with the following
pecies of Amphipods (see Stebbing, Zool. pt. 67) : —

Atyloides assimilis, n.g., n.sp.
Caprella equilibra, Say.

Podoceras falcatus (Montagu).

Albatrosses and three species of Petrels were following the ship. On the 22nd a
j *i« * e of sea- weed ( Duroillea ) was hauled in on the log-line, and was found to be covered
with specimens of Lepas, which had many Diatoms and spines of Radiolaria in their

stomachs.

Station 144 (Sounding 234), Cape of Good Hope to Marion Island (see Chart 18
and Diagram 8).

December 24, 1873 ; lat. 45° 57' 8., long. 34° 39' E.

Temperature of air at noon, 44 *3 ; mean for the day, 42' 7.

.M 10

Snmmaxy o£ Re suits .

The Voyage of H M S .Challenger.

SOUTHERN INDIAN OCEAN

Diagonal Temperature Section . From a Position inLat. 53?55IS . Long. 108°35’E to ( Otway.

Far ercplanatiorv of Symbols sea jippendix. 1 .

K C.Otwav

SUMMARY OF RESULTS. 429

Temperature of water : —

Surface, .

43 0

800 fathoms,

37-0

100 fathoms,

41-6

900 „

36-9

200 „ . .

38-5

1000 „

36-8

300 „

38-0

1100 „

36-6

400 „ . .

37-8

1200 „

36-4

500 „

37-6

1300 „

36-2

600 „

37*4

1400 ,,

36 1

700 „

37-2

Bottom,

35-8

Density at 60° F. : —

Surface,

. D02516

3001 fathoms,

. 1-02532

100 fathoms,

. 1-02524

400 „

. 1 02537

200 „ . .

. 1-02533

Bottom,

. 1-02525

Depth, 1570 fathoms; deposit, Globigerina Ooze, containing 92'34 per cent, of
carbonate of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp,).

At 9.30 a.m. shortened and furled sails. At 9.45 a.m. proceeded under steam and
sounded in 1570 fathoms. Obtained serial temperatures at intervals of 100 fathoms
down to 1400 fathoms. At 2 p.m. completed temperatures, and at 2.20 p.m. made all
plain sail. A few albatrosses, terns, petrels, one penguin, Mother Carey’s chickens,
and Cape hens were seen.

Distance at noon from Prince Edward Island, 121 miles. Made good 155 miles.
Amount of current 13 miles, direction N.E.

Foraminifera (Brady, Zool. pt. 22). — The following species of Foraminifera were
observed in the deposit from this Station ; the pelagic species, which make up about
87 per cent, of the carbonate of lime present in the deposit, are marked thus x : —

Biloculina depressa, d’Orbigny.

Spiroloculina tenuis (Czjzek).

Miliolina oblonga (Montagu).

„ seminulum (Linne).

Hyperammina elongata , Brady.

Rhizammina alg&formis, Brady.

Reophax adunca, Brady.

„ cylindnca , Brady.

„ derttaliniformis, Brady.

,, distans, Brady.

Thurammina papillata, Brady.

Ammodiscus chare ides (Jones and Parker).
1'rochammina trullissata. Brady.

Webbina clavata, Jones and Parker.
Verneuilina pygmsea (Egger).

(summary of results chall. exp. — 1893.)

Bulimina rostrata, Brady.

Virgulina schreibersiana , Czjzek.

Bolivina punctata, d’Orbigny.

„ reticulata, Hantken.

Cassidulina leevigata, d’Orbigny.

Lagena acuta (Reuss).

„ feildeniana, Brady.

,, gracilis, Williamson.

„ hexagona (Williamson).

„ Isevigata (Reuss).

„ orbignyana (Seguenza).

„ stelligera, Brady,

,, striata (d’Orbigny).

„ sulcata (Walker and Jacob).

Nedosaria mucronata, JSTeugeboren.

55

Station* 1 44.

Organisms from
the Deposit.

Station 144.

Orcaxihms from
St rf\i-i Nm

Statiojch 144a
to 145a.

4:u>

THE VOYAGE OF II.M.S. CHALLENGER.

f Vi;7rtT»a pygnuea, d’Orbigny.
x ( !M>itjerina hulloides, d'Orbigny.
x „ dufna, Egger.
x „ inflata. d’Orbigny.
x Ortndina univenta, d’Orbigny.
Pttllrnia quinqueloba, Keuss.
Spfutroidina buUoides, d’Orbigny.

Truncatulina liaidingerii (d’Orbigny).

„ •pygmaa , Hantken.

„ icuellerstorfi (Schwager).

x Pulvinulina micheliniana d’Orbigny.
x „ patagonica (d’Orbigny).
Nonionina pompilioides (Fichtel and Moll).
„ umbilicatula (Montagu).

Surface Organisms. — The following are recorded in the note-books from the surface
and down to 100 fathoms: — Many Foraminifera of small size with long flexible spines,
compound Radiolaria, Ctenophorse, great numbers of Sagitta of large size, some over
two in- -lies in length, Tomopteris, Cytherid, -Copepods, many small specimens of
Fuphausia, Pteropods ( Li marina, 1] ), and Cranchia, a few specimens of the last being
taken in every haul.

Stations 144a to 145a (Soundings 235 to 237), off Marion and Prince Edward

Islands (sec Chart 19).

December 26 and 27, 1873.

At 6.15 a.m. on December 26, shortened and furled sails, and proceeded under steam
along the N. side of Marion Island. At 8.10 a.m. stopped off the N.E. side of the
island, and at 8.45 a.m. landed surveying and exploring parties. At 9 a.m. proceeded
under Team to sound and dredge between Marion and Prince Edward Islands. During
the day officers observing on shore and naturalists exploring Marion Island. Made four
successful hauls with the dredge in depths varying from 50 to 100 fathoms, deposit
Volcanic Sand, containing 26 ’13 per cent, of carbonate of lime (Station 144a) ; the
bottom seemed to be covered with Polyzoa. At 5 p.m. stopped off landing-place;

vcying a ud exploring parties returned on board with numerous specimens of birds
and plants At 6.15 p.m. made sail, and continued under sail during the night between
the i~ inds. Soundings were taken hourly during the night in depths varying from
90 to 130 fathoms. Temperature of air at noon, 42°'8 ; mean for the day, 40°*8.
T.-nr rat ure of surface water, 41 *0. Numerous terns, albatrosses, and shags were seen.

At 8 a.m. on December 27, brought ship to wind and laid to, the S.E. cape of Prince
l lv. ird Island bearing N. 39° 30' E., about 7 miles off. At 8.30 a.m. shortened and
furled sails, and proceeded under steam to sound and dredge. During the forenoon made
two m-ve sful hauls with the dredge in 85 to 140 fathoms, deposit Volcanic Sand
(f*'ati«.n 1 15). At 1 p.m. sounded in 310 fathoms, deposit Volcanic Sand (Station 145a).
Put over dr< -Ige, which brought up numerous specimens, — a most successful haul. At
■ 4 5 i m. made sail and proceeded towards the Crozet Islands. Temperature of air at
l on, J 1 *3 ; mean for the day, 43° 5. Temperature of surface water, 41 '5. During the

3|8°Lonj»y Kast train Gtvouwioh

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

431

day petrels, terns, prions, albatrosses, penguins, a shoal of grampus or whales, and a
seal were seen.

From the above it will be seen that on December 26 and 27, 1873, the Challenger
sounded and dredged in the vicinity of Marion and Prince Edward Islands (for description
of the islands see Norr. Chcdl. Exp., vol. i. pp. 291-301). Four hauls with the dredge
were taken on the 26th — twice in 50 fathoms, once in 75 fathoms, once in 100 fathoms
(Station 144a); and on the 27th three hauls with the dredge were taken in 85, 140,
and 310 fathoms (Stations 145 and 145a). In the following list of species recorded in
the Zoological Reports the Stations are combined, the depth given being indicated : —

Moxaxonida (Ridley and Dendy, Zool. pt. 59).

Halichondria sp. (?). Twto fragmentary specimens (50 to 75 fathoms).

Gellius carduus, n.sp. Four specimens (50 to 150 fathoms); obtained also at

Station 148, 210 to 550 fathoms.

,, glacicdis, n.sp., var. nivea, nov. One specimen (140 fathoms) ; the species

obtained also at Station 142.

,, jlacjellifer, n.sp. Two specimens (50 to 75 fathoms); obtained at no other

locality.

Esperiopsis symmetrica , n.sp. Three pieces (310 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality.

Desmacidon (?) ramosa, n.sp. One specimen (50 to 75 fathoms) ; obtained also at

Station 142.

lophon chelifer, n.sp. One specimen (310 fathoms) ; obtained also at Stations 142

and 148.

,, laminalis, n.sp. One specimen (310 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

,, abnormalis, n.sp. Two fragments (50 to 75 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality,

Amphilectus pilosus, n.sp. One specimen (50 to 75 fathoms); obtained also at

Station 149, 70 fathoms.

Myxilla mariana , n.sp. A few fragments (50 to 75 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality.

Phakellia papyracea, n.sp. Numerous fragments (310 fathoms) ; obtained also at

Station 148, 210 fathoms.

Axinella mariana, n.sp. One specimen (50 to 75 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality.

,, erecta (Carter). One specimen (310 fathoms) ; obtained also at
Stations 135, 147, and 148.

Suberites camingtus, n.sp. One specimen (50 to 75 fathoms); obtained also at

Station 320, 600 fathoms.

Stations 144 a
to 145 a.

Animat.s from
Dredge.

432

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Stations
w 1 43a.

iii \ Stylocordyla stipitata (Carter), var. globosa, nov. Three specimens (140 fathoms) ;

obtained also at Station 149, 10 to 100 fathoms.

Hexactinellida (Schulze, Zool. pt. 53).

Aulascus johnstoni, n.g., n.sp. Two fragmentary specimens (310 fathoms) ; obtained

at no other locality. Only species of the genus.

Rosalia arUarctica, Carter. Several specimens (140 fathoms) ; obtained also at

Stations 149, 150, and 320, shallow water to 600 fathoms.
Recorded from Antarctic.

A u local yx irregularis, n.g., n.sp. Several specimens (310 fathoms); obtained also

at Station 147, 1600 fathoms. Only species of the genus.

Calcarea (Polejaeff, Zool. pt. 24).

Amphoriscus elongatus , n.sp. One specimen (150 or 310 fathoms) ; obtained at no

other locality.

Leuconia levis, n.sp. Two specimens (150 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

Alcyoxakia (Wright and Studer, Zool. pt. 64).

Pleu rocora Ilium secundum , Dana. One specimen (310 fathoms) ; obtained also at

Stations 192 and 194, 140 and 200 fathoms.

Primnoisis antarctica (Studer). Several specimens (310 fathoms) ; obtained at no

other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from
Kerguelen (“ Gazelle ”).

,, sjxirsa, n.g., n.sp. (85 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

Stenella spinosa, n.sp. (310 fathoms); obtained at no other locality.

Thouarella variabilis, n.sp. Several specimens (310 fathoms); obtained also at

Station 150, 150 fathoms (var. gracilis).

,, ,, var. brevispinosa, nov. (310 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality.

Primnoides serfularoides, n.g., n.sp. Several specimens (3 10 fathoms); obtained at

no other locality. Only species of the genus.
Acanthogorgia ramosissima, n.sp. (310 fathoms); obtained at no other locality.
I/yjthogorgia lutkeni, n.sp. (310 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

„ Jlamrnea (Ellis and Solander). One specimen (doubtful whether from

this locality or Simon's Bay, Cape).

AxtipaTHARIA (Brook, Zool. pt. 80).

& hiyyxifl s conferta, n.g., n.sp. (310 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.
CbuLgxtthes plumosa, n.g., n.sp. Two specimens (310 fathoms); obtained at no

other locality. Only species of the genus.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

433

Corals (Moseley, Zool. pt. 7).

Flabellum apertwn , n.sp. Six specimens (310 fathoms); obtained also at

Station III.

Solenosmilia variabilis, Duncan. Numerous specimens (310 fathoms) ; obtained

also at Stations 135 and 344.

Hydroida (Allman, Zool. pts. 20 and 70).

Plumularia flabellum, n.sp. (50 to 75 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

,, insignis, n.sp. One specimen (150 or 310 fathoms) ; obtained at no
other locality.

,, abietina, n.sp. One specimen (150 fathoms?); obtained at no other
locality.

Halecium flexile, n.sp. (50 fathoms) ; obtained also at Station 312, 9 fathoms.
Grammaria insignis, n.sp. (50 to 75 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality
Staurotheca dichotoma, n.g., n.sp. (85 to 150 fathoms); obtained at no other

locality. Only species of the genus.

Crinoidea (Carpenter, Zool. pt. 60).

Antedon exigua, n.sp. Three specimens (50 to 140 fathoms) ; obtained at no other
locality.

„ hirsuta, n.sp. One specimen (140 fathoms) ; obtained at no other
locality.

Astekoidea (Sladen, Zool. pt. 51).

Leptoptychaster kerguelenensis, Smith. (50 fathoms) ; obtained also at Station 149,

10 to 100 fathoms. Recorded from Kerguelen.
Gnathaster meridionalis (Smith). (50 fathoms); obtained also at Stations 149,

150, and 151, 28 to 150 fathoms. Recorded from
Kerguelen.

,, elongatus, n.g., n.sp. (50 fathoms) ; obtained also at Stations 149, 150,

and 151, 75 to 150 fathoms.

Porania antarctica, Smith. (50 to 150 fathoms); obtained also at Station 147,

1600 fathoms. Recorded from Kerguelen and
• South Georgia.

Crossaster penicillatus, n.sp. (?). One specimen too small for accurate determination

(140 fathoms); obtained also at Station 135.
Pteraster semireticulatus, n.sp. (69 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.
Cribretta simplex, n.sp. (50 and 310 fathoms) ; obtained also at Stations 135

and 148.

Stations 144a
to 145 a.

434

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Stations
to 145a.

l ! jA Pcdicellaster hypernotius , n.sp. (140 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

Asterias meridional is, Perrier. (50 fathoms) ; obtained also at Station 149,

25 to 127 fathoms. Recorded from Kerguelen and
Heard Island.

,, ( Smilaslenas ) scalprifera, n.sp. (50 fathoms) ; obtained also at Station 151,

75 fathoms.

Ophi uroidka (Lyman, Zool. pt. 14).

Ojth iogh,pha liexactis, Smith. (50 to 75 fathoms); obtained also at Station 149,

20 to 75 fathoms.

,, elevata, n.sp. (310 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

,, intorta , n.sp. (50 to 75 fathoms); obtained at no other locality.

Ophiocten sericeum, Ljungman (?). Two specimens (50 to 75 fathoms); obtained

at no other locality by the Challenger.
cimitinum, n.sp. (?). (85 to 150 fathoms) ; obtained also at Stations 146,

149, 152, and 157, 120 to 1950 fathoms.

Ophioconis antaretica, n.sp. (50 to 150 fathoms); obtained also at Station 150,

150 fathoms.

Amphiura siuderi , Lyman. (50 to 150 and 310 fathoms [young]) ; obtained also

at Stations 149 and 151, 20 to 75 fathoms.

„ antaretica (Ljungman). (Young, depth not given) ; obtained at no other
locality by the Challenger. Recorded from Magellan Strait.
Ophiacantha rosea, n.sp. (310 fathoms); obtained also at Stations 236 and 308,

175 to 775 fathoms.

,, vivipara, Ljungman. (50 to 75 fathoms) ; obtained also at Stations

149, 151, 313, 314, and 320, 20 to 600 fathoms.

Ophiolebes scorteus, n.g., n.sp. (310 fathoms) ; obtained also at Station 147,

1600 fathoms.

Echixoidea (Agassiz, Zool. pt. 9).

/•.’(■A 'Hus mayellanicus, Phil. (50 and 310 fathoms) ; obtained also at Stations 147,

304, 308, 312, and 315, 5 to 1600 fathoms.

Hoi/mirKioiDEA (Theel, Zool. pt. 39).

Chteel'Ha contort a, Ludwig. Several specimens (50 to 75 fathoms) ; obtained also

at Stations 149, 313, and 314, 20 to 120 fathoms.

( « unarm serrata, n.sp., var. marionensis, nov. Numerous specimens (50 to

75 fathoms); the species obtained also at Stations 148,

150, and 151, 75 to 550 fathoms.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

435

Psolus ephippifer , Wyville Thomson, n.sp. Numerous specimens (depth not Stations 144a

given), and one specimen (310 fathoms); obtained also at T0 I4oa‘
Stations 149, 150, and 151, 20 to 150 fathoms.

Pseudostichopus mollis , n.g., n.sp. Two specimens (50 to 75 fathoms) ; obtained

also at Stations 309 and 311, 140 and 245 fathoms.

Nemertea (Hubrecht, Zool. pt. 54).

Amphiporus marioni, n.sp. One specimen (69 fathoms) ; obtained also at

Station 149, 120 fathoms.

Cerebratulus longi/issus, n.sp. Two specimens (69 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality.

Annelida (MTntosh, Zool. pt. 34).

Lsetmonice producta , Grube, var. wyvillei, nov. Several specimens (50 to 150

fathoms) ; obtained also at Station 157, 1950 fathoms.

Polyeunoa Isevis, n.g., n.sp. Numerous specimens (310 fathoms) ; obtained also at

Station 310, 400 fathoms. Only species of the genus.

Lagisca antarctica, n.sp. Numerous specimens (69 fathoms) ; obtained also at

Station 149, 127 fathoms.

„ magellanica, n.sp., var. grubei, nov. Several specimens (310 fathoms) ;

the species obtained also at Stations 149, 308, and 310,

127 to 400 fathoms.

Exogone heterosetosa, n.sp. One specimen (69 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality.

Nereis ( Platynereis ) eatoni, MTntosh. One fragmentary specimen (69 fathoms) ;

obtained also at Station 149, Fernando Noronha, and
Falkland Islands.

Eunice cerstedi, Stimpson (?). Several specimens (69 fathoms) ; obtained also at

Stations 45 and 49.

„ edu'ardsi, n.sp. One specimen (140 fathoms); obtained at no other
locality.

Terebella (. Lanice ) fiabellum, Baird. (69 and 150 fathoms) ; obtained also at

Station 163a, 150 fathoms. Recorded from Narcon Island.

Neotlis antarctica, MTntosh. (69 fathoms); obtained also at Stations 149, 150,

151, and 313, 20 to 150 fathoms.

Serpula narconensis, Baird. Numerous specimens (69 fathoms) ; obtained also

at Stations 149, 151, and 308, 60 to 175 fathoms.

Recorded from Narcon Island, Kerguelen, and Magellan
Strait

436

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

S 1 *TIOS>

Tv> 145 a.

144a Ostracoda (Brady, Zool. pt. 3).

Murrocypn's maculata, Brady. (50 to 150 fathoms) ; obtained also at

Stations 149, 162, Simon's Bay, Cape, and Amboina.

Bythocypri reniformis, n.g., n.sp. (50 to 150 fathoms); for distribution see

Station 24.

Bairdia rillosa, n.sp. (50 to 150 fathoms); obtained also at Stations 135, 149,

and 162, 38 to 150 fathoms.

Cythere securifer , n.sp. Numerous specimens (50 to 150 fathoms) ; obtained at no

other locality.

kerguelencnsis, n.sp. (50 to 1 50. fathoms) ; obtained also at Stations 149,
162, and Port Jackson, 2 to 50 fathoms.

,, subrufa , n.sp. (50 to 150 fathoms) ; obtained also at Station 149,

20 to 50 fathoms.

,, parcdlelogramma, n.sp. (50 to 150 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

,, polytrema, Brady. A few detached valves (depth not given) ; obtained at

no other locality by the Challenger. Fossil — Antwerp
Crag.

,, suhmi , n.sp. (50 to 150 fathoms); obtained also at Station 241,

2300 fathoms.

Knthe producta, n.sp. (50 to 150 fathoms) ; widely distributed (see Station 70).

Xestoleberis se tiger a, n.sp. (50 to 150 fathoms) ; obtained also at Stations 149 and

151, 120 and 75 fathoms.

Pseudocythere caudata, Sars. (50 to 150 fathoms); obtained also at Stations 149

and 323, 20 to 1900 fathoms.

Amphipoda (Stcbbing, Zool. pt. 67).

Acmdiostoina manonis, n.g., n.sp. One specimen (50 to 75 fathoms); obtained at

no other locality.

Amphilochus marionis , n.sp. One specimen (100 fathoms); obtained at no other

locality.

Atylopsis emarginatus , n.g., n.sp. Two specimens (310 fathoms) ; obtained at no

other locality.

Panl'disca marionis, n.sp. One specimen (100 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality.

Isopoi>a (Beddard, Zool. pts. 33 and 48).

>• rolis bejtterncarinaia , Miers. Many specimens with young in the pouches

(50 and 140 fathoms); obtained also at Station 149,
25 to 60 fathoms. Recorded from Crozets and Kerguelen.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

437

J&ropsis marionis, n.sp. One specimen (140 fathoms); obtained at no other

locality.

Astacilla marionensis, n.sp. One specimen (100 fathoms); obtained also at

Station 149, surface and shallow water.

Arcturides cornutus, Studer. Several specimens (310 fathoms) ; obtained at no

other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from Kerguelen.

Tanais hirsutus, n.sp. Several specimens (50 to 150 fathoms) ; obtained at no

other locality.

Six other specimens, genus and species undetermined.

Stations 144 a
to 145a.

Macrura (Spence Bate, Zool. pt. 52).

Nauticaris marionis, n.g., n.sp. Numerous specimens (69 and 140 fathoms);

obtained also at Station 315, 12 fathoms.

Ckorismus tubercidatus, n.g., n.sp. Fifteen specimens (310 fathoms) ; obtained at

no other locality. Only species of the genus.

Campylonotus capensis, n.g., n.sp. Five specimens (140 fathoms) ; obtained also

at Station 122, 350 fathoms.

Anomura (Henderson, Zool. pt. 69).

Lithodes murrayi, n.sp. Two specimens (310 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

Paralomis aculeatus, n.sp. One specimen (310 fathoms); obtained at no other

locality.

Parapagurus dimorphus (Studer). One specimen (140 or 310 fathoms) ; obtained

also at Stations 135, 142, and 311.

Munida spinosa, n.sp. Many specimens (310 fathoms) ; obtained also at

Station 320, 600 fathoms.

Uroptychus insignis, n.sp. Several specimens (310 fathoms) ; obtained at no ocher

locality.

Brachyura (Miers, Zool. pt. 49).

Halicarcinus planatus (Fabricius). Two specimens (50 to 150 fathoms) ; obtained

also at Kerguelen and Falkland Islands, shore and shallow
water, and New Zealand (presented). Recorded from the
Antarctic or Austral region.

Lamellibranchiata (Smith, Zool. pt. 35).

Nesera fragilissima, n.sp. (300 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

Thracia meridionalis , n.sp. (50 to 150 fathoms); obtained also at Station 149,

20 to 60 fathoms.

Saxicava arctica, Linne. (100 and 150 fathoms) ; for distribution see Station 75.
(summary of results ceall. exp. — 1893.)

43H

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Station 114a
To I 4Aa .

Davila (!) vmbonata, n.sp. (100 and 150 fathoms); obtained also at Station 149,

20 to 60 fathoms.

Cnjpi (/(>« inariouvr.sis, n.sp. ( 100 to 150 fathoms); obtained at no other locality.

Kcllia nvrulina, Martens. (50 to 150 fathoms) ; obtained also at Station 149,

20 to 120 fathoms.

A start* maijvllariica, Smith. (100 and 150 fathoms); obtained at no other locality

by the Challenger. Recorded from Magellan Strait.

!,n psis marionensis, n.sp. (100 to 150 fathoms); obtained at no other locality.

M '/til us meridionalis, n.sp. (100 to 150 fathoms); obtained also at Station 150

150 fathoms.

Cv< lella marionensis, n.sp. (140 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

}fodiolarca trapezina (Lamarck). (50 to 100 fathoms); obtained also at

Stations 149, 311, and 315, surface to 245 fathoms.

Dm rydiam meridional is, n.sp. (100 to 150 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

Lima (Limatula) pygnuea, Philippi. (50 to 150 fathoms) ; obtained also at Station

149, 28 to 60 fathoms. Recorded from South Patagonian
region.

Pecten disti rictus, n.sp. (100 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

,, aviculoides, n.sp. (100 to 150 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

Si'aphopoda and Gasteropoda (Watson, Zool. pt. 42).

Dentaiium entalis, Linne, var. orthrum, nov. (140 fathoms); obtained also at

Stations II. and 75.

Kmarginula sp. (?). (50 to 150 fathoms).

l’nncturella noachina (Linne), var. piinceps, Mighels. (69, 140, and 310 fathoms) ;

obtained also at Stations 149 and 312, 10 to 60 fathoms.
A widely-distributed species. Fossil — Miocene (?) of Sicily,
Pliocene onwards of Europe, Labrador, and Nova Zembla.

Trnrhus (J’hot inula) expansus (Sowerby). (50 to 140 fathoms); obtained also at

Station 149 and Falkland Islands, surface to 60 fathoms.
Recorded from Magellan Strait.

S< - surr/la , rispata , Fleming. (140 fathoms) ; obtained also at Station 24.

IL'inalogyra atomus (Philippi). (140 fathoms); obtained at no other locality

by the Challenger. Recorded from North Atlantic and
Mediterranean. Fossil — later glacial beds of Norway and
Scotland.

Cyclostrema (?) sp. (50 to 150 fathoms).

Trophou dvrlimn s, n.sp. (69 fathoms) ; obtained also at Station 150, 150 fathoms.

J-'usus (Xeptuiu a) edivardiensis , n.sp. (140 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

439

Pleurotoma ( Thesbia ) translucida, n.sp. (140 fathoms) ; obtained also at Stations 144 a

Station 149, 25 and 28 fathoms. 10 14 M

Triton ( Lagena ) magellanicus (Chemnitz). (69 fathoms) ; obtained also at

Station 309 (?), 40 fathoms. Recorded from Magellan
Strait and Cape Horn.

„ ( „ ) n.sp. One young specimen (140 fathoms).

Natica fartilis, n.sp, (50 to 140 fathoms); obtained also at Stations 149 and 150,

60 and 150 fathoms.

Turritella ciustrina, n.sp. (50 to 100 fathoms) ; obtained also at Station 149,

28 fathoms.

Odostomia rissoides, Hanley. One specimen (50 to 140 fathoms) ; obtained at no

other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from North
Atlantic and Mediterranean. Fossil — Upper Pliocene

onwards.

Eulima amblia, n.sp. One specimen and fragment (50 to 150 fathoms) ; obtained

at no other locality.

Cerithium sp. (?). (100 fathoms).

Alaba ( Diala ) limnaeiformis, n.sp. (50 to 150 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality,

Jeffrey sia edwardiensis, n.sp. (310 fathoms); obtained at no other locality.

Rissoci ( Ceraiia) transenna, n.sp. (140 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

,, ( Setia ) marionensis, n.sp. (50 to 140 fathoms); obtained at no other locality.

„ ( ,, ) pnncipis, n.sp. (140 fathoms); obtained also at Kerguelen, shore.

,, ( ,, ) edivardiensis, n.sp. (50 to 150 fathoms); obtained at no other

locality.

Lamellaria sp. (?). (50 to 75 fathoms).

Polyplacophora (Haddon, Zool. pt. 43).

Lepidopleurus dorsuosus, n.sp. (310 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

Marseniada; (Bergh, Zool. pt. 41).

Marseniopsis murrayi, n.g., n.sp. One specimen (50 to 75 fathoms) ; obtained at

no other locality.

Polyzoa (Busk, Zool. pts. 30 and 50 ; Waters, pt. 79).

Menipea jlagellif era, n.sp. (50 to 75 fathoms) ; obtained also at Stations 149, 8 3.

and 314, 20 to 127 fathoms.

,, marionensis , n.sp. (50 to 75 fathoms) ; obtained also at Station 142.

Caberea darwinii, Busk. (50 to 150 fathoms) ; for distribution see Station 135.

440

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

/-’«•. lari a pectogemma , Goldstein. (150 to 310 fathoms) ; obtained also at

Stations 150 and 151, 50 and 75 fathoms.

Jl f.ila sinuosa, n.sp. One .specimen (80 to 150 fathoms); obtained at no other

locality.

Ft rci minaria hexagona, n.sp. (140 to 310 fathoms); obtained also at

Stations 195 and 196, 1425 and 825 fathoms.

Carbasea ovoidea, Busk. (50 to 150 fathoms) ; obtained also at Stations 149,

303, 312, and 315, 5 to 1325 fathoms. Recorded from
Magellan Strait, Patagonia, and Kerguelen.

M< mbranipora galeata, Busk, var. furcota , nov. (50 to 75 fathoms) ; for

distribution see Station 75. [Waters calls it
Membranipora cervicornis , Busk].

Vhicularia gothica, d’Orbigny. (80 to 150 fathoms); obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger. Recorded from Marion
Island. [Waters calls it Thalamoporella steganopor aides
(Goldstein)].

Llectra cylindracea, n.sp. (80 to 250 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

Saliconiciria clavata, n.sp. (Depth not given); obtained also at Stations 149, 151,

162, 163, and 304, 28 to 75 fathoms. [Waters calls it
Cellaria australis, MacGillivray].

malvinensis, Busk. (50 to 75 fathoms) ; obtained also at Stations 149,
176, 304, 315, and Falkland Islands, 5 to 1450 fathoms.
Recorded from South Patagonia and Falkland Islands.
Fossil — Mount Gambier.

Cnbrilina philomela, n.sp. (50 to 75 fathoms).

,, „ var. adnata, nov. (50 to 75 fathoms); obtained also at

Station 151,7 5 .fathoms. Recorded from Curtis Island (?).
,, monoceros (Busk). (Depth not given); obtained also at Stations 163,

253, 303, 313, 315, and 320, 12 to 3125 fathoms.

Flustramw'pho marginata (Krauss). (50 to 75 fathoms); obtained also at

Station 142.

Smittia marionensis. Busk. (80 to 150 fathoms); obtained also at Station 149,

28 fathoms. Recorded from Marion Island.

,, jacobensis, n.sp. (50 to 75 fathoms); obtained also at Cape Verdes.

Mucromlla rostrigera, n.sp. (80 to 150 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

,, tricuxpi a, Ilincks. (80 to 150 fathoms); obtained also at Station 315

and Simon’s Bay, Cape.

,, ventricosa, var. multispinata, Busk. (80 to 150 fathoms); obtained
also at Station 148, 210 fathoms.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

44)

Schizoporella marsupifera, n.sp. (50 to 75 fathoms); obtained also at Station 167,

150 fathoms.

Myriozoum marionense, n.sp. (50 to 150 fathoms) ; obtained also at Stations 148

and 151, 75 to 500 fathoms.

Cellepora pustulata, n.sp. (50 to 75 fathoms) ; obtained also at Station L67,

150 fathoms.

„ bicornis, n.sp. (50 to 150 fathoms); obtained also at Stations 150,

151, 313, and 314, 55 to 150 fathoms.

Cnsia holdsworthii, Busk. (50 to 150 fathoms); obtained at no other locality by

the Challenger. Recorded from Ceylon.

Idmonea mavionensis , Busk. (50 to 150 fathoms); obtained also at Stations 147,

151, and 320, 75 to 1600 fathoms. Recorded from
Mediterranean, Marion Island, and Australia. Fossil —
New Zealand (?).

,, australis , MacGillivray. (50 to 75 fathoms) ; obtained also at Station 1G3,

30 to 35 fathoms. Recorded from Australia.

,, milneana, d’Orbign}^. (80 to 150 fathoms); obtained also at Stations 75

and 151.

Pustulopora proboscidea, M. -Edwards. (80 to 150 fathoms) ; obtained also at

Station 151, 75 fathoms. Recorded from North Atlantic,
Mediterranean, and Australia.

„ proboscidioides (Smitt). (50 to 75 fathoms); obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger,

Brachiopoda (Davidson, Zooi. pt. 1).

Terebratulina caput-serpen; is, Linne, var. septentrionalis, Couthouy. (1 50 fathoms) ;

. for distribution see Station 48.

Waldheim, ia kerguelenensis, n.sp. Several specimens (100 fathoms) ; obtained also

at Stations 149 and 150, 20 to 150 fathoms.

Pla,tydia anomioides (Scacchi). Seven specimens (100 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger. Recorded from Mediterranean
and coast of Portugal. Fossil — Pliocene of Sicily.

Tunic ata (Herdman, Zool. pt. 38).

Sidnyum pallidum , n.sp. Two colonies (50 to 75 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality.

Fishes (Gunther, Zool. pts. 6 and 57).

Notothenia mavionensis, n.sp. One specimen (50 to 75 fathoms) ; obtained at no

other locality.

Stations 1 \ 4 a
to 145a.

442

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

v>r.*Ti«>xs 144 a
to 145*.

Ofti'.AN'lHMB FROM
1 HR DkPWIT.

JIarpagi/er bispinis , Forst. (50 to 75 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality by

the Challenger. Recorded from Kerguelen, Cape Horn,
and Falkland Islands.,

Macrurus carincttus, n.sp. One specimen (310 fathoms); obtained at no other

locality.

Lepidopsetta maculnta, n.g., n.sp. One specimen (310 fathoms) ; obtained at no

other locality. Only species of the genus.

The Station-book records also an Actinian and other species of Brachyura (besides the
one noted above).

In the foregoing list 192 species are enumerated, of which 129 are new to science,
including representatives of 19 new genera ; 65 of the new species and 6 new genera
were not obtained elsewhere. From the dredging in 310 fathoms, about 250 specimens
were obtained, belonging to 46 species, of which 36 are new to science, including
representatives of 10 new genera ; 23 of the new species and 5 new genera were not
obtained elsewhere.

Diatom ack e. — The following species of Diatoms were observed by Mr. Comber in the
deposit from Station 145 (see also Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.) : —

A mpkonra proteus, Gregory.

„ angusta, Gregory.

„ plicata, Gregory.

„ cuneata, Cleve ( = A. decora, Castracane).
Xaririda distant, Ralfs.

„ armaria, Donkin.

„ osdtans , A Schmidt, var. subundulata,
Cleve and Grunow.

„ hrasUieneie, Grunow.

., cupera, Ehrenberg, var. oblonga, Cleve.

,, „ var. rhowbiea, Cleve.

„ consort, A Schmidt.

„ emithii, Brebiason.

„ rplerviidu, Gregory.

., multicast at a, Grunow.

„ gemmaia, Groville, var. minuta , Cleve.

„ constricia, Grunow.

,, apt*, Donkin.

„ ntbvtu, Gregory, var.

lihoikoneis bollean'i, Grunow.

Plnirrwgma kerguelense, Grunow.

Winiktmgma arcticurn. Clove.

Amphiprora duplex, Donkin.

„ krivphila, Cleve.

„ lepidojdara, Gregory.

('ijcn/nru tcuUUum, Ehrenberg.

Cocconeis sculellum, var. ampliata, Grunow.

„ ,, var. didam, Grunow.

„ ,, var. minutissima, Grunow.

„ codata, Gregory.

„ „ var. kerguelensis, Petit.

„ decipiens, Cleve.

„ cgclophora, Grunow, var.

„ dirupta , Gregory, var. julgur, Brun.

„ „ var. sigma, Pantoesek.

„ ap. (1).

Orthoneu wrightii ( = Cocconeis, O’Meara).

Achnantlies brevipes, Agardh.

„ „ var. subsessilis, Grunow.

„ parvtda, Kutzing.

Oephyria incurvata, Arnott.

„ gigaiitea, Greville.

Nitzschia dietans, Gregory, var.

„ apiculata, Smith, var.

„ imignis, Gregory.

Synedra ap. (?).

Clavicula delicaia, Tempfcre. and Brun.

Licmophora jurgermi, Grunow, var.

„ australis , Grunow.

„ cali/omica, Grunow.

Fragilaria linearis, Castracane.

„ capemis , Grunow.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

443

Fragilaria pliocena, Brun.

Trachysphmia australis, Petit.

Thalassiothrix nitzschioides, Grunow,

„ nordenslcioldii , Cleve.

Grammatopbora maxima, Grunow, var. genuina,
Grunow.

„ angulosa, var. islandica, Elirenberg.

„ „ var. hamulifera , Grunow.

,, strida, Ehrenberg.

„ oceanica, Ehrenberg.

„ mbundulata, Grunow.

Biddulphia roperiana, Greville.

Hemiaulus antardicus , Ehrenberg,

Triceratium antediluvianmn, van Heurck.

„ ardicum, Brightwell, var. kerguelensis,

Grunow.

Hemidiscus cuneiformis, Wallich.

Atdiscus codatus , Bailey.

Coscinodiseus excentricus, Ehrenberg.

„ Uneatus, Ehrenberg.

„ tumidus, Janisch..

Coscinodiseus symbolophorus, Grunow.

„ rothii, Grunow.

„ denarius, A. Schmidt.

,, curvatulus, Grunow, var. recta, Rattray.

„ kutzingii, A. Schmidt, var. glacialis,

Grunow.

„ lentiginosus , Janisch.

„ nodulifer, A. Schmidt.

„ radi.osus, Grunow, var.

„ africanus, Janisch, var. wallichiana,

Grunow.

Hyalodiscus subtilis, Ehrenberg.

Podosira maxima, Kutzing.

„ hormoides, Montagnfe.

Cyclotella castracanei, Brun.

Melosira sol, Kutzing.

Adinocyclus olicerianus, O’Meara.

Adinoptychus sp. (?).

Asteromphalus brookei, Bailey.

„ hoo/cerii, Ehrenberg.

Surface Organisms. — Oa the night of December 27, off Prince Edward Island, the
tow-net procured : — Many Scdpse, larvae of Eupkausio, Copepods, several specimens of
Lepas on a piece of pumice, many specimens of Hyperia and Gammo/rus, probably
commensalistic and feeding on the Salpse.

Station 146 (Sounding 238), Marion Island to Crozet Islands (see Chart 18).

December 29, 1873 ; lat. 46 46' S., long. 45° 31' E.

Temperature of air at noon, 48°'8 ; mean for the day, 46° 0.
Temperature of water : —

Surface, .

50 fathoms,

100

150

200

3)

33

33

43-0

41 -1

39-2

39 0

38-8

400 fathoms,

600

800

1000

Bottom,

33

33

33

38-2

378

37-2

36-6

35-6

Density at 60° F. at surface, 1'02512; bottom, l-02 555.

Depth, 1375 fathoms; deposit, Globigerina Ooze, containing 86’36 per cent, o:
carbonate of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp V

At 9.20
trawl. Put

a.m. shortened and furled sails,
trawl over. At noon sounded

and proceeded under steam to sound and
in 1375 fathoms. At 1 p.m. took serial

Stations l Ha
to 145a.

Organisms from
Surface-Nets.

Station 146.

444

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

t« -nij). ratures down to 1000 fathoms. The carbonic acid was determined in bottom
water, and amounted to 59 '5 milligrammes per litre. At 3.30 p.m. commenced heaving
a trawl, which came up at 4.50 p.m. with a great many animals, — probably the most
uieces.'fui haul up to the present date as regards number, variety, novelty, size, and
beaut} of the specimens. At 5.10 p.m. made all plain sail. At 4 a.m. the sea was of a
ark 1 u colour; in the afternoon the colour was, as usual, greenish. Cape pigeons,
storm}' petrels, albatrosses, crested penguins, and prions about the ship.

Distance at noon from Hog Island, 20G miles. Made good 198 miles. Amount of
current 9 miles, direction S. 64° E.

■u - . m The following species are recorded in the Zoological Reports from the trawl at this

Tkawu Station : —

IIkxactinkllida (Schulze, Zool. pt. 53).

JloJascus Jibulatus, n.g., n.sp. One specimen; obtained also at Stations 147 and

160, 1600 and 2600 fathoms.

Mah(c<‘.«iccus vastus, n.g., n.sp. One specimen; obtained at no other locality.
Pennatulida (Kolliker, Zool. pt. 2).

UmbeUula rrwgnijlora, n.g., n.sp. Two fragments; obtained also at Station 147,

1600 fathoms.

Actiniaria (Hertwig, Zool. pts. 15 and 73).

CoraUmiw'phus rigid us, Moseley, n.g., n.sp. Three specimens; obtained also at

Stations 195 and 299, 1425 and 2160 fathoms.

Crinoidea (Carpenter, Zool. pt. 32).

U'ithycrnius aldrichianus. Wyville Thomson, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 147,

1600 fathoms; and other Stations (?). According to Sir
Wyville Thomson fragments were taken at, at least, six or
seven Stations in the Atlantic and Southern Sea.

Asteroidka (Sladen, Zool. pt. 51).

Vnntastcr foivipatus, n.g., n.sp., var. echivata, nov. The species obtained also

at Stations 44, 45, 46, and 50.

Ifymenaster granifi nis, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

,, c occinatus, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

,, prwcoquis, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 147, 1600 fathoms.

Hri*inya mvmbraiuice/i, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 147, 1600 fathoms.

Frryrlla fragUisaima, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 156, 1975 fathoms.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

445

Ophiuroidea (Lyman, Zool. pt. 14). Station 146.

Ophiernus vallincola, n.g., n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 78 and 156. Only

species of the genus.

Ophioglypha loveni, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 147, 157, 158 (?), and '60,

1600 to 2600 fathoms.

,, minuta, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 158, 1800 fathoms.

Ophiocten amitinum, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 145, 149, 152, and 157.

„ hastatum, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 78 and 168.

Ophiacantha cosmica, n.sp. For distribution see Station 122.

Ophiomitra sarsii, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Echinoidea (Agassiz, Zool. pt. 9).

Urechinus naresianus , n.g., n.sp. Numerous specimens ; obtained also at

Stations 147, 158, and 302, 1450 to 1800 fathoms.

Only species of the genus.

Cystechinus wyvillii , n.g., n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 147, 158, 296, 299, and

300, 1375 to 2160 fathoms.

Schizaster moseleyi, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 149, 305, 307, 309, 310, and

311, 40 to 400 fathoms.

Holothurioidea (Theel, Zool. pts. 13 and 39).

Oneirophanta mutahilis , n.g., n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 157, 160, 241, 244,

281, 299, and 325, 1950 to 2900 fathoms. Only species
of the genus.

Psychropotes loveni, n.g., n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

P.seudostichopus vittosus, n.g., n.sp. One injured specimen ; for distribution see

Station 61.

Annelida (MTntosh, Zool. pt. 34).

Lxtraonice producta, Grube, var. willemocsi, nov. Obtained also at Stations 70, 133,

169, and 184.

Polynoe ( Admetella ) longipedata, n.sp. Two specimens ; obtained at no other

locality.

Maldanella antarctica , n.g., n.sp. Numerous specimens ; obtained also at

Stations 152 and 157, 1260 and 1950 fathoms.

Myzostomida (Graff, Zool. pt. 27).

Myzostoma compressuni, n.sp. (On Bcethycrinus aid-rich ianus).

,, coronatum, n.sp. (On Bathycrinus aldrichianus).

(summary of results chall. exp. — 1893.) 57

s- , n no. Ostracoda (Brady, Zool. pt. 3).

44(5

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

( 'y the re riminra, n.sp. Single valve ; obtained at no other locality.
diet yon, n.sp. Widely distributed (see Station 24).

acanthoderma, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 64, 73, 191, 246, 296,

,, dasyderma, n.sp. Widely distributed (see Station 5).

Krithe producta, n.sp. Widely distributed (see Station 70).

Cirripedia (Hoek, Zool. pt. 25).

Scalpellum bre vicann atum, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained also at Station 147,

1600 fathoms.

Amphipoda (Stebbing, Zool. pt. 67).

And < / da gigantea, n.sp. One specimen; obtained also at Station 147, 1600 fathoms.

Isopoda (Beddard, Zool. pts. 33 and 48).

SeroHs antarctica, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 122 and 147.

Eurycope sctrsii , n.sp. Two specimens ; obtained also at Station 147, 1600 fathoms.
A ret urns spinosus, n.sp. Eleven specimens; obtained at no other locality.

Phvllocarida (Sars, Zool. pt. 56).

Xebaliopsis typica, n.g., n.sp. One fragmentary specimen; obtained also at

Station 289, 2550 fathoms.

Schi/.opoda (Sars, Zool. pt. 37).

Eucopia australis, Dana. For distribution see Station 50.

Ma< kura (Spence Bate, Zool. pt. 52).

P' talidi an folmceum, n.g., n.sp. Four specimens ; obtained also at Station 159,

2150 fathoms. Only species of the genus.
Glyphocrcingon podager, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.
Xematocarcii ns proximatus, n.sp. Two specimens ; obtained also at Stations 188,

237, 300, and 302, 28 to 1875 fathoms.

A N' (Ml’RA (Henderson, Zool. pt. 69).

l’lgurml , narmatus, n.g., n.sp. Three specimens; obtained also at Station 168,

1100 fathoms.

and 302.

tenue, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.
jlavum, n.sp. Three specimens ; obtained at no other locality.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

447

Munidopsis subsquamosa, n.sp., var. aculeata, nov. One specimen; the species Station ho.

obtained also at Stations 237 and 302, 1875 and
1450 fathoms.

Pycnogonida (Hoek, Zool. pt. 10).

Nymphon hamatum, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 147, 1600 fathoms.

Ascorhynchus glciber, n.sp. Two specimens ; obtained at no other locality
Colossendeis gigas , n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 147 and 300, 1600 and

1375 fathoms.

„ leptorhynchus , n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 147, 300, and 310,

400 to 1600 fathoms.

„ gracilis , n.sp. One or two specimens; obtained also at Station 147,

1600 fathoms.

Lamellibranchiata (Smith, Zool. pt. 35).

Pecten pudicus, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.,

Amussium meridionale, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 158 and 302, 1800- and

1450 fathoms.

Gasteropoda (Watson, Zool. pt. 42).

Trochus ( Margarita ) infundibulum, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 56,

Fusus ( Neptunea ) setosus, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 147, 1600 fathoms.,

Pleurotoma ( Surcula ) staminea, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 149, 105 fathoms.

Lamellaria sp. (?,).

Pleurobranchus sp. (?.),

Cephalopoda (Hoyle, Zool. pt. 44).

Girroteuthis magna, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained also at Station 298,

2225 fathoms.

Tunicata (Herdman, Zool. pt. 17).

Culeolus recumbens, n.g., n.sp. Eight specimens ; obtained at no other locality
Recorded subsequently from Indian Ocean (“Investigator ’) (?).

Corynascidia suhmi , n.g., n.sp. Two specimens ;. obtained also at Station 299,

2160 fathoms.

Fishes (Gunther, Zool. pt. 57).

Melampha'es microps, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

,, crassiceps, n.sp. One specimen; obtained also at Stations 107, 120,

and 220,

448

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Station 146.

Antimora rostrata, n.g., n.sp. One specimen; obtained also at Station 320,

600 fathoms.

Macrunts JiUcauda , n.sp. Twelve specimens ; obtained also at Stations 157, 158,

299, 323, and 325, 1800 to 2650 fathoms.
annntus, Hector. Six specimens; obtained also at Stations 147, 157,

Haloscturus macrochir} n.sp. Four specimens ; obtained also at Station V.

Synaphobranchus bathybius, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained also at Stations 237

and 246, 1875 and 2050 fathoms.

In addition to the foregoing, the following are recorded in the Station-book: —
Euplectella and several other Sponges (only two species reported), a few Hy droids,
several Comatulae, Stylifcr on Echini, Nudibranch, and several species of Polyzoa.

Excluding Protozoa, about 200 specimens of invertebrates and fishes were obtained
at this Station, belonging to about 78 species, of which 66 are new to science,
including representatives of 17 new genera ; 15 of the new species were not
obtained elsewhere, while other 9 new species were taken also only at the neighbouring
Station 147.

AY illemoes-Suhm writes : “ The trawl brought up a rich harvest. On the wdiole it
is important that the fauna in this southern latitude of the Indian Ocean has been found
to bo essentially the same as in the deep water of the tropics. The great apparent
frequency and size of the Pycnogonids is new, for they have hitherto been taken only
three times in deep water, and then only small specimens. Of the other animals at least
t»-n have been obtained in the tropical deep sea, especially on the coast of Brazil, viz.,
E-t lla, Umbellula, the soft Holothurian, Brisinga, Serolis, Chalarcispis [ = Eucopia],
ami four of the fishes. The larg e A returns and gigantic Amphipod remind one very
much of the features said to be peculiar to deep-sea (or even shallow-water) forms
of the north. One of the fishes, the whitish eel-like animal [ = Synaphobranchus
brtthyhms . had in its stomach several specimens of the little Echinolampas [= Ur echinus
h,ires"inus], which came up in such quantities, evidently proving that it had fed at
the bottom.”

o! - ;rved in the deposit from this Station (see also Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea

rarb inate of lime present in the deposit, are marked thus x : —

(in •) ■[> u.nn r.f this qx-cic* from Station V., 1090 fathoms, a new species of Distomum (Dittomum

; i h - 1- en found (■«•«• F. J. Bell, Ann. and Mag. Nat. IIi*t.} ser. 5, vol. xix. pp. 1 16—17, 1887).

158, 246, and 271, 1600 to 2425 fathoms. Recorded
from New Zealand.

OmaNIKMA fKOM

Tin I*rr*«m

I’oramimff.ra (Brady, Zool. pt. 22). — The following species of Foraminifera were

Dim '-its OhalL Exp.); the pelagic species, which make up about 87 per cent, of the

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

449

Biloculina bulloides, d’Orbigny.

„ depressa, d’Orbigny.

„ ,, var. murrhyna, Schwager.

,, „ var. serrata, Brady.

„ irregularis, d’Orbigny.

„ ringens (Lamarck).

,, sphxra, d’Orbigny.

„ tubulosa , Costa.

Miliolina auberiana (d’Orbigny).

,, seminulum (Linne).

,, tricarinata (d’Orbigny).

Qpht/iahnidium inconstans, Brady

Planispirina celata (Costa).

Cornuspira foliacea (Philippi).

Orbitolites tenuissima, Carpenter.

Astrorbiza angulosa, Brady (?).

„ arenaria, Norman (?).

Pelosina cylindrica, Brady.

Psammosphxra fusca, Schulze.

Saccammina sphxrica, Sars.

Hyperammina ramosa, Brady.

Marsipella cylindrica, Brady.

Rhabdammina abyssorum, Sars.

Aschemonella catenata (Norman).

Rhizammina algxformis, Brady.

Reophax distans, Brady.

„ yuttifera, Brady.

„ scorpiurus, Montfort.

Haplophragmium globigerini forme (Parker and
Jones).

„ latidorsatum (Bornemann).

„ scitulum, Brady.

Placopsilina bulla, Brady,

Ammodiscus charoules (Jones and Parker).

,, tenuis, Brady.

Trochammina trullissata, Brady.

Webbinci clavata, Jones and Parker.

Verneuilina pygmxa (Egger).

Gaudryina pupoides, d’Orbigny.

Glavulina communis, d’Orbigny.

Bulimina aculeata, d’Orbigny.

„ marginata, d’Orbigny.

Bulimina subteres, Brady.

Cassididina crassa, d’Orbigny.

„ subglobosa, Brady.

Lagena auriculata, Brady.

„ ,, var. substriafa, Brady.

,, globosa (Montagu).

„ Ixvigata (Reuss).

,, Ixvis (Montagu).

„ longispina, Brady.

,, orbignyana (Seguenza).

Nodosaria ( Glandulina ) Ixvigata, d’Orbigny
„ obliqua (Linn4).

„ ( Glandulina ) rotundata, Reuss.

Marginulina costata (Batsch).

Vaginulina legumen (Linne).

Polymorphina angusta, Egger.

„ lanceolata, Reuss.

,, sororia, Reuss.

„ ,, var. cuspidata, Brady

Uvigerina pygmxa , d’Orbigny.

„ sp. (1).

x Globigerina bulloides, d’Orbigny.
x „ inflata, d'Orbigny.

Pullenia quinqueloba, Reuss.

„ sphxroides (d'Orbigny).

Sphxroidina bulloides, d’Orbigny.

Spirillina limbata, Brady.

Discorbina a.raucana (d’Orbigny).

Truncatulina grosserugosa (Giimbel).

„ lobatula, Walker and Jacob.

„ tenera, Brady.

„ wuellerstorfi (Scb wager),

x Pulvinulina crassa (d’Orbigny).

,, elegant (d’Orbigny).

x „ micheliniana (d’Orbigny).

x „ patagonica (d’Orbigny).

„ pauper ata, Parker and Jones.

„ umbonata, Reuss.

Roialia soldanii, d'Orbigny.

Nonionina pompilioides (Fiehtel and Moll).

„ umbilicatula (Montagu).

Station 14G.

Surface Organisms. — The following species are recorded from the surface at this
Station : —

Organisms from
Surface Nets.

Copepoda (Brady, Zool. pt. 23).
Calanus propinquus, n.sp.
Eucalanus attenuatus, Dana.
Hetcrocliceta spinifrons, Claus.

Scolecithrix minor, n.g., n.sp.
Euchxta prestand nor, Philippi.
Candace truncata, Dana.
yEtidius annatus, n.g., n.sp.

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

450

> n 146 Amphipoda (Stubbing, Zool. pt. G7).

Kuthemisto thomsoiii, Stcbbing.

Sthizopoda (Sars, Zool. pt. 37).
Thysanocssa macrura, n.sp.

Macrura (Spence Bate, Zool. pt. 52).
Caricyphus angulatus , n.g., n.sp.

Pteeopoda (Pelseneer, Zool. pt. 65).
Limacina australis (Eydoux and
Souleyet).

The tow-net was sent down to 80 fathoms, and brought up : — Olobigerina, very much
-mall r than in the Atlantic, compound Radiolaria, many Sagittse , small Copepods, a
large species of Hyperia, Pteropods, and Cranchia.

- Station 147 (Sounding 239), Marion Island to Crozet Islands (see Chart 18).

December 30, 1873 ; lat. 46° 16' S., long. 48° 27' E.

Temperature of air at noon, 4 8° ’3 ; mean for the day, 4 5° '5.

Temperature of water : —

Surface, .

41-0

600 fathoms, .

3G-2

50 fathoms,

40-0

800 „ . .

360

100 „

37-4

1000 „

35-8

200 „ . .

37T

Bottom,

34-2

400 „

364

Density at 60° F. : —

Surface, .

. 1-02515

300 fathoms, .

. 1-02534

100 fathoms, .

. 1 02512

400 „ . .

. 1 02536

200 „ . .

. 1-02535

Bottom,

. 1 02550

Depth, 1600 fathoms; deposit, Diatom Ooze, containing 34'63 per cent, of
carbonate of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At 8 a.m. got up steam. At 9.20 a.m. shortened and furled sails, and proceeded
uml r -t am to -ound and trawl. At 10 a.m. put trawl over, veering 2000 fathoms. At
II a.m. sounded in 1600 fathoms. At 1.20 r.M. obtained serial temperatures. The
■aioniia acid w;is determined in water from the surface and 100 fathoms, and
no rit 1 n -pcctively to 54*2 and 56'9 milligrammes per litre. At 4.45 p.m. the trawl
« arm up witii numerous specimens, — even a more remarkable haul than yesterday’s. A
t in • was -nt down on the trawl line, but did not work successfully. At 4.50 p.m.
all plain sail. At 10.15 p.m. observed Hog Island on port bow. In the course of
lay - iw -everal albatrosses, Cape pigeons, many prions, and a few petrels. About
7 p.m. several whales were in sight.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

451

Distance at noon from Hog Island, 84 miles. Made good 130 miles. Amount of
current 13 miles, direction N. 81° E.

The following species are recorded in the Zoological Reports from the trawl at : his
Station

Monaxonida (Ridley and Dendy, Zool pt. 59).

Esperella mammiformis, n.sp. Six specimens ; obtained at no other locality.
Esperiopsis profunda, n.sp. Two specimens ; obtained at no other locality.
Cladorhiza (?) tridentata, n.sp. Three specimens ; obtained at no other locality.
Meliiderma stipitata, n.g., n.sp. Two specimens ; obtained at no other locality.

Only species of the genus.

Axinella erecta (Carter). Two specimens ; obtained also at Stations 135, 145, and

148.

Stylocordyla stipitata (Carter). Three specimens , obtained also at Station 49 and

Bahia.

Tetractinellida (Sollas, Zool. pt. 63).

Thenea delicata, n.sp. Three specimens ; obtained at no other locality.

H exactixellid a (Schulze, Zool. pt. 53).

Holascus fibulatus , n.g., n.sp. One specimen; obtained also at Stations 146

and 160.

Caulophacus latus, n.g., n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.
Bathydorus spinosus , n.g., n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.
Aulocalyx irregularis, n.g., n.sp. Several fragments ; obtained also at Station 145.

Only species of the genus.

E[yalonema ( Stylocalyx ) clavigerum, n.sp. One fragmentary specimen, obtained

at no other locality.

Farrea sp. (?).

Pennatulida (Kolliker, Zool. pt. 2).

Umbellula magnifiora, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained also at Station 146.

Actixtaria (Hertwig, Zool. pts. 15 and 73).

Liponema multiporum, n.g., n.sp. One specimen : obtained also at Stations 237

and 305, 1875 and 120 fathoms.

Bunodes minuta, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

Sicyonis crassa, n.g., n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality .

Station* 147.

Animals from
Trawl.

Station 147.

4.">2 THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Corals (Moseley, Zool. pt. 7).

Bathyactis symmetrica (Pourtnles). For distribution see Station 24.

/ , ptopenus discus, n.g., n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 157 and 323, 1950 and

1900 fathoms.

Crinoidka (Carpenter, Zool. pts. 32 and 60).

Hyocein us bethellianus, Wy ville Thomson, n.g., n.sp. Two specimens and fragments ;

obtained also at Stations 106 and 223 (?).

Bathycrinus aldrichianus, Wy ville Thomson, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 146,

and other Stations (?).

Antedon bispinosa, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

,, remota, n.sp. Five damaged specimens ; obtained at no other locality.

,, abyssorum , n.sp. Eleven specimens ; obtained at no other locality.

Promo rhocrinus abyssorum, n.g., n.sp. Three specimens ; obtained also at

Station 158, 1800 fathoms.

\stkroidka (Sladen, Zool. pt. 51).

Pa rar chaster pedici far, n.g., n.sp. Obtained also at Station 143 (?).

Porania antarctica, Smith. Obtained also at Station 145.

Hymenaster prsecoquis, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 146.

Brisinga membranacea, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 146.

Ophiuroidea (Lyman, Zool. pt. 14).

Ophioglypha loveni, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 146, 157, 158 (?), and 160.
Ophiacantha cosmica, n.sp. For distribution see Station 122.

Ojjhiolebes scortevs, n.g., n.sp. Obtained also at Station 145.

& *H i noidea (Agassiz, Zool. pt. 9).

1 roiiiociduns canaliculata, Agassiz. Obtained also at Stations 149, 150, 151, 153,

156, 313, 315, and Falkland Islands, 5 to 1975 fathoms.
Ecftihus magellanicus, Phil. Obtained also at Stations 145, 304, 308, 312, and 315.
Pourtalesia carinata, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 157 and 298, 1950 and

2225 fathoms.

,, hispida, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 156, 1975 fathoms.
S]>at‘igocystis chaliengcri, n.g., n.sp. Obtained also at Station 157, 1950 fathoms.

Only species of the genus.

Echinocrepis cuneala, n.g., n.sp. Two specimens; obtained at no other locality.

Only species of the genus.

f’rechinus narr.dwius, n.g., n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 146, 158, and 302.

( )nly species of the genus.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

453

Cystechinus wyvillii, n.g., n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 146, 158, 296, Station 147

299, and 300.

Holothurioidea (Tkeel, Zool. pts. 13 and 39).

Elpidia purpurea, n.sp. One specimen; obtained also at Station 157,

1950 fathoms.

Peniagone affinis, n.g., n.sp. Numerous specimens ; obtained at no other locality.

Achlyonice lactea , n.g., n.sp. Four specimens ; obtained at no other locality.

Lsetmogone wyville-thomsoni, n.g., n.sp. Three specimens ; obtained also at

Stations 158, 232, and 300 345 to 1800 fathoms.

Cvcumaria akyssorum, n.sp. Seven specimens; obtained also at Station 156,

1975 fathoms.

,, „ var. hyalina, nov. Three specimens ; obtained also at

Station 300, 1375 fathoms.

Pseudostichopus villosus , n.g., n.sp. One specimen ; for distribution see Station 61.

Entozoa (Linstow, Zool. pt. 71).

Ascaris macruroidei, n.sp. Three fragments from stomach of Macrurid.

Annelida (MTntosh, Zool. pt. 34).

Lsetmonice producta, Grube, var. benthaliana, nov. Obtained also at Stations 157,

241, and 244, 1950 to 2900 fathoms.

Lagisca erosetensis, n.sp. Two specimens ; obtained at no other locality.

Petto, assimilis, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

Amphicteis wyvillei, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

Myzostomida (Graff, Zool. pts. 27 and 61).

Stelecliopus hyocrini, n.g., n.sp. (On Hyocrinus bethellianus).

Cirripedia (Hoek, Zool. pt. 25).

Scalpellum brevicarinatum, n.sp. Three specimens ; obtained also at Station 146.

Ampeipoda (Stebbing, Zool. pt. 67).

Andania gigantea, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained also at Station 146.

Pleustes abyssorum, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

Isopoda (Beddard, Zool. pts. 33 and 48).

Serolis antarctica, n.sp. A few specimens; obtained also at Stations 122 and '46.

Munnopsis australis, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

Eurycope sarsii, n.sp. Three specimens ; obtained also at Station 146.

(summary of results chall. exp. — 1893.) 58

454

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

s . > . i- l-.ii nope fragility, n.sp. One specimen; obtained also at Stations 152, 158, and

237, 1260 to 1875 fathoms.

,, sp. (?) ( Eurycopc atlant.ica, n.sp.?) One fragmentary specimen.

A ret arts bmnneus, n.sp. Four specimens ; obtained at no other locality.

Schizopoda (Sars. Zool. pt. 37).

/; scyphops, Sars. Several specimens ; obtained also at Stations 157 and

158, 1950 and 1800 fathoms. Recorded from North Atlantic
and Arctic.

A i ally ops crozetii, Willemoes-Suhm, MS., n.sp. One specimen; obtained at no
other locality.

Macruba (Spence Bate, Zool. pt. 52).

Uynunodora duplex, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

Pycnogomda (Hoek, Zool. pt. 10).

Nymphon hamatum, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 146.

Colossendeis yu/cts, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 146 and 300.

,, leptorhynchus, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 146, 300, and 310.

,, gracilis, n.sp. One or two specimens ; obtained also at Station 146.
J,hoxichilidi impilos,um, n.sp. One or two specimens ; obtained also at Station 157,

1950 fathoms.

Gasteropoda (Watson, Zool. pt. 42).

F" >/. s (Neptune a) calathiscus , n.spi. Obtained at no other locality.

,, ( „ ) setosus, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 146.

Gniei/lrn alabastnna, n.g., n.sp. One specimen; obtained at no other locality.

Only species of the genus.

Plr rolonto (Pleurotomella ) papyracea, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.
Cephalopoda (Hoyle, Zool. pt. 44).

Bathytenthis abymcola, n.g., n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

I'olyzoa (Busk, Zool. pts. 30 and 50).

- (l>it Vi inj'uudibulata, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 156, 1975 fathoms.

Ibiytila reticulata, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 299, 303, and 320, 600 to

2160 fathoms.

J t -olnna orbicularis, n.g., n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Id uOh-a ) .nrione.un% Busk. Obtained also at Stations 145, 151, and 320.

SUMMARY- OP RESULTS.

455

Tunicata (Herdman, Zool. pts. 17 and 38).

Culeolus perlucidus, n.g., n.sp. Three specimens ; obtained at no other locality.

Fungulus cincreus, n.g., n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality. Onlj

species of the genus.

Bathyoncus mirabilis, n.g., n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality

Pharyngodictyon mirabile, n.g., n.sp. Six specimens ; obtained at no other

locality. Only species of the genus.

FISHES' (Gunther, Zool. pt. 57).

Mcicrurus armatus, Hector. Three specimens ; obtained also at Stations 1 46, 157,

158, 246, and 271.

In addition to the foregoing, the following are recorded in the Station-book
Primnoa, Sipunculid, Balanoglossus, Chcdaraspis ungnifera [ -Eucopia australis],
and several Nudibranehs.

Excluding Protozoa, about 200 specimens of invertebrates and fishes were obtained
at this Station, belonging to about 89 species, of which 73 are new to science, including
representatives of 28 new genera ; 35 of the new species and 6 new genera were not
obtained elsewhere.

Willemoes-Suhm writes : “ To-day’s haul was still richer than yesterday’s, and
included many typical deep-sea forms. An Amphipod was found in the new Cr inoid, a
larger specimen of which was taken closely attached to a Pycnogouid. Among the
worms I found an animal apparently belonging to the northern genus Terebellides, or
species of which ( Terebellides stroemn) ranges to the Baltic, and is one of the animals
looked upon by Loven as evidence that the Baltic was formerly closed towards the North
Sea and communicated with the northern icy sea. A small Sipunculid was found in a
tube made up especially of Sponge spicules bound together by mud. Large reddish
fragments of a Bcdanoglossus were takeu, in one of which the collar was preserved
They were similar to those obtained in the deep sea of the tropics, where the head was
also present. The complete animal must have been 3 to 5 inches in length and nearh
three-quarters of an inch across the body. The most interesting things were 'more
the Schizopods. There was a female of Chcdaraspis, which seems to be the commonest
representative of the group in deep water, also numerous females and two males of a. new
species of Petalophthalmus, the females of which are much larger than thes of
Petalophthalmus armiger and the breeding lamellae much shorter. The m .in differ- .. ■
is in the males ; in the first-described species the male was described as having very big
inner antennse, mandibular palpi, maxillipeds, and first gnathopods, all of whi a wav
transformed into seizing organs, as in an Ostracode or Phyllopod. In this spee - > ; i>

456

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

-i., : uot the case ; .all the e parts are of the ordinary size, the breeding lamellae are, of course,

wanting, and the pleopods are stronger than in the female. There would be no male
character were it not for the presence of a pair of small styliform penes behind the last
pair of pereiopods, as in the higher Decapods. I have not been able to make out what
p t 's of the body arc used in this transformation, as the pleopoda, the first pair of which
assumes this function in the Macrura, seem to be normal in size and number. This
species will be described as Petalophthalvius inermis [ = Boreomysis scyphops]. The
- n ■ modification of male characters was found in another Schizopod taken to-day, in
which the pleopoda were fully developed ; the gills, however, were absent, and the number
>t ambulatory perciopoda was the same as in the .Mysidae, so that it maybe regarded as a
very aberrant Mysid near Petalophthabnus, connecting that genus with the rest of the
Schizopods. I think i shall call it Crozetia mysidiformis [ = Amblyops crozeti%\. The
_ size of the Fusoid reminds one of the dimensions attained by certain groups of
animals in extreme climates. Some of the Macruri seem to me to be the same as those
taken in deep water between Gibraltar and Madeira.”

1 1 7a. Station 147a (Sounding 240), off Crozet Islands (see Chart 20).

January 1, 1874 ; lat. 4GJ 45' S., long. 50° 42' E.

Temperature of air at noon, 41,8 ; mean for the day, 41° '9.

Temperature of water at surface, 41° ’0.

Density at 60° F. at surface, l ’02503.

Depth, 600 fathoms ; deposit, Diatom Ooze, containing 3fi,34 per cent, of carbonate
of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At 2 a.m. sounded in 100 fathoms, no bottom. At 4.30 a.m. sounded in 90 fathoms,
no bottom. At 10.45 a.m. sounded in 300 fathoms, no bottom. The land was obscured
by a thick fog. At 2 p.m. sounded in 600 fathoms. At 4 p.m. lost sight of Penguin
I. l.md in a fog. During the day white and black albatrosses, carrion gulls, king
.1 nurn rous other penguins, prions, and stormy petrels round the ship.

Distance at noon from Penguin Island, 19 miles (?). Made good 53 miles. Amount
of current 16 miles, direction 8. 20° E.

o w Surface Organisms. — The water was quite red-coloured, due to innumerable red

( which were captured in so thick a mass that it was impossible to see the other

.■.ill re. bs; Sagitta, Hyperia, and other organisms were, however, present. The red colour
- f the v. < r, mentioned in the Indian Ocean Directory as occurring among the islands in
the-'- latitudes, is probably due to these small Copepods.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

457

Stations 148 and 148a (Soundings 241 and 242), off Crozet Islands (sec
Chart 20).

January 3, 1874.

Temperature of air at noon, 440,3 ; mean for the day, 44°T.

Temperature of water at surface, 41o,0.

Density at 60° F. at surface, 1 ’02504.

At 2.30 A.M. land obscured by mist, which continued nearly all day. At 8 a.m. got
up steam, and at 8.30 a.m. shortened and furled sails to sound and dredge. At 10 a.m.
sounded in 210 fathoms, deposit Hard Ground, gravel, shells (Station 148). Put dredge
over. Observed land to N.E. from masthead. At 11.30 a.m. hove up dredge with several
specimens. The carbonic acid was determined in surface water, and amounted to 47 ’4
milligrammes per litre. At 1.30 p.m. sounded in 550 fathoms, deposit Hard Ground,
gravel, shells (Station 148a). Sent down dredge, which came up 3.30 p.m. with a few
specimens. At 4 p.m. made sail, and proceeded with a good breeze from the N.W. Cape
pigeons, prions, and Mother Carey’s chickens were seen in great numbers, also white
albatrosses, stormy petrels, large black petrels, and penguins.

Distance at noon from Bligh’s Cap, Kerguelen Island, 700 miles. Made good 16 miles.

On January 3, 1874, near the Crozet Islands, four dredgings were taken, the
soundings giving depths of 210 and 550 fathoms (Stations 148 and 148a). In the
following list of species recorded in the Zoological Reports the two Stations are combined,
the depth being indicated : —

Monaxoxida (Ridley and Dend}7, Zool. pt. 59).

Gellius carduus, n.sp. One specimen (210 to 550 fathoms); obtained also at
Station 145.

Iophon chelifer, n.sp. One specimen (550 fathoms); obtained also at Stations 14i

and 145.

Myxilla nobilis, n.sp. One fragmentary specimen (210 to 550 fathoms) ; obtained
also at Station 320, 600 fathoms.

PhaJcellia papyracea, n.sp. Two or three pieces (210 fathoms) ; obtained also at
Station 145.

Axinella erecta (Carter). Twenty-six specimens (550 fath ms) ; obtained also at

Stations 135, 145, and 147.

Suberites mollis, n.sp. One specimen (210 to 550 fathoms) ; obtained at no other
locality.

Stations 148
AND 148a.

Animals from
Dredge.

Sr ATI' -vs
*xn 14Sa

4;“,S THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

us Hkxacttnkllida (Schulze, Zool. pt. 53).

si ran hascus grossularia, n.g., n.sp. One specimen (210 fathoms) ; obtained at no

other locality.

Choiulasma lamella, n.g., n.sp. One specimen (550 fathoms) ; obtained also at

Stations 56 and 170.
sp. (?). One fragment (550 fathoms).

Alcyonaria (Wright and Studer, Zool. pt. 64).

Tkouarella auto ret ica (Valenciennes). Several specimens (550 fathoms); obtained

at no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from
Falkland Islands.

Asieroidfa (Sladcn, Zool. pt. 51).

Lcptoptyckaster aatarcticus, n.sp. (210 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.
Cribrella pews tans, n.sp. Several specimens (210 fathoms); obtained at no other
locality. Recorded subsequently from Indian Ocean
(“ Investigator ”).

simplex, n.sp. Several specimens (210 fathoms) ; obtained also at
Stations 135 and 145.

(Jphu'ROIDEA (Lyman, Zool. pt, 14).

Astrotxrna agassizii, Lyman. Young specimens (210 fathoms); obtained also

at Stations 150, 307, 308, 309, 313, and Magellan Strait,
40 to 175 fathoms.

Holoth trio idea (Theel, Zool. pt. 39). •

Cucumana serrata, n.sp., var. marionensis, nov. One specimen (550 fathoms) ;

obtained also at Station 145.

Stichojms challenger i, n.sp. One specimen ;(550 fathoms); obtained at no other

locality.

Isopoda (Beddard, Zool. pt. 33).

,S< roll* latifrons, White. Two specimens (210 fathoms) ; obtained also at
Station 1 49, 5 to 40 fathoms. Recorded from Auckland Islands
and Kerguelen.

Folyzoa (Busk, Zool. pt. 30; waters, pt. 79).

Nellia oculota , Busk. (210 to 550 fathoms); obtained also at Stations 151,

188, 190, 208, and Bahia.

( aU-rca dancinu. Busk. (210 to 550 fathoms) ; for distribution see Station 135.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

4o9

Retepora gigantea , n.sp. (210 to 550 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

,, cavernosa , n.sp. (210 to 550 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

Reteporella myriozoides, n.g., n.sp. (210 to 550 fathoms); obtained at no other

locality.

Eschar oides occlusa, n.sp. (210 fathoms) : obtained also at Station 186 and

Philippines, 8 to 10 fathoms. [Waters calls it Lepralia
occlusa (Busk)].

Smittia graciosa, n.sp. (210 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

Mucronella ve.ntricosct, var. multispinata, Busk. (210 fathoms) ; obtained also at

Station 145.

Schizoporella elegans (d’Orbigny). (210 to 550 fathoms) ; obtained also at

Station 142.

Myriozoum marionense, n.sp, (210 to 550 fathoms) ; obtained also at Stations 145

and 151.

Cellepora vagans, n.sp. (210 fathoms); obtained also at Sandwich Islands,

20 to 40 fathoms.

,, mamillata, var. atlantica, Busk. (210 fathoms) ; obtained also at Bahia.
Bkachiopoda (Davidson, Zool. pt, 1).

Terebratula moseleyi , n.sp. Five specimens (210 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality.

The Station-book records also : — Several other Ophiurids, several Annelids, and a

Chiton.

Excluding Protozoa, about 100 specimens of invertebrates were obtained at this
place, belonging to about 33 species, of which 20 are new to science, including
representatives of 3 new genera ; 10 of the new species were not obtained elsewhere.

Willemoes-Suhm writes : :£ Cribrella was common in the dredgings from

210 fathoms ; most of the Alcyonarians were inhabited by an Annelid, and one of
them by a Iicmieuvyale [ = Astro toma] ; on the stones there wras, besides Tt r- bratula
a small white Chiton, an animal which probably does not extend to much deeper
water.1”

Surface Organisms. — A tow-net was sent down on the dredge rope, and another wa>
towed behind the ship at a depth of about 80 fathoms, and yielded many Diatoms
and small Globigerinse, Sagitta, Halocypris, Copepods, Hyperia , Pteropods and Pteropod
larvae, and Salpse.

January 4 to 6, 1874. — The ship was running before i strong wind for Kerguelen,
arriving in Christmas Harbour, Kerguelen, on the morning of January 7.

Stations 148
and 148a.

Organisms from
Surface-Net-.

460

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Stations 149 to
149k.

(Kekguh.en).

Animal* from
Kkrocelen.

Stations 149 to 149k (Soundings 243 to 253), off Kerguelen Island (see
Chart 21).

January 9 to 29, 1874.

Depth, 20 to 150 fathoms ; deposit, Green Muds, containing about 1 per cent, of
carbonate of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

From January 9 to 29, 1874, a great many soundings, dredgings, and trawlings
were :aken off the coast of Kerguelen, in depths varying between 20 and 150 fathoms
(Stations 149 to 149k). For description of Kerguelen see Narr. Chall. Exp., vol. i.
pp. 332-361. The dredgings and trawlings were very successful, and as it would be
almost impossible to give a list of the species from each Station, they are all combined,
the depth given in the Reports being indicated : —

Monaxonida (Ridley and Dendy, Zool. pt. 59).

Halichondria panicea, Johnston. Numerous specimens (10 to 100 fathoms);

obtained also at Japan. Recorded from Atlantic,
Ceylon, and Torres Strait.

Petrosici hispida, n.sp. Two specimens (25 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality.

Pachychalina (?) pedancidata, n.sp. One specimen (10 to 100 fathoms) ; obtained

at no other locality.

Desmacidon ( Ilomwodictya ) kerguelenensis, n.sp. Two specimens (25 fathoms) ;

obtained at no other locality.

Amphilectus apollinis, n.sp. Two specimens (20 to 60 fathoms); obtained at no

other locality.

„ pilosus, n.sp. One specimen (70 fathoms); obtained also at

Station 145.

Axiiu.Ha brdfourensis , n.sp. One specimen (20 to 60 fathoms); obtained at no

other locality.

Subei'iti > antarcticns, Carter. One specimen (70 fathoms); obtained at no other

localit)T by the Challenger. Recorded from
Antarctic.

Stylocordyla stipitata (Carter), var. globosa, nov. Fifty specimens (10 to

100 fathoms) ; obtained also at Station 145.

Latrunculia apicalw, n.sp. One specimen (70 fathoms) ; obtained also at

Station 320, 600 fathoms.

„ bocagd, n.sp. Two specimens (10 to 70 fathoms) ; obtained at no

other locality.

SUMMARY" OF RESULTS.

461

Tetractixellida (Sollas, Zoo], pc, 63).

Tetilla grandis, n.sp. Fifty specimens (10 to 100 fathoms); obtained at no other
locality.

„ „ var. cdba, nov. (120 fathoms); obtained also at Station 150,

150 fathoms.

Cinachyra barbata, n.g., n.sp. Over sixty specimens (25 to 60 fathoms); obtained
at no other locality. Only species of the genus.

Hexactinellid a (Schulze, Zool. pt. 53).

Rossella antarctica, Carter. Several specimens (Christmas Harbour, various

depths) ; obtained also at Stations 145, 150, and 320.

Calcarea (Polejaeff, Zool. pt. 24).

Leuconia ovata, n.sp. One specimen (70 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

„ fndicosa (Haeckel). Two specimens (20 to 60 fathoms) ; obtained also
at Station 150, 150 fathoms.

Leucetta vera, n.sp. One specimen (10 to 100 fathoms); obtained at no other locality.

Alcyonaria (Wright and Studer, Zool. pt. 64).

Primnoisis ambigua, n.g., n.sp. (10 to 80 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

Actinxarta (Hertwig, Zool. pts. 15 and 73).

Leiotealia nymplma (Drayton). One specimen (120 fathoms); obtained at no

other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from Valparaiso.

Halcampa clavus (Quoy and Gaimarcl). Three specimens (25 to 120 fathoms) ;

obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

„ kerguelensis, n.sp. Eighteen specimens (25 to 127 fathoms) ; obtained
at no other locality.

Hydroida (Allman, Zool. pts. 20 and 70).

Schizotricha unifurcata, n.g., n.sp. (10 to 100 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality. The only other species of the genus (Schizotricha-
midtifurcata ) was taken at Station 151.

Eudendrium rameum (Pallas). (105 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality by

the Challenger. Recorded from Europe.

Halecium arboreum, n.sp. (105 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

Obelia geniculata (Linne). (20 to 26 fathoms); obtained a I so at Station 315.

5 to 12 fathoms. Recorded from Arctic, European seas,
east and west coasts of North America.

Hypanthea aggregate i, n.sp. (20 to 26 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality

(summary of results ohall. exp. — 1893.) 59

Kerottelen.

462

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Kehgvklsn.

G ■ a miliaria stentor, n.sp. (28 to 60 fathoms); obtained at no other locality.

N rtularia secunda, n.sp. (20 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

,, cchinocarpa, n.sp. (28 to 60 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

„ articulata, n.sp. (28 to 60 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

Crinoidea (Carpenter, Zool. pt. 60).

Prvma hocrinus kerguelensis, n.g., n.sp. Seven specimens (10 to 127 fathoms);

obtained also at Station 151, 75 fathoms.

Asteroidea (Sladen, Zool. pt. 51).

Leptopty chaster kcrguelenensis , Smith. (10 to 100 fathoms) ; obtained also at

Station 145.

BathybiasVr l oil pcs, n.sp., var. obesa, nov. (127 fathoms); the species obtained

also at Stations 151 and 311, 75 and 245 fathoms.

Gnathaster mcridionalis, Smith. (28 to 127 fathoms); obtained also at

Stations 145, 150, and 151.

,, clongatus, n.g., n.sp. (127 fathoms); obtained also at Stations 145,

150, and 151.

Porania glaber, n.sp. (30 to 127 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

PUraster ajffinis. Smith. (28 fathoms); obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger. Recorded from Kerguelen.

P iaster peregrinator, n.sp. (127 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

Crib rel la simples, n.sp., var. granulosa, nov. (10 to 50 fathoms); the species

obtained also at Stations 135, 145, and 148.

Pcrknaster fnscus, n.g.. n.sp. (25 fathoms); obtained also at Station 151,

75 fathoms.

densus, n.g., n.sp. (127 fathoms); obtained at no other locality.

prhinoster sprinulijer. Smith. (28 to 127 fathoms); obtained at no other locality

by the Challenger. Recorded from Kerguelen.

Pedicel ! aster scaber, Smith. (20 to 25 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality by

the Challenger. Recorded from Kerguelen.

A h-rias mcr<fionalis, Perrier. (10 to 127 fathoms) ; obtained also at Station 145.
„ per -cirri, Smith. (25 to 110 fathoms); obtained at no other locality by

the Challenger. Recorded from Kerguelen.

Pdfifi ia.<,fcr annulatus, n.sp. (127 fathoms); obtained also at Stations 150, 151,

and 191, 75 to 800 fathoms.

OphicroiT’KA (Lyman, Zool. pt. 14).

(Jphioglypha he sort is, Smith. (20 to 75 fathoms) ; obtained also at Station 145.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

463

Ophioglypha brevispina, Smith (?). (20 to 120 fathoms) ; obtained at no other Kerguelen

locality by the Challenger.

„ cnnbigua, n.sp. (25 to 120 fathoms); obtained at no other locality.

„ deshayesi, n.sp. (28 to 120 fathoms); obtained also at Stations 150

and 151, 150 and 75 fathoms.

Ophiocten amitinum, n.sp. (120 fathoms) ; obtained also at Stations 145, 146,

152, and 157.

Amphiura studeri, Lyman. (20 to 60 fathoms) ; obtained also at Stations 145

and 151.

,, tomentosa, n.sp. (20 to 60 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

Ophiacantha vivipara, Ljungman. (20 to 120 fathoms) ; for distribution see

Station 145.

,, imago, n.sp. (25 to 120 fathoms); obtained also at Stations 150,

and 151, 150 and 75 fathoms.

Gorgonocephalus pourtalesii, Lyman. (75 to 120 fathoms); obtained also at

Stations 150, 151, 307, 308, and 313, 55 to 175 fathoms.

Recorded from East Patagonia.

Echinoidea (Agassiz, Zool. pt, 9).

Goniocidaris canaliculata, Agassiz. (20 to 120 fathoms) ; for distribution see

Station 147.

Echinus margaritaceus, Lamarck. (50 to 120 fathoms) ; obtained also at

Stations 150, 151, 308, and 311, 75 to 245 fathoms.

Hemiaster cavernosus (Phil.). (10 to 250 [1] fathoms) ; obtained also at

Stations 151 and 310, 75 and 400 fathoms.

Schizaster moseleyi, n.sp. (110 to 120 fathoms) ; obtained also at Stations 146,

305, 307, 309, 310, and 311.

Holothurioidea (Theel, Zool. pt. 39).

Trochostoma violaceum, Studer, Numerous specimens (20 to 120 fathoms) ;

obtained also at Station 169, 700 fathoms. Recorded
from Kerguelen.

Cucumaria laevigata { Yerrill). Numerous specimens (25 to 120 fathoms); obtained

also at Station 151, 75 fathoms. Recorded from
Kerguelen.

,, Jcerguelensis, n.sp. Six specimens (25 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality.

P solus incertus, n.sp. One specimen (60 fathoms); obtained also at Stations 150

and 151, 150 and 75 fathoms.

464

THE VOYAGE OF il.M.S. CI1A LLENGEB .

K EKtiUlUTC .

/ ' ' 7 A ppibe, Wyville Thomson, n.sp. One specimen (20 to 60 fathoms);

obtained also at Stations 145, 150, and 151.

/ /- in ir cate. n.^p. One specimen (10 to 100 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality.

Estozoa (Linstow, Zool. pt. 71).

Asvari ' simplex, Rudolphi. Thirteen specimens from stomach of seal ( Otaria
jubata).

,, griculigera, Rudolphi. Thirty-six specimens from stomach of shag
( Phulacrocorax verrucosus).

Nkmertka (Hubrecht, Zool. pt. 54).

b < p'ltwphorus serraticollis, Hubrecht (?). One fragmentary specimen (depth not

given) ; obtained also at Station 162, 38 to 40 fathoms.
Recorded from Mediterranean.

Amphiporus moseleyi, n.sp. Several specimens (shallow water to 20 fathoms);

obtained at no other locality.

,, marioni, n.sp. One specimen (120 fathoms) ; obtained also at

Station 145.

C( rebratulus corrugatus (M'Intosh). Numerous specimens (25 to 120 fathoms);

obtained also at Station 151, 75 fathoms.

„ sp. (?) (medullatus, n.sp. ?). One fragmentary specimen (depth not

given).

Gephyrka (Selenka, Zool. pt. 36).

bhoscolos -met pudicum, n.sp. Numerous specimens (10 to 127 fathoms); obtained

at no other locality.

Annelida (MTntosh, Zool. pt. 34).

L^'tmonice products, Grube. Numerous specimens (20 to 120 fathoms); obtained

also at Station 15 J, 75 fathoms. Recorded from
Kerguelen.

big, sc tntanlica, n.sp. Several specimens (127 fathoms); obtained also at

Station 145.

,, mageUanica , n.sp. (127 fathoms); obtained also at Station 308,

175 fathoms.

/ 'i rot k>rgnel'/tst.s, n.sp. Several specimens (30 to 127 fathoms); obtained at

no other locality.

Hupvlyno* mollis, M'Intosh. One fragmentary specimen (100 fathoms); obtained

at no other locality by the Challenger.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

405

Ilermadion Jcerguelensis, n.sp. Numerous specimens (20 to 60 fathoms) ; obtained Kerguele.;.

also at Falkland Islands, 5 to 10 fathoms.

Nephthys trissophyllus, C4rube. Numerous specimens (20 to CO fathom.-,) ; obtained

also at Station 151, 75 fathoms. Recorded from
Kerguelen.

Salvatona Jcerguelensis, n.g., n.sp. One specimen (45 to 120 fathoms); obtained

at no other locality. Only species of the genus.

Eusyllis Jcerguelensis, n.sp. Several specimens (127 fathoms); obtained at no

other locality.

Syllis gigantea, n.sp. (10 to 100 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

Sphgerosyllis Jcerguelensis, n.sp. One specimen (127 fathoms) ; obtained at no

other locality.

Autolytus maclearanus, n.sp. One specimen (30 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality.

m Nereis ( Platynereis ) eatoni, Mflntosh. (20 fathoms) ; obtained also at Station 145,

Fernando Noronha, and Falkland Islands.

,. Jcerguelensis, Baird (?), and var. (?). (10 to 100 fathoms) ; obtained at no

other locality. Recorded from Kerguelen.

Lvmbriconereis Jcerguelensis, G-rube. (110 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality

by the Challenger.

Eunice magellanica , n.sp. (?) (young ?). One specimen (20 fathoms) ; obtained

also at Stations 308 and 311, 175 and 245 fathoms.

Glycera Jcerguelensis, n.sp. One specimen (127 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality.

Scolophs Jcerguelensis, n.sp. Several specimens (110 to 120 fathoms) ; obtained

at no other locality.

Travisia Jcerguelensis, n.sp. Several specimens (25 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality.

TropJionia Jcerguelarum, Grube. Numerous specimens (127 fathoms) ; obtained

at no other locality. Recorded from Kerguelen.

Brada inammillata, Grube. Numerous specimens (20 to 40 fathoms) : obtained at

no other locality. Recorded from Kerguelen.

Scolecolep is cirrata, Sars, var. (?). One specimen (110 fathoms); obtained also at

Station 23.

Notomastus (?) sp. One fragmentary specimen (127 fathoms).

Pr axilla Jcerguelensis, n.sp. Several specimens (110 fathoms) ; obtained at no

other locality.

,, assimilis, n.sp, One fragmentary specimen (127 fathoms); obtained at

no other locality.

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

KkRoLKLRN

460

Amphxrctr kerguelensis , n.sp. Two specimens (127 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality.

Amphitritc kerguelensis, MTntosh. Numerous specimens (20 to 110 fathoms);

obtained at no other locality. Recorded from
Kerguelen.

X<-ott'>s antarctica, MTntosh. Several specimens (20 to 120 fathoms); obtained

also at Stations 145, 150, 151, and 313.

/■'rrulho hrguelensis, n.sp. Two specimens (110 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality.

Polycir >is kcrguelensis, n.sp. One fragmentary specimen (127 fathoms); obtained

at no other locality.

Artacama challengerise, n.sp. Several specimens (25 to 110 fathoms) ; obtained at

no other locality.

TerebclL les streemi, Sars, var. kerguelcnsis, nov. Several specimens (110 to

127 fathoms) ; obtained also at Station 47 (var. ?).

Si rpulc. h'/rconensis, Baird. Several specimens (60 fathoms) ; obtained also at

Stations 145, 151, and 308.

Spirorbis sp. (?). Fragment (110 fathoms).

Ostracoda (Brady, Zool. pt. 3).

Aglaia (?) obtusata, n.sp. (20 to 50 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

Ariillaecia ehurnea, n.sp. (20 to 120 fathoms); obtained also at Station 323,

1900 fathoms.

Macrocypris tumida, n.sp. (28 fathoms) ; obtained also in Wellington Harbour, N.Z.
,, decora , Brady. (120 fathoms) ; for distribution see Station 24.

,, maculata, Brady. (20 to 50 fathoms) ; obtained also at Stations 145,

162, the Cape, and Amboina.

Baird at cillosa, n.sp. (20 to 120 fathoms) ; obtained also at Stations 135, 145,

and 162.

,, victrix, Brady. (120 fathoms) ; for distribution see Station 24.

Cytherc foveolata, n.sp. (127 fathoms) ; obtained also at Station 151, 75 fathoms.

,, kcrguelenensis, n.sp. (20 to 50 fathoms) ; obtained also at Stations 145,

162, and Port Jackson.

,, subrufa, n.sp. (20 to 50 fathoms) ; obtained also at Station 145.

inyvdle-thomsoni , n.sp. (20 to 120 fathoms),; obtained also at Stations 150,
151, and 185, 75 to 155 fathoms.

., andei, Brady (?). Single valve (depth not given) ; obtained also off

Ascension, 7 fathoms. Recorded from Mauritius and
Colon- Aspin wall.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS,

467

Krithe bartonensis (Jones). (120 fathoms); obtained also at Station 191a, Kerguelen.

580 fathoms.

Xestoleberis depressa, Sars. (20 to 25 fathoms); obtained also at Station 150,

150 fathoms. Recorded from Europe, Spitzbergen,
and North America. Fossil — Post-Tertiary of Europe
and Canada.

„ setigera, n.sp. (120 fathoms) ; obtained also at Stations 145 and 151.

,, curta, Brady. (28 fathoms) ; for distribution see Station 33.

Cytherura obliquci, n.sp. (20 to 50 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

,, lilljeborgi, n.sp. (20 to 50 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

,, costellata, n.sp. (20 to 50 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

Cytheropteron scaphoides, n.sp. (20 to 50 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

„ (?) angustatum, n.sp. (20 to 50 fathoms) ; obtained also at

Station 185, 155 fathoms.

,, assimile, n.sp. (120 fathoms); obtained also at Station 151,

75 fathoms.

,, fenestratum, n.sp. (120 fathoms); obtained also at Station 335,

1425 fathoms.

By thocy there purnilio, n.sp, (20 to 50 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

Pseudocythere caudata. Sars. (20 to 120 fathoms) ; obtained also at Stations 145

and 323.

Sclerochilus contortus (Norman). (20 to 50 fathoms) ; obtained also at Station 151,

75 fathoms, and Wellington Harbour, N.Z.

Xiphichilus complanatus, n.sp. (120 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

P aradoxostoma abbreviation , Sars. (20 to 50 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger. Recorded from Europe.

Cypridina danse , n.sp. One specimen (120 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality.

Polycope orbicularis, Sars (?). (120 fathoms) ; obtained also at Stations 142 (?),

185, and Vigo Bay.

Amphipoda (Stebbing, Zool. pt. 67).

Anonyx cicadoides, n.sp. Several specimens (20 to 127 fathoms) ; obtained at n ■

other locality.

Tryphosa barbatipes, n.sp. Three specimens (shallow water to 127 fathoms) ;

obtained at no other locality.

Hippomedon kergueleni (Miers). Several specimens (20 to 127 fathoms) ; obtained

at no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded
from Kerguelen.

O

46*

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

llgpoir- Jon trigonicus, n.g., n.sp. One specimen (depth not given); obtained

at no other locality.

Choi rimedon ir>natipalmatus, n.g., n.sp. One specimen (127 fathoms) ; obtained

at no other locality. Only species of the genus.

'///n nn.irrat/i, n.g., n.sp. One specimen (depth not given) ; obtained at no

other locality. Only species of the genus.

Or< ',ovb uc C'lvimanus, n.sp. Three specimens (shallow water to 127 fathoms) ;

obtained at no other locality.

I p b'p- <"reum foraminiferu'm, n.sp. Five specimens (127 fathoms); obtained at

no other locality.

Sir ir-,to"/cs kcrgucleni, n.g., n.sp. Three specimens (30 to 127 fathoms); obtained

* at no other locality. Only species of the genus.

Amhofiot inteyrioauda, n.sp. One specimen (28 fathoms); obtained at no other

locality.

Acontlostomo pepinii, n.g., n.sp. Three specimens (28 fathoms); obtained at no

other locality.

,, kergueleni, n.g., n.sp. One specimen (28 fathoms) ; obtained at no

other locality.

Afrtopa nasvtigenes, n.sp. Three specimens (127 fathoms); obtained at no other

locality.

Omlntio paurodactylus, n.g., n.sp. Four specimens (depth not given) ; obtained

at no other locality. Only species of the genus.

Vho.r jcophalus kergueleni, n.sp. Several specimens (120 fathoms); obtained also

at Station 145.

/ ! ■(}•]>’ ain. ohtusifrons, n.sp. Four specimens (30 to 120 fathoms) ; obtained at no

other locality.

/ mthc.r forhneOssa, n.sp. Five specimens (120 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

Iloiimedon schneideri, n.sp. One specimen (shallow water) ; obtained at no other

locality.

( Ed i ceroid es rostrala, n.g., n.sp. Five specimens (127 fathoms) ; obtained also at

Station 150, 150 fathoms.

I phi media pacifica, n.sp. One specimen (127 fathoms); obtained also at

Station 150, 150 fathoms.

.Ihjlad'' uvsfralui (Miers). Several specimens (25 fathoms); obtained at no

other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from
Kerguelen and Port Jackson.

Harp jide* drepanocheir, n.g., n.sp. Three specimens (shallow water to

127 fathoms); obtained at no other locality. Only
species of the genus.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

469

Tritsetci kergueleni, n.sp. Three specimens (28 to 127 fathoms) ; obtained at no

other locality.

Rhachotropis kergueleni , n.sp. Two specimens (depth not given) ; obtained at no

other locality.

Eusirus longipes, Boeck. One specimen (depth not given) ; obtained also at

Station 150, 150 fathoms. Recorded from North
Atlantic.

Liljeborgia consanguinea, n.sp. One specimen (20 fathoms) ; obtained also at

Station 151, 75 fathoms.

Photis macrocarpus , n.sp. Several specimens (depth not given) ; obtained at no

other locality.

Aora kergueleni, n.sp. Three specimens (30 to 38 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality.

,, trichobostrychus, n.sp. Two specimens (depth not given) ; obtained at no

other locality.

Autonoe kergueleni , n.sp. Two specimens (127 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality.

Gammaropsis exsertipes, n.sp. Three specimens (depth not given) ; obtained at no

other locality.

Amphithoe kergueleni, n.sp. One specimen (depth not given) ; obtained at no

other locality.

Poclocerus falcatus (Montagu). One specimen (30 fathoms) ; taken also from screw

after leaving the Cape.

Cerapus sismithi, n.sp. Three specimens (120 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality.

Haplocheira plumosa, n.sp. Two specimens (shallow water to 127 fathoms) ;

obtained at no other locality.

Platophium dame, n.sp. Nine specimens (127 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality.

Neohela serrata, n.sp, 'Two specimens (127 fathoms); obtained at no other

locality.

Kerguelenia compacta, n.g., n.sp. Two specimens (127 fathoms); obtained at no

other locality. Only species of the genus.

Dodecas elongata, n.g., n.sp. Several specimens (95 to 110 fathoms); obtained

at no other locality. Only species of the genus.

Protellopsis kergueleni, n.g., n.sp. Two specimens (30 fathoms); obtained at no

other locality. Only species of the genus.

Euthemisto thomsoni, n.n. One specimen (25 fathoms) ; obtained at the surface

on several occasions in the Antarctic.

(summary of results chall. exp. — 1893.)

Kerguelen.

60

470

THE VOYAGE OF H.AI.S. CHALLENGER.

Kekoukuu-.

Lsopoda (Beddard, Zool. pts. 33 aud 48).

.S. ohs la.ti/rons, White. Numerous specimens (5 to 40 fathoms); obtained also

at Station 148.

septemcarinata, Miers. Numerous specimens (25 to 60 fathoms) ; obtained
also at Station 145.

„ cornvta, Studer. Several specimens (25 to 45 fathoms ) ; obtained at no

other locality. Recorded from Kerguelen.

,/.•) ra 7 uibcscens, Dana. Several specimens, semiparasitic on Sphseroma gigas (rock-

pools); obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.
Recorded from Tatagonia and Kerguelen.

Mu ana maedata, u.sp. One specimen (28 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.
,, pallida, n.sp. One specimen (30 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

Pleurogorduw albidum, n.sp. One specimen (120 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality.

,. serratum, n.sp. One specimen (120 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality.

Xeasellus kcrguelenensis, n.g., n.sp. One specimen (120 fathoms) ; obtained also

at Station 320, 600 fathoms. Only species of the
genus.

crudeauda, n.g., n.sp. Numerous specimens (120 fathoms) ; obtained at
no other locality. Only species of the genus.

II i/a rachna quadnspinosa, n.sp. Several specimens (127 fathoms); obtained at no

other locality.

Arct'/r furcatus, Studer. Numerous specimens (7 to 127 fathoms); obtained

also at Stations 151 and 153, 75 and 1675 fathoms.
Recorded from Kerguelen.

slvclri, n.sp. Several specimens (25 to 127 fathoms) ; obtained at no
other locality.

St ebbiruj i, n.sp. One specimen (30 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

A*t"< d/a mctrionensis, n.sp. Two specimens (surface and shallow water) ; obtained

also at Station 145.

. 1 / ud> - sjK ctnbi/is, Studer. < )ne specimen (depth not given) ; obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger. Recorded from Kerguelen.
„ antarctica, n.sp. Several specimens (127 fathoms); obtained at no other

locality.

/ a trill' nun i.i, Stud< r. Numerous specimens (45 fathoms); obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger. Recorded from Kerguelen.

/ iplditaiviii kergucl nmsiff, n.sp. Several specimens (127 fathoms) ; obtained also

at Station 216 (?), 2050 fathoms.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

471.

Leptognatliia australis, n.sp. One specimen (127 fathoms) ; obtained at no other Kbrgueli

locality.

Paratanais climorphus, n.sp. Numerous specimens (127 fathoms) ; obtained at in

other locality.

Anceus gigas, n.sp. Several specimens (127 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

„ tuberculosus, n.sp. Three specimens (30 to 127 fathoms); obtained at no

other locality.

Paranthura neglecta, n.sp. One specimen (127 fathoms); obtained at no other

locality.

Cyraodocea darwini, Cunningham. Several specimens (127 fathoms) ; obtained at

no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from
Patagonia.

Fifty-one other specimens, belonging to about 9 species undetermined.

Cumacea (Sars, Zool. pt. 55).

Vaunthompsonia 'tneridionalis, n.sp. One specimen (127 fathoms) ; obtained at no

other locality.

Paralamprops serrato-costata, n. g, ,.n. sp. Numerous specimens(127 fathoms); obtained

at no other locality. Only species of the genus.

Leucon assimilis, n.sp. A few specimens (127 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

Diastylis horrida, n.sp. Several specimens (127 fathoms); obtained at no other

locality.

Campylaspis nodulosa, n.sp. Four specimens (127 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality.

Schizopoda (Sars, Zool. pt. 37).

Puphausia murrayi, n.sp. One specimen (96 fathoms) ; obtained also at

Station 154, surface (?).

Pseudomma sarsii, Willemoes-Suhm, n.sp. Several specimens (120 fathoms);

obtained also at Station 153, 1675 fathoms.

Brachyura (Miers, Zool. pt. 49).

Hal 'icarcinus planatus (Fabricius). Two specimens (rock-pools); obtained also at

Stations 145, 316, and Falkland Islands.

Pycnogonida (Hoek, Zool. pt. 1 0).

Nymphon brachyrhynchus, n.sp. Numerous specimens (45 to 120 tathoms) ;

obtained at no other locality.

fuscurn, n.sp. Three specimens (25 fathoms) ; obtained at no other
locality.

;?

472

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGE!?..

:.s Xynijjhon brevicaudatvm, Micrs. Numerous specimens (25 to 120 fathoms) ;

obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.
Recorded from Kerguelen.

Colossendeis robusta, n.sp. One specimen (120 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality.

,, megalonyx , n.sp. Two or three specimens (120 fathoms); obtained

also at Stations 313 and 314, 55 and 70 fathoms.

Lamelubranchiata (Smith, Zool. pt. 35).

Nexm kerguelenensis, n.sp. (120 fathoms)-; obtained at no other locality.

Thracia meridionalis, n.sp. (20 to 60 fathoms) ; obtained also at Station 145.

Anatina elliptica, King and Broderip, juv. (15 to 28 fathoms) ; obtained at no

other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from Kerguelen
and New South Shetland.

Davila (?) umbonata, n.sp. (25 fathoms) ; obtained also at Station 145.

„ „ var. (?). (20 to 60 fathoms).

K'ilia suborb icularis (Montagu). Two specimens (28 fathoms) ; obtained at no

other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from North
Atlantic.

nuculina , Martens. (20 to 120 fathoms) ; obtained also at Station 145.

' ,, cordi/ormis, n.sp. (28 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

Cardita astartoides, Martens. (20 to 60 fathoms) ; obtained also at Station 150,

150 fathoms.

} )ldia isonata, Martens. (15 to 110 fathoms); obtained at no other locality by

the Challenger.

,. <uba:quilateralis, Smith. (28 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality by the
Challenger.

Mallet ia gigantea, Smith. (Shallow water to 60 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger.

Mgtilus ruag< llanicus, Chemnitz. (Shore) ; obtained also at Station 315, 12 fathoms,

and Fiji. Recorded from New Zealand.

,, kerguelensis, u.sp. (Shore) ; obtained at no other locality.

Moiliolarca 'rapezina (Lamarck). (28 fathoms); obtained also at Stations 145,

311, and 315.

,, kerg nc/ens is, n.sp. (25 fathoms); obtained at no other locality.

Lnn<i (Limatula) pygnuea, Philippi. (28 to 60 fathoms); obtained also at

Station 145.

Pectfn clathratus, Martens. (120 fathoms); obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger.

SUMMARY OP RESULTS.

473

Scaphopoda and Gasteropoda (Watson, Zool. pt. 42).

Dentalium segeum , n.sp. (110 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

Patella fuegiensis, Reeve. (Rocks and 20 to 60 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger. Recorded from Tierra del
Fuego, Falklands, and Kerguelen.

,, Jcerguelensis, Smith. (Rocks and 40 fathoms) ; obtained also at Heard

Island, shore. Recorded from Kerguelen.

Puncturella noachina (Linne), var. princeps, Mighels. (60 fathoms) ; for

distribution see Station 145.

Trochus ( Photinula ) expansus (Sowerby). (25 to 60 fathoms) ; obtained also

at Station 145 and Falkland Islands.

,, (Margarita,) char opus, n.sp. (105 fathoms); obtained also at Station 151,

75 fathoms (var. cceruleus),

Scissurella obliqua, n.sp. (Shore) ; obtained at no other locality.

Tyophon albolabratus, Smith. (25 to 60 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality

by the Challenger. Recorded from Kerguelen.

,, septus, n.sp. (28 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

Fusus ( Neptunea ) regulus, n.sp. (28 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality.

,, ( Euthria ) chloroticus, Martens. (20 to 105 fathoms); obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger. Recorded from Kerguelen.

,, ( ,, ) fuscatus (Bruguikre). (25 fathoms) ; obtained also at Stations 315

and 316, 4 to 12 fathoms. Recorded from Peru.

Buccinum albozonatum, n.sp. (28 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

Neobuccinum eatoni, Smith. (Rocks and 20 to 25 fathoms) ; obtained also at

Station 151, 75 fathoms. Recorded from Kerguelen.

,, vestitum (Martens). (20 to 28 fathoms) ; obtained also at

Station 151, 75 fathoms. Recorded from Kerguelen.

Provocator pulcher , n.g., n.sp. (105 fathoms); obtained also at Station 150,

150 fathoms. Only species of the genus.

Volutomitra fragillima, n.sp. (28 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

Cancellaria (Admete) specularis, n.sp. (25 fathoms) ; obtained also at Station 151,

75 fathoms.

„ ( ,, ) carinata, n.sp. (28 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

,, ( ,, ) s\). (?) (specular is?). One broken specimen (60 fathoms).

Pleurotoma (Surcula) staminea, n.sp. (105 fathoms) ; obtained also at Station 146.
„ (Typhlouiangelia) fiuctuosa, n.sp., var. cariosa, nov. One specimen

(28 fathoms); the species obtained also at Station 151.
75 fathoms.

Kerguelen.

474

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

/ 7, (Sj ■rotropis) studeriana, Martens. (25 to 30 fathoms); obtained at

locality.

„ sp. (?). (28 fathoms).

.SO 'tiiioloriu rairabilis, Smith. (20 to GO fathoms) ; obtained also at Station 151>

75 fathoms. Recorded from Kerguelen.

\ c, / <jri.nu, Martens. (25 to 95 fathoms); obtained at no other locality

by the Challenger.

forfdis, n.sp. (GO fathoms); obtained also at Stations 145 and 150.

( Lu< tia) prasina, n.sp. (28 and 60 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

\oi.ica (Aii'iurcqjsis) pirscalpta, Martens. (20 and 28 fathoms); obtained at no

other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from

Alaha {Duila) sp. (?). (127 fathoms).

L tori no bttosa. Smith. (GO fathoms); obtained at no other locality by the

]> .<.ioa (Sctui) /jrincipis, n.sp. (Shore); obtained also at Station 145.

„ ( „ ) australis, n.sp. (Shore) ; obtained at no other locality.

,, ( ., ) sinapi, n.sp. (Shore) ; obtained at no other locality.

>h“' 'ilnjinos a (Gould). (Shore); obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger. Recorded from Tierra del Fucgo and
Kerguelen.

I. >> olln lylir/inoHu (Smith). (Shore); obtained at no other locality by the

Challenge r. Recorded from Kerguelen.
sulrujitcens (Smith). (25 fathoms) * obtained at no other locality by
the Challenger. Recorded from Kerguelen.

</o • •••< 'data. Smith. (Shore); obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger. Recorded from Kerguelen

Aim'll ( lii.ro, ma) cdchtu! ns, n.sp. One injured specimen (60 fathoms); obtained

at no other locality.

no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from
Kerguelen.

( Thcsbiu ) tranduadu, n.sp. (25 and 28 fathoms); obtained also at
Station 145.

( „ ) corpulentcl, n.sp. (28 fathoms); obtained at no other locality.

( „ ) platamodes, n.sp. (28 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

Kerguelen.

) sutvmlis, n.sp. (60 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

Turrit 1< da austrina, msp. (23 fathoms); obtained also at Station 145.

ntcolor, Smith, n.sp. (28 fathoms) [see Proc. Zool. Soc. Load., 1891,

p. 437].

Challenger. Recorded from Kerguelen.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

475

Polyplacophora (Haddon, Zool. pt. 43).

Leptochiton Tcerguelensis, n.sp. One specimen (60 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality.

Hemiarthrum setidosum, Carpenter, MS. One specimen (shore) ; obtained at no

other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from Kerguelen.

Nudibranchiata (Bergh, Zool. pt. 26).

Archidoris brgudenensis, n.sp. One specimen (25 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality.

„ australis, n.sp. One specimen (95 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality.

Marseniadze (Bergh, Zool. pt. 41).

Marseniopsis pacijica, n.g., n.sp. One specimen (10 to 100 fathoms); obtained at

no other locality.

Polyzoa (Busk, Zool. pts. 30 and 50 ; Waters, pt. 79).

Cellularia quadrata , n.sp. (28 fathoms); obtained also at Station 151, 75 fathoms.

,, elongata, n.sp. (?). (28 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

Mempea benemunita, n.sp. (45 to 127 fathoms) ; obtained also at Stations 303,

313, 314, and 315, 5 to 1325 fathoms.

,, flagdlifera , n.sp. (20 to 127 fathoms) ; obtained also at Stations 145,

313, and 314.

Cdberea darwinii, Busk. (45 to 127 fathoms) ; for distribution see Station 135.
Bugula longissima, n.sp. (28 fathoms) ; obtained also at Station 151, 75 fathoms.
Flustra crassa, n.sp. (28 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

Carbasea ovoidea, Busk. (28 to 127 fathoms) ; for distribution see Station 145.
Diachoris inermis, Busk. (20 to 60 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality by the

Challenger. Recorded from IS! ew Zealand and Magellan
Strait.

Membranipora galeata, Busk. (28 fathoms); obtained also at Stations 75, 145,

150, 320, and Simon’s Bay, Cape.

Amphiblestrum cristatum, n.sp. (28 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.
Salicornana clavata, n.sp. (28 fathoms) ; obtained also at Stations 145, 151, 162,

163b, and 304. [Waters calls it Cettaria australis,
MacGillivray].

,, variabilis, n.sp. (25 fathoms) ; obtained also at Stations 304 and 314,

45 and 70 fathoms.

„ rnalvinensis, Busk. (28 fathoms); for distribution see Station 145.

Kerguelen.

47(5

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Keroisukn.

O' , Jioj -a ri clairii, Busk. (28 fathoms) ; obtained also at Stations 150, 151, and

157, 75 to 1950 fathoms. Recorded from New Zealand,
Australia, and Marion Island. [Waters calls it Calwcllia
sinclairii (Busk)].

C' ■‘n:", on/ hyalina, var. bougainvillei , d’Orbigny. (28 fathoms); obtained also

at Stations 145 and 315.

Sih ttia mcu'ionensis, Busk. (28 fathoms) ; obtained also at Station 145.

C< II po'- i cat oi< crisis, n.sp. (28 to 1 27 fathoms) ; obtained also at Stations 303 and

315, 1325 and 5 to 12 fathoms.

C - eburnea (Linne), var. laxa, nov. (28 to 105 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger. Recorded from Arctic and
North Atlantic.

Id mo ca athmtica, Forbes. (30 fathoms) ; obtained also at Stations 49, 135, and

the Cape.

Brachiopoda (Davidson, Zool. pt. 1).

U m h the iinia kerguelcnensis , n.sp. Numerous specimens (20 to 60 fathoms) ; obtained

also at Stations 145 and 150.

/'- rt ' atella dorsata (Gmelin). Three specimens (20 to 30 fathoms) ; obtained at

no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded from
coast of Chili to Magellan Strait.

Tuxicata (Herdman, Zool. pts. 17 and 38).

Eugyra hei'guehnensis, n.sp. Three specimens (10 to 100 fathoms); obtained at

no other locality.

Sty el a lactea, n.sp. Three specimens (10 to 100 fathoms); obtained at no other

locality.

A." id in. ch all ngcri , n.sp. Thirteen specimens (10 to 60 fathoms) ; obtained at no

other locality.

t ■(.> ulosa . n.sp. One test (28 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.
translvcida, n.sp. Three specimens (28 fathoms); obtained at no other
locality.

,. di pecta, n.sp. On<- specimen (10 to 100 fathoms); obtained at no other

locality.

C >\cVu pedn icnlnta (Quoy and Gaimard). Four specimens (10 to 60 fathoms);

obtained also at Stations 151, 313, 314, and 315,
12 to 75 fathoms. Recorded from Australia and
Magellan Strait.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

477

Colella quoyi, n.g., n.sp Three specimens (25 fathoms) ; obtained at no other Kerguelen.

locality.

,, concreta , n.g., n.sp. Several specimens (10 to 60 fathoms) ; obtained at

no other locality.

(?) pyriformis, n.sp. Ten specimens without Ascidiozooids, therefore the

genus is doubtful (attached to Macrocystis pyrifera);
obtained at no other locality.

Tylobranchion speciosum, n.g., n.sp. Three specimens (10 to 100 fathoms);

obtained at no other locality. Only species of the genus.

MorcheUioides affinis, n.g., n.sp. Two specimens (10 to 60 fathoms) ; obtained at

no other locality. Only species of the genus.

Morchelhum giardi, n.sp. Four specimens (20 to 60 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality.

Poly clinum pyriformis, n.sp. Two specimens (10 to 60 fathoms) ; obtained at no

other locality.

„ minutum, n.sp. One specimen (20 to 60 fathoms) ; obtained at no

other locality.

Aplidium fuscum, n.sp. One specimen (20 to 60 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality.

„ Imcophseum, n.sp. One specimen (10 to 60 fathoms); obtained at no

other locality.

,, fumigatum, n.sp. Four specimens (10 to 100 fathoms); obtained also at

Philippines.

Amaroucium variabile, n.sp. Numerous specimens (10 to 100 fathoms); obtained

at no other locality.

„ „ var. tenerum, nov. Five specimens (10 to 60 fathoms) ;

obtained at no other locality.

„ globosum, n.sp. Two specimens (10 to 60 fathoms) ; obtained at no

other locality.

„ complanatum , n.sp. Five specimens (50 to 120 fathoms) ; obtained

at no other locality.

„ nigrum, n.sp. One specimen (28 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality.

Psammoplidium retiforme, n.g., n.sp. One specimen and fragments (50 to

120 fathoms) ; obtained at no other locality.

Leptochnum sub f arum, n.sp. One specimen (28 fathoms) ; obtained at no other

locality.

„ rubicundum, n.sp. One specimen (20 to 60 fathoms) ; obtained at no
other locality.

(summary op results chall, exp. — 1893.)

61

47$

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Kkkgcuju'.

I’/to :)c>fmux reticulcitus, n.g., n.sp. Several specimens (28 to 30 fathoms);

obtained at no other locality. Only species of the genus.

Fishes (Gunther, Zool. pt, 6).

R catoni, Gunther. One , specimen (depth not given); obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger. Recorded from Kerguelen.
nurrayi , n.sp. Five specimens (depth not given) ; obtained at no other
locality.

Z'H clorhi/nchus spinifer, n.g., n.sp. One specimen (depth not given) ; obtained at

» no other locality. Only species of the genus.

< hau'chthijs rhinoceratus, Richards. (Depth not given); obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger.

.Vototln’niu cyaneobrancha, Richards. (Depth not given); obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger.

rnizops, n.sp. Several specimens (120 fathoms); obtained at no other
locality.

,, squamifrons, n.sp. Several specimens (depth not given) ; obtained at
no other locality.

„ acuta, n.sp. One specimen (depth not given); obtained at no other
locality.

Mura n>Irpi.< mannoratus, n.g., n.sp. One specimen (depth not given); obtained at

no other locality. Only species of the genus.

I1' rhe foregoing list 343 species are enumerated, of which 224 are new to science,
including representatives of 30 new genera ; 162 of the new species and 15 of the new
genera were not obtained elsewhere during the cruise.1

V- iic r.'-Suhm writes, with reference to these dredgings around Kerguelen: — “The
I vailing animals in the shallow-water dredging on January 17 were Echinodermata,
n i : i v : ■ h Sponges and Polyzoa were represented by a considerable number of genera
•• i j» i ' ■ - There were also a large simple Ascidian and a small composite one ; simple
\ <■: ii.ii -i were apparently far from numerous here, nor, indeed, were they abundant at any
j where we have dredged in shallow water, — an interesting fact, if confirmed as we go
• ci. \ undid* were represented especially by numerous Aphroditaceans, belonging

pi'J'iMy L> gemni Aphrodita and Hermione, and a few Terebellids; there were also
t N inert < m ns, one a particularly large one with immense mouth. The almost total
a nc" if higher Crustacea in the shallow-water fauna of these Antarctic islands is very
astonishing. Near Marion Island a caridid shrimp was taken in great numbers, while

f tt«- Ch*J!> nfp-r •liA'-overic* were anticipated by the publication of the result* of the subsequent “ Transit
0 4 Vmri» ~ and 44 Uucll* * expedition*.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

470

here at Kerguelen not a single Decapod was found. An Amphipod, the Gammarus Kerguelen.
which in water takes the place of flies on land, was very common. For Isopods this seemed
to be a favourite territory, Serolis being probably the most numerous in specimens and
species, though small Sphaeromidse were not uncommon, and several specimens of a spiny
Arcturus were taken ; most of these Isopods had eggs or young in their breeding pouches.

A species of Tanais obtained to-day was very interesting on account of its method of
reproduction ; it had no breeding lamellae, as in all Isopods hitherto known, but instead
two sacs at the base of the fifth pair of legs, which contained, the young ones, reminding
one very much of the well-known sacs at the base of the last pair of feet in Copepods.

They were in every way similar, but here rounded and not elongated, about inches in
diameter, and containing each about twenty embryos, which evidently remain there, as
they do in the breeding pouches of other species, until they have attained their full
development. Among the Molluscs there was a large white Nudibranch and a few
Gasteropoda and Lamellibranchiata, all indicating great uniformity in the Molluscan
fauna of the place. On January 20, the dredge brought up some specimens of
Siphonostomum, a genus very common in the north and in the Mediterranean, which has
a great resemblance to the northern species. These worms have, besides two long tentacles,
a quantity of branchial filaments and papillae surrounding the mouth; at the first segment
there are also very strong and long setae standing erect in front, and having a peculiar
structure ; in the skin are many glands that exude a slimy secretion, by which they are
generally surrounded. On January 21, the dredge brought up large specimens of Sei'olis,
and in the trawl were great quantities of a Caprellci, the male of which is very much
elongated, and has enormously long anterior claws ; the female had eggs in its pouch.

On January 29, the dredge brought up many Echinoderms, a singular round simple
Ascidian, and among the worms Clymenia and Terebella, along with Dentalium and
other Molluscs. The trawl procured in the afternoon a prodigious quantity of animals,
including specimens of a large Rossella, a smaller siliceous Sponge, and a stalked one ;

3mail Planarians and Nemerteans ; many Annelids, among which were large quantities
of Aphrodita and Siphonostomum, and also a small Sipunculus ; quantities of Polyzoa,
also simple and composite Ascidians ; among Crustacea, an Ostracode belonging to the
Cypridinidae, some of the big members of which seem to inhabit deeper water, many
Pycnogonids, among which were a small Nymphon, a large red Nymphon , and
Pycnogonum (several of these spiders were overgrown by an Alcyonium, which much
enlarged their appearance), two female specimens of Ncbalia, differing only slightly
from the Mediterranean Nebalia geoffroyi , several male and female specimens of a
Petalophthalmid, an inch long, apparently belonging to my genus Crozetia [ = Amblyops .

Sars], established on a much larger species from deep water (these specimens with their
larvae show that the animals undergo the Jfysis-development, and that the genus is more
nearly allied to the ordinary My sis than to the deep-sea Petalophthalmids) ; among the

4S0

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

1; o] were quantities of Serolis, old and young in all stages of development, a few
~p imn -f ;he Tana is taken on the 17th, and males and ovigerous females of Praniza
(. I >). .-diowing hardly any differences from the species studied by Dohrn at Plymouth
11 c; .>< -ibi d by Spence Bate in his British Sessile-Eyed Crustacea ; Amphipods were
i - pr. 'cuted by -everal small species, and a large one distinguished by a bright-red process
ii frunt of the carapace, containing, under a simple chitinous layer, pigment arranged
in hexagons (1 could discover no trace of bodies entitling them to be called eyes, of
■ hi.-h they were very probably the rudiments); of Cumacea a little Cuma was very
undent, in the nudes of which the second antennae seem to remain in the same state
"f d< velopment as in the female. Except the Schizopod already mentioned, not a single
■ mber of th higher stalk-eyed Crustacea was taken, and probably no others exist here
in -.hallow water. Three specimens of a Raia, not mentioned in Gunther’s Catalogue
of Fishes, were also obtained.”

I ■ .Mowing species of Foraminifera and Diatoms were observed in the deposits off
K. ij irhm in 20 to 120 fathoms (see also Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits
Chall. Exp.)

Focamixifeua (Brady. Zool. pt. 22). — The only pelagic species is Globigerina

buUoides.

Aubectdaria inflat a, Brady.

litloculinn depre. -a, d’Orbigny.

„ clongata, d’Orbigny.

„ ringen s (Lamarck).

„ spfucra, d’Orbigny.

Miludina hicnUmta, Brady.

„ circularis (Bornemann).

„ ohlonga (Montagu).

„ seminulum (Linne).

Articulina funaUs, Brady.

it „ var. inomata, Brady.

Ophthal midi urn inconstant, Brady.

C"rnu*j,ira involoim, I leu as.

Technitclla legumen, Norman.

Saecnmrnina sjj/urrica, Sara.

Jf ’//»ramn>ina agans, Brady.

I0>a’ la m inn disrreia, Brady.

Ilrvphaz i impullacca , Brady.

„ denial inijin mil, Brady.

n difitugifnrmit, Brady.

„ •o/rj/iunu, Montfort.

„ tpimli/rra, Brady.

Ifa/Japtiragmiurn canartrnsc (d’Orbigny).
•i ghmeratum, Brady.

Ammodiscus clmroides (Jones and Parker).
„ gordialis (Jones and Parker).

„ schoneanus, Siddall.

Cussidulina crassa, d’Orbiguy.

„ subglobosa, Brady.

Lagena acuta (Reuss).

,, diatoma , Parker and Jones.

,, gracillima (Seguenza).

„ interrupta, Williamson.

„ laevigata (Reuss).

„ Ixvis (Montagu).

„ Uneata (Williamson).

,, marginata (Walker and Boys).

„ quadricoslulata, Reuss.

„ mnistriata, Williamson.

„ squamosa (Montagu).

„ staphyllearia (Scliwager).

,, stelligera , Brady.

„ striata (d’Orbigny).

,, sulcata (Walker and Jacob).

Nodosaria calomorpha, Reuss.

„ communis , d’Orbigny.

Vaginulina legumen (Linn^).

Cristdlaria cultrata (Montfort).

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

481

Uvigerina angulosa, Williamson.

,, asperula, Czjzek.

„ b-unnensis, Karrer.
Sagrina raphanus, Parker and .Jones,
x Globigedna bulloides, d’Orbigny.
Pullenia quinqueloba, Renss.
Spirillina obconica, Brady.

„ tuberculata, Brady.

Spirillina vivipara, Ehrenberg.

Patellina corrugata, Williamson.

Discorbina araucana (d’Orbigny).

„ parisiensis (d’Orbigny).

Truneatulina lobatula (Walker and Jacob).
Polystomella crispa (Linn6).

,, macella (Fichtel and Moll).

„ striatopunctuta (Fichtel and Moll).

DiATOMACEiE. — The following species of Diatoms were observed by Mr. Comber in the
deposit from Eoyal Sound : —

Amphora protevs, Gregory.

„ cuneata, Cleve ( — A, decora, Castracane)

Navicula jejuna, A. Schmidt.

„ distans, Ralfs.

„ rnulticostata, Grunow.

„ aspera, Ehrenberg, var. rhombica, Cleve.

Pleurosigma delicatulum, Smith.

Cocconeis costata, Gregory.

„ „ var. lcerguelensis, Petit.

„ scutellum, Ehrenberg, var. ampliata,
Grunow.

„ „ var .fulgur, Cleve.

„ dirupta, var. minutissima, Grunow.

Nitzschia constricta, Ralfs. var. similis , Grunow.

„ distans, Gregory.

Gi'ammatophora marina, Kutzing.

„ angulosa, var. islandica, Ehrenberg.

Rhabdonema rninulum, Kutzing.

„ adriaticum, Kutzing.

Gephyria incurvata, Arnott.

„ gigantea, Greville.

Trachysphenia australis, Grunow.

Isthmia enervis, Ehrenberg.

Biddulphia roperiana, Greville.

Hemiaulus antarcticus, Ehrenberg.

Triceratium ardicum, Brightwell, var. lcerguelensis,
Grunow.

Goscinodiscus excentricus, Ehrenberg, var. sublineatus,
Grunow.

| Goscinodiscus curvatulus , Grunow, var. genuina,
Grunow.

„ „ var. subocellata, Grunow.

,, lentiginosus, Janisch.

„ atlanticus, Castracane.

„ radiatus, Ehrenberg.

„ centralis, Ehrenberg.

„ convexus, A. Schmidt.

„ perforatus, Ehrenberg, var. cellulosa,

Grunow.

„ radiosus, Grunow, var. lcerguelensis,

Grunow.

„ antarcticus, Grunow.

,, africanus, Janisch, var. wallichiana,

Grunow.

„ concinnus, Smith, var. lcerguelensis,

Castracane.

Hyalodiscus radiatus, Petit.

Podosira maxima, Kutzing.

„ hormoides, Kutzing.

„ montag\ei, Kutzing. 7L

Melosira borreri, Greville.

Paralia sulcata, Cleve.

Stephanopyxis turris, Ralfs, var. inerrnis , Grunow.
Actinocyclus oliverianus, O’Meara.

Actincptychus campanulifer, A. Schmidt.
Asteromphalus hoolcerii, Ehrenberg.

Rhizosolenia hastata, Grunow.

Royal Sound being landlocked, it is not surprising that the following fresh-water
species should be found in this sounding : —

Navicula rhomboides , Ehrenberg.

„ firma, Kutzing, var. tumescens, Grunow.

„ serians, Brebisson.

„ viriclis, Ehrenberg.

Stauroneis phenicenteron, Ehrenberg.
Epiihemia sp. (?).

Tabellaria fenestrata, Kutzing.
Melosira arenaria, Moore.

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

KmcccMot.
Oruammis from
Scut \cb-Neth.

8TATIOS 150.

482

Surface Organisms. — The following species are recorded from the surface : —

Radiolaria (Haeckel, Zool. pt. 40).

Lychnaspis cataplasta, Haeckel.

Copkfoda (Brady, Zool. pt. 23).

Dre panopus pcctijiatus, n.g., n.sp.

/ V udoth nlestris irnbricata, n.g., n.sp.
Zam spinatus, Goodsir.

Machairopus idyoides, n.g., n.sp.

Amphipoda (Stebbing, Zool. pt. 67).

Halii Melon schneideri, n.sp.
ZaramiUa kergueleni , n.g., n.sp.

Atyloides amt rails (Miers),
Euthemisto yaudichaudii (Guerin).

Schizopoda (Sars, Zool. pt. 37).
Thysanoessa macrura, n.sp.

Lamellibranchiata (Smith, Zool. pt. 35).
. Modiolarca trapezina (Lamarck).

Pteropoda (Pelseneer, Zool. pt. 65).

Limacina australis (Eydoux and
Souleyet).

1 > ddition, the following are recorded in the note-books: — Hydromedusse (Oceania),
small Planarians, small Tomopterids, Peltidium, Calanids and other Copepods,
(l imm n as and another Amphipod, small Isopod, Zoea> (probably of the Brachyurous
crab inhabiting the pools) very small and having just left the eggs. On the
float im: masses of Macrocystis were found Foraminifera, Hydroids, Holothurians, small
biv iive shells. Patella and Polyzoa. Occasionally the tow-net was completely filled
with various species of Diatoms, at other times with Amphipods ( Hyperia ) and
numerous Copepods ; Pteropods ( Limacina ) were also at times very abundant.

Station 150 (Sounding 254), between Kerguelen and Heard Islands (see
Charts 18 .and 22).

February 2, 1874 ; lat. 52c 4' S., long. 71° 22' E. ■ ■

Temperature of air at noon, 41°'5, mean for the day, 410,6.

Temperature of water : —

o o

Surface, .... 37’5 100 fathoms, . . . 35‘2

50 fathoms, . . 36-3 Bottom, . . . 35'2

Density at 60° F. at surface, 1 ’025 1 5.

Depth, 150 fathoms; deposit, Coarse Gravel, containing about 20 per cent, of
r.irlronate of lime (sec Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

A* 9.20 am shortened and furled sails, and got up steam to sound and dredge.
Sou .d d in 150 fathom , an 1 obtained serial temperatures. Put dredge over. At

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

483

noon hove up dredge, which contained numerous specimens. At 1.15 p.m. made sail.
At 3 p.m. a dense fog came on. At 4.45 p.m. sounded in 220 fathoms, no bottom ; at
5.40 p.m. in 425 fathoms, no bottom ; at 10 p.m. in 175 fathoms, no bottom; and at
midnight in 02 fathoms.

Distance at noon from Heard Island, about 93 miles. Made good 140 miles.
Amount of current 13 miles, direction S. 81° E.

The following species are recorded in the Zoological Reports from the dredge at this
Station : —

Monaxonida (Ridley and Dendy, Zool. pt. 59).

Petrosia similis, n.sp. Small piece; obtained also at Station 142.

Myxilla fusca, n.sp. Two specimens ; obtained at no other locality.

Suberites microstomus, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

Tetractinellida (Sollas, Zool. pt. 63).

Tetilla coronida, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

„ granclis, n.sp., var. alba, nov. Obtained also at Station 149.

Pcecillastra schulzii, n.sp. Two specimens and fragments ; obtained at no other

locality.

J

Hexactinellida (Schulze, Zool. pt. 53).

Rossella antarctica, Carter. Many specimens ; obtained also at Stations 145, 149,

and 320.

Calcarea (Polejaeff, Zool. pt. 24).

Leuconia fruticosa (Haeckel). One specimen ; obtained also at Station 149.

Alcyonaria (Wright and Studer, Zool. pt. 64).

Thouarella variabilis, n.sp., var. gracilis, nov. Obtained also at Station 145.

Actiniaria (ITertwig, Zool. pt. 15).

Scytophorus striatus, n.g., n.sp. Two specimens; obtained at no other locality.

Only species of the genus.

Hydroiba (Allman, Zool. pt. 70).

Campanularia tulipifera, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Crinoidea (Carpenter, Zool. pt. 60).

Antedon australis, n.sp. Eight specimens ; obtained at no other locality.

Station 150.

Animals from
Dredge.

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

4^4

Sia i s i:>0. Astkroidka (Sladen, Zool. pt. 51).

t, chaster ,icridion(dis (Smith). Obtained also at Stations 145, 149, and 151.

,, clongatus, n.g., n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 145, 149, and 151.
Pon.ina spiculata, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 151 and 191, 75 and 80 fathoms.
Solas ter subarcuatus, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Pte raster rugatus, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Astt nas ( Smilastei'ias ) triremis, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Lahidiastt r annulatus, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 149, 151, and 191,

( )phic roidea (Lymau, Zool. pt. 14).

OphiogJypha deshayesi, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 149 and 151.

Ophioconis Antarctica, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 145.

Amphiura angidaris, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Ophiacantha vivipara, Ljungman. For distribution see Station 145.

., imago, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 149 and 151.

( i yonoccphalus pourtalesii, Lyman. For distribution see Station 149,

Astrotoma agassizii, Lyman. For distribution see Station 148.

Echixoidea (Agassiz, Zool. pt. 9).

Goniocidaris canidiculata, Agassiz. For distribution see Station 147.

Echinus margaritaceus, Lamarck. Obtained also at Stations 149, 151, 308,

and 311.

Hclothc rioidea (Th^el, Zool. pt. 39).

Cueiniiario. serrata, n.*p. Several specimens; obtained also at Stations 145, 148,

and 151.

„ ,, var. intermedia, nov. Several specimens ; obtained also at

Station 151, 75 fathoms.

P ''us ' > cert us, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained also at Stations 149 and 151.

,, ephippifer, Wyville Thomson, n.sp. Two specimens ; obtained also at
Stations 145, 149, and 151.

Avnklida (M'lntosh, Zool. pt. 34).

Eulagisca corricntis, n.g., n.sp. One fragmentary specimen; obtained also at

Station 320, 600 fathoms. Only species of the genus.

\"/tt>< anUrrctica, M'lntosh. Several specimens; obtained also at Stations 145,

149, 151, and 313.

Osthacoda (Brady, Zool. pt. 3).

Cyt I" • '•// ville- thomsoni, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 149, 151, and 185.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

485

Cythere dictyon, n.sp. Widely distributed (see Station 24). Station 150.

„ normani, Brady. A few detached valves ; obtained also at Station 296 (?),

1825 fathoms.

Xestoleberis depressct, Sars. Obtained also at Station 149 (?).

Cirripedia (Hoek, Zool. pt. 25).

Scalpellum recurvirostrum, n.sp. Numerous specimens ; obtained at no other

locality.

Balanus corolliformis, n.sp. Six specimens ; obtained at no other locality.

Amphipoda (Stebbing, Zool. pt. 67).

Tryphosa antennipotens, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

(Ediceroides rostrata, n.g., n.sp. One specimen ; obtained also at Station 149.

Acanthechinus tricarinatus, n.g., n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other

locality. Only species of the genus.

Iphimedia pacificci, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained also at Station 149.

Eusirus longipes, Boeck. One specimen; obtained also at Station 149.

Lamellibranchiata (Smith, Zool. pt. 35).

Saxicava arctica, Linne. For distribution see Station 75.

Cardita astartoides, Martens. Obtained also at Station 149.

Limopsis straminea, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Mytilus meridionalis, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 145.

Gasteropoda (Watson, Zool. pt. 42).

Trophon declinans, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 145.

„ scolopax, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

„ sp. (?).

Fusus ( Sipho ) futile, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Provocdtor pulcher , n.g., n.sp. Obtained also at Station 149. Only species of the

genus.

Pleurotoma ( Surcula ) trilix, n.sp. Three specimens ; obtained at no other locality.

Natica xaniha, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

„ fartilis, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 145 and 149.

Polyzoa (Busk, Zool. pt. 30 ; Waters, pt. 79).

Bicellaria pectogemma, Goldstein. Obtained also at Stations 145 and 151.

Membranipora galeata, Busk, var. furcata, no v. Obtained also at Station 145.

[Waters calls it Membranipora cervicornis, Busk].

Onchopora sinclairii, Busk. Obtained also at Stations 149, 151, and 157.

[Waters calls it Calwellia sinclairii (Busk)].

Cellepora bicornis, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 145, 151, 313, and 314.

(summary of results chall. exp. — 1893.) 62

4S6

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Stat n 150. Brachiopoda (Davidson, Zool. pt. 1).

Tcrcbratuh uva, Broderip. Two fragments ; obtained also at Stations 163 and

320, 150 and 600 fathoms. Recorded from Guatemala
and Falkland Islands.

Waldheimia kerguelenensis, n.sp. Numerous specimens; obtained also at

Stations 145 and 149.

Ri /nchonelh nigricans (Sowerby), var. pixydata, Watson, nov. Six specimens;

obtained at no other locality. The species recorded from
New Zealand. Fossil — Tertiary of Tasmania.

Tdnicata (Herdman, Zool. pt. 17).

Ascopera gigantea , n.g., n.sp. One specimen; obtained at no other locality.

,, 2K,^uncu^ala> u-g-> n-sP- One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

These are the only two species of the genus.

Molgula pednnculata, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

Styela grandis, n.sp. Two specimens ; obtained at no other locality.

,, convexa, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

Rolycarpa minuta, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

Ascidia placenta, n.sp. Two specimens ; obtained at no other locality.

T1 Stat ion-book records also : — Primnoa and another Alcyonarian (only one reported)
Arctium 3, and several small fishes.

Excluding Protozoa, about 200 specimens of invertebrates and fishes were obtained
at this Station, belonging to about 74 species, of which 53 are new to science, including
representatives of 7 new genera ; 28 of the new species and 3 new genera were not
obtained elsewhere.

Willemocs-Suhm remarks that the animals procured were very interesting from a
■ raphical point of view, including many northern genera and perhaps species, but
presented no peculiarities in their morphology.

On « • * Fo Ramin ifkha (Brady, Zool. pt. 22). — The following species of Foraminifera were

C'bs.-rvt 1 in the deposit from this Station (see also Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits
Chill. Exp.); the two pelagic species, which make up about 15 per cent, of the carbonate
of lime present in the deposit, are marked thus x : —

Uilocultna drprcMta, d'Orbigny.

„ fj'hwra, d’Orbigny.

CaMtvluhm rnuua, d’Orbigny.

,, mbylobota, Brady.

Ixt-yrna /,,rmo$a, Scb wager, var. favosa, Brady.
„ Imvujala, Rcum.

„ Imtu (MonUgn).

„ timata (Williamson).

Lmjena squamosa (Montagu).

,, sulcata (Walker and Jacob).
Uvigerina angulosa, Williamson.

„ asperula, Czjzek.
x Glolri'jcrina bulloides, d’Orbigny.
x „ dulertrei, d’Orbigny.

Pullmia r/uinquelnba, Reuss.

Truncatvlina lolalula (Walker and Jacob).

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

487

Surface Organisms. -
vicinity of this Station :■

-The following species are recorded from the surface in the

Station 150.
Organisms from
Surface-Nets.

Annelida (MTntosh, Zool. pt. 34).

Tomopteris carpenteri, Quatrefages (?).

Amphipoda (Stebbing, Zool. pt. 67).

Vibilia antarctica, n.sp.

JEuthemisto thomsonii, Stebbing.

Pteropoda (Pelseneer, Zool. pt. 65).

Limcicina australis (Eydoux and
Souleyet).

Clio sulcata (Pfeifer).

Tunicata (Herclman, Zool. pt. 76).

Salpa cylindrica , Cuvier.

In addition, the following are recorded in the note-books : — Ctenophorge, Sagitta
young Aphroditaceans, Copepods, Hyperia, and Euphausia. At times the surface-net
was full of living Diatoms, in masses forming a yellowish slime, among which could
be distinguished small Globigcrinse and Radiolarians. When dragged at a depth of
100 fathoms, the tow-nets produced similar results.

The ship anchored in Corinthian Bay, Heard Island, at 3.40 p.m. on February 6, and Ax Heard Island.
one boat’s party landed, but the weather became unfavourable, and anchor was weighed
at 4.30 a.m. on February 7, as it was considered unaclvisable to remain longer at anchor
in such. an exposed position (for description of Heard Island, see Narr. Chall. Exp.,
vol. i. pp. 369-378).

Station 151 (Sounding 255), off Heard Island (see Chart 22). Station 151.

February 7, 1874 ; lat. 52° 59' 30" S., long. 73° 33' 30" E.

Temperature. of air at noon, 37°'8 ; mean for the day, 36&,6.

Temperature of water at surface, 36° “2.

Density at 60° F. at surface 1 ‘0251 5.

Depth, 75 fathoms ; deposit, Volcanic Sand, containing 2’58 per cent, of carbonate
of lime (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At 4 a.m. got up steam, and at 4.30 a.m. -weighed anchor and proceeded out of
Corinthian Bay, Heard Island. Shaped course E. by N. for Shag Rock. At 7 a.m. stopped
and sounded in 75 fathoms near Shag Rock. At 7.30 a.m. put over dredge, which came
up at 8.45 a.m. containing many specimens. In these cold regions the bottom of the sea
seemed to be teeming with animal life. Proceeded N. W. by W., and at 9.50 a.m. sounded
in 60 fathoms. At 10.30 a.m. sounded in 75 fathoms. At 11.45 a.m. stopped engines,
made all plain sail, and proceeded, shaping course towards the South Pole in the track

488

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

ot’ Captain Cook, who was here in February 1773. At noon, sounded in 50 fathoms, no
bot'om ; distance from Red Island, 4-| miles. The wind rose to a gale in the afternoon,
and the consequent heavy seas and a rolling ship seriously interfered with work. Snow
fell between 4 and 6 a.m. Several Cape pigeons, puffins, a large black petrel,
j>enguius, prions, and stiukers were seen from the ship.

The following species are recorded in the Zoological Reports from the dredge at
this Station : —

Alcyoxaria (Wright and Studer, Zool. pt. 64).

Atcyonium antarcticum, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Hydroida (Allman, Zool. pts. 20 and 70).

Schizotricha multifu.rca.ta , n.g., n.sp. Obtained at no other locality. The only

other species of the genus (Schizotricha unifurcata) was
obtained at Station 149.

Eurtendrium vestitum, n.sp.* One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

S' rt id aria exserta, n.sp. Several specimens ; obtained at no other locality.

I

Crinoedea (Carpenter, Zool. pt. 60).

Antcdon antarctica, n.sp. Several specimens ; obtained at no other locality.
Promachocrinus kerguelensis, n.g., n.sp. One specimen ; obtained also at

Station 149.

Asteroidf.a (Sladen, Zool. pt. 51).

Bathybiaster loripes, n.sp., var. obesa, nov. Two specimens; obtained also at

Stations 149 and 311.

Gnothaster meridionalis (Smith). Obtained also at Stations 145, 149, and 150.

„ elongatus , n.g., n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 145, 149, and 150.
Porania spiculata, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 150 and 191.

Perknaster fuscus, n.g., n.sp. One specimen; obtained also at Station 149. The

only other species of the genus (Perknaster densus ) was also
obtained at Station 149.

At>t> Sas ( Smilasterias ) seal pr if era, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 145.

1. ' I mster annulatus, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 149, 150, and 191.

OpiUTRoiDRA (Lyman, Zool. pt. 14).

Ophvs/lypha deshay esi, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 149 and 150.

Aniphnra sluderi, Lyman. Obtained also at Stations 145 and 149.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

489

Ophiacantha vivipara, Ljungman. Obtained also at Stations 145, 149, 313,

314, and 320.

„ imago, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 149 and 150.
Gorgonocephalus pourtalesii , Lyman. Obtained also at Stations 149, 150, 307,

308, and 313.

Echinoidea (Agassiz, Zool. pt. 9).

Goniocidaris canaliculata, Agassiz. For distribution see Station 147.

Echinus margaritaceus, Lamarck. Obtained also at Stations 149, 150, 308, and 311.
Hemiaster cavernosus (Phil.). Obtained also at Stations 149 and 310.

Holotheeioedea (Theel, Zool. pt. 39).

Cucumaria laevigata, Verrill. One specimen ; obtained also at Station 149.

,, serrata, n.sp., var. intermedia, nov. Several specimens ; obtained also
at Stations 145, 148, and 150.

Psolus incertus, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained also at Stations 149 and 150.

,, ephippifer, Wyviile Thomson, n.sp. Forty specimens ; obtained also at
Stations 145, 149, and 150.

Nemertea (Hubrecht, Zool. pt. 54).

Cerebratulus corrugatus (MTntosh). Several specimens; obtained also at Station 149.
Annelida (MTntosh, Zool. pt. 34).

Lzetmonice producta, Grube. Two specimens ; obtained also at Station 149.
Nephthys trissophyllus, Grube. Two specimens ; obtained also at Station 149.
Phyllocomus erocea, Grube. One fragmentary specimen ; obtained at no other

locality by the Challenger. Recorded from. Antarctic.

Neottis antarctica, MTntosh. Two fragmentary specimens ; obtained also at

Stations 145, 149, 150, and 313.

Serpula narconensis, Baird. Several specimens ; obtained also at Stations 145,

149, and 308.

Osteacoda (Brady, Zool. pt. 3).

Bairdia simplex, n.sp. One or two specimens ; obtained at no other locality.
Cythere Jcerguelenensis, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 145 149, 1G2, and Port

J ackson.

,, foveolata, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 149.

„ wyville-thomsoni, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 149, 150, and 185.
Xestolefoeris setigera, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 145 and 149.

Cytheropteron assimile, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 149.

Station 151.

490

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

s i;*l. C'jthc ideis hevata , n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

VA ro< h i/us contortus (Norman). Obtained also at Station 149 and Wellington

Harbour, N.Z.

Amphipoda (Stebbiug, Zool. pt. 67).

I l ■' 'media pidchridentata, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

E< -iroidrs pompeii , n.g., n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.
Liljebon/ia consanguinea, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained also at Station 149.

Isopoda (Beddard, Zool. pt. 48).

A ■ 1 7'us lurcatus, Studer. Several specimens; obtained also at Stations 149
and 153.

One specimen, genus and species undetermined.

Gasteropoda (Watson, Zool. pt. 42).

Patella kerguelcnsis, Smith. (Heard Island, shore) ; obtained also at Station 149.
Trvchvs (Margarita) char opus, n.sp., var. csendeus, nov. Obtained also at

Station 149.

Trophon geversianus (Pallas). One specimen; obtained also at Station 315.

12 fathoms. Recorded from Magellan Strait and
Falkland Islands.

X obuccinum eatoni, Smith. Obtained also at Station 149.

,, vestitum (Martens). Obtained also at Station 149.

Canrr flaria (Admete) specularis, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 149.
rieurotoma (Tgphlomangelia) Jluctuosa, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 149 (var.

cariosa).

Struthiolaria mirabilis, Smith. Obtained also at Station 149.

A itc < 7 ( Lunatia ) gronlandica , Beck. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality

by the Challenger. Recorded from Arctic and
North Atlantic. Fossil — English Crag, and glacial
clays of Europe, Iceland, and North America.

Cephalopoda (Hoyle, Zool. pt. 44).

Octopus levis , n.sp. Four specimens; obtained at no other locality.

Polyzoa (Bu k, Zool. pts. 30 and 50 ; Waters, pt. 79).

U pje 'hfHi fagclluin, Manzoni. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

A wid< ly-distrihuted species. Fossil — Pliocene.

Cutcuana attenuata , n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

< . >J'ina ywidrata, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 149.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

491

Nellia oculata, Busk. Obtained also at Stations 148, 188, 190, 208, and Station 151.

Babia.

Bicellaria pectogemma, Goldstein. Obtained also at Stations 145 and 150.

Bugula longissima, n.sp. Obtained also at Station 149.

Diachoris magellanica, Busk, var. distans, nov. Small fragment ; the species

obtained also at Station 315 and Port Jackson, 2 to
12 fathoms. Recorded from New Zealand, Australia,

Kerguelen, Magellan Strait, and Mediterranean.

Membranipora crassimarginata (Hincks), var. erecta, nov. Obtained also at

Stations 135 (var. incrustans) and 162.

Vincularia gothica, d’Orbigny, var. granulata, nov. Numerous specimens ; the

species obtained also at Station 145.

Salicornaria clavata, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 145, 149, 162, 163, and 304.

[Waters calls it Ccllaria australis, MacGillivray].

Onchopora sinclairii, Busk. Obtained also at Stations 149, 150, and 157. [Waters

calls it Calwellia sinclairii (Busk)].

Reteporella Jlabellata , n.g., n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

The only other species of the genus ( Reteporella,
myriozoides) was obtained at Station 148.

Cribrilina philomela, n.sp., var. adnata, nov. Obtained also at Station 145.

Rscharoides verruculata (Smitt). Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Recorded from Gulf of Mexico.

Schizoporella triangula, Hincks (?). Obtained also at Station 162, 38 fathoms.

Recorded from Bass Strait.

Myriozoum marionerise, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 145 and 148.

Cellepora albirostris (Smitt). Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

„ bicornis , n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 145, 150, 313, and 314.

Idmonect marionensis, Busk. Obtained also at Stations 145, 147, and 320.

,, milneana, d’Orbigny. Obtained also at Stations 75 and 145.

Hornera violacea, Sars. Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger. Recorded

from Arctic and North Atlantic.

Pustulopora proboscidea, M. -Edwards. Obtained also at Station 145.

„ dejlexa (Smitt). Obtained at no other locality by the Challenger.

Recorded from European seas and Gulf of Florida.

Supercytis tubigera, n.sp. (?). One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

Tunicata (Herdman, Zool. pt. 38).

Colella ; pedunculata, (Quoy and Gaimard). One specimen ; obtained also at

Stations 149, 313, 314, and 315.

Station 151.

Organ i» ms from
tub Deposit.

4lJ2 THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

In addition to the foregoing, the Station-book records also several Sponges.

Excluding Protozoa, over 200 specimens of invertebrates were obtained at this
Station, belonging to about 79 species, of which 43 are new to science, including
representatives of 6 new genera ; 13 of the new species were not obtained elsewhere.

Willemocs-Sukm writes : “ Most of the animals taken by the dredge belong to the
Kerguelen fauna, as was to be expected. It may be noted that Serolis, which has been
r vntly talo n in nearly every haul, was not present. There were a spiny Amphipod,
rorn". Arcturus, large specimen of Ph/yllodoce , fine specimens of Serpula in jointed
tubes, Terebella, Hermione, and several species of Polyzoa.”

The following species of Foraminifera and Diatoms were observed in the deposit from
this Station (see also Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.) : —

Foraminifera (Brady, Zook pt. 22). — The only pelagic species is Globigerina

buHoides.

Bilocuhna elcmgata, d’Orbigny.

„ 8j rtifcra, d’Orbigny.

Miliolina teminulum (Linne).

„ subrotunda (Montagu).

Artirulina funalis, Brady.

Reophax scorpiurus , Montfort.

Ha ploph ragm ium canari<nse (d’Orbigny).

Bulanina andtala , d’Orbigny.

Virgulina sclireibersiaua, Czjzek.

iiotirina punctata, d’Orbigny.

Cas*idutina cras*a, d’Orbigny.

Lajena acuta (Reuss).

„ acuticoela , Reuss.

„ apiculata, Reuss.

„ clavala (d’Orbigny).

„ fjracUlima (Sogucnza),

„ interrupt a , Williamson.

Lagena laevigata (Reuss).

„ Ixvis (Montagu).

„ marginata (Walker and Boys).

„ „ var. semimargiuata, Reuss.

,, squamosa (Montagu).

„ staphyllearia (Schwager).

„ striata (d’Orbigny).

„ sulcata (Walker and -Jacob).

Uvigerina tenuistriata, Reuss.
x Globigerina bulloides, d’Orbigny.

Pullenia quinqueloba, Reuss.

Patellina corrugata, Williamson.

Discorbina parisiensis (d’Orbigny).

„ rosacea (d’Orbigny).

„ vilardeboana (d’Orbigny).

Tnmcatulina lobatula (Walker and Jacob).

Di momace.e. — 'Phe following species of Diatoms were observed by Mr. Comber : —

Nacicula distant, Halts.
rieurosigma rigvtum, .Smith.

C‘ an* a - fata, Gregory, var. kergudentis, Petit
„ arctica, Gmnow.

Xitzediia constrict a, Gregory, var. similis,

Gronow.

„ marina, Grunow.

Grarnmatophora tnarina, Kntzing.

Trachysj/henia australis , Fotit.

Thalassiolhrix longimma, Grunow, var. antarctica,
Cleve and Grunow.

Gcphyria gigantea , Grcvillo.

Jsthmia cnervis, Ehrenborg.

Uiddulphia roperiana, Greville.

„ weissflugii, Grunow.

Hcmiaidus antarcticus, Ehrenberg.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

493

Tnceratium ardicum, Brightwell, var. lcerguelensis ,
Grunow.

Coscinocliscus lentiginosus, Janisch.

„ atlanticus, Castracane.

„ africanus, Janisch, var. wallichiana,

Grunow.

„ curvatulus, Grunow.

„ ,, var. subocellata, Grunow.

„ centralis , Ehrenberg.

Coscinodiscus convexus, A. Schmidt.

„ concinnus, Smith.

Ilyalodiscus radiatus, Petit.

Podosira hormoides, Kutzing.

Paralia sulcata, Cleve.

Actinocyclus Oliver ianus, O’Meara.

Asieromphalus hookerii , Ehrenberg.

Clixtoceros didadia, Castracane, and its sporangial
form, Didadia capreolus, Ehrenberg.

Surface Organisms. — The following species are recorded from the surface in this
locality : —

Schizopoda (Sars, Zool. pt. 37). Tunic ata (Herdman, Zool. pt. 76).

Thysanoessa macrura, n.sp. Salpa cylindrica, Cuvier.

, . runcinata-fusiformis, Chamisso-
Cuvier.

Station 152 (Sounding 256), near Antarctic Ice (see Chart 23 and Diagram 9).

February 11, 1874 ; lat. 60° 52' S., long. 80° 20' E.

Temperature of air at noon, 3 6° ’3 ; mean for the day, 345,7.

Temperature 1 of water

Surface, .

34-5

80 fathoms, .

32-5

10 fathoms,

34-0

90

32-8

20 „

33-5

/32-0

25 „

31-2

100

» •

. J 32-0

30 „

30-0

( 32 0

40 „ .

30-2

150

>>

3U8

50 „

[ 30-5

i 35-2

\ 32-0

200

»

. 1 350

60 „

32-2

( 35-8

70 „

32-2

300

» * •

35-5

Density at 60° F. at surface, D02512 ; bottom, D02561.

Depth, 1260 fathoms; deposit, Diatom Ooze, containing 22*47 per cent, of
carbonate of lime, and pebbles of granite and sandstone (see Murray and
Eenard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At 2.50 a.m. observed a large iceberg bearing E.S.E., distant about 6 miles;

1 At this and other Stations in the south the temperatures given are the actual readings of the thermometers,
whereas in other cases the tempera tures are taken from the curves (see Report on Deep-Sea Temperature Observations,
Phys. Chem. Chall. Exp., part iii,).

(summary op results chall. exp. — 1893.)

Station 151.

Organisms from
Surface-Nets.

Station 152.

63

494

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Stattos 153.

Ammals from
Thawu

it was 219 feet high and 734 yards long according to angular measurements taken at
4 and 5.30 a.m. At 5 a.m. got up steam, and at 6 a.m. shortened and furled sails. At
6.30 a.m. proceeded under steam, and sounded in 1260 fathoms. At 9 a.m. put trawl over,
lowered cutter to try current. At noon observed another large iceberg bearing S.E.
by 8. At 1 p.m. commenced heaving in trawl, which came up twisted at 2.30 p.m.,
but containing a few animals. Obtained a series of temperatures down to 300 fathoms,
and samples of water for analysis. The carbonic acid was determined in bottom
water, and amounted to 67'9 milligrammes per litre. At 3.30 p.m. made all plain sail,
and shaped course S.W. At 4 p.m. three icebergs in sight. At 6 p.m. one iceberg in
sight At 7.10 p.m. observed a piece of drift ice: At 8 p.m. no icebergs in sight, one

piece of drift ice ahead. At 9 p.m. passed piece of drift ice. The usual birds
accompanied the ship : Diomeclea exulans , Procellaria capensis and lequinoctialis, and
prion.

Distance at noon from Termination Land, 458 miles ; from the South Pole,
1748 miles. Made good 103 miles. Amount of current 22 miles, direction N. 62° E.

The following species are recorded in the Zoological Reports from the trawl at this
Station : —

Deep-Sea Medusa (Haeckel, Zool. pt. 12).

Peed* antarctica, n.g., n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

Ophiuroidea (Lyman, Zool. pt. 14).

Ophiocten amitinum, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 145, 146, 149, and 157.
Holotiii’rioidea (Th6el, Zool. pt. 13).

Elpidia iaccrta, n.sp. Four injured specimens ; obtained at no other locality.
Scotoplanes murrayi, n.g., n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.
Kolya nuna, n.sp. One injured specimen ; obtained also at Station 50.

Annelida (MTntosh, Zool. pt. 34).

Ma/danclla antarctica, n.g., n.sp. One specimen; obtained also at Stations 146

and 157.

I SO POD A (Bcddard, Zool. pt. 48).

pHrycop^ fragilis, n.sp. One specimen; obtained also at Stations 147, 158, and

237.

Macri ra (Spence Bate, Zool. pt. 52).

\>-m itocarcuais lanceapes, n.sp. Three specimens; obtained at no other locality.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

495

Gasteropoda (Watson, Zool. pt. 42). Station 152.

Trochus (Margarita) bry chius, n.sp. Obtained at no other locality.

Fishes (Gunther, Zool. pt. 57).

Bathydraco antarcticus, n.g., n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

Only species of the genus.

In addition to the foregoing, the Station-book records : — Large specimen of Clymenia (?)
with tube, and Discina.

Excluding Protozoa, about 20 specimens of invertebrates and fishes were obtained
at this Station, belonging to about 12 species, of which 10 are new to science, including
representatives of 4 new genera ; 6 of the new species and 1 new genus were not
obtained elsewhere.

Surface Organisms. — The following species are recorded from the surface at this
Station : —

Organism3 from
Surface-Nets.

Schizopoda (Sars, Zool. pt. 37).
Euphausia antarctica , n.sp.

Tunicata (Herdman, Zool. pt. 76).

Salpa runcinata-fusiformis, Chamisso-
Cuvier.

In addition, the following are recorded in the note-books : — Diatomacege, small
Globigerinse, Badiolaria (including very fine specimens of Aulosphsera elegantissimo i,
as well as Astrocapsa siellata), Ctenophorse, Medusae, Diphyes, larva of Chirodota (?),
Alciopa, Tomo'pteris, Sagitta, Copepods (Calanids), Hyperia , Primno, Pteropod, and
A ppendicu laria.

Moseley writes : “ I saw two whales about the ship about 6 a.m. ; they were light
brown on the back, and light on the belly. The dorsal fin was small, hooked backwards,
and placed far back near the tail. They were probably the “ sulphur bottoms ” of the
whalers. They often showed the heads well, and there seemed to be a hump at the fore-
head. The whole back was often shown, the fin appearing very late. I saw also the
somewhat elongated oval snout and blow-holes plainly. The reflection of light from the
bodies of the animals lighted up the water around them as they swam submerged. They
followed the ship a while, but did not turn flukes. ’

Station 153.

Station 153 (Sounding 257), near Antarctic Ice (see Chart 23 and Diagram 9).

February 14, 1874 ; lat. 65° 42' S., long. 79' 49' E.

Temperature of air at noon, 33o,0 ; mean for the day, 32°*5.

406

Statiox 153.

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Temperature 1 of water : —

Surface,

50 fathoms,

•

: 1

29-5

290

29-0

100 „

•

• 1

' 29-0
29-0

200 „

• <

i 30-5
l 30-5

300 fathoms,

( 32-0
( 32 0

500 „

•

f 32-8
1 32-8

Bottom,

■

f 33 0
1 33-0

Density at 60" F. at surface, 1 '0241 3 ; bottom, 1*02567.

Depth, 1675 fathoms; deposit, Blue Mud, containing 3*50 percent, of carbonate
of lime, and many rocks and pebbles (see Murray and Renard, Deep-Sea
Deposits Chall. Exp.).

At 4 a.m. passed icebergs. At 5 a.m. fifteen icebergs in sight. At 6 a.m. observed
open pack ice to S.E. Got up steam to sound and dredge. At 6.30 a.m. shortened and
furled sail, and proceeded under steam. At 7 a.m. sounded in 1675 fathoms. Numerous
icebergs anti pack ice in sight to E. and S.E. At 10 a.m. put dredge over. At 11 a.m.
t "»k a series of temperatures at 50, 100, 200, 300, and 500 fathoms. At noon, numerous
iceberg'! and pack ice in sight to E. and S. The carbonic acid was determined in bottom
water, and amounted to 82*9 milligrammes per litre. Weather fine; quantity of wash ice
about the ship. At 1.15 p.m. commenced heaving in dredge, which came up at 3.15 p.m.
with several pecimens. At 3.30 p.m. made sail. At 4 p.m. pack ice extending from
S. to E. At 6 p.m. 47 icebergs in sight. Pack ice to S.E.; apparently open sea to S.W.
O’ erved , ■c.veral whales during the day, also Cape pigeons, snow-birds, black and white
petrels, and penguins. '

Distance at noon from Termination Land, 420 miles ; from South Pole, 1458 miles.
M li good 64 miles. Amount of current 3 miles, direction S. 18‘ W.

Amimaui mo m
Dudol

The following species are recorded in the Zoological Reports from the dredge at this
Station : —

\i.< YOHARIA (Wright and Studer, Zool. pt. 64).

Callozost ran mirdbilis, n.g., n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

Only species of the genus.

Actimaria (Hcrtwig, ZooL pt. 73).

Actinian, genus and species indeterminable.

1 Actual readings of the thermometers.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

497

Deep-Sea Medusa (Haeckel, Zool. pt. 12). Station 153.

Thamnostylus dinema, n.g., n.sp. Obtained at no other locality. Only species of

the genus. [Reported in error from 120 fathoms].

Astekoidea (Sladen, Zool. pt. 51).

Pararchaster antarcticus, n.g., n.sp. Two specimens ; obtained at no other locality.

Ophittroidea (Lyman, Zool. pt. 14).

Ophiacantha cosmica, n.sp. For distribution see Station 122.

Echinoedea (Agassiz, Zool. pt, 9).

Goniocidaris canaliculata, Agassiz. For distribution see Station 147.

• Cystechinus vesica , n.g., n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 298 and 299, 2225 and

2160 fathoms.

Cirripedia (Hoek, Zool. pt. 25).

S calpeUum antarcticum, n.sp. One specimen^; obtained at no other locality.

Isopod A (Beddard, Zool. pt. 48).

Iolanthe acanthonotus . n.g., n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

Only species of the genus.

Arcturus furcatus, Studer. One specimen ; obtained also at Stations 149 and 151.

„ glacialis , n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

Schizopoda (Sars, Zool. pt. 37).

Pseudomma sarsii, Willeinoes-Suhm, n.sp. One specimen , obtained also at

Station 149.

Pycnogonida (Hoek, Zool. pt. 10).

Nymphon meridionale, n.sp. One specimen ; obtained at no other locality.

Polyzoa (Busk, Zool. pt. 30).

Farciminaria magna, n.sp. Obtained also at Stations 323 (var. armata) and 325.

1900 and 2650 fathoms.

In addition to the foregoing, the following are recorded in the Station-book : —

Silicisponge, Farrea fecunda, Aphroditacean, and Ascidian.

Excluding Protozoa, over 20 specimens of invertebrates were obtained at this
Station, belonging to about 18 species, of which 11 are new to science, including
representatives of 5 new genera 7 of the new species and 3 new genera were
not obtained elsewhere.

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Statius 153.

Organism* from
rn* Deposit.

OaoA*:s)ut prom
Sc space- N kts .

498

Willemoes-Suhm writes: “The dredge brought up a long Sponge-like Alcyonarian,
on which was an Aphroditacean Annelid. The Polyzoon had small Cirripedia on it.
\mong tho Crustacea was a whitish, blind and very spinous, Idothea- like Isopod, and
also a small Mysis, the eyes of which were Petalophthalmid, belonging to the same genus
as the one found near Kerguelen and the Crozets.”

Foramixefera (Brady, Zool. pt. 22). — The following species of Foraminifera were
• > 's« rved in the deposit from this Station (see also Murray and Bernard, Deep-Sea Deposits
l hall. Lxp.) ; the two pelagic species, which make up about -57 per cent. «©f the carbonate
of lime present in the deposit, are marked thus x : —

Astrorhiza angulosa, Brady (?).

„ granulosa, Brady (?).

Pelosina cylindrxca, Brady.

Peammosphma fuse a, Schulze.

Saceammina splitrrica, Sara.

Hyperammina vagans, Brady.

Mareipella cylindrica, Brady.

Rhabdammina abyssorum , Sara.
lleophax diflugiformis, Brady.

„ furifonnis (Williamson). •"$

„ noduiosa, Brady.

„ piluli/era, Brady (1).

„ scorpiurus, Montfort.
flaplnphragmiuin agglutinans (d’Orbigny).

„ globigeriniforme (Parker and

Jones).

„ latulorsatum (Boruemann).

„ nanurn, Brady.

„ rotviatum, Brady.

„ turbinatum, Brady.

PlaropgiUna cenomana (d’Orbigny).

Trochammina paudloculata, Brady.

„ trullissata , Brady.

Wehbina clavata, Jones and Parker.

■ Cyclammina orbicularis, Brady.

„ pusilla, Brady.

Clavulina communis, d’Orbigny.
Camdulina crassa, d’Orbigny.

„ laevigata, d’Orbigny.

Lagena laevigata (Reuss).

„ leevis (MoDtagu).

Cristcllaria sp. (1).

Uvigerina angulosa, Williamson,
x Globigerina dutertrei, d’Orbigny.
x Orbulina universa, d’Orbigny.

Pullenia quinqueloba, Reuss.

Sphseroidina lulloides, d’Orbigny.
Truncatulina lobatula (Walker and Jacob).

» pygiruea, Hantken.
Pulvinulina exigua, Brady.

Rotalia soldanii, d’Orbigny.

Surface Organisms. — The following species are recorded from the surface at this

Station : —

Copepoda (Brady, Zool. pt. 23).
Rkincalanus gigas, n.sp.
Plenromma abdominale, Claus.
&xphirinella styli/i ra (Lubbock).

8cbizopoda (Sara, Zool. pt. 37).
Enphautia antarctica , n.sp.
Thyscmofaa mac rum, n.8p.

Pteropoda (Pelseneer, Zool. pt. 65).
Limacina antarctica, Woodward.

Tunicata (Uerdman, Zool. pt. 76).

Appendicularia sp. (?).

In addition, the following are recorded in the note-books: — Globigerina, Radiolaria,

SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

490

Diphyes, Sctgitta, Alciopa, Annelid larvae, Cypridina, Primno, Cleodora [ = Clio], shell-
less Pteropod, and the remains of a large Cephalopod.

Moseley writes : “ Whales were seen constantly about the ship. I went away in a
boat to shoot birds, and saw a whale blow close by. The spout looks very different from
the level of the water in a boat than from the deck of a ship : it appears so much higher,
and shoots up into the air like a fountain. In the evening a whale was close alongside,
and the expiratory noise in blowing was of a loud, somewhat prolonged, deep bass tone.”

February 15>, 16, and 17, 1874. On the 16th the Challenger reached her most
southerly point in lat. 66° 43' S.

Moseley writes : “ During the afternoon of the 16th whales were extremely abundant,
both those with the small fin very far back, as well as shoals of a grampus-like Cetacean with
high pointed fins projecting out of the water as they swim, and looking like sharks’ fins ;
on the side, behind the head, they had a white blotch, and a large light transverse patch
immediately behind the high dorsal fin, which was placed nearly in the middle of the body.”

In the afternoon of the 17th the sea was of a greenish colour, and the water was
found to be filled with many little spherical transparent masses, which were identical with
those Mr. Murray had observed in the Arctic Ocean..1 These minute Algae can be seen in
the wTater with the naked eye, when the vessel is held towards the light ; they have the
surface covered with little dots of a greenish or yellowish tinge, which when examined
under high powers were seen to be arranged in groups of four, A few hours later the
sea was blue, and these Algae could not be observed in the water. Similar banks of these
Algae were passed through on other days when in the neighbourhood of the Antarctic ice.

Station 154 (Sounding 258), near Antarctic Ice (see Chart 23 and Diagram 9).

February 19, 1874 ; lat. 64 37' S.r long. 85° 49' E.
Temperature of air at noon, 31°'0 ; mean for the day, 2 8° ‘9.
Temperature 2 of water : —

Surface, .

32-0

300 fathoms,

33-8

50 fathoms, .

29-2

Bottom, .

( 32-9

100 „ . .

29-0

\ 33 0

Density at 60° F. : —

Surface, .

. 1-02458

300 fathoms,

. 1-02558

50 fathoms

. 1-02534

400 „

. 1-02562

140 „ . .

. 1-02547

Bottom,

. 1-02529

Depth, 1800 fathoms; deposit, Blue Mud, containing 1-00 per cent, of carbonate
of lime (see Murray and Eenard, Deep-Sea Deposits Chall. Exp.).

1 This Alga has since been described by

Soci&d de Biologie, 1892).

G. Pouchet as Tetraspora poucheti, Hanot ( Comptes r>. ndut d<s sea cs A l ■
2 Actual readings of the thermometers.

Station 153.

Station 154.

500

TILE VOYAGE OF R.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Station- lft 1.

Organisms ntoM
SiRtACB-Nrrs.

At 2 a.m. observed two icebergs to N. and W. At 8 a.m. shortened sail, and got up
>team to sound. Numerous icebergs in sight. At 9.10 a.m. proceeded under steam, and
at 10 a.m. sounded in IsOO fathoms. Obtained a series of temperatures. The carbonic
a id was determined in bottom water, and amounted to 57 ‘6 milligrammes per litre.
At il.30 a.m. completed temperature observations, and at 11.40 a.m. made all plain
sad. At noon 2S icebergs in sight. At 4 p.m. 12 icebergs in sight ; no pack ice. At
G p.m. 40 icebergs in sight ; no pack ice. At 8 p.m. 37 icebergs in sight. At 10.20 p.m.
hove to. During the day observed several Cape pigeons, petrels, sooty albatrosses,
prinns, Mother Carey’s chickens, and terns. Several snow-showers after 10 p.m.

Distance at noon from Termination Land, 2G0 miles. Made good 61 miles. Amount
of current 18 miles, direction N. 51 E.

Surface Organisms. — The following species are recorded from the surface and down
to 100 fathoms in this locality (February 19 to 21) : —

Uadiolakia (Haeckel, Zool. pt. 40).

Tliafassopila cladococcvs, Haeckel.
JIalionirna < tnt arctic am , Haeckel.

A mphibrach i uni spongur oides, Haeckel.
Larnacostupa denclrophora, Haeckel.
Acanthonia prismatica, Haeckel.
Porocapsa poronodon , Haeckel.
Lychnaspis minima, Haeckel.
&tgosph&ra penicilla, Haeckel.
Auloscena spectabil is, Haeckel.

Annelida (MTntosh, Zool. pt. 34).

Alciopa antarctica, n.sp.

Copepoda (Brady, Zool. pt. 23).

Culanus projiinquus, n.sp.

Rhincalo 'ns gig as, n.sp.

Pleuromma abdominale (Lubbock).
Candace truncata, Dana.

Amphipoda (Stebbing, Zool. pt. 67).

Ilyperiella dilatata, n.sp.

Primno antarctica, n.sp.

Schizopoda (Sars, Zool. pt. 37).

Euphausia murrayi, n.sp.

,, superba, Dana.
Thysanoessa macrura, n.sp.

Pteropoda (Pelseneer, Zool. pt. 65).

Limacina australis (Eydoux and
Souleyet).

Clio sulcata (Pfeffer).

In addition, the following are recorded in the note-books: — Diatoms, Globigerina,
i aria, Diphyt’s, larvae of Chirodota (?) with twelve divided wheels, Sagilta, and
Cypridina.

i above -urfaoe organisms were collected by Mr. Murray in a boat, Euphausia
'g* ■Gi b'-ing especially abundant (the supplementary eyes of which were in the
evening observed to be phosphorescent).

CONSERVED
& BOUND

1 1 JUN 1987

mm liw

Mi

idHH

lllll

■

gKMfH

isSilte

fltfgai

IMH

M—

mm

m

I WiMMm